M.

--M-- euphonic consonant inserted between two vowels to avoid hiatus, as agga--m--agga the best of all Vin IV.232;
anga--m--angani limb by limb Vin III.119; Vv 382, etc. See also S III.254 (yena--m--idh'ekacco); Dh 34 (oka--mokata
ubbhato); Sn 765 (aññatra--m--ariyehi); Nd1 269 (dvaye--m--eva); J I.29 (asiti--hattha--m--ubbedha, for hatth'ubbedha);
III.387 (katattho--m--anubujjhati); V.72 (orena--m--agama); VI.266 (paccha--m--anutappati); SnA 309
(rag'adi--m--anekappakara?). -- On wrong syllable division through Sandhi--m--, and thus origin of specific Pali forms see
masati. 

Ma (--kara) the letter or sound m J III.273 (sandhi--vasena vutta put in for the sake of euphony); V.375 (ma--karo
sandhikaro); KhA 155, 224; SnA 181, 383, 404. 

Ma?sa (nt.) [cp. Vedic ma?sa, fr. Idg. *memsro--, as in Gr. mhro/s thigh, Lat. membrum limb ("member"); Goth. mims
flesh; Oir mir bite, bit (of flesh)] flesh, meat S II.97 (putta°); Dh 152; J III.184; Pug 55; Vism 258, 357 (in compar.); DhA I.375
(putta°); II.51 (alla° living flesh); VbhA 58, 61 (pilotika--palive?hita). Described and defined in detail as one of the 32 akaras
or constituents of the human body at Vism 252, 354; KhA 46; VbhA 235.
  --ûpasecana sauce for meat J III.144=VI.24; DhA I.344. --kalya?a beauty of flesh, one of the 5 beauties of a girl (see
kalya?a) J I.394; DhA I.387. --khadaka flesh--eater J VI.530. --cakkhu the bodily eye, one of the 5 kinds of the sense of sight
(see cakkhu III) D III.219; Nd1 100, 354. --dhovani odaka water for washing meat KhA 54. --pi?d?ika a meat--ball, lump of
flesh Vism 256. --puñja a heap of flesh Vism 361 (in comp.); VbhA 67. --pesi a piece of flesh or meat (see on simile J.P.T.S.
1907, 122) Vin II.25; III.105 (°? vehasa? gacchanti? addasa?); M I.143; A III.97; Miln 280; Vism 195, 252, 468; DhA I.164;
VbhA 235; --lohita flesh & blood Dh 150. 

Ma?si (f.) [cp. Sk. ma?si] a certain plant Nardostychus jatamansi J VI.535. 

Ma?sika [fr. ma?sa; cp. *Sk. ma?sika] 1. a dealer in meat, meat--seller Miln 331. -- 2. in pi??hi° the °ka belongs to the
whole cpd., thus: one who is a backbiter, a slanderer Sn 244 (=pi??hi--ma?sa--khadaka SnA 287). Similarly pi??hi--ma?sikata
(q. v.) Nd2 391. 

Makaci [etym.?] a kind of cloth, material, fibre DhA III.68 (vakakha?d?a).
  --pilotika rough cloth (used for straining) J II.96; DhA II.155. Cp. makkhi--vala. --vaka m. bark Vism 249 (+akkavaka);
VbhA 232. 

Makara [cp. Epic Sk. makara] a mythical fish or sea monster, Leviathan (cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 97) J II.442; III.188;
Miln 131, 377; ThA 204. -- f. makarini Miln 67.
  --dantaka the tooth of a sword fish, used as a pin Vin II.113, cp. p. 315. -- as a design in painting or carving Vin II.117. 121,
152; IV.47. In these latter passages it occurs combd with latakamma & pañcapa??hika (q. v.). The meaning is not quite clear. 

Makaranda [cp. Class. Sk. makaranda] the nectar of a flower J VI.530. 

Makasa [fr. Vedic masaka via^ *masaka »makasa: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 472] mosquito Vin II.119; S I.52 (a° free from m.);
A II.117; Sn 20; J I.246; Sdhp 50. See also cpd. d?a?sa°.
  --ku?ika mosquito net or curtain Vin II.119, 130. --vijani mosquito fan Vin II.130. 

Maku?a (f.) [cp. BSk. maku?a Divy 411] a crest Abhp 283 (kiri?a+, i. e. adornment). 

Makula [cp. Sk. makula] 1. a bud (Hardy in Index to VvA gives "Mimusops elengi" after BR) Th 2, 260; Vv 4526; J I.273;
II.33; IV.333; V.207 (maku?a), 416; Vism 230 (?); 256 (paduma°); VvA 177 (ka?avira°), 194 (maku?a), 197 (id.); VbhA 228,
239 (where Vism 256 has makulita, & KhA 53 mukulita). -- 2. a knob J I.31; II.90; Vism 253 (kandala°). -- 3. v. l. at Nd2 485
B for pakulla (=paku?a). 

Makka?a [cp. Epic Sk. marka?a] 1. a monkey J I.385; II.267; DhA II.22; VbhA 408 (°nidda, a m.'s sleep, said to be quickly
changing); KhA 73 (in simile); SnA 522 (cp. Sn 791). Names of monkeys famous in Jataka tales: Salaka J II.268; Kalabahu J
III.98 sq.; on the monkey as a figure in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 119, to which add VbhA 228 & 259 (talavana°), cp. Vism
245. -- 2. a spider: see °sutta.
  --chapaka the young of a monkey M I.385; J I.218. --sutta spider's thread J V.47; Vism 136 (in simile); DhA I.304. 

Makka?aka [cp. Sk. marka?aka; der. fr. marka?a=makka?a] a spider (see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 119) Dh 347 (cp.
DhA IV.58); J II.147 (=u??anabhi); IV.484 (aptly called U??anabhi); V.47, 469; Miln 364, 407 (pantha° road spider, at both
passages). --°sutta spider's thread Vism 285. 

Makka?iya (nt.) [fr. makkha?a+ya] monkey grimace J II.448 (mukha°). The same as mukha--makka?ika at J II.70. 

Makka?i (f.) [of makka?a] a female monkey Vin III.33, 34; J I.385; DhA I.119. 

Makkha1 

Makkha1 [fr. m?k?, lit. smearing over. Cp. BSk. mrak?a Sik? 198. 8, in cpd. mana--mada--mrak?a--paridaha etc.] hypocrisy;
usually combd with pa?asa (see also palasa) M I.15; A I.95, 100, 299; IV.148, 456; V.39, 156, 209, 310, 361; It 3; Sn 56, 437,
631, 1132 (cp. Nd2 484= makkhayana makkhayitatta? ni??huriya--kamma?, i. e. hardness, mercilessness); Dh 150, 407; J
V.141; Vbh 357, 380, 389; Pug 18, 22; Miln 289, 380; DhA III.118; VI.181.
  --vinaya restraining fr. hypocrisy S II.282; A V.165 sq. 

Makkha2 

Makkha2 [probably=makkha1, but BSk. differentiates with mrak?ya Divy 622, trsl. Index "ill--feeling"? Böhtlingk--Roth
have: mrak?ya "wohlgefühl"] anger, rage Vin I.25. 

Makkha?a (nt.) [fr. m?k?, cp. *Sk. mrak?a?a] smearing, oil J III.120; Miln 11 (tela°); Dhtp 538. 

Makkhayana (f.) & Makkhayitatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. makkha] the fact of concealment, hypocrisy: in exegesis of makkha
at Nd2 484; Pug 18, 22. 

Makkhika (f.) [cp. Vedic mak?ika & mak?ika] a fly M III.148; Nd1 484; J II.275 (nila°); III.263 (pingala° gadfly), 402;
SnA 33 (pingala°), 572 (id.); DhA IV.58; Sdhp 396, 529. 

Makkhita [pp. of makkheti] smeared with (--°), soiled; anointed M I.364 (lohita°); J I.158 (madhu°); III.226
(pi??hi--maddena); V.71 (ruhira°); VI.391. 

Makkhin (adj.) [fr. makkha] concealing, hypocritical; harsh, merciless; often combd with palasin (e. g. at Vin II.89; J
III.259) D III.45, 246. a° (+apalasin) D III.47; A III.111; Sn 116; Pug 22. 

Makkhi--vala [cp. makaci--pilotika] a cloth of hair for straining J II.97. 

Makkheti [Caus. of m?k?; Dhtp 538: makkha?a] to smear, paste, soil, anoint J III.225, 314; Pug 36; Miln 268; Vism 344;
DhA II.65. -- Pass makkhiyati Miln 74. <-> Caus. II. makkhapeti to cause to be anointed J I.486; DhA I.400. -- pp.
makkhita. 

Maga [another form of miga=Sk. m?ga, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. 124] 1. animal for hunting, deer, antelope M I.173 (in simile); S
I.199 (id.); A I.70; II.23; Th 1, 958, 989; Sn 275, 763, 880; J V.267. -- 2. a stupid person J VI.206, 371. 

Magga [cp. Epic Sk. marga, fr. m?g to track, trace] 1. a road (usually high road), way, foot--path Vism 708 (magga?
agata--pubba--purisa, simile of); VbhA 256 (tiyojana°, simile of a man travelling); DhA I.229. -- addhana° high road Vin
IV.62; M III.158; see under addhana; antara--magge on the road Miln 16; ujuka° a straight way S I.33; DhA I.18; ummagga
(a) a conduit; (b) a devious way: see ummagga, to which add refs. J V.260; Th 2, 94; kummagga a wrong path: see kum°, to
which add S IV.195; Th 1, 1174. passava° & vacca° defecation & urination Vin III.127; visama° a bad road S I.48. -- 2. the
road of moral & good living, the path of righteousness, with ref. to the moral standard (cp. the 10 commandments) & the way
to salvation. The exegetic (edifying) etym. of magga in this meaning is "nibban'atthikehi maggiyati (traced by those who are
looking for N.), nibbana? va maggeti, kilese va marento gacchati ti maggo" (VbhA 114). <-> Usually designated (a) the
"ariya a??hangika magga" or the "Noble Eightfold Path" (see a??hangika). It is mentioned at many places, & forms the
corner--stone of the Buddha's teaching as to the means of escaping "dukkha" or the ills of life. It consists of 8 constituents, viz.
samma--di??hi, samma--sankappa, °vaca, °kammanta, °ajiva, °vayama, °sati, °samadhi, or right views, right aspirations, right
speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right rapture. The 7 first constituents are at D II.216 &
M III.71 enumd as requisites for samma--samadhi. The name of this table of ethical injunctions is given as "maggam uttama?"
at Sn 1130, i. e. the Highest Path. See for ref. e. g. Vin III.93; IV.26; D II.353; III.102, 128, 284, 286; It 18; Nd1 292; Nd2 485;
Vbh 104 sq. 235 sq., VbhA 114 sq. (its constituents in detail), 121, 216; Vism 509 sq. (where the 8 constituents are discussed).
-- (b) as ariya magga: M III.72; Pug 17; DA I.176 sq., 225 sq., 233; VbhA 373 sq.; ThA 205. <-> (c) as pañcangika or the
Path of 5 constituents (the above first 2 and last 3): Dhs 89; Vbh 110 sq., 237 sq. -- (d) other expressions of same import:
dhamma° Miln 21; magga alone; S I.191 (Bhagava maggassa uppadeta etc.)=M III.9=S III.66; Sn 429, 441, 724 sq., 1130;
Dh 57, 273 sq., It 106; VbhA 53, 73. As the first condition & initial stage to the attainment of Arahantship (Nibbana) it is
often found in sequence of either magga--phala--nirodha (e. g. Vism 217, cp. Nd2 under dukkha II. p. 168), or magga,
phala, nibbana (e. g. Tikp. 155 sq., 158; VbhA 43, 316, 488). -- magga as entrance to Arahantship is the final stage in the
recognition (ña?a, pariñña, pañña) of the truth of the causal chain, which realises the origin of "ill," the possibility of its removal
& the "way" to the removal. These stages are described as dukkhe ña?a?, samudaye ña?a? nirodhe ña?a? and magge
ña?a? at D III.227, Ps I.118. At the latter passage the foll. chapter (I.49) gives dukkha--nirodha gamini pa?ipada as
identical with magga. -- Note. On the term see Cpd. 41 sq., 66 sq., 175, 186; Dhs trsl.2 58, 299 sq., 362 sq.; Expos. 216, 354n.
On passages with a??hangika magga & others where magga is used in similes see Mrs. Rh. D. in J.P.T.S. 1907, pp. 119, 120.
-- 3. Stage of righteousness, with ref. to the var. conditions of Arahantship divided into 4 stages, viz. sotapatti--magga,
sakadagami°, anagami°, arahatta°, or the stage of entering the stream (of salvation), that of returning once, that of the
never--returner, that of Arahantship. -- At DhA I.110 magga--phala "the fruit of the Path" (i. e. the attainment of the
foundation or first step of Arahantship) is identical with sotapattiphala on p. 113 (a) in general: arahatta° S I.78; A III.391;
DA I.224. -- (b) in particular as the 4 paths: Nd2 612 A; Vbh 322 sq., 328, 335; Vism 453, 672<-> 678; DhA IV.30; VbhA
301. -- 4. In the Tikapa??hana (under magga--paccaya--niddesa p. 52) 12 constituents of magga are enumd; viz. pañña, vitakka,
sammavaca, s--kammanta, s--ajiva, viriya, sati, samadhi, miccha--di??hi, miccha--vaca, m--kammanta, m--ajiva.
  --angani the constituents of the Ariyan Path VbhA 120. --a^magga which is the (right) road and which is not M I.147; Vism
ch. xx (°ssa kovida)=Sn 627; S III.108 (id.); DhA IV.169 (id.); A V.47 (°ssa ña?adassana); Dh 403. --udaka water found on the
road Vism 338 (simile). --kilanta wearied by the road J I.129. --kusala one who is clever as regards the road, one who knows
the road well S III.108; Nd1 171; VbhA 332 (in simile); KhA 70, 126. --kovida=°kusala Nd1 446. --kkhayin (should be
°akkhayin) one who tells the (right) way M III.5; Nd1 33. --jina Conqueror of the paths Sn 84 sq. --jivin who lives in the right
path Sn 88. --jjhayin reflecting over the Path Sn 85. --ña?a knowledge of the Path VbhA 416. --ññu knows the Path Nd1
446. --??hana one who stands in the Path, attains the P. see Cpd. 23, 50. --ttaya the triad of the paths (i. e. the first 3 of the 4
Paths as given above under 3) DhA IV.109. --dusin highway robber Sn 84. --desaka one who points out the way, a guide Sn
84; J IV.257; as °desika at DhA II.246. --desin=°desaka Sn 87. --dhamma the rule of the Path, i. e. righteous living Sn 763.
--dhira wise as regards the Path Nd1 45. --pa?ipanna--1. one on the road, i. e. wandering, tramping DhA I.233. -- 2. one who
has entered the Path Pv IV.349. --parissaya danger of the road VvA 200. --bhavana cultivation of the Path (i. e.
righteousness) Nd1 323. --mu?ha one who has lost the way VvA 332. --va??a praise of the Path DhA I.115. --vidu one who
knows the Path Nd1 446. --sacca the truth concerning the Path VbhA 114, 124. --sira N. of a month DA I.241. 

Maggana (nt.) & maggana (f.) [fr. magg] tracking, search for, covetousness Vism 29 (syn. for nijigi?sanata & gave??hi);
Dhtp 298 (& gavesana). 

Maggika [fr. magga] wayfarer, tramp DhA I.233. 

Maggati & (spurious) mageti [Denom. fr. magga, cp. Sk. margayati. The Dhtp. gives both mag & magg in meaning
"anvesana," i. e. tracking, following up; see Dhtp Nos. 21, 540, 541] to track, hunt for, trace out, follow, seek M I.334 (ppr.
magayamana); S II 270 (pp. maggayamana); Th 2, 384 (cp. ThA 255=pattheti); J V.102 (where T. reads maggheyya, which
is expld by C. as vijjheyya to pierce, hurt, & which is doubtful in meaning, although Kern, Toev. s. v. defends it. The v. l. reads
magg°. Same on p. 265 where one ought to read phasseyya in C. instead of passeyya. The form pp. magga (?) on p. 102 must
belong to the same root); DhsA 162 (=gavesati). -- Caus. II. maggapeti PvA 112. -- Pass. maggiyati VbhA 114. 

Magghati see maggeti. 

Maghavant [cp. Epic Sk. maghava, on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. Maia] N. of Indra, or another angel (devaputta) S
I.221 (voc. maghava; so read for mathava), 229; Dh 30. Cp. magha. 

Magha (f.) [cp. *Sk. magha] N. of a nakkhatta, in cpd. °deva SnA 352 (cp. M II.74, n. 6, where spelling Makkadeva; we
also find Makhadeva at Satapatha--brahma?a XIV. I. 1). 

Mankati is given as root mank is given as root mank (aor. maki) at Dhtm 13, in meaning ma?d?ana, i. e. adornment. It
is meant to be an expln of mankato? 

Mankato (adv.) [for Sk. mat--k?te, Cp. E. Müller, P.Gr. 12] on my account, for me Miln 384. 

Manku (adj.) [cp. Vedic manku; see on meaning Hardy in preface to Anguttara v. p. vi] staggering, confused, troubled,
discontented Vin II.118; S V.74; Dh 249; Nd1 150; DhA III.41, 359 (with loc.). -- f. pl. manku Vin I.93. --dummanku
"staggering in a disagreeable manner," evil--minded A I.98; IV.97 (read line as "dummanku'ya? padusseti dhum'aggamhi va
pavako" he, staggering badly, is spoilt like the fire on the crest of smoke); V.70; Vin II.196; III.21; IV.213; S II.218; Nett 50.
  --bhava discontent, moral weakness J IV.49; Miln 227; DhA III.359. --bhuta discontented, troubled, confused Vin II.19; D
II.85; A I.186; Dh 263; J V.211; VI.362; DhA II.76; a° self--possessed A III.40; Miln 21, 339. 

Mankuna (& °?a) [cp. late Sk. matku?a, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 63] an insect, bug or flea J I.10; III.423; Vism 109 (where
kila--mankula ought to be read as ki?amankuna); DhA II.12. 

Mangala (adj.) [cp. Vedic mangala. Expld by Dhtp 24 with root mang, i. e. lucky; see also mañju] auspicious, prosperous,
lucky, festive Nd1 87, 88; KhA 118 sq.; SnA 273, 595; Sdhp 551. -- nt. mangala? good omen, auspices, festivity Sn 258; Vin
II.129; PvA 17. A curious popular etymology is put forth by Bdhgh at KhA 123, viz. "ma? galanti imehi satta ti" mangalani. --
mangala? karoti lit. to make an auspicious ceremony, i. e. to besprinkle with grains etc. for luck (see on this PvA 198), to get
married DhA I.182; mangala? vadati to bless one J IV.299; DhA I.115. Three (auspicious) wedding--ceremonies at DhA
I.115 viz. abhiseka° consecration, geha--ppavesana° entering the house, vivaha° wedding. -- Certain other general signs of good
luck or omina kat) e)coxh/n are given at J IV.72, 73 and KhA 118 sq. (see also mangalika). -- Several ceremonious festivities
are mentioned at DhA II.87 with regard to the bringing up of a child, viz. nama--kara?a--mangala the ceremony of giving a
name; ahara--paribhoga° of taking solid food; ka??a--vijjhana° of piercing the ears; dussa--gaha?a° of taking up the robe:
cu?a--kara?a° of making the top--knot. -- Cp. abhi°.
  --usabha an auspicious bull SnA 323. --cha?a a merry time, fair J II.48; DhA I.392. --kicca auspicious function, festivity
SnA 175, 323. --kiriya festivity, wedding SnA 69; finding good omens J IV.72. --kolahala the lucky, or most auspicious,
foreboding, one of the 5 kolahalas (q. v.) KhA 121. --pañha see mangalika. --divasa a lucky day J IV.210; DhA III.467.
--vappa ploughing festival SnA 137. Cp. vappa--mangala. --sindhava state horse J I.59. --silapa??a auspicious slab (of stone)
J I.59; VI.37; PvA 74. --supina lucky dream J VI.330. --hatthi state elephant Mhvs 35, 21; DhA I.389. 

Mangalika (adj.) (--°) [fr. mangala] 1. one who is feasting in, one whose auspices are such & such; fond of; only in
kotuhala° fond of excitement J I.372; Miln 94 (apagata°, without passion for excitement). -- 2. superstitious, looking out for
lucky signs Vin II.129 (gihi), 140 (id.). At J IV.72, 73; three sets of people are exemplified, who believe in omina as either
di??ha? (seen) or suta? (heard) or muta? (sensed); they are called di??ha--mangalika, suta° & muta° respectively. The
same group is more explicitly dealt with in the Mangala--sutta KhA 118 sq. (cp. Nd1 89); di??hamangalika pañha "a question
concerning visible omina" J IV.73 (correct meaning given under di??ha1, vol. II.1561!), 390 (?). The Np. di??ha--mangalika at J
IV.376 sq. 

Mangalya (nt.) [fr. mangala] auspiciousness, good luck, fortune Dhtp 24. 

Mangura (adj.) [etym.? or=mangula? See J.R.A.S. 1903, 186 the corresponding passage to M I.246 in Lal. V. 320 has
madgura.] golden; in cpd. °cchavi of golden colour, f. cchavi D I.193, 242; M I.246, 429; II.33; Vism 184. 

Mangula (adj.) [cp. mangura] sallow; f. manguli woman of sallow complexion S II.260=Vin III.107; Vin III.100. 

Macca (adj.--n.) [orig. grd. of marati, m? corresponding to Sk. martya. A diaeretic form exists in P. matiya (q. v.)] mortal;
(m.) man, a mortal S I.55; Sn 249, 577, 580, 766; J III.154; IV.248; V.393; Dh 53, 141, 182; Vv 6312; Kvu 351. -- See also refs.
under jata. 

Maccu [in form=Vedic m?tyu, fr. m?; in meaning differentiated, the Ved.--Sk. meaning "death" only] the God of Death,
the Buddhist Mara, or sometimes equivalent to Yama S I.156; Sn 357 (gen. maccuno), 581 (instr. maccuna), 587; Th 1, 411;
Dh 21, 47, 128, 135, 150, 287; VbhA 100; SnA 397; DhA III.49; Sdhp 295, 304.
  --tara one who crosses or overcomes death Sn 1119 (=mara?a? tareyya Nd2 486). --dheyya the realm of Mara, the sphere
of Death S I.4; adj. belonging to death or subject to death (=Maradheyya, mara?adheyya Nd2 487b). -- Sn 358, 1104 (with
expln "m. vuccanti kilesa ca khandha ca abhisankhara ca" Nd2 487a), 1146 (°para--maccudheyyassa para? vuccati amata?
nibbana? Nd2 487); Th 2, 10 (=maccu ettha dhiyati ThA 13); Dh 86; DhA II.161. --paraya?a surmounting death Sn 578;
pareta id. Sn 579. --pasa the sling or snare of Mara Sn 166; J V.367. --bhaya the fear of death Mhvs 32, 68. --mara?a dying
in death M I.49 (cp. C. on p. 532: maccu--mara?an ti maccu--sankhata? mara?a? tena samuccheda--mara?'adini nisedheti. --
See also def. of mara?a s.v.). --mukha the mouth of death Sn 776; Nd1 48. --raja the king of death Sn 332, 1118 (=Maro pi
Maccuraja mara?a? pi Nd2 488); Dh 46, 170; KhA 83. --vasa the power of death 3 I.52: Sn 587, 1100 (where maccu is expld
by mara?a & Mara). --hayin leaving death behind, victorious over death It 46=Sn 755; Th 1, 129. 

Maccha [cp. Vedic matsya] fish A III.301; Sn 605, 777, 936; J I.210, 211; V.266 (in simile); VI.113 (phandanti maccha, on
dry land); Pug 55; Sdhp 610. --maccha is given at Nd2 91 as syn. of ambucarin. --puti° rotten   
fish M III.168; & in simile at It 68=J IV.435=VI.236 =KhA 127. Cp. J.P.T.S. 1906, 201. bahu° rich in fish J III.430. lo?a°
salt fish Vism 28. rohita° the species Cyprinus rohita J II.433; III.333; DhA II.132. On maccha in simile see J.P.T.S. 1907,
121. Of names of fishes several are given in the Jataka tales; viz.Ananda (as the king of the fishes or a Leviathan) J I.207;
II.352; V.462; Timanda & Timirapingala J V.462; Mitacintin J I.427; Bahucintin J I.427.
  --ma?sa the flesh of fishes Sn 249. --bandha one who sets net to catch fish, a fisherman A III.301; Vism 379. --bhatta food
for fishes, devoured by fishes J V.75. --valaka a garment made in a particular fashion (forbidden to bhikkhus) Vin II.137.
--sakalika "a bit of fish" (fish--bone?) in description of constitution of the finger nails at Vism 250=KhA 43=VbhA 233. 

Macchara (adj.) [Vedic matsara & matsarin enjoyable; later period also "envious," cp. maccharin] niggardly, envious,
selfish Pgdp II.49. --macchara? (nt.) avarice, envy A IV.285; Sn 811, 862, 954 (vita--macchara, adj.). 

Maccharayati [Demon. fr. macchariya] to be selfish, greedy or envious J VI.334; DhA II.45, 89. 

Maccharayana (f.) & Maccharayitatta (nt.) the condition of selfishness, both expressions in defn of macchariya at
Dhs 1122; Pug 19, 23; DhsA 375. 

Maccharin (adj.) [cp. Vedic matsarin, fr. mat+s?, i. e. "reflecting to me"] selfish, envious, greedy (cp. Dhs trsl.2 p. 320);
A II.82; III.139, 258, 265; D III.45, 246; Dh 263; Sn 136, 663; Nd1 36; J I.345; V.391; Vv 5226; Pug 20; DhsA 394; DhA II.89;
Sdhp 89, 97. -- a° unselfish D III.47; A IV.2; Sn 852, 860; It 102. 

Macchariya & Macchera (nt.) [cp. Epic Sk. matsarya] avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal
evil passions & the ma?n cause of rebirth in the Petaloka. -- 1. macchariya: A I.95, 299; III.272; Dh III.44 (issa°), 289; Sn 863
(°yutta), 928; Pug 19, 23; Vbh 357, 389, 391. -- Five sorts of selfishness are mentioned: avasa°, kula°, labha°, va??a°,
dhamma° D III.234; Nd1 118, 227; A IV.456; Dhs 1122 (cp. Dhs tsrl.2 p. 276); Vism 683; DhsA 373, 374. Selfishness is one
of the evil conditions which have to be renounced as habits of mind by force of intelligence A V.40, 209; Miln 289; PvA 87,
124. -- 2. macchera A I.105 (°mala), 281; Dh 242; It 18; Nd1 260; Sdhp 313, 510. At A II.58 and elsewhere the state called
vigata--mala--macchera "with the stain of avarice vanished," is freq. mentioned as a feature of the blameless life and a
preparation for Arahantship. -- Note. The (etym.) expln of macchariya at VbhA 513 is rather interesting: "ida? acchariya?
mayha? eva hotu, ma aññassa acchariya? hotu ti pavattatta macchariyan ti vuccati" (from the Pura?as? ). 

Macchika [fr. maccha] a fish--catcher, fisherman A III.301; J V.270; VI.111; Miln 331. 

Macchi (f.) [of maccha] a female fish J II.178. 

Macchera see macchariya. 

Majja (nt.) [fr. mad, cp. Vedic mada & madya] 1. intoxicant, intoxicating drink, wine, spirits Vin I.205; D III.62, 63; Sn 398
(+pana=majjapana); VvA 73 (=sura ca merayañ ca); Sdhp 267. -- 2. drinking place J IV.223 (=pan'agara).
  --pa one who drinks strong drink, a drunkard A IV.261; Sn 400; Pv IV.176 (a°); ThA 38. --pana drinking of intoxicating
liquors Vv 158; VvA 73; Sdhp 87. --payaka=majjapa J II.192 (a°). --payin=°payaka Sdhp 88. --vikkaya sale of spirits J
IV.115. 

Majjati1 [majj to immerse, submerge, cp. Lat. mergo] is represented in Pali by mujjati, as found esp. in cpds. ummujjati &
nimujjati. 

Majjati2 [m?j to clean, polish; connected with either Lat. mergo (cp. Gr. a)me/rgw) or Lat. mulgeo to wipe, stroke, milk (cp.
Gr. a)me/lgw, Mir. mlich=milk etc.) -- Dhtp 71 gives root majj with meaning "sa?suddhiya?"] to wipe, polish, clean VvA 165.
Cp. sam°. -- pp. majjita & ma??ha. 

Majjati3 [mad, Sk. madyati; Vedic madati; see mada for etym.] to be intoxicated; to be exultant, to be immensely enjoyed or
elated S I.73, 203; A IV.294; Sn 366 (Pot. majje=majjeyya SnA 364), 676 (id., T. reads na ca majje, SnA 482 reads na
pamajje); J II.97; III.87 (majjeyya). aor. majji in cpd. pamajji Mhvs 17, 15. -- pp. matta. 

Majjara [cp. Epic Sk. marjara; dialectical] a cat Miln 23. -- f. majjari (majjari°) Vin I.186 (°camma cat's skin); DhA I.48;
Pgdp 49. 

Majjika [fr. majja] a dealer in strong drink. a tavernkeeper Miln 331. 

Majjita [pp. of majjati2] cleaned, polished VvA 340 (su??hu m. for suma??ha Vv 8417). See also ma??ha. 

Majjha (adj.) [Vedic madhya, cp. Lat. medius, Gr. me/ssos, Goth. midjis=Ohg. mitti, E. middle] middle, viz. 1. of space:
of moderate height D I.243 (contrasted with ucca & nica). -- 2. of time: of middle age Sn 216 (contrasted with dahara young &
thera old). -- 3. often used adv. in loc. majjhe in the middle; i. e. (a) as prep. in between, among (--° or with gen.) Pv I.111, 114;
J I.207 (saku?ana?); DhA I.182 (vasana--gamassa); PvA 11 (parisa°). majjhe chetva cutting in half J V.387. -- (b) in special
dogmatic sense "in the present state of existence," contrasted with past & future existences (the latter combd as "ubho anta" at
Sn 1040). The expln of majjhe in this sense is at Nd1 434: "majjha? vuccati paccuppanna rupa" etc. (similarly at Nd2 490). -- Sn
949 (in sequence pubbe majjhe paccha), 1099 (id.); Dh 348 (pure majjhe pacchato; i. e. paccuppannesu khandhesu DhA
IV.63). -- 4. (nt.) majjha? the middle DhA I.184 (tassa uramajjha? gha?senti). 

Majjhaka (adj.) (--°) [fr. majjha] lying or being in the midst of . . ., in pacina--yava° (dakkhi?a°, pacchima°, uttara°)
nigama, a market--place lying in the midst of the eastern corn--fields (the southern etc.): designation of 4 nigamas situated
near Mithila J VI.330. 

Majjhatta (adj.--n.) [for majjha--??ha, which we find in Prk. as majjhattha: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 214; majjha+ stha] 1.
(adj.) "standing in the middle," umpire, neutral, impartial, indifferent J I.300; II.359 (parama°, +upekkha--parami); VI.8; Miln
403; Vism 230; Mhvs 21, 14. -- 2. indifference, balance of mind, equanimity; almost synonymous with upekkha: Vism 134,
296; VbhA 283 (°payogata); DhA II.214 (°upekkha); PvA 38 (so read for majjhattha). See also following. <-> Note. A
similar term is found in BSk. as m?du--madhya k?anti "state of spiritual calm" Divy 271; see Yoga Sutra II.34. 

Majjhattata (f.) [abstr. from prec.] impartiality, indifference, balance of mind Nd2 166 (in expln of upekkha, with syn.
passaddhata); Vbh 230; Vism 134; VbhA 285 (satta° & sankhara°), 317 (def.); DhsA 133. 

Majjhantika [majjha+anta+ika] midday, noon; used either absolutely Vin IV.273; S IV.240; J V.213 (yava upaka??ha --
majjhantika); V.291 (read majjhantik' a^tikamm'agami); Vism 236; Miln 3; or as apposition with kala & samaya S I.7 (kala); Pv
IV.32 (id.); Nd2 977 (samaya); DA I.251 (id.). 

Majjharu [etym. doubtful] a certain kind of plant Vin I.196 (v. l. majjaru); doubtful whether designation (like Sk.
marjara) of Plumbago rosea. 

Majjhima (adj.) [Vedic madhyama, with sound change °ama>°ima after Geiger, P.Gr. 191, or after analogy with
pacchima, with which often contrasted] 1. middle, medium, mediocre, secondary, moderate. -- Applied almost exclusively in
contrast pairs with terms of more or less, in triplets like "small--medium--big," or "first--middle--last" (cp. majjha 3b); viz. (a) of
degree: hina--m--pa?ita D III.215 (tisso dhatuyo); Dhs 1205<-> 1027 (dhamma); Vism 11 (sila?); h. m. ukka??ha Vism
308; omaka m. ukka??ha Vin IV.243; khuddaka m. maha Vism 100; lamaka m. pa?ita (i. e. lokuttara) DhsA 45
(dhamma); paritta--m--u?ara Sdhp 260. <-> (b) of time: pa?hame yame majjhima° pacchima° J I.75; id. with vaye PvA 5. --
2. (nt.) majjhima? the waist, in cpd. su--majjhima (f.) a woman with beautiful waist Q V.4. 

Mañca [cp. Epic Sk. mañca stand, scaffolding, platform] a couch, bed Vin IV.39, 40 (where 4 kinds are mentioned, which
also apply to the defn of pi?ha, viz. masaraka, bundikabaddha, ku?ira--padaka, ahacca--padaka; same defn at VbhA 365); Sn
401; J III.423; DhA I.89 (°? bandhati to tie a bed or two together), 130; IV.16; VbhA 20; VvA 291; PvA 93. -- he??ha mañce
underneath the bed J I.197 (as place where domestic pigs lie); II.419 (id.); II.275 (where a love--sick youth lies down in the
park).
  --atimañca bed upon bed, i. e. beds placed on top of each other serving as grand stands at a fair or festival J III.456; VI.277;
DhA IV.59. --paraya?a ending in bed, kept in bed Pv II.25 (nila°, fig. for being buried); DhA I.183 (with v. l. maccu°, just as
likely, but see maccuparaya?a). --pi?ha couch and chair Vin II.270 sq.; A III.51; VvA 9, 220, 295. --vana stuffing of a couch
DhA I.234. 

Mañcaka [fr. mañca] bed, couch, bedstead Vin I.271; S I.121=III.123; J I.91; III.423; Th 2, 115; Miln 10; DhA II.53. 

Mañjari (f.) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. mañjari] a branching flower--stalk, a sprout J V.400, 416. 

Mañjarika (f.)=mañjari, Vin III.180. 

Mañjarita (adj.) [fr. mañjari] with (full--grown) pedicles, i. e. in open flower Miln 308 (°patta in full bloom). 

Mañjira [cp. late Sk. mañjira nt.] an anklet, foot--bangle Abhp 228. 

Mañju (adj.) [cp. Class Sk. mañju, also mangala, cp. Gr. ma/gganon means of deceiving, Lat. mango a dealer making up
his wares for sale. See further cognates at Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. mango] pleasant, charming, sweet, lovely (only with ref. to the
voice) D II.211, 227 (one of the 8 characteristics of Brahma's & the Buddha's voice: see bindu & a??hanga); J II.150. -- (nt.) a
sweet note J VI.591 (of the deer in the forest); VvA 219 (karavika ruta°).
  --bha?aka sweet--voiced, speaking sweetly J II.150= DhA I.144; f. bha?ika J VI.418, 420. --bha?in id. J II.150. 

Mañjuka (adj.) [mañju+ka] sweet voiced Vin I.249; J II.350; III.266; VI.412, 496. 

Mañjusaka (--rukkha) [fr. mañjusa] N. of a celestial tree, famed for its fragrancy Vv 386; SnA 52, 66, 95, 98; VvA 175. 

Mañjusa (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. mañju?a] a casket; used for keeping important documents in J II.36 (suva??apa??a? mañjusaya
nikkhipapesi); IV.335 (suva??apa??a? sara--mañjusaya? ?hapetva kalam akasi). 

Mañje??ha (adj.) [cp. *Sk. mañji??ha Indian madder] light (bright) red, crimson, usually enumd in set of 5 principal
colours with nila, pita, lohitaka, odata; e. g. at Vin I.25; S II.101 (f. mañje??ha); Vv 221 (Hardy in T. reads mañja??ha, as twice
at VvA 111, with vv. ll. °ji??ha & °je??ha, cp. Corrections & Addns on p. 372); Miln 61. 

Mañje??haka (adj.) [fr. mañje??ha, after lohita+ka] crimson, bright red, fig. shining Vv 391 (cp. defn at VvA 177: like
the tree Vitex negundo, sindhavara, or the colour of the Ka?avira--bud; same defn at DhsA 317, with Sinduvara for Sindha°);
usually in sequence nila, pita, mañje??haka, lohitaka, odata as the 5 fundamental colours: M I.509 (has °e??hika in T. but
v. l. °e??haka); J VI.185; Dhs 617. -- f. mañje??hika a disease of sugar cane Vin II.256. 

Mañje??hi (f.) [=Sk. mañji??ha] Bengal madder DA I.85. 

Vedic manyate & manute, Av. mainyeite; Idg. *men, cp. Gr. me/nos mood, anger=Sk. manah mind; me/mona to think of,
wish to, Lat. memini to think of, mens>mind, meneo; Goth. munan to think, muns opinion; Oisl. man, Ags. mon; Ohg. minna
love, Ags, myne intention. Dhtp 427: man=ña?e, 524= bodhane] 1. to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Sn 199
(sisa? . . . subhato na? maññati balo), 588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato ta? hoti aññatha); J II.258 (maññami cira? carissati: I
imagine he will have to wander a long time). -- With (double) acc.: to take for, to consider as; na ta? maññami manusi? I deem
you are not human Pv II.41; yassa dani kala? maññati for this now may he think it time (in a phrase of departure), let him do
what he thinks fit, we wait the Buddha's pleasure, i. e. let it be time to go [so also BSk. manyate kala?, e. g. Divy 50, 64 etc.] D
I.189. <-> Esp. in phrase ta? ki? maññasi (maññatha 2. pl.) what do you think of this? (the foll.), what is your opinion about
this? D I.60; S III.104 & passim. -- Pot. 1st sg. maññeyya? I should think PvA 40; 3rd sg. maññeyya S III.103, and maññe Sn
206. The short form 1st sg. maññe is used like an adv. as affirmative particle & is inserted without influencing the
grammatical or syntactical construction of the sentence; meaning: methinks, for certain, surely, indeed, I guess, presumably. E.
g. D I.137 (patapati m. paccatthike yasasa); S I.181 (m. 'ha?); IV.289 (paveliyamanena m. kayena); J II.275; Miln 21; Vism 90,
92 (mato me m. putto); DhA I.107; II.51; PvA 40 (m. go?o samu??hahe), 65 (tasma m. sumutta). --na maññe surely not DhA
II.84; PvA 75 (n. m. puññava raja). -- 2. to know, to be convinced, to be sure Sn 840 (=janati Nd1 192), 1049, 1142; Nd2 491
(=janati); DhA I.29 (maññami tuva? marissasi). -- 3. to imagine, to be proud (of), to be conceited, to boast Sn 382 (ppr.
maññamana), 806, 813, 855 (maññate); J III.530 (aor. maññi 'ha?, perhaps maññe 'ha?? C. explns by maññami). -- pp. mata.
-- Note. Another Present form is munati (q. v.), of which the pp. is muta. 

Maññana (f.) [fr. man] conceit Nd1 124 (ta?ha°, di??hi°, mana°, kilesa° etc.); Dhs 1116 1233; Nett 24; Vism 265 (for
mañcana?). 

Maññita (nt.) [pp. of maññati] illusion, imagination M I.486. Nine maññitani (the same list is applied to the phanditani,
the papañcitani & sankhatani) at Vbh 390: asmi, ayam aham asmi, bhavissa?, na bhavissa?, rupi bhavissa?, arupi bh., saññi
bh., asaññi bh., nevasaññi--na^saññi--bh. 

Maññitatta (nt.) [fr. maññita] self--conceit, pride Dhs 1116; DhsA 372. 

Ma?aja (nt.) [doubtful] a certain weapon M I.281 (°? nama avudhajata?; Neumann trsls "Mordwaffe"). 

Ma?ahaka (adj.) [doubtful spelling & meaning] short (?) Vin II.138 (ati°=atikhuddaka C.). 

Ma??a & Ma??ha [pp. of m?j, see majjati2] wiped, polished, clean, pure. -- (a) ma??a: D II.133 (yuga? ma??a?
dhara?iya?: "pair of robes of burnished cloth of gold and ready for wear" trsl.); Vism 258 (v. l. ma??ha). Cp. sam.° -- (b)
ma??ha: Vv 8417 (su°); Miln 248; DhA I.25 (°ku?d?ali having burnished earrings); VvA 6 (°vattha). Cp. vi°.
  --sa?aka a tunic of fine cloth J I.304; II.274; III.498; Vism 284 (??h). 

Ma?i [cp. Vedic ma?i. The connection with Lat. monile (pendant), proposed by Fick & Grassmann, is doubted by Walde,
Lat. Wtb. s. v. monile, where see other suggestions. For further characterisation of ma?i cp. Zimmer, Altindisches Leben pp.
53, 263] 1. a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as "crystal." <-> D I.7 (as ornament); Dh 161; J VI.265 (agghiya,
precious). In simile at D I.76 (ma?i ve?uriyo). On ma?i in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 121. --udaka--pasadaka ma?i a precious
stone (crystal?) having the property of making water clear Miln 35 (cp. below Vism 366 passage); cinta° a "thought--jewel,"
magic stone (crystal?) J III.504; VvA 32; cu?a° a jewelled crest or diadem, the crown--jewel J V.441 sq.; jati° a genuine
precious stone J II.417; Vism 216 (in comparison); tara° (--vitana) (canopy) of jewelled stars Vism 76; nila° a dark blue jewel
J II.112; IV.140; DhA III.254. The passage "ama?i? udaka? ma?i? katva" at Vism 366 (+asuva??a? led?d?u? suva??a? katva)
refers clearly to meaning "jewel" (that the water is without a jewel or crystal, but is made as clear as crystal; a conjuror's trick,
cp. Miln 35). Whether meaning "waterpot" (as given at Abhp 1113 & found in der. ma?ika) is referred to here, is not to be
decided. -- 2. a crystal used as burning--glass Miln 54.
  --kara a jeweller Miln 331; DhA II.152. --ku?d?ala a jewelled earring, adj. wearing an (ear) ornament of jewels Vin II.156
(amutta° adorned with . . .); Vv 208 (id.); 438 (id.); Pv II.951 (id.); Th I.187; Dh 345 (ma?i--ku?d?alesu=manisu ca ku?d?alesu
ca ma?icittesu va ku?d?alesu, i. e. with gem--studded earrings DhA IV.56). --ku??ima at VvA 188 is probably to be read as
°ku?d?ala (v. l. °kundima). --khandha "jewelbulk," i. e. a tremendous jewel, large gem, functioning in tales almost like a magic
jewel J III.187; V.37 (°va??a? udaka? water as clear as a large block of crystal), 183 (°pilandhana). --guha a jewelled cave,
cave of crystal J II.417 (where pigs live); SnA 66 (one of three, viz. suva??a--guha, m.°, rajata°. At the entrance of it there
grows the Mañjusaka tree). --canda "the jewelled moon," i. e. with a crest like the (glittering) moon Vv 646
(=ma?i--maya--ma?d?ala^nuviddha--candama?d?ala--sadisa ma?i VbA 277). --cchaya reflection of a jewel J VI.345. --thu?a, a
jewelled pillar, adj. with jewelled pillars Vv 541, 671. --pabbata mountain of gems SnA 358. --pallanka a jewelled pallanquin
DhA I.274. --bandha (place for) binding the jewel(led) bracelet, the wrist Vism 255=VbhA 238=KhA 50 (°a??hi). --bhadda
N. of one of 20 classes of people mentioned Miln 191; trsld by Rh. D. Miln trsl. I.266 by "tumblers." The term occurs also at
Nd1 89 & 92. Cp. Sk. Ma?ibhadra, N. of a brother of Kuvera & prince of the Yak?as. --maya made of, consisting of, or
caused by jewels Pv II.64; VvA 280; DhA I.29. --ratana a precious stone or mineral, which is a gem (jewel); i. e. ma?i as a kind
of ratana, of which there are seven Vism 189 (in sim.); Miln 218. --rupaka a jewelled image DhA I.370; --lakkha?a
fortune--telling from jewels D I.9; SnA 564.
  --va??a the colour or appearance of crystal; i. e. as clear as crystal (of water) J II.304 (pasanna+). --sappa a kind of
poisonous snake (i. e. a mysterious, magic snake) DA I.197. 

Ma?ika [cp. Class. Sk. ma?ika] a waterpot M II.39. Usually in cpd. udaka° Vin I.277; M I.354; S IV.316; A III.27; Miln 28;
DhA I.79. Whether this is an original meaning of the word remains doubtful; the connection with ma?i jewel must have been
prevalent at one time. 

Ma?ika (f.) [f. of ma?ika, adj. fr. ma?i] N. of a charm, the Jewel--charm, by means of which one can read other people's
minds D I.214 (m. iddhi--vijja), cp. Dial. I.278, n. 3.). 

Ma?ila [cp. *Sk. ma?ila dewlap?] a kind of tree Vism 313. 

Ma?d?a [later Sk. ma?d?a, perhaps dial. from *mranda, cp. Sk. vi--mradati to soften. Attempts at etym. see Walde, Lat.
Wtb. s. v. mollis. Cp. also mattika] the top part, best part of milk or butter, etc. i. e. cream, scum; fig. essence of, the pick of,
finest part of anything. parisa° the cream of a gathering, the pick of the congregation, excellent congregation A I.72 (or for
°ma?d?ala?); bodhi° essence of enlightenment, highest state of enlightenment; in later literature objectively "the best place of
enlightenment, the Throne of Enlightenment or of the Buddha" (does it stand for °ma?d?ala in this meaning?) J IV.233 (cp.
puthavi--ma?d?a ibid. & puthavi--ma?d?ala Sn 990); DhA I.86; II.69; IV.72. sappi° "cream of butter," the finest ghee (cp. AvS
I.1513 sarpima?d?a) D I.201; A II.95; Pug 70; Miln 322. --ma?d?a? karoti to put into the best condition, to make pleasant SnA
81. --manda at DhsA 100 is to be read baddha (v. l. BB). Cp. Expos. 132n.
  --khetta best soil, fertile ground Miln 255. --peyya to be drunk like cream, i. e. of the finest quality, first--class S II.20 (°?
ida? brahmacariya?). 

Ma?d?aka [fr. ma?d?a] 1. the cream of the milk, whey, in dadhi° whey S II.111. -- 2. the scum of stagnant water, i. e.
anything that floats on the surface & dirties the water, water--weeds, moss etc. J II.304 (gloss sevala). 

Ma?d?ana (nt.) [fr. ma?d?] ornament, adornment, finery D I.5, 7; J VI.64; Pug 21, 58; Vbh 351; VbhA 477; Dhtm 13. See
under mada.
  --a^nuyoga practice of ornamenting, fondness of finery Vin I.190. --jatika of an ornament (--loving) nature, fond of dressing
D I.80=Vin II.255=M II.19, 32. 

Ma?d?apa [cp. late Sk. ma?d?apa] a temporary shed or hall erected on special or festive occasions, an awning, tent Vin
I.125; Vism 96, 300 (dhamma--sava?a°), 339 sq. (in simile); DhA I.112; II.45; III.206 (°karaka); PvA 74, 171, 194; VvA 173. 

Ma?d?ala [cp. Vedic ma?d?ala] 1. circle D I.134 (pa?havi°, cp. puthavi° Sn 990); Vism 143 (°? karoti to draw a circle, in
simile), 174 (tipu° & rajata° lead-- & silver circle, in kasi?a practice); VvA 147 (of a fan=talapattehi kata°--vijani). -- 2. the
disk of the sun or moon; suriya° VvA 224, 271 (divasa--kara°); canda° Vism 174; PvA 65. -- 3. a round, flat surface, e. g.
janu° the disk of the knee, i. e. the knee PvA 179; na?ata° the (whole of the) forehead D I.106; Sn p. 108. -- 4. an enclosed part
of space in which something happens, a circus ring; e. g. M I.446 (circus, race--ring); assa° horse--circus, raceground, Vism
308; apana° drinking circle, i. e. hall; ki?a° play--circle, i. e. games J VI.332, 333; DhA III.146; ke?i° dice board (?) J I.379; ga°
Th I.1143, cp. trs. ib. n. 3; go° ox--round Sn 301; juta° dicing table J I.293; yuddha° fightingring Vism 190; ranga°
play--house VvA 139; vata° tornado J I.73. -- 5. anything comprised within certain limits or boundaries, a group J V.418
(chapa° litter of young animals). -- 6. border as part of a bhikkhu's dress, hem, gusset Vin I.287; II.177.
  --agga [cp. Sk. ma?d?al'agra Halayudha 2, 317 at Aufrecht p. 301] a circular sword or sabre Miln 339. --mala (sometimes
ma?a) a circular hall with a peaked roof, a pavilion D I.2, 50 (?); Miln 16 (?); Sn p. 104; SnA 132 (Npl.); VvA 175. 

Ma?d?alika (adj.--n.) [fr. ma?d?ala, cp. ma?d?alaka--raja "the king of a small country" Mvyut 94] a district officer, king's
deputy Vin III.47 f. ma?d?alika=ma?d?ala 4, i. e. circus, ring, round, in assa° race court Vin III.6. 

Ma?d?alin (adj.) [fr. ma?d?ala] 1. circular Th 1, 863 (ma?d?ali--pakara). -- 2. having a disk, orbed (of the sun) S I.51=VvA
116. 

Ma?d?ita [pp. of ma?d?eti] adorned, embellished, dressed up Sdhp 244, 540. In cpd. °pasadhita beautifully adorned at J
I.489; II.48; VI.219. -- Cp. abhi°. 

Ma?d?uka [Vedic ma?d?uka] a frog Vv 512; J IV.247; V.307; VI.164; KhA 46; VvA 217, 218; Sdhp 292. f. manduki J
I.341. -- Manduka is the name of an angel (devaputta) at Vism 208.
  --chapi a young (female) frog J VI.192. --bhakkha eating frogs, frog eater (i. e. a snake) J III.16. 

to adorn, related to Lat. mundus world, cp. in meaning Gr. ko/smos=ornament Dhtp 103 bhusane, 566: bhusaya?] to adorn,
embellish, beautify J III.138; DhA II.86. -- pp. ma?d?ita. 

Mata1 

Mata1 [pp. of maññati] thought, understood, considered (as=--°), only late in use Vbh 2 (hina° pa?ita°, doubtful reading);
Sdhp 55; Mhvs 25, 55 (tassa matena according to her opinion); 25, 110 (pasu--sama mata, pl. considered like beasts). Cp.
sam°. -- Note. Does mata--sayika at Th 1, 501 (=Miln 367) belong under this mata? Then mata would have to be taken as
nt. meaning "thought, thinking," but the phrase is not without objection both semantically & syntactically. Mrs. Rh. D.
(Brethren, p. 240) trsls "nesting--place of thought." 

Mata2 

Mata2 [pp. of marati, m?] dead M I.88 (ekaha° dead one day); III.159 (matam eyya would go to die); Sn 200, 440; J V.480.
Neg. amata see separate article. -- Note. mata at PvA 110 is to be corrected into cuta.
  --kicca duty towards the dead, rites for the dead PvA 274. 

Mataka [fr. mata2] dead, one who is dead DhA II.274.
  --akara condition of one who is dead J I.164 (°? dassati pretends to be dead). --bhatta a meal for the dead, food offered to
the manes J IV.151; DhA I.326 (=petakicca p. 328); III.25. 

Mati (f.) [Vedic mati, fr. man: cp. Av. maitiš, Lat. mens, mentem (cp. E. mental); Goth. ga--munds, gaminpi, Ohg.
gi--munt, E. mind] mind, opinion, thought; thinking of, hankering after, love or wish for Vin III.138 (purisa° thought of a
man); Mhvs 3, 42 (padipa lamp of knowledge); 15, 214 (amala° pure--minded); PvA 151 (kama+). --su° (adj.) wise, clever
Mhvs 15, 214; opp. du° (adj.) foolish J III.83 (=duppañña C.); Pv I.82 (=nippañña PvA 40); Sdhp 292. 

Matikata (adj.) [cp. Sk. mati--k?ta, fr. matya, nt., harrow =Lat. mateola, Ohg. medela plough] in su° wellharrowed
(field) A I.229, 239 (khetta). 

Matimant (adj.) [mati+mant] sensible, intelligent, wise, metri causa^ as matima (fr. matimanto, pl.) at Sn 881
(=matima pa?d?ita Nd1 289). 

Matta1 

Matta1 (--°) (adj.) [i. e. matta used as adj.] "by measure," measured, as far as the measure goes, i. e. -- (1) consisting of,
measuring (with numerals or similar expressions): appamatto kali Sn 659; pañcamatta sata 500 DA I.35; sa??himatte
sa??himatte katva SnA 510; masamatta? PvA 55; ekadasa° ib. 20; dvadasa° 42; satta° 47; ti?samattehi bhikkhuhi saddhi? 53. --
(2) (negative) as much as, i. e. only, a mere, even as little as, the mere fact (of), not even (one), not any: a?umattena pi
puññena Sn 431; ka?acchumatta? (not) even a spoonful Miln 8; ekapa??a° PvA 115; citta °? pi (not) even as much as one
thought ib. 3; nama° a mere name Miln 25; phandana °? not even one throb J VI.7; phandita° the mere fact of . . . M II.24,
bindu° only one drop PvA 100; rodita° M II.24. -- (3) (positive) as much as, so much, some, enough (of); vibhava° riches
enough J V.40; ka pi assasa--matta laddha found some relief? PvA 104 (may be=matta f.). -- (4) like, just as what is called, one
may say (often untranslateable): sita°--kara?a just because he smiled VvA 68; bhesajja--matta pita I have taken medicine D
I.205 (=matta f.?) okasa --°? (nt.) permission Sn p, 94; putta° like children A II.124; mara?a° (almost) dead M I.86; attano
nattumatte vandanto Dha IV.178. f. matti (=mattin?) see matu°. -- (5) as adv. (usually in oblique cases): even at, as soon as,
because of, often with other particles, like api, eva, pi, yeva: vuttamatte eva as soon as said DhA I.330; cintitamatte at the mere
thought DhA I.326; na? jatamatta? yeva as soon as he was born PvA 195; anumodana--mattena because of being pleased PvA
121; upanitamattam eva as soon as it was bought PvA 192; nimujjana--matte yeva as soon as she ducked her head under PvA
47. --na mattena . . . eva not only . . . but even PvA 18 (n. m. nipphala, attano danaphalassa bhagino eva honti). 

Matta2 

Matta2 [pp. of madati] intoxicated (with), full of joy about (--°), proud of, conceited Sn 889 (manena m.); J IV.4 (vedana°, full
of pain, perhaps better with v. l. °patta for °matta); VvA 158 (hatthi matto elephant in rut); DhA IV.24 (id.); PvA 47 (sura°),
86 (mana--mada°), 280 (bhoga--mada°).
  --kasini see matthak'asini. 

Mattaka (adj.) [fr. matta1] 1. of the size of Sdhp 238 (pa?i°). -- 2. only as much as, mere D I.12 (appa°, ora°, sila°); J IV.228
(mana°); DhA IV.178 (pitumattaka? gahetva). 

Mattatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. matta] (the fact of) consisting of, or being only . . . PvA 199 (ma?sa--pesi°). 

Matta (f.) [Vedic matra, of ma] measure, quantity, right measure, moderation Sn 971 (matta? so jañña); Dh I.35 (matta ti
pama?a? vuccati). -- Abl. mattaso in °karin doing in moderation, doing moderately Pug 37 (=pamanena padesa--mattam
eva karonti ti). -- In cpds. shortened to matta°.
  --a??hiya (matta??hiya=°atthika) desirous of moderation, moderate Th 1, 922. --ññu knowing the right measure, moderate,
temperate (bhojane or bhojanamhi in eating) A II.40; Sn 338; Pug 25; Dh 8. Cp. jagariya. --ññuta moderation (in eating) D
III.213; Nd1 483; Dh 185; Pug 25; Vbh 249, 360; Dhs 1348; DhA II.238. --sukha (metri causa^: matta--sukha) measured
happiness, i. e. small happiness Dh 290 (cp. DhA III.449). 

Matti (--sambhava) [for *mati°=matu°=*mat?, after pitti°=pitu°=*pit?] born (from a mother) Sn 620 (=matari sambhuta
SnA 466)=Dh 396 (=matu santike udarasmi? sambhuta DhA IV.158). 

Mattika (adj.) (°--) [fr. mattika] made of clay, clay--; only in cpds.:
  --ku?d?ala clay earring S I.79 (v. l. mattika°). --bhajana clay or earthenware vessel Sn 577; Vism 231 (in comparison); DhA
I.130. --vaka clay fibre DhsA 321 (v. l. °takka, perhaps gloss=takku spindle, see takka1). 

Mattika (f.) [cp. Vedic m?ttika, der. fr. Vedic m?t (m?d) soil, earth, clay; with P. ma?d?a, Sk, vimradati. Gr. bladaro/s soft,
Osil. mylsna dust, Goth. mulda, Ags. molde (E. mould, mole=mouldwarp), to same root m?d as in Sk. m?du=Lat. mollis
soft, Gr. a)maldu/nw to weaken, Sk. mardati & m?dnati to crush, powder, Caus. mardayati; also in cognate °m?d as appearing
in Gr. me/ldw to melt=Ags meltan, Ohg. smëlzan] 1. clay  J VI.372; Mhvs 29, 5 sq. --tamba° red clay DhA IV.106; PvA 191. mattika pl. kinds of clay (used in cosmetics, like Fuller's
earth) J V.89 (nana--cun?ani+ mattika; see also cu??a). -- 2. loam, mud M III.94 (alla° fresh loam or mud); Vism 123
(aru?a--va??a); KhA 59 (pa?d?u); VvA 65; PvA 216 (aru?a--va??a).
  --thala bowl of clay DhA IV.67. --pi?d?a a lump of clay or loam DA I.289; same trope at PvA 175. 

(adj.) [fr. mata, *matreyya> *matteyya] reverential towards one's mother, motherloving D III.74; Pv II.718 (=matu hita PvA
104; v. l. mett°). Spelling at D III.72 is metteyya. It is difficult to decide about correct spelling, as metteyya is no doubt
influenced by the foll. petteyya, with which it is always combined. 

(f.) [abstr. fr. matteyya] filial love towards one's mother; always combd with petteyyata D III.145 (v. l. mett°); Nd2 294
(mett°), Dh 332; DhA IV.33. 

Mattha [cp. Vedic masta(ka) skull, head, Vedic masti?ka brains; perhaps to Lat. mentum chin, Cymr. mant jawbone;
indirectly also to Lat. mons mountain] the head, etc. Only in cpd. mattha--lunga [cp. Sk. mastulunga] the brain Vin I.274; Sn
199; Kh III.; J I.493; KhA 60; Vism 260 (in detail) 264, 359; VbhA 63, 243, 249; DhA II.68; PvA 78, 80. -- See also
matthaka. 

Matthaka [cp. mattha] the head, fig. top, summit J III.206 =IV.4; IV.173, 457; V.478; DA I.226 (pabbata°); Pv IV.163;
DhA I.184. matthaka--matthakena (from end to end) J I,202; III.304. Loc. matthake as adv. (1) at the head DhA I.109; (2)
at the distance of (--°) DhA I.367; (3) on top of (--°) J V.163 (vammika°); Mhvs 23, 80 (sisa°); Yugandhara° Miln 6; DhA II.3
(uddhana°).
  --asin sitting on top (of the mountain) J VI.497 (=pabbata--matthake nisinna C.; gloss matta--kasin i. e. wildly in love, expld
by kama--mada--matta). The reading is not clear. --tela oil for the head KhA 64 (=muddhani tela Vism 262). 

Mathati [Vedic math, manth to twirl, shake about, stir etc.; cp. Lat. mamphur part of the lathe=Ger. mandel
("mangle"), E. mandrel; Lith. mentùris churning stick, Gr. mo/qos tumult mo/qoura shaft of rudder. <-> The Dhtp (126)
gives both roots (math & manth) and expls by "vi?olana," as does Dhtm (183) by "vi?o?ana"] to churn, to shake, disturb, upset.
Only in Caus. matheti to agitate, crush, harass, upset (citta?) S IV.210; Sn 50 (=taseti hapeti Nd2 492); Pv IV.71 (kammana?
vipako mathaye mana?; C 264: abhibhaveyya); Miln 385 (vayu padape mathayati; . . . kilesa mathayitabba). -- pp. mathita.
See also abhimatthati (sic) & nimmatheti. 

Mathana (adj. nt.) [fr. math] shaking up, crushing, harassing, confusing Miln 21 (+maddana); DhA I.312; PvA 265. 

[pp. of matheti] 1. (churned) buttermilk Vin II.301 (amathita--kappa). -- 2. upset, mentally unbalanced state, disturbance of
mind through passion, conceit, etc. M I.486 (maññita+). Neumann trsls "Vermutung" i. e. speculation, guessing (v. l. matth°). 

Mada [Vedic mada, mad (see majjati), Idg. *mad, as in Av. mata intoxication, drink, mad, to get intoxicated orig.
meaning "drip, be full of liquid or fat"; cp. Gr. mada/w dissolve, masto/s breast (mazo/s »Amazone), Lat. madeo to be wet,
Ohg. mast fattening, Sk. meda grease, fat, Gr. me/zea; mesto/s full; Goth. mats eatables, Ags. mo¯s, Ohg. muos=gemüse, etc.
Perhaps connected with *med in Lat. medeor to heal. For further relations see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. madeo. -- The Dhtp
(412) & Dhtm (642) explain mad by "ummade" Dhtm 210 also by "muda, mada=santose"] 1. intoxication, sensual excess, in
formula davaya madaya ma?d?anaya (for purposes of sport, excess, personal charm etc.) M I.355=A II.40= Nd1 496=Nd2
540=Pug 21=Dhs 1346, 1348. The commentator's explns bearing directly or indirectly on this passage distinguish several
kinds of mada, viz. mana--mada & purisa--mada (at DhsA 403; Vism 293), or mu??hika--mall' adayo viya madattha?
bala--mada--nimitta? porisa--mada--nimittañ ca ti vutta? (at Vism 31). Sn 218 (mada--pamada on which passage SnA 273
comments on mada with jati--mad'adi--bheda mada). -- 2. (as mental state or habit) pride, conceit Miln 289 (mana, m.,
pamada); Vbh 345 (where 27 such states are given, beginning with jati°, gotta°, arogya°, yobbana°, jivita--mada), 350 (where
mada is paraphrased by majjana majjitatta? mano . . . u??ati . . . dhajo sampaggaho ketukamyata cittassa: same formula, as
concluding exegesis of mana at Nd2 505 & Dhs 1116); sometimes more def. characterised with phrase mada--matta elated
with the pride or intoxication of . . . (--°). e. g. A I.147 (yobbana°, arogya°, jivita°); PvA 86 (mana°), 280 (bhoga°). -- The
traditional exegesis distinguishes only 3 mada's, viz. arogya- mada the pride of health, yobbana° of youth, jivita° of life: D
III.220; A I.146.
  --nimmadana "disintoxication from intoxication," freedom from pride or conceit A II.34; Bu I.81; Vism 293. 

Madana (nt.) [fr. mad] lit. making drunk, intoxication Nd2 540 C. (in formula davaya madaya madanaya, instead of
ma?d?anaya: see under mada 1); in cpd. °yuta intoxicated, a name for the Yakkhas J I.204. <-> Cp. nimmadana. 

Madaniya (adj. nt.) [orig. grd. of madati] 1. intoxicating D II.185 (sadda vaggu rajaniya kamaniya m.). -- 2. intoxication
VvA 73. 

Madira (f.) [of adj. Vedic madira intoxicating] intoxicating drink, spirit J V.425; DhsA 48. 

Madda 1. [fr. m?d, Sk. marda] crushing etc.; kneading, paste, in pi??ha paste of flower Vin II.151; J III.226 (pi??hi°). -- 2.
[dialectical, cp. Sk. madra] N. of a country & its inhabitants, in °ra??ha SnA 68 sq.; °rajakula KhA 73.
  --vi?a a sort of girdle Vin II.136. 

Maddati [cp. Vedic m?d to crush: see etym. under mattika] 1. to tread on, trample on (acc.), crush J III.245, 372 (ppr.
maddamana); DhA II.66. -- 2. to defeat, destroy Sn 770 (=abhibhavati Nd1 12); Nd2 85 (madditva=abhibhuyya); SnA 450;
Mhvs 1, 41. -- fig. to crush a heresy: vada? m. Mhvs 36, 41. -- 3. to neglect (an advice), spurn J III.211 (ovada?). -- 4. to mix up,
knead, jumble together DhA II.155. -- 5. to thresh J I.215. -- 6. to break down, upset J I.500 (vati?, a fence). -- 7. to draw
together (a net) J I.208. -- Caus. I. maddeti to cause to be trampled on Mhvs 29. 4 (aor. maddayi). -- Caus. II. maddapeti to
cause to be threshed Vin II.180. -- pp. maddita. See also pari°. 

Maddana (nt.) [cp. Epic Sk. mardana, fr. m?d] 1. crushing, grinding, destroying J IV.26; Miln 21 (adj.,+mathana); Sdhp
449; Dhtp 156. -- 2. threshing Miln 360. -- See also nimmaddana, pamaddana, parimaddana. 

Maddari (f.) [?] a species of bird, in cpd. ambaka° A I.188. 

Maddava (adj. nt.) [fr. m?du, cp. Epic Sk. mardava] 1. mild, gentle, soft, suave Dhs 1340; Vbh 359; Miln 229 (citta?
muduka? m. siniddha?), 313 (mudu°), 361 (among the 30 best virtues, with siniddha & mudu). <-> 2. (fr. madda) as Np.
name of a king, reigning in Sagala, the capital of Madda. -- 3. withered Dh 377  (=milata DhA IV.112). -- nt. maddava? mildness, softness, gentleness Sn 250 (ajjava+), 292 (id.); J III.274 (as one of the 10
raja--dhamma); V.347 (=mettacitta?); DhsA 151. See also sukara°. 

Maddavata (f.) [abstr. fr. maddava] gentleness, softness, suavity Dhs 44, 1340; DhsA 151. 

Maddalaka [etym.?] a kind of bird J VI.538. 

Maddita [pp. of maddeti, see maddati] 1. kneaded, mixed, in su° Vism 124. -- 2. crushed, defeated, in su° Miln 284. --
Cp. pa°, pari°. 

Maddin (adj.) [fr. m?d, cp. Sk. mardin=mardana] crushing, destroying Sdhp 218. Cp. pamaddin. 

Maddhita [of m?dh] see pari°. 

Madhu [cp. Vedic madhu, Gr. me/qu wine, Lith. medùs honey, midùs wine, Ohg. metu=Ger. met wine. Most likely to
root *med to be full of juice: see under madati] honey J I.157 sq.; IV.117; Dh 69 (madhu va read as madhuva); Mhvs 5, 53;
DhsA 330; DhA II.197 (alla° fresh honey). -- pl. madhuni Mhvs 5, 31. -- The Abhp (533) also gives "wine from the blossom of
Bassia latifolia" as meaning. -- On madhu in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 121.
  --atthika (madh°) at J III.493 is with v. l. to be read madhu--tthika (q. v. below). The proposal of Kern's (Toev. s. v.) to
read madh'a??hika "with sweet kernels" cannot be accepted. The C. explns rightly by "madhura--phalesu pakkhitta--madhu viya,
madhura--phalo hutva." --atthika (madhu°) desirous of honey, seeking honey J IV.205; Mhvs 5, 50. --apa?a (madhv°) honey
shop Mhvs 5, 52. --asava (madhv°) honey extract, wine from the flower of Bassia latifolia VvA 73 (as one of the 5 kinds of
intoxicating liquors). --kara "honey--maker," bee J IV.265; Vism 136 (in simile); DhA I.374. --ga?d?a honey--comb Mhvs 22,
42; 34, 52. --tthika [madhu+thika, which latter stands for thiya, fr. stya to congeal, drip; see thika, thina, thiya and theva]
dripping with honey, full of honey J III.493 (so read for madh--atthika); VI.529 (=madhu? paggharanto C.). Kern, Toev. s. v.
unnecessarily reads as °atthika which he takes=°a??hika. --da giving honey, liberal Mhvs 5, 60 (Asoka). --pa?ala honey--comb
J I.262; DhA I.59; III.323. --pi?d?ika a ball of honey (to eat), honey--food, a meal with honey Vin I.4; M I.114. --pita having
drunk honey, drunk with honey S I.212. --(b)bata "courting honey," a bee Davs III.65. --bindu a drop of honey Vism 531;
VbhA 146 (°giddha, in comparison). --makkhita smeared with honey J I.158. --madhuka dripping with honey, full of honey
J VI.529. --mehika referring to a particular disease madhumeha ("honey--urine," diabetes?) Vin IV.8. --la??hika liquorice (no
ref.?); cp. La??hi--madhukavana J I.68. --laja sweet corn J IV.214, 281. --va?ija honey seller Mhvs 5, 49. --ssava flowing with
honey Pv II.911. 

Madhuka (adj. n.) [fr. madhu] connected with honey. 1. (n.) the tree Bassia latifolia (lit. honey tree) Vin I.246; J V.324,
405; VI.529; Miln 165. -- 2. the fruit of that tree J IV.434. -- 3. (adj.) (--°) full of honey J VI.529 (madhu° containing honey). --
4. connected with an intoxicating drink, given to the drink of (--°) J IV.117 (sura--meraya°).
  --a??hika the kernel (of the fruit) of Bassia latifolia Vism 353=KhA 43 (which latter reads madhukaphal'a??hi; in the
description of the finger nails). --puppha the flower of Bassia latifolia from which honey is extracted for liquor Vin I.246 (°rasa
liquorice juice); J I.430. 

Madhuka (f.) [fr. madhuka] honey drink, sweet drink, liquor Mhvs 5, 52. 

Madhura (adj.) [fr. madhu] 1. sweet Sn 50; J III.493; V.324; Pv II.67; PvA 119, 147. -- 2. of intoxicating sweetness,
liquor--like, intoxicating J IV.117. -- 3. (nt.) sweetness, sweet drink Dh 363; J I.271 (catu° the 4 sweet drinks, used as cure after
poison); Dhs 629; DhsA 320. -- 4. (nt.) flattery, praise SnA 287 (opp. ava??a).
  --rasa sweet (i. e. honey--) juice, sweet liquor DhA II.50; PvA 119. --ssara sweet--sounding VvA 57; PvA 151; Mhvs 5, 32. 

Madhuraka (adj.) [fr. madhura, cp. similarly madhuka> madhu] full of sweet drink, intoxicated, in phrase
madhuraka--jatokayo viya "like an intoxicated body," i. e. without control, weak. The usual translation has been "become
languid or weak" ("erschlafft" Ger.). Franke, Digha Übs. 202 (where more literature) translates: "Ich fuhlte mich schwach, wie
ein zartes Pflänzchen, " hardly justifiable. -- D II.99; M I.334; S III.106, A III.69. The description refers to a state of swooning,
like one in a condition of losing consciousness through intoxication. Rh. D. (Dial. II.107) translates "my body became weak as a
creeper," hardly correct.
  taken as noun also by Winternitz (Rel. gesch. Lesebuch 301): "wohl eine zarte Pflanze mit schwachen Stengel." F. L.
Woodward follows me in discarding trsln "creeper" and assuming one like "intoxicated" (so also UdA, 246): see his note on S
III.106 trsln (K.S. III.90). 

Madhurata (f.) [abstr. fr. madhura] sweetness J I.68. 

Madhuratta (nt.) [abstr. fr. madhura] sweetness Mhvs 2, 13. 

Mana? (adv.) [cp. Class. Sk. manak, "a little (of something)" prob. derived from Vedic mana f. a. gold weight =Gr. mna_]
"by a certain weight," i. e. a little, somewhat, almost, well--nigh, nearly. Combd with vata in exclamation: M II.123 (m. v. bho
anassama); DhA III.147 (m. v. theri nasita). Often in phrase man' amhi (with pp.). "I nearly was so & so," e. g. Vin I.109
(vu?ho); J I.405 (upaku?ito); III.435 (mata), 531 (marapito). Cp. BSk. manasmi khadita MVastu II.450. 

Manata (f.) [abstr. fr. mano] mentality DhsA 143 (in expln of attamanata). 

Manasa (adj.) [the --° form of mano, an enlarged form, for which usually either °mana or °manasa] having a mind, with
such & such a mind Sn 942 (nibbana° "a nibbana mind," one who is intent upon N., cp. expln at SnA 567); Pv I.66
(padu??ha--manasa f., maybe °manasa; but PvA 34 explns "padu??ha--citta padu??hena va manasa). See also adhimanasa under
adhimana. 

Manassa (nt.) [*manasya?, abstr. der. fr. mana(s)] of a mind, only in cpds. do° & so° (q. v.). 

Manati [cp. Sk. m??ati, m?2] to crush, destroy; only in Commentator's fanciful etymological analysis of verama?i at
DhsA 218 (vera? manati (sic.) vinaseti ti v.) and KhA 24 (vera? ma?ati ti v., vera? pajahati vinodeti etc.). 

Manapa (adj.) [cp. BSk. manapa] pleasing, pleasant, charming Sn 22, 759; Dh 339 (°ssavana); VvA 71; PvA 3, 9. Often in
combn piya manapa, e. g. D II.19; III.167; J II.155; IV.132. -- Opp. a°, e. g. Pug 32. 

Manapika =manapa, Vbh 380; Miln 362. 

Manuja [manu+ja, i. e. sprung from Manu, cp. etym. of manussa s. v.] human being; man A IV.159; Sn 458, 661, 1043
sq.; Dh 306, 334. Nd2 496 (explns as "manussa" & "satta").
  --a^dhipa lord of men Mhvs 19, 32. --inda king of men, great king Sn 553; J VI.98. 

Manuñña (adj.) [cp. Class. Sk. manojña] pleasing, delightful, beautiful Vv 8417 (=manorama VvA 340); J I.207; II.331;
Pv II.122; IV.121; Miln 175, 398; VvA 11, 36; PvA 251; adv. °? pleasantly, delightfully J IV.252. <-> Opp. a° unpleasant J
VI.207. 

Manute [Med. form of maññati] to think, discern, understand DhsA 123. 

Manussa [fr. manus, cp. Vedic manu?ya. Connected etym. with Goth. manna=man] a human being, man. The popular
etym. connects m. with Manu(s), the ancestor of men, e. g. KhA 123: "Manuno apacca ti manussa, pora?a pana bha?anti
?mana--ussannataya manussa'; te Jambudipaka, Aparagoyanika, Uttarakuruka, Pubbavidehaka ti catubbidha." Similarly with
the other view of connecting it with "mind" VvA 18: "manassa ussannataya manussa" etc. Cp. also VvA 23, where
manussa--nerayika, °peta, °tiracchana are distinguished. -- Sn 75, 307, 333 sq., 611 sq.; Dh 85, 188, 197 sq., 321; Nd1 97 (as
gati), 340, 484 (°phassa of Sn 964); Vism 312; VbhA 455 (var. clans); DhA I.364. --amanussa not human, a deva, a ghost, a
spirit; in cpds. "haunted," ilke °kantara J I.395, °??hana Vv 843 (cp. VvA 334 where expld); °sadda DhA I.315. See also
separately amanussa.
  --attabhava human existence PvA 71, 87, 122. --itthi a human woman PvA 48, 154. --inda lord of men S I.69; Mhvs 19,
33. --khadaka man eater, cannibal (usually appld to Yakkhas) VbhA 451. --deva (a) "god of men," i. e. king Pv II.811; (b)
men & gods (?) VvA 321 (Hardy, in note takes it as "gods of men," i. e. brahma?a). --dhamma condition of man, human state
VvA 24. See also uttari--manussa dhamma. --bhuta as a human, in human form Pv I.112; II.112. --loka the world of men Sn
683. 

Manussatta (nt.) [abstr. fr, manussa] human existence, state of men It 19; Vv 3416; SnA 48, 51; Sdhp 17 sq. 

Manussika (adj.) [fr. manussa] see under a°. 

Manesika (f.) [mano+esika2] "mind--searching," i. e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind--reading; a practice forbidden
to bhikkhus D I.7 (=m. nama manasa cintita--janana--ki?a DA I.86); Vin II.10. 

(nt.) [Vedic mana?, see etym. under maññati] I. Declension. Like all other nouns of old s--stems mano has partly retained the
s forms (cp. cetah>ceto) & partly follows the a--declension. The form mano is found throughout in cpds. as mano°, the other
mana at the end of cpds. as °mana. From stem manas an adj. manasa is formed and the der. manasa & manassa (--°). --
nom. mano freq.; & mana? Dh 96, acc. mano Sn 270, 388; SnA 11, and freq.; also mana? Sn 659=A II.3; V.171=Nett 132;
Sn 678; Cp I.85; Vism 466; gen. dat. manaso Sn 470, 967; Dh 390 (manaso piya); Pv II.111 (manaso piya=manasa piya PvA
71); instr. manasa Sn 330, 365, 834 (m. cintayanto), 1030; M III.179; Dh 1; Pv II.97 (m. pi cetaye); also manena DhA I.42;
DhsA 72; abl. manato S IV.65; DhA I.23; Vism 466; loc. manasmi? S IV.65; manamhi Vism 466; also mane DhA I.23, &
manasi (see this in compn manasi karoti, below). -- II. Meaning: mind, thought D III.96, 102, 206, 226, 244, 269, 281; S I.16,
172; II.94; M III.55; A III.443; V.171; Sn 77, 424, 829, 873; Dh 116, 300; Sdhp 369. -- 1. Mano represents the intellectual
functioning of consciousness, while viñna?a represents the field of sense and sense--reaction ("perception"), and citta the
subjective aspect of consciousness (cp. Mrs. Rh. D. Buddhist Psychology p. 19) -- The rendering with "mind" covers most of
the connotation; sometimes it may be translated "thought." As "mind" it embodies the rational faculty of man, which, as the
subjective side in our relation to the objective world, may be regarded as a special sense, acting on the world, a sense adapted
to the rationality (reasonableness, dhamma) of the phenomena, as our eye is adapted to the visibility of the latter. Thus it
ranges as the 6th sense in the classification of the senses and their respective spheres (the ayatanani or relations of subject and
object, the ajjhattikani & the bahirani: see ayatana 3). These are: (1) cakkhu (eye) which deals with the sight of form (rupa);
(2) sota (ear) dealing with the hearing of sound (sadda); (3) ghana (nose) with the smelling of smells (gandha); (4) jivha
(tongue), with the tasting of tastes (rasa); (5) kaya (touch), with the touching of tangible objects (pho??habba); (6) mano, with
the sensing (viññaya) of rational objects or cognisables (dhamma). Thus it is the sensus communis (Mrs. Rh. D. Buddh. Psych.
140, 163) which recognises the world as a "mundus sensibilis" (dhamma). Both sides are an inseparable unity: the mind fits the
world as the eye fits the light, or in other words: mano is the counterpart of dhamma, the subjective dh. Dhamma in this
sense is the rationality or lawfulness of the Universe (see dhamma B. 1), Cosmic Order, Natural Law. It may even be taken
quite generally as the "empirical. world" (as Geiger, e. g. interprets it in his Pali Dhamma p. 80--82, pointing out the
substitution of vatthu for dhamma at Kvu 126 sq. i. e. the material world), as the world of "things," of phenomena in general
without specification as regards sound, sight, smell, etc. -- Dhamma as counterpart of mano is rather an abstract (pluralistic)
representation of the world, i. e. the phenomena as such with a certain inherent rationality; manas is the receiver of these
phenomena in their abstract meaning, it is the abstract sense, so to speak. Of course, to explain manas and its function one has
to resort to terms of materiality, and thus it happens that the term vijanati, used of manas, is also used of the 5th sense, that of
touch (to which mano is closely related, cp. our E. expressions of touch as denoting rational, abstract processes: warm & cold
used figuratively; to grasp anything; terror--stricken; deeply moved feeling »Lat. palpare to palpitate, etc.). We might say of the
mind "sensing," that manas "senses" (as a refined sense of touch) the "sensibility" (dhamma) of the objects, or as Cpd. 183
expresses it "cognizable objects." See also kaya II.; and phassa. -- 2. In Buddhist Psychological Logic the concept mano is often
more definitely circumscribed by the addition of the terms (man--)ayatana, (man--)indriya and (mano--)dhatu, which are
practically all the same as mano (and its objective correspondent dhamma). Cp. also below No. 3. The additional terms try to
give it the rank of a category of thought. On mano--dhatu and m--ayatana see also the discourse by S. Z. Aung. Cpd. 256--59,
with Mrs. Rh. D.'s apt remarks on p. 259. -- The position of manas among the 6 ayatanas (or indriyas) is one of control over
the other 5 (pure and simple senses). This is expressed e. g. at M I.295 (commented on at DhsA 72) and S V.217 (mano nesa?
gocara--visaya? paccanubhoti: mano enjoys the function--spheres of the other senses; cp. Geiger, Dhamma 81; as in the
Sankhya: Garbe, Sankhya Philosophie 252 sq.). Cp. Vin I.36; "ettha ca te mano na ramittha rupesu saddesu atho rasesu." -- 3.
As regards the relation of manas to citta, it may be stated, that citta is more substantial (as indicated by translation "heart"),
more elemental as the seat of emotion, whereas manas is the finer element, a subtler feeling or thinking as such. See also
citta2 I., and on rel. to viñña?a & citta see citta2 IV. 2b. In the more popular opinion and general phraseology however
manas is almost synonymous with citta as opposed to body, citta? iti pi mano iti pi S II.94. So in the triad "thought (i. e.
intention) speech and action" manas interchanges with citta: see kaya III. -- The formula runs kayena vacaya manasa, e. g.
M III.178 (sucarita? caritva); Dh 391 (natthi dukka?a?), cp. Dh 96; santa? tassa mana?, santa vaca ca kamma ca. Besides with
citta: kayena vacaya uda cetasa S I.93, 102; A I.63. rakkhitena k. vacaya cittena S II.231; IV.112. -- It is further combd with
citta in the scholastic (popular) definition of manas, found in identical words at all Cy. passages:  "mano" is "citta? mano manasa? hadaya?, pa?d?ara?, man--ayatana? . . . mano--viññana--dhatu" (mind sensibility). Thus e. g.
at Nd1 3 (for mano), 176 (id.); Nd2 494 (which however leaves out citta? in exegesis of Sn 1142, 1413, but has it in No. 495 in
exegesis of Sn 1039); Dhs 6 (in defn of citta), 17 (of man'indriya?), 65 (of man--ayatana?), 68 (of mano--viññ?a--dhatu). <->
The close relation between the two appears further from their combn in the formula of the adesana--pa?ihariya? (wonder of
manifestation, i. e. the discovery of other peoples'thoughts & intentions), viz. evam pi te mano ittham pi te mano iti pi te
citta?: "so & so is in your mind . . . so & so are your emotions"; D I.213= III.103=A I.170. -- At S I.53 both are mutually
influenced in their state of unsteadiness and fear: nicca? utrasta? ida? citta? (heart), nicca? ubbigga? ida? mano (mind). The
same relation (citta as instrument or manifestation of mano) is evident from J I.36, where the passage runs: siho citta?
pasadesi. Sattha tassa mana? oloketva vyakasi . . . At PvA 264 mano (of Pv IV.71) is expld by citta?; piti mano of Sn 766
(glad of heart) expld at SnA 512 by santu??ha--citto; nibbanamanaso of Sn 942 at SnA 567 by nibbana--ninna--citto. In the
phrase yatha--manena "from his heart," i. e. sincerely, voluntarily DhA I.42, mano clearly acts as citta. -- 4. Phrases: mana?
uppadeti to make up one's mind, to resolve DhA II.140 (cp. citt'uppada); mana? karoti: (a) to fix one's mind upon, to give
thought to, find pleasure or to delight in (loc.) J IV.223 (rupe na mana? kare=itthi--rupe nimitta? na ga?heyyasi C. Cp. the
similar & usual manasi--karoti in same sense); VI.45 (Pass. gite karute mano); (b) to make up one's mind DhA II.87; mana?
ga?hati to "take the mind," take the fancy, to please, to win approval J IV.132; DhA II.48. -- III. °mana:
dhamm--uddhacca--viggahita° A II.157 (read °mano for °mana); sankili??ha--mana nara Th 2, 344; atta° pleased; gedhita°
greedy Pv II.82; dum° depressed in mind, sad or sick at heart D II.148; S I.103; Vin I.21; A II.59, 61, 198; Th 2, 484; J I.189;
opp. sumana elated, joyful Pv II.948 (=somanassajata PvA 132); piti° glad or joyful of heart Sn 766 (expld by tu??ha--mano,
ha??ha--mano, attamano etc. at Nd1 3; by santu??ha--citto at SnA 512). -- IV. manasi--karoti (etc.) to fix the mind intently, to
bear in mind, take to heart, ponder, think upon, consider, recognise. -- 1. (v.) pres. 1st pl. °karoma Vin I.103; imper. 2nd sg.
°karohi, often in formula "su?ahi sadhuka? m.--k." "harken and pay attention" D I.124, 157, 249; cp. M. I.7; A I.227; pl. 2nd
°karotha A I.171; D I.214 (+vitakketha); Pot. °kareyyatha D I.90 (ta? attha? sadhuka? k.); ppr. °karonto DhsA 207; ger.
°katva A II.116 (a??hikatva+. . . ohitasoto su?ati); Pv III.25 (a°=anavajjetva PvA 181); VvA 87, 92; PvA 62; grd. °katabba
Vism 244, 278; DhsA 205; aor. manas--a^kasi M II.61; 2nd pl. (Prohib.) (ma) manasa^kattha D I.214; A I.171. Pass.
manasi--kariyati Vism 284. -- 2. (n.) manasikara attention, pondering, fixed thought (cp. Cpd. 12, 28, 40, 282) D III.104,
108 sq., 112, 227 (yoniso), 273 (ayoniso); M I.296; S II.3 (cetana phasso m.); IV.297 (sabba--nimittana? a° inattention to all
outward signs of allurement); Nd1 501 (ayoniso); Vbh 320, 325, 373 (yoniso), 425; Vism 241 (pa?ikula°); VbhA 148
(ayoniso), 248 sq. (as regards the 32 akaras), 251 (pa?ikkula°), 255 (n'a^tisighato etc.), 270 (ayoniso), 500; DhA II.87
(pa?ikkula°); DhsA 133. --samma manasikara? anvaya by careful pondering D I.13, 18÷. As adj. (thoughtful) at ThA 273.
-- The defn of m. at Vism 466 runs as follows: "kiriya--karo, manamhi karo m. purima--manato visadisa? mana? karoti ti pi m.
Svaya?: aramma?a--pa?ipadako vithi--pa?ipadako javana--p.° ti ti--ppakaro." -- Cpds.: --kusalata proficiency in attention D
III.211; --kosalla id. VbhA 56 (in detail), 224, 226 sq.; Vism 241 (tenfold), 243 (id., viz. anupubbato, na^tisighato, na^tisa?ikato
etc.); PvA 63 (yoniso°); --vidhana arrangement of attention VbhA 69, 71; --vidhi rule or form of attention Vism 278
(eightfold, viz. ga?ana, anubandhana, phusana, ?hapana, sallakha?a, viva??ana, parisuddhi, tesañ ca pa?ipassana ti). -- The
composition form of manas is mano°, except before vowels, when man'takes its place (as man--ayatana VbhA 46 sq.).
  --anga?a (man°) sphere of ideation (Dhs. trsl. § 58) D III.243, 280 and passim. --avajjana representative cognition: Cpd.
59. --indriya (man°) mind--faculty, category of mind, faculty of ideation (cp. Dhs. trs. § 17; Cpd. pp. 183, 184) D I.70 (with
other senses cakkh--undriya? etc.) III.226, and passim. --kamma work of the mind, mental action, associated with
kayakamma (bodily action) and vaci° (vocal action) A I.32, 104; Pug 41; Dhs 981 (where omitted in text). --java [cp. Vedic
manojava] swift as thought Vv 6329; PvA 216 (assajaniya). --da?d?a "mind--punishment" (?) corresponding to kaya° &
vaci--da?d?a, M I.372 sq. (Neumann, trsls "Streich in Gedanken"). --duccarita sin of the mind or thoughts Dh 233; Nd1 386;
Pug 60. --dosa blemish of mind A I.112. --dvara door of the mind, threshold of consciousness VbhA 41; DhsA 425, cp. Dhs.
trsl. 3 (2p. 2); Cpd. 10. --dhatu element of apprehension, the ideational faculty (cp. Dhs. trsl. 129, 2p. 119, 120; and p. 2lxxxv
sq.) Dhs 457 sq.; Vbh 14, 71, 87 sq., 144, 302; Vism 488; VbhA 80, 81, 239 (physiological foundation), 405; DhsA 263, 425;
KhA 53. --padosa anger in mind, ill--will D III.72; M I.377; Sn 702; J IV.29; Dhs 1060 (cp. DhsA 367: mana? padussayamano
uppajjati ti, i. e. to set one's heart at anger). --padosika (adj.) debauched in mind (by envy & ill--will), N. of a class of gods D
I.20; VbhA 498, 519. Cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie, p. 193 & Kern (Toev. I.163), slightly different: from looking at each other
too long. --pasada tranquillity of the mind, devotional feeling (towards the Buddha) DhA I.28. --pubbangama directed by
mind, dominated by thought (see pubba2) Dh 1, 2; cp. DhA I.21, 35. --bhavaniya of right mind--culture, self--composed S
III.1; M III.261; Vv 3413 (cp. VvA 152: mana--vad?d?hanaka); Miln 129. Kern, Toev. I.163 trsls "to be kept in mind with
honour." --mattaka, in phrase mana--mattakena (adv.) "by mere mind," consisting of mind only, i. e. memorial, as a matter of
mind J IV.228. --maya made of mind, consisting of mind, i. e. formed by the magic power of the mind, magically formed,
expld at Vism 405 as "adhi??hana--manena nimmitatta m."; at DA I.120 as "jhana--manena nibbatta"; at DhA I.23 as "manato
nipphanna"; at VvA 10 as "bahirena paccayena vina manasa va nibbatta." -- Dh 1, 2; J VI.265 (manomaya? sindhava?
abhiruyha); Sdhp 259; as quality of iddhi: Vism 379, 406. -- Sometimes a body of this matter can be created by great holiness
or knowledge; human beings or gods may be endowed with this power D I.17 (+pitibhakkha, of the Abhassaras), 34 (atta
dibbo rupi m. sabbanga--paccangi etc.), 77 (id.), 186 (id.); Vin II.185 (Koliya--putto kala? kato aññatara? mano--maya? kaya?
upapanno); M I.410 (deva rupino m.); S IV.71; A I.24; III.122, 192; IV.235; V.60. --ratha desired object (lit. what pleases the
mind), wish Vism 506 (°vighata+iccha--vighata); °? pureti to fulfil one's wish Mhvs 8, 27 (pu??a--sabbamanoratha).
Manoratha--pura?i (f.) "the wish fulfiller" is the name of the Commentary on the Anguttara Nikaya. --rama pleasing to the
mind, lovely, delightful Sn 50, 337, 1013; Dh 58; Pv II.958 (pho??habba), Mhvs 18, 48; VvA 340. --viñña?a representative
cognition, rationality Vism 489; VbhA 150 (22 fold); DhsA 304, cp. Dhs. trsl. 170 (2p. 157); --dhatu (element of)
representative intellection, mind cognition, the 6th of the viñña?adhatus or series of cognitional elements corresponding to and
based on the 12 simple dhatus, which are the external & internal sense--relations (=ayatanani) Dhs 58; Vbh 14, 71, 87, 89,
144, 176 and passim. See also above II. 3 and discussions at Dhs. trsl. 132 (2p. 122) &  
introd. p. 53 sq.; Cpd. 1232, 184. --viññeyya to be comprehended by the mind (cp. Dialogues II.281n) D II.281; M III.55, 57; J
IV.195. --vitakka a thought (of mind) S I.207=Sn 270 (mano is in C. on this passage expld as "kusala--citta" SnA 303).
--sañcetan' ahara "nutriment of representative cogitation" (Dhs. trsl. 31) S II.11, 13, 99; Dhs 72; Vism 341. --satta "with
mind attached," N. of certain gods, among whom are reborn those who died with minds absorbed in some attachment M I.376.
--samacara conduct, observance, habit of thought or mind (associated with kaya° & vaci°) M II.114; III.45, 49. --sila (cp. Sk.
mana?--sila) red arsenic, often used as a powder for dying and other purposes; the red colour is frequently found in later (Cy.)
literature, e. g. J V.416 (+haritala yellow ointment); Vism 485; DhA IV.113 (id. as cu??a); ThA 70 (Ap. V.20); Mhvs 29, 12;
SnA 59 (°pi?d?a in simile); DhA II.43 (°rasa); VvA 288 (°cu??a--p?ñjara--va??a, of ripe mango fruit); PvA 274 (°va??ani
ambaphalani); --tala a flat rock, platform (=silatala) SnA 93, 104; as the platform on which the seat of the Buddha is placed &
whence he sends forth the lion's roar: J II.219; VI.399; VvA 217; as a district of the Himavant: J VI.432; SnA 358. --hara
charming, captivating, beautiful Mhvs 18, 49; N. of a special gem (the wishing gem?) Miln 118, 354. 

Manta [cp. Vedic mantra, fr. mantray] orig. a divine saying or decision, hence a secret plan [cp. def. of mant at Dhtp 578
by "gutta--bhasane"], counsel; hence magic charm, spell. In particular a secret religious code or doctrine, esp. the Brahmanic
texts or the Vedas, regarded as such (i. e. as the code of a sect) by the Buddhists. -- 1. with ref. to the Vedas usually in the pl.
manta (the Scriptures, Hymns, Incantations): D I.96; M II.166 (brahme mante adhiyitva; mante vaceti); Sn 249 (=deva SnA
291), 302 (mante ganthetva, criticised by Bdhgh as brahmanic (: heretic) work in contrast with the ancient Vedas as follows:
"vede bhinditva dhammayutte pora?a--mante nasetva adhamma--yutte ku?a--mante ganthetva" SnA 320), 1000 (with ref. to
the 32 signs of a Mahapurisa), 1018; Dh 241 (holy studies); J II.100; III.28 (maybe to be classed under 2), 537. -- Sometimes in
sg.: manta? parivattenti brahma--cintita? Pv II.613 (=veda PvA 97)=Vv 6316 (=veda VvA 265); -- n. pl. also mantani,
meaning "Vedas": Miln 10. -- 2 (doubtful, perhaps as sub group to No. 3) holy scriptures in general, sacred text, secret doctrine
S I.57 (manta dhira "firm in doctrine" K.S. thus taking manta as instr.; it may better be taken as mantar); Sn 1042 (where Nd2
497 expls as pañña etc.); Mhvs 5, 109 (Buddha° the "mantra" of the B.), 147 (id.). -- 3. divine utterance, a word with
supernatural power, a charm, spell, magic art, witchcraft Miln 11 (see about manta in the Jatakas: Fick, Sociale Gliederung
152, 153). At PvA 117 m. is combined with yoga and ascribed to the devas, while y. is referred to men. -- J I.200 (+paritta);
III.511 (°? karoti to utter a charm, cast a spell); DhA IV.227. There are several special charms mentioned at var. places of the
Jatakas, e. g. one called Vedabbha, by means of which under a certain constellation one is able to produce a shower of gems
from the air J I.253 (nakkhatta--yoge laddhe ta? manta? parivattetva akase ulloki, tato akasato satta--ratana--vassa? vassati).
Others are: pa?havi--jaya m. (by means of which one conquers the earth) J II.243; sabba--rava--janana° (of knowing all sounds,
of animals) III.415; nidhi--uddharana° (of finding secret treasures) III.116; catuka??a° (four--cornered) VI.392, etc. -- 4.
advice, counsel, plan, design Vin IV.308 (°? sa?harati to foil a plan); J VI.438. -- 5. (adj.) (--°) parivattana° a charm that can
be said, an effective charm J I.200; bahu° knowing many charms, very tricky DhA II.4; bhinna° one who has neglected an
advice J VI.437, 438.
  --ajjhayaka one who studies the Mantras or Holy Scriptures (of the Brahmins) J I.167; DhA III.361 (tinna? vedana? paragu
m.--a. brahma?o). --ajjhena study of the Vedas SnA 314. --pada=manta 1. D I.104 (=veda--sankhata m. DA I.273.
--paraga one who masters the Vedas; in buddh. sense: one who excels in wisdom Sn 997. manta in this sense is by the Cys.
always expld by pañña, e. g., Nd2 497 (as manta f.); DhA IV.93 (id.), SnA 549 (mantaya pariggahetva). --paragu one who is
accomplished in the Vedas Sn 251 (=vedaparagu SnA 293), 690 (=vedana? paragata SnA 488), 976. --bandhava one
acquainted with the Mantras Sn 140 (=vedabandhu SnA 192); Nd1 11 (where Nd2 455 in same connection reads mitta° for
manta°: see under bandhu). --bha?in reciter of the Holy Texts (or charms) Th II.281; fig. a clever speaker Sn 850 (but Nd1
219 reads manta°; see mantar) Dh 363 (cp. DhA IV.93; paññaya bha?ana--sila) Th 1, 2. --yuddka a weird fight, a bewitched
battle Mhvs 25, 49 ("cunningly planned b." trsl. Geiger; "diplomatic stratagem," Turnour). 

Mantanaka (adj.) [fr. mantana] plotting J V.437. 

Mantana f. (& °?a) [fr. mant] counsel, consultation, deliberation, advice, command D I.104; A I.199; Vin V.164; J
VI.437, 438; Miln 3 (?); DA I.273. 

Mantar [n. ag. of mant, cp. Sk. *mant? a thinker] a sage, seer, wise man, usually appositionally nom. manta "as a sage,"
"like a thinker," a form which looks like a fem. and is mostly expld as such by the Commentaries. Manta has also erroneously
been taken as instr. of manta, or as a so--called ger. of manteti, in which latter two functions it has been expld at "janitva." The
form has evidently puzzled the old commentators, as early as the Niddesa; through the Abhp (153, 979) it has come down at
manta "wisdom" to Childers. Kern, Toev. s. v. hesitates and only comes half near the truth. The Index to Pj. marks the word
with? <-> S I.57 (+dhira; trsln "firm in doctrine"); Sn 159 ("in truth," opp. to musa; SnA 204 explns m.=pañña; taya
paricchinditva bhasati), 916 (manta asmi ti, expld at SnA 562 by "mantaya"), 1040=1042 (=Nd2 497 manta vuccati pañña
etc.); Vv 636 (expld as janitva paññaya paricchinditva VvA 262). -- Besides this form we have a shortened manta (nom.) at Sn
455 (akiñcano+), which is expld at SnA 402 as manta janitva. It is to be noted that for manta--bha?in at Sn 850 the Nd1
219 reads manta and expls customarily by "mantaya pariggahetva vaca? bhasati." 

Mantita [pp. of manteti] 1. considered Th 1, 9; Miln 91. -- 2. advised, given as counsel J VI.438; DA I.273. 

Mantin (adj.--n.) [fr. manta] 1. (adj.) giving or observing counsel S I.236. -- 2. (n.) counsellor, minister J VI.437 (pa?d?ita
m.). 

Manteti [cp. Vedic mantrayati; mant is given at Dhtp in meaning of gutta--bhasana, i. e. "secret talk"] to pronounce in an
important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i. e. 1. to take counsel (with=instr. or saddhi?) D I.94, 104 (mantana?
manteyya to discuss) 122 (2nd pl. imper. mantavho, as compared with mantayavho J II.107 besides mantavho ibid. Cp.
Geiger, P.Gr. § 126); II.87, 239; Vin IV.308 (mantesu? aor.; perhaps "plotted"); Sn p. 107 (=talk privately to); Sn 379; J I.144;
VI.525 (mantayitvana ger.); DA I.263 (imper. mantayatha); PvA 74 (aor. mantayi?su). -- 2. to consider, to think over, to be
of opinion A I.199 (Pot. mantaye); Miln 91 (grd. mantayitabba & inf. mantayitu?). -- 3. to announce, advise; pronounce,
advise Sn 126; Pv IV.120 (=kathemi kittayami PvA 225); SnA 169. -- pp. mantita. -- Cp. a°. 

Mantha [fr. math] a churning stick, a sort of rice--cake (=satthu) Vin I.4, [cp. Vedic mantha "Rührtrank"= homeric
kukew/n "Gerstenmehl in Milch verrührt," Zimmer, Altind. Leben 268]. 

Manda (adj.) [cp. late--Vedic & Epic manda] 1. slow, lazy, indolent; mostly with ref. to the intellectual faculties, therefore:
 dull, stupid, slow of grasp, ignorant, foolish M I.520 (+momuha); Sn 666, 820 (=momuha Nd1 153), 1051 (=moha avidva
etc. Nd2 498); Dh 325 (=amanasikara manda--pañña DhA IV.17); J IV.221; Pug 65, 69; KhA 53, 54. -- 2. slow, yielding little
result, unprofitable (of udaka, water, with respect to fish; and gocara, feeding on fishes) J I.221. -- 3. [in this meaning
probably=Vedic mandra "pleasant, pleasing," although Halayudha gives mandak?a as "bashful"] soft, tender (with ref. to eyes),
lovely, in cpds. °akkhin having lovely (soft) eyes J III.190; and °locana id. Th 2, 375
(kinnari--manda°=manda--puthu--vilocana ThA 253); Pv I.115 (miga--manda°=migi viya mand' akkhi PvA 57); Vv 6411
(miga--m°=miga--cchapikana? viya mudu siniddha--di??hi--nipata). -- 4. In cpd. picu (or puci°) manda the Nimb tree, it
means "tree" (?) see picu--manda & puci--manda. -- 5. In composition with bhu it assumes the form mandi°, e. g. mandibhuta
slowed down, enfeebled, diminished J I.228; VbhA 157.
  --valahaka a class of fairies or demi--gods D II.259 ("fragile spirits of the clouds" trsl.). 

Mandaka [?] according to Kern, Toev. s. v.=*mandra (of sound: deep, bass)+ka; a sort of drum J VI.580. 

Mandata (f.)=mandatta Sdhp 19. 

Mandatta (nt.) [fr. manda] stupidity M I.520; Pug 69. 

Mandakini (f.) N. of one of the seven great lakes in the Himavant, enumd at A IV.101; J V.415; Vism 416; SnA 407; DA
I.164. (Halayudha 3, 51 gives m. as a name for the Ganges.) 

Mandamukhi (f.) [dialectical? reading a little doubtful] a coal--pan, a vessel for holding embers for the sake of heating
Vin I.32 (=aggi--bhajana C.); VvA 147 (mandamukhi, stands for angara--kapalla p. 142 in expln of hattha--patapaka Vv
3332). 

Mandarava [cp. Sk. mandara] the coral tree, Erythrina fulgens (considered also as one of the 5 celestial trees). The
blossoms mentioned D II.137 fall from the next world. -- D II.137; Vv 222 (cp. VvA 111); J I.13, 39; Miln 13, 18 (dibbani
m.--pupphani abhippavassi?su). 

Mandalaka [etym.?] a water--plant (kind of lotus) J IV.539; VI.47, 279, 564. 

Mandiya (nt.) [cp. Sk. mandya] 1. laziness, slackness S I.110. -- 2. dullness of mind, stupidity J III.38 (=manda--bhava). 

Mandira (nt.) [cp. late Sk. mandira] a house, edifice, palace Sn 996, 1012; J V.480; VI.269, 270; Davs II.67 (dhatu°
shrine). 

Mandi° see manda see manda 5. 

Mama gen. dat. of pers. pron. aha? (q. v.) used quasi independently (as substitute for our "self--") in phrase
mama--y--ida? Sn 806 thought of "this is mine," cp. S I.14, i. e. egoism, belief in a real personal entity, expld at Nd1 124 by
maññana conceit, illusion. Also in var. phrases with k? in form mama?°, viz. mamankara etc. -- As adj. "self--like, selfish"
only neg. amama unselfish Sn 220 (=mamatta--virahita SnA 276); Pv IV.134 (=mamankara--virahita PvA 230); J IV.372;
VI.259. See also amama, cp. mamaka. 

Mamankara [mama? (=mama)+kara, cp. aha?+kara] selfish attachment, self--interest, selfishness PvA 230. In
canonic books only in combn with ahankara & man'a^nusaya (belief in an ego and bias of conceit), e. g. at M III.18, 32; S
III.80, 103, 136, 169; IV.41, 197, 202; A I.132 sq.; III.444. See also maminkara. 

Mamankara?a (nt.) [fr. mama?+k?] treating with tenderness, solicitude, fondness J V.331. 

Mamatta (nt.) [fr. mama] selfishness, self--love, egoism; conceit, pride in (--°), attachment to (--°). Sn 806, 871, 951; Th
1, 717; Nd1 49 (two: ta?ha & di??hi°); Nd2 499 (id. but as masc.); SnA 276; DhsA 199; PvA 19. 

Mamayati [Denom. fr. mama, cp. Sk. mamayate in same meaning (not with Böhtlingk & Roth: envy) at MBh XII.8051
and A??as Prajña Paramita 254] to be attached to, to be fond of, to cherish, tend, foster, love M I.260; S III.190; Th 1, 1150; Sn
922 (mamayetha); Nd1 125 (Bhagavanta?); J IV.359 (=piyayati C.); Miln 73; VbhA 107 (mamayati ti mata: in pop. etym. of
mata); DhA I.11; SnA 534; Mhvs 20, 4. -- pp. mamayita. 

Mamayana (f.)=mamatta (selfishness) J VI.259 (°ta?harahita in expln of amama). 

Mamayita [pp. of mamayati] cherished, beloved; as n. nt. attachment, fondness of, pride. -- (adj. or pp.) S II.94 (eta?
ajjhosita?, m., parama??ha?); Sn 119; DhA I.11. -- (nt.:) Sn 466, 777, 805, 950=Dh 367 (expld as: yassa "ahan" ti va "maman"
ti va gaho n'atthi DhA IV.100); Sn 1056 (cp. Nd2 499). 

Maminkaroti [mama(?)+k? "to make one's own"] to be fond of, to cherish, tend, foster J V.330. 

Maminkara [for maman°, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 19] self--love, self--interest, egoism M I.486; III.32 (at both places also
ahinkara for ahankara). 

Mamma (nt.) [Vedic marman, fr. m?d] soft spot of the body, a vital spot (in the Vedas chiefly between the ribs near the
heart), joint. A popular etym. and expln of the word is given at Expos. 132n3 (on DhsA 100). -- J II.228; III.209; DhsA 396.
  --gha??ana hitting a vital spot (of speech, i. e. backbiting. Cp. pi??hi--ma?sika) DhA IV.182. --chedaka breaking the joints
(or ribs), violent (fig. of hard speech) DhA I.75; DhsA 100. 

Mammana (adj.) [onomat. cp. babbhara. With Sk. marmara rustling to Lat. fremo to roar=Gr. bre/mw to thud, bronth/
thunder, Ger. brummen. Cp. also Sk. murmura=P. mummura & muramura, Lat. murmur] stammering, stuttering Vin II.90
 (one of the properties of bad or faulty speech, combd with dubbaca & e?agalavaca). 

Maya (adj.) (--° only) [Vedic maya] made of, consisting of. -- An interesting analysis (interesting for judging the views and
sense of etymology of an ancient commentator) of maya is given by Dhammapala at VvA 10, where he distinguishes 6
meanings of the word, viz. 1. asma--d--atthe, i. e. "myself" (as representing maya?!). -- 2. paññatti "regulation" (same as 1.
 according to example given, but constructed syntectically quite diff. by Dhp.). -- 3. nibbatti "origin" (arising from, with
example mano--maya "produced by mind"). -- 4. manomaya "spiritually" (same as 3). -- 5. vikar'atthe "alteration" (? more
like product, consistency, substance), with example "sabbe--ma??ikamaya--ku?ika." -- 6. pada--pura?a matte to make up a
foot of the verse (or add a syllable for the sake of completeness, with example "danamaya, silamaya" (=dana; sila). -- 1. made
 of: a??hi° of bone Vin II.115; ayo° of iron Sn 669; Pv I.104; J IV.492; udum-  bara° of Ud. wood Mhvs 23, 87; daru° of wood, VvA 8; loha° of copper Sn 670; ve?uriya° of jewels Vv 21. -- 2. consisting in:
dana° giving alms PvA 8, 9; dussa° clothes Vv 467; dhamma° righteousness S I.137. -- 3. (more as apposition, in the sense as
given by Dhp. above under 6) something like, a likeness of, i. e. ingredient, substance, stuff; in ahara° food--stuff, food J
III.523; utu° something like a (change in) season Vism 395; sila° character, having sila as substance (or simply--consisting of)
It 51 (dana°, sila°, bhavana°). 

Maya? [1st pl. of aha?, for vaya? after maya etc. See aha?] we Vin II.270; Sn 31, 91, 167; Dh 6; KhA 210. 

Mayukha [Vedic mayukha in diff. meaning, viz. a peg for fastening a weft etc., Zimmer Altind. Leben 254] a ray of light
Abhp. 64; Dhp. A 426 (old citation, unverified). 

Mayura [Vedic mayura] a peacock D III.201; S II.279; Th 1, 1113; J II.144, 150 (°giva)=DhA I.144; J IV.211 (°nacca);
V.304; VI.172, 272, 483; Vv 111, 358 (=sikha?d?in VvA 163); VvA 27 (°giva--va??a); Sdhp 92. <-> The form mayura occurs
nearly always in the Gathas and is the older form of the two m. and mora. The latter contracted form is found in Prose only
and is often used to explain the old form, e, g. at VvA 57. See also mora. 

Mara (adj.) [fr. m?] dying; only neg. amara not dying, immortal, in phrase ajaramara free from decay & death Th II.512;
Pv II.611. See also amara. 

Mara?a (nt.) [fr. m?] death, as ending this (visible) existence, physical death, in a narrower meaning than kalakiriya;
dying, in cpds. death. -- The customary stock definition of mara?a runs; ya? tesa? tesa? sattana? tamha tamha satta--nikaya
cuti cavanata bhedo antaradhana?, maccu mara?a? kalakiriya, khandhana? bhedo, ka?ebarassa nikkhepo M I.49; Nd1 123,
124 (adds "jivit'indriyass'upacchedo"). Cp. similar defns of birth and old age under jati and jara. -- S I.121; D III.52, 111 sq.,
135 sq., 146 sq., 235, 258 sq.; Sn 32, 318, 426 sq., 575 sq., 742, 806; Nd2 254 (=maccu); Pug 60; Vbh 99 sq.; VbhA 100 (defn
and exegesis in det., cp. Vism 502), 101 (var. kinds of, cp. Vism 229), 156 (lahuka), 157; DhA III.434; PvA 5, 18, 54, 64, 76,
96; Sdhp 292, 293. --kala° timely death (opp. akala°); kha?ika° sudden death Vism 229.
  --anta having death as its end (of jivita) Dh 148 (cp. DhA II.366: mara?a--sankhato antako). --a^nussati mindfulness of
death Vism 197, 230 sq. (under 8 aspects). --cetana intention of death DhA I.20. --dhamma subject to death PvA 41.
--pariyosana ending in death (of jivita, life) DhA III.111, 170. --para "the other side of death," Np. at Nd1 154 (vv. ll. BB
purapura?; SS parammukha?). --bhaya the fear of death J I.203; VI.398; Vbh 367. --bhojana food given before death, the
last meal J I.197; II.420. --mañca death--bed Vism 47, 549; °ka J IV.132. --mukha the mouth of d. PvA 97 (or should we
read °dukkha?). --sati the thought (or mindfulness) of death, meditation on death SnA 54; DhA III.171; PvA 61, 66.
--samaya the time of death VbhA 157--159 (in var. conditions as regards pa?isandhi). 

=Idg. *mer, Vedic mriyate & marate; cp. Av. miryeite, Sk. marta=Gr. broto/s mortal, man; mara death; Goth.
maurpr=Ags. mort=Ger. mord; Lith. miQti to die; Lat. morior to die, mors death. The root is identical with that of m??ati to
crush: see ma?ati, and m?dnati (mardati) same: see mattika. -- The Dhtp (No. 245) defines m? by "pa?a--cage," i. e. giving up
breathing] to die. -- pres. marati Mhvs v. spur. after 5, 27; 36, 83; Pot. mareyya? J VI.498; 2nd mareyyasi J III.276. ppr.
maramana Mhvs 36, 76. -- aor. amara J III.389 (=mata C.; with gloss amari). --amari Mhvs 36, 96. -- Fut. marissati J
III.214. -- ppr. (=fut.) marissa? J III.214 (for *mari?yanta). -- Inf. maritu? D II.330 (amaritu--kama not willing to die); Vism
297 (id.); VvA 207 (positive); and marituye Th 2, 426. <-> The form miyyati (miyati) see separately. -- Caus I. mareti to
kill, murder Mhvs 37, 27; PvA 4. Pass. mariyati PvA 5 (ppr. mariyamana); Sdhp 139 (read mar° for mariy°). -- Caus. II.
marapeti to cause to be killed J III.178; Mhvs 37, 28. Cp. pamareti. 

Marica (nt.) [cp. scientific Sk. marica] black pepper Vin I.201 (allowed as medicine to the bhikkhus); Miln 63.
  --gaccha the M.--shrub J V.12. --cu??a powdered pepper, fine pepper J I.455. 

Mariyada (f.) [cp. Vedic maryada; perhaps related to Lat. mare sea; s. Walde, Lat. Wtb. under mare] 1. boundary, limit,
shore, embankment Vin III.50; A III.227 (brahma?ana?); D III.92=Vism 419; J V.325; VI.536 (tira°); Mhvs 34, 70; 36, 59
(vapi°); Miln 416. -- 2. strictly defined relation, rule, control J II.215; Vism 15. -- adj. keeping to the lines (or boundaries),
observing strict rules A III.227 (quoted SnA 318, 325). °bandha keeping in control Vin I.287. -- Cp. vimariyadi. 

Marici (f.) [Vedic marici; cp. Gr. marmai/rw to shimmer, glitter, mai_ra dog star, a)maru/ssw sparkle; Lat. merus clear,
pure; perhaps also mariyada to be taken here] 1. a ray of light VvA 166. -- 2. a mirage J VI.209; Vism 496; VbhA 34, 85; often
combd with maya (q. v.), e. g. Nd2 680 AII; J II.330.
  --kamma??hana the "mirage" station of exercise DhA III.165. --dhamma like a mirage, unsubstantial J VI.206; Dh 46; DhA
I.337. 

Maricika (f.)=marici 2; S III.141; Vism 479 (in comp.); Dh 170 (=maya DhA III.166). 

Maru1 

Maru1 [cp. Epic Sk. maru] a region destitute of water, a desert. Always combd with °kantara: Nd1 155 (as Name); J I.107;
VbhA 6; VvA 332; PvA 99, 112. 

Maru2 

Maru2 [Vedic marut, always in pl. maruta?, the gods of the thunder--storm] 1. pl. maru the genii, spirits of the air Sn 681,
688; Miln 278 (naga--yakkha--nara--maru; perhaps in meaning 2); Mhvs 5, 27. -- 2. gods in general (°--) Mhvs 15, 211 (°ga?a
hosts of gods); 18, 68 (°nara gods and men). -- Cp. maruta & maluta. 

Marumba [etym.?] a sort of (sweet--scented) earth or sand Vin II.121, 142, 153 (at these passages used for besprinkling a
damp living--cell); IV.33 (pasa?a, sakkhara, ka?hala, marumba, valika); Mhvs 29, 8; Dpvs 19, 2; Miln 197 (pasa?a, sakkhara,
khara, m.). 

Maruva (f.) [cp. Sk. murva, perhaps connected with Lat. malva] a species of hemp (Sanseveria roxburghiana) M I.429. At
J II.115 we find reading marudva & marucavaka (C.), of uncertain meaning? 

Mala (nt.) [Vedic mala, see etym. under malina. The Dhtm (395) only knows of one root mal or mall in meaning
"dhara?a" supporting, thus thinking of ma?aka] anything impure, stain (lit. & fig.), dirt. In the Canon mostly fig. of impurities.
On mala in similes see J.P.T.S., 1907, 122. -- S I.38 (itthi mala? brahmacariyassa), 43 (id.); A I.105 (issa°); Sn 378, 469, 962,
1132 (=rago mala? etc. Nd2 500); Nd1 15, 478 sq.; Dh 239 sq.; Vbh 368 (ti?i malani), 389 (nava purisa--malani); Pv II.334
(macchera°); PvA 45 (id.), 80 (id.), 17 (citta°); Sdhp 220. -- Compar. malatara a greater stain A IV.195=Dh 243. -- See also
mala.
  --a^bhibhu overcoming one's sordidness S I.18; J IV.64. --majjana "dirt wiper," a barber Vin IV.308 (kasava?a m.
nihinajacca); J III.452; IV.365. 


Malina (adj.) [fr. mal, *mel to make dirty, to which belongs mala. -- Cp. Lat. mulleus reddish, purple; Gr. me/las black,
molu/nw to stain, me/ltos reddish; Lith. mulvas yellowish, mélynas blue; Ohg. mal stain] dirty, stained, impure, usually lit. -- J
I.467; Miln 324; DhA I.233; VvA 156; PvA 226; VbhA 498. 

Malinaka (adj.) [malina+ka] dirty; with ref. to loha, a kind of copper, in the group of copper belonging to Pisaca VbhA
63. 

Malya (nt.) [for *malya, fr. mala] flower, garland of flowers Vv 11 (--dhara); 21; J V.188 (puppha°), 420. <-> The reading
at Pv III.33 (pahuta°, adj. having many rows of flowers) is malya. 

Malla [cp. Sk. malla, perhaps a local term, cp. Canura] a wrestler Vin II.105 (°mu??hika) J IV.81 (two, named Canura and
Mu??hika "fister"); Vism 31 (mu??hika+, i. e. boxing & wrestling as amusements: see mada 1). Perhaps as "porter" Bdhgh on
CV V.29. 5 (see Vin II.319). At Miln 191 the malla are mentioned as a group or company; their designation might here refer
to the Mallas, a tribe, as other tribes are given at the same passage (e. g. Ato?a, Pisaca). Cp. Bhallaka.
  --ga?a troop of professional wrestlers Miln 331. --mu??hika boxer Vin II.105. --yuddha wrestling contest Miln 232; DhA
II.154; DA I.85. --yuddhaka a professional wrestler J IV.81. 

Mallaka [cp. Sk. mallaka & mallika] 1. a bowl, a vessel (?) used in bathing Vin II.106 (mallakena nahayati; or is it a kind
of scrubber? Bdhgh's expln of this passage (CV v. I.4) on p. 315 is not quite clear; mallaka? nama makara--dantike chinditva
mullakamula--sa??hanena kata--mallaka? vuccati; akata° danta achinditva kata?). It may bear some ref. to malla on p. 105
(see malla) & to mallika--makula (see below mallika). -- 2. a cup, drinking vessel A I.250 (udaka°). -- 3. a bowl J III.21
(ka?sa°=ta??aka). -- 4. in khe?a° a spittoon Vin I.48; II.175. -- Note. W. Printz in "Bhasa's Prakrit." p. 45, compares Sauraseni
ma??aa, Hindi ma??(a) "cup," maliya "a small vessel (of wood or cocoanut--shell) for holding the oil used in unction," mala
"cocoanut--shell," and adds: probably a Dravidian word. 

Mallika (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. mallika, Halayudha 2, 51; Da?d?in 2, 214] Arabian jasmine Dh 54 (tagara°); J I.62; III.291;
V.420; Miln 333, 338; DhsA 14; KhA 44. mallika--makula opening bud of the jasmine Visni 251=VbhA 234 (°sa??hana, in
descr, of shape of the 4 canine teeth). -- See also malika. 

Ma?orika (f.) [prob. dialectical for ma?aka: cp. mallaka] a stand, (tripod) for a bowl, formed of sticks Vin II.124
(=da?d?'adharaka Bdhgh on p. 318). 

Masa in line "asadañ ca masañ ja?a?" at J VI.328 is to be combd with ca, and read as camasañ, i. e. a ladle for sacrificing (C.:
aggi--dahana?). 

to touch: only in cpd. amasati. The root is expld at Dhtp 305 as "amasana." Another root masu [m?s?] is at Dhtm 444 given in
meaning "macchera." Does this refer to Sk. m??a (=P. miccha)? Cp. masati, masana etc. 

Masa?a (nt.) [etym.? prob. provincial & local] a coarse cloth of interwoven hemp and other materials D I.166; M I.308,
345; A I.241, 295; Pug 55. At all passages as a dress worn by certain ascetics. 

Masaraka [fr. masara?] a kind of couch (mañca) or longchair; enumd under the 4 kinds of mañca at Vin IV.40. -- See also
Vin II.149; IV.357 (where expld as: mañcapade vijjhitva tattha a??aniyo pavesetva kato: made by boring a hole into the feet of
the bed & putting through a notched end); VvA 8, 9. 

Masaragalla (m. & nt.) [cp. Sk. masara emerald+galva crystal & musaragalva] a precious stone, cat's eye; also called
kabara--ma?i (e. g. VvA 304). It occurs in stereotyped enumn of gems at Vin II.238 (where it is said to be found in the
Ocean)=Miln 267; and at Miln 118, where it always stands next to lohitanka. The same combn (with lohit.) is found at Vv
363; 783=813; 8415. 

[cp. Class. Sk. ma?i & masi] 1. the fine particles of ashes, in angara° charcoal--dust VvA 67=DhA III.309; (aggina) masi?
karoti to reduce to powder (by fire), to burn to ashes, turn to dust S II.88=IV.197=A I.204= II.199. -- 2. soot J I.483
(ukkhali° soot on a pot). 

Masuraka [connected with masaraka] a bolster J IV.87; VI.185. 

Massu [Vedic smasru] the beard D II.42; Pug 55; J IV.159. --paru?ha° with long--grown beard DA I.263; bahala°
thick--bearded J V.42.
  --kamma beard--dressing J III.114; DhA I.253. --kara?a shaving DhA I.253; DA I.137. --kutti [m.+ *k?pti]
beard--trimming J III.314 (C.=°kiriya). 

Massuka (adj.) [fr. massu] bearded; a° beardless (of a woman) J II.185. 

Maha (m. & nt.) [fr. mah, see mahati & cp. Vedic nt. mahas] 1. worthiness, venerableness Miln 357. -- 2. a (religious)
festival (in honour of a Saint, as an act of worship) Mhvs 33, 26 (viharassa mahamhi, loc.); VvA 170 (thupe ca mahe kate),
200 (id.). maha° a great festival Mhvs 5, 94. bodhi° festival of the Bo tree J IV.229. vihara° festival held on the building of a
monastery J I.94; VvA 188. hatthi° a festival called the elephant f. J IV.95. 

expld by Dhtp 331 as "pujaya?"] to honour, revere Vv 4711 (pot. med. 1 pl. mahemase, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 129; expld as
"mahamase pujamase" at VvA 203). Caus. mahayati in same sense: ger. mahayitvana (poetical) J IV.236. -- Pass. mahiyati
Vv 621 (=pujiyati VvA 258); 6422 (ppr. mahiyamana= pujiyamana VvA 282). pp. mahita. 

Mahatta (nt.) [fr. mahat° cp. Sk. mahattva] greatness J V.331 (=se??hatta C.); Vism 132, 232 sq.; VbhA 278 (Satthu°,
jati°, sabrahmacari°); DA I.35; VvA 191. 

Mahant (adj.) [Vedic mahant, which by Grassmann is taken as ppr. to mah, but in all probability the n is an original suffix.
-- cp. Av. mazant, Sk. compar. mahiyan; Gr. me/gas (compar. mei/zwn), Lat. magnus, Goth. mikils=Ohg. mihhil=E. much]
great, extensive, big; important, venerable. -- nom. maha Sn 1008; Mhvs 22, 27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitamaha
(following a-- decl.) (paternal) grandfather PvA 41; & matamaha (maternal) grandfather (q. v.). -- instr. mahata Sn 1027. --
pl. nom. mahanta Sn 578 (opp. dahara). -- loc. mahati Miln 254. -- f. mahi -- 1. one of the 5 great rivers (Np.). -- 2. the
earth. See separately. -- nt. mahanta? used as adv., meaning "very much, greatly" J V.170; DhA IV.232. Also in cpd.
mahantabhava greatness, loftiness, sublimity DhsA 44. -- Compar. mahantatara DhA II.63, and with dimin. suffix °ka J
III.237. -- The regular paraphrase of maha in the Niddesa is "agga, se??ha, visi??ha, pamokkha, uttama, pavara," see Nd2 502.
  Note on maha & cpds. -- A. In certain cpds. the combn with maha (mah°) has become so established & customary (often
through politeness in using maha° for the simple term), that the cpd. is felt as an inseparable unity and a sort of "antique" word,
in which the 2nd part either does not occur any more by itself or only very rarely, as mah'a??ava, which is more freq. than
a??ava; mah'a^bhisakka, where abhisakka does not occur by itself; cp. maha^nubhava, mahiddhika,  mahaggha; or is obscured in its derivation through constant use with maha, like mahesi [mah+esi, or isi], mahesakkha
[mah+esakkha]; mahallaka [mah+*ariyaka]; mahamatta. Cp. E. great--coat, Gr. a)rx° in a)rx--iatro/s=Ger. arzt. Only a
limited selection of cpd.--words is given, consisting of more frequent or idiomatic terms. Practically any word may be enlarged
& emphasized in meaning by prefixing maha. Sometimes a maha° lends to special events a standard (historical) significance,
so changing the common word into a noun proper, e. g. Mah--a^bhinikkhammana, Mahapavara?a. -- B. Maha occurs in cpds.
in (a) an elided form mah before a & i; (b) shortened to maha° before g, d, p, b with doubling of these consonants; (c) in the
regular form maha°: usually before consonants, sometimes before vowels. This form is contracted with foll. i to e and foll. u
to o. In the foll. list of cpds. we have arranged the material according to these bases.
  mah°: --aggha very costly, precious Pug 34; Mhvs 27, 35; PvA 77, 87; Sdhp 18. --agghata costliness, great value Pug 34,
Sdhp 26. --a??ava the (great) ocean Mhvs 19, 17. --atthiya (for °atthika) of great importance or use, very useful, profitable J
III.368. --andhakara deep darkness Vism 417. --assasin fully refreshed, very comfortable S I.81.
  maha°: --ggata "become great," enlarged, extensive, fig. lofty, very great M I.263; II.122; A II.63, 184; III.18; VvA 155; J
V.113; Dhs 1020 (trsln: "having a wider scope") Vbh 16, 24, 62, 74, 126, 270, 326; Tikp. 45; Vism 410, 430 sq. (°aramma?a);
VbhA 154 (id.), 159 (°citta); DhsA 44. See on term Cpd. 4, 12, 55, 1014; [cp. BSk. mahadgata Divy 227]. --gghasa eating
much, greedy, gluttonous A IV.92; P III.111 (=bahubhojana PvA 175); Miln 288; Dh 325 (cp. DhA IV.16). --ddhana having
great riches (often combd with mahabhoga) Dh 123; J IV.15, 22. --pphala much fruit; adj. bearing much fruit, rich in result A
IV.60, 237 sq.; Sn 191, 486; Dh 312, 356 sq. --bbala (a) a strong force, a great army Mhvs 10, 68 (v. l., T. has maha--bala); (b)
of great strength, mighty, powerful J III.114; Mhvs 23, 92; 25, 9. --bbhaya great fear, terror S I.37; Sn 753, 1032, 1092, ep.
Nd2 501.
  mahå°: --anas kitchen Mhvs 5, 27 (spurious stanza). --anasa kitchen J II.361; III.314; V.368; VI.349; DhA III.309; ThA 5.
--anila a gale Mhvs 3, 42. --anisa?sa deserving great praise (see s. v.), [cp. BSk. mahanusa?sa MVastu III.221]. --anubhava
majesty, adj. wonderful, splendid J I.194; J VI.331; Pv III.31; PvA 117, 136, 145, 272. --aparadhika very guilty J I.114.
--abhinikkhama?a the great renunciation DhA I.85. --abhisakka [abhi+sak] very powerful Th 1, 1111. --amacca chief
minister Mhvs 19, 12. --araha costly Mhvs 3, 21; 5, 75; 27, 39; PvA 77, 141, 160.
  maha°: --alasa great sloth DhA III.410. --avici the great Purgatory Avici, freq. --isi in poetry for mahesi at J V.321.
--upa??hana great state room (of a king) SnA 84. --upasika a great female follower (of the Buddha) VvA 5. --karu?a great
compassion DhA I.106, 367. --kaya a great body Miln 16. --ga?a a great crowd or community DhA I.154. --ga?d?a a large
tumour VbhA 104. --gedha great greed Sn 819; Nd1 151. --caga great liberality, adj. munificent Mhvs 27, 47. As °paricaga
at SnA 295 (=mahadana). --jana a great crowd, collectively for "the people," a multitude PvA 6, 19, 78; Mhvs 3, 13. --ta?ha
(adj.) very thirsty J II.441. --tala "great surface," the large flat roof on the top of a palace (=upari--pasada--tala) J VI.40.
--dana (see under dana) the great gift (to the bhikkhus) a special great offering of food & presents given by laymen to the
Buddha & his followers as a meritorious deed, usually lasting for a week or more Mhvs 27, 46; PvA 111, 112. --dhana
(having) great wealth PvA 3, 78. --naraka (a) great Hell, see naraka. --naga a great elephant Dh 312; DhA IV.4. --nama N.
of a plant Vin I.185; II.267. --nidda deep sleep PvA 47. --nibbana the great N. DhA IV.110. --niraya (a) great hell SnA 309,
480; PvA 52. See Niraya & cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie 199, 200. --nila sapphire VvA 111. --pañña very wise D III.158; A
III.244; Dh 352; DhA IV.71. --patha high road D I.102; Sn 139; Dh 58; Vism 235; DhA I.445. --paduma a great lotus J V.39;
also a vast number & hence a name of a purgatory, cp. Divy 67; Kirfel, Kosmographie 205. --pita grandfather PvA 107.
--purisa a great man, a hero, a man born to greatness, a man destined by fate to be a Ruler or a Saviour of the World. A being
thus favoured by fate possesses (32) marks (lakkha?ani) by which people recognise his vocation or prophesy his greatness. A
detailed list of these 32 marks (which probably date back to mythological origin & were originally attributed to Devas) is found
at D II.17, 19, passim. -- D III.287; Sn 1040 sq.; Dh 352; Miln 10; SnA 184, 187 sq., 223, 258, 357, 384 sq.; °lakkha?ani: D
I.88, 105, 116; Sn 549, 1000 sq.; Vism 234; VvA 315; DhA II.41. --bhuta usually in pl. °bhuta(ni) (cattaro & catta) the 4
great elements (see bhuta), being pa?havi, apo, tejo, vayo, D I.76; Nd1 266; Vbh 13, 70 sq.; Vism 366 sq.; Tikp 39, 56 sq., 74
sq., 248 sq.; VbhA 42, 169, 253. -- See Cpd. 154, 268 sq., & cp. dhatu 1. --bhoga great wealth, adj. wealthy PvA 3, 78.
--maccha a great fish, seamonster J I.483. --mati very wise, clever Mhvs 14, 22; 19, 84 (f. °i); 33, 100 (pl. °i). --matta [cp. Sk.
mahamatra] a king's chief minister, alias Prime Minister, "who was the highest Officer--of--State and real Head of the
Executive" (Banerjea, Public Administration in Ancient India, 1916). His position is of such importance, that he even ranges
as a raja or king: Vin III.47 (raja . . . akkhadassa mahamatta ye va pana chejjabhejja? anusasanti ete rajano nama). -- Note. An
acc. sg. maha--mattana? we find at A I.154 (formed after the prec. rajana?). -- Vin I.74 (where two ranks are given:
sena--nayaka m.--matta the m. of defence, and voharika m.--m. those of law); D I.7; III.88; III.64 (here with Ep. khattiya); A
I.154, 252, 279; III.128; Vin IV.224; Vism 121; VbhA 312 (in simile of two m.), 340; PvA 169. Cp. Fick. Sociale Gliederung
92, 99, 101. --muni great seer Sn 31. --megha a big cloud, thunder cloud M II.117; Sn 30; Vism 417. --yañña the great
sacrifice D I.138 sq., 141 (cp. A II.207÷). --yasa great fame Vv 216; Mhys 5, 22. --ranga [cp. Sk. m.--rajana], safflower, used
for dyeing Vin I.185 (sandals); II 267 (cloaks). --raja great king, king, very freq.: see raja. --rukkha a great tree Vism 413
(literally); Miln 254 (id.), otherwise the plant euphorbia tortilis (cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 129). --lata (--pasadhana) a lady's
parure called "great creeper" DhA I.392; VvA 165 (--pilandhana); same SnA 520. --vatapana main window DhA IV.203.
--vi?a a great lute Vism 354; VbhA 58. --vira (great) hero Sn 543, 562. --satta "the great being" or a Bodhisatta VvA 137 (v.
l. SS. bodhisatta). [Cp. BSk. mahasattva, e. g. Jtm 32]. --samudda the sea, the occean Mhvs 19, 18; Vism 403; SnA 30, 371;
PvA 47. --sara a great lake; usually as satta--mahasara the 7 great lakes of the Himavant (see sara), enumd e. g. at Vism
416. --sara (of) great sap, i. e. great wealth, adj. very rich J I.463 (°kula, perhaps to be read mahasala--kula). --sala (adj.)
having great halls, Ep. of rich people (especially brahma?as) D I.136, 235; III.16, 20; J II.272 (°kula); IV.237 (id.), 325 (id.);
V.227 (id.); Pug 56; VbhA 519; DhA III.193. --savaka [cp. BSk. mahasravaka Divy 489] a great disciple Vism 98 (asiti °a);
DhA II.93. --senagutta title of a high official (Chancellor of the Exchequer?) J V.115; VI.2. --hatthi a large elephant M I.184
(°pada elephant's foot, as the largest of all animal feet), referred to as simile (°opama) at Vism 243, 347, 348.
  mahi° [mah'i°]: --iccha full of desire, lustful, greedy A IV.229; Th 1, 898; It 91; J I.8; II.441. --icchata arrogance,
ostentatiousness A IV.280; VbhA 472. --iddhika [maha+iddhi+ka] of great power, always  
combd with mah--a^nubhava to denote great influence, high position & majesty Vin I.31; II.193; III.101; D I.78, 180 (devata),
213; S I.145 sq.; II.155, 274 sq., 284 sq.; IV.323; V.265, 271 sq., 288 sq.; A V.129; J VI.483 (said of the Ocean); PvA 6, 136,
145. --inda (ghosa) lit. the roar of the Great Indra, Indra here to be taken in his function as sky (rain) god, thus: the thunder of
the rain--god Th 1, 1108. [Cp. BSk. mahendra in °bhavana "the abode of the Great Indra," and va??a "the rain of the Gr. I."
(here as rain--god), both at AvS I.210]. --issasa [Sk. mahe?vasa] great in the art of the bow, a great archer S I.185; DhA I.358.
  mahe° [maha+i]: --esakkha [maha+isa+khya?; fr. is] possessing great power or authority A II.204; III.244; Nd2 5032;
Vism 419; Sdhp 511. The BSk. form is mahe?akhya evidently differing in its etymology. The P. etym. rests on the same
grounds as esitatta in mahesi DhA IV.232. --esi [maha+isi; Sk. mahar?i] a great Sage A II.26; Sn 208, 481, 646, 915, 1057,
1061; Th 1, 1132; 2, 149; Dh 422 (expld at DhA IV.232 as "mahanta? sila--kkhandh'adina? esitatta m." cp. the similar expln at
Nd2 503); Nd1 343; Vism 505; VbhA 110; PvA 1. --esiya=mahesi J VI.483. --esi [in P. to be taken as mah+is, as f. to isa,
but in Sk. (Vedic) as f. of mahi?a, buffalo] chief queen, king's first wife, king's consort; also the wife of a great personage J
II.410; V.45; VI.425; Pug 56; Mhvs 2, 22 (pl. mahesiyo); VvA 184 (sixteen). Usually as agga--mahesi, e. g. J I.262; III.187,
393; V.88. --esitta state of chief consort, queenship J V.443; Pv II.1310; ThA 37; VvA 102. --eseyya=°esitta J V.91.
  --maho [maha+u, or+o]: --ogha the great flood (see ogha) Sn 4, 945; Dh 47, 287; DhA III.433. --odadhi the (great) ocean,
the sea Sn 720, 1134; Miln 224; Mhvs 18, 8. --odara big belly J VI.358 (addressing a king's minister). --odika full of water,
having much water; deep, full (of a river) Sn 319; J II.159; Miln 346. --oraga [m+uraga] a great snake J V.165. 

Mahantata (f.) [fr. mahant°] greatness DhA II.62. At M III.24 the spelling is mahattata (tt misread for nt?), at M I.184
however mahantatta (nt.). 

Mahallaka (adj. n.) [a distorted mah--ariyaka> ayyaka> allaka; cp. ayyaka] old, venerable, of great age; an old man D
I.90 (opp. taru?a), 94, 114, 247; Sn 313, 603; Nd2 261 (vud?d?ha m. andhagata etc.) J IV.482 (opp. dahara young); Vv 461
(=mahanto VvA 199); DhA I.7, 278; II.4, 55, 91; SnA 313. Compar. mahallakatara DhA II.18. -- f. mahallika an old
woman Miln 16; Mhvs 21, 27; VvA 105; PvA 149 (=addhagata). -- [The BSk. form is mahalla, e. g. Divy 329, 520.] 

Mahika (f.) [cp. *Sk. mahika] fog, frost, cold (=hima? DhsA 317) Vin II.295=Miln 273; Sn 669; Miln 299; VvA 134
(fog). -- As mahiya at A II.53. 

Mahita [pp. of mahati or mahiyati] honoured, revered M II.110; Miln 278; Sdhp 276. 

Mahaniya (adj.) [grd. of mahati] praiseworthy VvA 97. 

Mahila (f.) [*Sk. mahila] woman, female Vin II.281 (°titthe at the women's bathing place); J I.188; Dpvs IX.4; ThA 271. 

[cp. Vedic mahi?a, an enlarged form of maha; the P. etym. evidently to be connected with maha+is, because of
mahisa>mahi?sa] a buffalo. --mahisa: D I.6 (°yuddha b.--fight), 9; J III.26 (vana° wild b.); Mhvs 25, 36 (T. mahisa?).
--mahisa J VI.110. --mahi?sa Vism 191, & in Np. mahi?saka--ma?d?ala the Andhra country J I.356, cp. Mahi?saka--ra??ha
VbhA 4; as Mahisa--ma?d?ala at Mhvs 12, 29. -- Note. The P. pop. etym. is propounded by Bdhgh as "mahiya? seti ti
mahiso" (he lies on the ground, that is why he is a buffalo) DhsA 62. 

Mahi (f.) [f. of mah, base of mahant, Vedic mahi] the earth (lit. Great One) Mhvs 5, 266; Sdhp 424, 472; loc. mahiya Miln
128; mahiya? DhsA 62. -- Note. As mahi is only found in very late P. literature, it must have been re--introduced from Sk.
sources, and is note a direct correspondent of Vedic mahi.
  --tala the ground (of the earth) Mhvs 5, 54. --dhara mountain Miln 343; Mhvs 14, 3; 28, 22 (v. l. mahin°). --pa king (of the
earth) Mhvs 14, 22. --pati king Mhvs 5, 48; 33, 32. --pala king Mhvs 4, 38; 5, 265. --ruha tree ("growing out of the earth")
Mhvs 14, 18, 18, 19. 

Ma (indecl.) [cp. Vedic ma, Gr. mh/] prohibition particle: not, do not, let us hope not, I wish that . . . not [cp. Lat. utinam &
ne]. Constructed with various tenses, e. g. 1. with aor. (prohibitive tense): ma eva? akattha do not thus DhA I.7; ma abha?i
speak not Pv I.33; ma cintayittha do not worry DhA I.12; ma parihayi I hope he will not go short (or be deprived) of . . . M
I.444; ma bhayi fear not J II.159; ma mari?su I hope they will not die J III.55; ma (te) rucci may it not please (you), i. e.
please do not Vin II.198; ma eva? ruccittha id. DhA I.13. -- 2. with imper.: ma gaccha J I.152; ma detha J III.275. ma ghata
do not kill: see maghata. -- 3. with pot.: ma anuyuñjetha Dh 27; ma bhuñjetha let him not eat Mhvs 25, 113; ma vadetha J
VI.364. <-> 4. with indic. pres.: ma pa?ilabhati A V.194. -- A peculiar use is found in phrase anemi ma anemi shall I bring
it or not? J VI.334. -- 5. ma=na (simple negation) in masakkhimha we could not Vin III.23. 

--Ma [the short form of masa, direct dern fr. ma: see minati] see pu??a--ma. 

Magadha [fr. Magadha] scent--seller, (lit. "from Magadha") Pv II.937 (=gandhin PvA 127). 

Magadhaka (nt.) [magadha+ka, lit. "from Magadha"] garlic Vin IV.259 (lasu?a? nama magadhaka? vuccati). 

Magavika [gu?a-- form to *m?ga=P. miga; Sk. margavika] a deerstalker, huntsman A II.207; Pug 56; Miln 364, 412;
PvA 207. 

Maghata (nt.) [lit. ma ghata "kill not"] the injunction not to kill, non--killing order (with ref. to the killing of animals J
III.428 (°bheri, the drum announcing this order); IV.115; VI.346 (uposatha°). 

Mangalya (adj.) [fr. mangala] auspicious, fortunate, bringing about fulfilment of wishes J VI.179. 

Ma?ava [cp. Sk. ma?ava] a youth, young man, esp. a young Brahmin Sn 1022, 1027, 1028; J IV.391 (brahma?a°); DA
I.36=satto pi coro pi taru?o pi; DhA I.89. pl. ma?ava men Th 2, 112. -- The spelling manava occurs at Sn 456, 589, & Pv I.87
(=men Th II.112; kumara PvA 41). 

Ma?avaka [fr. ma?ava] a young man, youth a Brahmin Miln 101; in general: young, e. g. naga° a young serpent J III.276;
f. °ika a Brahmin girl J I.290; Miln 101; naga° a young female serpent J III.275; DhA III.232. 

Matanga [cp. Epic Sk. matanga, dial.] an elephant Dh 329, 330 (here as Ep. of naga); J III.389; VI.47; Vv 439; Miln 368.
-- 2. a man of a low class [cp. BSk. matangi Divy 397] SnA 185 sq. (as Np.). 

Matar (f.) [Vedic mata, stem matar°, Av. matar--, Gr. mh/thr (Doric ma/thr) Lat. mater, Oir. mathir, Ohg. muoter, Ags.
modor=mother; Cp. further Gr. mh/tra uterus, Lat. matrix id., Sk. mat?ka mother, grandmother, Ger. mieder corset. From
Idg. *ma, onomat. part., cp. "mamma"] mother. -- Cases: nom. sg. mata Sn 296; Dh 43; J IV.463; V.83; VI.117; Nd2 504 (def. as janika); gen. matu Th 1, 473; Vin I.17; J I.52; matuya J I.53;
Mhvs 10, 80; PvA 31; and mataya J I.62; dat. matu Mhvs 9, 19; acc. matara? Sn 60, 124; Dh 294; instr. matara Th 2, 212;
loc. matari Dh 284 -- pl. does not occur. In combn with pita father, mata always precedes the former, thus mata--pitaro
(pl.) "mother & father" (see below). --matito (abl.--adv.) from the mother's side (cp. pitito) D I.113; A III.151; PvA 29. -- On
mata in simile see J.P.T.S. 1907, 122; cp. Vism 321 (simile of a mother's solicitude for her children). Similarly the pop. etym.
of mata is given, with "mamayati ti mata" at VbhA 107. -- The 4 bases of m. in compn are: mata°, mati°, matu°, & matti°. --
1. mata°: --pitaro mother & father D III.66, 188 sq.; Sn 404; Miln 12. See also pita. --pitika having mother & father DhA
II.2. --piti??hana place of m. & f. DhA II.95. --pettika having m. & f., of m. & f. Nd2 385 (nama--gotta). --petti--bhara
supporting one's m. & f. S I.228; J I.202; VI.498. --maha maternal grandfather J IV.146; DhA I.346. -- 2. mati°: --devata
protector or guardian of one's mother J III.422 (gloss: matu--devata viya). --pakkha the mother's side DhA I.4 (+pitipakkha).
--posaka supporting one's m. J III.422 (v. l. matu°). -- 3. matu°: --upa??hana (spelt matupa??h°) reverence towards one's m.
DhA IV.14. --kucchi m's womb D II.12; Vism 560 (°gata); VbhA 96; DhA I.127. --gama "genex feminarum," womanfolk,
women (collectively cp. Ger, frauen--zimmer) A II.126; Vin IV.175; M I.448, 462; III.126; S IV.239 sq.; J I.201; III.90, 530. (pl.
°gama p. 531); Pug 68; SnA 355; PvA 271; VvA 77. --ghata & (usually) °ka a matricide (+pitu--ghataka; see abhi?hana) Vin
I.168, 320; Miln 310; Tikp 167 sq.; VbhA 425. --ghatikamma matricide Tikp. 281. --bhuta having been his mother PvA 78.
--mattin (see matta1 4) whatever is a mother S IV.110 (°isu matucitta? upa??hapeti foster the thought of mother towards
whatever is a mother, where in sequence with bhagini--mattin & dhitumattin). --hadaya a mother's heart PvA 63. -- 4.
matti°: see matti--sambhava. 

--Matika (adj.) [fr. mata, Sk. mat?ka] --mother; in mata° one whose mother is dead, lit. a "dead--mother--ed," J II.131;
III.213. Also neg. amatika without a mother J V.251. 

Matika (f.) [*Sk. mat?ka] 1. a water course Vism 554 (°a^tikkamaka); Mhvs 35, 96; 37, 50; SnA 500 (=sobbha); DhA
II.141 (its purpose: "ito c'ito ca udaka? haritva attano sassa--kamma? sampadenti"); VvA 301. -- 2. tabulation, register,
tabulated summary, condensed contents, esp. of philosophical parts of the Canonical books in the Abhidhamma; used in
Vinaya in place of Abhidhamma Pi?aka; probably the original form of that (later) Pi?aka Vin I.119, 337; II.8 [cp. semantically
in similar sense Lat. matrix=E. matric, i. e. register. In BS?. matrika Divy 18, 333] A I.117 (Dhamma--dhara, Vinaya--dhara,
Matika--dhara; here equivalent to Abhidhamma); Vism 312 (so pañcavasso hutva dve matika pagu?a? katva pavaretva); SnA
15; KhA 37, 99, 117.
  --nikkhepa putting down of a summary, tabulation Vism 536, 540. The summary itself is sometimes called nikkhepa, e. g.
the 4th part of the Atthasalini (DhsA pp. 343--409) is called nikkhepa--ka?d?a or chapter of the summary; similarly
m.--nikkhepa vara at Tikp. 11. 

Matiya (adj. n.) [the di¿retic form of macca, used in verse, cp. Sk. martya & Vedic (poetical) martia] (a) mortal J VI.100
(C. macca; gloss ma?ava). 

Matu° see mata. 

Matuka (nt.) [cp. Sk. ma??ka, fr. mat?=matar] "genetrix," matrix, origin, cause Th 1, 612. 

Matuccha (f.) [Sk. mat?--?vasa] mother's sister, maternal aunt Vin II.254, 256; J IV.390; Miln 240. -- putta aunt's son,
male first cousin (from mother's sister's side) S II.281; Ud 24; DhA I.119. Cp. matula--dhita. 

Matula [cp. Epic Sk. matula & semantically Lat. matruus, i. e. one who belongs to the mother] a mother's brother, an
uncle J I.225; DhA I.15; PvA 58, 60.
  --dhita (the complement of matuccha--putta) uncle's daughter, female first cousin (from mother's brother's side) J II.119;
DhA III.290; PvA 55. 

Matulaka =matula DhA I.182. 

Matulani (f.) [Sk. matulani, semantically cp. Lat. mater tera] a mother's brother's wife, an aunt J I.387; IV.184; PvA 55,
58. 

Matulunga (nt.) [cp. Class. Sk. matulunga; dialectical?] a citron J III.319 (=mella; v. l. bella). 

Madisa (adj.) [Epic & Class. Sk. mad?s & mad?sa, ma?+ d?s] one like me Sn 482; Mhvs 5, 193; VvA 207; DhA I.284;
PvA 76, 123. 

Mana [late Vedic & Epic Sk. mana, fr. man, orig. meaning perhaps "high opinions" (i. e. No. 2); hence "pride" (No. 1).
Def. of root see partly under maneti, partly under minati] 1. pride, conceit, arrogance (cittassa u??ati Nd1 80; Vbh 350). Mana
is one of the Saññojanas. It is one of the principal obstacles to Arahantship. A detailed analysis of mana in tenfold aspect is
given at Nd1 80=Nd2 505; ending with defn "mano maññana . . . ketukamyata" etc. (cp. Vbh 350 & see under mada). On
term see also Dhs § 1116; Dhs trsl. 298 (=2275) sq. -- D III.234; S I.4; Sn 132, 370; 469, 537, 786, 889, 943, Dh 74, 150, 407;
Nd1 298; Pug 18; Vbh 345 sq., 353 sq., 383 (7 fold), 389 (9 fold); VbhA 486 sq. ("seyyo 'ham asmi ti" etc.); Tikp 166, 278;
DhA III.118, 252; Sdhp 500, 539. --asmi° pride of self, as real egoism D III.273. -- 2. honour, respect J V.331 (+puja). Usually
in cpd. bahumana great respect Mhvs 20, 46; PvA 50. Also as mani° in compn with karoti: see manikata. Cp. vi°, sam°
  --a^timana pride & conceit, very great (self--) pride. or all kinds of conceit (see 10 fold mana at Nd1 80= Nd2 505) D III.86;
Sn 245, 830, 862; Nd1 170, 257. --atthe at Th 1, 214 read ma^natthe=ma anatthe. --a^nusaya the predisposition or bad
tendency of pride M I.486; D III.254, 282; Sn 342. Cp. mamankara. --a^bhisamaya full grasp (i. e. understanding) of pride
(with samma°) M I.122 (which Kern. Toev. s. v. interprets wrongly as "waanvoorstelling"); S IV.205 sq., 399; Sn 342
(=manassa abhisamayo khayo vayo pahana? SnA 344). --jatika proud by nature J I.88. --thaddha stubborn in pride,
stiff--necked J I.88, 224. --da inspiring respect Mhvs 33, 82. --mada (--matta) (drunk with) the intoxicating draught of pride J
II.259; PvA 86. --saññojana the fetter of pride or arrogance D III.254; Dhs 1116=1233. See under saññojana & cp.
formul¿ under mada 2. --satta cleaving to conceit Sn 473. --salla the sting or dart of pride Nd1 59 (one of the 7 sallani, viz.
raga, dosa, moha etc., expld in detail on p. 413. See other series with similar terms & mana at Nd2 p. 237 s. v. raga). 

Mana2 

Mana2 (nt.) [fr. ma: see minati; Vedic mana has 2 meanings, viz. "measure," and "building" (cp. mapeti)] 1. measure Vin
III.149 (abbhantarima inner, bahirima outer); DA I.140. --°ku?a cheating in measure, false measure Pug 58; PvA 278. -- 2. a
certain measure, a Mana (cp. manika & mana?) J I.468 (ad?d?ha° half a M., according to C. equal to 8 na?is). 

Manatta (nt.) [a doubtful word, prob. corrupted out of something else, maybe omanatta, if taken as der. fr. mana1. If
however taken as belonging to mana2 as  
an abstr. der., it might be expld as "measuring, taking measures," which suits the context better. The BSk. form is still more
puzzling, viz. manapya "something pleasant": Mvyut § 265] a sort of penance, attached to the commission of a sanghadisesa
offence DhsA 399 (+parivasa). °? deti to inflict penance on somebody Vin II.7 (+parivasa? deti); IV.225. manatt'a^raha
deserving penance Vin II.55, 162 (parivasika+). See on term Vin. Texts II.397. 

Manana (nt.) & Manana (f.) [fr. mana1] paying honour or respect; reverence, respect S I.66; J II.138; Pug 19, 22; Miln
377 (with sakkara, vandana, pujana & apaciti); Dhs 1121; DhsA 373. -- Cp. vi°, sam°. 

Manava see Ma?ava. 

Manavant (adj.) [fr. mana1] possessed of pride, full of conceit; neg. a° not proud Th 1, 1222. 

Manasa (nt.) [a secondary formation fr. manas=mano, already Vedic lit. "belonging to mind"] intention, purpose, mind
(as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language manasa is quite synonymous with
hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in philosophy than a living part of the language. It is more frequent as --° in
adj. use, where its connection with mano is still more felt. Its absolute use probably originated from the latter use. -- DhsA 140
(=mano); Vbh 144 sq. (in definition of viñña?a as citta?, mano, manasa?, hadaya? etc.: see mano II.3); DhA II.12 (paradare
manasa? na bandhissami "shall have no intention towards another's wife," i. e. shall not desire another's wife); Mhvs 4, 6
(sabbesa? hita--manasa with the intention of common welfare); 32, 56 (rañño hasesi manasa? gladdened the heart of the
king). -- As adj. (--°): being of such & such a mind, having a . . . mind, with a . . . heart; like: adina° with his mind in danger S
V.74 (+apati??hitacitta); uggata° lofty--minded VvA 217; pasanna° with settled (peaceful) mind Sn 402 and frequently;
mu?ha° infatuated Mhvs 5, 239; rata° PvA 19; sañcodita° urged (in her heart) PvA 68; soka--santatta° with a heart
 burning with grief PvA 38. 

Manasana (adj.) [fr. manasa, secondary formation]= manasa in adj. use Sn 63 (rakkhita°). 

Manassin (adj. n.) [prob. fr. manassin (*manasvin) under influence of mana. Cp. similar formation manavant] proud Vin
II.183 (expld by Bdhgh in a popular way as "mana--ssayino mana--nissita"). The corresponding passage at J I.88 reads
mana--jatika mana--tthaddha. 

Manikata [pp. of a verb mani--karoti, which stands for mana--karoti, and is substituted for manita after analogy of
purakkhata, of same meaning] lit. "held in high opinion," i. e. honoured, worshipped S II.119 (garukata m. pujita). 

Manika (f.) [cp. mana2 2] a weight, equal to 4 Do?as SnA 476 (catudo?a? manika). Cp. BSk. manika, e. g. Divy 293 sq. 

Manita [pp. of maneti] revered, honoured Ud 73 (sakkata m. pujita apacita). -- A rather singular by--form is manikata (q.
v.). 

Manin (adj.) (--°) [fr. mana1] proud (of) Sn 282 (sama?a°), 889 (paripu??a°); Dh 63 (pa?d?ita° proud of his cleverness, cp.
DhA II.30); J I.454 (atireka°); III.357 (pa?d?ita°); Sdhp 389, 417. -- f. manini Mhvs 20, 4 (rupa° proud of her beauty). 

Manusa (adj. n.) [cp. Vedic manu?a; fr. same base (manus) as manussa] 1. (adj.) human Sn 301 (bhoga); It 94 (kama
dibba ca manusa); Pv II.921 (m. deha); 956 (id.). --amanusa divine Vv 356; Pv II.1220; ghostly (=superhuman) Pv IV.36; f.
amanusi Pv III.7.9 -- 2. (n. m.) a human being, a man Mhvs 15, 64; f. manusi a (human) woman J IV.231; Pv II.41.
--amanusa a superhuman being Pv IV.157. -- pl. manusa men Sn 361, 644; Pv II.117. As nt. in collective sense=mankind Pv
II.113 (v. l. manussa?; C.=manussaloka). 

viz. 1. (adj.) human: A I.213 (sukha?); Sn 524 (brahma--khetta?); Dh 417 (yoga?= m. kaya? DhA IV.225); Vv 356; J I.138
(kama). -- f. manusika Vism 407. -- 2. a human being, man Pv IV.157. Also nt. (collectively) pl. manusakani human beings,
men DhA I.233. 

Maneti [Caus. of man, cp. Sk. manayati, Lat. moneo to admonish. Ger. mahnen, Ags. manian. The Dhtp 593 gives root
as man in meaning "puja"] to honour, revere, think highly of PvA 54 (aor. manesu?,+garukari?su+pujesu?). -- pp. manita. 

Mapaka (--°) (adj. n.) [fr. mapeti] one who measures, only in do?a° (a minister) measuring the d. revenue (of rice) J
II.367, 381; DhA IV.88; and in dhañña° measuring corn or grain J III.542 (°kamma, the process of . . .); Vism 278 (in
comparison). 

Mapeti [Caus. of ma, see minati. The simplex mimite has the meaning of "erect, build" already in Vedic Sk.] 1. to build,
construct S II.106 (nagara?); Mhvs 6, 35 (id.); Vv 8453; VvA 260. -- 2. to create, bring about, make or cause to appear by
supernatural power (in folkoristic literature, cp. nimminati in same sense) J II.111 (sarira? nava? katva mapesi transformed
into a ship); IV.274; Mhvs 28, 31 (magga? caused a road to appear). -- 3. to measure out (?), to declare (?), in a doubtful
passage J IV.302, where a misreading is probable, as indicated by v. l. BB (samapassi?su for T. tena amapayi?su). Perhaps we
should read tena--masayi?su. 

Mamaka (adj.) [fr. mama] lit. "mine," one who shows affection (not only for himself), making one's own, i.e. devoted to,
loving Sn 806 (=Buddha°, Dhamma°, Sangha° Nd1 125; =mamayamana SnA 534), 927 (same expln at Nd1 382); Miln 184
(ahi?saya? para? loke piyo hohisi mamako ti), -- Buddha° devoted to the B. J I.299; DhA I.206. f. °mamika J III.182. <-> In
voc. f. mamike at Th 2, 207 (cp. ThA 172) "mother," we may perhaps have an allusion to ma "mother" [cp. Sk. mama uncle,
Lat. mamma mother, and mata]. --amamaka see sep.; this may also be taken as "not loving." 

Maya (f.) [cp. Vedic maya. Suggestions as to etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. manticulor] 1. deceptive appearance, fraud,
deceit, hypocrisy Sn 245, 328 (°kata deceit), 469, 537, 786, 941 (: maya vuccati vañcanika cariya Nd1 422); Vbh 357, 361, 389;
Miln 289; Vism 106 (+satheyya, mana, papicchata etc.), 479 (maya viya viñña?a?); VbhA 34 (in detail), 85, 493 (def.). Is not
used in Pali Abhidhamma in a philosophical sense. <-> 2. mystic formula, magic, trick M I.381 (ava??ani m.). khattiya° the
mystic formula of a kh. J VI.375; Miln 190; DhA I.166. In the sense of "illusion" often combd with marici, e. g. at J II.330;
V.367; Nd2 680A II. -- 3. jugglery, conjuring Miln 3. -- On maya in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 122; on term in general Dhs trsl.2
255 ("il?usion"); Expos. 333, 468n. -- As adj. in amaya (q. v.) & in bahu--maye rich in deceit SnA 351. -- Note. In the word
ma? at KhA 123 (in pop. etym. of man--gala) the ed. of the text sees an acc. of ma which he takes to be a contracted form of
maya (=iddhi).
  --kara a conjurer, magician S III.142; Vism 366 (in comparison); VbhA 196. 

Mayavin (adj.) [fr. maya, cp. Vedic mayavin] deceitful, hypocritical D III.45, 246; Sn 89, 116, 357; Pug 19, 23; PvA 13.
See also amayavin. 

Mayu [*Sk. mayu] bile, gall Abhp 281. 

Mara [fr. m?, later Vedic, mara killing, destroying, bringing death, pestilence, cp. Lat. mors death, morbus illness, Lith.
maras death, pestilence] death; usually personified as Np. Death, the Evil one, the Tempter (the Buddhist Devil or Principle of
Destruction). Sometimes the term mara is applied to the whole of the worldly existence, or the realm of rebirth, as opposed to
Nibbana. Thus the defn of m. at Nd2 506 gives "kamma^bhisankhara--vasena pa?isandhiko khandha- maro, dhatu°,
ayatana°. -- Other general epithets of M (quasi twin--embodiments) are given with Ka?ha, Adhipati, Antaka, Namuci,
Pamattabandhu at Nd1 489=Nd2 507; the two last ones also at Nd1 455. The usual standing epithet is papima "the evil
one," e. g. S I.103 sq. (the famous Mara--Sa?yutta: see Windisch, Mara & Buddha); Nd1 439; DhA IV.71 (Maravatthu) &
freq. -- See e. g. Sn 32, 422, 429 sq., 1095, 1103; Dh 7, 40, 46, 57, 105, 175, 274; Nd1 475; Vism 79, 228, 376; KhA 105; SnA
37, 44 sq., 225, 350 sq., 386 sq.; Sdhp 318, 449, 609. Further refs. & details see under Proper Names.
  --a^bhibhu overcoming M. or death Sn 545=571. --kayika a class of gods Miln 285; KvuA 54. --dhitaro the daughters of
M. SnA 544. --dheyya being under the sway of M.; the realm or kingdom of Mara A IV.228; Sn 764; Dh 34 (=kilesa--va??a
DhA I.289). --bandhana the fetter of death Dh 37, 276, 350 (=tebhumaka--va??asankhata? DhA IV.69). --sena the army of
M. Sn 561, 563; SnA 528. 

Maraka (--°) [fr. mareti] one who kills or destroys, as manussa° man--killer J II.182; hatthi° elephant--killer DhA I.80. --
m. in phrase samaraka (where the --ka belongs to the whole cpd.) see under samaraka. 

Mara?a (nt.) [fr. Caus. mareti] killing, slaughter, death D II.128; Sdhp 295, 569. 

Maratta (nt.) [*Mara--tva?] state of, or existence as a Mara god, Maraship Vbh 337. 

Marapita [pp. of marapeti] killed J II.417; III.531. 

Marapitatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. marapita] being incited to kill DhA I.141. 

Marapeti [Caus. II. of m?]: see marati. -- pp. marapita. 

Marita [pp. of mareti] killed S I.66; Vin III.72; J II.417 (aññehi m.--bhava? janatha). 

Marisa (adj.) [perhaps identical with madisa] only in voc. as respectful term of address, something like "Sir," pl. "Sirs." In sg.
marisa M I.327; A III.332; Sn 814, 1036, 1038, 1045 etc.; Nd1 140=Nd2 508 (here expld by same formula as ayasma, viz.
piya--vacana? garu--vacana? etc.); J V.140; Pv II.133; Mhvs 1, 27. -- pl. marisa Sn 682; J I.47, 49; Vism 415; PvA 75.
Explained by Buddhaghosa to mean niddukkha K.S. I.2 n. 

Maruta [for the usual maluta] the wind S I.127; Mhbv 8. 

Maretar [n. ag. to mareti] one who kills, slayer, destroyer S III.189. 

Mareti [Caus. of m?] to kill: see under marati. -- pp. marita. 

[?] 1. mud [is it mis--spelling of mala?], in pakka--m°--kalala (boiling mud) J VI.400. Kern, Toev. s. v. believes to see the
same word in phrase mala--kacavara at J II.416 (but very doubtful). -- 2. perhaps= froth, dirty surface, in phe?a° Miln 117
(cp. malin 2), where it may however be mala ("wreaths of foam"). <-> 3. in asi° the interpretation given under asi (as "dirt"
see above p. 88) has been changed into "sword--garland," thus taking it as mala. 

[fr. mala or ma?a] a circular (consecrated) enclosure, round, yard (cp. Geiger, Mhvs. trsl. 99: "m. is a space marked off and
usually terraced, within which sacred functions were carried out. In the Mahavihara (Tiss'arama) at Anuradhapura there were
32 malakas; Dpvs XIV.78; Mhvs 15, 192. The sacred Bodhi--tree e. g. was surrounded by a malaka"). -- The word is peculiar to
the late (Jataka--) literature, & is not found in the older texts. -- J I.449 (vikkama°); IV.306; V.49 (visala°), 138 (id., spelling
ma?aka); Mhvs 15, 36 (Maha--mucala°); 16, 15; 32, 58 (sanghassa kamma°, encl. for ceremonial acts of the S., cp. 15, 29);
DhA IV.115 (°sima); Vism 342 (vitakka°). 

Malati (f.) [fr. mala] the great--flowered jasmine Abhp 576. Cp. malika. 

Mala (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. mala] garland, wreath, chaplet; collectively=flowers; fig. row, line Sn 401; Pug 56; Vism 265 (in
simile); Pv II.316 (gandha, m., vilepana, as a "lady's" toilet outfit); II.49 (as one of the 8 or 10 standard gifts to a bhikkhu: see
dana, deyyadhamma & yañña); PvA 4=J III.59 (ratta--ka?avera° a wreath of red K. flowers on his head: apparel of a criminal
to be executed. Cp. ratta--mala--dhara wearing a red garland J III.179, an ensign of the executioner); PvA 51, 62. --asi
°--kamma the sword--garland torture (so correct under asi!) J III.178; Davs III.35; dipa° festoons of lamps Mhvs 5, 181; 34, 77
(°samujjota); nakkhatta° the garland of stars VvA 167; puppha° a garland or wreath of flowers Mhvs 5, 181. -- On mala in
similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 123. In compn mala° sometimes stands for mala°.
  --kamma garland--work, garlands, festoons VvA 188. --kara garland--maker, florist, gardener (cp. Fick, Sociale Gleiderung
38, 182) J V.292; Miln 331; DhA I.208, 334; VvA 170, 253 (°vithi). --kita adorned with garlands, wreathed Vin I.208. --gu?a
"garland--string," garlands, a cluster of garlands Dh 53 (=mala--nika?i "makeup" garlands DhA I.419; i. e. a whole line of
garlands made as "ekato--va??ika--mala" and "ubhato--v.--m.," one & two stalked g., cp. Vin III.180). mala gu?aparikkhitta
one adorned with a string of gs., i. e. a marriageable woman or a courtesan M I.286=A V.264. --gu?a a cluster of gs., a
bouquet Vin III.139; SnA 224; VvA 32, 111 (v. l. gu?a). --cumba?aka a cushion of garlands, a chaplet of flowers DhA I.72.
--dama a wreath of flowers J II.104. --dhara wearing a wreath J III.179 (ratta°, see also above). --dharin wearing a garland or
wreath (on the head) Pv III.11 (kusuma°; v. l. BB °bharin); PvA 169 (v. l. °bharin); f. dharini Vv 323 (uppala°, of a Peti. See
also bharin). --pu?a a basket for flowers DhA III.212. --bharin wearing a wreath (chaplet) [the reading changes between
°bharin & °dharin; the BSk. prefers °dharin, e. g. MVastu I.124 & °dhara at Divy 218] J IV.60, 82; V.45; PvA 211 (v. l.
°dharin); f. °bharini J III.530; VvA 12; & bhari Th 1, 459 (as v. l.; T. reads °dhari). Cp. °dharin. --vaccha [vaccha here=
v???a] a small flowering tree or plant, an ornamental plant Vin II.12; III.179; Vism 172 (v. l. °gaccha); DhA II.109 (q. v. for
expln: taru?arukkha--puppha). 

Malika1 

Malika1 (nt.) [fr. mala or mala?] name of a dice J VI.281. 

Malika2 

Malika2 [fr. mala] a gardener, florist Abhp 507. 

Malika (f.) [fr. mala] double jasmine Davs 5, 49. 

Malin (adj.) [fr. mala] 1. wearing a garland (or row) of flowers (etc.) Pv III.91 (=malabharin PvA 211); f. malini Vv 362
(nana--ratana°); Mhvs 18, 30 (vividhadhaja° mahabodhi). -- 2. (perhaps to mala) bearing a stain of, muddy, in phe?a° with a
surface (or is it garland? ) of scum Miln 260. -- 3. what does it mean in pañca°, said at J VI.497 of a wild animal? (C. not clear
with expln "pañcangika--turiya--saddo viya"). 

Maluka (m. or f.?) [of uncertain origin] a kind of vessel, only in camma° leather bag (?) J VI.431 (where v. l. reads
camma--pasibbakahi valukadihi), 432 (gloss c.<-> pasibbaka). 

Maluta [the proper Pali form for maruta, the a--stem form of maru2=Vedic marut or maruta] wind, air, breeze S IV.218;
Th I.2; II.372; J I.167; IV.222; V.328; VI.189; Miln 319; Vism 172 (=vayu); VvA 174, 178.
  --irita (contracted to maluterita) moved by the wind, fanned by the breeze Th 1, 754; II.372; Vv 4412=816; Pv II.123. See
similar expressions under irita. 

Maluva (f.) [cp. BSk. malu] a (long) creeper M I.306; S I.207; A I.202 sq.; Sn 272; Dh 162, 334; J III.389; V.205, 215, 389;
V.205, 215, 389; VI.528 (phandana°); DhA III.152; IV.43. -- On maluva in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 123. 

Malura [late Sk.] the tree Aegle marmelos Abhp 556. 

Malya see malya. 

[Non--Aryan, cp. Tamil mad?am house, hall] a sort of pavilion, a hall D I.2 (ma?d?ala°, same at Sn p. 104, which passage SnA
447 explns as "savitana? ma?d?apa?"); Vin I.140 (a??a, mala, pasada; expld at Vin III.201. In the same sequence of Vbh 251
expld at VbhA 366 as "bhojana--sala--sadiso ma?d?ala--ma?o; Vinay'a??ha--kathaya? pana eka--ku?asangahito
caturassa--pasado ti vutta?"); Miln 46, 47. -- Cp. malaka.-- [The BSk. form is either mala, e. g. MVastu II.274, or mad?a, e.
g. Mvyut 226, 43.] 

Ma?aka [a Non--Aryan word, although the Dhtm 395 gives roots mal & mall in meaning "dhara?a" (see under mala). Cp.
malorika] a stand, viz. for alms--bowl (patta°) Vin II.114, or for drinking vessel (paniya°) J VI.85. 

Masa1 

Masa1 [cp. Vedic masa, & mas; Gr. mh/n (Ionic mei/s); Av. mah (moon & month); Lat. mensis; Oir. mi; Goth.
mena=moon; Ohg. mano, mano¯t month. Fr. *me to measure: see minati] a month, as the 12th part of the year. The 12
months are (beginning with what chronologically corresponds to our middle of March): Citta (Citra), Vesakha, Je??ha, Asa?ha,
Sava?a, Po??hapada, Assayuja, Kattika, Magasira, Phussa, Magha, Phagguna. As to the names cp. nakkhatta. Usually in acc.,
used adverbially; nom. rare, e. g. ad?d?ha--maso half--month VvA 66; Asa?hi--masa VvA 307 (=gimhana? pacchima masa); pl.
dve masa PvA 34 (read mase); cattaro gimhana--masa KhA 192 (of which the 1st is Citra, otherwise called Pa?hama--gimha
"1st summer" and Bala--vasanta "premature spring"). -- Instr. pl. catuhi masehi Miln. 82; PvA I.1012. -- acc. pl. as adv.:
dasamase 10 months J I.52; bahu--mase PvA 135; also nt. chammasani 6 months S III.155. Freq. acc. sg. collectively: a period
of . . ., e. g. temasa? 3 months DhsA 15; PvA 20; catu° DA I.83; PvA 96; satta° PvA 20; dasa° PvA 63; ad?d?ha° a fortnight
Vin IV.117. -- On masa (& f. masi), as well as shortened form °ma see pu??a.
  --pu??ata fullness or completion of the month DA I.140; --matta? (adv.) for the duration of a month PvA 19. 

Masa2 

Masa2 [Vedic ma?a, Phaseolus indica, closely related to another species: mudga Phaseolus mungo] a bean (Phaseolus indica
or radiata); usually combd with mugga, e. g. Vin III.64; Miln 267, 341; DA I.83. Also used as a weight (or measure?) in
dhañña--masa, which is said to be equal to 7 lice: VbhA 343. -- pl. mase Vv 806 (=masa--sassani VvA 310).
  --odaka bean--water KhA 237. --khetta a field of beans VvA 808; VvA 308. --bija bean--seed DhA III.212. --vana
plantation J V.37 (+mugga°). 

Masa3 

Masa3 [identical with masa2] a small coin (=masaka) J II.425 (satta masa=s. masaka C.). 

Masaka [fr. masa2+ka=masa3] lit. a small bean, used as a standard of weight & value; hence a small coin of very low
value. Of copper, wood & lac (DhsA 318; cp. KhA 37; jatu°, daru°, loha°); the suva??a° (golden m.) at J IV.107 reminds of the
"gold" in fairy tales. That its worth is next to nothing is seen from the descending progression of coins at DhA III.108=VvA 77,
which, beginning with kahapa?a, ad?d?ha--pada, places masaka & kaha?ika next to mudha "gratis." It only "counts" when
it amounts to 5 masakas. -- Vin III.47, 67; IV.226 (pañca°); J I.112 (ad?d?ha--masaka? na agghati is worth nothing); IV.107;
V.135 (first a rain of flowers, then of masakas, then kahapa?as); DhA II.29 (pañca--m.--matta? a sum of 5 m.); PvA 282
(m+ad?d?ha° half--pennies & farthings, as children's pocket--money). 

Masakkhimha at Vin III.23 is for ma asakkhimha "we could not"; ma here stands for na. 

[fr. m??, for massati etc.; see masati| touch, touching, etc. in sense of eating or taking in. So is probably to be read for asati etc.
in the foll. passages, where m precedes this a in all cases. Otherwise we have to refer them to a root as=as (to eat) and
consider the m as partly euphonic. --dumapakkani--masita J II.446 (C. reads masita & explns by asita, dhata); visa--masita
Milo 302 (T. reads visamasita) having taken in poison; visa--masan--ûpatapa (id.) Vism 166; ti?a--masin eating grass J
VI.354 (=ti?akhadaka C.). -- A similar case where Sandhi--m-- has led to a wrong partition of syllables and has thus been lost
through syncope may be P. e?aka1, as compd with Sk. methi (cp. Prk. med?hi), pillar, post. 

Masalu [reading uncertain] only instr. masaluna Miln 292, Trenckner says (note p. 428): "m. is otherwise unknown, it
must mean a period shorter than 5 months. Cp. Sk. masala." -- Rh. D. (trsl. II.148) translates "got in a month," following the
Sinhalese gloss. <-> The period seems to be only a little shorter than 5 months; there may be a connection with catu in the
word. 

Masacita [masa1+acita] filled by the (say 6 or more) month(s), i. e. heavy (alluding to the womb in advanced pregnancy),
heaped full M I.332 (kucchi garu--garu viya masacita? maññe ti; Neumann trsls "wie ein Sack voll Bohnen," thus taking
m.=masa2, and acita as "heap" which however is not justified). This passage has given rise to a gloss at Vbh 386, where
masacita? maññe was added to kayo garuko akammañño, in meaning "heavy, languid." The other enumns of the 8
kusita--vatthuni (A IV.332; D III.255) do not give m. m. It may be that the resemblance between akam<-> mañño and
maññe has played a part in reminding the Commentator of this phrase. The fact that Bdhgh comments on this passage in the
VbhA (p. 510) shows, that the reading of Vbh 386 is a very old one. Bdhgh takes masa in the sense of masa2 & expls masacita
as "wet bean" (tinta maso), thus omitting expln of acita. The passage at VbhA 510 runs: "ettha pana masacita? nama
tintamaso, yatha tintamaso garuko hoti, eva? garuko ti adhippayo." 

Masika (adj.) [fr. masa1] 1. of a month, i. e. a month old Miln 302. -- 2. of a month, i. e. consisting of months, so many
months (old) (--°), as ad?d?ha° at intervals of half a month D I.166; M I.238, 343; Pug 55; dve° two months old Pv I.67. -- 3.
monthly, i. e. once a month Th 1, 283 (bhatta). -- Cp. masiya. 

Masiya (adj.) [=masika] consisting of months D II.327 (dvadasa° sa?vacchara the year of 12 months). 

Miga [Vedic m?ga, to m?j, cp. magga, meaning, when characterised by another attribute "wild animal" in general, animal of
the forest; when uncharacterised usually antelope] 1. a wild animal, an animal in its natural state (see cpds.). -- 2. a deer,
antelope, gazelle. Various kinds are mentioned at J V.416; two are given at Nd2 509, viz. e?i (antelope) & sarabha (red
deer): see under e?i & sarabha. -- Sn 39, 72; J I.154; III.270 (called Nandiya); PvA 62, 157. On miga in similes see J.P.T.S.
1907, 123, where more refs. are given.
  --a^dhibhu king of beasts (i. e. the lion) Sn 684. --inda king of beasts (id.) Sdhp 593. --chapaka young of a deer VvA 279.
--daya deer park J IV.430 (Maddakucchi); VvA 86 (Isipatana). --dhenu a hind J I.152; DhA III.148. --bhuta (having
become) like a wild animal, M I.450 (°bhutena cetasa). --mandalocana the soft eye of the deer Vv 6411; Pv I.115. See under
manda. --raja king of the beasts (the lion) D III.23 sq. --luddaka deer--hunter J I.372; III.49, 184; DhA II.82; VbhA 266 (in
simile). --vadha deer--slaying J I.149. --vittaka, amateur of hunting J IV.267. --visana a deer's horn Pug 56. --vithi
deer--road J I.372. 

Migava (f.) [=Sk. m?gaya, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 461] hunt, hunting, deer--stalking PvA 154 (°padesa). Usually in
devasika? migava? gacchati to go out for a day's hunting J IV.267; or as pp. ekadivasa? migava? gata VvA 260; ekaha?
m. g. Mhvs 5, 154. 

Migi (f.) [f. of miga, cp. Epic Sk. m?gi] a doe Th 1, 109; J V.215; VI.549; DhA I.48. 

Micchatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. miccha] item of wrong, wrongness. There are 8 items of wrong, viz. the 8 wrong qualities as
enumd under (an--) ariya--magga (see miccha), forming the contrary to the sammatta or righteousness of the Ariyan Path.
These 8 at D II.353; III.254; A II.221; IV.237; Vbh 387; Vism 683. Besides these there is a set of 10, consisting of the above 8
plus miccha--ña?a and °vimutti wrong knowledge & wrong emancipation: D III.290; Vbh 391; Vism 683 (where °ña?a &
°viratti for vimutti). -- See further D III.217 (°niyata); Pug 22; Dhs 1028 (cp. Dhs. trsl. §1028); Vbh 145; Tikp. 32
(°niyata--citta), 325 (°tika), 354 (id.). 

Miccha (adv.) [Sk. mithya, cp. Vedic mitha? interchanging, separate, opposite, contrary (opp. sa?yak together: see
samma); mithu wrongly; see also mithu] wrongly, in a wrong way, wrong--, false Sn 438 (laddho yaso), 815 (pa?ipajjati leads a
wrong course of life, almost syn. with anariya?. Illustrated by "pa?a? hanati, adinna? adiyati, sandhi? chindati, nillopa? harati,
ekagarika? karoti, paripanthe ti??hati, paradara? gacchati, musa bha?ati" at Nd1 144); VbhA 513 (°ña?a, °vimutti). --miccha°
often in same combns as samma°, with which contrasted, e. g. with the 8 parts of (an--) ariya--magga, viz. °di??hi (wrong)
views (D III.52, 70 sq., 76, 111, 246, 269, 287, 290, Dh 167, 316 sq.; Pug 39; Vism 469 (def.) PvA 27, 42, 54, 67; cp. °ka one
who holds wrong views D III.45, 48, 264; Vism 426); °sankappa aspiration (D III.254, 287, 290 sq., Dh 11); °vaca speech
(ibid.); °kammanta conduct (ibid.); °ajiva living (D III.176 sq., 254, 290; A II.53, 240, 270, IV.82); °vayama effort (D
III.254, 287, 290 sq.); °sati mindfulness (ibid.); °samadhi concentration (ibid.); see magga 2, and cp. the following:
  --gaha?a wrong conception, mistake J III.304. --cara wrong behaviour Pug 39 (& adj. carin); VbhA 383 (var. degrees).
--pa?ipada wrong path (of life) Pug 49 (& adj.: °pa?ipanna, living wrongly). --pa?ihita (citta) wrongly directed mind Dh
42=Ud 39 [cp. BSk. mithyapra?idhana Divy 14]. --patha wrong road, wrong course Vbh 145 (lit. & fig.; in exegesis of di??hi,
cp. Nd2 ta?ha III.; Dhs 381; DhsA 253). 

Miñja (nt.) & miñja (f.) [Vedic majjan (fr. majj?); on form see Geiger. P.Gr. § 91, & cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. §§ 74, 101]
marrow, pith, kernel Vin I.25 (in sequence chavi, camma, ma?sa, naharu, a??hi, miñja); Vism 235 (id.); Kh III. (a??hi°, f. cp.
KhA 52, nt.); J IV.402 (tala° pith of the palm); Mhvs 28. 28 (panasa°, f., kernels of the seeds of the jak--fruit).
  --rasi heap of marrow Vism 260 (=matthalunga). 

Miñjaka =miñja, only in tela° inner kernels of tila--seed, made into a cake PvA 51. See do?i2. 

Mita [Vedic mita, pp. of ma, minati, to measure; also in meaning "moderate, measured," cp. in same sense Gr. me/trios]
measured, in measure D I.54 (do?a° a do?a measure full); Sn 300 (bhagaso m. measured in harmonious proportions, i. e.
stately); Pv I.1013 (id.); J III.541. --amita unlimited, without measure, boundless, in Ep. amit--abha of boundless lustre Sdhp
255. Also N. of a Buddha.
  --ahara measured, i. e. limited food Sn 707. --bha?in speaking measuredly, i. e. in moderation Dh 227; J IV.252. 

Mitta (m. nt.) [cp. Vedic mitra, m. & nt., friend; Av. mipro, friend] friend. Usually m., although nt. occurs in meaning
"friend," in sg. (Nett 164) & pl. (Sn 185, 187); in meaning "friendship" at J VI.375 (=mittabhava C.). The half--scientific,
half--popular etym. of mitta, as given at VbhA 108, is "mettayanti ti mitta, minanti ti va m.; sabba--guyhesu anto pakkhipanti ti
attho" (the latter: "they enclose in all that is hidden"). -- Two kinds of friends are distinguished at Nd2 510 (in exegesis of Sn 37
& 75), viz. agarika° (a house-- or lay--friend) and anagarika° (a homeless-- or clericalfriend). The former is possessed of all
ordinary qualities of kindness and love, the latter of special virtues of mind & heart. -- A friend who acts as a sort of Mentor, or
spiritual adviser, is called a kalya?a--mitta (see under kalya?a). -- Mitta is often combd with similar terms, devoting
relationship or friendship, e. g. with amacca colleagues and ñati--salohita° blood--relations, in ster. phrase at Vin II.126; A
I.222; Sn p. 104; PvA 28; cp. ñati--mitta relatives & friends Pv I.59; suhada ("dear heart") D III.187 (four types, cp. m.
pa?irupaka); suhajja one who is dear to one's heart PvA 191; sahaya companion PvA 86. The neut. form occurs for kind
things D III.188; S I.37. -- Opp. sapatta enemy PvA 13; amitta a sham friend or enemy Sn 561 (=paccatthika SnA 455); D
III.185. papa--mitta bad friend PvA 5. -- For refs. see e. g. Sn 58, 255, 296, 338; Dh 78, 375.
  --a^bhiradhin one who pleases his friends J IV.274 (=mittesu adubbhamano C.) --ddu [cp. Sk. mitra--druha] one who
injures or betrays his friends S I.225; Sn 244; J IV.260; also in foll. forms: °dubbha Pv II.93 (same passage at J IV.352; V.240;
VI.310, 375); °dubha J IV.352; VI.310; °dubhin [cp. Sk. °drohin] J IV.257; V.97 (°kamma); VI.375; DhA II.23. --pa?irupaka
a false friend, one pretending to be a friend D III.185 (four types: añña--d--atthu--hara, vaci--parama, anuppiyabha?in,
apaya--sahaya, i. e. one who takes anything, one who is a great talker, one who flatters, one who is a spendthrift companion.)
--bandhava a relation in friendship, one who is one's relative as a friend Nd2 455 (where Nd1 11 has manta--bandhava).
--bheda see mithu--bheda --va??a pretence of friendship, a sham friendship Pv IV.86 (=mitta--rupa, m.--pa?irupata PvA
268). 

Mittata (f.) --(°) [abstr. fr. mitta] state of being a friend, friendship, in kalya?a° being a good friend, friendship as a helper
(see kalya?a) D III.274; Vism 107. 

Mitti (f.) [a by--form of metti] friendship J I.468 (=metti C.). 

Mithu (adv.) [cp. Vedic mithu & P. miccha; mith, cp. mitha? alternately, Av. miqo¯ wrongly; Goth. misso one another,
missa--leiks different; Ger. E. prefix mis-- i. e.  
wrongly: Ger. missetat wrong doing=misdeed; Lat. muto to change, mutuus reciprocal; Goth. maipms present=Ags. mapum;
mith in Vedic Sk. is "to be opposed to each other," whereas in Vedic mithuna the notion of "pair" prevails. See also methuna]
opposite, reciprocally, contrary Sn 825, 882 (taken by Nd1 163 & 290, on both passages identically, as n. pl. of adj. instead of
adv., & expld by "dve jana dve kalaha--karaka" etc.).
  --bheda [evidently in meaning of mitta--bheda "break of friendship," although mithu means "adversary," thus perhaps
"breaking, so as to cause opposition"] breaking of alliance, enmity D II.76; J IV.184 (here with v. l. mitta°); Kvu 314. 

Middha (nt.) [orig. pp. perhaps to Vedic mid (?) to be fat=medh, as DhsA 378 gives "medhati ti middha?." -- More
likely however connected with Sk. methi (pillar=Lat. meta), cp. Prk. medhi. The meaning is more to the point too, viz. "stiff."
Thus semantically identical with thina. -- BSk. also middha, e. g. Divy 555] torpor, stupidity, sluggishness D I.71 (thina°); Sn
437; A V.18; Dhs 1157; Miln 299, 412 (appa° not slothful, i. e. diligent, alert); Vism 450 (°rupa; +rogarupa, jatirupa, etc., in
def. of rupa); DA I.211 (expld as cetasika gelañña: see on this passage Dhs trsl. §1155); Sdhp 459. -- See thina. 

Middhin (adj.) [fr. middha] torpid, drowsy, sluggish Dh 325 (=thinamiddh'a^bhibhuta DhA IV.16). 

Midha [does it refer to mi2 as in minati2, or to middha?] is given as root in meaning "hi?sana," to hurt at Dhtm 536 (with
var. v.v ll.), not sure. 

Minana (nt.) [fr. mi to measure, fix, construct] measuring, surveying DA I.79; DhsA 123. 

Minati1 

Minati1 [roots (Vedic) ma & mi; pres. minute & minoti; Idg. *me, cp. Sk. matra measure, mana; Av. ma--, miti? measure;
Gr. ma/tion small measure, mh_tis counsel Lat.; metior, mensis, modus; Goth. mela bushel; Ags. maed measure (cp. E. mete,
meet= fitting); Lith. m&etilde;tas year. -- The Dhtm 726 gives mi in meaning "pama?a"] to measure VbhA 108 (see etym. of
mitta); Pot. mine J V.468 (=mineyya C.); fut. minissati Sdhp 585. ger. minitva Vism 72; grd. minitabba J V.90. -- Pass.
miyati: see anu°, -- pp. mita. -- Cp. anu°, abhi°, ni°, pa°, vi°. Caus. mapeti (q. v.). 

Minati2 

Minati2 [Vedic minati, mi (or mi), to diminish; cp. Gr. minu/w diminish; Lat. minor=E. minor; Goth. mins (little), compar,
minniza, superl. minnists=Ger. mindest. -- The Dhtp 502 gives mi with "hi?sa," the Dhtm 725 with "hi?sana." It applies the
same interpretation to a root midh (Dhtm 536), which is probably abstracted fr. Pass. miyati] to diminish; also: to hurt, injure.
Very rare, only in some prep. combns. -- See also miyati. 

[corresponding to Vedic mriyate, fr. mr, via^ *miryate>miyyati. See marati] to die. -- (a) miyyati: Sn 804; Nett 23. med. 3rd
pl. miyyare Sn 575; pot. miyye J VI.498; ppr. miyyamana M III.246; Vism 49; fut. miyyissati M III.246. -- (b) miyati
(influenced in form by jiyati & miyati of minati2): M III.168 (jayati jiyati miyati); J III.189; Dh 21; pot. miyetha D II.63. ppr.
miyamana S I.96. -- pp. mata. 

Milakkha [cp. Ved. Sk. mleccha barbarian, root mlecch, onomat. after the strange sounds of a foreign tongue, cp.
babbhara & mammana] a barbarian, foreigner, outcaste, hillman S V.466; J VI.207; DA I.176; SnA 236 (°mahatissa--thera
Np.), 397 (°bhasa foreign dialect). The word occurs also in form milakkhu (q. v.). 

Milakkhu [the Prk. form (A--Magadhi, cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. 105, 233) for P. milakkha] a non--Aryan D III.264; Th 1,
965 (°rajana "of foreign dye" trsl.; Kern, Toev. s. v. translates "vermiljoen kleurig"). As milakkhuka at Vin III.28, where
Bdhgh expls by "Andha--Damil'adi." 

Milaca [by--form to milakkha, via^ *milaccha>*milacca> milaca: Geiger, P.Gr. 622; Kern, Toev. s. v.] a wild man of the
woods, non--Aryan, barbarian J IV.291 (not with C.=janapada), cp. ludda m. ibid., and milaca--putta J V.165 (where C. also
expls by bhojaputta, i. e. son of a villager). 

Milata [pp. of milayati] faded, withered, dried up J I.479; V.473; Vism 254 (°sappa--pi??hi, where KhA 49 in same passage
reads "milata--dham(m)ani--pi??hi"); DhA I.335; IV.8 (sarira), 112; SnA 69 (°mala, in simile); Mhvs 22, 46 (a°); Sdhp 161. 

Milatata (f.) [abstr. fr. milata] only neg. a° the (fact of) not being withered J V.156. 

Milayati [Vedic mla, to become soft; ldg. *mela & *mlei, as in Gr. blac, blakeu/w to languish; Lat. flaccus withered
(=flaccid); Lith. blakà weak spot; also Gr. blhxro/s weak. -- Dhtp 440: "mila=gatta--vimane" (i. e. from the bent limbs); Dhtm
679 id.] to relax, languish, fade, wither S I.126; It 76; J I.329; V.90. -- Caus. milapeti [Sk. mlapayati] to make dry, to cause to
wither J I.340 (sassa?); fig. to assuage, suppress, stifle J III.414 (ta?ha?). -- pp. milata. 

Millika at PvA 144 in passage pa?sukula? dhovitv--a^bhisiñcimillikañ ca katva adasi is to be read either as "abhisiñci
cimillikañ ca k." or "abhisiñcitva mudukañ ca k." 

Mi?haka at S II.228 is to be read mi?haka (q. v.). 

Vedic mi?ati, root given as misa at Dhtm 479, with expln "milane"] to wink (one's eyes): see ni°. 

Missa (adj.) [orig. pp. of mis, cp. Vedic misra. Sk. misrayati, mek?ayati; Gr. mi/gnumi & mi/sgw; Lat. misceo, mixtus; Ags.
miscian=mix; Ohg. miskan. -- Dhtp 631 "sammissa"] 1. mixed (with: --°); various Vin I.33 (kesa°, jata° etc.=a mixture of,
various); Th 1, 143; J III.95, 144 (udaka--pa??a° yagu); Pv I.92 (missa ki?aka). nt. missa? as adv. "in a mixed way" Vism
552=VbhA 161 (+dvidha). -- 2. accompanied by (--°), having company or a retinue, a title of honour in names, also as polite
address [cp. Sk. misra & araya misra] J V.153 (voc. f. misse), 154 (f. missa). -- 3. missa° is changed to missi in compn with k?
and bhu (like Sk.), thus in missi--bhava (sexual) intercourse, lit. mixed state, union J II.330; IV.471; V.86; VbhA 107; and
missi--bhuta mixed, coupled, united J V.86 (=hatthena hattha? gahetva kaya--missibhava? upagata C.). Cp. sam.°
  --kesi (f.) "mixed hair," Ep. of a heavenly maiden or Apsaras Vv 6014 (expld at VvA 280 as "ratta--maladihi
missita--kesava??i"). The m. missa--kesa occurs as a term for ascetics (with mu?d?a) at Vism 389. 

Missaka (adj. n.) [fr. missa] 1. mixed, combined J II.8 (phalika° rajata--pabbata mountain of silver mixed with crystal);
VbhA 16 (lokiya--lokuttara°); usually °--, like °ahara mixed food DhA II.101; °uppada mixed portents, a main chapter of the
art of prognosticating (cp. B?hat--Sa?hita ch. 86: misrak'a^dhyaya) Miln 178; °bhatta=°ahara SnA 97; Mhbv 27. -- 2. (m.) an
attendant, follower; f. missika DhA I.211 (Samavati°). <-> 3. (nt.) N. of a pleasure grove in heaven (lit. the grove of bodily
union), one of the 3: Nandana, M., Pharusaka J VI.278; Vism 424. -- 4. (pl. missaka) a group of devas, mentioned at D II.260
in list of popular gods (cp. missa 2 and missakesi). 

Missakatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. missaka] mixing, mixture, combination with (--°) Tikp 291. 

Missana (nt.) [fr. misseti] mixing Dhtp 338. 

Missita [pp. of misseti] mixed, intermingled Sn 243; J V.460; PvA 198 (dhañña sasapa--tela°); VvA 280 (see under
missa--kesi). 

Misseti [Caus. of mis, Vedic misrayati] 1. to mix Miln 126 (maya? missayissama); PvA 191 (palase salihi saddhi?). -- 2. to
bring together in cohabitation, to couple J V.154 (C.: kilesana misseti). -- pp. missita. 

Mihati is given as root mih is given as root mih in 2 meanings at Dhtp, viz. (1) isa--hasana (No. 328), i. e. a kind of laugh,
for smi, as in mihita. (2) secana (No. 342). 

Mihita (nt.) [pp. of smi; this is the inverted--di¿retic (Pali) form (smita>*hmita>*mhita>mihita) for the other (Sk.)
form smita (q. v.). The Dhtp (328) puts root down as mih] a smile J III.419; V.452; VI.504. --mihita--pubba with smiles Th
1, 460 (spelt mhita°); J VI.221 (=sita C.). -- Cp. vimhaya, vimhapaka, vimhita. 

Miyati see miyyati see miyyati (Pass. of marati). 

given at Dhtp 267 & 614 with "nimilane"] to wink, only in cpd. nimilati to close the eyes (opp. um°). 

Mi?ha [pp. of mih, Vedic mehati to excrete water, i. e. urine, only with ref. to the liquid; Sk. mid?ha=Lat. mictus, pp. of
mingo, to urinate. Cp. Av. maezaiti to urinate, mez urine; Gr. o)mixei_n & o)/mixma id.; Ags. migan to ur.; in Ohg. mist &
Ags. miox the notion refers more to the solid excrement, as in Pali. -- A related root *meigh to shed water is found in megha,
cloud (watershedder), q. v. for further cognates] excrement M I.454 =III.236 (°sukha? vile pleasure); A III.241, 242; Th 1,
1152; J II.11; VI.112; Vv 5211 (with ref. to the guthaniraya); Pv III.45 (=gutha PvA 194); DhA II.53 (°? khaditu?).
  --kupa pit of excr., cesspool Pgdp 22. 

Mi?haka (f.) [fr. mi?ha; cp. BSk. mid?ha--gha?a] cesspool S II.228 (so read for T. pi?haka; v. l. BB mi?haka). See also
pi?haka. The trsl. (K.S. II.155) gives "dungbeetle." 

Mukula [cp. Sk. mukula] a bud; see makula (where also see mukulita). -- Abhp 811, 1116. 

Mukka [pp. of muc, Sk. mukta, for the usual P. mutta; cp. Prk. mukka, Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 566] only in um° & pa?i° (q.
v.), and as v. l. at M III.61. 

Mukkhaka at J I.441 should be read as mokkhaka, meaning "first, principal, foremost"; cp. mokkha2. 

Mukha (nt.) [Vedic mukha, fr. Idg. *mu, onomat., cp. Lat. mu facere, Gr. muka/omai, Mhg. mugen, Lat. mugio to moo
(of cows), to make the sound "moo"; Ohg. mawen to cry, muckazzen to talk softly; also Gr. mu_qos word, "myth"; Ohg.
mula=Ger. maul; Ags. mule snout, etc. Vedic muka silent, dumb=Lat. mutus=E. mute] 1. the mouth Sn 608, 1022 (with ref.
to the long tongue, pahuta--jivha, of the Buddha or Mahapurisa); J II.7; DA I.287 (uttana° clear mouthed, i. e. easy to
understand, cp. D I.116); PvA 11, 12 (puti°), 264 (mukhena). -- 2. the face J VI.218 (u??aja m.); PvA 74, 75, 77; °? karoti to
make a face (i. e. grimace) Vism 343. --adho° face downward Vin II.78; opp. upari° (q. v.); assu° with tearful face Dh 67;
PvA 39; see assu. --dum° (adj.) sad or unfriendly looking J II.393; VI.343; scurrilous J V.78; bhadra° brightfaced PvA 149;
ruda° crying Pv I.112. -- 3. entrance, mouth (of a river) Mhvs 8, 12; aya° entrance (lit. opening), i. e. cause or means of income
DA I.218; ukka° the opening of a furnace, a goldsmith's smelting pot A I.257; Sn 686; J VI.217; 574. ubhato--mukha having
2 openings M I.57. sandhi° opening of the cleft PvA 4. Hence: -- 4. cause, ways, means, reason, by way of J III.55 by way of a
gift (danamukhe); IV.266 (bahuhi mukhehi). --apaya° cause of ruin or loss A II.166; IV.283. -- 5. front part, front, top, in isa°
of the carriage pole S I.224=J I.203. Hence: -- 6. the top of anything, front, head, best part; adj. topmost, foremost Sn 568
(aggihutta--mukha yañña), 569 (nakkhattana? mukha? cando; cp. Vin I.246); VbhA 332 (=uttama?, mukha--bhuta? va). --
Der. adj. mokkha & pamokkha (q. v.). Note. A poetical instr. sg. mukhasa is found at Pv I.23 & I.32, as if the nom. were
mukho (s--stem). -- The abl. mukha is used as adv. "in front of, before," in cpd. sam° & param°, e. g. PvA 13. See each sep.
  --adhana (1) the bit of a bridle M I.446; (2) setting of the mouth, i. e. mouth--enclosure, rim of the m.; in m. sili??ha? a
well--connected, well--defined mouth--contour DhsA 15 (not with trsl. "opens lightly," but better with note "is well adjusted,"
see Expos. 19, where write °adhana for °adana). --asiya (? cp. asita1) to be eaten by the mouth DhsA 330 (mukhena asitabba).
--ullokana looking into a person's face, i. e. cheerful, bright, perhaps also flattering DhA II.193 (as °olokana). --ullokika
flattering (cp. above) Nd1 249 (puthu Sattharana? m. puthujjana); PvA 219. --odaka water for rinsing the mouth Nd2
391=Miln 370; VvA 65; DhA II.19; IV.28. --ja born in (or from) the mouth, i. e. a tooth J VI.219. --tu?d?a a beak VvA 227
[cp. BSk. mukhatu?d?aka Divy 387]. --dugga one whose mouth is a difficult road, i. e. one who uses his mouth (speech) badly
Sn 664 (v. l. °dukkha). --dusi blemishes of the face, a rash on the face DA I.223 (m.--dosa ibid.). --dvara mouth opening PvA
180. --dhovana--??hana place for rinsing the mouth, "lavatory" DhA II.184. --puñchana wiping one's mouth Vin I.297.
--pura filling the mouth, a mouthful, i. e. as much as to fill the mouth J VI.350. --puraka mouth--filling Vism 106. --bheri a
musical instrument, "mouth--drum," mouthorgan (?) Nd2 219 B; SnA 86. --makka?ika a grimace (like that of a monkey) of
the face J II.70, 448 (T. makka?iya). --va??i "opening--circumference," i. e. brim, edge, rim DhA II.5 (of the Lohakumbhi
purgatory, cp. J III.43 lohakumbha--mukhava??i); DhA III.58 (of a gong). --va??a the features PvA 122, 124. --vikara
contortion of the mouth J II.448. --viku?a (=vikara) grimace SnA 30. --sankocana distortion or contraction of the mouth, as
a sign of displeasure DhA II.270; cp. mukha--sankoca Vism 26. --saññata controlling one's mouth (i. e. speech) Dh 363, cp.
DhA IV.93. 

Mukhara (adj.) [cp. Sk. mukhara; fr. mukha] garrulous, noisy, scurrilous S I.203; V.269; A I.70; III.199, 355; Th 1, 955;
Sn 275; J III.103; DhA II.70 (ati°); PvA 11. -- opp. amukhara M I.470; Th 1, 926; Pug 35; Miln 414. 

Mukharata (f.) [fr. mukhara] talkativeness, garrulousness, noisiness DhA II.70. 

Mugga [Vedic mudga, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 240] a kind of kidney--bean, Phaseolus mungo, freq. combd with
masa2 (q. v.). On its size (larger than sasapa, smaller than kalaya) see A V.170 & cp. kalaya. -- D II.293; M I.57 (+masa); S
I.150; J I.274, 429; III.55; VI.355 (°masa); Miln 267, 341; SnA 283.
  --supa bean--soup Vism 27. --supyata "bean--soupcharacter," or as Vism trsl. 32 has it "bean--currytalk"; fig. denoting a
faulty character, i. e. a man who behaves like bean--soup. The metaphor is not quite transparent; it is expld by Bdhgh as
meaning a man speaking half--truths, as in a soup of beans some are only half--boiled. The expln is forced, & is stereotype, as well as is the combn in which it occurs. Its origin remains to be elucidated. Anyhow it refers to an unevenness in character, a
flaw of character. The passage (with var. spellings) is always the foll.: ca?ukamyata (patu° Nd2; °kammata Miln; pa?u° Vbh)
mugga--supyata (°supata Nd2; °suppata Miln & KhA 236; °supata and suppata Vbh & VbhA 338; supyata Vism)
paribha??ata (°bhatyata Vism.; °bha??akata Miln; °bha?yata & °bbha??ata Vbh). At Nd2 391 it is used to explain
savajja--bhogin, at Vism 17 & Vbh 246 anacara; at Vbh 352 lapana; at Miln 370 it is used generally (cp. Miln trsl. II.287).
The C. expln of the Vbh passage, as given at (VbhA 483 &) Vism 17 runs as follows: "mugga--supa--samanaya sacc'a^likena
jivita kappanatay'eta? adhivacana?. Yatha hi muggasupe paccante bahu mugga paka? gacchanti, thoka na gacchanti, evam eva
sacca^likena jivitakappake puggale bahu? alika? hoti, appaka? sacca?." The text at VbhA 483 is slightly different, although the
sense is the same. Similarly at Vism 27. 

Muggatiya (nt.?) [fr. mugga?] a plant, according to C. a species of bean J VI.536. 

Muggara [cp. Sk. mudgara] a club, hammer, mallet J I.113; II.196, 382; V.47; VI.358; Miln 351; Vism 231; DhA I.126;
II.21; PvA 4, 55 (ayo°), 56 (°pahara), 66, 192. The word is specifically peculiar to the so--called Jataka style. 

Mucala occurs as simplex only in Np. Maha--mucala--malaka Mhvs 15, 36. It refers to the tree mucalinda, of which it
may be a short form. On the other hand mucal--inda appears to the speaker of Pali a cp. noun, viz. king of the mucala(s)
(trees). Its (late?) Sk. correspondent is mucilinda, of which the P. form may be the regular representative (cp. Geiger P.Gr. §
34). -- 1. the tree Barringtonia acutangula (Nicula*, of which it may be a dialectical distortion: *Abhp 563 nicula>*mucula>
*mucala) Vin I.3; J V.405 (°ketaka, Dvandva); VI.269 (id.). -- 2. N. of a naga (serpent) king Vin I.3. -- 3. N. of a great lake J
VI.534, 535. 

an enlargement of Vedic mur to get stiff (as in mura stupid, dull, cp. Gr. mwro/s; Sk. murakha foolish). Used in 2 senses, viz.
(a) to become stiff & (b) (Caus.) to harden, increase in tone, make louder. From (a) a fig. meaning is derived in the sense of to
become dulled or stupid, viz. infatuated, possessed. <-> See also Lüders in K.Z. XLII.194 a. How far we are justified to
connect Dhtp 216 mu & 503 mu ("bandhane") with this root is a different question. These 2 roots seem to be without
 connections. -- murch itself is at Dhtp 50 defined with "mohe"] 1. (spelt muccati) to become stiff, congeal, coagulate, curdle
Dh 71; DhA II.67. -- 2. to become infatuated D III.43 (majjati+). -- 3. only in Caus. muccheti to make sound, to increase in
tone J II.249 (vi?a?); III.188 (id.). -- pp. mucchita. 

Mucchana (f.) [fr. mucchati 2] swelling or rising in tone, increase of sound J II.249 (vi?a? uttama--mucchanaya
mucchetva vadesi). 

Mucchañcikata (°añji°) is probably the correct reading for puñcikata. -- We find puñcikata at Dhs 1136, 1230; Vbh
351, 361 (v. l. pucchañji°); DhsA 365; mucchañci° at Nd1 8 & Nd2 p. 152; pucchañji° at VbhA 477. The meaning is
"agitation," as seen from expln of term at DhsA 365 ("wagging of a dog's tail," puccha? caleti), and VbhA 477
 ("labhan'a^labhanaka--?hane vedhana kampana nicavuttata"). -- The etym. expln is difficult; we may take it as a
(misunderstood) corruption of *mucch--angi--kata i. e. muccha+anga+k? "being made stiff--of--limbs," or "swoon."
Psychologically we may take "swoon" as the climax of agitation, almost like "hysterics." A similar case of a similar term of
swooning being interpreted by Bdhgh as "wavering" (cal) is chambhitatta "paralysis," expld as "sakalasarira calana?" at DA
I.50. -- The expression mucchañcikata reminds us of the term ka?ukañcukata. 

Muccha [fr. murch] 1. fainting, swoon PvA 174. -- 2. infatuation A II.10 (kama°). Sn 328; Dhs 1059. 

Mucchita [pp. of mucchati] 1. fainted, swooning, in a faint J I.243; DhA II.112; PvA 62, 174, 258. -- 2. distraught,
infatuated S I.61, 204; A I.274; D III.46 (a°); It 92; J III.432; V.274 (C. for pagiddha & gadhita). <-> Cp. pa°. 

Mujjati [The P. form of the Sk. majj] to sink, dive, be submerged Dhtp 70 (mujja=mujjana). Only in cpds. um° & ni°. 

Muñcati [Vedic muñcati; muc, to release, loosen; with orig. meaning "strip off, get rid of," hence also "glide" as in Lith.
mukti to escape, Ags. smugan to creep, Ger. schmiegen to rub against. See further connections in Walde, Lat. Wtb., s. v.
emungo. The Dhtp 376 expls by mocane, Dhtm 609 id.; 631: moce; 765: pamocane] I. Forms. The 2 bases muñc° & mucc°
are differentiated in such a way, that muñc° is the active base, and mucc° the passive. There are however cases where the
active forms (muñc°) are used for the passive ones (mucc°), which may be due simply to a misspelling, ñc & cc being very
similar. -- A. Active. pres. muñcati J I.375; IV.272; V.453; Vv 6418; pot. muñcetha Dh 389; imper. muñca Dh 348; ppr.
muñcanto Sn 791; aor. muñci J V.289; Mhvs 19, 44; pl. muñci?su J IV.142; ger. muñciya Mhvs 25, 67; mutva J I.375; &
muñcitva ibid.; PvA 43; inf. muñcitu? D I.96. -- Caus. II. muñcapeti D I.148. -- B. Passive. pres. muccati Sn 508; ppr.
muccanto J I.118; imper, sg. muccassu Th 2, 2; pl. muccatha DhA II.92; pot. muñceyya Pv II.26; PvA 104; Dh 127; fut.
muccissati J I.434 (where also muñcissati in same sense); DhA I.105; III.242; PvA 53, 105; also mokkhasi Vin I.21=S I.111;
pl. mokkhanti Dh 37; aor. mucci(?su) S III.132; IV.20; J II.66; inf. muccitu? Th 1, 253; DhA I.297. -- Caus. moceti &
mocapeti (q. v.). -- pp. mutta. -- II. Meanings. 1. to release, deliver (from=abl.), set free (opp. bandhati) Sn 508 (sujjhati,
m., bajjhati); S III.132 (cittani mucci?su their hearts were cleansed), Th 2, 2 (muccassu); Dh 127 (papakamma, quoted at PvA
104); Pv II.26; PvA 53 (niray'ûpapattito muccissati), 105; DhA I.297 (dukkha muccitu--kama desirous of being delivered from
unpleasantness; v. l. muñc°); II.92 (dukkha). <-> 2. to send off, let loose, drop, give J IV.272 (sara? an arrow); Vism 313
(dhenu vacchakassa khira--dhara? m.); Mhvs 25, 63 (phalaka?). -- 3. to let out of the yoke, to unharness, set free D I.148 (satta
usabhasatani muñcapeti); PvA 43 (yoggani muñcitva). <-> 4. to let go, emit, send forth (light) J V.289 (obhasa? muñci);
Mhvs 19, 44 (rasmiyo). -- 5. to send forth (sound); to utter, emit (words etc.) J I.375 (vaca?); Vv 6418 (mala m.
ghosa?=vissajjenti VvA 281). <-> 6. (from 4 & 5 in general) to undertake, to bestow, send forth, let loose on Dh 389: "na
brahma?assa pahareyya na^ssa muñcetha brahma?o," where DhA IV.148 supplements veran na muñcetha (i. e. kopa? na
kareyya). In this case vera? muñcati would be the same as the usual vera? bandhati, thus opposite notions being used
complementarily. The interpretation "give up" (enmity) instead of "undertake" is possible from a mere grammatical point of
view. L. v. Sohroeder (Worte der Wahrheil) trsls "noch stürzt der Priester auf den Feind"! -- 7. to abandon, give up, leave
behind Dh 348 (muñca, viz. ta?ha? DhA IV.63); J V.453 (peta--raja--visaya?). -- 8. An idiomatic (late) use of the ger.
muñciya (with acc.) is in the sense of an adv. (or prep.), meaning "except, besides," e. g. ma? m. Mhvs 25, 67; ima? m.
(besides this Mhvs 14, 17). -- Cp.  pa°, pa?i°, vi°. Note. At Dh 71 muccati stands for muccheti (=Sk. murchati) to become stiff, coagulate, curdle; cp. DhA
II.67. 

Muñcana & Muccana (nt.) [abstr. fr. muc] 1. release, being freed, deliverance J IV.478 (mucc°); °akara (muñc°)
means of deliverance (dukkhato from ill) DhA I.267; °kala time of release (dukkha from suffering) DhA II.11 (mucc°, v. l.
muñc°). -- 2. letting loose, emitting, giving, bestowing VbhA 249 (speaking, shouting out; Vism reading p. 265 is to be
corrected fr. mañcana!); PvA 132 (v. l. dana). 

Muñcanaka (adj.) [fr. muñcana] sending out or forth, emitting VvA 303 (pabha°). 

Muñja [Vedic muñja, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 72] 1. a sort of grass (reed) Saccharum munja Roxb. Sn 440. °kesa
having a dark mane (like m. grass) D II.174. °paduka slipper made of m. grass DhA III.451. °maya made of m. grass Sn 28. --
The reed itself is called isika (q. v.). -- 2. a sort of fish J IV.70 (+rohita, taken as Dvandva by C.); VI.278 (id.). 

Mu?a see muto?i. Otherwise occurring in Np. Mu?a--siva at Mhvs 11, 4. 

Mu??ha [pp. of mussati, m??] having forgotten, one who forgets; only in two cpds., viz. °sacca [der. fr. foll.:
mu??ha+sati+ya] forgetfulness, lit. forgotten--mindedness, usually combd with asampajañña, D III.213; A V.149; Pug 21; Dhs
1349 (where read: ya asati ananussati . . . adhara?ata pilapanata sammussanata); Vbh 360, 373; Vism 21; DhA IV.85; &
°sati(n) (adj.) "forgetful in mindfulness," i. e. forgetful, careless, bewildered [cp. BSk. amu?itasm?ti Lal. V. 562, to all
appearance (wrongly) derived from P. musati to rob, mus, mu??ati] D III.252, 282; S I.61 (+asampajana); Pug 21, 35 (neither
passage expld in PugA!); J III.488; VbhA 275. As °satika at Miln 79. -- Note. mu??hasati with var. (unsuccessful) etym. is
discussed in detail also by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, pp. 92--94. 

Mu??hi (f.) [Vedic mu??i, m. f. Does defn "mu?=maddane" at Dhtm 125 refer to mu??hi?] the fist VvA 206. mu??hi katva
ga?hati to take by making a fist, i. e. clutch tightly, clenching one's fist J VI.331. --mu??hi? akasi he made a fist (as sign) J
VI.364. As --° often meaning "handful." --acariya--mu??hi close--fistedness in teaching, keeping things back from the pupil D
II.100; S V.153; J II.221, 250; VvA 138; SnA 180, 368. ku?d?aka° handful of rice powder VvA 5; DhA I.425. ta?d?ula°
handful of rice PvA 131. tila° do. of tilaseeds J II.278. pa?su° do. of soil J VI.405. ritta° an empty fist SnA 306=DhA IV.38
(°sadisa alluding to ignorance).
  --yuddha fist--fight, boxing D I.6. --sammuñjani "fistbroom" a short broom DhA II.184. 

Mu??hika [fr. mu??hi] 1. a fist--fighter, wrestler, boxer Vin II.105 (malla°); J IV.81 (Np.); VI.277; Vism 31 (+malla). -- 2. a
sort of hammer J V.45. 

Mu?d?a (adj.) [cp. BSk. mu?d?a] bald, shaven; a shaven, (bald--headed) ascetic, either a sama?a, or a bhikkhu or (f.)
bhikkhuni S I.175 (m. sangha?i--paruta); Vin IV.265 (f.); Sn p. 80 (=mu?d?ita--sisa SnA 402). --ka??a° with cropped or shorn
ears (appld to a dog) Pv II.1210, cp. mu?d?aka.
  --pabbataka a bare mountain J I.303 (Hatthimatta); VvA 302 (v. l. for T. mu?d?ika--pabbata). --va??in "shaven hireling"
(?), a king's servant, probably porter Vin II.137. The expln given by Bdhgh on p. 319 (on CV. V. 29. 5) is twofold, viz.
malla--kammakar'adayo viya kaccha? banditva nivasenti; and mu?d?a--ve??hi (sic) ti yatha rañño kuhiñci gacchanto
parikkhara--bha?d?avahana--manussa ti adhippayo. Maybe that reading ve?i is more correct. --sira shaven head DhA II.125. 

Mu?d?aka =mu?d?a; cp. BSk. mu?d?aka Divy 13. -- Sn p. 80; Dh 264 (=sisa--mu?d?ana--matta DhA III.391, qualification
of a shaveling); VvA 67 (°sama?a, Dvandva). --ad?d?ha° shaven over one half the head (sign of loss of freedom) Mhvs 6, 42.
--ka??a° "with blunt corners," N. of one of the 7 great lakes: see under ka??a. --pa?isisaka the chignon of a shaveling, in
phrase: kasaya? nivasetva mu?d?aka--pa?isisaka? sise pa?imuñcitva fastening the (imitation) top--knot of a shaveling to his
head Miln 90; cp. J II.197 (paccekabuddha--vesa? ga?hitva pa?isisaka? pa?imuñcitva), similarly J V.49. 

Mu?d?atta (nt.) [abstr. fr. mu?d?a] the fact of being shaven or shorn PvA 106. 

Mu?d?ana (nt.) [fr. mu?d?a] shaving, tonsure DhA III.391 

Mu?d?ika (--pabbata) bare (mountain), uncertain T. reading at VvA 302 for v. l. SS mu?d?a--pabbata (q. v.). 

Mu?d?ita [pp. of mu?d?eti] shaven SnA 402 (°sisa). 

Mu?d?iya [abstr. fr. mu?d?a] baldness, shaven condition (of ascetics & bhikkhus) M I.515; Sn 249; Kvu I.95; Sdhp 374. 

Mu?d?eti [Denom. -- Caus. from mu?d?a] to shave Mhbv 103. -- pp. mu?d?ita. -- The BSk. has only Caus. II.
mu?d?apayati, at Divy 261. Should Dhtp 106 "mu?d?= kha?d?ha" be the defn of mu?d?ati? -- At J III.368 we find mu?d?ati for
mu?d?eti (ku??ha--satthena mu?d?anto viya), which should prob. be read mu?d?ento. 

Muta [for mata, cp. Geiger. P.Gr. § 18] thought, supposed, imagined (i. e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than
by sight & hearing) M I.3; Sn 714 (=phusan'araha? SnA 498), 812; J V.398 (=anumata C.); Vbh 14, 429 sq. -- Often in set
di??ha suta muta what is seen, heard & thought (? more likely "felt," cp. Nd2 298: di??ha=cakkhuna d., suta?=sotena s.,
muta?=ghanena ghayita?, jivhaya sayita?, kayena phu??a?, and viññata?=manasa v.; so that from the interpretation it follows
that d. s. m. v. refer to the action (perception) of the 6 senses, where muta covers the 3 of taste, smell & touch, and viññata the
function of the manas) S I.186 (K.S. I.237 note); IV.73; Th I.1216. Similarly the psychol. analysis of the senses at Dhs 961:
rup'ayatana? di??ha?; sadd--ayat. suta?; gandh°, ras°, pho??habb° muta?; sabba? rupa? manasa viññata?. See on this passage
Dhs trsl. § 961 note. In the same sense DhsA 388 (see Expositor, II.439). -- D III.232; Sn 790 (cp. Nd1 87 sq. in extenso) 793,
798, 812, 887, 901, 914, 1086, 1122. Thus quite a main tenet of the old (popular) psychology.
  --mangalika one who prophesies from, or derives lucky auspices from impressions (of sense; as compd with
di??ha--mangalika visible--omen--hunter, and suta--m. sound--augur) J IV.73 (where C. clearly expls by "touch"); KhA 119 (the
same expln more in detail). --visuddhika of great purity, i. e. orthodox, successful, in matters of touch Nd1 89, 90. --suddhi
purity in matter of touch Nd1 104, 105. 

Muti (f.) [for mati, cp. muta] sense--perception, experience, understanding, intelligence Sn 864; Nd1 205 (on Sn
846=hearsay, what is thought); Vbh 325 (di??hi, ruci, muti, where muti is expld at VbhA 412 as "mudati ti muti"!) 328; Sdhp
221. Cp. sam°. 

Mutinga [Sk. m?danga on d>t. cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 23] a small drum, tabour D I.79; Vin I.15; S II.266 sq. (a famous
mythological drum, called Anaka; same also at J II.344); J IV.395 (bheri+); KhA 49. Spelling mudinga at S II.266; J IV.395;
Vism 250; VbhA 232; VvA 210 (v. l. SS mutinga), 340 (id.).
  --sadda sound of the drum J I.3 (one of the 10 sounds, hatthi°, assa° etc.). 


Mutimant (adj.) [fr. muti] sensible, intelligent, wise Sn 539; as mutima at Sn 61, 321, 385; pl. 881; J IV.76 (as mutima &
mutima); Nd2 511=259. Cp. matimant. 

Muto?i [?] a doubtful word occurring only in one stock phrase, viz. "ubhato--mukha m. pura nana--vihitassa dhaññassa" at
M I.57 (vv. ll. puto?i, mu?oli)=III.90 (muto?i)=D II.293 (T. mutoli, v. l. mu?oli; gloss K putoli). The Dial. II.330 trsl. "sample
bag" (see note on this passage; with remark "spelling uncertain"). Neumann, Mittlere Sammlung I.101 trsls "Sack." <-> Kern,
Toev. s. v. muto?i tries to connect it with BSk. mo?a (Hindi mo?h), bundle, which (with vv. ll. mud?ha, mu?a, mu?a) occurs only
in one stock phrase "bharai? motai? pi?akai?" at Divy 5, 332, 501, 524. The more likely solution, however, is that muto?i is a
distortion of pu?osa (pu?osa), which is found as v. l. to pu?a?sa at all passages concerned (see pu?a?sa). Thus the meaning is
"bag, provision--bag." The BSk. mo?a (mu?a) remains to be elucidated. The same meaning "provision--bag" fits at Vism 328 in
cpd. yana°, where spelling is T. °pa??oli, v. l. BB °puto?i, but which is clearly identical with our term. We should thus prefer to
read yana--pu?osi "carriage--bag for provisions." 

Mutta1 

Mutta1 [pp. of muñcati; Sk. mukta] 1. released, set free, freed; as --° free from Sn 687 (abbha° free from the stain of a cloud);
Dh 172 (id.), 382 (id.). -- Dh 344; Pv IV.134; PvA 65 (su°). -- 2. given up or out, emitted, sacrificed Vin III.97=IV.27 (catta,
vanta, m.) A III.50 (catta+). Cp. vi°. -- 3. unsystematised. Comp. 9, 137 (vithi°).
  --acara of loose habits D I.166=III.40=Pug 55 (where expld at PugA 231, as follows: vissatth'acaro. Uccarakamm'adisu
lokiya--kulaputt'acarena virahito ?hitako va uccara? karoti passava? karoti khadati bhuñjati). --pa?ibhana of loose
intelligence, or immoderate promptitude (opp. yutta°), quick--tempered Pug 42 (cp. PugA 223); SnA 110, 111; --saddha
given up to faith Sn 1146 (=saddha^dhimutta Nd2 512). --sira (pl.) with loose (i. e. confused) heads KhA 120=Vism 415. 

Mutta2 

Mutta2 (nt.) [cp. Vedic mutra; Idg. *meud to be wet, as in Gr. mu/zw to suck, muda/w to be wet; Mhg. smuz (=Ger.
schmutz), E. smut & mud, Oir. muad cloud (=Sk. mudira cloud); Av. muprem impurity, Mir. mun urine; Gr. miai/nw to
make dirty] urine Vin IV.266 (passavo mutta? vuccati); Pv I.91 (guthañ ca m.); PvA 43, 78. Enumd under the 32 constituents
of the body (the dvatti?s--akara?) at Kh III. (cp. KhA 68 in detail on mutta; do. Vism 264, 362; VbhA 68, 225, 248 sq.) =M
III.90=D II.293 etc.
  --acara see mutta1. --kara?a "urine--making," i. e. pudendum muliebre, cunnus Vin IV.260. --karisa urine & f¿ces, i. e.
excrements Vin I.301; S III.85; A II.33; Sn 835; Nd1 181; J VI.111; Vism 259, 305, 342, 418 (origin of). --gata what has
become urine DhsA 247 (gutha°+). --vatthi the bladder Vism 345. 

Muttaka (adj.) [mutta1+ka] only in cpd. antara° one who is released in the meantime Vin II.167. 

Muttaka (f.)=mutta; °maya made of pearls Mhvs 27, 33. 

Muttata (f.) [abstr. fr. mutta1] state of being liberated, freedom J V.480. 

Mutta (f.) [cp. Sk. mukta] a pearl Vv 377 (°acita); Pv II.75 (+ve?uriya); Mhvs 30, 66. Eight sorts of pearls are enumd at
Mhvs. 11, 14, viz. haya--gaja--rath'amalaka valay'anguli--ve?haka kakudha--phala--pakatika, i.e. horse--, elephant--, waggon--,
myrobalan--, bracelet--, ring--, kakudha fruit--, and common pearls.
  --ahara a string or necklace of pearls J I.383; VI.489; DhA I.85; SnA 78 (simile); Vism 312. --jala a string (net) of pearls J
IV.120; Mhvs 27, 31; VvA 198. --dama garland or wreath of p. Mhvs 30, 67 (so T. for v. l. °maya). --vali string of pearls VvA
169. --sikka string of pearls VvA 244. 

Mutti (f.) [fr. muc, cp. Sk. mukti] release, freedom, emancipation Sn 344 (muty--apekho); Nd1 88, 89 (+vimutti &
parimutti); PvA 35, 46; Sdhp 492. -- Cp. vi°. 

Muttika [fr. mutta] a pearl vendor, dealer in pearls Miln 262. 

Mudati [for modati?] in exegetical expln of "muti" at VbhA 412: mudati ti muti. See muti. 

Mudayanti (f.) [cp. Sk. modayanti] a certain plant, perhaps Ptychotis ajowan J VI.536. 

Muda (f.) [fr. mud, see modati] joy, pleasure D II.214 (v. l. pamuda); Sdhp 306, 308. 

Mudinga see mutinga. 

Mudita [pp. of mud, modati] pleased, glad, satisfied, only in cpd. °mana (adj.) with gladdened heart, pleased in mind Sn
680 (+udagga); Vv 8315 (+pasanna--citta). Cp. pa°. 

Mudita (f.) [abstr. fr. mudu, for the usual muduta, which in P. is only used in ord. sense, whilst mudita is in pregnant
sense. Its semantic relation to mudita (pp. of mud) has led to an etym. relation in the same sense in the opinion of P.
Commentators and the feeling of the Buddhist teachers. That is why Childers also derivers it from mud, as does Bdhgh. --
BSk. after the Pali: mudita Divy 483] soft--heartedness, kindliness, sympathy. Often in triad metta ("active love" SnA 128),
karu?a ("preventive love," ibid.), mudita ("disinterested love": modanti vata bho satta modanti sadhu sutthu ti adina mayena
hita--sukh'a^vippayogakamata mudita SnA 128); e. g. at D I.251; S V.118; A I.196 etc. (see karu?a). -- Cp. also Sn 73; D III.50,
224, 248; Miln 332 (°sañña;+metta°, karu?a°); Vism 318 (where defined as "modanti taya, ta?--samangino, saya? va modati
etc."); DhsA 192. See on term Dhs trsl. §251 (where equalled to sugxairosu/nh); Cpd. 24 (called sympathetic & appreciative),
97 (called "congratulatory & benevolent attitude"); Expos. 200 (interpretation here refers to muduta DhsA 151 "plasticity"). 

Mudu (adj.) [Vedic m?du, fr. m?d: see maddati; cp. Lat. mollis (fr. *mold?is); Gr. a)maldu/nw to weaken, Cymr. blydd
soft] soft, mild, weak, tender D II.17=III.143 (+talu?a); A II.151 (pañcindriyani muduni, soft, blunt, weak: opp. tikkha); S
II.268 (°talu?a--hatthapada); Sn 447 (=muduka SnA 393); Th 1, 460 (=loving); Pv I.92; Vism 64; PvA 46, 230. Compar.
mudutara S V.201.
  --indriya (mud°) weak, slow minded, of dull senses Ps I.121=II.195; Vism 87. --citta a tender heart PvA 54. --cittata kind
(soft) heartedness DhA I.234. --pi??hika having a soft (i. e. pliable) back Vin III.35. --bhuta supple, malleable D I.76
(+kammaniya); Pug 68. --maddava soft & tender (said of food taken by young women to preserve their good looks) DhsA
403. --hadaya tender--hearted DhA II.5. 

Muduka (adj.) [fr. mudu]=mudu. -- 1. flexible, pliable, soft S II.221 (sangha?i); Vism 66 (giving in easily, cpd. with
ukka??ha & majjhima); KhA 49 (°a??hikani soft bones); Mhvs 25, 102 (sayana); bhumi Miln 34. -- 2. soft, mild, gentle, kindly,
tender--hearted J V.83 (m. hadaya), 155; Miln 229 (citta? m.); SnA 84 (°jatika), 393; DhA I.249 (citta); PvA 243. -- 3. soft,
weak, pampered, spoilt S II.268 (of the Licchavi princes). -- See also maddava, & cp. ati°. 

Muduta (f.) [cp. Sk. m?duta; abstr. fr. mudu. See also mudita] softness, impressibility, plasticity A I.9; D III.153 (trsln
"loveliness"); Dhs 44 (+maddavata); 1340 (id.); Vism 463 sq.; DhsA 151 (=mudubhava); cp. Dhs. trsl. §1340. 

Mudda (f.) [cp. (late?) Sk. mudra] 1. a seal, stamp, impression; --raja° the royal seal DhA I.21. Also with ref. to the State
Seal at Miln 280, 281 in cpds. muddakama (amacca) & mudda--pa?ilabha. -- 2. the art of calculation mentioned as a noble
craft (ukka??ha? sippa?) at Vin IV.7 (with ga?ana & lekha), as the first of the sippani (with ga?ana) at M I.85=Nd2 199.
Further at Miln 3, 59, 78 sq., 178. Cp. BSk. mudra in same sense (e. g. at Divy 3, 26, 58 in set lipya, sankhya, ga?ana, m.).
Bdhgh's expln of mudda D I.11 m.+ga?ana (see DA I.95) as "hattha--mudda--ga?ana" is doubtful; since at Miln 78 sq. mudda
& ga?ana are two quite diff. things. See also Franke, Digha trsl. p. 18, with note (he marks mudda "Finger--Rechnen" with?);
and cp. Kern, Toev. I.166 s. v. mudda. The Dial. I.21 trsl. "counting on the fingers" (see Dial. I.21, 22 with literature & more
refs.). --hattha° is signlanguage, gesture (lit. hand--arithmetic), a means of communicating (question & answer) by signs, as
clearly evident fr. J VI.364 (hattha--muddaya na? pucchissami . . . mu??hi? akasi, sa "aya? me . . . pucchati" ti ñatva hattha?
vikasesi, so ñatva . . .; he then asks by word of mouth). --hattha--mudda? karoti to make a sign, to beckon J III.528; cp. Vin
V.163: na hatthavikaro katabbo, na hattha--mudda dassetabba.
  --a^dhikara?a the office of the keeper of the Privy Seal, Chancellorship Miln 281. 

Muddika (adj. n.) [fr. mudda] one who practises mudda (i. e. knowledge of signs) D I.51 (in list of occupations, combd
with ga?aka & trsld Dial. I.68 by "accountant"; cp. Franke, Digha p. 53, "Finger--rechner"?) Vin IV.8 (m., ga?aka, lekhaka); S
IV.376 (ga?aka, m., sankhayaka). 

Muddika1 

Muddika1 (f.) [fr. mudda] a seal ring, signet--ring, fingerring J I.134; III.416; IV.439; DhA I.394; II.4 (a ring given by the king
to the keeper of the city gates as a sign of authority, and withdrawn when the gates are closed at night); IV.222. anguli°
finger--ring, signetring Vin II.106; J IV.498; V.467. -- Similarly as at DhA II.4 (muddika? aharapeti) muddika is fig. used in
meaning of "authority," command; in phrase muddika? deti to give the order, to command Miln 379 (with ref. to the captain
of a ship). 

Muddika2 

Muddika2 (f.) [fr. mudu, cp. *Sk. m?dvika] a vine or bunch of grapes, grape, grape wine Vin I.246 (°pana); J IV.529; DhA
II.155. 

Muddha1 

Muddha1 [pp. of muh, for the usual mu?ha, corresp. to Sk. mugdha. Not=m?ddha (of m?dh to neglect) which in P. is
maddhita: see pari°; nor=m?dhra disdained] infatuated, bewildered, foolish J V.436.
  --dhatuka bewildered in one's nature, foolish(ly) J IV.391 (v. l. luddha°); DhA III.120 (v. l. danta° & mu?a°). 

Muddha2 & Muddha 

Muddha2 & Muddha [Vedic murdhan, the P. word shows a mixture of a-- and n-- stem] the head; top, summit. <-> m. sg.
muddha Sn 983, 1026, & muddha? Sn 989; acc muddha? D I.95; Sn 987 sq., 1004, 1025; Dh 72 (=paññay'eta? nama?
DhA II.73); & muddhana? M I.243; III.259=S IV.56; instr. muddhana Mhvs 19, 30; loc. muddhani Sn 689, 987; M I.168;
Vism 262; Mhvs 36, 66, in meaning "on the top of (a mountain)": Vin I.5 (here spelt pabbata--muddhini)=S I.137; J IV.265
(Yugandhara°); Pv II.961 (Naga°=Sineru° PvA 138); Vism 304 (vammika° on top of an ant--hill). -- Freq. in phrase muddha
(me, or no, or te) sattadha phaleyya, as an oath or exclamn of desecration or warning: "(your) head shall split into 7 pieces,"
intrs. spelt both phal° & phal° at J V.92 (te s. phal°); Miln 157; DhA I.17 (me . . . phal°), 41 (te phalatu s.), 42 (acariyassa m. s.
phalissati); IV.125 (no . . . phaleyya); VvA 68 (me s. phal°). -- In compn muddha°.
  --(n)a??hi (muddhan--a??hi) bone of the head KhA 51. --a^dhipata head--splitting, battering of the head Sn 988 sq., 1004,
1025; --a^dhipatin head--splitting (adj.) Sn 1026. --a^ra head (top) spoke KhA 172. --a^vasitta "head--anointed" a properly
anointed or crowned king D III.60 sq., 69; Pug 56; Miln 234. --pata=°a^dhipata. 

Muddhata (f.) [fr. muddha1] foolishness, stupidity, infatuation J V.433 (v. l. mu?hata, muddata). 

Mudha (adv.) [Class. Sk. mudha] for nothing, gratis VvA 77. 

Munana (nt.) [fr. munati, almost equal to mona] fathoming, recognising, knowing; a C. word to explain "muni," used by
Dhpala at VvA 114 (maha--isibhuta? . . . mahanten'eva ña?ena munanato paricchindanato maha muni?), & 231
(anavasesassa ñeyyassa munanato muni). 

Munati [=manyate, prob. corresponding to Sk. med. manute, with inversion *munati and analogy formation after janati
as munati, may be in allusion to Sk. m??ati of m? to crush, or also ma minati to measure out or fathom. The Dhtm 589 gives
as root mun in meaning "ña?a." The word is more a Com. word than anything else, formed from muni & in order to explain it]
to be a wise man or muni, to think, ponder, to know Dh 269 (yo munati ubho loke muni tena pavuccati), which is expld at DhA
III.396 as follows: "yo puggalo . . . tula? aropetva minanto viya ime ajjhattika khandha ime bahira ti adina nayena ime ubho pi
atthe minati muni tena pavuccati." Note. The word occurs also in Magadhi (Prk.) as mu?aï which as Pischel (Prk. Gr. § 489)
remarks, is usually taken to man, but against this speaks its meaning "to know" & Pali munati. He compares ma?aï with Vedic
muta in kama--muta (driven by kama; muta=pp. of mu=miv) and Sk. muni. Cp. animo movere. 

Muni [cp. Vedic muni, originally one who has made the vow of silence. Cp. Chh. Up. VIII.5, 2; Pss. of the Br. 132 note.
Connected with muka: see under mukha. This etym. preferred by Aufrecht: Halayudha p. 311. Another, as favoured by
Pischel (see under munati) is "inspired, moved by the spirit." Pali explns (popular etym.) are given by Dhammapala at VvA 114
& 231: see munana] a holy man, a sage, wise man. I. The term which was specialised in Brahmanism has acquired a general
meaning in Buddhism & is applied by the Buddha to any man attaining perfection in self--restraint and insight. So the word is
capable of many--sided application and occurs frequently in the oldest poetic anthologies, e. g. Sn 207--221 (the famous
Muni--sutta, mentioned Divy 20, 35; SnA 518; expld SnA 254--277), 414, 462, 523 sq., 708 sq., 811 sq., 838, 844 sq., 912 sq.,
946, 1074 & passim (see Pj. Index p. 749); Dh 49, 225, 268 sq., 423. -- Cp. general passages & explns at Pv II.113; II.133 (expld
at PvA 163 by "attahitañ ca parahitañ ca munati janati ti muni"); Miln 90 (munibhava "munihood," meditation, self--denial,
abrogation); DhA III.521 (munayo=moneyya--pa?ipadaya maggaphala? patta asekha--munayo), 395 (here expld with ref. to
orig. meaning tu?hibhava "state of silence" =mona). -- II. The Com. & Abhidhamma literature have produced several
schedules of muni--qualities, esp. based on the 3 fold division of character as revealed in action, speech & thought (kaya°, vaci°,
mano°). Just as these 3 are in general exhibited in good or bad ways of living (°sucarita? & °duccarita?), they are applied to a
deeper quality of saintship in kaya--moneyya, vacimoneyya, mano--moneyya; or Muni--hood in action, speech & thought; and
the muni himself is characterised as a kaya--muni, vaci° & mano°. Thus runs the long exegesis of muni at Nd2 514A=Nd1 57.
Besides this the same chapter (514B) gives a division of 6 munis, viz. agara--muni, anagara° (the bhikkhus), sekha°,   
asekha° (the Arahants), pacceka° (the Paccekabuddhas), muni° (the Tathagatas). -- The parallel passage to Nd2 514A at A
I.273 gives a muni as kaya--muni, vaca° & ceto° (under the 3 moneyyani). 

Mummura [*Sk. murmura, lit. crackling, rustling; cp. Lat. murmur=E. murmur, Gr. mormu/rw to rustle, Ohg.
murmuro¯n & murmulo¯n=Ger. murmeln; all to Idg. *mrem, to which SQ marmara: see P. mammara & cp. murumura]
crackling fire, hot ashes, burning chaff J II.134. 

Muyhati [Vedic muhyati, muh; defn Dhtp 343: mucchaya?; 460: vecitte; cp. moha & momuha] to get bewildered, to be
infatuated, to become dull in one's senses, to be stupified. Just as raga, dosa & moha form a set, so do the verbs rajjati, dussati,
muyhati, e. g. Miln 386 (rajjasi rajjaniyesu, dussaniyesu dussasi, muyhase mohaniyesu). Otherwise rare as finite verb; only
DhsA 254 (in defn of moha) & Sdhp 282, 605 (so read for mayhate). -- pp. mu?ha & muddha1. 

Muyhana (nt.) [fr. muyhati] bewilderment, stupefaction, infatuation DA I.195 (rajjana--dussana--m.). 

Muraja [cp. Epic. & Class. Sk. muraja, Prk. murava: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 254] 1. a small drum, tambourine J V.390; Vv 353
(=bheri VvA 161); 8418 (=mudinga VvA 340); SnA 370. -- 2. a kind of girdle Vin II.136. 

Murumura (indecl.) [onomat. to sound root m?, see mammara & mummura] the grinding, crackling sound of the teeth
when biting bones, "crack"; in phrase m. ti khadati to eat or bite up to bits J I.342; V.21 (of a Yakkhini, eating a baby). 

Murumurapeti =murumurayati J II.127; III.134; V.196 (°etva khadati). 

Murumurayati [Denom. fr. murumura] to munch, chew, bite up with a cracking sound J IV.491. 

Mu?ala & Mu?ali (f.) [cp. Vedic mulalin. Zimmer, Altind Leben 70 mentions Bisa, Saluka & Mulalin as edible roots
of lotus kinds. -- Geiger, P.Gr. 12 & 43 puts mu?ala =Sk. m??ala] the stalk of the lotus: mu?ali Vin I.215 (bhisa+); mu?ali J
VI.530 (=mu?alaka C.); mu?alika Vin I.215 (bhisa+); bhisa--mu?ala? (nt.) (collective cpd.) fibre & stalks Vin II.201=S
II.269; IV.94; V.39; Vism 361; VbhA 66. --mu?ali--puppha a lotus Th 1, 1089. 

Musati [in this connection=m?? in an active sense, as qua^si Denom. fr. musa. Not to mu? to steal, which is given at Dhtp
491 with "theyya"] to betray, beguile, bewilder, dazzle, in cakkhuni m. D II.183 (but trsln "destructive to the eyes"); musati 'va
nayana? Vv 353 (cp. VvA 161). 

Musala (m. nt.) [cp. Vedic musala. The etym. is probably to be connected with m?d (see maddati)] 1. a pestle (whilst
udukkhala is "mortar," cp. J II.428 & see udukkhala) D I.166=Pug 55; DhA II.131 (+suppa). <-> 2. a club A II.241; VvA
121. -- 3. a crowbar J I.199; PvA 258 (°da?d?a). 

Musalaka (nt.) [fr. musala] a little pestle, a toy for little girls DhsA 321. 

Musalika only in cpd. danta° (an ascetic) who uses his teeth as a pestle J IV.8 (an aggi--pakka? khadati, eats food
uncooked, only crushed by his teeth). 

Musa (adv.) [Vedic m??a, fr. m??, lit. "neglectfully"] falsely, wrongly; u?ually with verbs vadati, bhanati, bhasati & bruti
to speak falsely, to tell a lie. -- A I.149 (opp. sacca?); Sn 122, 158, 397, 400, 757, 883, 967, 1131; Nd1 291; Pv I.33; VvA 72
(=abhuta? ataccha?); SnA 19; PvA 16, 152.
  --vada lying, a falsehood, a lie D I.4, 25; III.68 sq.; 92 sq., 106, 170, 195, 232, 269; M I.414; Sn 129, 242 (cp. D II.174); Dh
246; Pug 57; Nd1 268; Vv 158; Pv I.68; VbhA 383 (var. degrees); PvA 16; Sdhp 65; explicitly at Nd1 152, 394; Nd2 515. Cp.
mosavajja. --vadin speaking falsely, lying D I.138; III.15, 82; Dh 176; Pug 29, 38. 

m??yati; to which musa "wrongly," quite diff. in origin fr. miccha: m??a>mithya. Dhtm 437 defines by "sammose," i. e.
forgetfulness] v. intrs.: to forget, to pass into oblivion, to become bewildered, to become careless D I.19 (sati m.); J V.369 (id.);
Sn 815 (=nassati SnA 536;=parimussati, paribahiro hoti Nd1 144). -- pp. mu??ha. Cpp. pa°, pari°. 

Muhutta (m. & nt.) [Vedic muhurta, fr. muhur suddenly] a moment, a very short period of time, an inkling, as we should
say "a second." -- Its duration may be seen from descending series of time--connotations at PvA 198 (under jatakamma,
prophesy by astrologers at the birth of a child): rasi, nakkhatta, tithi, m.; and from defn at Nd2 516 by "kha?a?, laya?, vassa?,
attha?." <-> Usually in oblique cases: muhuttena in a short time, in a twinkling of an eye PvA 55; muhutta? (acc.) a
moment, even a second Sn 1138 (m. api); Dh 65 (id.), 106; PvA 43. 

Muhuttika (adj.) [fr. muhutta] only for a moment; °a (f.) a temporary wife, in enumn of several kinds of wives at Vin
III.139 & VvA 73. Syn. tan--kha?ika. 

Mu is given as root as Dhtp 216 in meaning "bandhana." 

Muga (adj.) [Vedic muka; see etym. under mukha] dumb Vin I.91 (andha, m., badhira); Sn 713; DhA II.102 (andha, m.,
badhira); SnA 51 (in simile); Sdhp 12. Freq. combd with e?a, deaf (q. v.). 

Mula (nt.) [Vedic mura & mula. The root is given as mul in 2 meanings, viz. lit. "rohane" Dhtm 859, and fig. "pati??haya?"
Dhtm 391] 1. (lit.) root A II.200= M I.233; DhA I.270; IV.200 (opp. patti); Vism 270 (rukkha°=rukkha--samipa?); Pv II.96
(sa° with the root); PvA 43 (rukkhassa mule at the foot of). -- 2. foot, bottom Vin II.269 (patta°); PvA 73 (pada°), 76 (id.).
rukkha° foot of a tree: see under rukkha for special meaning. -- 3. (appld) ground for, reason, cause, condition, defd as "hetu,
nidana, sambhava" etc. at Nd2 s. v.; Sn 14=369 (akusala mu~la n. pl.=akara or pati??ha SnA 23); Pv II.333 (sa° with its cause);
Dukp 272, 297, 312, 320; Miln 12 (& khandha--yamaka, with ref. to the Yamaka). Very freq. in this sense as referring to the
three lobha, dosa, moha as conditioning akusala (& absence of them=kusala), e. g. at D III.214, 275; A I.201; 203; Vbh 106
sq., 169, 361; Yam I.1; Vism 454; cp. Nd2 517; VbhA 382. -- 4. origin, source, foundation, root (fig.) Vin I.231=D II.91
(dukkhassa); Vin II.304; Sn 916, 968 (cp. Nd1 344, 490); Th 1, 1027 (brahmacariyassa); Dh 247, 337. Freq. in formula (may
be taken to no. 1) [pahina] ucchinna--mula tala^vatthukata etc. with ref. to the origin of sa?sara, e. g. at S II.62, 88; III.10, 27,
161, 193; IV.253, 292, 376. See Nd2 p. 205 s. v. pahina, in extenso. -- 5. beginning, base, in muladivasa the initial day DA
I.311; also in phrase mulakara?ato right from the beginning VvA 132 (cp. BSk. mula? kramatas ca id. Divy 491). -- 6.
"substance," foundation, i. e. worth, money, capital, price, remuneration Miln 334 (kamma°); DhA I.270 (?); PvA 273; Mhvs
27, 23. amula unpaid Mhvs 30, 17 (kamma labour). --i?a° borrowed capital D I.71.
  --kanda eatable tuber DhA III.130; IV.78 (mulaka°). See also kanda. --kamma??hana fundamental k. or k. of causes SnA
54. --ghacca radically extirpated Dh 250, 263. --??ha one who is the cause of something, an instigator Vin III.75. --dassavin
knowing the cause or  reason Sn 1043, cp. Nd2 517. --phala (eatable) fruit, consisting of roots; roots as fruit Sn 239. --bandhana fundamental bond
(?) or set of causes (?) Sn 524 sq., 530 sq., cp. SnA 429--431. --bija having seeds in roots, i. e. propagated by roots, one of the
classes of plants enumd under bijagama (q. v.). --rasa taste of roots, or juice made fr. roots VbhA 69; see under rasa. 

Mulaka (adj. nt.) [fr. mula] 1. (adj.) (a) (--°) being caused by, having its reason through or from, conditioned by,
originating in Vbh 390 (ta?ha° dhamma); Tikp. 233 sq., 252 sq., 288 sq. & passim; VbhA 200 sq., 207 sq. (sankhara°, avijja°
etc. with ref. to the constituents of the Pa?icca--samuppada); PvA 19. -- (b) having a certain worth, price, being paid so much,
dear Mhvs 27, 23 (a °? kamma? unpaid labour); DhA I.398 (nahana--cu??a °? catu--pa??asa--ko?i dhana?, as price); II.154
(pattha--pattha--mulaka bhikkha); III.296 (ki? mulaka? how dear?). -- 2. (nt.)=mula, i. e. root, bulb, radish, only in cpd.
mulaka--kanda radish (--root) J IV.88, 491; DhA IV.78. -- See also pulaka. 

Mulika (adj. n.) [fr. mula] 1. (m.) root--vendor Miln 331. -- 2. (adj. --°) belonging to the feet (pada°), a footman, lackey J
I.122, 438; II.300 sq. (N. of the king of Janasandha, Gama?i--ca?d?a); III.417; V.128; VI.30. -- 3. in rukkha° one who lives at
the foot of a tree: see under rukkha, where also °mulikatta. 

Mu?ha [Vedic mud?ha, pp. of muh; cp. also muddha1= Vedic mugdha] 1. gone astray, erring, having lost one's way
(magga°) D I.85 ÷ (°ssa magga? acikkhati); Pv IV.148 (id. with pavadati); PvA 112 (magga°). -- 2. confused, infatuated,
blinded, erring, foolish D I.59; Pv IV.334 (sa°, better to be written sam°).
  --gabbha (f.) a woman whose "fœtus in utero" has gone astray, i. e. cannot be delivered properly, a woman difficult to be
delivered J I.407=DhA IV.192; Miln 169; VbhA 96. --rupa foolish Dh 268; DhA III.395. 

Musika (m.) & musika (f.) [Vedic mu?ika, fr. mu?] a mouse D II.107=Pug 43 (f.); Vism 109 (m.), 252= KhA 46 (m.);
Mhvs 5, 30 (m.); VbhA 235.
  --cchinna (auguries from the marks on cloth (gnawed by mice) D I.9 (musika°; DA I.92 musika°=undurakhayita?; cp. Dial.
I.17). --dari a mouse--hole J I.462 (musika°, so read for musika°). --patha "Mouseroad" N. of a road Nd1 155, 415 (here
musika°). --potika the young of a mouse J IV.188 (musika°). --vijja mouse craft D I.9 (cp. DA I.93). 

Musi (f.) [Venic mu? & mu? mouse or rat; cp. Lat. mus Gr. mu_s, Ohg. mus=E. mouse. Not to mu? to steal, but to same
root as Lat. moveo, to move] a mouse S II.270 (mudu° a tender, little m.). 

Me is enclitic form of aha? is enclitic form of aha? in var. cases of the sg. See under aha?. 

Mekhala (f.) [cp. Vedic mekhala] a girdle J V.202, 294 (su°, adj.); VI.456; ThA 35; KhA 109; DhA I.39; PvA 46. 

Mekhalika (f.) [fr. mekhala] a girdle Vin II.185 (ahi°, consisting of a snake). 

Megha [Vedic megha; not to mih, mehati (see mi?ha), but to Idg. *meigh--, fog, rain; cp. Sk. mi? mist; Av. maega cloud;
Gr. o)mi/xlh fog, Lith. mighá fog, Dutch miggelen to drizzle, also Ags. mist=Oicel mistr "mist"] a cloud Pv II.945; Vism 126;
esp. a thundercloud, storm, S I.100 (thaneti), 154; Th I.307 (as ka?a); It 66; J I.332 (pajjunna vuccati megha); DhA I.19; SnA
27 (°thanita--sadda). In this capacity often called maha--megha, e. g. Sn 30; DhA I.165; KhA 21; PvA 132. -- On megha in
similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 124, 125.
  --natha having clouds as protectors (said with ref. to grass--eating animals) J IV.253. --ma?d?ala cloud--circle, a circle of
clouds SnA 27. --va??a cloud--coloured J V.321 (C. for megha--sannibha); °pasa?a a sort of ornamental building stone Mhvs
30, 59 (v. l., T. meda°; trsl. fat--coloured stones). See meda°. 

Mecaka (adj.) [cp. Vedic mecaka] black, dark blue DhsA 13. 

Mejjati [cp. Vedic midyati, to mid, see meda Dhtp 160, 413 & Dhtm 641 give mid with meaning "snehane"] to be fat, to
be full of fat; fig. to be in love with or attracted by, to feel affection (this meaning only as a "petitio principii" to explain metta)
DhsA 192 (v. l. mijjati; =siniyhati). 

Mejjha (adj.--nt.) [*medhya; fr. medha] 1. (adj.) [to medha1] fit for sacrifice, pure; neg. a° impure Sdhp 363. 2. (nt.) [to
medha2 & medhavin] in dum° foolishness Pug 21=Dhs 390 (expld at DhsA 254 by "ya? . . . citta--santana? mejjha? bhaveyya
suci--vodana? ta? du??ha? mejjha? imina ti dummejjha?"). 

Me?d?a [dial., cp. Prk. me???ha & mi??ha: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 293. The Dhtm (156) gives a root me?d? (med?) in meaning of
"ko?illa," i. e. crookedness. The Ved. (Sk.) word for ram is me?a] 1. a ram D I.9; J IV.250, 353 (°visa?a--dhanu, a bow
consisting of a ram's horn). --°patha Npl. "ram's road" Nd1 155=415. --°yuddha ram fight D I.6. -- 2. a groom,
elephant--driver in cpd. hatthi° elephants'keeper J III.431; V.287; VI.489. 

Me?d?aka (adj.) [fr. me?d?a] 1. made of ram(s) horn, said of a (very strong) bow J II.88 (°dhanu); V.128 (°singadhanu). --
2. belonging to a ram, in me?d?aka--pañha "question about the ram" Miln 90 alluding to the story of a ram in the
Ummagga--jataka (J VI.353--55), which is told in form of a question, so difficult & puzzling that nobody "from hell to heaven"
(J VI.354) can answer it except the Bodhisatta. Cp. Trenckner's remark Miln 422. 

Metta (adj. nt.) [cp. Vedic maitra "belonging to Mitra"; Epic Sk. maitra "friendly," fr. mitra] friendly, benevolent, kind as
adj. at D III.191 (mettena kaya--kammena etc.), 245 (°? vaci--kamma?); as nt. for metta in cpds. of metta (cp. metta?sa) and
by itself at D I.227 (metta?+citta?), perhaps also at Sn 507. 

Metta (f.) [abstr. fr. mitra=mitta, cp. Vedic maitra?. According to Asl. 192 (cp. Expos. 258) derived fr. mid to love, to be
fat: "mejjati metta siniyhati ti attho"] love, amity, sympathy, friendliness, active interest in others. There are var. defns & explns
of metta: the stereotype "metti mettayana mettayitatta? metta cetovimutti" Vbh 86=272; occurring as "metti mettayana
mettayitatta? anuda anudayana anudayitatta? hitesita anukampa abyapado . . . kusalamula?" at Nd1 488 & Dhs 1056 (where
T. metta? for metti, but see Dhs trsl.2 253). By Bdhgh at SnA 128 expld in distinction fr. karu?a (which is
"ahita--dukkh--a^panayakamata") as "hita--sukh--ûpanaya--kamata," i. e. desire of bringing welfare & good to one's
fellow--men. Cp. defn of metta at Vism 317. -- Sn 73 (see Nd2 p. 232), 967; D III.247 sq., 279; Vism 111, 321 sq.; SnA 54;
PvA 66 (khanti, m., anudaya); Sdhp 484, 487. <-> Phrases occurring frequently: metta ceto--vimutti D I.251; S II.265; A
IV.150; It 20; Vbh 86 and passim. metta--sahagatena cetasa with a heart full of love D I.250; II.186; III.49 sq., 78, 223 sq.; S
V.115; A I.183; II.129; IV.390; V.299, 344; expld in detail at Vism 308. metta? karoti (loc.) to be friendly or sympathize with
Mhvs 12, 23. -- In cpds. usually metta°, but shortened to metta° in metta--citta? kindly thought, a heart full of love D I.167;
III.237; Sn 507; Pv II.1317; J VI.71; and metta--jhana love--meditation, as expln of m.--citta at SnA 417; PvA 167.   --a?sa (metta?sa) sympathetic, showing love towards It 22 (v. l. °asa); J IV.71 (=metta--ko??hasa mettacitta C.).
--kamma??hana the k. of sympathy DhA IV.108. --bhavana cultivation or development of friendliness (towards all living
beings) J I.176; III.45; Miln 199; Vism 295. --viharin abiding in kindliness Dh 368; DhA IV.108; Nett 25; Vism 324; PvA
230. 

Mettayati [Denom. fr. metta] to feel friendly, to show love, to be benevolent A IV.151; DhsA 194; VbhA 75. With loc. to
show friendship or be affectionate towards J I.365; III.96; Davs III.34. 

Mettayana (f.) & Mettayitatta (nt.) [abstr. formations fr. metta]: see defn of metta. 

Metti & Metti (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. maitri] love, friendship J III.79; V.208; VbhA 75. See also defn of metta. 

Metteyyatta (f.) is occasional spelling for matteyyata (q. v.), in analogy to petteyyata; e. g. Nd2 294. 

Methuna (adj.--nt.) [fr. Vedic mithuna pair, der. fr. mithu. Cp. miccha] 1. (adj.) relating to sexual intercourse, sexual,
usually with dhamma, sex intercourse, in phrase °? dhamma? pa?isevati to cohabit Vin I.96; D II.133; Sn 291, 704; Nd1
139; Vism 418; SnA 536. -- (m.) an associate J VI.294 (na raja hoti methuno). -- 2. (nt.) sexual intercourse [Vedic maithuna] D
I.4; III.9, 88 sq., 133; Sn 400, 609, 814, 835=DhA I.202; Nd1 139, 145; Pug 67; Vism 51. 

Methunaka [fr. methuna] 1. one concerned with (illicit) sexual intercourse, a fornicator Nd1 139 (in a wider sense). -- 2.
an associate Vin III.66. -- 3. (nt.) coitus J II.360 (=methuna--dhamma C.). 

Meda [Vedic medas (nt.) fr. mid, see etym. under mada] fat S I.124; Sn 196; J III.484 (ajakara? meda?=ajakara--meda?
C.); Kh III. (expld at Vism 262 as "thinasineha" thick or coagulated fluid or gelatine); Vism 361; VbhA 66, 225, 245, 249.
  --kathalika a cooking pot or saucepan for frying fat A IV.377 (in simile with kaya); DhA II.179 (similar); Vism 195 (in
compar.). --ga??hi (as medo--ga??hi, Sk. influence!) an abscess of fat, fatty knot or tumour, mentioned as a disease at Miln
149. --va??a fatcoloured; in cpd. °pasana a stone of the (golden) colour of fat found in the Himalaya mountains Sn 447
(=medapi?d?a--sadisa SnA 393); Mhvs 1, 39; 30, 57 sq., 96; 31, 121; see Geiger's note Mhvs (P.T.S. ed.) p. 355, who puts it
beyond doubt, that meda° is the correct reading for the v. l. megha° at all places. 

Medaka [meda+ka] in go° a precious stone of light--red (or golden) colour (cp. meda--va??a--pasa?a) VvA 111. 

Medini (f.) [of adj. medin, fr. meda fat, but cp. Vedic medin an associate or companion fr. mid in meaning to be friendly]
the earth (also later Sk.) Mhvs 5, 185; 15, 47; Vism 125. 

Medeti [Denom. fr. meda] to become fat M I.238. 

Medha [Vedic medha, in asva, go°, puru?a° etc.] sacrifice only in assa° horse--sacrifice & purisa° human s. (q. v.). e.g. at
A IV.151; Sn 303. -- Cp. mejjha. 

[cp. Sk. methana abusive speech; Vedic methati fr. mith to scold] quarrel, strife Vin II.88 (°ka); Th 2, 344; Sn 893, 894
(=kalaha, bha?d?ana, viggaha, vivada Nd1 302, 303), 935 (T. °ka; Nd1 402 & 406 °ga. with v. l. SS °ka); Dh 6; J III.334 (°ka;
C.=kalaha), 488 (°ga; C. °ka expln kalaha); DhA I.65. 

Medhasa (adj.) [=Vedic medhas, as a--base] having wisdom or intelligence, wise, only in cpds. bhuri° of great wisdom
Sn 1131; & su° [Ved. sumedhas] very wise Vv 222 (=sundara--pañña VvA 111); Pv III.77 (both combd as bhuri--su--medhasa,
hardly correct; v. l. M. bhurimedhasa PvA 205). 

Medha (f.) [Vedic medha & medhas, perhaps to Gr. maq° in manqa/nw ("mathematics")] wisdom, intelligence, sagacity
Nd1 s. v. (m. vuccati pañña); Pug 25; Dhs 16, DhsA 148; PvA 40 (=pañña). -- adj. sumedha wise, clever, intelligent Sn 177;
opp. dum° stupid Pv I.82. --khi?a--medha one whose intelligence has been impaired, stupefied J VI.295 (=khi?a--pañña). 

Medhavita (f.) [abstr. fr. medhavin] cleverness, intelligence VvA 229. 

Medhavin (adj.) [medha+in=*medhayin>medhavin; already Vedic, cp. medhasa] intelligent, wise, often combd with
pa?d?ita & bahussuta: D I.120; S IV.375; A IV.244; Vin IV.10, 13, 141; Sn 323 (acc. medhavina? +bahussuta?) 627, 1008
(Ep. of Mogharaja), 1125 (id.); Nd2 259 (s. v. jatima, with var. other synonyms); Dh 36; J VI.294; Miln 21; DhA I.257; II.108;
IV.169; VvA 131; PvA 41. 

Medhi (f.) [Vedic methi pillar, post (to bind cattle to); BSk. medhi Divy 244; Prk. med?hi Pischel Gr. § 221. See for etym.
Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. meta] pillar, part of a stupa [not in the Canon?]. 

Medhin (adj.--n.)=medha in adj. use; only in cpd. dummedhin (=dum--medha) foolish, ignorant Dh 26 (bala
dummedhino jana;=nippañña DhA I.257). 

Meraya (nt.) [Epic Sk. maireya, cp. Halayudha 2, 175 (Aufrecht p. 314); prob. dial.] a sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits,
rum, usually combd with sura. D I.146<-> 166; M I.238; Pug 55; Dh 247; J IV.117 (pupphasav--adi, i. e. made fr. flowers, cp.
defn dhataki--pu?pagud?a--dhany--amla--sansk?ta? by Madhava, Halay. p. 314). Five kinds are given by Dhpala at VvA 73, viz.
pupph--asava, phal'asava, madhv°, gu?°, sambharasa?yutta. 

Merita in bhayamerita in bhayamerita J IV.424=V.359 is to be read as bhaya--m--erita driven by fear; there is no need
to change it with Kern, Toev. to perita. 

Mella [dial. or uncertain reading?] citron (=matulunga) J III.319 (gloss bella). 

Mokkha1 

Mokkha1 [late Vedic & Epic Sk. mok?a, fr. muc, see muñcati. Dhtp 539 mokkha=mocana; Dhtm 751= moca] 1. (lit.)
release, freedom from, in bandhana m. D I.73=M I.276. -- 2. (fig.) release, deliverance, salvation Vbh 426 (jara--mara?a°
from old age & death); DhA I.4 (°magga+sagga--magga, the way to heaven & salvation), 89, 90 (°dhamma=salvation) Mhvs
5, 61. -- 3. (lit.) (act.) letting loose, emission, uttering (of speech) J I.375. -- 4. it may (& prob. ought to) be taken as adj.
(=*mok?ya, grd. of Caus. of muc) at Sn 773 (añña°, either=1, as "deliverance for others," or=4, as "to be delivered by others."
Bdhgh at SnA 516 gives both explns: aññe mocetu? (na) sakkonti, kara?a--vacana? va eta?: aññena mocetabba (na) honti). 

Mokkha2 

Mokkha2 (adj.) [fr. mukha 6; V?ddhi form=*maukhya] the headmost, first, foremost, in series aggo se??ho m. uttamo A
II.95, where the customary tradition reads pamokkha (see under maha & cp. Nd2 502A). 

Mokkhaka =mokkha2; thus we should read at J I.441 for mukkhaka. 

Mokkhacika (m. or °a f.) [see on attempt at etym. Morris in J.P.T.S. 1885, 49 who takes mokkha as fr. muc "tumbling"
& cika="turning" fr. cak=cik. The word remains obscure, it must be a dialectical expression, distorted by popular analogy &
taken perhaps 
from a designation of a place where these feats or toys had their origin. More probable than Morris'etym. is an analysis of the
word (if it is Aryan) as mokkha= mokkha2, in meaning "head, top," so that it may mean "head over," top--first" & we have to
separate *mokkhac--ika the °ika representing °iya "in the manner of, like" & --ac being the adv. of direction as contained in Sk.
prañc=pra--añc.] tumbling, turning somersaults, an acrobatic feat; in list of forbidden amusements at D I.6 (cp. DA I.86;
samparivattaka--ki?ana?, i. e. playing with something that rolls along, continuously turning? The foll. sentence however seems
to imply turning head over heels: "akase va da?d?a? gahetva bhumiya? va sisa? ?hapetva he??h--upariya (so read!) --bhavena
parivattana--ki?ana?"; i. e. trapeze--performing. Cp. Dial. I.10 & Vin. Texts II.184). The list re--occurs at Vin II.10 (°aya: f.!
ki?anti); III.180; M I.266÷and A V.203 (with important v. l. mokkha?ika, which would imply mokkha & ending tiya, and not
°cika at all. The Cy. on this passage expls as: da?d?aka? gahetva he??h--uppariya (sic. as DA I.86; correct to upariya?) --bhavena
parivattana--ki?ana?). The word is found also at Vin I.275, where the boy of a Se??hi in Bara?asi contracts injuries to his
intestines by "mokkhacikaya ki?anto," playing (with a) m. -- According to its use with ki?ati & in instr. mokkhacikena (Nd2
219) may be either a sort of game or an instrument (toy), with which children play. 

Mokkhati see under muñcati. 

Mogha (adj.) [the Vedic mogha for the later Sk. moha, which is the P. noun moha; fr. muh. BSk. mohapuru?a e. g. at AvS
II.177; MVastu III.440] empty, vain, useless, stupid, foolish D I.187 (opp. to sacca), 199; Sn 354; Dh 260 (°ji??a grown old in
vain; C. expls as tuccha--ji??a DhA III.388); DhA I.110 (patthana a futile wish); PvA 194. -- Opp. amogha S I.232; J VI.26;
DhA II.34 (°? tassa jivita?: not in vain).
  --purisa a stupid or dense fellow Vin IV.126, 144. 

Moca1 

Moca1 [cp. *Sk. moca & moca] the plantain or banana tree' Musa, sapientum Vin I.246 (°pana drink made fr. M. s.; one of
the 8 permitted drinks); J IV.181; V.405, 465. 

Moca2 

Moca2 [root--noun of moc, Caus. of muc] delivery, setting free Dhtm 631, 751, where Dhtp in same context reads mocana. 

Mocana (nt.) [fr. moceti] 1. setting free, delivering DhA III.199 (parissaya°); Dhtp 376, 539; Dhtm 609. Cp. moca2. -- 2.
letting loose, discharging, in assu° shedding tears PvA 18. Cp. vi°. 

Mocaya (adj.) [qua^si grd. formation fr. moceti] to be freed, able to escape, in dum° difficult to obtain freedom J VI.234. 

Mocapana (nt.) [fr. Caus. II. mocapeti] causing one's freedom, deliverance J VI.134. 

Mocetar [M. ag. fr. moceti] one who sets free, a deliverer Nd1 32. 

Moceti [Caus. of muñcati] 1. to deliver, set free, release, cause one's release or deliverance from (abl.). imper. praes.
mocehi Pv II.16 (duggatiya); PvA 12; aor. mocesi PvA 112 (dasavyato); ger. mocetva PvA 8, 77; inf. mocetu? PvA 45
(petalokato). -- 2. to discharge, emit (semen in coitu) Vin III.36, 39 (as Caus II.), 110. -- 3. to let loose, set into motion, stir:
pada? m. to run J III.33. -- 4. to discharge, fulfil: pa?iñña? one's promise DhA I.93. -- 5. to unharness DhA I.67. -- 6. to
detach S I.44. -- Caus. II. mocapeti to cause to be freed, to give freedom, to let loose Vin IV.316 (opp. bandhapeti). 

Mo?a [BSk. mo?a, Prk. mrd?a: Pischel § 166, 238] see muto?i. 

Motar [n. ag. fr. munati, more likely direct der. fr. muta, pp. of man, q. v.] one who feels (or senses) that which can be felt
(or sensed), in phrase "muta? na maññati motabba? (so read) na maññati motara?" he does not identify what is sensed with
that which is not sensed, nor with what is to be sensed (motabba) nor with him who senses A II.25; where motar & motabba
correspond to sotar & sotabba & da??har & da??habba. The word does not occur in the similar passage M I.3. 

Modaka [cp. Epic. Sk. modaka in meaning 1] 1. a sort of sweetmeat S I.148; A I.130; III.76; Pug 32; PvA 4. <-> 2.
receptacle for a letter, an envelope, wrapper or such like J VI.385 (pa??a? °assa anto pakkhipitva). May, however, be same a?s
1. 

cp. Vedic moda joy Dhtp 146: tose] to rejoice, Qo enjoy oneself, to be happy A III.40; Sn 561; Pv I.54; II.121. -- pp. mudita (q.
v.). For mohayamana at DhA I.275 the better reading is modayamana rejoicing, a ppr. med. 

Modana (nt.) [fr. mud] satisfaction, rejoicing Sdhp 229. Cp. sam°. 

Modana (f.) [fr. mud] blending (?); Cy. expln at DhsA 143 of term amodana. 

Modara : In modara at J V.54 (of elephant's teeth) Kern, Toev. s. v. sees a miswriting for medura (full of, beset with),
which however does not occur in Pali. The C. expln is "samantato obhasento," i. e. shining. 

Mona (nt.) [fr. muni, equal to *maunya taken by Nd as root of moneyya] wisdom, character, self--possession Sn 540
(°patha=ña?a--patha SnA 435), 718, 723; Nd1 57; Nd2 514 A (=ña?a & pañña); Th 1, 168 (what is monissa?? fut. 1st sg. of
?). 

Moneyya (nt.) [fr. muni, cp. Vedic moneya] state of a muni, muni--hood; good character, moral perfection. This is always
represented as 3 fold, viz. kaya°, vaci°, mano° (see under muni), e. g. at D III.220; A I.273; Nd1 57; Nd2 514 A (where also
used as adj.: moneyya dhamma properties of a perfect character). Cp. also Sn 484, 698, 700 sq. On moneyya--kolahala
(forebodings of the highest wisdom) see the latter. 

Momuha (adj.) [intens.--redupl. formation fr. moha & muh] dull, silly, stupid, infatuated, bewildered (cp. Cpd. 833) D
I.27; A III.164 sq.; Sn 840, 841, 1120; Nd1 153 (=manda), 192; Nd2 521 (=avidva etc.); Pug 65. 

Momuhatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. momuha] silliness, foolishness, bewilderment of the mind M I.520; A III.119, 191, 219
(=mandatta); Pug 69. 

Mora [the contracted, regular P. form of *Sk. mayura, via^ *ma--ura>mora. See also Geiger, P.Gr. § 27 & Pischel, Prk. Gr.
§ 166. -- Vedic only mayuri f. pea--hen] a peacock J II.275 (°upasevin, see C. on this passage); VI.218, 497; PvA 142; DhA
I.394. A peacock's tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in cpds., as mora--kalapa DhA I.387; --piccha Vin
I.186; --piñcha Vin II.130; --piñja PvA 142, 176; VvA 147; --sikali (?) KhA 49; --hattha Vv 3344 (=mayura--piñjehi kata?
makasa--vijani?); Pv III.117. Perhaps also as morakkha "a peacock's eye" at VbhA 63 (morakkhaka loha, a kind of copper,
grouped with pisacaloha). It is more likely however that morakkha is distorted fr. *mauryaka, patronymic of mura, a local
(tribal) designation (cp. murala), then by pop. etym. connected with mora peacock. With this cp. Sk. moraka "a kind of steel"
BR. 

Moragu [cp. (scientific) Sk. mayuraka] a tender grass (Achyranthes aspera) Vin I.196. 

Morini (f.) [fr. mora] a peahen Miln 67. 

Moli (m. & f.) [cp. Epic Sk. mauli, fr. mula] a chignon; crest, turban J I.64; V.431; Mhvs 11, 28; DA I.136 (v. l. mo?i). Also
found (as molin, adj.?) in Np. Yama--moli: see under yakkha 5.
  --galla (?) fat Vin I.85 (expld by thula--sarira; vv. ll. mo?i° & mukalla). --baddha one who has his hair tied into a top--knot
128, 243, 348. 

Mosa (°--) (adj.--nt.) [the gu?a (compn) form of musa] belonging to or untruth, false--; only in cpds. --dhamma of a
deceitful nature, false, A V.84 (kama); Sn 739, 757; & --vajja [fr. musa--vada] false--speaking, lie, untruth S I.169; Sn 819,
866, 943; Nd1 152, 265; Nd2 515; Vv 126. 

Mosalla (adj.) [fr. musala] worthy of being slain (with clubs), punishable A II.241. 

Moha [fr. muh, see muyhati; cp. Sk. moha & Vedic mogha] stupidity, dullness of mind & soul, delusion, bewilderment,
infatuation D III.146, 175, 182, 214, 270; Vin IV.144, 145; Sn 56, 74, 160, 638, 847; Vbh 208, 341, 391, 402; Pug 16; Tikp
108, 122, 259. -- Defd as "dukkhe añña?a? etc., moha pamoha, sammoha, avijj'ogha etc.," by Nd2 99 & Vbh 362; as "muyhanti
tena, saya? va muyhati, muyhana--matta? eva va tan ti moho" and "cittassa andha--bhava--lakkha?o, añña?alakkha?o va" at
Vism 468. -- Often coupled with raga & dosa as one of the 3 cardinal affects of citta, making a man unable to grasp the higher
truths and to enter the Path: see under raga (& Nd2 p. 237, s. v. raga where the wide range of application of this set is to be
seen). Cp. the 3 fires: rag--aggi, dos--aggi, moh--aggi It 92; D III.217 also raga--kkhaya, dosa°, moha° VbhA 31 sq. -- On
combn with raga, lobha & dosa see dosa2 and lobha. -- On term see also Dhs trsl. §§ 33, 362, 441; Cpd 16, 18, 41, 113, 146. --
See further D I.80 (samoha--citta?); Nd1 15, 16 (with lobha & dosa); VvA 14; PvA 3. --amoha absence of bewilderment Vbh
210 (+alobha, adosa; as the 3 kusala--mulani: cp. mula 3), 402 (id., as kusala--hetu). -- Cp. pa°, sam°.
  --antara (personal) quality of bewilderment (lit. having m. inside) Sn 478 (taken by C. as "cause of m.," i. e. °kara?a, °paccaya
SnA 411; cp. antara= kara?a under antara I 2 b.). --ussada quality of dullness Nd1 72, 413. --kkhaya destruction of
infatuation Vbh 73; VbhA 51. --carita one whose habit is infatuation Nett 90 (+ragacarita & dosacarita). --tama the
darkness of bewilderment MA 1. --dhamma anything that is bewildering or infatuating Sn 276. --paruta covered or
obstructed by delusion Pv IV.334. --magga being on the road of infatuation Sn 347. --salla the sting of bewilderment Nd1 59. 

Mohatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. moha] infatuation, bewilderment A II.120; III.376. 

Mohana (nt.) [fr. muh as Caus. formn] making dull or stupid, infatuation, enticement, allurement Sn 399, 772 (=mohana
vuccanti pañca kamagu?a Nd1 26). The Sk. meaning is also "sexual intercourse" (cp. Halayudha p. 315), which may apply to
the Sn passages SnA 517 (on Sn 772) expls "mohana? vuccati kamagu?a, ettha hi deva--manussa muyhanti." 

Mohanaka (adj.) [fr. mohana] leading astray, bewildering, leading into error Vin IV.144. 

Mohaneyya & Mohaniya (adj.) [grd. formn fr. moha] leading to infatuation A II.120; III.110; J III.499. 

Moheti [Caus. fr. muh, see muyhati & cp. moha] to deceive, to befool, to take in, surprise, delude, aor. 2nd sg. amohayi
Sn 352; 3rd sg. amohayi S IV.158= It 58 (maccu--rajan; vv. ll. asamohayi & asamohari); reading somewhat doubtful, cp.
similar context Sn 1076 with "sabbesu dhammesu samuhatesu" (v. l. samoha°). -- 3rd sg. (poet.) also amohayittha Sn 332
(ma vo pamatte viññaya maccuraja amohayittha vasanuge, cp. Sn ed. p. 58). -- On mohayamana DhA I.275 see modati. 

                                                Y.

--Y-- combn consonant (sandhi), inserted (euphonically) between 2 vowels for the avoidance of hiatus. It has arisen purely
phonetically from i as a sort of "gliding" or semi--vowel within a word, where the syllable division was in regular speech more
openly felt than in the written language, e. g. pari--y--apanna (Pali) corresponds to Sk. pary--apanna, similarly
pari--y--osana=Sk. paryosana. Thus inserted after a before i or e: chay--ima disa D III.188; ta--y--ida? Sn 1077; Pv I.33;
tava--y--ida? Sn 352; na--y--ida? S II.278; mama--y--ida? Sn 806; na--y--idha Sn 790; ma--y--idha Vin I.54; yassay--etadisi paja
D II.267 (v. l. ss for T yassa--s--etadisi); satiya--y--eta? adhivacana? M II.260; na--y--imassa Pv IV.12. -- After i before a:
pavisi--y--assama? J V.405; kha?i--y--asmani J III.433; ya--y--añña? J I.429 (where C. expls: ya--karo pa?isandhi--karo). -- Cp.
yeva for eva. -- Note. At J VI.106 ya--y--ime jane is to be taken as ye ime jane; the spelling ay for e being found elsewhere as
well. Cp. the following ta--y--ime jane. 

Ya° [pron. rel. base; Vedic ya?=Gr. o(/s who; cp. Goth. jabai if, --ei rel. part. An amplification of the dem. pron. base *i--,
*ei-- (cp. aya?). See on detail Brugmann, "Die indogerm. Pronomina" in Ber. d. sächs. Ges. LX. 41 sq.] I. Forms. (See
inflection also at Geiger, P.Gr. § 110.) The decl. is similar to that of ta°; among the more rarely found forms we only mention
the foll.: sg. nom. m. yo with by--form (in hiatus) yv--, as yv'a^ya?=yo aya? M I.258; yv'a^ssa=yo assa M I.137. Notice the
lengthening of the subsequent vowel. <-> An unsettled ya is to be found at J V.424 (Fausböll remarks "for yassa"?; perhaps to
be combd with preceding pañcapatika; C. on p. 427 expls ya--karo nipatamatto)-- abl. yasma in adv. use; yamha Dh 392. --
loc. yamhi Dh 261, 372, 393. -- f. loc. yassa? A III.151 (see below). See further adv. use of cases (below II.5). -- At Pv II.16
yahi is doubtful (perhaps imper.=yajahi, of yajati; C. leaves it unexpld).
  Special mention must be made of the nt. n. acc. sg., where both ya? and yad are found. The (Vedic) form yad (Ved. yat) has
been felt more like ya+expletive (Sandhi--) d, and is principally found in adv. use and certain archaic phrases, whereas ya?
represents the usual (Pali) form (like tad and ta?). See more under II. -- A Magadhized form is ye (after se=ta?), found at D
II.278 (see Geiger § 1052 & 1102. Cp. Trenckner, Notes 75.). The expression ye--bhuyyena may belong under this category,
if we explain it as yad+bhuyyena (bhuyyena equivalent to bhiyyoso). It would then correspond to seyyatha (=sad+yatha, cp.
sayatha, sace, ta?yatha). See refs. under yebhuyyena. -- The expression yevapanaka is an adj. formn from the phrase
ye--va--pana (=ya? va pana "whatever else there is"), i. e. belonging to something of the same kind, i. e.  corresponding, reciprocal, as far as concerned, respective. (See s. v.) -- In adv. use it often corresponds to E. as; see e. g.
yad--icchaka?, yad--ida? (under II.2 b; II.4 b.).
  II. Meaning: "which," in correspondence to a following demonstr. pron. (ta°); whichever (generalizing); nt. what, whatever. In
immediate combn with the demonstr. pron. it is qualifying and specifying the person, thing or subject in discussion or question
(see below 4).
  1. Regular use as correl. pron., when ya° (+noun) is followed by ta° (+noun). Sometimes (in poetry) the reverse is the case,
e. g. at It 84 where ta° (m. sa) is elliptically omitted: attha? na janati ya? lobho sahate nara? "he does not know good, whom
greed overcomes." -- Otherwise regular, e. g.: yassa jataruparajata? kappati pañca pi tassa kamagu?a kappanti S IV.326. In a
generalizing sense (cp. below II.3): yo va so va "der erste beste," some or other, whoever, any J IV.38; V.362; ya? va ta? va
karotu let her do whatever she likes VvA 208; yasmi? va tasmi? va on every occasion S I.160 na yo va so va yakkho not this or
that yakkha i. e. not any (ordinary) kind of Yakkha (but Inda) DA I.264. -- The same use (ordinary correlative) applies to the
nt. forms ya? & yad in correl. to ta? and tad. (See sep. under II. 2.)
  2. Use of nt. forms. -- (a) nt. ya? (a) as pronoun: S III.44 (ya? dukkha? . . . tad anatta); It 78 (yañ c'añña? whatever else);
VbhA 54 (ya? labbhati yañ ca na labbhati ta? sabba? pucchitva). See also under 3 a (ya? kiñci, ya? ya?). -- (b) as adj. adv.:
ya?mukha facing what, turned where (?) J V.475 (but C. reads & expls sammukha!); ya?--vipaka having what or which kind
of fruit D II.209. ya? va . . . ya? va whether . . . or S II.179; ya? no . . . na tv'eva neither . . . nor S II.179--180. -- ya? with pot.:
"so that," that (corresp. to Lat. ut consecutivum) S III.41 (ya? rupe anatt'a^nupassi vihareyya). J V.339 (n'esa dhammo ya? ta?
jahe that I should leave you). -- In the function of other conjunctions e. g. as temporal= when, since, after: J IV.319 (ya? ma?
Suruci--m--anayi that, or since, S. married me). As conditional or causal =if, even if, because: Vin I.276 (ya? te sakka . . .
aroga? katu?, ta? karohi if it is possible . . . do it; or may be taken in sense of "in whatever way you can do it, do"); J
III.206=IV.4 (ya? me sirasmi? uhacca cakka? bhamati matthake=because; C.: yena papena). -- (c) as adv. deictive "so," in
combn with var. other (emphatic) particles as e. g. ya? nuna used in an exhortative sense "well, now"; or "rather, let me"; or "so
now," always in phrase ya? nun'a^ha? "now then let me" (do this or that) very freq., either with foll. pot., e. g. "y. n. a^ha?
arañña? paviseyya?" DhA II.91. "y. n. a^. katakamma? puccheyya?" VvA 132; dasseyya? VvA 138; pabbajjeyya? M II.55;
aneyya? DhA I.46, vihareyya? ibid. 56; etc. cp. J I.14, 150, 255; III.393; DhA I.91; PvA 5 (avassayo bhaveyya?). -- Similarly
yañ hi "well then, now then" (with Pot.) S II.210, 221 (ta? vadeyya). Cp. yagghe. yañ ca & yañ ce [Sk. yac ca, or cet, ca
here=ce see ca. & cp. sace=sa+ce] (rather) than that: yañ ca Th 2, 80; J I.210; yañce (with Pot.) S I.176; It 43; Th 1, 666.
sangame me mata? seyyo yañ ce jive parajito (than that I live vanquished) Sn 440 (cp. the intricate expln at SnA 390); similarly
J IV.495: me mara?a? seyyo yañ ce jive taya vina. -- (b) nt. yad: (a) as pron in regular relative use e. g. S III.44 (yad anicca? ta?
dukkha?); It 59 (yad eva di??ha? tad ev'a^ha? vadami). (b) as adv., e. g. yad--agge (loc.) from what on, i. e. from which time,
since what time D I.152 (=muladivasato pa??haya ya? divasa? agga? patva DA I.311); Vv 8433 (=yato pa??haya VvA 344).
Also as yad--aggena (instr.) Vin II.257 (y. Mahapajapati--gotamiya a??ha garudhamma pa?iggahita tad eva sa upasampanna);
VbhA 387. -- yad -- attha? for what, why Th 2, 163. yad--atthiya as much as necessary, as required, sufficient, proper Th 1,
12; 1274 ("which, for the goal desirous, he led" trsl.; refers to brahmacariya?). The same verse occurs at Sn 354. The latter
passage is mentioned in P.D. under atthiya with meaning "on account of what" (cp. kim--atthiya? S III.189). The Sn passage is
not expld in SnA. -- yad--icchaka? whatever is pleasant, i. e. according to liking, as he pleases A III.28; Pug 11, 12; J I.141 (y.
bhutta eaten heartily); Vism 154 (+yavadicchaka); VvA 341. Cp. yen'icchaka? below II. 5. -- yad--icchita see under
yatha--icchita! -- yadida?: see below II. 4 b.
  3. Generalizing (or distributive) use of ya: There are two modes of generalization, viz. (a) by repeating ya°: yassa yass'eva
salassa mule ti??hasi, so so muñcati pupphani; "at the foot of whichever tree you stand, he (in all cases concerned) sheds
flowers" Vv 393; ya? ya? hi manaso piya? "whatever is pleasant to the senses" Pv II.118; ya? ya? passati ta? ta? pucchati
"whomsoever he sees, him he asks" J III.155; yassa? yassa? disaya? viharati, sakasmi? yeva vijite viharati" in whichever region
he lives, he lives in his own realm" A III.151; yo yo ya? ya? icchati tassa tassa adasi "whatever anybody wished he gave to him"
PvA 113; ya? ya? padesa? bhajati tattha tatth'eva assa labhasakkaro nibbattati "whichever region he visits, there (in each) will
he have success" DhA II.82. -- (b) by combination with ko--ci (cp. the identical Lat. qui--cun--que): yassa kassaci rago pahino
aya? vuccati . . . "the lust of whosoever is abandoned he is called so & so" It 56. yani kanici vatthuni . . . sabbani tani . . . It 19; ye
keci arabbha "with ref. to whosoever" PvA 17; ya? kiñci whatever Pv I.41.
  4. Dependent & elliptic use of ya (with pron. demonstr.). This represents a sort of deictic (emphatic) use, with ref. to what is
coming next or what forms the necessary compliment to what is just being said. Thus it introduces a general truth or definition,
as we would say "just this, namely, i. e.," or Ger. "so wie, und zwar." -- (a) The usual combns are those of ya+sa (nt. ta?) and of
ya+aya? (nt. ida?), but such with amu (nt. adu?) also occur: ya? adu? khetta? agga? evam eva mayha?
bhikkhu--bhikkhuniyo "as there is one field which is the best, thus to me the bh. & bhikkhunis" S IV.315. Cp. the foll.: ya+sa e.
g. at M. I.366 (yo so puriso pa?hama? rukkha? aru?ho sace so na khippam eva oroheyya "just that man, who climbed up the
tree first, if he does not come down very quickly"); J II.159 (yena tena upayena with every possible means); Pv I.91 (ya ta [so
read for ya ca!] "just she over there; who as such, i. e. such as she is"); cp. also the foll.: ya sa sima . . . ta? sima? Vin I.109; ye te
dhamma adikalya?a etc. . . . sattha? brahmacariya? abhivadanti tatha rupa 'ssa dhamma honti . . . M III.11; yani etani yanani
(just) these DhA IV.6. --ya+aya? e. g. at M I.258 (yv'aya? vado vedeyyo tatra tatra . . . vipaka? pa?isa?vedeti); It 35=93
(nibbapenti moh'aggi? paññaya ya 'ya? nibbedha--gamini: "as it is also penetrating, which as such, or in this quality, or as we
know, is penetrating"); Vin IV.134 (ye 'me antarayika dhamma vutta . . . te pa?isevato n'a^la? antarayaya "just those which, or
whichever"). Th 1, 124 (panko ti hi na? avedayu? ya^ya? vandanapujana; here=ya aya?); Dh 56 (appamatto aya? gandho ya^ya?
tagara--candani; here=yo aya?); M II.220 (ya? ida? kamma? . . . ta?). -- (b) nt. yadida? lit. "as that," which is this (i. e. the
following), may be translated by "viz.," that is, "i. e." in other words, so to speak, just this, "I mean"; e. g. kamana? eta?
nissara?a? yad ida? nekkhamma? "there is an escape from the lusts, viz. lustlessness"; or: "this is the abandoning of lusts, in
other words lustlessness" It 61; dve danani amisa° dhamm°, etad agga? imesa? yad ida? dhamma° "this is the best of them, I
mean dh--d." It 98=100; supa?ipanno savaka--sangho, y. i. cattari purisa--yugani etc. M I.37. Instead of yadida?  we also find yavañ c'ida?. See also examples given under yavata.
  5. Cases used adverbially: Either locally or modally; with regards to the local adverbs it is to be remarked that their
connotation is fluctuating, inasmuch as direction and place (where) are not always distinguished (cp. E. where both
meanings=where & where--to), but must be guessed from the context. (a) instr. yena: (local) where (i. e. at which place) D
I.71 (yena yena wherever), 220 (yattha yena yahi?=whence, where, whither; not with trsln Dial. I. 281: where, why, whence!),
238 (id.); yenatena where (he was) --there (he went) D I.88, 106, 112 & passim; cp. D II.85 (yena a^vasath'a^gara? ten'
upasankami); A II.33 (yena va tena va here & there or "hither & thither"). --(modal) Dh 326 (yen'icchaka? II. 2 b.); Pv I.112
(ki? akattha papa? yena pivatha lohita?: so that).--loc. yahi? where (or whither) Vv 8429 (yahi? yahi? gacchati tahi? tahi?
modati); & yasmi?: yasmi? va tasmi? va on every occasion S I.160. -- abl. yasma (only modal) because A I.260; It 37 (corresp.
to tasma). On yasma--t--iha see Geiger, P.Gr. 735. 

Yakana (nt.) [fr. gen. yakna? or sec. stem yakan-- of Vedic yak?t; cp. Av. yakars; Gr. Qpar, Lat. jecur. In formation cp. P.
chakana fr. Ved. sak?t.] the liver Kh III.; M I.57, 421; D II.293; A V.109; Miln 26; Vism 257, 356; VbhA 60, 240. The old
n--stem is to be seen in cpd. yaka--pe?a (q. v.). 

Yaka--pe?a [see pe?a] the lump of the liver Sn 195 (=yakana--pi?d?a SnA 247)=J I.146. Dines Andersen suggests:
"Could y.--p. possibly be an old error for sakape?a, cp. Sk. saka--pi?d?a & sak?t--pi?d?a?" Cp. pa?ala (ref. Vism 257). 

Ya--kara [ya+kara] 1. the letter (or sound) y: J I.430 (padasandhikara); III.433 (vyañjana -- sandhi -- vasena gahita). -- 2.
the letter (or syllable) ya: J V.427 (nipata--matta). It is referred to at Vin IV.7 as an ending implying ridiculing or insult,
together with the ending °bha. The Cy. means words like dasiya, gumbiya, balya etc. where --ya either denotes descendency or
property, or stands for --ka as diminutive (i. e. (disparaging) ending. The same applies to °bha. Here at Vin IV.7 this way of
calling a person by means of adding --ya-- or --bha to his name (cp. E. --y in kid> kiddy etc.) is grouped with a series of other
terms of insult (hina akkosa). 

Yakkha [Vedic yak?a, quick ray of light, but also "ghost"; fr. yaks to move quickly; perhaps: swift creatures, changing their
abode quickly and at will. -- The customary (popular) etym. of Pali Commentators is y. as qua^si grd. of yaj, to sacrifice, thus: a
being to whom a sacrifice (of expiation or propitiation) is given. See e. g. VvA 224: yajanti tattha bali? upaharanti ti yakkha; or
VvA 333: pujaniya--bhavato yakkho ti vuccati. -- The term yak?a as attendants of Kubera occurs already in the Upanishads.] 1.
name of certain non--human beings, as spirits, ogres, dryads, ghosts, spooks. Their usual epithet and category of being is
amanussa, i. e. not a human being (but not a sublime god either); a being half deified and of great power as regards
influencing people (partly helping, partly hurting). They range in appearance immediately above the Petas; many "successful"
or happy Petas are in fact Yakkhas (see also below). They correspond to our "genii" or fairies of the fairy--tales and show all
their qualities. In many respects they correspond to the Vedic Pisacas, though different in many others, and of diff. origin.
Historically they are remnants of an ancient demonology and of considerable folkloristic interest, as in them old animistic
beliefs are incorporated and as they represent creatures of the wilds and forests, some of them based on ethnological features.
See on term e. g. Dial. III.188; on their history and identity Stede, Gespenstergeschichten des Peta Vatthu chap. v.; pp. 39--44.
-- They are sometimes called devata: S I.205; or devaputta: PvA 113, 139. A female Yakkha is called yakkhini (q. v.).
  2. Their usual capacity is one of kindness to men (cp. Ger. Rubezahl). They are also interested in the spiritual welfare of those
humans with whom they come into contact, and are something like "tutelary genii" or even "angels" (i. e. messengers from
another world) who will save prospective sinners from doing evil (cp. Pv IV.1). They also act as guides in the "inferno": Pv
IV.11, cp. IV.3. A somewhat dangerous "Mentor" is represented at D I.95, where the y. Vajirapa?i threatens to slay Amba??ha
with an iron hammer, if he does not answer the Bhagava. He is represented as hovering in the air; Bdhgh. (DA I.264) says on
this: na yo va so va yakkho, Sakko devaraja ti veditabbo: it is to be understood not as this or that y., but as Sakka the king of
devas. -- Whole cities stand under the protection of, or are inhabited by yakkhas; D II.147 (aki??a--yakkha full of y.; thus
A?akamanda may here mean all kinds of supra--mundane beings), cp. Lanka (Ceylon) as inhabited by y.: Mhvs 7, 33. -- Often,
however, they are cruel and dangerous. The female yakkhas seem on the whole more fearful and evilnatured than the male
(see under yakkhini). They eat flesh and blood: J IV.549; devour even men: D II.346; J II.15--17, or corpses: J I.265; mentioned
under the 5 adinava (dangers) at A III.256. A yakkha wants to kill Sariputta: Ud 4.
  3. Var. classes of y. are enumd at D II.256, 257; in a progressive order they rank between manussa and gandhabba at A
II.38; they are mentioned with devas, rakkhasas, danavas, gandhabbas, kinnaras and mah'oragas at J V.420. According to VvA
333 Sakka, the 4 great kings (lokapala), the followers of Vessava?a (alias Yama, the yakkhas proper) and men (see below 7)
go by the name of yakkha. -- Sakka, the king of the devas, is often named yakkha: J IV.4; DA I.264. Some are spirits of trees
(rukkha--devata): J III.309 345; Pv I.9; II.9; PvA 5; are also called bhumma--deva (earthly deities) PvA 45, 55. Their cult
seems to originate primarily from the woods (thus in trees: Pv II.9; IV.3), and secondarily from the legends of sea--faring
merchants (cp. the story of the flyingDutchman). To the latter origin point the original descriptions of a Vimana or
fairy--palace, which is due to a sort of mirage. These are usually found in or at the sea, or in the neighbourhood of silent lakes,
where the sense of hauntedness has given rise to the fear of demons or supernatural witchcraft. Cp. the entrances to a Vimana
by means of a dried--up river bed (Pv I.9; II.12) and the many descriptions of the Vimanas in the Lake--districts of the
Himavant in Vv. (See Stede, Peta Vatthu trsln p. 104 sq.)
  4. Their names too give us a clue as to their origin and function. These are taken from (a) their bodily appearance, which
possesses many of the attributes of Petas, e. g. Khara "Rough--skin" or "Shaggy" Sn p. 48 (=khara--samphassa? camma? SnA
302), also as Khara--loma "Rough--hair" Vism 208; Khara--da?hika "Rough--tooth" J I.31. Citta "Speckled" Mhvs 9, 22;
10, 4; also as Citta--raja J II.372; Mhvs 10, 84. Silesa--loma "Sticky--hair" J I.273. Suci--loma "Needlehair" Sn p. 47, 48; S
I.207; Vism 208; SnA 302. --(b) places of inhabitance, attributes of their realm, animals and plants, e. g. Ajakalapaka
"Goat--bundle" Ud 1. A?avaka "Forest--dweller" J IV.180; VI.329; Mhvs 30, 84: Vism 208. Uppala "Lotus" DhA IV.209.
Kakudha "K.--tree" (Terminalia arjuna) S I.54. Kumbhira "Crocodile" J VI.272. Gumbiya either "One of a troop" (soldier of
Yama) or "Thicket--er" (fr. gumba thicket) J III.200, 201. Disamukha "Skyfacer" DhA IV.209. Yamamoli "Yamachignon"
DhA IV.208. Vajira "Thunderbolt" DhA IV.209; alias Vajira--pa?i D I.95, or Vajira--bahu DhA IV.209. Satagira
"Pleasant--mount" D II.256; Sn 153; J IV.314;  VI.440. Serisaka "Acacia--dweller" VvA 341 (the messenger of Vessava?a). -- (c) qualities of character, e. g. Adhamma
"Unrighteous" Miln 202 (formerly Devadatta). Katattha "Well--wisher" DhA IV.209. Dhamma "Righteous" Miln 202
(=Bodhisatta). Pu??aka "Full(--moon?)" J VI.255 sq. (a leader of soldiers, nephew of Vessava?a). Mara the "Tempter" Sn
449; S I.122; M I.338. Sakata "Waggon--load" (of riches) DhA IV.209 -- (d) embodiments of former persons, e. g.
Janavasabha "Lord of men" D II.205. Digha M I.210. Naradeva J VI.383, 387. Pa?d?aka "Eunuch" Mhvs 12, 21. Sivaka S
I.241=Vin II.156. Seri "Self--willed" S I.57. -- Cp. the similar names of yakkhinis.
  5. They stand in a close relationship to and under the authority of Vessava?a (Kuvera), one of the 4 lokapalas. They are
often the direct servants (messengers) of Yama himself, the Lord of the Underworld (and the Peta--realm especially). Cp. D
II.257; III.194 sq.; J IV.492 (yakkhini fetches water for Vessava?a); VI.255 sq. (Pu??aka, the nephew of V.); VvA 341
(Serisaka, his messenger). In relation to Yama: dve yakkha Yamassa duta Vv 522; cp. Np. Yamamoli DhA IV.208. -- In
harmony with tradition they share the rôle of their master Kuvera as lord of riches (cp. Pv II.922) and are the keepers (and
liberal spenders) of underground riches, hidden treasures etc., with which they delight men: see e. g. the frame story to Pv II.11
(PvA 145), and to IV.12 (PvA 274). They enjoy every kind of splendour & enjoyment, hence their attribute kama--kamin Pv
I.33. Hence they possess supernatural powers, can transfer themselves to any place with their palaces and work miracles; a
frequent attribute of theirs is mah'iddhika (Pv II.910; J VI.118). Their appearance is splendid, as a result of former merit: cp.
Pv I.2; I.9; II.11; IV.317. At the same time they are possessed of odd qualities (as result of former demerit); they are shy, and
afraid of palmyra leaf & iron: J IV.492; their eyes are red & do not wink: J V. 34; VI.336, 337. -- Their abode is their
self--created palace (Vimana), which is anywhere in the air, or in trees etc. (see under vimana). Sometimes we find a
communion of yakkhas grouped in a town, e. g. A?akamanda D II.147; Sirisa--vatthu (in Ceylon) Mhvs 7, 32.
  6. Their essential human character is evident also from their attitude towards the "Dhamma." In this respect many of them
are "fallen angels" and take up the word of the Buddha, thus being converted and able to rise to a higher sphere of existence in
sa?sara. Cp. D III.194, 195; J II.17; VvA 333; Pv II.810 (where "yakkha" is expld by Dhpala as "pet--attabhavato cuto (so read
for mato!) yakkho ata? jato dev--attabhava? patto" PvA 110); SnA 301 (both Suciloma & Khara converted). -- See in general
also the foll. passages: Sn 153, 179, 273, 449; S I.206--15; A I.160; Vism 366 (in simile); Miln 23.
  7. Exceptionally the term "yakkha" is used as a philosophical term denoting the "individual soul" [cp. similar Vedic meaning
"das lebendige Ding" (B.R.) at several AV. passages]; hence probably the old phrase: ettavata yakkhassa suddhi
(purification of heart) Sn 478, quoted VvA 333 (ettavat'agga? no vadanti h'eke yakkhassa sudhi? idha pa?d?itase). Sn 875 (cp.
Nd1 282: yakkha=satta, nara, puggala, manussa).
  --a^nubhava the potency of a yakkha J I.240. --avi??ha possessed by a y. J VI.586. --iddhi (yakkh°) magic power of a y. PvA
117, 241. --ga?a the multitude of ys. J VI.287. --gaha=following DhA III.362. --gaha "yakkha--grip," being seized by a y. S
I.208; PvA 144. --??hana the dwelling--place of a y. --dasi "a female temple slave," or perhaps "possessed by a demon" (?) J
VI.501 (v. l. BB devata--pavi??ha cp. p. 586: yakkh'avi??ha.) --nagara city of ys. J II.127 (=Sirisavatthu); cp. pisaca--nagara.
--pura id. Mhvs 7.32. --bhavana the realm or abode of the y. Nd1 448. --bhuta a yakkha--being, a ghost Pv III.52
(=pisaca--bhuta va yakkha--bh. va PvA 198); IV.135. --mahiddhi=°iddhi; Pv IV.154. --yoni the y.--world, realm of the y.
SnA 301. --samagama meeting of the y. PvA 55 (where also devaputta join). --sukara a y. in the form of a pig VbhA 494.
--sena army of ys. D III.194; SnA 209. --senapati chief--commander of the yakkha--army J IV.478; SnA 197. 

Yakkhatta (nt.) [fr. yakkha] condition of a higher demon or yakkha D II.57; A II.39; PvA 117. 

Yakkhini (f.) [fr. yakkha, perhaps corresponding directly to Vedic yak?i?i, f. of yak?in; adj. persecuting, taking
vengeance, appld to Varu?a at RV. VII.884] a female yakkha, a vampire. Their character is usually fierce & full of spite &
vengeance, addicted to man-- & beastmurder (cp. yakkha 2). They are very much like Petis in habits. With their names cp.
those of the yakkhas, as enumd under yakkha 4. -- Vin III.37; IV.20 (where sexual intercourse with y. is forbidden to the
bhikkhus); S I.209 (Piyankara--mata); J I.240 (as a goat), 395 sq.; II.127; III.511; V.21 (eating a baby), 209 (eaten by a y.);
VI.336 (desirous of eating a child); Vism 121 (singing), 382 (four: Piyankara--mata, Uttaramata, Phussa--mitta,
Dhammagutta), 665 (in simile); Mhvs 7, 11 (Kuva??a, i. e. bad--coloured); 10, 53 (Cetiya); 12, 21 (Harita "Charming" or fr.
harita "green" (?)); DhA I.47; II.35, 36 (a y. in the form of a cow, eating 4 people in successive births). Note. A by--form of
yakkhini is yakkhi.
  --bhava the state of being a yakkhini J I.240; II.128 (yakkhini°). 

Yakkhi (f.) [direct formation fr. yakkha, like peti fr. peta; form older than yakkhini (?)]=yakkhini S I.11; Vin III.121;
IV.20; J IV.492; Mhvs 7, 26. 

Yagghe (indecl.) [similar in formation & meaning to tagghe (q. v.). It is ya? (yad)+gha, the latter in a Magadhised form
ghe, whereas taggha (=tad+gha) only occurs as such] hortative part, used in addressing a (superior) person in the voc.,
followed by Pot. of janati, either 2nd janeyyasi, or 3rd sg. janeyya; to be trsld somewhat like "look here, don't you know," surely,
you ought to know; now then; similarly to part. ya? nu, ya? nuna & ya? hi. The part. is found in the language of the Nikayas
only, thus indicating part of the oldest & original dialect. E. g.: y. bhante janeyyasi Vin I.237; yagghe deva janeyyasi yo te puriso
daso . . . so . . . pabbajito do you know, Oh king D I.60 (trsl.: "if it please your majesty, do you know . . ."; DA I.169 expls as
"codan'at<11>the nipato"); y. ayye janeyyasi M II.62; maharaja j. M II.71; id. S I.101; y. bhavan janeyya S I.180. -- The passage
M II.157 is somewhat doubtful where we find y. with the ind. and in var. forms (see v. l.) of yagghi & taggha: "jananti pana
bhonto yagghe . . .," with reply "na janama yagghe . . ." Perhaps the reading taggha would be preferable. 

cp. Vedic yajati, yajus, Yajur--veda. To Av. yazaite to sacrifice, Gr. a(/zomai to revere, worship. On etym. cp. also Walde, Lat.
Wtb. s. v. aestimo. -- The Dhtp (62) defines root by "deva--puja, sangati--kara?a, danesu," i. e. "said of deva--worship, of
assembling, and of gifts." Similarly Dhtm 79] to sacrifice, to make an offering (yañña?); to give alms or gifts -- In the P.
literature it refers (with yañña, sacrifice) either (when critical) to the Brahmanic rites of sacrificing to the gods according to the
rules initiated in the Vedas & Vedic literature; or (when dogmatical) to the giving of alms to the bhikkhu. In the latter sense it
implies liberal donation of all the necessities of a bhikkhu (see enumd under yañña). The latter use is by far the more frequent.
-- The construction is with the acc. of  
the deity honoured and the instr. of the gift. -- Pres. yajati D I.139; A I.168; II.43, 44; Sn 505, 509; DA I.160. -- ppr. yajanto
D I.52; M I.404; Miln 21; gen. pl. yajata? Sn 569 (=Vin I.246, where reading is jayata?). -- ppr. med. yajamana D I.138
(mahayañña?); Sn 506; S I.233; J VI.502, 505. -- imper. 3rd sg. yajatu DA I.297; med. yajata? D I.138 (=detu bhava? DA
I.300). 2nd sg. yajahi J III.519; PvA 280, and perhaps at Pv II.16 (for T. yahi). 2nd med. yajassu Sn 302, 506; J V.488
(yañña?), 490 (id.) -- Pot. 1st sg. yajeyya? D I.134; 3rd pl. yajeyyu? J VI.211, 215; 3rd sg. med. yajetha Dh 106 (mase mase
sahassena yo y.=dana? dadeyya DhA II.231), 108; It 98; A II.43; Sn 463. -- Fut. 2nd sg. yajissasi J III.515; 1st sg. yajissami J
VI.527 (pantha--saku?a? tuyha? ma?sena); 3rd pl. yajissanti J IV.184; 1st pl. yajissama J VI.132. <-> aor. 1st sg. yaji? Th 1,
341; 3rd sg. ayaji It 102; yaji Miln 219, 221. -- inf. yajitu? Miln 220; yi??hu? D I.138 (yi??hu--kama wishing to sacrifice), and
ya??hu? in °kama D II.244; Sn 461. -- ger. yajitva D I.143; A II.44; Sn 509; J VI.137 (puttehi), 202; Pv II.956 (datva+, i. e.
spending liberally; cp. PvA 136); yajitvana Sn 303, 979. -- grd. yajitabba J VI.133 (sabbacatukkena). -- pp. yajita & yi??ha.
-- Caus. I. yajeti; Caus. II. yajapeti (q. v.). 

Yajana (nt.) [late formation fr. yaj, yajati, for the earlier yañña] the act of sacrificing J III.518; VI.133; Cp. I. 72; Vism 224;
PvA 135. 

Yajanaka (adj.) [fr. yajana] one who sacrifices J VI.133. 

Yajapeti [Caus. II. of yajati] to cause a sacrifice to be held A I.168 (yajati+). 

Yajita [pp. of yajati] sacrificed Miln 219; J IV.19. 

Yajubbeda [fr. Vedic yajus the sacrificial formula,+veda] the Yajurveda, the 2nd of the Vedas, dealing with sacrifice
Miln 178; DA I.247; SnA 447. As yajuveda at Dpvs V.62, where the 3 Vedas are enumd as iruveda, yaju° and sama°. 

Yañña [Vedic yajña, fr. yaj: see yajati. The metric reading in the Veda is sometimes yajana, which we are inclined to look
upon as not being the source of the P. yajana] 1. a brahmanic sacrifice. -- 2. almsgiving, charity, a gift to the Sangha or a
bhikkhu. The brahmanic ritual of Vedic times has been given a changed and deeper meaning. Buddhism has discarded the
outward and cruel form and has widened its sphere by changing its participant, its object as well as the means and ways of
"offering," so that the yañña now consists entirely in a worthy application of a worthy gift to a worthy applicant. Thus the direct
and as it were self--understood definition of yañña is at Nd2 523 given with "yañño vuccati deyyadhammo," and as this the 14
constituents of the latter are enumd; consisting of the 4 paccayas, and of anna, pana, vattha, yana, mala, gandha, vilepana,
seyya, avasatha, padipeyya. Cp. Nd1 373. -- The term parikkhara, which refers to the requisites of the bhikkhu as well (see
DA I.204--207), is also used in the meaning of "accessory instrument" concerning the brahmanic sacrifice: see D I.129 sq., 137
sq. They are there given as 16 parikkharas, as follows: (4) cattaro anumati--pakkha viz. the 4 groups khattiyas, ministers,
brahmans and householders, as colleagues by consent; (8) a??hangani of a king--sacrificer; (4) cattar'angani of a purohita. <->
The term mahayañña refers to the brahmanic ritual (so at M II.204; DhsA 145, cp. Expositor 193); its equivalent in Buddhist
literature is mahadana, for which yañña is also used at Pv II.950 (cp. PvA 134). <-> The Jatakas are full of passages referring
to the ineffectiveness and cruelty of the Brahmanic sacrifice, e. g. J III.518 sq.; VI.211 sq., & cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung, p.
146 sq. One special kind of sacrifice is the sabba--catukkayañña or the sacrifice of tetrads, where four of each kind of gifts, as
elephants, horses, bulls, and even men were offered: J I.335; III.44, 45; PvA 280. The number 4 here has the meaning of
evenness, completeness, or harmony, as we find it freq., in the notion of the square with ref. to Vimanas & lotus ponds (in J.,
Vv & Pv etc.); often also implying awfulness & magic, as attached e. g. to cross--roads. Cp. the Ep. of niraya (Purgatory)
"catu--dvara" (esp. at Pv I.10). See cpds. of catur. -- It may also refer to the 4 quarters of the sky, as belonging to the 4
Guardians of the World (lokapala) who were specially worth offering to, as their influence was demonic (cp. Pv I.4).
  The prevailing meaning of yañña in the Suttapi?aka is that of "gift, oblation to the bhikkhu, almsgiving. " Cp. Sn 295, 461,
484, 1043. At Vv 3426 the epithets "su--dinna, su--huta, su--yi??ha" are attributed to dana. -- The 3 constituents which occur
under dana & deyyadhamma as the gift, the giver and the recipient of the gift (i. e. the Sangha: cp. opening stanza Pv I1) are
similarly enumd under yañña (or yaññapatha) as "ye yañña? (viz. civara? etc.) esanti" those who wish for a gift, "ye yañña?
abhisankharonti" those who get it ready, and "ye yañña? denti" those who give it, at Nd2 70 (under appamatta). Similarly we
find the threefold division of "yañña" (=civara etc.), "yaññayajaka" (=khattiya, brahma?a etc., including all 8 classes of men:
see Nd2 p. 129 s. v. khattiya, quoted under janab), and "dakkhi?eyya" (the recipient of the gift, viz. sama?a--brahma?a,
kapa?'addhika vanibbaka, yacaka) at Nd2 449b (under puthu). -- Cp. the foll. (mixed) passages: D I.97, 128--144 (brahmanic
criticised); II.353, 354 (profitable and unprofitable, criticised); M I.82 (brahm.); S I.76, 160; II.42 sq., 63, 207; III.337; IV.41; A
I.166; II.43 (nirarambha? yañña? upasankamanti arahanto, cp. DhsA 145); Sn 308 (brahm.), 568 (aggihutta--mukha yañña:
the sacrifices to Agni are the best; brahm.); Th 1, 341; J I.83, 343; III.517 (°? yajati; brahm.); IV.66; V.491, 492; VI.200
(yañña--karaka--brahma?a), 211 sq.; DA I.267; DhA II.6.
  --a^gara a hall for sacrifices Pug 56 (=yañña--sala PugA 233). --ava?a the sacrificial pit D I.142, 148; J I.335; III.45, 517;
VI.215 (where reading yaññava?a, cp. yaññava?aka at Cp. I.72). It has been suggested by Kern, Toev, s. v., and it seems more to
the sense, to read yañña--va?a for yanñ'ava?a, i. e. enclosed place for sacrifice. Thus at all passages for °ava?a. --kala a suitable
(or the proper) time for sacrifice D I.137; Sn 458, 482; DA I.297. --upanita one who has been brought to the sacrifice S I.168
(trsl. K.S. 211 not quite to the point: "the oblation is brought." Reading is uncertain; v. l. °opanita which may be read as
opavita "wearing the sacrificial cord": see foll.). --opavita (?) [see upavita] in phrase yaññ'opavita--ka??ha "having the
(sacrificial, i. e.) alms--cord wound round their necks" SnA 92 (v. l. BB yaññ--opacita--kamma). Cp. yañña--suttaka. --patha
[cp. patha2] (way of) sacrificing, sacrifice Sn 1045; Nd2 524 (yañño y'eva vuccati yañña--patho); J VI.212, 215. --va??a praise
of sacrifice J VI.200. --vidhana the arrangement or celebration of a sacrifice J VI.202. --sampada success of the sacrifice D
I.128 sq. (in its threefold mode), 134, 143, 144; Sn 505, 509. --samin lord or giver of a sacrifice D I.143. --suttaka "sacrificial
string," i. e. alms--cord (the sign of a mendicant) DhA II.59. Cp. above: °opavita. 

Yaññata (f.) [abstr. fr. yañña] "sacrificiality," the function or ceremony of a sacrifice J VI.202 (=yañña--vidhana C.). 

Ya??hi (f.) [cp. Vedic ya??i. Another Pali form is la??hi] 1. a staff, stick, pole M III.133 (tomara° goad); S I.115 (pacana°
driving stick, goad); Miln 2; DhA III.140 (kattara° a mendicant's staff); PvA 241; VbhA 241 (yantacakka°); Mhvs 11, 10 (ve?u°
a bamboo pole). <->  
2. a stem, stalk (of a plant), cane in ucchu° sugarstick, sugar--cane DhA III.315 (=ucchu--kha?d?ika at Vv 3326); IV.199. -- 3. a
measure of length (=7 ratanas) VbhA 343.
  --ko?i the end of the stick or staff DhA I.Q5. --madhuka ("cane--sweetness") liquorice Mhvs 32, 46. --luddaka
"stick--hunter" at J IV.392 means a hunter with a lasso. 

Yata [pp. of yam] held, checked, controlled, restrained, careful S II.15, 50; Sn 78, 220, 1079 (=yatta, pa?iyatta, gutta etc.
Nd2 525); J VI.294 (C. appamatta; Kern, Toev. s. v. proposes reading yatta for yata Vism 201 (?). Esp. in two phrases:
yat--atta (yata+attan) selfcontrolled, one whose heart is kept down D I.57 (cp. Dial. I.75); Sn 216, 490, 723; DA I.168.
--yata--carin living in self--restraint, living or behaving carefully Sn 971 (=yatta pa?iyatta gutta etc. Nd1 498); Miln 300
(+samahita--citta, where Kern, Toev. s. v. proposes to read yatta--carin for yata°). A similar passage at Th 1, 981 reads
yatha--carin (q. v. for further expln). <-> Cp. sa?yata & see also yatta. 

Yatati1 [yat, given by Dhtp 121 in meaning "yatana," by Dhtm 175 as "pa?iyatana"] to exert oneself, strive, endeavour, to be
cautious or careful; ppr. yata? It 120 (care, ti??he, acche etc.; Seidenstucker trsls "gezügelt," thus taking it in meaning of yata).
-- pp. yatta. 

Yatati2 

Yatati2 [unidentified, perhaps as expln of yati?] is given in meaning of "lead out" (?) at Dhtp 580 ("niyyatane") and Dhtm 813
(id.). 

Yatana (nt.) [fr. yat, cp. Epic Sk. yatna] endeavour, undertaking J V.346 (C. expls samosara?a--??hana?); Dhtp 121 (in
expln of yatati1). 

Yati [fr. yat, cp. Vedic yati leader, guide] a Buddhist monk Mhvs 5, 37 (racchagata? yati?); 25, 4; 30, 26 (mattika--dayaka?
yati?); 32, 32 (khi?asavassa yatino); Davs IV.33 (yati); Vism 79 (vikampeti Marassa hadaya? yati); PvA 287 (instr.
muni--vara--yatina). 

Yato (adv.) [the abl. case of ya°, used as conjunction, Cp. Vedic yata? wherefrom, by which, out of which] 1. (local) from
where D I.240 (uggacchanti candima --suriya; opp. yattha where). -- 2. (temporal) whence, since, when, from which time VvA
344 (yato pa??haya). -- 3. (modal) from which, out of what cause, because, in as far as D I.36 sq. (yato . . . ettavata because . . .
therefore); Sn p. 113 (id.) Dh 374, 390 (doubled=from whichever source). -- Freq. in two combns: yatva^dhi--kara?a?
(yato+adhikara?a?) because (lit. by reason of which; cp. kim--adhikara?a?, see adhik.) D I.70; D I.113; M I.269; Dhs 1346;
cp. similarly BSk. yato adhikara?a? MVastu III.52; and yato--nidana? on account of which, from which (or what) reason,
because M I.109; Sn 273, 869; Pv IV.161 (cp. PvA 242). -- Note. yaticchita at PvA 265 is to be read yadicchita. 

Yatta [pp. of yatati1] strenuous, making an effort, watchful Nd2 525 (+pa?iyatta, in exegesis of yata); J IV.222 (+pa?iyatta);
VI.294 (Kern's reading for yata; vv. ll. sa?yata & sata, thus warranting yata); Miln 373 (°payatta), 378 (id.=in keen effort). --
Note. Kern, Toev. s. v. would like to equal yatta=Sk. yatna effort. 

Yattaka (adj.) [fr. yavant, a late formation; cp. Trenckner, Notes, 80] however much, whatever, as many (in correlation
with ta° or tattaka) J V.74 (=yavant); Vism 184 (yattaka? ?hana? ga?hati . . . tattaka? . . .), 293 (yattaka=yavata); DA I.118
(yattaka . . . tattaka as long as); DhA II.50 (°? kala? as long), 128; VbhA 73 (yattaka? ?hana? . . . tattaka?), 391 (yattakani
kusala--cittani . . . tesa? sabbesa?); VvA 175 (yattakani . . . tani as many . . . so many, i. e. whatever), 285 (yattaka ahuneyya
nama . . . tesu sabbesu . . .). -- instr. yattakena as adv. "because, on account of" DhA III.383, 393. 

Yattha (adv.) [the regular P. form of Ved. yatra. See also P. yatra] rel. adv. of place "where," at which spot; occasionally "at
which time," when; with verbs of motion="whereto." -- D I.240 (whither); Sn 79, 170 (here closely resembling yatra in
meaning="so that"), 191, 313, 445, 995, 1037; Dh 87, 127 (yattha ?hita, cp. PvA 104) 150, 171, 193, PvA 27. --yattha va
tattha va wherever (or whenever) DhA IV.162; similarly yattha yattha wherever (he likes) A II.64. yattha kama? (cp.
yathakama? in same meaning) where to one's liking, i. e. wherever Dh 35 (=yattha katthaci or yattha yattha icchati DhA I.295,
299), 326. Similarly we find yatth--icchaka?, almost identical (originally variant?) with yadicchaka? and yavadicchaka? at
Vism 154. 

Yatra (adv.) [the (older?) reconstituted Sk. form of P. yattha, cp. Vedic yatra in which, where. The P. form is younger than
the Vedic, as the P. meaning is doubtful for the V. period. It is merely a differentiation of forms to mark a special meaning in
the sense of a causal conjunction, whereas yattha is adv. (of place or time) only] in which, where, since; only in phrase yatra hi
nama (in emphatic exclamations) with Fut.; "as indeed, inasmuch as, that" S II.255 (ña?abhuta vata savaka y. h. n. savako
ñassati etc.); J I.59 (dhir--atthu vata bho jatiya y. h. n. jatassa jara paññayissati "woe to birth that old age is to be noticed in that
which is born!"); Miln 13 (acchariya? vata bho . . . y. h. n. me upajjhayo ceto--parivitakka? janissati). 

Yatha (adv.) [fr. ya°; Vedic yatha; cp. katha, tatha] as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of). -- As prep. (with acc.):
according (to some condition, norm or rule): yatha kama? (already Vedic) according to his desire, after his liking PvA 113,
136; y. kala? in time, timely PvA 78; mati? to his own mind or intention Pv IV.167; ruci? to his satisfaction, amply,
satisfactorily PvA 88, 126, 242; vibhava? acc. to their wealth, i. e. plentifully PvA 53; sukha? as they liked or pleased PvA
133. Sometimes with loc.: yatha padese "according to place," in the right place J III.391. Or instr.: y. sattiya as much as you
can DhA I.92; y. manena from his heart, sincerely, voluntarily DhA I.42. -- Also with ger. yatha haritva according to his
taking (or reward: see under cpd. °bhata) It 14 (y. h. nikkhipeyya, which Seidenstücker, not doing justice to context translates
"so wie man etwas nimmt und dann wegwirft"). With foll. adj. expressing something like "as it were" and often untranslateable
(see cpds.) -- As conjunction: "as if," or "so that": yatha mata like dead Dh 21; yatha na "in order that not": Vism 31 (y. sarire
abadha? na uppadeti, eva? tassa vinodan'attha?); DhA I.311 (y. assa patita?thana? na passami, tatha na? chad?d?essami: so that
I shall not see . . ., thus shall I throw him). -- As adv. just, as, so, even; in combn with other particles: yatha katha? pana how
so then, how is it then that S II.283 (cp. yatha tatha? under cpds.); yatha ki? viya somewhat like this Miln 91; yatha pana like
as DhA I.158; yatha--r--iva (for yatha--iva) just as D I.90; yatha pi . . . eva? just as . . . so Dh 51--52. --yatha--yida? (for
yatha--ida?) positive: "as just this," "so that," "e. g.," "like," "i. e."; after negation "but" It 8, 9 (na añña? . . . yathayida?); Sn 1092
(tvañ ca me dipam akkhahi, yathayida? n'a^para? siya "so that there be no further ill"; cp. SnA 597). See also the enlarged forms
seyyatha & seyyathida?. -- In correlation with tatha: the same . . . as, like . . . as, as . . . so; Pv I.123 (yath'agato tatha--gato as he
has come so has he gone). Often elliptically in direct juxtaposition: yatha tatha in whatever way, in such & such a manner; so
and so, according to the occasion; also "correctly, truly, in reality" Sn 504 (tva? h'ettha janasi y. t. ida?); PvA 199 (y. t. vyakasi).
See yatha-  
tatha? under cpds. About phrase yatha ta? see yathata?. -- For further refs. on the use of yatha see Indexes to Sa?yutta (S
VI.81 s. v. yathabhuta?); Anguttara (A. VI.91 ibid.); Sutta--Nipata (Index p. 751); & Dhammapada.
  --a^nudhamma? according to the rules (leading to enlightenment) Sn 963, cp. Nd1 481. --a^nurupa suitable, proper Mhvs
28, 42. --a^nusi??ha? in accordance with what has been taught DhA I.158. --a^bhiranta? (adv. nt. of ppr.) to (their) heart's
content, as much (or as long) as one likes Vin III.145; Sn 53; DhA I.385; VvA 181. --araddha [=alabdha] as much as was to
be had, sufficient Vin III.160. --a^raha? (nt. adv.) as is fit or proper, seeming, fitful, appropriately, duly (cp. Cpd. 1111, 1182) S
I.226; Sn 403; Pv II.923; PvA 78, 132 (yatha codana? v. l. SS), 287; VvA 139. So to be read at all Pv & PvA passages for T.
yatha raha?. Very freq. in Mhvs. e. g. 3, 27; 5, 148; 7, 70; 14, 54; 20, 8; 22, 58. --a^lankata dressed as he was, in full (state--)
dress DhA III.79. --a^vajja? "as if to be blamed," i. e. (imitating) whatever is faulty, mimicry of deformities (as a forbidden
pastime) D I.7 (=ka?aku?i--khañj'adina? ya? ya? vajja? ta? ta? payojetva dassana--ki?a DA I.86); Vin II.10. --icchita?
according to one's wish, as he liked, after his heart's content J I.27 (v. 188)=Bu II.179; is preferably to be read as yad--icchita?
at all PvA passages, e. g. PvA 3 (°? dento), 110 (°?hana whichever place I like), 265 (where T. has yat°). The ed. of Mhvs
however reads yath° throughout; e. g. 7, 22; 22, 50. --odhi as far as the limit, final, utmost M I.37; J III.302. --odhika to (its
or their) full extent, altogether, only in phrase yathodhikani kamani Sn 60 (cp. Nd2 526); J III.381 (C. not quite to the point
with expln "attano odhivasena ?hitani," giving variant yatodhikani, with expln "yato uparato odhi etesan ti yatodhikani
uparata--ko??hasani"); IV.487 (with better C. expln: "yena yena odhina thitani tena tena ?hitan' eva jahissami, na kiñce
 avasissami ti attho"); V.392 (C.: "yatha?hita--ko??hasani"). --kamma<11>(?) according to one's karma or action J I.57, 109;
IV.1. Freq. in phrase yatha--kamm--ûpage satte (pajanati) "(he recognises) the beings passing away (or undergoing future
retribution) acc. to their deeds" D I.82; M I.482; II.21; III.178; S II.122; A IV.141, 178, 422; V.35; Sn 587; It 99; and
yatha--kamm--ûpaga--ña?a "the knowledge of specific retribution" Vism 433 sq.; Tikp 321; VbhA 373 sq. (°catuttha).
--kama? according to wish, at random (see above); ° --kara?iya to be done or dealt with ad lib., i. e. a victim, prey S II.226;
IV.91, 159; It 56. --karin as he does It 122 (corresp. to tathavadin). --kala? according to time, in one time Mhvs 5, 180.
--kkama? acc. to order, in one order or succession Mhvs 4, 54; Sdhp 269. --carin virtuous (for the usual yatacarin as
indicated by C. expln yata kayadihi sanyati: see Brethren, p. 342!) Th 1, 981 (trsl. "Whoso according to his powers is virtuous").
--?hita so--being, such & such, as they are, as they were J V.392; VvA 256. --tatha? according to truth, true & real
(corresponding to yatha tatha adv.: see above) It 122 (here as nom. sg.: as he is in one respect, so in the other, i. e. perfect); Sn
1127 (=yatha acikkhitabba? tatha acikkhi Nd2 527); Th 1, 708 (di??he dhamme yathatathe: is reading correct? perhaps better
as yathatatha, cp. trsln Brethren 292: "the truths are seen e'en as they really are"); Dpvs III.2 (so read for yatha--katha?; v. l. has
°tatha?); V.64 (pañha? byakarohi yathatatha?). --dhamma (used as adj. & adv. °?) "one according to the law," i. e. as the rule
prescribes; nt. according to the rule put down. See Vin. Texts I.203; Geiger, Dhamma, p. 19, 67. <-> Vin I.135 (yo uddiseyya,
yatha--dhammo karetabbo), 168 (yo pavareyya, y.--dhammo karetabbo), 191 (yo mareyya y.--dh. k.); II.67 (ubho pi
yathadhamma? karapetabba), 132 (yo ajjhohareyya, y.--dhammo karetabbo); IV.126 (yo jana? (i. e. knowing)
yathadhamma? nihat'a^dhikara?a? punakammaya ukko?eyya, pacittiyan ti i. e. a dispute settled in proper form; with expln:
y.--dhamma? nama dhammena vinayena satthu sasanena kata?), 144 (na tassa . . . mutti atthi yañ ca tattha apatti? apanno tañ
ca yathadhammo karetabbo, uttari c'assa moho aropetabbo). Cp. the foll. passages; as adj.: Vin I.205; II.132, 142, 263; M
III.10; Miln 195; as adv.: with pa?ikaroti (to atone, make amends) Vin I.173, 315; II.126; IV.19; D I.85; III.55; M III.247; S
II.128, 205; A I.103, 238; II.146; IV.377; cp. yathadhamma? pa?iga?hati S I.239; A I.59, 103. At S III.171 yathadhamma? is
used in the sense of "according to the truth, or reality," where yatha--bhuta? takes its place; similarly at Th 1, 188. --dhota as if
it were washed (so to speak), clean, unsoiled DhA I.196; cp. MVastu I.301 yatha--dhauta. --pasadhana? according to a clear
state of mind, to one's gratification Dh 249 (=attano pasad'a^nurupa? DhA III.359). --puggala? according to the individual,
individually Pv III.51 (read yathapu°). --purita as full as could be, quite full J I.101. --phasuka comfortable, pleasant DhA I.8.
--bala? according to one's power or means DhA I.107 (v. l. °satti); Sdhp 97; Mhvs 5, 180. --bud?d?ha see °vud?d?ha. --bhata?
is an unexpld a(/pac legome/non, difficult of analysis because occurring in only one ster. phrase, viz. yatha bhata? nikkhitto
eva? niraye (& sagge) at M I.71; S IV.325 (where T. has yathahata?, v. l. bhata?); A I.8, 105, 292, 297; II.71, 83; It 12, 14, 26.
We have analyzed it as y. bhata? in Corr. to pt. 3; vol. II.100 ("according to his upbringing"), but we should rather deviate from
this expln because the P. usage in this case would prefer the nom. instead of the (adv.) acc. nt. It remains doubtful whether we
should separate yatha or yath'abhata?. Suggestions of a trsln are the foll. (1) "as soon as brought or taken" (see Dict. s. v.
abhata); (2) "as one has brought" (merit or demerit); thus taking abhata? as irregular ger. of a+bhar, trsln suggested by the
reading aharitva (yatha^haritva) in the complementary stanzas at It 12 & 14; (3) "according to merit or reward," after Kern's
suggestion, Toev. s. v. to read yatha bha?a?, the difficulty being that bha?a is nowhere found as v. l. of bhata in this phrase; nor
that bha?a occurs in the meaning of "reward." -- There is a strong likelihood of (a)bhata resembling ahata (aha?a?) in
meaning "as brought," on account of, cp. It context and reading at S IV.325; still the phrase remains not sufficiently cleared up.
-- Seidenstucker's trsln has been referred to above (under haritva) as unbefitting. -- The suspicion of yathabhata? being a
veiled (corrupted) yathabhuta? has presented itself to us before (see vol. I. under abhata). The meaning may suggest
something like the latter, in as far as "in truth," "surely" is not far off the point. Anyhow we shall have to settle on a meaning like
"according to merit," without being able to elucidate the phrase in all its details. -- There is another yathabhata? in passage . . .
ussavo hoti, yathabhata? lasu?a? parikkhaya? agamasi "the garlic diminished as soon as it was brought" Vin IV.258. Here
abhata stands in rel. to harapeti (to have it fetched & brought) and is clearly pp. of abharati. --bhucca as is the case, i. e. as
one might expect, evident, real, in conformity with the truth D I.12; II.222; Miln 183, 351; Th 2, 159 (=yathabhuta? ThA
142); PvA 30, 31 (°gu?a). --bhutta see bhutta. --bhuta(?) in reality, in truth, really, definitely, absolutely; as ought to be,
truthfully, in its real essence. Very freq. in var. combnns which see collected & classified as regards Sa?yutta &
Anguttara--Nikayas in Index vols to these texts. E. g. S IV.195 (vacana?, Ep. of Nibbana); V.440 (abhisamaya); Sn 194, 202,
653; Dh 203; PvA 215 (gu?a). yathabhuta? pajanati he knows as an absolute truth or in reality D I.83, 162; S IV.188; V.304 &
passim; ditto yathabhuta? janati passati Ps II.62. Similarly with noun: yathabhuta--ña?a absolute knowledge S V.144; Ps
II.63=Vism 605 (+sammadassana); Vism 438, 629, 695; VbhA 459 (=maggaña?a); also as °ña?a--dassana in same meaning:
A  III.19, 200; IV.99, 336; V.2 sq., 311 sq.; Ps I.33, 43 sq.; II.11 sq.; Nett 29. --mano according to (his) mind Sn 829; Nd1 170
(expld as nom.=yathacitto, yathasankappo, yathaviñña?o). --ruci? according to pleasure or liking Mhvs 4, 43 (ruci T.; ruci? v.
l.; thus generally in Mhvs.); 5, 230 (°ruci); 22, 58 (°ruci). --vadin as speaking, as he speaks (followed by tatha--karin so doing)
D II.224, 229; Sn 357; It 122. --vidhi(?) duly, fitly Mhvs 10, 79. --vihita as appointed or arranged Mhvs 10, 93. --vud?d?ha?
according to seniority Vin II.221; Mhbv 90 (T. reads °bud?d?ha?). --vutta(?) as is said, i. e. as mentioned, aforesaid, of this kind
Mhvs 34, 57; PvA 45, 116 (°o puggalo). --saka(?) each his own, according to his (or her) own, respective(ly) Vism 525; SnA
8, 9; VvA 7; Mhvs 5, 230 (here simply "their own"). --sata saintly (?), mindful Th 1, 981 (cp. yatha carin & Brethren p. 342).
--satti(?) according to one's power S IV.348 (+yathabala?); DhA I.107 (v. l. for °bala?); Sdhp 97. --sattha? according to the
precepts, as law ordains M III.10 (perhaps an error for yathasaddha? ). --saddha? acc. to faith, as is one's faith Dh 249.
--santhatika accepting whatever seat is offered D I.167; A III.220; Pug 69; Th 1, 855 --°anga one of the 13 dhutangas Miln
342, 359; Vism 61, 78. --sukha? according to ease, at ease, at will Th 1, 77; Dh 326. 

Yathata? (adv.) [yatha+ta?] as it is, as, as if Vin III.5; S I.124; M I.253. The spelling in our books is yatha ta? (in two
words). 

Yathava (adj.) [der. fr. yatha, as yatha+vant, after analogy of yavant, but following the a--decl., cp. Epic Sk. yathavat]
having the character of being in accordance with (the truth or the occasion), real, true, just It 44 (santa? pa?ita? yathava?, nt.);
Th 1, 188, 422 (°aloka--dassana seeing the real light); Miln 171 (°lakkha?a true characteristics); Vism 588 (as yathavasarasa),
639 (id.). -- abl. yathavato (also found as yathavato, probably more correctly, being felt as a der. fr. yatha) according to
fitness, fitfully, duly, truly, sufficiently PvA 60 (so read for yatha vato), 128 (all MSS. yathavato!); ThA 256 (ya°; the expln
given by Morris, J.P.T.S. 1889, 208 is not correct). 

Yathavaka (adj.) [fr. yathava] being according to reality or sufficiency, essential, true, real, sufficient Th 1, 347; VbhA
409 (°vatthu, referring to the "mana"--division of the Khuddaka--vatthu Vbh 353 sq., cp. Nd2 505÷) Should we read
yathavaka°? 

etc., see ya° 4b. 

Yada (adv.) [Vedic yada; old instr. of ya°] when Sn 200 (y. ca so mato seti), 681, 696 (here as yada, expld as yada), 923; Dh
28, 69, 277 sq., 325, 384, 390; It 77 (y devo devakaya cavati); PvA 54, 67. Cp. kada & tada. 

Yadi (indecl.) [adv. formation, orig. loc., fr. ya°; cp. Vedic yadi] 1. as conjunction: if; constructed either with pres. indic., as:
Sn 189; "yadi bodhi? pattu? icchasi" J I.24 (v. 167); "yadi dayako dana? deti . . . eta? bija? hoti" PvA 8; or pot.; or with a
participle, as: "yadi eva? sante" that being so, if this is so D I.61; "gahito yadi siho te" if the lion is caught by you Mhvs 6, 27. --
With other particles, e. g. yadi asanamatta? pi even if only a seat VvA 39; yadi . . . atha kasma if . . . how then Miln 4. yadi
eva? . . . (tu) even if . . . yet (but) PvA 63 (y. e. pita na rodati, matu nama hadaya? muduka?). -- yadi va "or" (cp. Vedic yadi
va "or be it that") Dh 195 (=yadi va athava DhA III.252). So yadi va at J I.18 (v. 97: lata va yadi va rukkha etc. Sn 119 (game
va yadi va^raññe). -- 2. as a strong particle of exhortation: yadi eva? if so, in that case, let it be that, alright, now then PvA 54
(y. e. ya? mayha? desita? ekassa bhikkhuno dehi), 217 (y. e. yavadattha? ga?hahi: take as much as you like). 

Yanta (nt.) [Vedic yantra, a kind of n. ag. formation fr. yam to hold by means of a string or bridle, etc. Idg. *em & *i?em,
as in Lat. emo to take & red--imio.] a means for holding, contrivance, artifice, instrument, machine, mechanism; fig.
instrumentality (as perhaps in, kamma° at Th passages). -- Referring to the machinery (outfit) of a ship (as oars, helm, etc.) J
IV.163 (sabbayant'ûpapanna=piy'--a^ritta etc. C.); Miln 379. To mechanism in general (mechanical force) J V.333
(°vegena=with the swiftness of machinery). To a sugar--mill Miln 166; usually as ucchu--yanta J I.25, 339 (°yante ga??hika),
cp. ucchuna? yanta DhA IV.199. --tela--yanta (--cakka) (the wheel of) an oil mill J I.25. --daru--yanta a wooden machine (i.
e. a mechanical man with hands & feet moved by pulling of strings) DA I.197; Vism 595 (quoted as simile). --kamma--yanta
the machinery of Kamma Th 1, 419 (i. e. its instrumentality, not, as trsln "car"; cp. Brethren 217: "it breaks in pieces K's living
car," evidently influenced by C. expln "attabhava--yanta"), 574 (similarly: see discussed under yantita). Note. yantani at Nd2
529 (on Sn 48 sangha??a--yantam) is expld as "dhuvarani." The spelling & meaning of the latter is not clear. It must refer to
bracelets. <-> Cp. SnA 96 valayani.
  --akad?d?hana pulling the machine Vism 258=VbhA 241. --cakkha--ya??hi the stick of the wheel of a (sugar--) mill VbhA
60. --na?i a mechanical tube DhA III.215. --pasa?a an aerolite (?) J III.258 (read °pasa?o). --phalakani the boards of a
machine Vism 258. --yutta combined by machinery J VI.432. --sutta the string of a machine (or mill). Vism 258 (as
°ka)=VbhA 241. --hatthi a mechanical (automatic) elephant DhA I.192 (of King Ca?d?a--pajjota; cp. the horse of Troy). 

Yantaka (nt.) [fr. yanta] a bolt Vin II.148 (vihara agutta honti . . . anujanami yantaka? sucikan ti), cp. Vin. Texts III.162;
DA I.200 (kuñcika+); DhA I.220 (yantaka? deti to put the bolt to, to lock up). 

Yanti is 3rd pl. pres. of ya: see yati. -- Note. At D II.269 we should combine yanti with preceding visama & sambadha,
thus forming denom. verbs: visamayanti "become uneven" and sambadhayanti "become oppressed or tight." The trsln Dial
II.305 gives just the opposite by reading incorrectly. 

Yantita [pp. of yanteti] made to go, set into motion, impelled Th 1, 574: eva^ya? vattati kayo kamma--yantena yantito
"impelled by the machinery of Karma"; trsln Brethren 261 not quite to the point "carried about on Karma's car." Kern, Toev. s,
v. quite out of place with "fettered, held, restrained," in analogy to his trsln of yanta id. loc. with "fetter." He may have been
misled by Dhtm defn of yant as "sankocana" (see yanteti). 

Yanteti [denom. fr. yanta. Dhtm 809 gives a root yant in meaning of "sankocane," i. e. contraction] to set into motion, to
make go, impel, hurl J I.418 (sakkhara? anguliya yantetva); pp. yantita. 

Yannuna see ya° see ya° 2°. 

Yapana see yapana. 

Yapeti see yapeti. 

Yabhati [one passage in Atharva Veda; cp. Gr. oi)/fw "futuo," Lat. ibex (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.)] to cohabit, futuere,
only given as root yabh with defn "methune" at Dhtp 215 & Dhtm 308. 

Yama1 

Yama1 [fr. yam] restraint PvA 98 (+niyama). 

Yama2 

Yama2 [Vedic Yama] the ruler of the kingdom of the dead. See details in Dicty. of Names. In cpds. often in general sense of
"death" or "manes," or "peta"; e. g. --duta Death's messenger Sdhp 287; cp. Yamassa duta Vv 522 (see VvA 224), or deva--duta A I.138 (see under duta), alias
niraya--pala A I.138 and passim. --purisa (a)=°duta Dh 235 (cp. DhA III.335); VvA 223; (b) °purisa Yama--people, i. e.
Petas Pv IV.3Q (cp. PvA 251). --loka the yama--world or world of the Petas Dh 44, 45; PvA 107 & freq. --visaya=°loka Pv
II.82 & passim. --sadana Y's kingdom, or the realm of the dead J VI.267, 304; VI.457, 505. 

Yama3 

Yama3 (m. nt.) [Vedic yama=yama2; fr. yam in meaning "to combine," cp. Av. y&schwamacr;ma twin, Mir. emuin id.] (nt.)
a pair, (m.) a twin Abhp 628. See der. yamaka. 

Yamaka [fr. yama3] 1. (adj.) double, twin; only in foll. combns: °pa?ihariya (& °hira) the miracle of the double
appearances, a miracle performed by the Buddha in Savatthi to refute the heretical teachers (cp. Vin III.332,
Samanta--pasadika; and in detail DA I.57). It consisted in the appearance of phenomena of opposite character in pairs, as e. g.
streaming forth of fire & water. (Cp. Mhvs trsln 120). The miracle was repeatedly performed by the Buddha & is often
referred to, e. g. at Ps I.125 (°hira); J I.77, 88, 193; Miln 106 (°hira?), 349 (°hariya?); Mhvs 17, 44, 50; 30, 82; 31, 99; Davs
I.50 (°hira?); DhA III.213 (id.); SnA 36; Vism 390; PvA 137. --sala the pair of Sal willows in between of which the Buddha
passed away VvA 165; PvA 212. -- 2. (adj. or m.) a twin, twin child Mhvs 6, 9 (yamake duve putta? ca dhitara? janesi), 37
(so?asakkhattu? yamake duve duve putte janayi); DhA I.353 (same, with vijayi). -- 3. (nt.) a pair, couple, N. of one of the
Abhidhamma canonical books, also called Yamaka--ppakara?a; Tikp 8. -- The Yamakasutta refers to the conversion of the
bhikkhu Yamaka and is given at S III.109 sq.; mentioned at Vism 479 & VbhA 32. The phrase yamakato sammasana at
Vism 626 may mean "in pairs" (like kalapato "in a bundle" ibid.), or may refer to the Yamaka--sutta with its discussion of
anicca, dukkha, anatta. 

Yamata? at S I.14 (sa vitivatto yamata? sumedho) we should read (with Mrs. Rh. D.'s emendation K.S. p. 320) as ya?
mata? (Cy.: maññana?; trsl. "he rich in wisdom hath escaped beyond conceits and deemings of the errant mind"). 

given in meaning "uparame" i. e. cessation, quieting at Dhtp 226 & Dhtm 322, at the latter with additional "nase." On etym. see
Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. redimio and emo: cp. yanta] to restrain, suppress, to become tranquil; only in stanza Dh 6=Th I.275=J
III.488 as 1st pl. med. yamamase in imper. sense: "pare ca na vijananti maya? ettha yamamase," which is expld both at DhA
I.65, Th 1 A, & J III.489 in connection with yama,2 viz. "yamamase: uparamama nassama satata? samita? maccu--santika?
gacchama ti na jananti," i. e. let us go continually into the presence of death. A little further at DhA I.66 the expln of it is "bha
?d?'<-> adina? vuddhiya vayamama ti na vijananti." The meaning is "to control oneself," cp. sa?yamamase S I.209. Leop. v.
Schroeder however trsls. "Und mancher Mann bedenket nicht: wir alle müssen sterben hier" (Worte der Wahrheit, p. 2.). --
yameyyatha at S I.217 is wrongly separated from the preceding va, which ought to be read as vayameyyatha (so K.S. I.281). 

Yamala [fr. yama3] a pair Abhp 628. -- yamali occurs in BSk. only as a kind of dress, at Divy 276; AvS I.265. 

Yava [Vedic yava, corn; see Zimmer, Altind. Leben 239. Cp. Gr. zea/ spelt; Lith. javai corn; Oir. eorna barley] corn (in
general), barley (in particular) Vin IV.264; S IV.220; A IV.169.
  --kara?a the preparation of corn A IV.169. --kalapi (or °ini) a sheaf of barley S IV.201. --kara?d?ava chaff of corn (or
barley) A IV.169. --kummasa barley--gruel VvA 62. --khetta corn--field Vin IV.47, 266; VvA 294. --dusin spoiling the corn
A IV.169. --majjhaka lying in the midst of a corn--field, in pacina° of the c.--f. on the E. side (+dakkhi?a° S.; pacchima° W.;
uttara° N.); names of 4 market--places near Mithila J VI.330. --suka the awn or beard of corn (barley) A I.8; S V.10, 48. 

Yavaka (nt.) [yava+collect. ending °ka] in cpd. sali° (whatever there is of) rice & corn (i. e. rice-- and cornfields C.) J
IV.172. Cp. yavaka. 

Yavasa (nt.) [fr. yava; Vedic yavasa] grass, hay, fodder J I.338. 

Yasavant (adj.) [cp. Vedic yasasvat] famous, having renown A II.64 (dighayu+). 

Yasassin (adj.) [Vedic yasasvin] glorious, famous, renowned, having all endowments or comforts of life (as expld at Nd2
530: yasappatta, sakkata, labhi etc.) D I.48 (ñata+); A II.34; Sn 179, 298, 343, 1117; Pv I.41; III.117; III.35; III.108; Vv 159
(=kittimant parivaravant VvA 73); DA I.143; PvA 10; Sdhp 420. -- f. yasassini shining, resplendent J V.64. 

Yasassimant (adj.) [double adj. ending; yasas+vin+ mant] splendid, glorious, full of splendour J V.63 (pavako
yasassima=teja--sampattiya yassassinihi accihi yutto C.). 

Yaso & Yasa (nt.) [Vedic yasa? (nt.). The word follows the a° declension, but preserves & favours the instr. yasasa
after the s° decl. (like mano, ceto etc,), e. g. at J I.134. -- In the nom. & acc. sg. both forms yaso & yasa(?) occur; in cpds. the
form yasa° is the usual; yaso as masc. is found at Sn 438] glory, fame, repute, success, high position. On term as used with ref.
to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129 <-> The prevailing idea of Dhammapala is that yaso consists of a great
retinue, & company of servants, followers etc. This idea is already to be found at D I.118=126 where y. is founded on parisa
(cp. DA I.143 on D I.48; DA I.298: yasasa ti a?a--?hapana--samatthataya). See e. g. VvA 122 (yaso=parivara); PvA 137
(yasasa= mahati parivara--sampattiya); cp. J I.134 (raja mahantena yasena uppana? gacchati). -- D I.137 (as quality of a king);
III.260, 286; J IV.275 sq. (dibba y. as one of the 10 qualities of greatness, viz. divine duration of life, complexion, happiness,
fame, power, and the 5 sense--objects rupa, sadda, gandha, rasa, pho??habba. The same 10 are found at Pv II.958, 59); A I.15;
II.32, 66, 188; III.31, 47 sq.; IV.95, 195 sq.; Dh 24, 303 (+bhoga); Th 1, 554; Nd1 147; Pv III.35 (=dev'iddhi PvA 189); Vv
291; J I.134; VI.468; Miln 291 (bhoga+); Vism 393; Sdhp 306, 518. -- yasa? deti to give credit J I.180. maha--yaso great
fame J I.46 (v. 266), cp. yas--agga the highest (of) fame J I.51, where coupled with labh--agga the greatest gain. The latter
combn is stereotype in the Niddesa (see e. g. Nd2 55), where the 4 worldly ideals are given in sequence labha, yaso, pasa?sa,
sukha. -- With kitti we find yaso at Sn 817 (see defn & exegesis at Nd1 147). -- Opp. ayasa D III.260, 286; A II.188; IV.157 sq.
  --dayika giving (or a giver of) repute J VI.285. --mada pride of fame VbhA 467. --mahatta greatness of fame Vism 233.
--labha the gain of fame J III.516 (+dhanalabha). 

Yahi? (adv.) [after kuhi?] where, wherever Mhvs 15, 209 (corresp. to yattha in v. 210). 

Yaga [fr. yaj, *Sk. yaga, cp. yañña & yaja] 1. a (brahmanic) sacrifice, known otherwise as mahayaga (or pl. °yaga), and
consisting of the 4: assamedha, purisamedha, sammapasa, vaja--peyya. Thus mentioned at S I.76 & Sn 303. -- 2. In Buddhistic
sense: gift, alms<->  
giving, charity; expense or expenditure of giving (almost syn. with caga) A I.91 (here given in line with dana & caga, with
distinction of amisa° & dhamma°, i. e. the material sacrifice, as under 1, and the spiritual sacrifice or help); with the same
contrast of a° & dh.° at D III.155; It 98, 102; J V.57, 65; DhA I.27. -- J IV.66 (sahassena yaga? yajanto); Miln 21 (dhamma°);
VvA 155; PvA 135 (maha°--saññita yañña), 136 (maha°). -- suyi??ha yaga sampada "well--given is the perfection of charity"
ThA 40 (Ap. v. 7)=230 (id.).
  --pi?d?a the sacrificial oblation consisting in a ball of meat or flour (cp. pi?d?a--pit?--yajña) J VI.522 (with v. l. yagu°). 

Yagin (adj.) (--°) [fr. yaga] sacrificing, giving, spending S I.19=J IV.66 (sahassa° giving the worth of a thousand pieces). 

Yagu (f.) [cp. Vedic yavagu; on form see Geiger, P.Gr. § 274] rice--gruel, rice--milk (to drink). See Vin. Texts II.89. <->
Vin I.46=II.223 (sace yagu hoti, bhajana? dhovitva yagu upanametabba; yagu? pitassa udaka? datva . . .), 51 (id.), 61 (id.), 84,
210 (Bhagavato udara--vat--abadho teka?ulaya yaguya dhuva--yagu? datu?; i. e. a constant supply of rice--gruel), 339 (na
maya? imina bhikkhuna saddhi? yagupane nisidissama); IV.311; A III.250 (anisa?sa: 5 good qualities: it is good for hunger, for
thirst, allays wind, cleans the bladder, helps to digest any undigested food); J I.186; II.128 (for drink); PvA 12, 23, 274. -- Often
combd (and eaten) with cakes (khajjaka) & other soft food (bhojja), e. g. yagukhajjaka J I.270; III.20; DhA IV.20; Mhvs 14,
55 (°khajja--bhojja); 36, 100 (+khajja--bhojja).
  --pana a drink of rice--milk Vin I.84. --pi?d?a see yaga°. --bhajaka one who distributes the rice--gruel Vin II.176
(pañcah'angehi samannagata?; together with civarabhajaka, phala--bhajaka & khajja--bhajaka); IV.38 (yagu°, phala°, khajja°),
155 (id.); A III.275. 

Yaca (nt.) [fr. yac] anything asked for, donation, alms, begging J III.353; V.233, 234.
  --yoga (y.+*yogga; perhaps yaja° the original. The variant yajayoga is old & well established: cp. Vism 224) accessible to
begging, one ready to comply with another's request, devoted to liberality, open--handed. Freq. in ster. phrase mutta--caga
payata--pa?i vossaggarata yaca--yoga dana--sa?vibhaga--rata to denote great love of liberality, e. g. at A I.226; II.66; III.313.
See also A III.53, 313=Vism 223, 224 (where expld as follows: ya? ya? pare yacanti tassa tassa danato yacanayogo ti attho;
yajayogo ti pi pa?ho; yajana--sankhatena yajena yutto ti attho); A IV.6, 266 sq., 271, 284; V.331, 336; Sn p. 87 (cp. expln SnA
414: "yacitu? yutto, yo hi yacake disva bhaku?i? katva pharusavacan'adini bhanati, so na yacayogo hoti" etc.); Sn 487, 488, 489,
509; J III.307 (expld in C. as "ya? ya? agantuka yacanti tassa tassa yutto anucchaviko bhavitva, sabba? tehi yacita--yacita?
dadamano ti attho"); IV.274 ("yacitabba--yuttaka" C.); VI.98 (=yacana--yuttaka or yañña--yuttaka; "ubhayath'a^pi
dayakass'ev'eta? nama" C.); Miln 215, 225. -- The form yajayoga at Sn 1046 (expld at Nd2 531 as "yaje yutta"); and mentioned
at Vism 224 (see above). <-> On diff. meaning of yacayoga see Kern, Toev. s. v. with unidentified ref. Cp. also Mvyut. 140,
4. 

Yacaka (adj. n.) [fr. yaca, cp. Epic & later Sk. yacaka] requesting, one who begs, a recipient of alms, a beggar J III.353; Pv
II.938; PvA 78, 102 (=yacanaka); Sdhp 324, 331. Freq. in combn with similar terms of wayfaring people in phrase
sama?a--brahma?a--kapa?' iddhika--va?ibbaka--yacaka e. g. at D I.137; It 64. See single terms. -- yacaka at Sn 618 (as Fick,
Soc.Gliederung 144 quotes yacaka) is to be read yajaka. 

Yacati [Vedic yacati; yac, with which cp. Lat. jocus (dial. juca "prayer"); Ohg. jehan to confess, etc.: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s.
v. jocus. -- Dhtp (38) only expls yaca= yacane] to beg, ask for, entreat Vin IV.129 (pabbajja?); Sn 566, 980, 983; J III.49, 353;
V.233, 404. -- aor. 3rd pl. yaci?su PvA 13, 20, 42; ayacisu? Mhvs 33, 76 (v. l. ayacayu?). -- inf. yacitu? PvA 29, 120. -- ger.
yaciya Sn 295; yacitva M I.365; yacitvana Mhvs 17, 58. <-> pp. yacita. 

Yacana (dt.) [fr. yac] begging, asking, entreaty J III.353; SnA 161 (ingha ti yacan'atthe nipato) 551 (id.); PvA 113
(=sadhuka).
  --jivana living by begging J III.353. 

Yacanaka [cp. BSk. yacanaka Divy 470, 585]=yacaka A III.136 (ati°); Pv II.76; 916; 946; J III.49; DA I.298. 

Yacana (f.)=yacana; J III.354=Miln 230; J V.233, 404. 

Yacita [pp. of yacati] begged, entreated, asked (for) A III.33; Dh 224; J III.307; PvA 39. -- Cp. yacitaka. 

Yacitaka (adj.) [yacita+diminutive (disparaging) ending °ka] asked, begged, borrowed M I.365 (°? bhoga?); J
IV.358=VI.127 (°? yana? and °? dhana?, alluding to M I.365--366), with expln J IV.358: "ya? parena dinnatta labbhati ta?
yacita--sadisam eva hoti." -- (nt.) anything borrowed, borrowed goods: yacitak'ûpama kama (in app'assada kama passage)
"the pleasures of the senses are like borrowed goods" Vin II.25=M I.130= A III.97=Th 2, 490=Nd2 71 (correct yacitan');
expld in detail at M I.365. -- See also DhA I.403 (ye y. gahetva na pa?identi); ThA 288 (kama=yacitaka--bha?d?asadisa
tavakalik'a??hena). 

Yaja [fr. yaj; cp. yaja & yajeti] sacrificing, giving alms, liberality (felt as synonymous with caga, thus influenced by tyaj, cp.
Sk. tyajana): see yacayoga; -- Nd2 531 (yaye yutta); Vism 224. 

Yajaka (adj.) [fr. yaj in its Caus. form yajeti] sacrificing, one who sacrifices, a priest Sn 312, 313 (=yanna--yajino jana SnA
324), 618 (of a purohita; v. l. BB yacaka). 

Yajana (nt)=yaja; Vism 224: see yacayoga. 

Yajin (adj.) [fr. yaja] sacrificing SnA 324 (yañña°). 

Yajetar [n. ag. to yajeti] one who superintends a sacrifice or causes it to be performed D I.143. 

Yajeti [Caus. I. of yajati] to cause to sacrifice, to make a priest give an offering (to the gods or otherwise) J VI.211, 215; ppr.
yajento M I.404; Pot. 2nd sg. yajeyya J III.515; 3rd pl. yajeyyu? J VI.215 (añña? brahma?a?); also yajayeyyu? J VI.211. --
ger. yajetva D I.143. 

Yata [pp. of yati] going, gone, proceeded; habit, custom; only in cpd. yat'a^nuyayin going on according to what (or as it) has
gone, i. e. following old habits J VI.309, 310; expld by C. as "pubba--karina yatassa puggalassa anuyayi, pa?hama? karonto yati
nama paccha karonto anuyayati." The usual Sk. phrase is gat--a^nugatika. Cp. yatra, yanikata. 

Yati [Vedic yati, or ya, which represents Idg *i?a, an amplified *e as in eti (q. v.). Cp. Lat. janua door & the Np. Janus
(=January); Lith. jóti to ride, Mir. ath ford. -- The Dhtp 368 expls ya more in appld meaning as "papu?ane," cp. Dhtm 596:
papu?e] to go, go on, to proceed, to go away; -- pres. 1st yami Pv II.8Q (=gacchami PvA 107), Mhvs 10, 3; 2nd yasi J I.291;
Mhvs 10, 2 (kuhi? yasi?); 3rd yati Sn 720 (tu?hi y. mahodadhi); Dh 29, 179, 294, 295; J VI.311; Mhvs 5, 47; DhA I.18; 1st pl.
yama Mhvs 6, 12 (ki? na y., v. l. ki? nu y.); 2nd yatha=imper.; 3rd yanti Sn 179, 578, 714; Dh 126, 175, 225 (see also note s.
v. yanti); Pv II.916 (=gacchanti PvA 120). -- imper. 2nd sg. yahi Pv II.16 (read yajahi?); Mhvs 13, 15; 3rd sg. yatu Mhvs 29,
17; 2nd pl. yatha Mhvs 14, 29; DhA I.93. <->  
ppr. yanto Mhvs 36, 60 (paccha y. walking behind) gen. yantassa Mhvs 22, 57 (assavegena y.). -- inf. yatave Sn 834. --
Another formation fr. ya is yayati (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 138), in an intensive meaning of "to drive, to move on quickly or by
special means," e. g. in phrase yanena yayati to drive in a carriage Vin I.191 (Pot. yayeyya); II.276; Sn 654 (ppr.: rathass' a?i
va yayato) 418 (ger.: yanabhumi? yayitva yana oruyha); J VI.125. As "march" at J VI.449. In special meaning "to drive," i. e. "to
be driven or affected by" in expln of the ending of ppr. med kama<-> yamane Sn 767 (or kama--yana) at Nd1 4, viz. "ta?haya
yayati niyyati vuyhati sa?hariyati." Cp. yana as ending. -- pp. yata. Caus. yapeti & yapeti (q. v.). <-> See also anupari°, a°,
 upa°, uy°, pa° (aor. payasi) paccuy°, pari°; and anuyayati. 

Yatra (f.) [fr. ya, Class. Sk. yatra, a n. ag. formation like netti, meaning something like "vehicle," that which keeps going] 1.
travel, going on, proceeding, good habit (like yata; cp. yatra=anuv?tti Halayudha 5, 33) S I.33; S I.16=63 (trsln K.S., perhaps
wrongly, "egress": it is more a question of going on through life!). Perhaps to be classed under foll. meaning as well. -- 2. going
on, livelihood, support of life, maintenance in stock phrase occurring at many places of the Canon, viz. "pura?a? vedana?
pa?ihankhami, navañ ca vedana? na uppadessami, yatra ca me bhavissati etc." where DhsA 404 explains yatra by yapana, as
may be inferred also from context. Thus at M I.10 (where Neumann translates: "ein Fortkommen haben," i. e. progress), 355;
S IV.104; A II.40; III.388; Nd1 496; Nd2 540 (correct devana? into vedana?!); Pug 25; Dhs 1348; Miln 367: all passages
identical. The whole passage is expld in detail at Vism 31 sq. where yatra is given with "cira--kala--gamana--sankhata yatra,"
Bdhgh. thus taking it as "keeping going," or "continued subsistence" (longevity trs?n). -- In one other passage yatra is
conjectured for satra, viz. at SnA 322 in reading y. --yaga for satra yaga, where meaning y. might be taken as "customary." The
ed. compares Sk. yatsattra, a certain ceremony. 

Yathava (adj.) [see yathava. It is a combn of a gu?ader. fr. yatha and an adj.--der. of °vant] sufficient (lit. "just as much"; i.
e. such as it is), sufficiently founded, logical, consistent, exact, definite, true Nd2 275 (where tatha is expld by taccha, bhuta,
yathava, aviparita); DhsA 248 (where miccha--di??hi is expld as incorrect or illogical view. -- yathavato (abl.) exactly, truly,
consistently DA I.65; ThA 256; VvA 232. See also yathavato. -- The nearest synonyms of yathava are aviparita (i. e. definite)
and yathabhuta?. See also yathava and yathavaka.
  --nama having the name of exactitude PvA 231 (+aviparita--nama). --mana pride of sufficiency or consistency VbhA 487
sq. (and a°). --lakkha?a possessing the characteristic of definiteness or logic Miln 171; Nett 27 (where avijja is called "sabba
dhammayathava--asampa?ivedha--lakkha?a"). --vacana exact, logical or true speech Miln 214 (taccha--vacana, yathavav. ,
aviparita--v.). --sarasa logical and with its essential (sa+rasa) properties Vism 588, 639. 

Yadicchaka? at VvA 341 read as yadicchaka? at VvA 341 read as yadicchaka? (see ya°). 

Yadisa (adj.) [Vedic yad?s & yad?sa, yad+d?sa] which like, what like, whichever, how much; in neg. sentence: any,
whatever little. -- Pv. II.119 (=yava mahanto PvA 77). -- Often combd with kidisa in meaning "any one, this or that, whoever,"
e. g. Vv 5014 (=yo va so va pacura--jano ti attho VvA 213). As adj.: yadisi (sic!=Sk. yad?si) --kidisa jivika (no livelihood,
whatever little) J VI.584 (v.728; Trenckner, Miln p. 423 gives v. 732!), expld by C as "ya va sa va, lamaka ti attho"; yadisa?
kidisa? dana? a gift of whatever kind Miln 278. So also with tadisa: yadisa va tadisa va (viz. kama) of whichever kind A III.5. 

Yadisaka =yadisa; in correlation (generalising sense) yadisaka--tadisaka whatsoever . . . such, any whatsoever A
IV.308; S V.96. 

Yana (nt.) [fr. ya, as in yati. Cp. Vedic yana and Lat. Janus] 1. going, proceeding J VI.415 (+ayana, opposed to ?hana). -- 2.
means of motion, carriage, vehicle. Different kinds of carriages are enumd at Nd1 145 (on Sn 816) with hatthi° (elephant--),
go° (cow--), aja° (goat--), me?d?aka° (ram--), o??ha° (camel--?), khara° (donkey--). Cp. Miln 276. -- yana is one of the
requisites (carriage or other means of locomotion) of the bhikkhu & as such included in the deyya--dhamma or 14 gifts (see
 yañña & deyya--dh.). Thus mentioned with anna pana vattha etc. at S I.94; A II.85; Pug 51. -- Cp. the defn & application of
the term yana as given below under yana--sannidhi. -- See e. g. the foll. passages: Vin I.191 (bhikkhu yanena yayanti . . . na
bhikkhave yanena yayitabba?; yo yayeyya etc.: here a "carriage" is expressly forbidden to the bhikkhu!), 231 (Ambapali
bhadrani--bhadrani yanani yojapetva bhadra? yana? abhiruhitva . . .), 242 (same phrase with Me?d?aka gahapati); D I.7, 89,
106; M I.366 (yana? poroseyya? pavara--ma?i--ku?d?ala?, where vv. ll. on p. 561 read voropeyya and oropeyya, which
Neumann (unwarrantedly) adopts in his trsln: Mittl. Sammlung2 1921, II.666; the C. accepts reading poroseyya with expln
"puris--anucchavika? yana?"); Dh 323 (=hatthiyanadini DhA IV.6); J III.525 sq.; V.59; VI.223 (=ratha); Kvu 599 (Erava?o
hatthinago sahassa--yutta? dibba? yana?; trsld as "the wondrous elephant E., the thousand--wise yoked celestial mount." trsl. p.
347 (lit. vehicle) Pv III.228 (=ratha or vayha etc. PvA 186); PvA 113. -- iddhi--yana carriage of magic power Miln 276;
deva° godly carriage Miln 276; applied to the 8 fold Aryan Path at Sn 139 (=devaloka? yapetu? samatthata . . .
a??ha--samapatti--yana? SnA 184). Similarly of the Path: magg'a??hangika--yana (--yayini) Th 2, 389
(=a??hangika--magga--sankhata ariya--yana ThA 257); and brahma--yana dhamma--yana "the very best & excellent
carriage" as Ep. of magga S V.5, cp. J IV.100. Cp. the later terms maha and hina--yana. See also yanikata.
  --ugghata shaking or jolting of the carriage Vin II.276; DhA III.283. --gata having ascended the carriage D I.126. --pu?osa
(°pu?o?i) provision bag on a carriage (provision for the journey?) Vism 328 (so read for pa??oli). --bhumi carriage--ground, i.
e. the road as far as accessible to a carriage D I.89; Sn 418. --sannidhi storing up of carriages or means of locomotion D I.6
(with expln at DA I.82 as follows: yana? nama vayha? ratho saka?a? sandamanika patanki ti. Na pan'eta? pabbajitassa yana?,
upahana yana? pana); Sn 924 (=anna--pana--vattha--yana--sannidhi Nd1 372). --sukha pleasures of riding and driving Kvu
209; cp. Kvu trsl. 127. 

Yanaka (nt.) [fr. yana] a (small) cart, carriage, waggon, vehicle J III.49 (°? puretva, or a hunter's cart); IV.45; DhA I.325
(sukha°), 391 (pakati°, an ordinary waggon). --°? pajeti to drive a cart J II.112, 143; III.51.
  --upatthambha(na) waggon--prop KhA 44 (°ni v. l., see Appendix to Index Pj.); VbhA 234 (°nika; illustrating the shape of
the teeth). 

Yanika & Yaniya (adj.) (--°) [fr. yana] 1. (lit.) leading to, conducive to, as °yaniya in deva° magga D I.215, &
Brahma° magga the way leading to the Brahma--world D I.220. -- 2. (in appld meaning, cp. yanikata) °yanika one who has
become used to, whose habit it is . . ., in vipassana° & samatha° at Vism 588. 

Yanikata [yana+kata, with i for a in compn with k?, perhaps also in analogy with bahuli--kata] made a habit of, indulged
in, acquired, mastered (cp. expln Ps I.172: "yattha yattha akankhati tattha tattha vasippatto hoti balappatto etc."). The
expression is to be com<->  
pared with yata^nuyagin & yatra, similarly to which it is used only in one stock phrase. It comes very near yatra in meaning
"that which keeps one going," i. e. an acquired & thoroughly mastered habit, an "altera natura." It is not quite to the point when
Dial II.110 (following Childers?) translate as "to use as a vehicle." -- Occurring with identical phraseology, viz. bahulikata
yani--kata vatthu--kata anu??hita paricita susamaraddha in application to the 4 iddhipada at D II.103; A IV.309; S
V.260; Miln 140; to metta at M III.97; S I.116; II.264; IV.200; V.259; A V.342; J II.61; Miln 198. Expld at Ps I.172, cp. II.122,
130. 

Yanin (adj.) [fr. yana] one who drives in a carriage J III.525=IV.223 (where read yani va for yan iva). At the latter passage
the C. somewhat obscurely expls as "sappi--tela--yanena gacchanto viya"; at III.526 the expln is simply "yanena gacchanto viya." 

(nt.) [fr. yapeti. Cp. Epic & Class. Sk. yapana] keeping going, sustenance, feeding, nourishment, existence, living. Esp. in one
standing combn respecting the feeding and keeping of the body "kayassa ?hitiya yapanaya etc." (for the maintenance of the
body) in yatra passage: see yatra 2; in which it is expld at Vism 32 by "pavattiya avicched'attha?, cira--kala--??hit'attha?" i. e. for
the preservation of life.-- Further at J I.66 (alam me ettaka? yapanaya); V.387 (thoka? mama yapana--matta? eva); DhA
IV.210 (yapana--matta? dhana?); PvA 28. -- Used more freq. together with shortened form yapana; in standard phrase vutti
palana, yapana yapana cara (cp. yapeti) at Vism 145; DhsA 149, 167. Or similarly as f. with spelling yapana & yapana:
yapana yapana iriyana vattana palana at Dhs 19, 82, 295, 380, 441, 716. At DhsA 404 yapana is used as syn. of yatra. 

Yapaniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. yapeti] fit or sufficient for supporting one's life Vin I.59, 212, 253. -- Cp. BSk.
yapaniyatara a more healthy state Divy 110. 

[Caus. of yati] 1. (lit.) -- (a) in caus.<-> intensive as well as intrs. sense; in the latter also with short a as yapeti and then
combd with yapeti, in stock phrase defining carati "to go," "to be" (or viharati) with synonyms iriyati vattati paleti yapeti
yapeti at Nd2 237; Vbh 252; DhsA 167. Besides singly (yapeti) at DhsA 149. -- (b) to cause to go, to make someone go (to),
to bring to, lead to (acc.) J VI.458 (sasenavahana? yapesi); SnA 184 (devaloka? yapetu? samattha fit to bring one to the
d--world). -- (c) to get on, move, to be active DhA I.10 (sarire yapente); IV.17 (iriyapathena). -- 2. (fig.) to keep going (both trs.
& intrs.), to keep up, esp. to keep oneself going or alive, to live by (instr.) [cp. BSk. yapayati Divy 93, 150, 196, 292, 293, 471,
488, AvS I.209] D I.166 (ekissa dattiya on only one alms); Pug 56; J II.204; III.67; IV.125; VI.532 (uñchena); Pv I.57 (ito
dinnena yapenti peta); I.117; III.28 (tava dinnena yapessanti kururino); PvA 27, 29 (=attabhava? yapeti=upajivati). 

Yapya (adj.) [shortened grd.--formation for yapaniya. *Sk. yapya in slightly diff. meaning] 1. (lit.) fit for movement or
locomotion: in °yana sedan--chair, palanquin Abhp. 373. -- 2. (fig.) concerning the preservation of life, vital, in °rogin one
who suffers from a vital disease, lit. a disease concerning the upkeep of the body Vism 33 (trsln Path of Purity 39: "patient of
long--suffering," from a different point of view, viz. of time only, like Bdhgh.). 

Yama [fr. yam in both meanings of yamati & yama3] 1. restraint, only as cpd. catu--yama 4--fold restraint D I.57; III.48; S
I.66; M I.377; Vism 416. Cp. Dial. I.751. -- 2. a watch of the night. There are 3 watches, given as pa?hama, majjhima &
pacchima (first, middle & last) Nd1 377 sq.; or purima, m. & pacchima Nd2 631 (under sada). -- A I.114; IV.168; Dh 157
(one of the 3; interpreted as the 3 vayas at DhA III.138); J I.243 (tisu yamesu ekasmi? yame); Mhvs 21, 33; PvA 217, 280. -- 3.
(usually pl. Yama deva) one who belongs to Yama or the ruler of the Underworld; a subject of Yama; the realm of Yama; --
pl. inhabitants of Yamaloka A I.210 (yama deva); SnA 244 (°bhavana the abode of the Y.); KhA 166 (Yamato yava
Akani??ha? from the Underworld to the Highest Heaven); Vism 225 (Yama); VbhA 519 (Yama); VvA 246 (id.); ThA 169
(Y. deva).
  --kalika of a restricted time, for a (relatively) short period (lit.) only for one watch of the night, but longer than yava--kalika
temporary. It is one of the three regulation--terms for specified food, viz. y.--k., sattahakalika & yavajivika, or short
period, of a week's duration, and life--long food Vin IV.83, 86, 176, 311; to which is added yava--kalika, temporary at Vin
I.251 (where mutual relations of the 4 are discussed). --ga?d?ika(?) ko??eti to beat the block of restraint (?), i. e. exercise
self--control (?) (or does it belong to yama 3?) KhA 233. 

Yayati see yati. 

Yayin (adj.) (--°) [fr. ya, see yati] going, going on to; in yana--yayini (f.) Th 2, 389 (magga??hangika° having ascended the
carriage of the 8--fold Path; expld by "ariya--yayena nibbana--pura? yayini upagata" ThA 257). 

Yava (adv.) [Vedic yavat as nt. of yavant used as adv. in meanings 1 & 2. The final t is lost in Pali, but restored as d in
certain combinations: see below 2. -- Cp. tava & kiva]. 1 (as prep.) up to (a point), as far as, how far, so far that (cp. tava I),
both temporal and local, used either with absolute form of noun or adj. (base), or nom., or abl. or acc. -- (a) absolute: y.
sahassa up to 1000. PvA 21; y. sattama up to the seventh D I.238. <-> (b) nom.: y. deva--bhava--sampatti up to the
attainment of a deva existence PvA 167; y. satta divasa up to 7 days, as long as 7 days PvA 31. (c) with abl.: y. brahmaloka up
to the highest heaven A III.17; y. mekhala down to her girdle PvA 46; yava ayu--pariyosana up to the end of life PvA 200; y.
ajjadivasa till the present day Mhvs 32, 23; y. kapp'a^vasana up to the end of the world Vism 688 (where SnA 5 in same passage
 reads acc. °a^vasana?); y. kala--ppavedana J I.118+DhA I.248; y. mukhasma up to the brim Miln 238; yava
bhumm'a^valambare hang down to the ground Pv II.102. -- (d) with acc. y. Bodhima?d?a? as far as the Bodhima?d?a Mhvs 30,
88; y. tatiyaka? for the 3rd time (i. e. the last time; ascending scale!) D I.95; y. tatiya? id. Vin IV.236 samanubhasitabba); Sn
1116; J IV.126. -- Freq. in phrase yava jiva? (see under cpds.). Sattamasa? cha pañca cattaro ti vatva yava temasa? yaci?su
"after having said 7, 6, 5, 4, months they begged down to 3 months" PvA 20. -- With startingpoint, local: padatalato . . .
yavakesagga? from the sole of the foot to the tip of the hair ("from tip to toe") DhA I.70; (in modal sense:) pa?havi--kasi?ato
pa??haya yava odata--kasi?a? "from the one to the other" Vism 374. Similarly in correlation yava--tava (see tava 1.) as
far--so far, until--so long: y. raja agacchati tava ubho ramissama J IV.190; he??ha pi yava Avici upari yava Akani??ha--bhavana?,
tava addasa Vism 392; yava na? anemi tava idh'eva ti??ha DhA III.194. -- 2. (as adv.) how, how much, to which or what extent,
as great or as much (as) (cp. tava II.2), usually in combn yava maha (mahanta?), e. g. yava mahanta? how big PvA 77
(=yadisa? of Pv II.119); VvA 325=DhA I.29 (yava mahanta?). Also in other combns, like yava dukkha niraya how (or as)
many painful purgatories Sn 678; yava dukkha tiracchanayoni M III.169; yava papo aya? Devadatto alakkhiko . . . "how very
wicked is this D." Vin II.196 Further in combn with attha(?), and eva, in which cases the final d is restored, or may be
regarded as euphonic.  Thus yavad--attha? as far as need be, as much as you like (with imper.) Pv IV.57 (khadassu y.); UbhA 504 (=yattaka? icchati
tattaka?); J V.338; PvA 217 (ga?hahi). Cp. Vin III.37 (yavadattha? katva "pleasing herself"). -- As adj. sufficient, plenty M I.12
(paripu??a . . . suhita y.); PvA 24 (=pahuta). yavad--eva [cp. the similar tava--d.--eva] "as much as it is (in extent)" i. e. with
limitation as far as is necessary, up to (i. e. not further or more than), ever so much, as much as you like, at least; (then:) as far
as, in short, altogether, indeed. -- The same idea as our defn is conveyed by Bdhgh's at SnA 503 (on Sn p. 140) "paricched'
a^vadhara?a--vacana?," and at DhA II.73 "avadhiparicchedana": giving a limitation, or saying up to the limit. S II.276; Sn p. 140;
Dh 72; and in stock phrase "n'eva davaya . . . yavad eva imassa kayassa ?hitiya . . ." ("in short"); see passages under yatra. The
expln of yavad eva in this phrase as given at DhsA 403 runs: "ahar'ahara?e payojanassa pariccheda--niyamadassana?," of
which the trsln Expos. II.512 is "so as to suffice signifies the limit of the result of taking food." ?eumann's trsln at M I.10 is "but
only." -- Note. In the stock phrase of the Buddha's refusal to die until his teaching has been fully proclaimed
(Mahaparinibbanasutta) "among gods and men" D II.106 (=114, 219; III.122; A IV.311) "yava--deva--manussehi
suppakasita?" (trsln Dial. II.113: "until, in a word, it shall have been well proclaimed among men") we are inclined to consider
the reading yava deva° as original and better than yavad--eva, although Rhys Davids (Dial. II.236) is in favour of the latter
being the original. Cf. K.S. II.75 n. The phrase seems to require yava only as continuation of the preceding yava's; moreover
the spirit of the message is for the whole of the worlds Cp. BSk. yavad--deva manusyebha? Divy 201. It is not a restriction or
special definition of meaning at this passage. But may it not be taken as a summing up= "in short"? It is left doubtful. If it
is=yava, then we should expect yava na, as in the preceding sentence, if it is yavad eva the meaning "not more than made
known by men" seems out of place; in this case the meaning "at least" is preferable. A similar case of insertion of a euphonic
consonant m (or is it the a-- stem nt in °? instead of °t as in yavat?) we find in the phrase yavam pi at J V.508 (with Pot.
ti??heyya; see below 3; C. expln by yattaka? kala?). -- The form yavade (for yavad eva) also occurs (like tavade for tavad eva)
at M II.207. -- For yad--ida? we find yavañ c'ida? at A III.34; M III.169. -- The latter form (yava?, as above J V.508) is better
to be grouped directly under yavant, where more & similar cases are given. -- 3. (as conj.) so long as, whilst, until (cp. tava
II.3, 4; III.); either with Fut. or Pot. or Prohibitive. E.g. 'S I.202 (ahu pure dhammapadesu chando y. viragena samagamimha;
trsln "until I met with that Pure thing and Holy"); J VI.266 (y. amantaye); PvA 4 (tava ayyo agametu yava aya? puriso . . .
paniya? pivissati or: "you shall wait please, until he shall drink"). Neg. yava . . . na not until, unless, as long as not D II.106 (na
paribbayissami . . . yava . . . na bhavissati); S I.47 (y. na gadha? labhati); Dh 69 (yattaka? kala? na . . . DhA II.50).
  --kalika (cp. tava II.1) "as far as the time or occasion goes," occasional, temporary, at Vin I.251 in foll. context (cp.
yamakalika): "kappati . . . yavakalikena, yamakalika? na kappati, kappati yavakalikena sattaha kalika? na k. etc. with foll.
yavajivika? & the same with kappati yama--kalikena, sattaha--kalikenana k.; kappati satt°, yavajiv, na k." The reply of the
Buddha is: yavakalikena yamakalika? tadahu pa?iggahita? kale kappati vikale na kappati (same with sattahakalika? &
yavajivika?); followed by yamakalikena . . . sattahakalika? & yavajivika?; sattahakalikena . . . javajivika?." --jiva? (adv.) for
the length of one's life, life--long, all one's life, for life (--time) Vin I.80; II.197; III.23; It 78; Dh 64, 284; Vism 94; DhA I.45;
PvA 76, 110 (=satata?). Cp. BSk. yavajiva--sukhya AvS II.37. --tajjani (--vinita) led only as long as kept under a threat A
I.285 (one of the 3 parisa's; so read with v.l. for T. yavatajjha°). --tatiyaka "as much as 3 times," name of the last 4
Sanghadisesa offences, because before the punishment is inflicted warning must have been given 3 times: see passage of Vin
III.186 under yava t--iha?. --tiha? (read as yavat--iha?, the latter=aha2 day) as many days as . . .; in foll. passage: uddi??ha . . .
terasa sanghadisesa dhamma, nava patham--apattika cattaro yavatatiyaka, yesa? bhikkhu aññatara? va aññatara? va
apajjitva yavatiha? jana? pa?icchadeti tavatiha? tena bhikkhuna akama parivatthabba? (for as many days as he knowingly
conceals his sin, for so many days . . .), parivuttha--parivasena bhikkhuna uttari? charatta? bhikkhumanattaya
pa?ipajjitabba?. Vin III.186. 

Yavaka [=yavaka] a dish prepared of barley J VI.373 (=yavata?d?ula--bhatta C.). 

Yavataka (adj.) [fr. yava, as tavataka fr. tava] as much as, as many as, as far as, whatever; usually in correl. with tavataka
e.g. Vin I.83 (yavataka . . . t.); D II.18 (y. kayo t. vyamo); Nd2 2353 (y °? ñeyya? t °? ña?a?); or similarly M I.397 (y.
katha--sallapo . . . sabba? ta? . . .); PvA 103 (yavataka=yavanto). <-> f. yavatika: yavatika gati tavatika? gantva A I.112; y.
nagassa bhumi as far as there was ground for the elephant D I.50; similarly: y. yanassa bh. as far as the carriage--road D I.89,
106, 108; y. ña?assa bh. Nett 25. 

Yavata (indecl.) [abl. of yavant in adv. use cp. tavata) as far as, like as, in comparison with, regarding, because Dh 258 (na
tena pa?d?ito hoti y. bahu bhasati=yattakena kara?ena DhA III.383), 259, 266 (similarly, C.= yattakena); Sn 759 (yavat'atthi ti
vuccati; expld at SnA 509 as "yavata ete cha aramma?a ?atthi' ti vuccanti, vacana--vyattayo veditabbo"); yavata ariya? parama?
sila?, na^ha? tattha attano sama--sama? samanupassami kuto bhiyyo "compared with this sila I do not see anyone quite equal to
myself, much less greater." D I.74 yavata ariya? ayatana? yavata vanippatho ida? agga--nagara? bhavissati Pataliputta?
pu?a--bhedana? Vin I.229=Ud 88=D II.87 (concerning a most splendid site, and a condition for trade, this Pa?. will be the
 greatest town; trsln Dial. as far as Aryan people resort, as far as merchants travel . . .). yavata satt'avasa yavata bhavagga? ete
agga ete sa??ha [read se??ha] lokasmi? yad idam arahanto "as far as the abodes of beings, as far as heaven, these are the highest,
these are the best, I mean the Arahants." S III.84. yavata dhamma sankhata va asankhata va virago . . . aggam akkhayati,
yad--ida? mada--nimmadano . . . A II.34=It 88; "of all the things definite or indefinite: passionlessness deserves the highest
praise, I mean the disintoxication of pride etc." The expln at Vism 293 takes yavata (grammatically incorrectly) as n. pl.=
yattaka. --yavata jagato gati as far as (like as) the course of the world It 120. 

Yavant (pron. rel.) [cp. Sk. yavant; same formation as demonstr. pron. tavant, of which the P. uses the adv. nt. tava (t)
form more frequently than the adj. tavant. The only case so far ascertained where tavant occurs as adj. is J V.72 (see below)] 1.
yavant as adj.: as many (as) Dh 337 (havant'ettha samagata as many as are assembled here); J V.72 (yavanto uda--binduni . . .
tavanto ga?d?u jayetha; C. on p. 74 expls by yattakani; yavata pl. as many as Pv II.116; yavanto Pv II.716 (=yavataka PvA 103);
J V.370 (detha vatthani . . . yavanto eva icchati as many as he wants). -- 2. yavat (nt.) used adverbially. The examples and
meanings given here are really to be combined with those given under yava2 (yavad°). It is hardly possible to dis<->  tinguish clearly between the 2 categories; the t may well have been reduced to d or been replaced by another sandhi consonant.
However, the specific Pali use of yava (like tava) justifies a separate treatment of yava in that form only. -- yavat occurs only
in combn with ca (where we may assume either a peculiar nt. form yava?: see yava 2; or an assimilation of t to ñ before c. --
The form yava mahanta? may originally have been a yava? m.) as yavañ ca "and that," "i. e.," how much, however much, so
great S I.149 (passa yavañ ca te ida? aparaddha?: see how great a mistake you have made in this); It 91, 92 (passa yavañ ca
araka & santike: see how far and near). yavañ c'ida? stands for yad--ida? (see ya° 4) in peculiar use of restriction at M.
III.169; S II.178; A III.34. -- 3. The nt. form yavat further occurs in foll. cpds.: °ayuka? (better as yavat° than yavata°) as long
as life lasts, for a lifetime Mhvs 3, 41; VvA 196 (as adj. °ayuka dibba--sampatti); PvA 66, 73, 133; °icchaka? as much as is
desired, according to one's wishes Pug 12, 25; Vism 154 (here spelt yavad--icchaka?); °iha? see under yava (cpds.) -- instr.
yavata: see sep. 

Yavetadohi at M II.47 is an obscure expression. The reading is established; otherwise one might think of a corrupted
yav(a) etad ahosi(pi) or yava--d--ev'--ahosi "was it really so?" or: "did you really have that thought?" Neumann, Mittl.
Sammlung2 1921; II.381, trsls "gar so sehr drängt es dich" (are you in such a hurry?), and proposes reading (on p. 686, note)
yav' etado hi pi, leaving us wondering what etado might be. -- Could it be a distorted yayetar (n. ag. of yayeti, Caus. ya)? 

Yi??ha [pp. of yajati with a petrified sandhi y.; Vedic i??a] med.: having sacrificed D I.138 (maha--yañña? y. raja). -- pass.:
sacrificed, (nt.) sacrifice D I.55 (dinna, y. huta); expld at DA I.165 by "mahayaga" Vbh 328, (id.); J I.83 (y.+huta); IV.19
(=yajita C.); V.49; VI.527. -- duyyi??ha not properly sacrificed, a sacrifice not according to rites J VI.522. In specific Buddhistic
sense "given, offered as alms, spent as liberal gift" Vin I.36; J I.168=A II.44; M I.82. Dh 108 (ya? kiñci yi??ha? va huta? va;
DhA II.234=yebhuyyena mangalakiriya--divasesu dinna--dana?). -- suyi??ha well given or spent A II.44; ThA 40; Vv 3426 (in
both senses; VvA 155 expls "maha--yaga--vasena yi??ha?"). 

Yidha in ma yidha in ma yidha at Vin I.54 is to be read ma--y--idha, the y being an euphonic consonant (see y.). 

Yuga (nt.) [fr. yuj; Vedic yuga (to which also yoga)= Gr. zugo/n; Lat. jugum=Goth. juk; Ohg. juh; E. yoke; Lith. jungas] 1.
the yoke of a plough (usually) or a carriage DhA I.24 (yuga? giva? badhati presses on the neck); PvA 127 (ratha°); Sdhp 468
(of a carriage). Also at Sn 834 in phrase dhonena yuga? samagama which Bdhgh. (SnA 542) expls as "dhuta--kilesena
buddhena saddhi? yugaggaha? samapanno," i. e. having attained mastery together with the pure Buddha. Neumann, Sn trsln
not exactly: "weil abgeschüttelt ist das Joch" (but dhona means "pure"). See also below °nangala. -- 2. (what is yoked or fits
under one yoke) a pair, couple; appld to objects, as --°: dussa° a pair of robes S V.71.; DhA IV.11; PvA 53; sa?aka° id. J I.8, 9;
PvA 46; vattha° id. J IV.172. -- tapassi° a pair of ascetics Vv 2210; duta° a pair of messengers S IV.194; savaka° of disciples
D II.4; S I.155; II.191; V.164; in general: purisa° (cattari p.--yugani) (4) pairs of men S IV.272 sq.=It 88; in verse at Vv 4421
and 533; expld at Vism 219 as follows: yuga?a--vasena pa?hamamagga--??ho phala--??ho ti idam eka? yuga?an ti eva? cattari
purisa--yuga?ani honti. Practically the same as "a??ha purisa--puggala." Referring to "pairs of sins" (so the C.) in a somewhat
doubtful passage at J I.374: sa mangala--dosa--vitivatto yuga--yog'a^dhigato na jatum eti; where C. expls yuga as kilesa
mentioned in pairs (like kodho ca upanaho, or makkho ca pa?aso), and yoga as the 4 yojanas or yogas (oghas?), viz. kama°,
bhava°, di??hi°, avijja°. -- Also used like an adj. num. in meaning "two," e. g. yuga? va nava? two boats Dpvs I.76. -- 3.
(connected by descent) generation, an age D I.113 (yava sattama pitamaha--yuga "back through seven generations." Cp. DA
I.281: ayuppama?a); KhA 141 (id.); J I.345 (purisa°). There are also 5 ages (or stages) in the [life of the] sasana (see Brethren,
p. 339): vimutti, samadhi, sila, suta, dana.
  --anta (--vata) (storm at) the end of an age (of men or the world), whirlwind J I.26. --adhana putting the yoke on, harnessing
M I.446. --ggaha "holding the yoke," i. e. control, dominance, domineering, imperiousness; used as syn. for palasa at Vbh
357=Pug 19 (so read for yuddha°), expld by sama--dhura--ggaha?a? "taking the leadership altogether" at VbhA 492. See
further Nd1 177; VvA 71 (yugaggaha--lakkha?o pa?aso); SnA 542; DhA III.57 (°katha=sarambhakatha). --°? ganhati to take
the lead, to play the usurper or lord J III.259 (C. for T. palasin); DhA III.346. --ggahin trying to outdo somebody else,
domineering, imperious VvA 140. --cchidda the hole of a yoke Th 2, 500 (in famous simile of blind turtle). --nangala yoke
and plough (so taken by Bdhgh. at SnA 135) Sn 77= S I.172 ("plough fitted with yoke" Mrs. Rh.D.). --nandha (with v. l.
°naddha, e. g. at Ps II.92 sq.; KhA 27 in T.) putting a yoke on, yoking together; as adj. congruous, harmonious; as nt.
congruity, association, common cause Ps II.98=Vism 682; Ps II.92 sq. (°vagga & °katha); KhA 27 (nt.); Vism 149 (°dhamma
things fitting under one yoke, integral parts, constituents). --matta? (adv.) "only the distance of a plough," i. e. only a little (viz.
the most necessary) distance ahead, with expressions of sight: pekkhati Sn 410 ("no more than a fathom's length" Rh.D. in
Early Buddhism 32); pekkhin Miln 398; °dassavin Vism 19 (okkhitta--cakkhu+) pekkhamana SnA 116 (as expln of
okkhittacakkhu). --sa?aka (=s.--yuga) a pair of robes, two robes Dpvs VI.82. 

Yugala & Yuga?a (nt.) [Class. Sk. yugala; in relation to yuga the same as Lat. jugulum ("yoke--bone") to jugum. Cp.
also Gr. zeu/glh yoking strap] a pair, couple J I.12 (yuga?a--yuga?a--bhuta in pairs), 500 (bahu°); VI.270 (thana° the 2 breasts);
Vism 219; VbhA 51 (yuga?ato jointly, in pairs); the six "pairs of adaptabilities" or "words," Yog. 18--23, Mystic 30 sq.; cp. Dhs
40 sq. Also used as adj. (like yuga) in phrase yugala? karoti to couple, join, unite Dpvs I.77; VvA 233. 

Yugalaka (nt.) [fr. yugala] a pair Tikp 66; VbhA 73. 

Yuja (adj.) (--°) [either a direct root--derivation fr. yuj, corresponding to Sk. yuj (or yuk, cp. Lat. con--jux "conjugal," Gr.
o(mo/--zuc companion, su/--zuc=conjux; Goth. ga--juka companion); or a simplified form of the grd. *yujya>*yujja>yuja]
yoked or to be yoked, applicable, to be studied, only in cpd. duyyuja hard to be mastered, difficult J V.368 (atthe yuñjati
duyyuje he engages in a difficult matter; C. reads duyyuñja). 

Yujjha (adj.) [grd. of yujjhati] to be fought; neg. a° not to be fought, invincible M II.24 (so read for ayojjha). 

Yujjhati [cp. Vedic yudhyate, yudh, given in meaning "sampahara" at Dhtp 415. -- Etymologically to Idg. *ieudh to
shake, fr. which in var. meanings Lat. jubeo to command, juba horse's mane; Gr. u(smi/nh battle, Lith. jundù, jùdra whirlwind;
cp. also Av. yaošti agility] to fight, make war. Rare in older literature; our refs. only from the Mahava?sa; e. g. 22, 82 (fut.
yujjhissama, with instr.: Dami?ehi); 25, 23 (aor. ayujjhi); 25, 58 (ppr. yujjhamana); 33, 41 (aor. yujjhi). To which add DhA
II.154 (mallayuddha? yujjhanto); III.259 (Ajatasattuna saddhi? yujjhanto). -- pp. yuddha. -- Caus. yodheti (q. v.). 

Yujjhana (nt.) [fr. yujjhati] fighting, making war J III.6, 82. 

Yujjhapana (nt.) [fr. yujjhati Caus.] making somebody fight, inciting to war Miln 178. 

Yuñjati [Vedic yunakti, yuñjati & yuñkte, yuj; cp. Gr. zeu/gnumi, Lat, jungo to unite, put together (pp. junctus=Sk. yukta,
cp. E. junct--ion); Lith. jùngin. The Idg. root *i?eug is an enlarged form of *i?e?e "to unite," as in Sk. yanti, yuvati, pp. yuta; f.
yuti, to which also Lat. jus=P. yusa. The Dhtp gives several (lit. & fig.) meanings of yuj, viz. "yoge" (No. 378), "samadhimhi"
(399), "sa?gamane" (550)] (lit.) to yoke; (fig.) to join with (instr. or loc.), to engage in (loc.), to exert oneself, to endeavour. All
our passages show the applied meaning, while the lit. meaning is only found in the Caus. yojeti. -- Often expld by and coupled
with the syn. gha?ati & vayamati, e.g. at J IV.131; V.369; DhA IV.137. -- Forms: pres. yuñjati Dh 382; J V.369; 2nd pl.
yuñjatha Th 2, 346 (kamesu;=niyojetha ThA 241); ppr. yuñjanto J IV.131 (kamma??hane); imper. yuñja S I.52 (sasane);
ThA 12; med. imper. yuñjassu Th 2, 5. -- Pass. yujjati (in grammar or logic) is constructed or applied, fits (in), is meant KhA
168; SnA 148, 403, 456. -- Caus. I. yojeti & II. yojapeti (q.v.). -- pp. yutta. 

Yuta [pp. of yu, yauti to fasten but Dhtp 338: "missane"] fastened to (loc.), attracted by, bent on, engaged in D. I.57
(sabba--vari°); Sn 842 (pesu?eyye; Nd1 233 reads yutta in exegesis, do. at p. 234, with further expln ayutta, payutta etc.), 853
(atimane); Davs V.18 (dhiti°). -- Note. yuta is doubtful in phrase tejasa--yuta in Niraya passage at A I.142=M III.183=Nd1
405=Nd2 304III=J V.266. The more likely reading is either tejas'ayuta (so BSk. M.Vastu 9), or tejasa yutta (so Nd2 & PvA
52), i. e. endowed with, furnished with, full of heat. -- We find a similar confusion between uyyuta & uyyutta. 

Yutta [pp. of yuñjati; Vedic yukta, cp. Lat. junctus, Gr. zeukto/s, Lith. jùnktas] 1. (lit.) yoked, harnessed (to= loc.) Pv I.114
(catubbhi yutta ratha); Mhvs 35, 42 (go?a rathe yatta); DhA I.24 (dhure yutta balivadda). -- 2. coupled; connected with;
(appld) devoted to, applied to, given to, engaged in (--°, instr. or loc.) Sn 820 (methune), 863 (macchiriya°), 1144 (tena, cp.
Nd2 532); It 93 (Buddha--sasane); J VI.206 (yoga°). -- 3. furnished; fixed, prepared, in order, ready Sn 442 (Mara; =uyyutta
SnA 392); PvA 53. -- 4. able, fit (to or for=inf.), suitable, sufficient Sn 826 (cp. Nd1 164); J V.219; DA I.141 (dassitu?
yutta=dassaniya); VvA 191 (=ala?); PvA 74. -- 5. proper, right PvA 159. -- 6. due to (--°, with a grd., apparently superfluous)
J III.208 (asankitabba°); cp. yuttaka. -- 7. (nt.) conjunction, i. e. of the moon with one or other constellation Vin II.217. --
ayutta not fit, not right, improper PvA 6 (perhaps delete), 64. -- suyutta well fit, right proper, opp. duyutta unbefitting, in
phrase suyutta? duyutta? acikkhati J I.296 (here perhaps for dur--utta?). du° also lit. "badly fixed, not in proper condition, in a
bad state" at J IV.245 (of a gate).
  --kara acting properly PvA 66. --karin acting rightly Miln 49. --pa?ibha?a knowledge of fitness Pug 42 (cp. PugA 223).
--payutta intent on etc. PvA 150. --rupa one who is able or fit (to=inf.) J I.64. --vaha justified VvA 15. 

Yuttaka (adj.) (--°) [fr. yutta] proper, fit (for); nt. what is proper, fitness: dhamma--yuttaka? katheti to speak righteous
speech J IV.356. -- Usually combd with a grd., seemingly pleonastically (like yutta), e. g. katabba° what had to be done PvA
81; DhA I.13 (as kattabba°); apucchitabba° fit to be asked DhA I.6. 

Yutti [cp. Vedic yukti connection, fr. yuj] "fitting," i. e. 1. application, use Miln 3 (opamma°). --2. fitness, vada°, KVA 37; in
instr. yuttiya in accordance with Mhvs 10, 66 (vacana°); Sdhp 340 (sutti°); and abl. yuttito Sdhp 505. -- 3. (logical) fitness,
right construction, correctness of meaning; one of the 16 categories (hara), appld to the exposition of texts, enumd in the 1st
section of the Netti; e. g. at Nett 1--3, 103; KhA 18; SnA 551, 552. Thus abl. yuttito by way of correctness or fitness
(contrasted to suttato) VbhA 173=Vism 562; and yutti--vasena by means of correctness (of meaning) SnA 103 (contrasted
to anussava). -- 4. trick, device, practice J VI.215.
  --kata combined with; (nt.) union, alloy VvA 13. 

Yuddha (nt.) [orig. pp. of yujjhati; cp. Vedic yuddha (pp.) and yudh (f.) the fight] war, battle, fight D I.6 (da?d?a° fighting
with sticks or weapons); J III.541 (id.); Sn 442 (dat. yuddhaya); J VI.222; Miln 245 (kilesa°, as pp.: one who fights sin); Mhvs
10, 45 (°attha? for the sake of fighting); 10, 69 (yuddhaya in order to fight); 25, 52 (yuddhay'agata); 32, 12 (yuddha? yujjhati);
32, 13 (maccu° fight with death); 33, 42; DhA II.154 (malla° fist--fight). -- The form yudhaya at Sn 831 is to be taken as
(archaic) dat. of Vedic yudh (f.), used in sense of an inf. & equal to yuddhaya. Nd1 172 expls as "yuddh'atthaya."
  --kala time for the battle Mhvs 10, 63. --??ha engaged in war S I.100 (so read for °ttha). --ma?d?ala fightingring, arena J
IV.81; Vism 190; VbhA 356 (in comparison). 

Yuddhaka [fr. yuddha, for the usual yodha (ka)] a fighter, in malla° fist--fighter, pugilist J IV.81. 

Yudhika (f.) [doubtful] N. of a tree J V.422 (for T. yodhi, which appears as yodhika in C. reading). The legitimate reading
is yuthika (q. v.), as is also given in vv.ll. 

Yuvan [Vedic yuvan; cp. Av. yavan=Lat. juvenis, Lith. jáunas young; Lat. juvencus "calf"; juventus youth; Goth. junda,
Ohg. jugund & jung, E. young. -- The n.--stem is the usual, but later Pali shows also decl. after a--stem, e. g. gen. yuvassa Mhvs
18, 28] a youth. -- nom. sg. yuva D I.80=yobbanena samannagata DA I.223; Sn 420; Dh 280 (=pa?hama--yobbane ?hita DhA
III.409); Pv III.71 (=taru?a PvA 205). -- Cp. yava, yuvin & yobbana. 

Yuvin (adj.--n.) [=yuvan with diff --adj. ending] young J IV.106, 222. 

Yutha (nt.) [Vedic yutha] a flock, herd of animals Sn 53 (of elephants); J I.170 (monkeys), 280 (id.); SnA 322 (go°, of
oxen).
  --pa the leader of a herd Th 2, 437 (elephants). --pati same J III.174 (elephant); DhA I.81 (id.). 

Yuthika (f.) [cp. later Sk. yuthika] a kind of jasmine, Jasminum auriculatum J VI.537; Miln 338. So is also to be read at J
V.420 (for yodhi) & 422 (yodhika & yudhika). See also yodhika. 

Yupa [Vedic yupa] 1. a sacrificial post D I.141; A IV.41; J IV.302; VI.211; Miln 21 (dhamma°); SnA 321, 322; DA I.294. --
2. a pasada, or palace Th 1, 163=J II.334.
  --ussapana the erection of the sacr. post DhsA 145 (cp. Miln 21). 

Yusa [Vedic yu?an, later Sk. yu?a; fr. base Idg. *i?us, cp. Lat. jus soup, Gr. zu/mh yeast, ferment, zwmo/s soup; Obulg.
jucha=Ger. jauche manure; Swedish o¯st cheese; an enlargement of base *i?eu to mix, as in Sk. yu to mix: see yuta, to which
further *i?e?e, as in yuñjati] 1. juice Vin I.206 (aka?a° natural juice); Mhvs 28, 26; VvA 185 (badara° of the jujube); Vism 195
(seda° sweaty fluid). -- 2. soup, broth. Four kinds of broths are enumd at M I.245, viz. mugga° bean soup, kulattha° of vetch
(also at Vism 256), ka?aya° (chick--) pea soup, hare?uka° pea soup; Miln 63 (rañño sudo yusa? va rasa? va kareyya). 

Yebhuyya (adj.) [ye=yad in Magadhi form; thus yad bhuya=yad bhiyya "what is more or most(ly)"] abundant, numerous,
most. Not found as adj. by itself, except in phrase yebhuyya--vasena mostly, as a rule ThA 51 and PvA 136, which is identical
with the   
usual instr. yebhuyyena occurring as adv. "as according to most," i. e. (1) almost all, altogether, practically (as in our phrase
"practically dead"), mostly D I.105 (addasa dvatti?sa lakkhana?i y. ?hapetva dve: all except two)=109; Vin III.29 sq.; J I.246
(gamako y. andha--bala--manussehi yeva ussanno the village was peopled by mostly foolish folk); V.335 (y. asiti--mahathera,
altogether). -- (2) as it happens (or happened), usually, occasionally, as a rule, ordinarily D I.17 (sa?va??amane loke y. [as a
rule] satta Abhassarasa?va??anika honti; expld by half allegorical, half popular etym. at DA I.110 as follows: "ye upari
Brahma--lokesu va Aruppesu va nibbattanti, tadavasese sandhaya vutta?"); D II.139: yebhuyyena dasasu loka--dhatusu devata
sannipatita (as a rule); Sn p. 107 (=bahukani SnA 451); Miln 6 (y. Himavantam eva gacchanti: usually); DA I.280
(ordinarily); VvA 234 (occasionally), 246 (pihita--dvaram eva hoti: usually); PvA 2 (Sattari tattha tattha viharante y. taya taya
atth'uppattiya), 46 (tassa kesa--sobha? disva taru?a--jana y. tattha pa?ibaddha--citta adesu? invariably). -- na yebhuyyena not
as a rule, usually not (at all): na^pi y. ruditena kaci attha--siddhi PvA 63. 

Yebhuyyasika (f.) [formation fr. yebhuyya like tassapapiyya--sika. Originally adj., with kiriya to be understood] lit.
"according to the majority," i. e. a vote of majority of the Chapter; name of one of the adhikara?a--samathas, or means of
settling a dispute. -- Vin. II.84 (anujanami bh. adhikara?a? yebhuyyasikaya vupasametu?), 93 (vivad'a^dhikara?a? dvihi
samathehi sammati: sammukha--vinayena ca yebhuyyas?kaya ca). As one of the 7 methods of settling a dispute mentioned at
Vin IV.207=351 (the seven are: sammukha--vinaya, sati--vinaya, amu?ha°, pa?iñña, yebhuyyasika, tassa--papiyyasika,
ti?'avattharaka). Expld in detail at M II.247: if the bhikkhus cannot settle a dispute in their abode, they have to go to a place
where there are more bh., in order to come to a vote by majority. Cp. D III.254 (the seven enumd); A I.99; IV.144. 

Yeva (indecl.) [=eva with accrudescent y from Sandhi. On form and relation between eva & yeva cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 66, 1.
See also eva 2. -- The same form in Prakrit: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 336] emphatic particle, meaning "even, just, also"; occurring
most frequently (for eva) after palatal sounds, as ?: Sn 580 (pekkhata? yeva), 822 (viveka?); DhA II.20 (saddhi?); PvA 3
(tasmi?), 4 (imasmi?), 13 (tumhaka?); -- further after o: PvA 39 (apanito yeva); -- after a: Sn 1004 (manasa yeva); -- after i: S
II.206 (vuddhi yeva); PvA 11 (ahosi); -- after e: J I.82 (vihare yeva; pubba?he y.); VbhA 135 (na kevala? ete yeva, aññe pi "not
only these, but also others"). Cp. Mhvs 22, 56; VvA 222; PvA 47. 

(adj.) [not connected with yeva, but an adj. formation from phrase ye va pana; ye here standing (as Magadhism) for ya?: cp.
yebhuyya] corresponding, reciprocal, respective, in corresponding proportion, as far as concerned; lit. "whatever else." The
expression is peculiar to exegetical (logical) literature on the Abhidhamma. See e. g. DhsA 152 (yevapana, pl. and °ka); Vism
468, 271 sq.; VbhA 63, 70 sq.; cp. Dhs. trsl.1 p. 5 and introd. p. 56. -- Note. The expression occurring as phrase shows ye as
nom. pl., e. g. Dhs 1, 58, 151--161 & passim: ye va pana tasmi? samaye aññe pi dhamma; but cp. in § 1: ya? ya? va
pan'arabbha, in same sense. 

Yoga [Vedic yoga, see etym. under yuga & yuñjati. Usually m.; pl. nt. yogani occurs at D II.274 in meaning "bonds"] lit.
"yoking, or being yoked," i. e. connection, bond, means; fig. application, endeavour, device. -- 1. yoke, yoking (rare?) J VI.206
(meant here the yoke of the churning--sticks; cp. J VI.209). -- 2. con<-> nection with (--°), application to; (natural) relation (i.
e. body, living connection), association; also conjunction (of stars). manusaka yoga the relation to the world of men (the
human body), opp. dibba yoga: S I.35=60; Sn 641; Dh 417; expld at DhA IV.225 as "kaya." <-> association with: D III.176;
application: Vism 520 (+uppada). yogato (abl.) from being connected with, by association with PvA 40 (balya°), 98
(sammappadhana°). -- pubba° connection with a former body, one's former action or life--history J V.476; VI.480; Miln 2. See
pubbe1. -- ad?d?hayoga a "half--connected" building, i. e. a half--roofed monastery Vin I.239; Vism 34. -- nakkhatta° a
conjunction of planets, peculiar constellation (in astrology) J I.82, 253 (dhana--vassapanaka suitable for a shower of wealth);
III.98; DhA I.174; DhsA 232 (in simile). -- 3. (fig.) bond, tie; attachment (to the world and its lusts), or what yokes to rebirth
(Cpd. 1712). There are 4 yogas, which are identical with the 4 oghas viz. kama°, bhava°, di??hi°, avijja°, or the bonds of
craving, existence, false views, and ignorance; enumd in detail at A II.10; D III.230, 276; J I.374; cp. Ps I.129 (catuhi yogehi
yutto lokasannivaso catu--yoga--yojito); VbhA 35. Mentioned or referred to at S V.59; Dhs 1059 (ogha+, in defn of ta?ha), cp,
Dhs trsln 308; Nett 31 (with ogha), 114 (id.); as sabba-- (or sabbe) yoga at Th 2, 4; 76; S I.213; DhA III.233; severally at It 95
(bhava--yoga--yutta agami hoti, +kama°); ogha+yoga: Pug 21 (avijja°); Vism 211, 684; cp. also D II.274 (papima--yogani
the ties of the Evil one); It 80 (yoga pamocenti bahujana?). -- 4. application, endeavour, undertaking, effort DhA III.233, 234
(=samma--ppadhana). yoga? karoti to make an effort, to strive after (dat.) S II.131; A II.93 (asavana? khayaya y. kara?iya);
Miln 35. yoga? apajjati to show (earnest) endeavour, to be active S III.11 sq.; Vbh 356 (attana). -- dhamma° one who is
devoted to the Dhamma A III.355; yutta° (bent on, i. e.) earnest in endeavour J I.65; yaca° given to making offerings: see
yaca. -- 5. pondering (over), concentration, devotion M I.472; Dh 209 (=yoniso manasikara DhA III.275), 282 (same expln at
DhA III.421); Miln 3; Vbh 324 (yoga--vihitesu kamm'& sipp'--ayatanesu; VbhA 410 expls: y. vuccati pañña; -- perhaps better
to above 4?). -- 6. (magic) power, influence, device, scheme J VI.212 (yoga--yogena practice of spells etc. =taya taya yuttiya
C.); PvA 117 (combd with manta, ascribed to devas). -- 7. means, instrument, remedy J I.380 (vamana° an emetic); VI.74
(eka? yoga? datva; but we better read bhesajja? tassa datva for vatva, and eka? yoga? vatva for datva; taking yoga in
meaning of "charm, incantation"); Miln 109 (yena yogena sattana? gu?a--vad?d?hi . . . tena hita? upadahati).
  --a^tiga one who has conquered the yoke, i. e. bond of the body or rebirth It 61 (muni), 81 (id.). --a^tigamin= °a^tiga; A II.12
(same as sabba--yoga--visa?yutta). --a^vacara "one at home in endeavour," or in spiritual (esp. jhana--) exercises; one who
practises "yoga"; an earnest student. The term is peculiar to the Abhidhamma literature. -- J I.303, 394, 400; III.241
(sa?sarasagara? taranto y.); Ps II.26; KvuA 32; Miln 33 sq., 43, 366, 378 sq.; Vism 245 (as hunter) 246 (as begging bhikkhu),
375 (iddhi--study), 587, 637, 666, 708; DhA II.12 (padhana? padahanto y.); III.241 (°bhikkhu); DhsA 187 (adhikammika),
246 (°kulayutta); VbhA 115, 220, 228 (as bhikkhu on alms--round), 229 (as hunter), 258, 331; KhA 74; SnA 20, 374.
--kkhema [already Vedic yoga--k?ema exertion & rest, acquisition & possession] rest from work or exertion, or fig. in
scholastic interpretation "peace from bondage," i. e. perfect peace or "uttermost safety" (K.S. II.132); a freq. epithet of
nibbana [same in BSk.: yogak?ema, e. g. Divy 98, 123, 303, 498] M I.117 (°kama), 349, 357, (anuttara); S I.173
(°adhivahana); II.195 (anuttara), 226; III.112 (°kama, neg.); IV.125; V.130 sq.; A I.50 (anuttara); II.40, 52 (a°), 87, 247; III.21,
294 sq., 353; D III.123, 125, 164 (°kama); Vin II.205=It 11 (°ato dha?sati, whereas Vin °a padha?sati); It 9, 27 (abhabbo °ssa adhigamaya); Th 2, 6; Sn 79 (°adhivahana), 425; Dh 23 (anuttara,
cp. DhA I.231); Ps I.39; II.81; Vbh 247 (kulani y--kh--kamani, which VbhA 341 expls: catuhi yogehi khema? nibbhaya?
icchanti); ThA 13. --kkhemin finding one's rest, peace, or salvation; emancipated, free, an Arahant S III.13 (accanta°); IV.85;
A II.12; IV.310 (patta°); V.326 (accanta°); DhA III.233, 234 (=sabba--yoga--visa?yutta); neg. a° not finding one's salvation A
II.52 (in verse)=Ps II.80; It 50. --ññu knowing the (right) means Miln 169 sq. --bahula strong in exertion A III.432. --yutta
(Marassa) one who is tied in the bonds (of Mara) A II.52 (so read for °gutta; the verse also at Ps II.80, 81, and It 50).
--vibhaga dividing (division) of the relation (in grammar: to yoga 2) SnA 266. 

Yoganiya (adj.) [fr. yoga; grd. formation] of the nature of trying, acting as a bond, fetter--ish Dhs 584; DhsA 49 (cp. Dhs.
trsl. 301). The spelling is also yoganiya, cp. oghaniya. 

Yogin (adj.--n.) [fr. yoga, cp. Class. Sk. yogin] 1. (--°) applying oneself (to), working (by means of), using Vism 70 (hattha°
& patta° using the hand or the bowl; but trsln p. 80: "hand--ascetic" & "bowl--ascetic"). <-> 2. one who devotes himself to
spiritual things, an earnest student, one who shows effort (in contemplation), a philosopher, wise man. The word does not
occur in the four Nikayas. In the older verses it is nearly synonymous with muni. The oldest ref. is Th 1, 947 (pubbake yogi
"Saints of other days" Mrs. Rh. D.). Freq. in Miln, e. g. pp. 2, 356 (yogi--jana); at pp. 366, 393, 404, 417, 418 in old verses.
Combd with yoga^vacara Miln 366, 404. -- Further passages are Nett 3, 10, 61; Vism 2, 14, 66, 71 (in verse), 150, 320, 373,
509, 620, 651, 696; DhsA 195, 327. 

Yogga1 

Yogga1 (nt.) [Vedic yogya; a grd. formation fr. yoga in meaning of yoga 1] "what may be yoked," i. e. 1. a coach, carriage,
waggon (usually large & covered, drawn by bullocks) J VI.31 sq. (pa?icchanna), 368 (maha°); DhA II.151 (maha° &
pa?icchanna). -- 2. a draughtbullock, ox Vv 848; Pv II.936 (=ratha--yuga--vahana PvA 127); J VI.221. yoggani muñcati to
unharness the oxen PvA 43, 100. 

Yogga2 

Yogga2 (nt. & adj.) [same as last, in meaning of yoga 7] 1. (nt.) a contrivance J IV.269 (yogga? karoti, may be in meaning
"training, practice" here: see yogga); VvA 8 (gaha?a°). -- 2. (adj.) fit for (=yutta), adapted to, suitable; either --° or with inf.:
VvA 291; PvA 25 (here spelt yogya), 135 (bhojana°), 152 (kamma--vipak' a^nubhavana°), 154 (gamana° passable, v. l. yogya),
228 (anubhavana°). 

Yogga (f.) [Vedic and Epic Sk. yogya; same as yogga2, fr. yoga] training, practice J II.165 (yogga? karoti to practise); IV.269
(id.); DhA I.52 (lakkha--yogga? karoti to practise shooting). -- adj. (--°) katayogga wellpractised, trained S I.62, 98 (neg.).
Only at these passages, missing at the other da?ha--dhamma--passages, e. g. at S II.266; M I.82; A II.48.
  --acariya a groom, trainer S IV.176=M I.124; M III.97, 222; Th 1, 1140; J I.505. 

Yojana (nt.) [Vedic yojana] 1. the yoke of a carriage J VI.38, 42 (=ratha--yuga). -- 2. a measure of length: as much as can
be travelled with one yoke (of oxen), a distance of about 7 miles, which is given by Bdhgh. as equal to 4 gavutas (DhA II.13).
It occurs in descending scale of yojana--tigavuta--usabha at DhA I.108. <-> Dh 60; J V.37 (yojana--yojana--vitthata each a
mile square); SnA 194. More favoured combns of yojana with numbers are the foll.: 1/2 (ad?d?ha°): DA I.35; DhsA 142. -- 3:
DhA II.41. -- 4: PvA 113. -- 5: VvA 33. -- 15: DhA I.17; J I.315; PvA 154. -- 18: J I.81, 348. -- 20: DhA IV.112 (20 X 110, of a
wilderness). -- 25: VvA 236. -- 45: J I.147, 348; DhA I.367. -- 50: Vism 417. -- 100: D I.117; It 91; Pv I.1014. -- 500: J I.204. --
1,000: J I.203. -- Cp. yojanika. 

Yojana (f.) [*Sk. yojana, fr. yojeti] (grammatical) construction; exegesis, interpretation; meaning KhA 156, 218, 243; SnA
20, 90, 122 sq., 131 sq., 148, 166, 177, 248, 255, 313; PvA 45, 50, 69, 73, 139 (attha°), and passim in Commentaries. 

Yojanika (adj.) [fr. yojana] a yojana in extent J I.92 (vihara); Dpvs 17, 108 (arama); DhA I.274 (ma?ipallanka). 

Yojita [pp. of yojeti] yoked, tied, bound Ps I.129 (catuyoga° fettered by the four bonds); SnA 137 (yottehi y.). 

Yojitaka (adj.) [fr. yojita] connected with, mixed; neg. a° not mixed (with poison), unadulterated J I.269. 

Yojeti [Caus. of yuñjati] 1. to yoke, harness, tie, bind Pv II.936 (vahana, the draught--bullock); Mhvs 35, 40 (yojayi aor.; v. l.
for yojapayi); PvA 74 (sindhave). <-> 2. to furnish (with), combine, unite, mix, apply J I.252 (sura?), 269 (id.); Mhvs 22, 4
(amba? visena y. to poison a mango); 36, 71 (visa? phalesu poison the fruit). <-> 3. to prepare, provide, set in order, arrange,
fix, fit up Mhvs 30, 39 (pade upanahi fitted the feet with slippers); dvara? to put a door right, to fix it properly J I.201; IV. 245
(cp. yojapeti). -- 4. to engage, incite, urge, commission, put up to, admonish Mhvs 17, 38 (manusse); 37, 9 (vihara? nasetu? y.
incited to destroy the v.); PvA 69. -- 5. to construct, understand, interpret, take a meaning SnA 148 (yojetabba); PvA 98 (id.),
278 (id.). -- Caus. II. yojapeti to cause some one to yoke etc.: D II.95 (yanani, to harness); J I.150 (dvara?, to set right); Mhvs
35, 40 (rathe, to harness). -- Pass. yojiyati to become yoked or harnessed J I.57 (nangalasahassa? y.). -- pp. yojita. 

Yojjha in a° in a° M II.24 read yujjha (of yudh). 

Yotta (nt.) [Vedic yoktra, cp. Lat. junctor, Gr. zeukth_res yoke--straps; Epic Sk. yokt? one who yokes] the tie of the yoke of
a plough or cart S I.172=Sn 77; S IV.163, 282; J I.464; II.247 (camma°); IV.82; V.45 (cammay.--varatta), 47; Vism 269; DhA
I.205; SnA 137. As dhura--yotta at J I.192; VI.253. 

Yottaka (nt.) [yatta+ka] a tie, band, halter, rope J VI.252; Miln 53; Vism 254, 255; DhA III.208. 

Yodha [cp. Vedic yodha; fr. yudh] a warrior, soldier, fighter, champion Vin I.73 (yodha yuddh'a^bhinandino . . . pabbajja?
yaci?su); J I.180; Miln 293.
  --ajiva one who lives by battle or war, a soldier S IV.308=A III.94; A I.284; II.170, 202; III.89 sq. (five kinds); Sn 617, 652;
Pug 65, 69. --hatthin a war elephant DhA I.168. 

Yodhi =yodhika J V.420. 

Yodhika (f.) [a var. reading of yuthika (q. v.)] a special kind of jasmine Vv 354; J IV.440 (yoth°), 442; V.422; VvA 162
(as thalaja and a tree). 

Yodhin [=yodha] a warrior; camma° a warrior in cuirass, a certain army grade D I.51; A IV.107. 

Yodheti [Caus. of yujjhati] to attack, to fight against (acc.) Dh 40 (yodhetha=pahareyya DhA I.317); J V.183. 

Yoni (f.) [Vedic yoni] 1. the womb. -- 2. origin, way of birth, place of birth, realm of existence; nature, matrix. There are
four yonis or ways of being born or generation, viz. a?d?aja oviparous creation, jalabuja viviparous, sa?sedaja
moisture--sprung, opapatika spontaneous: M I.73; D III.230; Miln 146; Vism 552, 557 sq.; cp. VbhA 203 sq. -- Freq. in foll.
combns: tiracchana° the class of animals, the brute creation A I.37, 60; V.269; It 92; Pv IV.111; Vism 103, 427; PvA 27, 166; naga° birth among the
Nagas S III.240 sq. (in ref. to which the 4 kinds of birth, as mentioned above, are also applied); Vism 102 (niraya--naga--yoni);
pasu°=tiracchana° Pv II.1312; pisaca° world of the Pisacas S I.209; peta° the realm of the Petas PvA 68 (cp. peta).
--kamma° K. as origin A III.186. -- yoni upaparikkhitabba (=ki?jatika etc.) S III.42. --ayoni unclean origin Th 1, 219. -- 3.
thoroughness, knowledge, insight Nett 40. --ayoni superficiality in thought S I.203 ("muddled ways" Mrs. Rh. D.). --yoniso
(abl.) "down to its origin or foundation," i. e. thoroughly, orderly, wisely, properly, judiciously S I.203 ("in ordered governance"
K.S. I.259); D I.118 (wisely); It 30 (araddha asavana? khayaya); Pug 25; Vism 30, 132, 599; PpA 31. Opp. ayoniso disorderly
improperly Pug 21; DhA I.327; PvA 113, 278. -- Esp. frequent in phrase yoniso manasikara "fixing one's attention with a
purpose or thoroughly," proper attention, "having thorough method in one's thought" (K.S. I.259) Ps I.85 sq.; It 9; J I.116; Miln
32; Nett 8, 40, 50, 127; Vism 132; PvA 63. See also manasikara. -- Opp. ayoniso manasikara disorderly or distracted
attention D III.273; VbhA 148; ThA 79. In BSk. the same phrase: yoniso manasikara? Divy 488; AvS I.122; II.112 (Speyer:
"the right & true insight, as the object of consideration really is"). See further on term Dial. III.218 ("systematized attention");
K.S. I.131; II.6 ("radical grasp").
  --ja born from the womb Sn 620; Dh 396. --pamukha principal sort of birth D I.54; M I.517. 

Yobbana (nf.) [cp. late Vedic & Epic Sk. yauvana, fr. yuvan] youth D I.115; A I.68; III.5, 66, 103; Dh 155, 156; Sn 98,
110, 218; Pv I.76; DhA III.409; PvA 3.
  --mada pride of youth D III.220; A I.146; III.72; VbhA 466. 

                                                R.

--R-- the letter (or sound) r, used as euphonic consonant to avoid hiatus. The sandhi --r-- originates from the final r of nouns
in °ir & °ur of the Vedic period. In Pali it is felt as euphonic consonant only, like other sandhi consonants (y for instance) which
in the older language were part of the noun itself. Thus r even where it is legitimate in a word may interchange with other
sandhi--consonants in the same word, as we find punam--eva and puna--d--eva besides the original puna--r--eva (=Vedic
punar eva). At J I.403 we read "punar agata," where the C. expls "puna agata, ra--karo sandhivasena vutto." Similarly: Sn 81
(vutti--r--esa), 214 (thambho--r.--iva), 625=Dh 401 (aragge--r--iva), 679 (ati--r--iva), 687 (sarada--r--iva), 1134
(ha?sa--r--iva); Vv 6422 (Vajir'avudho--r--iva); Pv II.87 (puna--r--eva) II.116 (id.); PvA 77 (su--r--abhigandha). In the latter
cause the r has no historical origin, as little as in the phrase dhir atthu (for *dhig--atthu) Sn 440; J I.59. 

Ra?si & Rasmi [Vedic rasmi. The form ra?si is the proper Pali form, originating fr. rasmi through metathesis like
amhi for asmi, tamha for tasma etc. Cp. Geiger P.Gr. § 502. The form rasmi is a Sanskritism and later] a rein, a ray. -- 1. In
meaning "rein" only as rasmi, viz. at M I.124; Dh 222; J I.57; IV.149. -- 2. In meaning "ray" both ra?si and rasmi: (a) ra?si (in
poetry) Sn 1016 (vita°? perhaps pita°? See note in P.T.S. ed.); Vv 535 (pl. ra?si=rasmiyo VvA 236); 6327 (sahassa° having a
thousand rays;=suriya VvA 268); Sdhp 124. Also in cpd. ra?si--jala a blaze of rays J I.89; PvA 154; VvA 12 (°sammujjala),
14 (id.), 166 (id.). -- (b) rasmi (in prose, late) DhA I.27 (°? vissajjesi); DhsA 13 (nila--rasmiyo); VvA 125 (candima--suriya°).
Also in cpd. buddha--rasmi the ray of enlightenment, the halo around a Buddha, consisting of 6 colours (chabba??a) J I.444,
501 (°rasmiyo vissajjento); SnA 132; VvA 207, 234, 323; Mhbv 6, 15, 38. 

Ra?sika (adj.) [ra?si+ka] having rays, radiant, in sahassa° having 1000 rays Vv 645 (=suriya--ma?d?ala viya VvA 277). 

Ra?simant (adj.) [fr. ra?si] having rays, radiant; n. sg. ra?sima the sun Vv 812 (=suriya VvA 314). 

Rakkha (adj.) (--°) [fr. base rakkh] guarding or to be guarded; -- (a) act.: dhamma° guardian of righteousness or truth
Miln 344. -- (b) pass.: in cpd. du°, v. l. du° hard to guard DhA I.295. °katha, s. l. rukkha--°, warding talk ThA 1, in Brethren,
185, cp. note 416. 

Rakkhaka (adj. n.) [fr. rakkha] 1. guarding, protecting, watching, taking care PvA 7; f. °ika (dasi) DhA IV.103 (a servant
watching the house). -- 2. observing, keeping J I.205 (sila°). -- 3. a cultivator J II.110. -- 4. a sentry J I.332. 

Rakkhati [Vedic raksati, rak? to Idg. *ark (cp. Lat. arceo etc.) in enlarged form *aleq=Gr. a)le/cw to protect
(Alexander!); a)lkh/ strength; Ags. ealgian to protect, Goth. alhs=Ags. ealh temple. Cp. also base *areq in P. aggala. The
Dhtp 18 expls rakkh by "palana"] 1. to protect, shelter, save, preserve Sn 220; J IV.255 (ma? rakkheyyatha); VI.589 (=paleti);
Pv II.943 (dhana?); Miln 166 (rukkha?), 280 (attana? rakkheyya save himself); PvA 7. -- grd. rakkhiya to be protected Mhvs
33, 45. Neg. arakkhiya & arakkheyya (in meaning 3) see separately. -- Pass. ppr. rakkhiyamana J I.140. -- 2. to observe,
guard, take care of, control (with ref. to citta? the heart, and sila? good character or morals) It 67 (sila?); DhA I.295 (citta?
rakkha, equivalent with citta? dama), 397 (acara?); J IV.255 (vaca?); VvA 59 (silani rakkhi); PvA 66 (sila? rakkhatha,
uposatha? karotha). -- 3. to keep (a) secret, to put away, to guard against (i. e. to keep away from) Sn 702 (mano--padosa?
rakkheyya); Miln 170 (vaciduccarita? rakkheyya). -- pp. rakkhita. See also paripaleti & parirakkhati. 

Rakkhana (nt.) [fr. rakkh] 1. keeping, protection, guarding Nett 41; Mhvs 35, 72 (rahassa°--atthaya so that he should
keep the secret); PvA 7. -- 2. observance, keeping VvA 71 (uposatha--sila°); PvA 102 (sila°), 210 (uposatha°). 

Rakkhanaka (adj.) [fr. rakkhana] observing, keeping; one who observes J I.228 (pañca--sila°; so read for rakkhanaka). 

Rakkhasa [cp. Vedic rak?a, either fr. rak? to injure, or more likely fr. rak? to protect or ward off (see details at
Macdonell, Vedic Mythology pp. 162--164)] a kind of harmful (nocturnal) demon, usually making the water its haunt and
devouring men Th 1, 931; Sn 310 (Asura°); J I.127 (daka°=udaka°), 170 (id.); VI.469 (id.); DhA I.367
(°pariggahita--pokkhara?i); III.74 (udaka°); Sdhp 189, 313, 366. -- f. rakkhasi J III.147 (r. paja); Mhvs 12, 45 (rudda°, coming
out of the ocean). 

Rakkha (f.) [verb--noun fr. rakkh] shelter, protection, care A II.73 (+paritta); Mhvs 25, 3; J I.140 (bahuhi rakkhahi
rakkhiyamana); PvA 198 (°? sa?vidahati). Often in combQ rakkha+avara?a (+gutti) shelter & defence, e. g. at Vin
II.194; D I.61 (dhammika? r.--v.<-> gutti? sa?vidaheyyama); M II.101; J IV.292. -- Cp. gorakkha. -- Note. rakkha at J
III.144 is an old misreading for rukkha. 

Rakkhita [pp. of rakkhati] guarded, protected, saved S IV.112 (rakkhitena kayena, rakkhitaya vacaya etc.); A I.7 (citta?
r.); Sn 288 (dhamma°), 315 (gotta°); VvA 72 (matu°, pitu° etc.); PvA 61, 130. -- Note. rakkhita? karoti at Mhvs 28, 43
 Childers trsls "take under protection," but Geiger reads rakkhike and trsls "appoint as watchers."
  --atta one who guards his character S I.154; J I.412; SnA 324. --indriya guarding one's senses Sn 697. --manasana guarding
one's mind Sn 63 (=gopitamanasano--rakkhita--citto Nd2 535). 

Ranga1 

Ranga1 [fr. raj1, rajati, to be coloured or to have colour] colour, paint Miln 11 (°palibodha).
  --kara dyer Miln 331. --jata colour M I.385; VbhA 331. --ratta dyed crimson Vin I.185=306. 

Ranga2 

Ranga2 [fr. raj2, irajyati, to straighten, order, direct etc.: see uju. The Dhtp (27) only gives one raj in meaning "gamana"] a
stage, theatre, dancing place, playhouse Vv 331; J II.252. --ranga? karQtQ to play theatre DhA IV.62. --rangamajjha the
stage, the theatre, usually in loc. °majjhe, on the stage, S IV.306; J IV.495; DhA III.79; same with °ma?d?ale J II.253. 

later Sk.] to arrange, prepare, compose. The root is defined at Dhtp 546 by "pa?iyattane" (with v. l. car), and given at No. 542
as v. l. of pac in meaning "vitthare." -- pp. racita. 

Racana (f.) [fr. rac] 1. arrangement (of flowers in a garland) VvA 354. -- 2. composition (of a book) Sdhp 619. 

Racita [pp. of racati] 1. arranged J V.157 (su° in C. for samocita; v. l. sucarita). -- 2. strung (of flowers) Mhvs 34, 54. -- Cp.
vi°. 

Raccha (f.) [Sk. rathya. This the contracted form. The diaeretic forms are rathiya & rathika (q.v.)] a carriage road Vin
II.194; III.151; IV.271 (=rathiya); V.205 (raccha--gata); J I.425; V.335; VI.276 (in its relation to vithi); Davs V.48; PvA 24
(ko?a°). 

Rajaka [fr. rajati] a dyer (& "washerman" in the same function), more correctly "bleacher." See remarks of Kern's at Toev.
II.45 on distinction of washerman & dyer. -- D I.51 (in list of occupations); Vin III.45; S II.101=III.152 (in simile; combd with
cittakara, here perhaps "painter"?); S III.131; J V.186; VbhA 331 (in simile). 

Rajakkha (--°) (adj.) [rajo+ending ka, in combn *rajas--ka =rajakkha, like *puras--kata=purakkhata. The °ka belongs
to the whole cpd.] only in combn with appa° and maha° i. e. having little (or no) and much defilement (or blemish of
 character) M I.169; S I.137 (here further combd with °jatika; cp. BSk. alpa--rajaskajatiya MVastu III.322); Vin I.5 (id.); Ps
I.121; II.33, 195; Nd1 358; Nd2 235 No. 3 p2; Vbh 341; Miln 263; Vism 205; VbhA 458. 

Rajakkhata (f.) [abstr. fr. rajakkha] is Kern's (problematic) proposed reading (Toev. s. v.) for rajakhada at Sn 831
(rajakhadaya phu??ho), which is however unjustified, as the original reading is well--attested and expld in the Niddesa as such.
The term as proposed would not occur by itself either (like rajakkha, only --°). 

Rajata (nt.) [Vedic rajata; see etym. under rajati] silver D I.5 (expld at DA I.78 as a general name for all coins except gold:
kahapa?as etc.); S I.92; Sn 962 (in simile; expld at Nd1 478 as jatarupa), J V.50; 416 (hema° gold & silver); Vv 351
(°hema--jala); DhA II.42 (°pa??a silver tablet or salver); IV.105 (°gabbha silver money box or cabinet for silver, alongside of
kahapa?a--gabbha and suva??a°); VbhA 64 (expld as "kahapa?a"); PvA 95 (for rupiya). 

to shine, to be coloured or light (--red); to Idg. *areg to be bright, as in Lat. argus, Gr. a)rgh/s & a)rgo/s light; Sk. arjuna (see
 ajjuna); to which also rajati silver=Lat. argentum, Gr. a)/rguros; Gallic Argento--ratum (N. of Strassburg); Oir argat.] usually
intrs. rajjati (q.v.). As rajitabba (grd.) in meaning "to be bleached" (dhovitabba+) only in meaning "bleach" (as compared
with dhovati clean, & vija?eti to disentangle, smoothe) Vin III.235 (ppr. fr. pl. dhovantiyo rajantiyo etc.); J I.8 (rajitabba,
grd.; dhovitabba+). -- Somehow it is difficult to distinguish between the meanings "bleach" and "dye" (cp. rajaka), in some
combns with dhovati it clearly means "dye," as at Vin I.50 (forms: rajati, rajitabba, rajiyetha 3 sg. Pot. Med.); Vism 65 (forms:
rajitva, rajitabba, rajitu?). -- Another grd. rajaniya in diff. meaning (see sep.). Caus. rajeti to paint, colour Th 1, 1155 (inf.
rajetave: (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 204, 1. a). Caus. also rañjeti (see under rañjati). Med. Pass. rajjati (q. v.). -- Caus. II. rajapeti
to cause to be bleached Vin III.206 (dhovapeyya rajapeyya ako?apeyya), 235 (dhovapeti r. vija?apeti); J II.197 (ova??ika?
sibbapetva rajapetva). 

Rajana (nt.) [fr. raj] colouring, dye D I.110 (suddha? vattha? . . . sammadeva rajana? pa?iga?heyya); Vin I.50=53 II.227;
Vin I.286 (6 dyes allowed to the bhikkhus: mula°, khandha°, taca°, patta°, puppha°, phala°, or made of the root, the trunk,
bark, leaf, flower, fruit of trees) Th 1, 965; S II.101 (here either as f. or adj.); J I.220 (washing?).
  --kamma (the job of) dyeing J I.118; Vism 65. --pacana boiling the dye Vism 389 (cp. rajana--pakka Vin. Texts II.49).
--bhajana dye--vessel Vin I.286. --sala colouringworkshop, dyeing--hall Vism 65. 

Rajani (f.) [fr. raj, cp. rajaniya 2] the night Davs I.39; Abhp 69; PvA 205. 

Rajaniya (adj.) [grd. of rajati] of the nature of rajas, i. e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing, lustful. -- 1. As
Ep. of rupa (vedana sañña etc.) S III.79; also at D I.152 sq. (dibbani rupani passami piya--rupani kam'ûpasa?hitani rajaniyani;
& the same with saddani). In another formula (relating to the 5 kamagu?a): rupa (sadda etc.) i??ha kanta manapa piyarupa
kam'ûpasa?hita rajaniya D I.245; M I.85. The expln of this passage at DA I.311 is: r.=ragajanaka. -- The expression rajaniya
dhamma "things (or thoughts) causing excitement" is contrasted with vimocaniya dh. "that which leads to emancipation" at A
II.196. The same takes the places of lobhaniya dhamma in combn with dosaniya & mohaniya dh. at S IV.307; A II.120;
III.169. Another pair is mentioned at Nett 18, viz. r. dhamma and pariyu??haniya dh. <-> 2. In diff. connections it means
simply "delightful, lovely" and is e. g. an Ep. of the night. So at Pv III.71, where the passage runs "yuva rajaniye kamagu?ehi
sobhasi": youthful thou shinest with the qualities of enjoyment in the enjoyable (night), which at PvA 205 is expld in a twofold
manner viz. first as "rama?iyehi raguppatti--hetu--bhutehi" (viz. kamagunehi), referring to a v. l. rajaniyehi, and then as
"rajani ti va rattisu, ye ti nipatamatta?" and "virocasi rattiya?." Thus rajani is here taken directly as "night" (cp. Abhp 69). -- At
Pv IV.62 the passage runs "pamatta rajaniyesu kam'assad'a^bhinandhino" i. e. not heeding the enjoyment of the taste of craving
at nights; here as m. & not f. -- The meaning "lovely" is appld to sounds at Th 1, 1233 (sarena rajaniyena); VvA 37 (r.
 nigghosa). 

Rajo (rajas) & Raja (nt.) [raj, see rajati & rañjati. Vedic raja? meaning: (a) space, as region of mist & cloud, similar to
antariksa, (b) a kind of (shiny) metal (cp. rajata); see Zimmer, Altind. Leben 55]. A Forms. Both rajo & raja? occur as noun
& acc. sg., e. g. rajo at D II.19; Sn 207, 334; Dhs 617; raja? at Sn 275; It 83; once (in verse) rajo occurs as m, viz. Sn 662. The
other cases are formed from the a--stem only, e. g. rajassa Sn 406; pl. rajani Sn 517, 974. In compn we find both forms, viz.
(1) rajas either in visarga form rajah, as (a) rajo--, (b) raja-- and (c) raja-- (stressed), or in s--form (d) rajas--; (2) raja--,
appearing apostrophied as (e) raj--. B Meanings. (1) (lit.) dust, dirt; usually wet, staining dust D II.19 (ti?a+); Sn 662=PvA
116 (sukhumo rajo pa?ivata? khitto); It 83; Dhs 617 (dhumo+). adj. raja°: in sa° & a° vata Vin II.209; Vism 31. The meaning
"pollen" [Sk. raja, m.] may be seen in "raja--missaka? rasa?" at DhA I.375. <-> 2. (fig.) stain, dirt, defilement, impurity. Thus
taken conventionally by the P. commentators as the 3--fold blemish of man's character: raga, dosa, moha, e. g. Nd1 505;
SnA 255; DhA III.485; or as kilesa--raja at SnA 479. -- Sn 207 (niketa jayate rajo), 334, 665 (raja? akirasi, metaph.), 974
(pañca rajani loke, viz. the excitement caused by the 5 bahirani ayatanani Nd1 505. Also in stanza rago rajo na ca pana re?u
vuccati (with dosa & moha the same) Nd1 505=Nd2 590 (slightly diff.)=J I.117=Vism 388, cp. Divy 491 with interesting
variation. -- adj. raja° in two phrases apagata° VvA 236 & vigata° Nd1 505 ÷ free from defilement. -- On raja in similes see
J.P.T.S. 1907, 126. Cp. vi°. -- C. Compounds. (a) rajo--: °jalla dust and (wet) dirt, muddy dirt D II.18; Vin III.70; J IV.322;
V.241; Miln 133, 195, 258, 410; SnA 248, 291. --jallika living in dirty mud, designation of a class of ascetics M I.281; J I.390.
--dhatu "dust--element" (doubtful trsln) D I.54, which DA I.163 explns as "raja--oki??a--??hanani," i. e. dusty places. Dial. trsl.
"places where dust accumulates," Franke, Digha p. 57 as "Staubiges" but rightly sees a deeper, speculative meaning in the
expression (Sankhya doctrine of rajas?). --mala dust & dirt J I.24. --vajalla [this expression is difficult to explain. It may
simply be a condensed phrase rajo 'va jalla, or a redupl. cpd. rajo+avajalla, which was spelt raj--ovajalla for ava° because of
rajo, or represents a contamination of raj--avajalla and raj--ojalla, or it is a metric diaeresis of rajo--jalla] dust and dirt Dh
141 (=kaddama--limpan' akarena sarire sannicita--rajo DhA III.77). --hara?a dirt--taking, cleaning; wet rag, floor--cloth,
duster Vin II.291; A IV.376; J I.117; DhA I.245. -- (b) raja--: --re?u dirt and dust J IV.362; --vad?d?hana indulgence in or
increase of defilement Th 2, 343 ("fleshly lusts" trsl.); ThA 240 (=raga--raj'adi--sa?vad?d?hana). -- (c) raja--: °patha dusty
place, dustiness, dust--hole D I.62, 250; S II.219; DA I.180 (here taken metaphorically: raga--raj' adina? u??hana--??hana?). --
(d) rajas--: °sira with dusty head Sn 980; J IV.184, 362, 371. See pankadanta. -- (e) raj--: --°agga a heap of dust, dirt J V.187
(=rajakkhandha C.); fig.=kilesa Pug 65, 68 (here perhaps nt. of a distorted rajakkha? So Kern, Toev. s. v.). --°upavahana
taking away the dust (or dirt) Sn 391, 392. 

Rajja (nt.) [Sk. rajya, fr. raj] kingship, royalty, kingdom, empire; reign, throne; (fig.) sovereignty A III.300 (°? kareti); Sn
114, 553 (°? kareti to reign); J I.57; 64 (ekarattena ti?i rajjani atikkamma; 3 kingdoms); III.170 (°? amaccana? niyyadetva),
199 (dukkhaseyya? api rajja? pi karaye); IV.96, 105, 393 (nava rajja new kingship, newly (or lately) crowned king); VI.4
(rajjato me sussitva mara?am eva seyyo: death by withering is better than kingship); VvA 314 (=J I.64 as above); PvA 73 sq.;
Mhvs 10, 52 (raja rajja? akarayi). --cakkavatti° rule of a universal king DhA III.191; deva° reign amongst gods KhA 227;
padesa° local sovereignty It 15; Kh VIII.12 (cp. KhA 227).
  --siri--dayika (devata) (goddess) giving success to the empire DhA II.17. --sima border of the empire Vism 121. 

Rajjati [cp. Sk. rajyati, raj or rañj, Med. of rajati] to be excited, attached to (loc.), to find pleasure in S IV.74 (na so rajjati
rupesu; =viratta--citta); Sn 160, 813 (contrasted with virajjati); Ps I.58, 77 sq., 130, 178; Nd1 138; Miln 386 (rajjasi rajaniyesu
etc.: in combn with dosa & moha or derivations, representing raga or lobha, cp. lobhaniya); VbhA 11. -- ppr. rajjamana PvA
3; Pot. rajjeyya Miln 280 (kampeyya+); grd. rajjitabba Miln 386 (rajaniyesu r.; with dussaniyesu and muyhaniyesu; followed
by kampitabba); fut. rajjissati DhsA 194; aor. arañji Vin I.36=J I.83 (na yi??he na hute arañji?). -- pp. ratta. 

Rajjana (nt.) [fr. rajjati] defilement DA I.195. Cp. muyhana. 

Rajju (f.) [Vedic rajju, cp. Lat. restis rope, Lith. r&etilde;zgis wicker, basket] a cord, line, rope S II.128; Vin II.120, 148
(aviñchana°); Nd2 304; J I.464, 483 (fisherman's line); V.173; Mhvs 10, 61; DhA IV.54; VbhA 163; KhA 57; VvA 207; Sdhp
148, 153.
  --kara rope--maker Miln 331. --gahaka "rope--holder," (king's) land--surveyor J II.367=DhA IV.88 (see Fick, Sociale
Gliederung 97). 

Rajjuka [rajju+ka] 1. a rope, line J I.164 (bandhana°); ThA 257. -- 2.=rajjugahaka, king's land surveyor J II.367. 

see rajati & rajjati -- Dhtp 66 & 398 defines rañja=rage] 1. to colour, dye J I.220. <-> 2. (=rajjati) to find delight in, to be
excited Sn 424 (ettha me r. mano; v. l. BB rajjati). -- Caus. rañjeti to delight or make glad D III.93 (in etym. of raja (q. v.). --
pp rañjita. -- Caus. II. rañjapeti to cause to be coloured or dyed DhA IV.106 (v. l. raj°). 

Rañjana (nt.) [fr. rañjati] delighting, finding pleasure, excitement DhsA 363 (rañjan'a??hena rago; v. l. rajano°; perhaps
better to be read rajjana°). 

Rañjita [pp. of rañjeti] coloured, soiled, in raja° affected with stain, defiled J I.117. -- See also anu° & pari°. 

Dhtp 86: "paribhasane"] to yell, cry; shout (at), scold, revile: not found in the texts. 

Ra??ha (nt.) [Vedic ra??ra] reign, kingdom, empire; country, realm Sn 46 (expld at Nd2 536 as "ra??hañ ca janapadañ ca
ko??hagarañ ca . . . nagarañ ca"), 287, 444, 619; J IV 389 (°? ara??ha? karoti); PvA 19 (°? kareti to reign, govern). Pabbata°
mountain--kingdom SnA 26; Magadha° the kingdom of Magadha PvA 67.
  --pi?d?a the countQy's alms--food (°? bhuñjati) Dh 308 (saddhaya dinna?); A I.10; S II.221; M III.127; Th 2, 110; It 43, 90.
--vasin inhabitant of the realm, subject DhA III.481 

Ra??haka (adj.) [Sk. ra??raka] belonging to the kingdom, royal, sovereign J IV.91 (senavahana). -- Cp. ra??hika. 

Ra??havant (adj.) [ra??ha+vant] possessing a kingdom or kingship Pv II.611 (°nto khattiya). 

Ra??hika [fr. ra??ha, cp. Sk. ra??rika] 1. one belonging to a kingdom, subject in general, inhabitant J II.241 (brahma?a
gahapati--r.--do arik'adayo). -- 2. an official of the kingdom [op Sk. ra??riya a pretender; also king's brother in--law] A
III.76=300 (r. pettanika senaya senapatika). 

Ra?a [Vedic ra?a, both "enjoyment," and "battle." The Dhtp (115) only knows of ran as a sound--base saddattha (=Sk.
ran2 to tinkle)] Q fight, battle; only in Th 2, 360 (ra?a? karitva kamana?): see discussed  
below; also late at Mhvs 35, 69 (Subharaja? ra?e hantva). -- 2. intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhist
development of Vedic ra?a= enjoyment. Various influences have played a part in determining the meaning & its expln in the
scholastic terms of the dogmatists and exegetics. It is often expld as papa or raga. The ?ika on DhsA 50 (see Expos. 67) gives
the foll. explns (late & speculative): (a)=re?u, dust or mist of lust etc.; (b) fight, war (against the Paths); (c) pain, anguish &
distress. -- The trsln (Expos. 67) takes ra?a as "cause of grief," or "harm," hence ara?a "harmless" and sara?a "harmful" (the
latter trsld as "concomitant with war" by Dhs. trsl. of Dhs 1294; and asara?a as opp. "not concomitant"; doubtful). At S I.148
(rupe ra?a? disva) it is almost syn. with raja. Bdhgh. expls this passage (see K.S. 320) as "rupamhi
jati--jara--bhanga--sankhata? dosa?," trsln (K.S. 186): "discerning canker in visible objects material."
  The term is not sufficiently cleared yet. At Th 2, 358 we read "(kama) appassada ra?akara sukkapakkha--visosana," and v.
360 reads "ra?a? karitva kamana?." ThA 244 expls v 358 by "rag'adi sambandhanato"; v. 360 by "kamana? ra?a? te ca maya
katabba? ariyamagga? sampahara? katva." The first is evidently "grief," the second "fight," but the trsln (Sisters 145) gives
"stirring strife" for v. 358, and "fight with worldly lusts" for v. 360; whereas Kern, Toev. s. v. ra?akara gives "causing sinful
desire" as trsl.
  The word ara?a (see ara?a2) was regarded as neg. of ra?a in both meanings (1 & 2); thus either "freedom fr. passion" or "not
fighting." The trsln of DhsA 50 (Expos. 67) takes it in a slightly diff. sense as "harmless" (i. e. having no grievous causes) -- At
M III.235 ara?a is a qua^si summing up of "adukkha an--upaghata anupayasa etc.," and sara?a of their positives. Here a
meaning like "harmfulness" & "harmlessness" seems to be fitting. Other passages of ara?a see under ara?a.
  --jaha (ra?añjaha) giving up desires or sin, leaving causes of harmfulness behind. The expression is old and stereotype. It has
caused trouble among interpreters: Trenckner would like to read ra?añjaya "victorious in battle" (Notes 83). It is also BSk., e.
g. Lal. Vist. 50; AvS II.131 (see Speyer's note 3 on this page. He justifies trsln "pacifier, peace--maker"). At foll. passages: S I.52
(trsln "quitting corruption"); It 108 (Seidenstücker trsls: "dem Kampfgewühl entronnen"); Miln 21; Nett 54; Sdhp 493, 569. 

Rata [pp. of ramati] delighting in (loc. or --°), intent on, devoted to S IV.117 (dhamme jhane), 389 sq. (bhava° etc.); Sn 54
(sanga?ika°) 212, 250, 327, 330 (dhamme), 461 (yaññe), 737 (upasame); Mhvs. 1, 44 (mahakaru?iko Sattha
sabba--loka--hite rato); 32, 84 (rato puññe); PvA 3, 12, 19 (°manasa). 

Ratana1 

Ratana1 (nt.) [cp. Vedic ratna, gift; the BSk. form is ratna (Divy 26) as well as ratana (AvS II.199)] 1. (lit.) a gem, jewel VvA
321 (not=ratana2, as Hardy in Index); PvA 53 (nanavidhani). -- The 7 ratanas are enumd under ve?uriya (Miln 267). They are
(the precious minerals) suva??a, rajata, mutta, ma?i, ve?uriya, vajira, pava?a. (So at Abhp 490.) These 7 are said to be used in
the outfit of a ship to give it more splendour: J II.112. The 7 (unspecified) are mentioned at Th 2, 487 (satta ratanani vasseyya
vu??hima "all seven kinds of gems"); and at DhA I.274, where it is said of a ratana--ma?d?apa that in it there were raised flags
"sattaratana--maya." On ratana in similes see J.P.T.S. 1909, 127. -- 2. (fig.) treasure, gem of (--°) Sn 836 (etadisa?
r.=dibb'itthi--ratana SnA 544); Miln 262 (dussa° a very fine garment). -- Usually as a set of 7 valuables, belonging to the
throne (the empire) of a (world--) king. Thus at D II.16 sq.; of Maha--Sudassana D II.172 sq. They are enumd singly as follows:
the wheel (cakka) D II.172 sq., the elephant (hatthi, called Uposatha) D II.174, 187, 197; the horse (assa, Valahaka) ibid.; the
gem (ma?i) D II.175, 187; the woman (itthi) ibid.; the treasurer (gahapati) D II.176, 188; the adviser (pari?ayaka) ibid. The
same 7 are enumd at D I.89; Sn p. 106; DA I.250; also at J IV.232, where their origins (homes) are given as: cakka° out of
Cakkadaha; hatthi from the Uposatha--race; assa° from the clan of Valahassaraja, ma?i° from Vepulla, and the last 3 without
specification. See also remarks on gahapati. Kern, Toev. s. v. ratana suspects the latter to be originally "major domus" (cp. his
attributes as "wealthy" at MVastu I.108). As to the exact meaning of pari?ayaka he is doubtful, which mythical tradition has
obscured. -- The 7 (moral) ratanas at S II.217 & III.83 are probably the same as are given in detail at Miln 336, viz. the 5: sila°,
samadhi°, pañña°, vimutti°, vimutti--ña?adassana (also given under the collective name sila--kkhandha or
dhamma--kkhandha), to which are added the 2: pa?isambhida° & bojjhanga°. These 7 are probably meant at PvA 66, where it
is said that Sakka "endowed their house with the 7 jewels" (sattar.--bharita? katva). -- Very frequent is a Triad of Gems
(ratana--ttaya), consisting of Dhamma, Sangha, Buddha, or the Doctrine, the Church and the Buddha [cp. BSk. ratna--traya
Divy 481], e. g. Mhvs 5, 81; VbhA 284; VvA 123; PvA 1, 49, 141.
  --akara a pearl--mine, a mine of precious metals Th 1, 1049; J II.414; VI.459; Dpvs I.18. --ku?a a jewelled top DhA I.159.
--palive?hana a wrapper for a gem or jewel Pug 34. --vara the best of gems Sn 683 (=vararatana--bhuta SnA 486). --sutta
the Suttanta of the (3) Treasures (viz. Dhamma, Sangha, Buddha), representing Sutta Nipata II.1 (P.T.S. ed. pp. 39--42),
mentioned as a paritta at Vism 414 (with 4 others) and at Miln 150 (with 5 others), cp. KhA 63; SnA 201. 

Ratana2 

Ratana2 [most likely=Sk. aratni: see ratani] a linear measure (which Abhp p. 23 gives as equal to 12 angula, or 7 ratanas=1
ya??hi: see Kirfel, Kosmographie, p. 335. The same is given by Bdhgh. at VbhA 343: dve vidatthiyo ratana?; satta r. ya??hi) J
V.36 (visa?r--sata?); VI.401 (°matta?); VvA 321 (so given by Hardy in Index as "measure of length," but to be taken as ratana1,
as indicated clearly by context & C.); Miln 282 (satta--pati??hito a??ha--ratan'ubbedho nava--ratan' ayama--pari?aho pasadiko
dassaniyo Uposatho nagaraja: alluding to ratana1 2!). 

Ratanaka (--°) (adj.) [ratana+ka, the ending belonging to the whole cpd.] characteristic of a gem, or a king's treasure; in
phrase aniggata--ratanake "When the treasure has not gone out" Vin IV.160, where the chief queen is meant with "treasure." 

Ratani [Sk. aratni "elbow" with apocope and diaeresis; given at Halayudha 2, 381 as "a cubit, or measure from the elbow to
the tip of the little finger." The form ratni also occurs in Sk. The etym. is fr. Idg. *ole (to bend), cp. Av. ar?pna elbow; Sk.
arala bent; of which enlarged bases *olen in Lat. ulna, ond *oleq in Lat. lacertus, Sk. lakuta?=P. lagu?a. See cognates in
Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lacertus] a cubit Miln 85 (a??ha rataniyo). 

Ratanika (adj.) [fr. ratana] a ratana in length J I.7 (ad?d?ha°); Miln 312 (a??ha°). 

Rati (f.) [Classic Sk. rati, fr. ram] love, attachment, pleasure, liking for (loc.), fondness of S I.133 (°? paccanubhavati), 207;
III.256; Sn 41 (=anukkha??hit' adhivacana? Nd2 537), 59 (id.), 270, 642, 956 (=nekkhamma--rati paviveka°, upasama° Nd1
457); J III.277 (kilesa°); DhA IV.225; PvA 77. --arati dislike, aversion  S I.7, 54, 128, 180, 197; V.64; Sn 270 (+rati), 642 (id.); Dh 418 (rati+); Th 2, 339; DhsA 193; PvA 64; Sdhp 476. --rati?
karoti to delight in, to make love Vism 195 (purisa itthisu). 

Ratin (adj.) (--°) [fr. rati] fond of, devoted to, keen on, fostering; f. ratini J IV.320 (ahi?sa°). 

Ratta1 

Ratta1 [pp. of rañjati, cp. Sk. rakta] 1. dyed, coloured M I.36 (duratta--va??a difficult to dye or badly dyed; MA 167 reads
duratta and expls as durañjita--va??a; opp. suratta ibid.); Sn 287 (nana--rattehi vatthehi); Vism 415 (°vattha--nivattha, as sign
of mourning); DhA IV.226 (°vattha). -- 2. red. This is used of a high red colour, more like crimson. Sometimes it comes near a
meaning like "shiny, shining, glittering" (as in ratta--suva??a the glittering gold), cp. etym. & meaning of rajati and rajana. It
may also be taken as "bleached" in ratta--kambala. In ratta--phalika (crystal) it approaches the meaning of "white," as also
in expln of pu?d?arika at J V.216 with ratta--paduma "white lotus." -- It is most commonly found in foll. combns at foll.
passages: Miln 191 (°lohita--candana); Vism 172 (°kambala), 174 (°kora?d?aka), 191 (°pa?aka); J I.394
(pavala--ratta--kambala); III.30 (°puppha--dama); V.37 (°salivana), 216 (°paduma); 372 (°suva??a); DhA I.393 (id.), 248
(°kambala); IV.189 (°candanarukkha red--sandal tree); SnA 125 (where paduma is given as "ratta--set'adivasena"); VvA 4
(°dupa??a), 65 (°suva??a), 177 (°phalika); PvA 4 (°virala--mala; garland of red flowers for the convict to be executed, cp. Fick,
Sociale Gliederung 104), 157 (°paduma), 191 (°sali); Mhvs 30, 36 (°kambala); 36, 82 (rattani akkhini bloodshot eyes). With
the latter cp. cpd. rattakkha "with red eyes" (fr. crying) at PvA 39 (v. l. BB.), and Np. rattakkhin "Red--eye" (Ep. of a
Yakkha). <-> 3. (fig.) excited, infatuated, impassioned S IV.339; Sn 795 (viraga°); It 92 (macca ratta); Miln 220. Also in
combn ratta du??ha mu?ha: see Nd2 s. v. chanda; cp. bhava--raga--ratta. 

Ratta2 

Ratta2 (nt.) & (poet.) ratta (f.) [Epic Sk. ratra; Vedic ratra only in cpd. aho--ratra?. Semantically an abstr. formation in
collect. meaning "the space of a night's time," hence "interval of time" in general. Otherwise ratri: see under ratti] (rarely) night;
(usually) time in general. Occurs only --°, with expressions giving a definite time. Independently (besides cpds. mentioned
below) only at one (doubtful) passage, viz. Sn 1071, where BB MSS. read rattam--aha for ratta? aho, which corresponds to
the Vedic phrase aho--ratra? (=P. ahoratta?). The P.T.S. ed. reads natta?; SnA 593 reads natta?, but expls as rattin--diva?,
whereas Nd2 538 reads ratta? & expls: "ratta? vuccati ratti, aha (sic lege!) ti divaso, rattiñ ca divañ ca." -- Otherwise only in foll.
adv. expressions (meaning either "time" or "night"): instr. eka--rattena in one night J I.64; satta° after one week (lit. a
seven--night) Sn 570. -- acc. sg. cira--ratta? a long time Sn 665; digha° id. [cp. BSk. dirgha--ratra? freq.] Sn 22; M I.445; ad?d?ha°
at "halfnight," i. e. midnight A III.407; pubba--ratt'a^pararatta? one night after the other (lit. the last one and the next) DhA
IV.129. -- acc. pl. cira rattani a long time J V.268. -- loc. in var. forms, viz. vassa--ratte in the rainy season J V.38 (Kern, Toev.
s. v. gives wrongly III.37, 143; ad?d?ha--ratte at midnight PvA 152; ad?d?ha<-> rattaya? at midnight Vv 8116 (=ad?d?harattiya?
VvA 315); diva ca ratto ca day & night Vv 315 (=rattiya? VvA 130); cira--rattaya a long time J V.267; Pv I.94.
  --andhakara the dark of night, nightly darkness Vin IV.268 (oggate suriye); M I.448. --ûparata abstaining from food at
night D I.5 (cp. DA I.77). --ññu of long standing, recognised D I.48 (in phrase: r. cira--pabbajito addhagato etc.; expld at DA
I.143 as "pabbajjato pa??haya atikkanta bahu rattiyo janati ti r."); A II.27 (here the pl. rattañña, as if fr. sg. ratta--ñña); Sn p. 92
(thera r. cira--pabbajita; the expln at SnA 423 is rather fanciful with the choice of either=ratana--ññu, i. e. knowing the gem of
Nibbana, or=bahu--ratti--vidu, i. e. knowing many nights); ThA 141. A f. abstr. °ññuta "recognition" is found at M I.445
(spelt rataññuta, but v. l. °uta). --samaye (loc., adv.) at the time of (night) J I.63 (ad?d?ha--ratta° at midnight), 264 (id.); IV.74
(vassa° in the rainy season); PvA 216 (ad?d?ha°). 

Ratti (f.) [Vedic ratri & later Sk. ratri. -- Idg *ladh as in Gr. lh/qw=Lat. lateo to hide; Sk rahu dark demon; also Gr. *lhtw/
(=Lat. Latona) Goddess of night; Mhg. luoder insidiousness; cp. further Gr. lanqa/nw to be hidden, lh/qh oblivion (E.
lethargy). -- The by--form of ratti is ratta2] night D I.47 (dosina). gen. sg. ratya (for *rattiya) Th 1, 517; Sn 710
(vivasane=ratti--samatikkame SnA 496); J VI.491. abl. sg. rattiya in phrases abhikkantaya r. at the waning of night D II.220;
Vin I.26; S I.16; M I.143; & pabhataya r. when night grew light, i. e. dawn J I.81, 500. instr. pl. rattisu Vin I.288 (hemantikasu
r.). A loc. ratya (for *ratryam) and a nom. pl. ratyo (for *ratrya?) is given by Geiger, P.Gr. § 583. -- Very often combd with
and opp. to diva in foll. combns: rattin--diva [cp. BSk. ratrindiva=Gr. nuxqh/meron, AvS I.274, 278; II.176; Divy 124] a day
& a night (something like our "24 hours"), in phrase dasa rattindiva a decade of n. & d. (i. e. a 10--day week) A V.85 sq.;
adverbially satta--rattin--diva? a week DhA I.108. As adv. in acc. sg.: rattin--diva? night and day A III.57; Sn 507, 1142; It
93; J I.30; or rattiñ ca divañ ca Nd2 538, or ratti? opposed to adv. diva by night--by day M I.143; PvA 43. -- Other cases as
adv.: acc. eka ratti? one night J I.62; Pv II.97; PvA 42; ta? ratti? that night Mhvs 4, 38; ima? r. this night M I.143; yañ car. . . .
yañ car. . . . etasmi? antare in between yon night and yon night It 121; ratti? at night Miln 42; ratti? ratti? night after night
Mhvs 30, 16. -- gen. rattiya ca divasassa ca by n. & by day S II.95. -- loc. rattiyañ by night VvA 130, 315 (ad?d?ha° at midnight);
PvA 22; and ratto in phrase diva ca ratto ca Sn 223; Th 2, 312; Dh 296; Vv 315; 8432; S I.33.
  --khaya the wane of night J I.19. --cara (sabba°) allnight wandering S I.201 (trsl. "festival"). --cheda interruption of the
probationary period (t. t.) Vin II.34 (three such: sahavasa, vippavasa, anarocana). --dhumayana smouldering at night Vism
107 (v. l. dhup°), combd with diva--pajjalana, cp. M I.143: aya? vammiko ratti? dhumayati diva pajjalati. --pariyanta
limitation of the probationary period (t. t.) Vin II.59. --bhaga night--time J III.43 (°bhage); Miln 18 (°bhagena). --bhojana
eating at night M I.473; DA I.77. --samaya night--time, only in loc. ad?d?ha--ratti--samaye at midnight VvA 255; PvA 155. 

Ratha1 

Ratha1 [Vedic ratha, Av. rapa, Lat. rota wheel, rotundus ("rotund" & round), Oir. roth=Ohg rad wheel, Lith. ra~tas id.] a
two--wheeled carriage, chariot (for riding, driving or fighting S I.33 (ethically); A IV.191 (horse & cart; diff. parts of a ratha);
M I.396; Sn 300, 654; Vism 593 (in its compn of akkha, cakka, pañjara, isa etc.); J III.239 (passaddha° carriage slowing up); Th
2, 229 (caturassa? ratha?, i. e. a Vimana); Mhvs 35, 42 (go?a rathe yutta); VvA 78 (500), 104, 267 (=Vimana), PvA 74.
--assatari° a chariot drawn by a she--mule Vv 208=438; Pv I.111; J VI.355. -- Phussa--ratha state carriage J III.238; VI.30 sq.
See under ph. -- On ratha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 127.
  --atthara (rathatthara) a rug for a chariot D I.7; Vin I.192; II.163. --anika array of chariots Vin IV.108. --isa carriage pole A
IV.191. --ûpatthara chariot or carriage cover D I.103; DA I.273. --esabha (ratha+ ??abha, Sk. rathar?abha) lord of
charioteers. Ratha here in meaning of "charioteer"; Childers sees rathin in this cpd.; Trenckner, Notes 59, suggests distortion
from rathe subha. Dhpala at PvA 163 clearly under<->  stands it as ratha--=charioteer explaining "rathesu usabha--sadiso maha--ratho ti attho"; as does Bdhgh. at SnA 321 (on Sn
303): "maha--rathesu khattiyesu akampiy'a??hena usabha--sadiso." -- Sn 303--308, 552; Pv II.131; Mhvs 5, 246; 15, 11; 29, 12.
--kara carriagebuilder, chariot--maker, considered as a class of very low social standing, rebirth in which is a punishment (cp.
Fick, Sociale Gliederung 56, 207, 209 sq.) S I.93; Vin IV.9 (as term of abuse, enumd with other low grades: ca?d?ala ve?a
nesada r. pukkusa), 12 (°jati); M II.152, 183 f.; as karin at Pv III.113 (expld as cammakarin PvA 175). As Npl. name of one of
the 7 Great Lakes in the Himalaya (Rathakaradaha), e. g. at Vism 416; SnA 407. --cakka wheel of a chariot or carriage Vism
238 (in simile, concerning its circumference); PvA 65. --pañjara the body (lit. "cage" or "frame") of a carriage Vv 831
(=rath'ûpattha VvA 326); J II.172; IV.60; DhA I.28. --yuga a chariot yoke J VI.42. --re?u "chariot--dust," a very minute
quantity (as a measure), a mite. Childers compares Sk. trasare?u a mote of dust, atom. It is said to consist of 36 tajjari's, and
36 ratha--re?u's are equal to one likkha: VbhA 343. --vinita "led by a chariot," a chariot--drive (Neumann, "Eilpost"), name
of the 24th Suttanta of Majjhima (M I.145 sq.), quoted at Vism 93, 671 and SnA 446. --sala chariot shed DhA III.121. 

Ratha2 

Ratha2 [fr. ram, cp. Sk. ratha] pleasure, joy, delight: see mano°. 

Rathaka1 

Rathaka1 (nt.) [fr. ratha, cp. Sk. rathaka m.] a little carriage, a toy cart D I.6 (cp. DA I.86: khuddakaratha?); Vin II.10;
III.180; M I.226; Miln 229. 

Rathaka2 

Rathaka2 (adj.) [ratha+ka] having a chariot, neg. a° without a chariot J VI.515. 

Rathika [fr. ratha] fighter fr. a chariot, charioteer M I.397 (saññato kusalo rathassa anga--paccangana?); D I.51 (in list of
var. occupations, cp. DA I.156); J VI.15 (+patti--karika), 463 (id.). 

Rathika & Rathiya (f.) [Vedic rathya belonging to the chariot, later Sk. rathya road. See also raccha] a
carriage--road. -- (a) rathika: Vin II.268; Vism 60; PvA 4, 67. -- (b) rathiya: D I.83; Vin I.237, 344; M II.108; III.163; S I.201;
II.128; IV.344. In compn rathiya°, e. g. rathiya--co?a "street--rag" Vism 62 (expld as rathikaya chad?d?ita--co?aka). 

Rada at ThA 257 in cpd. "sannivesa--visi??ha--rada--visesayutta" is not quite clear ("splitting"?). 

see etym. at Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. rado ("rase"). Given in meaning "vilekhana" at Dhtp 159 & Dhtm 220. Besides this it is
given at Dhtm 224 in meaning "bhakkhana"] to scratch Dhtp 159; cp. rada & radana tooth Abhp 261. 

Randha1 

Randha1 [for Sk. raddha, pp. of randhati 2] cooked J V.505; VI.24; Miln 107. 

Randha2 

Randha2 [Sk. randhra, fr. randhati 1; the P. form via^ *randdha: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 581] opening, cleft, open spot; flaw,
defect, weak spot A IV.25; Sn 255, 826 randhamesin looking for somebody's weak spot; cp. Nd1 165 ("virandham°
aparandham° khalitam° ga?itam° vivaram--esi ti"); J II.53; III.192; SnA 393 (+vivara); DhA III.376, 377 (°gavesita). 

Randhaka (--°) (adj.) [fr. randhati 2] one who cooks, cooking, a cook J IV.431 (bhatta°). 

or randh, differentiated in Pali to 2 meanings & 2 verbs according to Dhtm: "hi?saya?" (148), and "pake" (827). In the former
sense given as ra?d?, in the latter randh. The root is freq. in the Vedas, in meaning 1. It belongs perhaps to Ags. rendan to
rend: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s, v. lumbus] to be or make subject to, (intrs.) to be in one's power; (trs.) to harass, oppress, vex,
hurt (mostly Caus. randheti=Sk. randhayati). Only in Imper. randhehi J I.332, and in Prohib. ma randhayi J V.121, and pl.
ma randhayu? Dh 248 (=ma randhantu ma mathantu DhA III.357). See also randha2. -- 2. to cook (cp. Sk. randhi &
randhana) Miln 107 (bhojana? randheyya). -- pp. randha1. 

to chatter, whisper Dhtp 187 ("vacane"); Dhtm 266 ("akkose"). See also lapati. 

which see for etym. Cp. also Lat rabies. -- Dhtp 205 expls rabh (correctly) by arambha & Dhtm 301 by rabhassa] wild, terrible,
violent D I.91, expld by "bahu--bha?in" at DA I.256. There are several vv. ll. at this passage. 

Rama (--°) (adj.) [fr. ram] delighting, enjoyable; only in cpd. du° (=du?) difficult to enjoy, not fit for pleasures; as nt.
absence of enjoyment Dh 87=S V.24; and mano° gladdening the mind (q. v.). 

Rama?a (adj.) [fr. ramati; cp. Sk. rama?a] pleasing, charming, delightful DhA II.202 (°??hana). 

Rama?aka (adj.)=rama?a J III.207. 

(adj.) [grd. of ramati] delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful D I.47 (°?iya dosina ratti, cp. DA I.141); Sn 1013;
Mhvs 15, 69 (?); PvA 42, 51 (expln for rucira). As rama?eyya at S I.233. Cp. rama?eyya(ka). 

defd by Dhtp 2Q4 & Dhtm 318 by "ki?aya?"] 1. to enjoy oneself, to delight in; to sport, find amusement in (loc.) S I.179; Vin
197 (ariyo na r. pape); Sn 985 (jhane); Dh 79 (ariya--ppavedite dhamme sada r. pa?d?ito); subj. 1st pl. ramamase Th 2, 370
(cp. Geiger, P.Gr. 126); med. 1st sg. rame J V.363; imper. rama Pv II.1220 (r. deva maya saha; better with v. l. as ramma); --
fut. ramissati PvA 153. -- ger. ramma Pv II.1220 (v. l. for rama). grd. ramma & ramaniya (q. v.). -- pp. rata. -- Caus. I.
rameti to give pleasure to, to please, to fondle Th 1, 13; J V.204; VI.3 (pp. ramayamana); Miln 313. -- pp. ramita (q. v.). <->
Caus. II. ramapeti to enjoy oneself J VI.114. 

Ramita [pp. of rameti] having enjoyed, enjoying, taking delight in, amusing oneself with (loc. or saha) Sn 709 (vanante r.
siya); Dh 305 (id.=abhirata DhA III.472); Pv II.1221 ('mhi taya saha). 

to hang down. Both forms are given with meaning "avasa?sane" at Dhtp 198 and Dhtm 283. 

Rambha (f.) [Sk. rambha] a plantain or banana tree Abhp 589. 

Ramma (adj.) [grd. of ramati] enjoyable, charming, beautiful Sn 305; ThA 71 (v. 30); Mhvs 1, 73; 14, 47; Sdhp 248, 512. 

Rammaka (adj.) [Sk ramyaka] N. of the month Chaitra J V.63. 

Raya [fr. ri, ri?ati to let loose or flow, which is taken as ray at Dhtp 234, defd as "gamana," and at Dhtm 336 as "gati." The
root ri itself is given at Dhtm 351 in meaning "santati," i. e. continuation. -- On etym. cp. Vedic reta?; Lat. rivus river=Gall,
Renos "Rhine." See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. rivus] speed, lit. current Abhp 40. See rava1. 

Rava1 

Rava1 [for raya, with v. for y as freq. in Pali, Dhtm 352: ru "gate"] speed, exceeding swiftness, galloping, in combn with dava
running at Vin II.101; IV.4; M I.446  
(better reading here dav'atthe rav'atthe for dhave ravatthe, cp. vv. ll. on p. 567 & Neumann, Mittl. Sammlg. II.672 n. 49).
Note. At the Vin passages it refers to speaking & making blunders by over--hurrying oneself in speaking. -- The Dhtm (No.
871) gives rava as a synonym of rasa (with assada & sneha). It is not clear what the connection is between those two meanings.

Rava2 

Rava2 [fr. ru, cp. Vedic rava] loud sound, roar, shout, cry; any noise uttered by animals J II.110; III.277; DhA I.232
(sabba--rava--ññu knowing all sounds of animals); Miln 357 (karuñña°). See also rava & ruta. 

Ravaka =rava, in go° a cow's bellowing M I.225. 

Rava?a (adj.--nt.) [fr. ravati] roaring, howling, singing, only in cpd. °gha?a a certain kind of pitcher, where meaning of
rava?a is uncertain. Only at identical passages (in illustration) Vism 264=362=KhA 68 (reading pe?a--gha?a, but see App. p.
870 rava?a°)= VbhA 68 (where v. l. yavana°, with?). 

: Idg. *re & *reu, cp. Lat. ravus "raw, hoarse," raucus, rumor "rumour"; Gr. w)ruo/mai to shout, w)rudo/n roaring, etc.; Dhtp
240: ru "sadde"] to shout, cry, make a (loud) noise Miln 254. -- aor. ravi J I.162 (baddha--rava? ravi); II.110; III.102; PvA 100;
aravi Mhvs 10, 69 (maha--rava?); and aravi Mhvs 32, 79. <-> pp. ravita & ruta. -- Cp. abhi°, vi°. 

Ravi [cp. Sk. ravi] the sun J II.375 (taru?a°--va??aratha).
  --inda "king of the sun," N. of the lotus Davs III.37. --ha?sa "sun--swan," N. of a bird J VI.539. 

Ravita [pp. of ravati] shouted, cried, uttered Miln 178 (saku?a--ruta°). 

Rasa1 

Rasa1 [Vedic rasa; with Lat. ros "dew," Lith. rasa id., and Av Ranha N. of a river, to Idg. *eres to flow, as in Sk. ar?ati, Gr.
a)/yorros (to r(e/w); also Sk. ??abha: see usabha1. -- Dhtp 325 defines as "assadane" 629 as "assada--snehanesu"; Dhtm 451
as "assade." -- The decl. is usually as regular a--stem, but a secondary instr. fr. an s--stem is to be found in rasasa by taste A
II.63; J III.328] that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism 447 is as follows:
"jivha--pa?ihanana--lakkha?o raso, jivha--viñña?assa visaya--bhavo raso, tass'eva gocara--paccupa??hano, mula--raso
khandha--raso ti adina nayena anekavidho," i. e. rasa is physiologically & psychologically peculiar to the tongue (sense--object
& sense--perception), and also consists as a manifold object in extractions from roots, trunk etc. (see next). -- The conventional
encyclopædic defn of rasa at Nd1 240; Nd2 540, Dhs 629 gives taste according to: (a) the 6--fold objective source as
mula--rasa, khandha°, taca°, patta°, puppha°, phala°, or taste (i. e. juice, liquid) of root, trunk, bark, leaf, flower & fruit;
and -- (b) the 12--fold subjective (physiological) sense--perception as ambila, madhura, tittika, ka?uka lo?ika, kharika,
lambila (Miln 56: ambila), kasava; sadu, asadu, sita, u?ha, or sour, sweet, bitter, pungent, salt, alkaline, sour, astringent;
pleasant, unpleasant, cold & hot. Miln 56 has the foll.: ambila, lava?a, tittaka, ka?uka, kasaya, madhura. -- 1. juice [as
applied in the Veda to the Soma juice], e.g. in the foll. combns: ucchu° of sugar cane, extract of sugar, cane syrup Vin I.246;
VvA 180; patta° & puppha° of leaf & flower Vin I.246; madhura° of honey PvA 119. -- 2. taste as (objective) quality, the
sense--object of taste (cp. above defns). In the list of the ayatanas, or senses with their complementary sense--objects (sentient
and sensed) rasa occupies the 4th place, following upon gandha. It is stated that one tastes (or "senses") taste with the tongue
(no reference to palate): jivhaya rasa? sayitva (or viññeyya). See also ayatana 3 and rupa. -- M III.55 (jivha--viññeyya r.),
267; D III.244, 250; Sn 387; Dhs 609; PvA 50 (va??agandha--rasa--sampanna bhojana: see below 5). -- 3. sense of taste, as
quality & personal accomplishment. Thus in the list of senses marking superiority (the 10 adhipateyyas or ?ha?as), similar to
rasa as special distinction of the Mahapurisa (see cpd. ras--agga) S IV.275 =Pv II.958; A IV.242. -- 4. object or act of
enjoyment, sensual stimulus, material enjoyment, pleasure (usually in pl.) Sn 65 (rasesu gedha, see materialistic exegesis at
Nd2 540), 854 (rase na anugijjhati; perhaps better rasesu, as SnA); A III.237 (puriso agga°--parititto: perhaps to No. 2). -- 5.
flavour and its substance (or substratum), e. g. soup VvA 243 (kakka?aka° crabsoup), cp. S V.149, where 8 soup flavours are
given (ambila, tittaka, ka?uka, madhura, kharika, akharika, lo?ika, alo?ika); Pv II.115 (aneka--rasa--vyañjana "with
exceptionally flavoured sauce"); J V.459, 465. gorasa "flavour of cow, i. e. produce of cow: see under go. Also metaphorically:
"flavour, relish, pleasure": Sn 257 (pariveka°, dhamma--pi?i°, cp. SnA 299 "assad' a??hena" i. e. tastiness); PvA 287 (vimutti°
relish of salvation). So also as attha°, dhamma°, vimutti° Ps II.89. -- 6. (in grammar & style) essential property, elegance,
brightness; in dramatic art "sentiment" (flavour) (see Childers s. v. na?ya--rasa) Miln 340 (with opamma and lakkha?a: perhaps
to No. 7); PvA 122 (°rasa as ending in Np. Angirasa, expld as jutiya adhivacana?, " i. e. brightness, excellency). -- 7. at t. t. in
philosophy "essential property" (Expos. 84), combd with lakkha?a etc. (cp. Cpd. 13, 213), either kicca° function or
sampatti° property DhsA 63, 249; Vism 8, 448; Miln 148. -- 8. fine substance, semi--solid semiliquid substance, extract,
delicacy, fineness, dust. Thus in pa?havi° "essence of earth," humus S I.134 (trsln "taste of earth," rather abstract); or
rasapa?havi earth as dust or in great fineness, "primitive earth" (before taking solid shape) D III.86 sq. (trsl. "savoury earth,"
not quite clear), opp. to bhumipappa?aka; Vism 418; pabbata--rasa mountain extract, rock--substance J III.55; suva??a°
gold dust J I.93. <-> 9. (adj. --°) tasting Vv 1611 (Amatarasa f.=nibbanarasavini VvA 85).
  --agga finest quality (of taste), only in further compn with °aggita (ras--agga--s--aggita) most delicate sense trsln Dial.) D
III.167, and °aggin (ras--agga--s--aggin, cp. MVastu II.306: rasa--ras'a^grin) of the best quality (of taste, cp. above 2), said of the
Mahapurisa D II.18= III.144 (cp. trsln Dial. II.15 "his taste is supremely acute"). The phrase & its wording are still a little
doubtful. Childers gives etym. of rasaggas--aggin as rasa--ggas--aggin, ggas representing gras to swallow (not otherwise found
in Pali!), and expls the BSk. ras'a^grin as a distortion of the P. form. --añjana a sort of ointment (among 5 kinds), "vitriol" (Rh.
D.) Vin I.203. --a^da enjoying the objects of taste M III.168. --ayatana the sphere of taste D III.243, 290; Dhs 629, 653, 1195
(insert after gandha°, see Dhs. trsl. 319). --aramma?a object of taste Dhs 12, 147, 157. --asa craving for tastes Dhs 1059.
--garuka bent on enjoyment SnA 107. --ta?ha thirst for taste, lust of sensual enjoyment D III.244, 280; J V.293; Dhs 1059;
DhA IV.196. --sañña perception of tastes D III.244 (where also °sañcetana). --hara?i (f.) [ph. °hara?iyo, in compn hara?i°]
taste--conductor, taste--receiver; the salivary canals of the mouth or the nerves of sensation; these are in later literature given
as numbering 7000, e. g. at J V.293 (khobhetva phari); DhA I.134 (anuphari); KhA 51 (only as 7!); SnA 107 (pa?hama--kaba?e
mukhe pakkhitta--matte satta rasa--hara?i--sahassani amaten' eva phutani ahesu?). Older passages are: Vin II.137; D III.167
(referring to the Mahapurisa: "sampajjasa r--harani susa??hita," trsln: erect taste--bearers planted well [in throat]). 

Rasa2 

Rasa2 (--°) is a dial. form of °dasa ten, and occurs in Classic Pali only in the numerals for 13 (terasa), 15 (pa??a--rasa,
pannarasa), 17 (sattarasa) & 18 (a??harasa, late). The Prk. has gone further: see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 245. 

Rasaka [fr. rasa, cp. Classic Sk. rasaka] a cook J V.460, 461, 507. 

to shout, howl J II.407 (vv. ll. rayati, vasati; C. expls as "nadati")=IV.346 (v. l. sarati). 

Rasatta (nt.) [fr. rasa] taste, sweetness SnA 299. 

Rasavati (f.) [rasa+vant] "possessing flavours" i. e. a kitchen Vin I.140. 

Rasavin (adj. [fr. rasa] tasting VvA 85 (nibbana°). 

Rasiyati [Pass.--Demon.--formation fr. rasa] to find taste or satisfaction in (gen.), to delight in, to be pleased A IV.387
(bhasitassa), 388 (C.: tussati, see p. 470). 

Rasmi see ra?si. 

Rassa (adj.) [cp. Sk. hrasva: Geiger, P.Gr. § 492. The Prk. forms are rahassa & hassa: Pischel § 354] short (opp. digha) D
I.193 (digha va r. va majjhima ti va), 223 (in contrast with d.); Sn 633; Dh 409; J I.356; Dhs 617; Vism 272 (def.); DhA IV.184.
-- Cp. ati°.
  --adesa reduction of the determination (here of vowel in ending) J III.489. --sarira (adj.) dwarfish, stunted J I.356. 

Rassatta (nt.) [fr. rassa] shortness, reduction (of vowel) DhsA 149. 

defd at Dhtp 339 & 632 by "caga," giving up, also at Dhtm 490 by "cagasmi?," 876 by caga and gata] to leave, desert: see pp.
rahita & der. rahas, rahassa. 

Rahada [Vedic hrada, with diæresis & metathesis *harada >rahada; the other metathetic form of the same hrada is
*draha>daha] a (deep) pond, a lake D I.50 (°? iva vippasanna? udana?); S I.169=183 (dhammo rahado sila--tittho); Sn
721=Miln 414 (rahado puro va pa?d?ito); It 92 (rahado va nivato), 114 (r. sa--ummi sava??o sagaho); DhA II.152. -- As
udaka° at D I.74, 84; A III.25 (ubbhid--odako); Pug 47. -- On r. in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 127. 

Rahas & Raho (nt.) [Vedic rahas. The Pali word is restricted to the forms raho and raha° (=*raha?); a loc. rahasi is
mentioned by Childers, but not found in the Canon. -- To rahati] lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy. -- 1. raho:
occurring only as adv. "secretly, lonely, in secret," either absolutely, e. g. S I.46; Sn 388; Pv II.716 (opp. avi openly); IV.140 (raho
nisinna); Vism 201 (na raho karoti papani: araha? tena vuccati); or in cpds. e. g. °gata being in private, being alone D I.134
(+pa?isallina); Sn p. 60. See also under pa?isallina; °gama "secret convention, secret intercourse," fig. a secret adviser J VI.369
(after Kern, not found!); °vada secret talk M III.230. See also anu°. -- 2. raha°, only in cpd. raha--bhava secrecy, in defn of
arahant at DA I.146=Vism 201 (rahabhavena ten'esa arahan ti). See also der. raha--seyyaka. Note. Hardy's reading yatha
raha? at Pv II.923 & PvA 78 is not correct, it should be yath'a^raha? (cp. similarly puj--a^raha). In the same sense we would
preferably read agg'asan'adi--arahana? "of those who merit the first seat etc." at J I.217, although all MSS. have
aggasanadi--rahana?, thus postulating a form raha=araha. 

Rahassa (adj. nt.) [Sk. rahasya] secret, private; nt. secrecy, secret Mhvs 35, 64 (vatva rahassa?); instr. rahassena (as adv.)
secretly Mhvs 36, 80; acc. rahassa? id. Pv IV. 165.
  --katha secret speech, whispered words J I.411; II.6. 

Rahassaka (adj.) [fr. rahassa] secret Miln 91 (guyha? na katabba? na rahassaka?). 

Rahayati [Denom. fr. rahas; not corresponding to Sk. rahayati, C. of rahati to cause to leave] to be lonely, to wish to be
alone M II.119. 

Rahita [pp. of rah] 1. lonely, forsaken Th 2, 373 (gantum icchasi rahita? bhi?sanaka? mahavana?). -- 2. deprived of,
without (--°) J III.369 (buddhiya rahita satta); DA I.36 (ava??a°); PvA 63 (bhoga°), 67 (acara°), 77 (gandha°). Note.
samantarahita is to be divided as sam--antarahita. 

Raga [cp. Sk. raga, fr. raj: see rajati] 1. colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin II.107 (anga° "rougeing" the body: bhikkhu
angaraga? karonti); ThA 78; SnA 315 (nanavidha°). -- 2 (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement, passion; seldom by itself,
mostly in combn with dosa, & moha, as the three fundamental blemishes of character: passion or lust (uncontrolled
excitement), ill--will (anger) and infatuation (bewilderment): see dosa2 & moha; cp. saraga. -- These three again appear in
manifold combns with similar terms, all giving var. shades of the "craving for existence" or "lust of life" (ta?ha etc.), or all that
which is an obstacle to nibbana. Therefore the giving up of raga is one of the steps towards attaining the desired goal of
emancipation (vimutti). -- Some of the combns are e. g. the 3 (r. d. m.)+kilesa; +kodha; very often fourfold r. d. m. with
mana, these again with di??hi: see in full Nd2 s. v. raga (p. 237), cp. below ussada. -- Of the many passages illustrating the
contrast raga>nibbana the foll. may be mentioned: chandaraga vinodana? nibbanapada? accuta? Sn 1086; yo ragakkhayo
(etc.): ida? vuccati amata? S V.8; yo ragakkhayo (etc.): ida? vuccati nibbana? S IV.251; ye 'dha pajahanti kamaraga?
bhavararaganu--sayañ ca pahaya . . . parinibbana--gata Vv 5324; kusalo jahati papaka? . . . raga dosa--mohakkhaya parinibbuto
Ud 85. -- Personified, Raga (v. l. Raga), Ta?ha & Arati are called the "daughters of Mara" (Maradhita): Sn 835; DhA
III.199; Nd1 181. -- For further detail of meaning & application see e. g. -- (1) with dosa & moha: D I.79, 156; III.107, 108,
132; S I.184; IV.139, 195, 250, 305; V.84, 357 sq.; M II.138 (rasa° the excitement of taste); A I.52, 156 sq., 230 sq.; II.256;
III.169, 451 sq.; IV.144; It 56, 57; Vism 421; VbhA 268, 269 (sa° & vita°). -- (2) in other connection: D III.70, 74, 146, 175,
217, 234 (arupa°), 249 (citta? pariyadaya ti??hati); S II.231=271 (citta? anuddha?seti); III.10; IV.72, 329; V.74 (na raga? janeti
etc.); A II.149 (tibba--raga--jatiko ragaja? dukkha? pa?isa?vedeti); III.233, 371 (kamesu vita°); IV.423 (dhamma°); Sn 2, 74,
139, 270=S I.207 (+dosa); Sn 361, 493, 764, 974, 1046; Dh 349 (tibba°= bahala--raga DhA IV.68); Ps I.80 sq.; II.37 (rupa°),
95 (id.); Vbh 145 sq. (=ta?ha), 368 (=kiñcana), 390; Tikp 155, 167; DA I.116. -- Opp. viraga.
  --aggi the fire of passion D III.217; S IV.19; It 92 (r. dahati macce ratte kamesu mucchite; +dosaggi & mohaggi); J I.61
(°imhi nibbute nibbuta? nama hoti). --a^nusaya latent bias of passion (for=dat.) S IV.205 (the 3 anusayas: raga°, pa?igha°,
avijja°); It 80 (yo subhaya dhatuya rago so paduyati). --ussada conceit of lust, one of the 7 ussadas (r. d. m., mana, di??hi,
kilesa, kamma) Nd1 72. --kkhaya the decay (waning) of p. S III.51, 160: IV.142, 250, 261; V.8, 16, 25; VbhA 51 sq. --carita
one whose habit is passion, of passionate behaviour Miln 92; Vism 105 sq. (in det.), 114 (+dosa°, moha°), 193; KhA 54
(colour of the blood of his heart, cp. Vism 409) --??haniya founded on passion A I.264; AA 32. --patha way of lust,
lustfulness, passion, sensuality S IV.70; Sn 370, 476 (with expln "rago pi hi duggatina? pathatta ragapatho ti vuccati" SnA 410).
--rati passionate or lustful delight DhA III.112; --ratta  
affected with passion S I.136; Sn 795 (as °ragin, cp. Nd1 100=kama--gu?esu ratta). 

Ragin (--°) [fr. raga] one who shows passion for, possessed of lust, affected with passion Sn 795 (cp. Nd1 100); S I.136;
Vism 193, 194 (with var. characterisations). 

Rajaka (adj.) (--°) [raja+ka, the ending belonging to the whole cpd.] characteristic of the king, king--; in cpds. arajaka
without a king J VI.39 (ra??he); sarajaka including the king Tikp 26; f. sarajika Vin I.209 (parisa). Also in phrase
anikkhanta--rajake (loc. abs.) when the king has not gone out Vin IV.160. 

Rajañña [fr. raja, cp, Vedic rajanya] "royalty"; a high courtier, a khattiya (=rajabhogga, cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung 100)
D I.103 (Pasenadi raja . . . uggehi va rajaniyehi va kañcid eva mantana? manteyya); DA I.273 (=anabhisitta kumara, i. e.
uncrowned princes); Miln 234; VvA 297 (Payasi r.). 

Rajata (f.) [abstr. fr. raja] state of being a king, kingship, sovereignty J I.119 (anuttara--dhamma° being a most righteous
king). 

cp. rajati & rañjati] to shine VvA 134 (=vijjotati). Cp. vi°. 

[cp. Vedic raja, n--stem. To root *reg, as in Lat. rego (to lead, di--rect, cp. in meaning Gr. h(gemw/n): see etym. under uju.
Cp. Oir. ri king, Gallic Catu--rix battle king, Goth reiks=Ohg. rihhi=rich or Ger. reich. Besides we have *reig in Ags.
r&amacremacr;cean= reach; Ger. reichen. -- The Dhtp only knows of one root raj in meaning "ditti" i. e. splendour] king, a
ruling potentate. The defn at Vin III.222 is "yo koci rajja? kareti." The fanciful etym. at D III.93= Vism 419 is "dhammena
pare rañjeti ti raja" i. e. he gladdens others with his righteousness. -- At the latter passage the origin of kingly government is
given as the third stage in the constitution of a people, the 2 preceding being maha--sammata (general consent) and khattiya
(the land--aristocrats). -- Cases. We find 3 systems of cases for the original Sk. forms, viz. the contracted, the diæretic and (in
the pl.) a new formation with --u--. Thus gen. & dat. sg. rañño [Sk. rajña?] Vin III.107; IV.157; J II.378; III.5; Vv 744; and
rajino Sn 299, 415; Th 2, 463; J IV.495; Mhvs 2, 14; instr. sg. rañña Vin III.43; J V.444; DhA I.164; PvA 22; VbhA 106; and
rajina [Sk. rajña] Mhvs 6, 2; acc. sg. rajana? Vin IV.157; loc. raññe PvA 76; voc. raja Sn 422, 423. pl. nom. rajano A I.68;
gen. dat. rañña? [Sk. rajña?] D II.87; Mhvs 18, 32; and rajuna? Vin I.228; Ud 11; J II.104; III.487; SnA 484; PvA 101, 133;
instr. raññahi A I.279 rajuhi Ud 41; M II.120; J I.179; III.45; Mhvs 5, 80; 8, 21; and rajubhi D II.258. Cp. Geiger, P.Gr. §
921. -- 1. raja is a term of sovereignship. The term raja as used in Buddhist India does not admit of a uniform interpretation
and translation. It is primarily an appellative (or title) of a khattiya, and often the two are used promiscuously. Besides, it has
a far wider sphere of meaning than we convey by any trsln like "king" or even "sovereign," or "prince." We find it used as a
designation of "king" in the sense of an elected or successory (crowned) monarch, but also in the meaning of a distinguished
nobleman, or a local chieftain, or a prince with var. attributes characterizing his position according to special functions. From
this we get the foll. scheme: (a) [based on mythological views: the king as representing the deity, cp. deva= king. Note that
raja never takes the place of deva in the meaning king, but that maharaja is used in voc. equivalent to deva] a world--king,
over--lord, a so--called cakkavatti raja. This is an office (as "Universal King") peculiar to the Mahapurisa or the (mythol.)
"Great Man," who may become either the Saviour of men in the religious sense, a Samma--sambuddha, or a just Ruler of the
earth in the worldly sense, a King of Righteousness. These are the 2 gatis of such a being, as described at var. places of the
Canon (e. g. Sn p. 106; Sn 1002, 1003; D III.142; A I.76). His power is absolute, and is described in the standard phrase "c.
dhammiko dhamma--raja caturanto vijitavi janapadatthavariya--ppatto satta--ratana--samannagato," e. g. D III.59.
Dhammapala gives the dignity of a C. as the first "human sovereign powers" (PvA 117). <-> The four iddhi's of a C. are
given (quite crudely) at M III.176: he is beautiful, lives longer than others, is of a healthier constitution than others, he is
beloved by the brahmins and householders. Other qualities: how his remains should be treated=D II.141; deserves a thupa D
II.142 sq.; his four qualities D II.145 (the 4 assemblies of khattiyas, brahma?as, gahapatis & sama?as are pleased with him).
See under cakkavatti & ratana. -- In a similar sense the term dhamma--raja is used as Ep. of the Buddha Sn 554 (raj'a^ham
asmi dh--.r. anuttaro); J I.262; and a reflection of the higher sphere is seen in the title of politeness (only used in voc.)
maharaja, e. g. Sn 416 (addressed to Bimbisara) PvA 22 (id.); J VI.515. -- (b) [in a larger constitutional state] the crowned
(muddha^vasitta) monarch (i. e. khattiya) as the head of the principality or kingdom. The defn of this (general) raja at Nd2 542
is significant of the idea of a king prevalent in early Buddhist times. It is: "khattiyo muddh'a^bhisitto vijita--sangamo
nihata--paccamitto laddh'adhippayo paripu??a--ko?thagaro," i. e. "a crowned noble, victorious in battle, slaying his foes,
fulfilling his desires, having his storehouses full." This king is "the top of men" (mukha? manussana?) Vin I.246=Sn 568. Cp.
D I.7; Sn 46 (ra??ha? vijitam pahaya); J V.448 and passim. See also below 3. 4 & 6. -- In similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907, 128; & cp.
Vism 152 (r. va saddh'antagato), 336 (wishing to become an artisan). Here belongs the title of the king of the devas (Sakka)
"deva--raja," e. g. DhA III.269, 441; PvA 62. -- (c) [in an oligarchic sense] member of a kula of khattiyas, e. g. the kumaras of
the Sakiyans and Koliyans are all called rajano of the rajakulana? in J. V.413 sq., or at least the heads of those kulas. Cp. B.
Ind. p. 19. -- (d) [in a smaller, autocratic state] a chieftain, prince, ruler; usually (collectively) as a group: rajano, thus
indicating their lesser importance, e. g. A V.22 (kud?d?a--rajano rañño cakkavattissa anuyutta bhavanti: so read for anuyanta);
Sn 553 (bhoja° similar to raja--bhogga or bhogiya as given at SnA 453); A II.74 sq. (dhammika & a°); J IV.495. Similarly at Vin
I.228 we find the division into the 3 ranks: mahesakkha rajano, majjhima r., nica r. Here also belongs the designation of the 4
lokapala (or Guardians of the World) at cattaro maha--rajano, the maha° being added for sake of politeness (cp. Note A on
maha), e. g. A IV.242. See also pa?iraja & cp. below 4 c. -- (e) A wider range of meaning is attached to several sub--divisions
(with raja or without): officials and men who occasionally take the place of the king (royal functionaries), but are by public
opinion considered almost equal to the king. Here belongs the defn of what is termed "rajano" (pl. like d) at Vin III.47, viz.
raja, padesa--raja, ma?d?alika, antarabhogika, akkhadassa, mahamatta, ye va pana chejjabhejja? anusasanti (i. e. those
who have juridical power). See also below 4 b, and °putta, °bhogga [& other cpds.]. -- 2. It would fill a separate book, if we
were to give a full monograph of kingship in and after the Buddha's time; we therefore content ourselves with a few principal
remarks. The office of king was hereditary: kula--santaka? rajja? J I.395; II.116; IV.124; but we sometimes read of a king being
elected with great pomp: J I.470; PvA 74. He had the political and military power in his hand, also the jurisdiction, although in
this he is often represented by the mahamatta, the active head of the state. His 10 duties are  mentioned at several places (see below under °dhamma). Others are mentioned e. g. at D I.135, where it is said he gives food
and seed--corn to the farmer, capital to the trader, wages to the people in government service. His qualifications are 8 fold (see
D I.137): well--born ("gentleman," khattiya), handsome, wealthy, powerful (with his army), a believer, learned, clever,
intelligent. <-> His wealth is proverbial and is characterized in a stock phrase, which is also used of other ranks, like se??hi's &
brahma?a's, viz. "ad?d?ha mahaddhana mahabhoga pahuta--jatarupa--rajata pahuta--vitt'ûpakara?a pahutadhana--dhañña
paripu??a--kosa--ko??hagara," e. g. D I.134. For a late description of a king's quality and distinction see Miln 226, 227. -- His
disciplinary authority is emphasized; he spares no tortures in punishing adversaries or malefactors, esp. the cora (see below 4
c). A summary example of these punishments inflicted on criminals is the long passage illustrating dukkha (bodily pain) at
Nd2 304III; cp. M III.163 (here also on a cora). -- 3. The king (raja or khattiya) in the popular opinion, as reflected in language,
heads several lists, which have often been taken as enumerating "castes," but which are simply inclusive statements of var.
prominent ranks as playing a rôle in the social life of the state, and which were formulated according to diff. occasions. Thus
some show a more political, some a more religious aspect. E. g. khattiya amacca brahma?a gahapati D I.136; raja brahma?a
gahapatika A I.68, where another formula has khattiya br. g. A I.66; J I.217; and the foll. with an intermediate "rank"
(something like "royalty," "the royal household") between the king and the brahmins: raja rajaputta brahma?a gahapatika
negama--janapada A II.74 sq.; rajano raja--mahamatta khattiya br., gah., titthiya D III.44 (trsln Dialogues too weak "rajas &
their officials"); raja rajabhogga br., gah. Vin III.221. -- 4. Var. aspects illustrating the position of the king in relation to other
prominent groups of the court or populace: (a) raja & khattiya. All kings were khattiyas. The kh. is a noble kat)e)coxh/n (cp.
Gr. h(gemw/n) as seen fr. defn jati--khattiya at SnA 453 and var. contexts. Already in the Rig Veda the k?atriya is a person
belonging to a royal family (RV X.109, 3), and rajanya is an Ep. of k?atriya (see Zimmer, Altindisches Leben 213). --raja
khattiyo muddha^vassito "a crowned king" D I.69; III.61 sq.; Vin IV.160; A I.106 sq.; II.207 (contrasted with brahma?a
mahasala); III.299 (if lazy, he is not liked by the people); M III.172 sq. (how he becomes a cakkavatti through the appearance
of the cakka--ratana). -- Without muddha^vasitta: rajano khattiya Dh 294=Nett 165. Cp. khattiya bhoja--rajano the
khattiyas, the (noble or lesser?) kings (as followers of the cakkavatti) Sn 553 (see bhoja). At J VI.515. rajano corresponds
directly to khattiya on p. 517 (sa??hisahassa°); cp. expression khattiya--kula J I.217 as equivalent to raja--kula. (b) raja &
mahamatta. The latter occupies the position of "Premier," but is a rank equal to the king, hence often called raja himself: Vin
III.47 where styled "akkhadassa mahamatta." Otherwise he is always termed raja--mahamatta "royal minister," or "H.R.H.
the Premier," e. g. Vin I.172; A I.279; Vin I.228 (also as Magadha--mahamatta), and called himself a khattiya D III.44. -- (c)
raja & cora. A prominent figure in the affairs of State is the "robber--chief" (maha--cora). The contrast--pair rajano (so
always pl.) & cora is very frequent, and in this connection we have to think of rajano as either smaller kings, knights or royals
(royalists), i. e. officers of the kings or "the king's Guards." Thus at J III.34 the C. expln as raja--purisa. It is here used as a term
of warning or frightening "get up, robber, so that the kings (alias ?policeman') won't catch you": u??hehi cora ma ta? gahesu? raj
ano. Other passages are e. g.: D I.7 (raja--katha & corakatha)=Vin I.188; M III.163 (rajano cora? agucari? gahetva); A I.68,
154; It 89 (raj'a^bhinita+cor°); & in sequence rajano cora dhutta (as being dangerous to the bhikkhus) at Vin I.150, 161. -- 5.
On the question of kingship in Ancient India see Zimmer, Altind. Leben pp. 162--175, 212 sq.; Macdonell & Keith, Vedic
Index II.210 sq.; Fick, Soc. Gl. 63--90; Foy, Die Königl. Gewalt nach den altind. Rechtsbüchern (Leipzig 1895); Rh. Davids,
Buddhist India pp. 1--16; Hopkins, E. W., The social and military position of the ruling caste in A. I. in J.A.O.S. 13, 179 sq.;
Banerjea, Public Administration in A. I. 1916, pp. 63--93. -- 6. Kings mentioned by name [a very limited & casual list only, for
detailed refs. see Dict'y of Names]: Ajatasattu; Udena (DhA I.185); Okkaka; Dighi (of Kosala; Vin I.342); Parantapa (of
Kosambi; DhA I.164;) Pasenadi (of Kosala; D I.87, 103; Vin IV.112, 157); Bimbisara (of Magadha; Vin IV.116 sq.; Sn 419);
Bhaddiya; etc. -- 7. (fig.) king as sign of distinction ("princeps"), as the lion is called raja migana? Sn 72; Vism 650; the
Himavant is pabbata--raja A I.152; III.44; and Gotama's horse Ka?thaka is called assa--raja J I.62=VvA 314. -- Note. The
compn form of raja is raja°.
  --a^gara a king's (garden-- or pleasure--) house D I.7 (°ka); DA I.42. --anga royal mark, characteristic or qualification; king's
property Vin I.219 (rajanga? hatthi: the elephants belong to the king), cp. A I.244: assajaniyo rañño angan t'eva sankha?
gacchati is called king's property. --angana royal court PvA 74. --a?atti king's permission Tikp 26 (in simile). --a?a (1) the
king's command J III.180; cp. PvA 217 "rañño a?a"; (2) the king's fine or punishment, i. e. a punishment inflicted by the king
(cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. 74), synonymous with raja--da?d?a: J I.369, 433 (raja?a? karoti to inflict); II.197; III.18, 232, 351; IV.42;
VI.18; PvA 242. --a^nubhava king's power, majesty, authority, pomp J IV.247; PvA 279. --antepura the royal harem A V.81,
82 (the 10 risks which a bhikkhu is running when visiting it for alms). --a^bhinita brought by a king It 89 (+cora^bhinita).
--a^bhiraja "king of kings" Sn 553; DhsA 20. --a^macca royal minister J V.444 (°majjhe). --ayatana N. of a tree: "Kingstead
tree," the royal tree (as residence of a king of fairies), Buchanania latifolia Vin I.3 sq. (where MVastu III.303 reads k?irika, i. e.
milk--giving tree); J I.80; IV.361 sq.; DhsA 35; VbhA 433 (°cetiya). --iddhi royal power PvA 279. --isi a royal seer, a king
who gives up his throne & becomes an ascetic (cp. Sk. rajar?i, freq. in Mhbharata & Rama yana) Th 1, 1127 (read raja--d--isi);
It 21 (rajisayo, with var vv. ll. not quite the same meaning); J VI.116, 124, 127, 518; DhA IV.29. Kern, Toev. s. v. proposes
reading rajisi. --upa??hana attendance on the king, royal audience Vin I.269; J I.269, 349; III.119, 299; IV.63. --ûpabhoga fit
for use by the king Miln 252. --uyyana royal garden or pleasure ground J III.143; Mhvs 15, 2. --orodha a lady from the king's
harem, a royal concubine Vin IV.261. --kakudha--bha?d?a an ensign of royalty (5: khagga, chatta, u?hisa, paduka, valavijani)
DhA I.356. See under kakudha. --katha talk about kings (as tiracchanakatha in disgrace), combd with corakatha (see above 4
c) D I.7; III.36, 54; Vin I.188. --kammika a royal official, one employed by the king J I.439; IV.169. --ku?umba the king's
property J I.439. --ku?d?a a "crook of a king" DhA III.56. --kumara a (royal) prince (cp. khattiya--kumara) Vin I.269; J
III.122; VbhA 196 (in comparison). --kumbhakara a "royal potter," i. e. a potter being "purveyor to the king" J V.290. --kula
the king's court or palace A I.128; II.205; Vin IV.265; J II.301; DhA II.44, 46; III.124. --khadaya pu??ha at Sn 831 is according
to Kern, Toev. to be read as rajakkhataya ph. (fr. rajakkha). The old Niddesa, however, reads °khadaya & explns the word
(Nd1 171) by rajabhojaniyena, i. e. the king's food, which is alright without being changed. --gu?a "virtue of a king" M I.446
(trick of a circus horse;  +raja--va?sa). --da?d?a punishment ordered by the king PvA 216, 217. --daya a royal gift D I.127; DA I.246. --duta king's
messenger Sn 411, 412; in meaning of "message," i. e. calling somebody to court, summons at J II.101, 305. --dhamma "king's
rule," i. e. rule of governing, norm of kingship; usually given as a set of 10, which are enumd at J III.274 as "dana, sila, pariccaga,
ajjava, maddava, tapo, akkodha, avihi?sa, khanti, avirodhana," i. e. alms--giving, morality, liberality, straightness, gentleness,
self--restriction, non--anger, non--hurtfulness, forbearance non--opposition. These are referred to as dasa rajadhamma at J
I.260, 399; II.400; III.320; V.119, 378; usually in phrase "dasa raja--dhamme akopetva dhammena rajjan karesi": he ruled in
righteousness, not shaking the tenfold code of the king. Another set of 3 are mentioned at J V.112, viz. "vitatha? kodha? hasa?
nivaraye" (expld as giving up musavada, kodha & adhamma--hasa). --dhani a royal city (usually combd with gama & nigama)
A I.159; II.33; III.108; Vin III.89; J V.453; Pv 1318. --dhita king's daughter, princess J I.207; PvA 74. --nivesana the king's
abode, i. e. palace DhA IV.92. --parisa royal assembly Vin II.296. --pila (?) DhA I.323. --putta lit. "king's son," prince, one
belonging to the royal clan (cp. similarly kulaputta), one of royal descent, Rajput Sn 455; Miln 331; VbhA 312, 319 (in simile);
PvA 20. f. °putti princess J IV.108; V.94. --purisa "king's man," only in pl. °purisa the men of the king, those in the king's
service (as soldiers, body--guard, policeman etc.) J III.34; VbhA 80 (°a^nubandha--cora), 109. --porisa (m. & nt.) servant of
the king, collectively: king's service, those who devote themselves to Govt. service D I.135; M I.85=Nd2 199; A IV.281, 286.
See also porisa. --bali royal tax J I.354. --bha?a king's hireling or soldier Vin I.74, 88; SnA 38 (in simile) --bhaya fear of the
king('s punishment) Vism 121. --bhaga the king's share J II.378. --bhogga 1. royal, in the service of the king, in foll. phrases:
raja--bhogga? rañña dinna? raja--daya? brahma--deyya? D I.87, of a flourishing place. Dial. I.108 trsls "with power over it as if
he were king," and expls with: "where the king has proprietary rights." The C. rather unmeaningly expls as "raja--laddha" (DA
I.245). The BSk. has a curious version of this phrase: "rajña--agni- dattena brahmadeyya? datta?" (given by the king in the
place of agni?) Divy 620. -- Further at Vin III.221 in sequence raja r--bhogga, brahma?a, gahapatika, where the C. expls (on p.
222) as "yo koci rañño bhatta--vetan'aharo." (We should be inclined to take this as No. 2.) -- Thirdly, in stock phrase "raja^raha
rajabhogga rañño angan t'eva sankha? gacchati," i. e. worthy of a king, imperial, he justifies the royal qualification, said of a
thoroughbred horse at A I.244= II.113; of a soldier (yodh'ajiva) at A I.284; of an elephant at J II.370 (where it is expld as "raja
paribhoga"). Also as "royal possessions" in general at DhA I.312. 13. -- Fick, Soc. Gl. 99 does not help much, he takes it as
"king's official." -- 2. royal, of royal power, one entitled to the throne. Either as bhogga, bhogiya (SnA 453) or (khattiya)
bhoja--rajano (Sn 553). Thus at Vin III.221, where it takes the place of the usual khattiya "royal noble" & Sn 553, where it is
combd (as bhoja rajano) with khattiya. See also bhoja & cp. (antara) bhogika and rajañña. --mahamatta king's prime
minister (see above 4 b, to which add:) D III.44; A I.154, 252, 279; III.128; VbhA 312 (simile of 2), 340. --malakara royal
gardener J V.292. --mudda the royal seal DhA I.21. --muddika id. SnA 577. --ratha the king's chariot DhA III.122.
--rukkha "royal tree," Cathartocarpus fistula VvA 43. --vara the best king, famous king Vv 321 (=Sakka VvA 134).
--vallabha the king's favourite, or overseer Mhvs 37, 10; VbhA 501 (in simile). --vibhuti royal splendour or dignity PvA 216,
279. --ha?sa "royal swan," a sort of swan or flamingo Vism 650 (suva??a°, in simile). 

Raji1 

Raji1 [cp. Sk. raji] a streak, line, row Sn p. 107 (nila--vana° =dark line of trees, expld as nila--vana rukkha--panti SnA 451);
Vv 644 (nabhyo sata--raji--cittita "coloured with 100 streaks"; VvA=lekha); 646 (ve?uriya°); pabbata° a mountain range J
II.417; digha° (adj.) of long lineage PvA 68; dvangula° a band 2 inches broad Davs V.49; roma° a row of hair (on the body) J
V.430. 

Raji2 

Raji2 [fr. raga?] dissension, quarrel, in phrase sangha° (+sanghabheda) Vin II.203 (quoted at VbhA 428); IV.217. 

Rajika (f.) [cp. Sk. rajika] a certain (gold) weight (a seedcorn of Sinapis ramosa) Th 1, 97=862 (ka?sa sata° 100 mustard
seeds in weight, i. e. very costly); J VI.510 (ka?se sova??e satarajike). 

Rajita : see vi°. 

Rajin (adj.) [fr. raji] having streaks or stripes, in uddhagga° having prominent stripes (of a lion) J IV.345. 

Rajimant (adj.) [fr. raji1] having streaks or stripes; f. rajimati shining, radiant Vv 321 (v. l. rajaputti), expld at VvA 134
as follows: "rajati vijjotati ti raji: raji ti mata paññata rajimati" (thus connecting °mant with man). 

Rajula [cp. Sk. rajila] a certain reptile Abhp 651. 

Rati [Sk. ra to give, bestow; given at Dhtp 369 & Dhtm 597 in meaning "adane," with doublet la] to take up: no refs. 

Radheti1 

Radheti1 [Caus. of radh to succeed, radhyate. The root is given at Dhtp 420 & Dhtm 656 in meaning "sa?siddhiya?," i. e. of
success. See etym. at Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. reor.] to please: see cpds. abhi° apa°, a°, vi°. 

Radheti2 [radh? Given at Dhtp 424 & Dhtm 656 in meaning "hi?saya?," i. e. of hurting] no refs. 

Rama [fr. ram; cp. Vedic rama] pleasure, sport, amusement; °kara having pleasure, sporting, making love J V.448. 

Rama?eyyaka (adj. nt.) [orig. grd. of rameti, ram, cp. Sk. rama?iya. On e for i see Geiger, P.Gr. § 10] pleasant,
agreeable, lovely A I.35, 37; Dh 98 (=rama?iya DhA III.195); nt. delightfulness, lovely scenery M I.365 (four seen in a dream:
arama°, vana°, bhumi° pokkhara?i°). 

Rava [fr. ravati, cp. rava] crying, howling; shout, noise J I.162 (baddha° the cry of one who is caught); IV.415 (id.); VI.475 (of
the cries of animals, known to an expert); Miln 254 (bherava--rava? abhiravati); Mhvs 10, 69 (maha--rava? aravi). 

Rasi [Vedic r¯asi] 1. heap, quantity, mass It 17; usually --°, e. g. angara° heap of cinders J I.107; ka?ikarapuppha° of k.
flowers VvA 65; kahapa?a° of money PvA 162, tila° of seeds VvA 54; dhañña° of corn A IV.163, 170; etc. --rasi? karoti to
make a heap, to pile up Mhvs 29, 28; VvA 157. -- 2. (store of) wealth, riches; in °agga--dana gift of the best treasures (of one's
property), one of the 5 "donations of the best," viz. khett°, ras°, ko??h°, kumbhi°, bhojan°: SnA 270. See also °vad?d?haka -- 3. a
sign of the Zodiac (the 12, as given at Abhp 61 are: mesa, usabha, methuna, kakkata, siha, kañña, tula, vicchika, dhanu,
makara, kumbha, mina; or the ram, bull, twins, crab, lion, virgin, balance, scorpion bow, capricorn, waterpot, fish) PvA 198. --
4. (fig.) at t. t. in logic: group, aggregate, category, congery; freq. in Abhidhamma--literature, where 3 "accumulations" are
spoken of, viz. micchatta--niyato rasi, sammatta--niyato r., anivato r. or "wrong doing entailing immutable evil results, that of  well--doing entailing immutable good results, and that of everything not so determined" (Dialogues III.210); D III.217; Kvu
611; Nett 96; cp. Kvu trsl. 356 Dhs trsl. 26, 253. In the 5 factors of individuality (body and mind) khandha are explained as
meaning rasi, e. g. Asl. 141; B. Psy. 42. In other connections: S V.146 (kusala°, akusala°), 186; A III.65 (akusala°); Tikp 45. --
Note. In BSk. we find only 2 of the 3 categories mentioned at MVastu I.175, viz. mithyatvaniyato & aniyato rasih.
  --vad?d?haka one who increases wealth, i. e. a treasurer D I.61 (trsln: "increases the king's wealth"; DA I.170 simply defines
"dhañña--rasiñ ca dhana--rasiñ ca vad?d?heti ti r. v."); J I.2; Mhbv 78. 

Rasika (nt.) [fr. rasi] revenue, fisc D I.135. 

Rahaseyyaka (adj.) [rahas+seyya+ka or raha (for raha°)+seyyaka] "having one's bed in loneliness," living in seclusion
or secrecy, in manussa° "fit to lie undisturbed by men" Vin I.39 (+pa?isallana--saruppa); M II.118. 

Rahu [Vedic rahu] N. of an Asura: see under Proper Names. --rahumukha "mouth of Rahu," designation of a certain
punishment for criminals (M I.87; III.164; Nd1 154 (in list of tortures)=Nd2 604=Miln 197. 

Ri?ati see under raya. 

in Vedic & Sk. rinakti; cp. Av. irinaxti to leave; Gr. lei/pw id., loipo/s left; Lat. linquo id.; Goth. leiQ an=Ohg. lihan to lend;
Ags l&amacremacr;n=loan, cp. E. leave etc. -- The defn of the root at Dhtp is given in two forms, viz. ric as "virecane" (No.
396; cp. Dhtm 517 "khara?e," i. e. flowing; 610 "recane"), and riñc as "riñcane" (No. 44)] to leave, abandon, leave behind, give
up, neglect Vin I.190 (also fut. riñcissati); M I.155 (riñcissati), 403; S IV.206; A III.86 sq., 108 sq., 343 sq., 366 sq., 437; Th 1,
1052; Sn 156; Miln 419; J V.403. -- ppr. med. with neg.: ariñcamana Sn 69; ger. riñcitva (for Sk. riktva) Th 2, 93. -- pp.
ritta. -- Pass. riccati [Sk. ricyate] to be left: see ati°. 

Riñcana (nt.) [fr. riñc] leaving behind, giving up Dhtp 44. 

Ritta [pp. of riñcati; cp. atireka] devoid, empty, free, rid (of) M I.207 (+tuccha), 414; Vin I.157=II.216; Sn 823
(emancipated: ritto muni=vivitta etc. Nd1 158), 844 (opp. to aritta); Th 2, 265 (see rindi); J I.29 (v. 222); III.492; Miln 383.
  --assada finding one's taste in empty things A I.280 (+bahir--assada. Kern, Toev. s. v. reads rittasa and trsls "impure (of
food)," not according to the sense at all). --asana an empty seat Sn 963 (expld at Nd1 481 as "opportunity for sitting down
which is free from unbefitting sights"). --pesu?a free fr. slander Sn 941 (expld at Nd1 422: "yassa pesuñña? pahina?" etc.).
--mu??hi an empty fist (°sadisa: comparing someone as regards ignorance) SnA 306=DhA IV.38. --hattha (adj.)
empty--handed J V.46; Sdhp 309. 

Rittaka (adj.) [ritta+ka] empty, void, without reality Th 1, 41; 2, 394 (=tucchaka anto--sara--rahita ThA 258); Pv III.65
(of a river=tuccha PvA 202); PvA 139 (=suñña, virahita). Usually in combn with tucchaka as a standing phrase denoting
absolute emptiness & worthlessness, e. g. at D I.240; M I.329; S III.141. 

Rindi at Th 2, 265 is doubtful. The T. reading is "te rindi va lambante 'nodaka," said of breasts hanging down in old age.
The C. compares them with leather water bottles without water (udaka--bhasta viya). We have to read either with Morris,
J.P.T.S. 1884, 94 "ritti va" (=ritta iva), "as it were, empty," or (preferably) with ThA 212 "theri ti va" ("like an old woman").
The trsln (Sisters, p. 124) takes the C. expln of udaka--bhasta as equivalent to T. reading rindi, in saying "shrunken as skins
without water"; but rindi is altogether doubtful & it is better to read theri which is according to the context. We find the same
meaning of theri ("old woman") at Pv II.116. 

Rissati [Vedic ri?, ri?yati] to be hurt, to suffer harm M I.85 (d?a?sa--makasa--vat'atapa--siri?sapa--samphassehi rissamano;
where Nd2 199 in same passage reads samphassamana). 

Ruka in cpd. ad?d?ha° at Vin II.134, referring to the shape of a beard, is doubtful. The v. l. is "duka." Could it correspond to
Vedic rukma (a certain ornament worn on the chest)? 

Rukkha [Vedic v?k?a. See Geiger, P.Gr. § 13, with note. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 320 puts rukkha to Sk. ruk?a (shining which
as Pischel, following Roth. says has also the meaning "tree" in ?gveda). The Prk. form is rukkha. Cp. Wackernagel, Altind.
Gr. 1, § 184 b. We find a byform rakkha at J III.144. Cp. Brethren, pp. 185, 416, where the Bn MS. has rukkha katha the
meaning being rakkha°] a tree. In the rukkha--mulik'anga (see below) Bdhgh at Vism 74 gives a list of trees which are not to be
selected for the practice of "living at the root of a tree." These are simantarika--rukkha, cetiya°, niyyasa°, phala°, vagguli°,
susira°, vihara--majjhe ?hita°, or a tree standing right on the border, a sacred tree, a resinous tree, a fruit t., a tree on which bats
live, a hollow tree, a tree growing in the middle of a monastery. The only one which is to be chosen is a tree "vihara--paccante
?hita," or one standing on the outskirt of the Vihara. He then gives further advice as to the condition of the tree. -- Various
kinds of trees are given in the defn of r. at Vism 183, viz. assattha, nigrodha, kacchaka, kapitthaka; ucca, nica, khuddaka,
mahanto; ka?a, seta. -- A very complete list of trees mentioned in the Sa?yutta Nikaya is to be found in the Index to that Nikaya
(vol. vi. p. 84, 85)Q On rukkha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, pp. 128--130. -- See also the foll. refs.: A I.137; II.109, 207; III.19,
200, 360; IV 99, 336; V.4 sq., 314 sq.; Sn 603, 712; J I.35 (naga°); Vism 688 (in simile: maharukkhe yava kapp'a^vasana
bijaparamparaya rukkha--pave?i? santayamane ?hite); VbhA 165=Vism 555 (rukkha phalita); VbhA 196 (in compn: jatassa
avassa? jara--mara?a?, uppannassa rukkhassa patana? viya), 334 sq. (as garu--bha?d?a); SnA 5 ("pathavi--ras'adim iva
rukkhe": with same simile as at Vism 688, with reading kappa^vasana? and santanente); DhA III.207 (amba°); VvA 43 (raja°),
198 (amba°); DhA IV.120 (dipa°); PvA 43.
  --antara the inside of a tree PvA 63. --ko??aka (--saku?a) the wood--pecker J III.327 (=java saku?a). --gahana
tree--thicket or entanglement A I.154 (so for °gaha?a). --devata a tree spirit, dryad, a yakkha inhabiting a tree (rukkhe
adhivattha d. Vin IV.34; J II.385; kakudhe adhivattha d. Vin I.28) J I.168, 322; II.405, 438 sq. (era?d?a°), 445; III.23; IV.308
(vanaje??haka--rukkhe nibbatta--devata); DhA II.16; PvA 5 (in a Nigrodha tree), 43 (in the Vindhya forest). <-> They live in
a Nigrodha tree at the entrance of the village (J I.169), where they receive offerings at the foot of the tree (cp. IV.474), and
occasionally one threatens them with discontinuance of the offerings if they do not fulfil one's request. The trees are their
vimanas (J I.328, 442; IV.154), occasionally they live in hollow trees (J I.405; III.343) or in tree tops (J I.423). They have to
rely on the food given to them (ibid.); for which they help the people (J III.24; V.511). They assume various forms when they
appear to the people (J I.423; II.357, 439; III.23); they also have children (Vin IV.34; J I.442). --pave?i lineage of the tree
Vism 688. --pa?ika a wooden spoon Vism 124 (opp. to pasa?a°). --mula the foot of a tree (taken as a dwelling  by the ascetics for meditation: D I.71, where several such lonely places are recommended, as arañña, r--m., pabbata, kandara,
etc. -- DA I.209 specifies as "ya? kiñci sanda--cchaya? vivitta? rukkha--mula?"); A II.38; IV.139, 392; S I.199 (°gahana); It 102;
Sn 708, 958; Nd1 466; Pug 68; PvA 100 (v. l. sukkha--nadi), 137 (Ga?d?amba°, with ref. to the Buddha). --°gata one who
undertakes living at the foot of a tree (as an ascetic) A III.353; V.109 sq., 207, 323 sq.; Pug 68. --°senasana having one's bed &
seat at the foot of a tree for meditative practices as a recluse Vin I.58 (as one of the 4 nissayas: pi?d?iy'alopa--bhojana,
pa?sukula--civara, r.--m. s., puti--mutta bhesajja), 96 (id.); A IV.231. --mulika (a) one who lives at the foot of a tree, an open
air recluse M I.282; III.41; A III.219; J IV.8 (araññaka, pa??asala? akatva r., abbhokasika); (b) belonging to the practice of a
recluse living under a tree "tree rootman's practice" (Vism trsln 84); as °anga one of the (13) dhutanga--practices; i. e.
practices for a scrupulous way of living Vism 59, 74, 75 (mentioned between the arannik' anga & the abbhokasik'- anga).
--mulikatta the practice of living (alone) under a tree M III.41 (mentioned with pa?sukulikatta & pi?d?apatikatta); A III.109
(id.). --sunakha "tree dog," a cert. animal J VI.538 (C. in expln of na?a--sannibha "reed--coloured"). --susira a hollow tree PvA
62. 

Ruca (--rukkha) & Ruca (f.) [fr. ruc] N. of a plant, or tree, alias "mukkhaka" (read mokkhaka) "principal" J I.441, 443
(gloss mangala--rukkha). 

Rucaka (nt.) [cp. Sk. rucaka a golden ornament] (gold) sand Vv 351; VvA 160 (=suva??a--valika). 

Ruci (f.) [fr. ruc, cp. Vedic ruc (f.) light, Classic Sk. ruci in meaning "pleasure"] 1. splendour, light, brightness Sn 548 (su°
very splendid; SnA 453=sundara--sarirappabha). -- 2. inclination, liking, pleasure PvA 59 (°? uppadeti to find pleasure, to be
satisfied). --aruci aversion, dislike Th 2, 472. --ruci object of pleasure J V.371. --ruciya (abl.) in the pleasure (of), by the
liking (of) (cp. No. 3), in phrases attano ruciya (attano citta--ruciya: so read for °ruciya?!); as one pleases, by one's own free
will, ad lib. J I.106; IV.281; PvA 59; parassa r. pavattati to live by the pleasure (gratia^) of somebody else, i. e. to be dependent
on others DA I.212. --yatha ruci? according to liking or satisfaction, fully, amply Mhvs 4, 43; 5, 230; PvA 88, 126, 242. <->
3. In dogmatic language used in the sense of "will" or "influence" in combn di??hi, khanti, ruci one's views, indulgence &
pleasure (=will), i. e. one's intellectual, emotional & volitional sphere, e. g. Vin I.70; Sn 781 (without khanti, but see defn at
Nd1 65); also with saddha, anussavo, akaraparivitakke, di??hinijjhanakhanti M II.170, 218; 234; contrasted with dhamma D
III.40; Vbh 245 (in defn of "idha": cp. same at Ps I.176 and Nd2 145), 325, 328. aññatra ruciya under the influence of
someone else's will S II.115; IV.138. See also bhava 2a. 

Rucika (--°) (adj.) [fr. ruci 3] belonging to the pleasure (of); only in phrase añña° being dependent on someone else's will
or under another's influence, together with aññadi??hika and añña--khantika characterizing the various sides of personality
(see ruci 3) with ref. to one's intellect, feeling & will D I.187=M I.487. Rhys Davids (Dial. I.254) trsls: "holding different views,
other things approving themselves to you, setting diff. aims before yourself"; thus differing in interpretation of añña, taking it
subjectively. Neumann (Majjhima Übs. II.250) quite wrongly: "ohne Deutung, ohne Geduld, ohne Hingabe" (without
explanation, patience, devotion). 

Rucira (adj.) [fr. ruc, cp. Sk. rucira] brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv I.109 (=rama?iya dassaniya PvA 51); J
I.207; V.299; Vv 402 (so read for rurira); Mhvs 11, 11; 18, 68; Davs IV.29; Miln 2, 398; DhA I.383 (=sobhana); VvA 12; PvA
156 (=vaggu). 

Ruccati [*rucyati Med. of ruc: see rocati. Same in Prk. -- Originally Caus. formation like Epic Sk. rocyate for rocayate] to
find delight or pleasure in (loc.), to please, to indulge in, set one's mind on Sn 565 (etañ ce r. bhoto buddha--sasana?); with
khamati to be pleased and to approve of, M II.132; often used by Bdhgh in C. style: yatha r. tatha pa?hitabba? KhA 78; "ya? r.
ta? gahetabba? SnA 23, 43, 136, 378" "to take, whichever one pleases" (in giving the choice of 2 readings or interpretations). --
ger. ruccitva VvA 282 (r. puresi "to find thorough delight in," expln for abhirocesi). <-> pret. 1st pl. ruccadimhase Pv I.118
(=ruccama ruci? uppadema, ta? attano ruciya pivissama ti attho PvA 59). -- Prohibitive ma rucci (pl. ma rucittha) as an
entreaty not to pursue an aim (=please do not do that, please don't) Vin II.198 (ala? Devadatta ma te rucci sangha--bhedo);
DhA I.13 (ma vo avuso eva? ruccittha). 

Ruccana (& a° f.) (nt.) [fr. ruccati] choice, pleasure DhA I.387 (tava °??hane according to your own liking); DA I.106 (°a). 

Ruccanaka (adj.) [fr. ruccana, cp. Sk. rucya] pleasing, satisfying; nt. satisfaction J I.211 (°maccha the fish you like); II.182
(tava °? karosi you do whatever you like). a° unpleasant, distasteful DhA I.251 (attano aruccanaka? kiñci kamma? adisva). 

Rujaka [fr. ruj?] a lute--player J VI.51, 52, given by Kern, Toev. s. v. as conjecture (vi?a?) va rujaka for virujaka. The
conjecture is based on C. reading "rujaka=vi?avadaka." 

representing an Idg. *leug, as in Gr. leugale/os, lugro/s sad, awful; Lat. lugeo to mourn; Lith. lúžti to break; German lücke,
loch etc. -- A specific Pali l--form is lujjati. A der. fr. ruj is roga illness. -- The Dhtp (469) defines ruj by "bhanga" i. e.
breaking] to break, crush; lit. to (cause) pain, to afflict, hurt (trs. & intrs.) J I.7 (pada rujanti), 396 (pada me rujanti my feet
ache); IV.208 (khandhena rujantena with hurting back); VI.3 (uru rujanti); Mhvs 10, 15 (pada me r.); Miln 26 (pada r.); DhA
I.10, 21 (akkhini me ruji?su); II.3. -- fut. rucchiti [cp. Sk. ro?syate] J VI.80 (v. l. B.B. rujjati; C. takes wrongly as "rodissati," of
rodati). -- pp. lugga. -- Cp. lujjati & combns. 

Rujana (nt.) [fr. ruj, cp. ruja] hurting, feeling pain J II.437 (roga=rujana--sabhavatta?); J IV.147 (yava pi??hiya
rujana--ppama?a? until his back ached). 

Rujanaka (adj.) [fr. rujana] aching, hurting DhA IV.69 (anguli). 

Ruja (f.) [fr. ruj, see rujati; cp. Sk. ruja] disease, pain Miln 172 (ruja? na karoti); Vism 69; DhA IV.163 (accha° a bad pain). 

Rujjhati [Pass. of rundhati] to be broken up, to be destroyed J III.181 (pa?a rujjhanti; C. expls by nirujjhati). Cp. upa°,
vi°. 

Ru??ha [pp. of ru?; Sk. ru??a] vexed, cross, enraged J IV.358 (opp. to tu??ha v. l. atu??ha) V.211 (gloss kuddha); Davs III.37. 

Ru?hati see lu?hati see lu?hati & cp. rudda. 

Ru? a sound--particle, denoting a heavy fall, something like "thud" J I.418. 

Ru??a & Ro??a [pp. of rudati for Sk. rudita, after analogy of other roots in --d, as tud »tunna, pad »panna, nud»
nunna. The BSk. forms are both ru?d?a (MVastu  II.218, 224) and ru??a (MVastu III.116); Prk. ru??a (Pischel § 566). See rudati & cp. aru??a] 1. (pp.) crying, in combn
ru??a--mukha with tearful face J VI.525 (C. rudam°); Miln 148. -- 2. (nt.) weeping, crying, lamentation Th 1, 554; A I.261;
Sn 584 (+soka); Pv I.43; Milo 357. As ro??a at A IV.197, 223; Th 1, 555; J III.166. 

Ruta (nt.) [pp. of ravati: see rava & ravati] noise, sound<-> (ing); cry, singing Th 1, 1103; J I.207 (T. reading ruda is expld
in C. as ruta with °da for °ta: ta--karassa dakaro kato); III.276 (sabba--ruta--janana--manta: spell of knowing all
animal--sounds; T. reads ruta; cp. sabbarava--janana J III.415); VI.475 (rudaññu=ruta--jña C.; same meaning); Miln 178
(saku?a--ruta--ravita); VvA (karavika°). 

Rutta in du° & su° at DhsA 396 is to be read as dur-- in du° & su° at DhsA 396 is to be read as dur-- and su(r)--utta
(see utta). 

Ruda stands for ruta stands for ruta (cry) at 2 Jataka passages, viz. J I.207; VI.475 (ruda--ññu knowing the cries of all
 animals, expld as "ruta--jña, sabba--rava? janati" C.). 

the usual Sk. pres. being rodati, but forms fr. base rud° are Vedic and are later found also in Prk. (cp. Pischel Prk. Gr. § 495):
ruyai besides royai & rodasi. -- The Idg. root is *reud, being an enlargement of *reu, as in ravati (q. v.). Cp. cognates Lat.
rudo to cry, shout, bray; Lith. raudà wailing; Ohg. riozan= Ags. reotan. -- The Dhtp expls rud by "rodane" (144), the Dhtm by
"assu--vimocane" (206)] to cry, lament, weep, wail. -- Forms I. rud° (the older form): pres. rudati (not yet found); ppr.
rudanto D I.115; Sn 675, 691; rudamana M I.341; A II.95; Pug 62; Miln 275; Sdhp 281; and ruda? Pv I.84; also in cpd.
rudam--mukha with weeping face J VI.518 (assu--netta+); Pv I.112; ger. ruditvana Mhvs 35, 24; fut. rucchati J V.366 and
rucchiti J VI.550 (=rodissati C.; see also rujati). <-> II. rod° (the younger form & the one peculiar to prose): pres. rodati J
I.55; III.169 (socati+); Pv I.87 (socati+); I.124; PvA 17, 18; Pot. rode Pv I.85 (=rodeyya? PvA 64); ppr. rodanto J I.65; f.
rodanti PvA 16; med. rodamana PvA 6; DA I.284. -- aor. rodi J I.167; DhA II.17 (+hasi); fut. rodissati J VI.550; ger.
roditva Mhvs 9, 7; inf. roditu? J I.55. -- Caus. II. rodapeti to make someone cry DhA II.86. -- pp. ru??a, rudita & rodita. 

Rudita (nt.) [pp. of rudati, equivalent to ru??a] crying, weeping PvA 18 (+assu--mocana, in expln of ru??a), 63
(=paridevita). 

Rudda (adj.) [cp. Sk. raudra & Vedic rudra (a fierce demon or storm--deity; "the red one," with Pischel from rud to be
ruddy. See Macdonell, Vedic Mythology 74--77). The usual Pali form is ludda. At Dhtp 473 & Dhtm 135 a root ru?h (or
lu?h) is given in meaning "upaghate" i. e. killing, which may represent this rud: see lu?hati] fierce, awful, terrible J IV.416 (so
luddako rudda--rupo; v. l. ludda°); V.425, 431 (su--ruddho, spelling for su--ruddo, very fierce, expld as su--luddo supharuso);
Mhvs 12, 45 (rudda--rakkhasi, prob. with ref. to the demon Rudra; trsln "fearsome female demon"; vv. ll. ruda°, ruddha°,
dudda°). 

Ruddha [pp. of rundhati] 1. obstructed, disturbed Davs 4, 46. -- 2. at J V.425 & 431 in cpd. su--ruddha it stands for rudda
(q. v.). -- Cp. upa°, ni°, pa?i° pa?ivi°, vi°. 

Rudhira (nt.) [late Vedic rudhira. Etym. connected with Lat. ruber red; Gr. e)ruqro/s red; Oicel. rodra blood, Goth.
raups=Ger. rot=E. red] blood DhA I.140; PvA 34 (for lohita; v. l. ruhira). See the more freq. words rohita & lohita; a form
ruhira (q. v.) occurs e. g. at Pv I.91. 

or rudh, both roots in Vedic Sk. -- Dhtp (375, 425) expls by "avara?e"; id. Dhtm (608, 662).] 1. to restrain, hinder, prevent,
obstruct, keep out Cp. III.107; Miln 313 (+upa°). -- 2. to conceal, hide, cover up Th 2, 238 (ppr. rundhanto); PvA 88 (ppr.
rundhamana). -- 3. in phrase nagara? r. to surround or besiege a town J I.409 (aor. rundhi); III.159 (°itva); IV.230 (°i?su). --
Pass rujjhati; pp. ruddha & ru?ha. <-> See also upa°, pa?i° pa?iva, vi°, Note. The roots rudh & rundh are also found in
Prk. (see Pischel § 507); besides we have a by--form rubh in Prk. as well as in Pali: see Pischel, § 266, 507, and P. rumbhati. 

Ruppa in ruppa--rupaka? in ruppa--rupaka? (nt.) Th 2, 394 is not clear. It refers to something which is not rupa, yet
pretends to be rupa, i. e. a sham performance or show. Thus ruppa may correspond to *rupya & with rupaka mean "having the
form (i. e. the appearance) of form, i. e. substantiality. " The Cy. (ThA 259) interprets as "rupiya--rupasadisa? sara? sara?
 upa??hahanta? asaran ti attho"; and Mrs. Rh. D. (Sisters, p. 154) trsls: "deluded by puppet shows (seen in the midst of the
crowd)." 

one of the rare cases of P. r. representing a Sk. 1., whereas the opposite is frequent. The same sound change Idg., as Lat.
rumpo to break corresponds to Sk. lumpati. Besides we find the Sk. form ropayati to break off. -- The root has nothing to do
with rupa, although the P. Commentators combine these two. -- Cp. also Sk. ropa hole; Ags. reofan to break, reaf (theft)=
 Ger. raub, rauben, and many other cognates (see Walde s. v. rumpo). -- The root rup is defd at Dhtm by nas, i. e. to destroy;
another rup is given at Dhtm 837 in meaning "ropana"] to be vexed, oppressed, hurt, molested (always with ref. to an illness or
pain) Sn 767 (salla--viddho va r.) 1121; Nd1 5 (=kuppati, gha??iyati, pi?iyati); Nd2 543 (=kuppati pi?ayati gha?ayati). -- ppr.
gen. ruppato S I.198 (salla--viddhassa r.; expld at K.S. 320 by "gha??an--atthena")= Sn 331 (reads salla--viddhana ruppata?, i.
e. pl. instead of sg.); Th 1, 967 (salla--viddhassa ruppato (C. sariravikara? apajjato, Brethren, 338); J II.437 (C. gha??iyamana
pi?iyamana)=Vism 49 (dukkhitassa r.); J III.169 (salla--viddhassa r.=gha??iyamana C.). --ruppati to Pali exegesis with its
fondness of allegorical ("orthodox") interpretation, is the etym. base of rupa, thus at S III.86: "ruppati ti tasma rupan ti vuccati
kena r.? sitena, u?hena etc. (all kinds of material dukkha: dukkha II.3b) ruppati." -- Or at Sn 1121 (ruppanti rupena), & at
other passages given under rupa (A). See also ruppana. 

Ruppana (nt.) [fr. rup) molestation, vexation, trouble J III.368 (=gha??ana dusana kuppana C.). Frequent in allegorical
exegesis of rupa, e. g. at DhsA 52 (naman' a??hena nama? ruppan'a??hena rupa?), 303 (rup'adihi ruppana--bhava--dipana);
VbhA 4 (ruppan'a??hena rupa? in expln of passage S III.86 (mentioned under ruppati); KhA 78, 79 (ruppan'a??hena . . . rupa?
rupa? ti vuccati). 

Rumbhati [so read for rumhati (Trenckner, Notes 599; the root is another form of rudh (as in Prk.): see rundhati. The
Dhtm (547) defines by "uppi?ana"] to obstruct, surround, besiege (=rundhati 3) J VI.391 (where spelling rumhati; in phrase
nagara? r.). See also ni°, sanni°. -- pp. ru?ha. 

Rumma (adj.) [put down (rightly) by Geiger, P.Gr. § 53 as different fr. Sk. rukma (shining); Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 12
tried the etym. rumma=Sk. rumra "tawny," o? rukma (rukmin) shiny. It is still an unsolved problem. It may not be far off to
trace a relation (by miswriting, dissimilation or false analogy) to ruppa in sense of ruppati, or to ruj, or even rudda. The C.
expln of all the rumma-- & rummin passages is anañjita, i. e.  unkempt] miserable, dirty, poorly, in cpds. °rupin J IV.387 (=lukhavesa C.), with v. l. duma°; and °vasin poorly dressed J
IV.380. 

(dirty--soiled) J IV.322 (v. l. dummi); VI.194 (do.). 

Rumhaniya at M I.480 is doubtful in spelling. The meaning is clearly "furthering growth, making or being prosperous,
bringing luck" (combd with ojavant), as also indicated by v. l. ru?h°. Thus it cannot belong to rumbh, but must represent
either rup, as given under ruppati in meaning "ropana" (Dhtm 837), or ruh (see ruhati). Kern, Toev. s. v. trsls "tot groei
geschikt" (i. e. able to grow), Neumann, "erquickend" (i. e. refreshing). 

Ruyhati is Med. of ruhati (rohati), q. v. 

Rurira at Vv 402 is misprint for rucira. 

Ruru [Vedic ruru: RV VI.75, 15] a sort of deer, a stag; usually called ruru--miga J IV.256, 261; V.406 (pl. rohita ruru),
416. Cp. ruruva. 

Rusita [pp. of ru? to be vexed. The Dhtp defines by "rose" (306, 450), "parusiye" (626); Dhtm has 2 roots viz. one with
"alepe" (442), the other with "hi?saya?" (443)] annoyed, irritated, offended Sn 932, 971 (expld by Nd1 498 as "khu?sita,
vambhita, gha??ita" etc.). See rosa, roseti etc. 

Rus?ati at SnA 121 for dussati. 

Ruha1 

Ruha1 (adj.) (--°) [fr. ruh: see ruhati] growing, a tree, in cpds.: jagati°, dhara?i°, mahi°, etc. 

Ruha2 

Ruha2 [poetical for ruhira (rohita)=lohita] blood, in cpd. ruha?ghasa blood--eater, a name for panther J III.481
(=ruhira--bhakkha lohita--payin C.). 

Ruhira (nt.) [fr. rudhira] blood M III.122; Th 1, 568; Vin II.193; Miln 125, 220; Sdhp 38.
  --akkhita (ruhir'akkhita) "besmeared with blood" J IV.331, is to be read as ruhir'ukkhita of uk?). 

Ruta at J III.276 read ruta (q. v.). 

Rupa (nt.) [cp. Vedic rupa, connected etymologically with varpa (Grassmann). -- The nom. pl. is rupa & rupani] form,
figure, appearance, principle of form, etc. -- A. Definitions. According to P. expositors rupa takes its designation fr. ruppati,
e. g. "ruppanato rupa?" Vism 588; "ruppan'a??hena r." VbhA 3; "rupa--rupa?= ruppana sabhavena yutta?" Cpd. 1567 (where
ruppati is, not quite correctly, given as "change"), "ruppati ti: tasma rupan ti vuccati" S III.86; other defns are "rupayati ti rupa?"
(with cakkhu & the other 10 ayatanas) VbhA 45; and more scientifically: "paresu rup'adisu cakkhu--pa?ihanana lakkha?a?
rupa?" Vism 446. -- Of modern interpretations & discussions see e. g. Dhs. trsl. introd. ch. vi. (pp. 41--63, or 248--71); Dial.
II.244; Expos. 67n; Cpd. 270 sq. (where objections are raised to trsln "form," and as better (philosophical) terms "matter,"
"material quality" are recommended). See also loka for similar etym. -- B. (lit.) appearance, form, figure Dhs 597 sq. (=form
either contrasted with what is unseen, or taken for both seen and unseen), 751; Mhvs 27, 30 (siha--vyagghadirupani
representations of lions, tigers etc.); 30, 68 (ravicanda--tara--rupani id.); 36, 31 (loha° bronze statue); ThA 257. -- Esp.
beautiful form, beauty S IV.275= Pv II.958 (as one of the 10 attributes, with sadda etc., of distinction: see also below D II.a);
Miln 285; Mhvs 20, 4 (rupa--manini proud of her beauty); PvA 89. --surupa very beautiful ThA 72; durupa of evil form, ugly
A II.203 sq. (dubba??a+). -- In phrase rupa? sikkhati Vin I.77=IV.129 the mQaning is doubtful; it may be "to study
drawing, or arts & craft," or (with Mrs. Rh. D.) "weights & measures," or (w. Hardy) "money changing." It is said that through
this occupation the eyes become bad; it is opposed to ga?ana. -- C. (--°) of such & such a form, like, kind, of a certain
condition or appearance. In this appln very frequent & similar to E. --hood, or Ger. --heit, i. e. an abstract formation. Often
untranslatable because of the latter character. It is similar to kaya (cp. expln of atura<-> rupa Vv 8314 by abhitunna--kaya
Vva 328), but not so much with ref. to life & feeling as to appearance and looks. E. g. aneka° Sn 1079 (=anekavidha Nd2 54);
adissamana° invisible PvA 6 (lit. with invisible form); ummatta° as if mad, under the appearance of madness, like a madman
Pv I.81; II.63; eva° in such a condition Pv II.15; tapassi° appearing to be an ascetic Pv I.32; taraka° the (shapes of the) stars Dhs
617; deva° as a deva PvA 92. Pleonastically e. g. in: anupatta° attaining Pv IV.166; taramana° quickly Pv II.62; yutta° fit PvA
157; sucitta° variegated Pv I.109. -- Cases ad verbially: citta--rupa? according to intention Vin III.161; IV.177; cetabba--rupa?
fit to be thought upon J IV.157. (=°yuttaka? C.). --atta--rupena on my own account S IV.97; godha--rupena as an iguana
Mhvs 28, 9. -- D. (as philos. t. t.) principle of (material) form, materiality, visibility. -- There are var. groups of psychological
and metaphysical systematizations, in which rupa functions as the material, gross factor, by the side of other, more subtle
factors. In all these representations of rupa we find that an element of moral psychology overshadows the purely philosophical
& speculative aspect. A detailed (Abhidhammatic) discussion of rupa in var. aspects is to be found at Dhs § 585--980. <-> 1.
rupa as ayatana or sense object. It is the object of the activity or sphere of the organ of sight (cakkhu). As such it heads the list
of the 6 bahirani ayatanani (see e. g. Nd2 p. 238 A--E & ayatana3) with "cakkhuna rupa? disva" (the others: sota>sadda,
ghana>gandha, jivha>rasa, kaya>pho??habba, mano>dhamma), cp. cakkhu--viññeyya rupa i??ha kanta etc. D I.245; M
I.266; cakkhuna rupa? passati i??ha--rupa? kanta--rupa? etc. S IV.126; -- see further: Vin I.34 (sabba? aditta?: cakkhu?
aditta?, rupa aditta etc. with sequence of other ayatanas); D II.308 sq., 336 sq.; M III.18 (ya? kho rupa? pa?icca uppajjati
sukha? somanassa?, aya? rupe assado; cp. Ps II.109 sq.), 291 (ye te cakkhu--viññeyyesu rupesu avita--raga etc.); Ps I.79; II.38
(rupi rupani passati ti vimokkho); Dhs 617, 653, 878; Tikp 28. <-> 2. (metaphysically) as the representative of sensory or
material existence: (a) universally as forming the corporeal stratum in the world of appearance or form (rupa- bhava) as
compared with the incorporeal (arupa--bhava), being itself above, and yet including the kama--bhava. (The kamabhava is a
subdivision of rupabhava, which has got raised into a third main division.) This triad is also found in combns with loka or
dhatu (see dhatu 2 a & d), or avacara. See e. g. D I.17; III.215 (°dhatu), 216 (°bhava); Kvu 370 sq. (°dhatu); Dhs 499
(°a^vacara), 585 (°dhatu); Vbh 17 (°avacara), 25 (as garu--pari?ama & dandha--nirodha compd with arupa). A similar
sequence rupa arupa & nirodha (i. e. nibbana) in old verses at Sn 755; It 45, 62 (rupehi arupa santatara, arupehi nirodho
santataro). On indriya--rupa "faculty as form" see indriya B. -- (b) individually in the sphere of sa?sara as one (i. e. the material
quality) of the substrata of sensory individual existence or the khandhas. They are the 5: rupa--kkhandha, vedana°, sañña°,
sankhara°, viñña?a°; otherwise called rup' ûpadana--kkhandha etc. (e. g. D III.223, 278; Vism 443). See khandha II. B. -- In
this property rupa consists of 28 subdivisions, viz. the 4 (great) dhatus (mahabhutani or else bhuta--rupa primary matter) and
24 upadarupani (i. e. derivative forms or accidentals). These are given in extenso in the rupakkhandha section of the Vism (pp.
443--450), also at Dhs 585; the 24 consist of: cakkhu, sota, ghana, jivha, kaya, rupa, sadda, gandha, rasa, itthindriya,
purisindriya, jivitindriya, hadaya<->  vatthu, kaya--viññatti, vaci--viññatti, akasa--dhatu, (rupassa) lahuta muduta kammaññata, upacaya santati jarata aniccata,
kaba?inkar'--ahara; cp. defn at Nett 73: catu--mahabhutika? rupa? catunna? ca mahabhutana? upadaya rupassa paññatti. The
rupakkhandha shares with the others the qualities of soullessness, evanescence and ill (anatta, anicca, dukkha); e. g. rupañ ca
h'ida? atta abhavissa, na y'ida? rupa? abadhaya sa?vatteyya Vin I.13, cp. similarly M III.282 sq.; S III.66; quoted and expld in
detail at Vism 610; rupa? anicca? Vin I.14; M I.228; III.18 (also expld at Vism 610); S III.48, 66, 88; rupe anicc'a^nupassana Ps
II.186 sq. -- See also D II.301; III.233; Ps I.23, 53, 104; II.96, 102, 109 (rupassa adinavo); Vbh 1. sq., 12 sq. (in detail); Kvu 11
sq.; Vism 443 sq.; Tikp 33; VbhA 2, 3, 32 sq.=S III.142 (with var. similes); DhA IV.100. -- (c) in the making up of the
individuality as such (nama--rupa), where in contrast with nama (as abstract, logical, invisible or mind--factor) rupa
represents the visible (material) factor, resembling kaya (cp. phrase nama--kaya in same sense). The foll. are current defns of
nama--rupa: nama--(kaya)=vedana, sañña, cetana, phassa, manasikara (otherwise citta--sankhara),
rupa(--kaya)=cattaro maha--bhuta catunna? m--bhutana? upadaya rupa? (otherwise kaya--sankhara) S II.4; III.59 sq.; Ps
I.183; with explns at Vism 558 & VbhA 169. Defined at Nett 15: "ye phassa--pañcamaka dhamma: ida? nama?, yani
pañc'indriyani rupani: ida? rupa?, tad ubhaya? namarupa? viñña?a--sampayutta?." Discussed in detail also at Vism 562
(=VbhA 173, 174), 587--597; cp. DhsA 392 (Expos. 500, where "mind--matter" is given as corresp. couple in trsln, do. Cpd.
271 sq. "mind and body"). See also under pa?icca--samuppada. -- 3. various references: D III.102, 212, 225, 244, 273; M I.84
(Gotamo kamana? pariñña? paññapeti, rupana?, vedanana?); S II.198; III.11 (eva?--rupo siya?, eva? vedano etc.), 101 (id., &
the khandhas); Sn 867, 874, 943, 1037, 1121; Nd1 425; Tikp 36, 38, 54, 262; Vism 625 (uppajjanaka°).
  --aramma?a a visible thing as object Dhs 146, 365; DhsA 310 (cp. Expos. 407). --a^vacara world of form, sphere of matter
(cp. Expos. 67, 216n, 264) PvA 163. --ûpaga (satta) (a being) living in (bodily) form It 62; Sn 754. --upajivini f. a woman
living on her beauty, i. e. a harlot PvA 46, 201. --ññu knowing (var.) bodily forms M I.220=A V.347. --ta?ha craving after
form D II.309; III.216, 244, 280; VbhA 179 (in det.). --dakkha one clever in forms, viz. an artist (accountant?) Miln 344 (in
the Dhamma--nagara). --dhatu the element of form, material element Vism 486; Nett 32, 97. See above D 2. --nimitta sign
of form Ps I.92. --patta beautiful J I.61. --pama?ika measuring by form (outward appearance), one of the 4 kinds of
measurements which the world takes of the Tathagata (see A II.71 & Pug 53), viz. rupa°, ghosa°, lukha°, dhamma° DhA
III.113; the same four similarly at SnA 242. --patubhava appearance of form (also as °antara° intermediate form) SnA 245.
--bhava material existence: see above D 2. --raga lust after rebirth in rupa D III.234 (+arupa°); Nett 28 (pañc'indriyani rupini
rupa--ragassa pada??hana?. --rupa material form (mutable material quality?) Cpd. 156, doubtful trsln & expln --sañña
perception of material qualities, notion of form D I.34; II.112 (expld in det. at Vism 328); III.224, 244, 253; Nd2 545; DhsA
200 (cp. Expos. 269). --saññin perceiving form D III.260; Ps II.38; Sn 1113. --santati duration of material form Vism 431;
VbhA 21. --samussaya accumulation of form, complex form ThA 98. --samapatti attainment of beauty J I.406. --sampatti
beauty J III.187. --siri personal splendour J I.60. 

Rupaka (nt.) [fr. rupa] form, figure; likeness of, image (--°); representation Vin II.113 (rupak'oki??ani pattani, of painted
bowls); Th 2, 394 (see ruppa°); DhA I.370 (ma?i° jewelled image); II.69 (assa° toy horse); Mhvs 25, 26 (raja°); 27, 30 (devata°
shape of devas); VvA 213. --durupaka of squalid appearance J II.167; cp. durupa. 

Rupata (f.) [abstr. fr. rupa] (being) shape(d), appearance; accordance, conformity, in phrase bhavya--rupataya "by
appearance of likelihood" A II.191 (in hearsay formula, where it is missing in id. passage at Nd2 151). 

Rupatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. rupa] lit. "form--hood," i. e. shaping (being) shape(d) S III.87 (rupa? rupattaya sankhata?). 

Rupavant (adj.) [rupa+vant] 1. having bodily form S III.16 & passim (in formula of sakkaya--di??hi); Dhs 1003. -- 2.
having the form of (--°) Mhvs 14, 3 (goka??a°). -- 3. beautiful Mhvs 10, 30 (f. rupavati). 

Rupika (adj.) [fr. rupa] having shape; neg. a° formless Sdhp 236 (rup'a^rupika). 

Rupin (adj.) [fr. rupa] 1. having material qualities, possessed of form or shape or body or matter, belonging to the realm of
form. rupi is nearly always combd & contrasted with arupi formless, incorporeal (see rupa D 2 a), cp. combn rupi arupi saññi
asaññi nevasaññina^saññi Nd2 617 and similarly It 87=Miln 217. -- D I.34 (atta dibbo rupi), 77 (kayo r. manomayo), 186 (atta
etc.), 195 (attapa?ilabho r. manomayo); III.111, 139; M II.229; S III.46 (r. arupi saññi etc.); IV.202, 402; A II.34; Nd1 97, 137;
Ps II.38 (rupi rupani passati); Dhs 635, 1091, 1444; Vbh 123, 342 (read rupi); Nett 28 (pañc'indriyani rupini), 69 (five rupini
indriyani & five arupini); DA I.119 (atta); DhsA 304 (rupino dhamma); VbhA 511 sq. (atta). -- 2. (--°) having the appearance
of, resembling: see rumma°. 

Rupiya1 

Rupiya1 (nt.) [cp. Sk. rupya, lit. of splendid appearance, cp. name for gold jatarupa] silver Vin III.239 (here collectively for
any transactions in "specie," as expld by C. p. 240: rupiya? nama satthu--va??o kahapa?o lohamasako darumasako jatumasako;
i. e. copper, wood & lac); S I.104 (suddha? r.); II.233; Dhs 584.
  --maya made of silver Vin II.112; S III.144 (sova??amaya+); Pv II.64 (where in sequence sova??a°, ma?i°, loha° r.; expld as
"rajatamaya" PvA 95); DhA I.29. 

Rupiya2 

Rupiya2 see ruppa. 

Rupeti [Caus. Denom. fr. rupa] 1. to put into shape, to make appear, to make grow (?) SnA 132, 143 (v. l. ropeti). -- 2. to
be formed, to appear, to come to notice, in defn of rupa at VbhA 45: "rupayati ti rupa?." 

Ru?a [doubtful spelling; perhaps for ru?ha, evidently identical with rudda, as Trenckner suggests in Notes 6319] awful,
terrible Miln 275 (synonymous with bhima). 

Ru?ha1 

Ru?ha1 [pp. of rohati; of ruh; Sk. rud?ha] 1. grown Sn 20 (°ti?a). -- 2. (see ruhati) healed up Miln 291 (°va?a one whose wound
has healed): cp. ruhana. 

Ru?ha2 

Ru?ha2 at Miln 217 & 218 is a by--form of ruddha, pp. of rundhati (rumbhati) to obstruct; thus meaning "obstructed,
difficult" (of a road, together with lugga palugga). Kern, Toev. s. v. trsls (as ru?ha1) by "overgrown." 

Ru?hi (f.) [fr. ru?ha, pp. of rohati, cp. Sk. rud?hi] lit. ascent, growth see vi°. -- fig. what has grown by custom, tradition,
popular meaning of a word (°sadda). The fig. meaning is the one usually found in Pali, esp. in Abhidhamma and
Commentary literature; e. g. ru?hiya? by tradition, usually, commonly, VbhA 1 (as category with the 3 other: rasi, gu?a,
pa??attQ, ru?hito id. VbhA 2; ru?hiya id. SnA 430; PvA 163; also ru?hi--vasena VvA 42; or with sadda: ru?hi--sadda
usual meaning Vism 333; DhsA 205; °saddena in popular  language, in ordinary speech, customarily, commonly speaking Tikp 253; Vism 310; DA I.239, 294: SnA 135, 400. 

Ruhati1 

Ruhati1 [the specific P. form of the usual Sk. P. rohati (q. v.). The root ruh is given at Dhtp 334 with meaning "janana" i. e.
causing, which refers more to the compounds with prefixes] 1. to grow, spread It 67; J IV.408 (akkhini ruhi?su; also ppr. med.
ruyhamana); V.368; VI.360. -- 2. to heal (of a wound), close up Vin I.206 (va?o na ruhati); -- 3. to have effect in (loc.), to be
effective Vin II.203=It 87 (vado tamhi na ruhati). -- pp. ru?ha2. See also ruhita (pp. of Caus. ruheti=roheti). 

Ruhati2 

Ruhati2 [for rundh (rumbh, rudh) or Pass. rujjh°; see also rumbhati & ropeti2] to be broken or (fig.) to be suspended Vin
II.55 (dhammatta ruhati the liability is cancelled). -- pp. ru?ha1. 

Ruhana (f.) [cp. Sk. roha?a, fr. ruh: ruhati1] 1. growth J II.322 (viruhana C.). -- 2. healing (of a wound) Miln 112. 

Ruhita (nt.) [fr. ruhati1] a boil, a diseased growth (lit. "healed") Vin IV.316 (expld as "ya? kiñci va?o"; v. l. rudhita). 

Re (indecl.) [shortened for are, q. v.] a part. of exclamation, mostly implying contempt, or deprecation, (DA I.276)
"hi?anavasena amantana?" i. e. address of disdain: heigh, go on, get away, hallo. -- D I.96, 107; J III.184 (C.=amanta?e nipato);
often combd with similar particles of exhortation, like cara pi re get away with you! M II.108; Vin IV.139 (so read for cara
pire which the C. takes as "para," amamaka); or ehi re come on then! J I.225; ha re look out! here they are! PvA 4; aho vata
re wish I would! Pv II.945 (re ti alapana? PvA 131); no ca vata re vattabbe but indeed, good sir . . . (Kvu 1). 

Rekha (f.) [fr. rikh, for which the Pali form is likh, cp. Sk. rekha, Lat. rima, Ohg. riga row] line, streak Abhp 539. See
lekha. 

Recana (nt.) [fr. ric] letting loose, emission Dhtm 610. Cp. vi°. 

Re?u [cp. Vedic re?u] 1. dust; pl. re?u particles of dust. -- Vin I.32 (°hata bhumi); Vism 338=Nd1 505=J I.117 (rago rajo
na ca pana re?u vuccati); J IV.362 (oki??a raja--re?uhi; C. expls by "pa?suhi"); Miln 274 (pl.); SnA 132 (re?u? vupasameti
allays). -- 2. pollen (in this meaning found only in the so--called Jataka--style) J I.233 (maha--tumba--matta), 349 (pupphato
re?u? ga?hati); III.320; V.39 (puppha°); VI.530 (padumakinjakkha°); DhA IV.203 (°va??hi). 

Reruka [etym.? Probably dialectical] "elephant's tooth," ivory J II.230 (=hatthi--danta C.). 

Roga [Vedic roga: ruj (see rujati), cp. Sk. ruja breakage, illness] illness, disease. -- The defn of roga at J II.437 is "roga
rujana--sabhavatta?." There are many diff. enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combns, of which the foll. may be
mentioned. At sn 311 (cp. D III.75) it is said that in old times there were only 3 diseases, viz. iccha, anasana?, jara, which
gradually, through slaughtering of animals, increased to 98. Bdhgh at SnA 324 hints at these 98 with "cakkhu--rog'
adina--bhedena." Beginning with this (cakkhuroga affection of the eye) we have a list of 34 rogas at Nd1 13 (under
paka?a--parissaya or open dangers=Nd1 360= Nd2 420) & Nd2 3041 B, viz. cakkhu° & the other 4 senses, sisa°, ka??a°,
mukha°, danta°; kasa, sasa, pinasa, d?aha, jara; kucchiroga, muccha, pakkhandika, sula, visucika; ku??ha?, ga?d?o, kilaso, soso,
apamaro; daddu, ka?d?u, kacchu, rakhasa, vitacchika, lohita<-> pitta?, madhumeho, a?sa, pi?aka, bhagandala. This list is
followed by list of 10 abadhas & under "dukkha" goes on with var. other "ills," which however do not make up the number 98.
The same list is found at A V.110. The 10 abadhas (Nd2 3041 C.) occur at A II.87 & Miln 308 (as agantuka--roga). The 4
"rogas" of the Sun (miln 273, cp. Vin II.295) are: abbha, mahika, megha, Rahu. -- Another mention of roga together with
plagues which attack the corn in the field is given at J V.401, viz. visa--vata; musika--salabha--suka--pa?aka; seta??hika--roga
etc., i. e. hurtful winds, mice, moths & parrots, mildew. -- The combn roga, ga?d?a, salla is sometimes found, e. g. M II.230;
Vism 335. Of other single rogas we mention: kucchi° (stomach--ache) J I.243; ahivataka° Vin I.78; J II.79; IV.200; DhA I.231;
pa?d?u° jaundice Vin I.206; J II.102; DhA I.25; ti?apupphaka° hay--fever Miln 216. -- See also atanka & abadha. On roga in
similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 130. <-> D I.11, 73; III.182; S III.32; IV.64; A II.128, 142 sq.; IV.289,; Nd1 486; Vism 236 (as cause
of death), 512 (in simile); VbhA 88 (in sim. of dukkha etc.); ThA 288; VvA 6 (rogena phu??ha), 75 (sarire r. uppajji); PvA 86
(kacchu°), 212 (rogena abhibhuta). -- Opp. aroga health: see sep.
  --atanka affliction by illness A II.174 sq.; V.169, 318. --nid?d?ha the nest or seat of disease Dh 148 (cp. DhA III.110); as °ni?a
at It 37. --mula the root of disease Sn 530. --vyasana distress or misfortune of disease D III.235 (one of the 5 vyasanani: ñati°,
bhoga°, roga°, sila°, di??hi°); Miln 196 (id.). 

Rogin (adj.) [fr roga] having a disease, suffering from (--°); one who has a disease Vism 194 (ussanna--vyadhi dukkhassa);
Sdhp 86. --pa?d?u° one who has the jaundice J II.285; III.401. 

Rocati [Vedic rocate, ruc, Idg. *leuq, as in Lat. luceo to be bright (cp. lux light, lumen, luna etc.); Sk. rocana splendid,
ruci light, roka & ruk?a light; Av. raocantshining; Gr. amfi--lu/kh twi--light, leuko/s white; also with 1: Sk. loka world, locate to
perceive, locana eye; Lith. laukti to await; Goth. liuhap light=Ohg. lioht, E. light; Oir lo¯che lightning. -- The Dhtp (& Dhtm)
gives 2 roots ruc, viz. the one with meaning "ditti" (Dhtp 37), the other as "rocana" (Dhtp 395), both signifying "light" or
"splendour," but the second probably to be taken in sense of "pleasing"] 1. to please, i. e. it pleases (with dat. of person) Th 2,
415 (rocate); Mhvs 15, 9 (nivaso rocatu). Cp. BSk. rocyate AvS II.158. -- 2. to find pleasure in (loc.) Miln 338 (bhave). -- Caus.
roceti: 1. to be pleased, to give one's consent DhA I.387 (gloss K rucitha ruceyyatha). <-> 2. (with acc. of object) to find
pleasing, to find delight in, to be attached to, to approve of, to choose S I.41 (vadha?); J I.142 (Devadattassa laddhi? r.); V.178
(pabbajja? roc'aha?=rocemi C.), 226 (kamma?). <-> Freq. with dhamma? to approve of a doctrine or scheme, e. g. at Vin
II.199 (Devadattassa dhamma?); S I.133; Sn 94 (asata? dh.), 398 (dhamma? ima? rocaye); J IV.53 (dh. asata? na rocayama).
-- Cp. abhi°, a°, vi°. 

Ro??a see ru??a. 

Rodati see rudati. 

Rodana (nt.) [fr. rud] crying, weeping DhA I.28; PvA 63, 64; Dhtp 144. 

Rodha1 

Rodha1 [fr. rudh] obstruction, stopping, in cpd. parapa?a° stopping the life of somebody else; life--slaughter, murder Sn
220; J II.450. Cp. anu°, ni°, vi°. 

Rodha2 

Rodha2 (nt.) [fr. rudh] bank, dam A III.128 (where id. p. at A. I.154 reads gedha, cave; v. l. also gedha, cp. v. l. rodhi° for
gedhi° at Nd2 585). 

Rodhana (nt.) [fr. rudh] obstructing J V.346; Sdhp 57. 

Ropa (--°) [fr. rop=Caus. of ruh] plantation; in vana° & arama° S I.33. 

Ropaka [ropa+ka] sapling J II.346 (rukkha°). 

Ropana (nt.) & ropana (f.) [fr. ropeti1] 1. planting PvA 151 (arama°); Mhvs 15, 41. -- 2. healing S IV.177 (va?a°). -- 3.
furthering, making grow Ps II.115 (buddhi°). <-> 4. (f.) accusation Vin IV.36. 

Ropaya (adj.) (--°) [for *ropya, fr. ropeti1] to be healed, only in cpd. du° hard to heal (of a wound) Vin I.216 (va?a). 

Ropapeti see ropeti1. 

Ropita [pp. of ropeti1] 1. planted Pv II.78. -- 2. growing up Pv 97Q (read "pi ropita?" for viropita?). -- 3. furnished with,
powdered with (--°) Vv 6415 (Ed. vosita; VvA 280 expls by ullitta, vicchurita). -- 4. accused, brought forward (of a charge) Vin
IV.36. 

Ropima (nt.) [fr. ropeti1] 1. what has been planted Vin IV.267. -- 2. a kind of arrow M I.429 (contrasted with kaccha;
Neumann trsls ropima by "aus Binsen"). <-> 3. (adj.) at Vv 4413 aropima ("not planted"?) is an attribute of trees. It is not
expld in VvA. 

Ropeti1 

Ropeti1 [Caus. of ruhati1] 1. to plant or sow J I.150 (nivapati?a?); Mhvs 15, 42 (amb'a??hika?); 19, 56; DhA II.109. -- 2. to
put up, fix J I.143 (sulani). -- 3. to further, increase, make grow Sn 208 (Pot. ropayeyya). -- 4. (fig.) to fix, direct towards, bring
up against: see ropeti2 2. -- pp. ropita. Caus. II. ropapeti to cause to be planted D II.179; J VI.333; Mhvs 34, 40; DhA II.109.
-- Cp. abhi°, abhini°, a°. 

Ropeti2 

Ropeti2 [Caus. of ruhati2. See lumpati] 1.to cause to break off, to cause to suspend or cancel; to pass off, refuse Vin II.261
(bhikkhuhi bhikkhunina? kamma? ropetva bhikkhunina? niyyadetu?, i. e. by the bhikkhus is an act of the nuns to be passed
off and to be referred to the nuns). -- 2. to make confess or accuse of (acc.: apatti? a guilt) Vin II.2 (first codeti, then sareti,
then ropeti & lastly (sangha?) ñapeti), 85 (id.); IV.36, (aññavadaka? ropeti to bring the charge of heresy against someone).
No. 2 perhaps better to ropeti1. Cp. Vin. Texts II.334. -- To ropeti2 belong the cpds. oropeti (cut off) & voropeti (deprive).
They are better to be taken here than to ava+ruh. 

Roma (nt.) [Vedic roman; the usual P. form is loma (q. v.)] the hair of the body J V.430 (where in roma--rajiya
ma?d?ita--udara as expln of loma--sundari); Sdhp 119 (°kupa), 

Romaka (adj.) [fr. roma] feathered (?) J II.383 (C. wrong!). 

Romañca (?) [fr. roma, cp. Vedic romasa] hairy (?) Davs V.14 (°kancuka). 

Romanthaka (adj.) [fr. romanthati] chewing the cud, ruminating Vin II.132. 

Romanthati & Romantheti [to romantha; cp. Lat. rumen & ruminare=E. ruminate] to chew the cud, to
ruminate Vin II.132 (°ati); J IV.392 (°eti). 

Romanthana (nt.) [fr. romanthati] ruminating Vin II.321. 

Rorava [fr. ru, cp. Sk. raurava, N. of a purgatory] 1. a sort of hart (i. e. ruru) M I.429. -- 2. N. of a naraka (purgatory): see
Dictionary of Names. E.g. J III.299; Davs III.12; Sdhp 195. Cp. BSk. raurava Divy 67. 

Rosa [cp. Sk. ro?a, of ru?] 1. anger, angry feeling M I.360. -- 2. quarrel J IV.316. 

Rosaka (adj.) [fr. rosa; cp. BSk. ro?aka Divy 38] angry, wrathful S I.85, 96; Sn 133; Vv 528 (=paresa? ros' uppadanena r.
VvA 226); J II.270. 

Rosana (f.) [abstr. fr. rosati] making angry, causing anger, being angry Vbh 86 (hi?sana+), expld at VbhA 75 by gha??ana.
Cp. BSk. ro?a?i AvS I.178. 

Rosaneyya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. rosa] apt to be angry or cause anger; neg. a° not to be angered, not irritable Sn 216. 

Rosita [pp. of rus, to smear: Sk. ru?ita; given as root rus at Dhtm 442 with meaning "alepa"] smeared (with), anointed J
IV.440 (=vilitta C.). 

Roseti [Caus. of rosati, ru?; see rusita] to make angry, to annoy, to irritate S I.162; A II.215 (so read for rosati); III.38; Sn
125, 130, 216; J I.432; IV.491. 

Rohañña (adj.) [fr. roha=rohita] red J V.259 (rohañña pungav'usabha; C. expls by ratta--va??a). Kern. Toev. s. v.
proposes rohiñño=*rohi?yah, (cp. pokkhara?i for °i?i) red cows. 

for the Sk. rohati of ruh to grow we find the regular P. correspondent ruhati: see ruhati1. The Caus. of this verb is ropeti (to
make grow): see ropeti! -- Another root, restricted to the Pali, is seen in ruhati2 (with pp. ru?ha) and is equal to rundh (rudh,
rumbh) to break. The Caus. of this root (ropeti2) is either an indirect formation from it or (more likely) a direct
representative of rup=lup as in P. lumpati. To the latter belong the prep. cpds. oropeti & voropeti. 

Rohicca [fr. rohita, perhaps directly fr. Vedic rohita ewe, lit. the red one] a kind of deer J VI.537 (°sarabha miga). 

Rohi?i (f.) [cp. Vedic rohi?i red cow or mare] 1. a red cow A I.162=III.214. -- 2. N. of a nakkhatta or constellation ("red
cow") SnA 456; Mhvs 19, 47. -- 3. N. of a river SnA 357. 

Rohita (adj.) [Vedic rohita; cp. the usual P. word lohita red & blood. See also rudhira & ruhira] red, as attribute of fishes
at J V.405 (i. e. a special kind of fish), and of deer at J V.406 in same passage (i. e. a special kind of deer). Otherwise only in
standing term rohita--maccha the "red fish," viz. Cyprinus Rohita, which is freq. mentioned in the "Jataka" literature, e. g. J
II.433; III.333; DhA II.132 (four), 140; KhA 118. 

La syllable of abbreviation, corresponding to our "etc.": see peyyala. 

Lak--a??hika at VvA 222 is doubtful; a??hika at VvA 222 is doubtful; a??hika means "kernel," lak° may be a
misspelling for labujak° (?). 

Lakanaka (nt.?) [fr. lag, with k for g, as laku?a: lagu?a etc. Would correspond to Sk. *lagnaka, cp. Trenckner. Notes 62;
Geiger, P.Gr. § 391] ship's anchor (nava°) Miln 377 (v. l. lagganaka), 378. 

Lakara [for alankara, lit. "fitting up," cp. Hindi & Marathi langara, Tamil ilankaran "in meaning anchor."] a sail J II.112;
Miln 378; Davs IV.42; Vism 137 (v. l. BB. lankara). 

Laku?a [see lagu?a for etym.] a club, cudgel Miln 255 (in sequence da?d?a--led?d?u--laku?a--muggara), 301, 367, 368. See
also lagu?a. 

Laku??aka [dialectical] a dwarf Mhvs 23, 50 (°sariratta); VbhA 26 (°pada--purisa, cpd. with arupa); PugA 227; C. on S
I.237. 

Laku??akatta (nt.) [fr. laku??aka] dwarfishness J VI.337. 

Laketi [for laggeti, see lakanaka] to hold fast (lit. to make adhere) Miln 377. 

Lakkha (nt.) [fr. lak? (see lakkha?a), or (after Grassmann) lag "to fix," i. e. to mark. Cp. Vedic lak?a price at gambling
(Zimmer, Altind. Leben 287)] 1. a mark Miln 102. -- 2. a target Miln 418; DhA I.52 (°yogga target practice, i. e. shooting). --
3. a stake at gambling J VI.271. -- 4. a high numeral, a lac or 100,000 (but cp. PvA 255, where lakkha of Pv IV.338 is taken as a
"period of time," equal to 100 ko?is); Davs V.66. 

Lakkhañña (adj.) [fr. lakkha?a, cp. BSk. lak?a?ya diviner Divy 474] connected with auspices, auspicious, in phrase
"lakkhañña vata bho dosina ratti" (how grand a sign, friends, is the moonlight night! trsln) D I.47=J I.509 (expld at DA I.141 as
"divasa--mas'--adina? lakkha?a? bhavitu? yutta"); J V.370 (°sammata considered auspicious). 

Lakkha?a (nt.) [Vedic lak?man nt. sign; adj. lak?ma?a; later Sk. lak?ma?a nt. In the defn of grammarians syn. with anka
brand, e. g. Dhtp 536 "anka lakkha?e lakkha dassane," or Dhtm 748 "lakkha=dassanaanke"; cp. J I.451 lakkha?ena anketi to
brand. <-> The Sk. Np. Lak?ma?a appears also in Prk. as Lakkha?a: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 312] 1. sign, characteristic, mark;
esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a
distinguishing mark or salient feature, property, quality (as Rh. D. in Dial. I.19 somewhat lengthily, after Bdhgh, trsls lakkha?a
by "signs of good & bad qualities in the foll. things and of the marks in them denoting the health or luck of their owners") D I.9
(a long list, as forbidden practice of fortune--telling, like ma?i° from jewels, da?d?a° from sticks, asi° from marks on swords
etc.); Sn 360 (pl. lakkhana, here as fortune--telling together with supina telling fr. dreams, cp. SnA 362: da?d?a°, vattha° etc.
referring to D I.9), 927 (with Athabbana, supina & nakkhatta, all kinds of secret sciences; expld at SnA 564 as
"ma?i--lakkha?a^di") 1018 (gotta? bruhi sa° "with its distinguishing marks"); J VI.364 (sign of beauty); Miln 171 (yathava° just
characterization); Mhvs 35, 109 (itthi° auspicious signs in women); PvA 161, 219; SnA 386. A long enumn of all sorts of
(perfect) marks (tatha--lakkha?ani) is found at DA I.62 sq. Cp. tadi--lakkha?a marks of such (a being), with ref. to good luck
etc. J III.98; SnA 200; VvA 95. -- 2. mark on the body, esp. when serving a def. purpose, e. g. as the branding (of slaves), or the
marks of a fortunate being, pointing towards his future greatness: (a) brand J I.451, cp. cpd. °ahata. -- (b) the (32) marks of a
maha--purisa or a great being, either destined to be a raja cakkavatti, or a samma--sambuddha. These are given at Sn 1019 (pl.
lakkhana), 1021, 1022 as only 3 (viz. mukha? jivhaya chadeti, u??'assa bhamuk' antare, kos'ohita? vattha--guyha? with ref. to
his tongue, the hair between the eyebrows & the sexual organ); more completely as 32 at D II.16 sq.; III.142 sq. (the Lakkha?a
Suttanta); referred to at D I.88, 105; J I.56; Mhvs 5, 91; cp. paripu??a--kaya Sn 548 (with expln lakkha?ehi pu??ataya at SnA
452). -- 3. (in spec. sense:) pudendum J V.197 (subha°, the male member), 366. -- 4. (adj.) (--°) having the marks (of),
characterized by, of such & such character A I.102 (kamma°; bala° & pa?d?ita°, together with bala-- & pa?d?itanimitta); Miln
111 (sata--puñña°, of the Buddha); VvA 71 (para--sampatti--usuyya--lakkha?a issa); PvA 17, 120. -- 5. (as t. t. in philosophy)
specific attribute, characteristic (mark). In contrast to nimitta more a substantial attribute or primary characteristic (cp. VbhA
261). Compared with other terms of definition we get the foll.: rasa essential property, paccupa??hana recurring phenomenon,
padat?hana immediate occasion DhsA 63 (trsln Expos. I.84), cp. Cpd. 13 (where pada??hana is trsld as "proximate cause"). -- Ps
I.54 sq. (khandhana?); II.108 (saccana?), VbhA 85, 136 (with ref. to the Pa?iccasamuppada, cp. Vism 528), 261 (fourfold, of
kesa etc.); Vism 278 (with ref. to kamma??hana) 351 (4, of the dhatus: thaddha°, abandhana°, paripacana°, vitthambhana°),
363 sq. (id.), 495 (ariya--saccana?); VvA 38 (compd with aramma?a with ref. to jhana). -- The 3 properties (tilakkha?a?) of
existing things or of the phenomenal world are anicca, dukkha, anatta, or impermanence, suffering, unreality: thus at J I.48
(dhamma--desana ti--l--°mutta), 275; III.377 (through contemplating them arises vipassana & pacceka--bodhi--ña?a). -- abl.
lakkha?ato "by or qua characteristic," "in its essential qualification," often found in exegetical analysis in Commentary style
combd with var. similar terms (atthato, kamato, nimittato etc.), e. g. Vism 351, 363, 495, 528; VbhA 46, 76, 83, 131, 261
(where Vism 351 has paripacana for u?hatta); SnA 343. -- Cp. upa°, vi°, sa°.   --ahata affected with a mark (of punishment or disgrace), branded Vin I.76; VvA 66. --kusala clever at interpreting bodily
marks or at fortune--telling from signs (cp. nemittaka) M I.220; J I.272. --kusalata cleverness at (telling people's fortune by)
signs VvA 138. --pa?iggahaka one who reads the signs, a soothsayer, wise man J I.56. --pa?haka an expert in (interpreting)
signs, fortune--teller J I.455; II.194; V.211. --manta the secret science of (bodily) marks Sn 690 (but expld at SnA 488 as
"lakkha?ani ca veda ca," thus taking it as Dvandva); DhA III.194. --sampatti excellency of marks J I.54. --sampanna
endowed with (auspicious) signs Sn 409; J I.455.
  the 3 lakkha?as at Sn 1022 refer to the brahmin Bavari. 

Lakkhika & °ya (adj.) [fr. lakkhi] belonging to auspices, favoured by good luck Sdhp 105 (°ya); usually neg. alakkhika
unlucky, unfortunate, ill--fated; either with appa--puñña of no merit, e. g. S V.146=J II.59; Vv 508 (=nissirika, kalaka??i
VvA 212); or papa wicked Vin II.192 (of Devadatta). 

Lakkhita [pp. of lakkheti] see abhi°. 

Lakkhi (f.) [Sk. lak?mi] 1. luck, good fortune, success, personal welfare J III.443 (combd with siri splendour; expld by
parivara--sampatti & pañña respectively); IV.281 (expld as "siri pi puññam pi pañña pi"). <-> 2. splendour, power Davs I.6
(rajja° royal splendour); IV.38 (id.). -- 3. prosperity Davs V.35 (°nidhana Anuradhapura). 

Lakkheti [Denom. fr. lakkha] to mark, distinguish, characterize Nett 30. -- pp. lakkhita. -- Cp. upa°. 

Lagati & Laggati [with variant langati; the spelling with gg is the usual one. Root lag, as in Vedic lak?a etc.; Sk.
lagati, pp. lagna (from the pp. lagga the double g has been generalized in P.: but see Geiger, P.Gr. § 136); perhaps to Lat.
langueo, E. languid, from meaning "to lag," but doubtful: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. langueo. <-> The Dhtp 23 gives lag in
meaning "sanga," which is the customary syn. in the commentaries. Cp. langi] to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from
Vin I.202; J III.120; DhA I.131; III.298 (ppr. alaggamana); DA I.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi PvA 153 (tire); ger. laggitva
J III.19; DhA IV.25; PvA 280 (but better to be read laggetva making fast; as v. l.). -- pp. lagga & laggita. -- Caus. laggeti to
make stick to, to fasten, tie, hang up Vin I.209; II.117, 152; J III.107; V.164, 175; Mhvs 7, 9 (suttañ ca tesa? hatthesu laggetva);
DhA I.138. <-> Caus. II. laggapeti to cause to fasten or stick, to make stick, to obstruct J III.241; Mhvs 33, 11; 34, 48
(kalapa?); DhA IV.183. -- Cp. alaggeti. 

Lagana & Laggana (nt.) [fr. lag] 1. adhering J I.46 (g.; V.281); with gg: J III.202 (=sanga); Nd2 p. 188 (s. v. nissita,
in sequence l., bandhana, palibodha); Miln 105; DhA III.433. -- 2. slinging round, making fast VvA 212. 

Lagu?a [cp. Sk. lagud?a, Marathi lakud?a, Hindi laku?a stick. The word is really a dialect word (Prk.) and as such taken into
Sk. where it ought to be *lak?ta=laku?a. Other etym. connections are Lat. lacertus (arm), Gr. le/krana, la/c; Old Prussian
alkunis elbow; and distantly related E. leg. See Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lacertus. Cp. P. bhuja1 & ratana] a club, cudgel Vin III.77
(enumd with var. weapons of murder, like asi, satti, bhe?d?i, pasa?a etc.); Miln 152, 351 (koda?d?a--lagu?a--muggara), 355
(kilesa°); J VI.394; Vism 525 (°abhighata). 

Lagga (adj.) [pp. of lag(g)ati] sticking; stuck, attached; obstructed, hindered Nd2 107; Miln 346 (lagga? disva mahi?);
DhsA 127 (alagga--bhava); DhA I.361 (°manasa). Neg. alagga unobstructed (lit. not sticking or being stuck to), in phrase
akaso alaggo asatto apati??hito apalibuddho Miln 388 and elsewhere. -- Cp. olagga. 

Laggapana (nt.) [fr. laggapeti: see lagati] making stick, causing obstruction J III.241. 

Laggita [pp. of lag(g)ati] stuck, adhering; obstructed J IV.11. Often in exegetical style in sequence lagga, laggita,
palibuddha, e. g. Nd2 p. 188 (s. v. nissita), cp. No. 107. 

Laghima (langhima) in phrase a?ima--laghim'adika? is doubtful in reading & meaning at KhA 108=Vism 211 (spelt
langh° here). 

Lankara see lakara. 

Langi (f.) [fr. lag] bolt, bar, barrier, obstruction, only metaphorically with ref. to avijja M I.142, 144; Pug 21; Dhs 390;
VbhA 141. 

Langula (nt.) [cp. Sk. langula & langula; also the ordinary P. forms nangula & nangu??ha, to lag] the tail of an animal
Mhvs 6, 6 (la?ento langula?; v. l. nangula?). See also nangula & (concerning l>n) landhati (=nandhati); nala?a (for la?ata). 

Langhaka [fr. langh] a jumper, tumbler, acrobat J II.142; Miln 34, 191, 331. f. langhika Vin IV.285 (with na?aka &
sokajjhayika). 

a by--form of lagh, as in laghu (see lahu) light, quick; Idg. *legh & *lengh, with meanings of both "quick" & "light" (or
"little") from the movement of jumping. Here belong Gr. elaxu/s little, e)lafro/s quick; Lat. levis (fr. *legh?is), Goth. leihto=
E. light; Ohg. lungar quick, Ger. ge--lingen to succeed. Further Lat. limen threshold. Perhaps also the words for "lungs," viz.
Ger. lunge, E. lights etc. -- The Dhtp 33 defines lagh (langh) by "gati--sosanesu"] 1. to jump over (acc.) step over, to hop J
III.272; V.472 (langhamano yati); Miln 85. -- 2. to make light of, disregard, neglect, transgress PvA 15; VvA 138. -- Cp.
abhilanghati, ullanghati. -- Caus. langheti (=langhati) to jump over (acc.), lit. to make jump J V.472 (vati?); Th 2, 384
(Meru? langhetu? icchasi); Miln 85. -- ger. langhayitva ThA 255, & (poet.) langhayitvana J I.431 (=attana? langhitva C.);
Mhvs 25, 44 (pakara?). <-> Cp. olangheti. 

Langhana (nt.) [fr. langh] jumping, hopping J I.430 (°na?aka a tumbler, jumper, acrobat, cp. Fick, Soc. Gliederung 188,
190, 192); II.363, 431. Cp. ullanghana, olanghana. 

Langhamaya (pl.) at J V.408 is problematic. We should expect something like langhiyo or langhimaya in meaning
"deer," as it is combd with eneyyaka. The C. reads langhimaya ("like deer; jumping"?) & expls by nana--ratana--maya "made of
var. jewels," rather strange. 

Langhapana (nt.) [fr. Caus. of langh] making jump, raising, lifting Vism 143 ("launching"). 

(f.) [fr. langh] 1. a kind of deer (?) J VI.537. -- 2. doubtful of meaning & origin in phrase langhi--pitamaha at J
II.363=III.226: "whose grandfather was a deer, or a jumper" (?); used in disparagingly addressing a crane. The C. to J II.363
expls rather strangely as follows: langhi vuccati akase langhanato megho "(a) jumping deer is called the cloud because of its
jumping in the air," balaka ca nama megha--saddena gabbha? ga?hanti ti "the cranes conceive by the sound of the
cloud," meghasaddo balakana? pita megho pitamaho ti "the sound of the cloud is the father of the cranes & the cloud the
grandfather. " 

Dhtp 72: lajjane] 1. to be ashamed or abashed, to be modest or bashful PvA 48 (for harayati);  ppr. lajjamana DhA I.188; PvA 88; fut. lajjissati J III.218; inf. lajjitu? DhA I.72; ger. lajjitva J I.208; grd. lajjitabba (nt.)
what one has to be ashamed of, something disgraceful J VI.395; also (an odd form) lajjitaya (so read: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 203
against Trenckner, Notes, 6627) Dh 316. -- 2. to have regard of (gen.), to consider, to respect J IV.128. -- Caus. II. lajjapeti to
cause to be ashamed, to put to the blush J III.137; V.296. -- pp. lajjita. 

Lajjana (nt.) [fr. lajj] being ashamed Dhtp 72. 

Lajjanaka (nt.) [fr. lajjana] causing shame, humiliating, disgraceful J VI.395. 

Lajjava (nt.) [fr. lajj] shamefacedness D III.213 (where Dhs 1340 has maddava); cp. A I.94. 

Lajja (f.) [fr. lajj] shame, bashfulness, modesty M I.414; DA I.70; DhA II.90; instr. lajjaya out of shame PvA 47, 112, 283.
Cp. nillajja. 

Lajjapanika (f.) [fr. lajjapeti, Caus. II. of lajjati] making ashamed, putting to shame, disgracing J V.284 (kula° bringing
disgrace on the clan). 

Lajjita [pp. of lajjati] ashamed, bashful Sdhp 35. -- f. lajjita as n. abstr. "bashfulness" DhA I.188. 

Lajjitabbaka (nt.) [grd. of lajjati+ka] something to be ashamed of, a cause of shame, disgrace J VI.395. 

Lajjin (adj.) [fr. lajj] feeling shame, modest, afraid, shy, conscientious (expld as "one who has hiri & ottappa" by C. on S
I.73: see K.S. 320 & cp. Dhs. trstln p. 18) D I.4, 63; III.15; S I.73; A II.208; IV.249 sq.; Pug 57; Pv II.915 (expld as one who is
afraid of sin); Miln 373; DA I.70. -- pl. lajjino Vin I.44.
  --dhamma (lajji°) modesty, feeling of shame Vin II.53 sq. 

Lacchati fut. of labhati (q. v.). 

Lañca [cp. Sk. lañca] a present, a bribe J I.201; II.186; V.184; VI.408 (gahita, bribes received); DhA I.269 (°? adasi); IV.1;
PvA 209. The word is a word peculiar to the "Jataka" literature.
  --khadaka "eater of bribes," one who feeds on bribes J II.196; V.1. --ggaha taking of bribes J V.109. --da?d?aka a staff given
as a present (?) J VI.450 (v. l. volañjanaka°). --dana gift of bribes, bribery J III.205. --vittaka one who gets rich through bribes
J I.339. 

Hardy in ed. of Netti, p. 278 suggests writing lañjaka & trsld "making known," "exposition" (cp. Sk. lañj to declare], found
only at Miln 137 & 217 in cpd. Sa?yutta--nikaya--vara--lañcaka (trln Rh. D.: "most excellent"); at Miln 242 & 258 in
Majjhimanikaya vara°; at Miln 362 in Ekuttara--nikaya--vara°; and at Nett 2 in cpd. nayalañjaka. Trenckner (Miln ed. p. 424)
translates it as "excellent gift (to mankind)." 

Lañcana in "karapesi tilañcana?" at Dpvs 20, 10 is not clear. We may have to correct reading into lañchana? or
lañchaka?. Oldenberg in his trsln (p. 211) leaves the word out and remarks: "Probably this passage refers to the three
pupphayana mentioned in the Mahava?sa (33, 22, where Geiger reads "pupphadhanani ti?i," with trsln "3 stone terraces for
offerings of flowers"), though I do not know how to explain or to correct the word used here (tilañcana?)." 

Lañcha [fr. lañch] a mark, an imprint J II.425; VbhA 52. 

Lañchaka [fr. lañcha; doubtful] one who makes marks (expld by Cy. as "lakkha?a--karaka") J IV.364, 366 (ti°, so expld by
Cy. v. l. ni°). See nillañchaka & cp. lañcana (ti°). 

Dhtp 54 "lakkha?e"] to stamp, to seal DhA I.35 (sasana? raja--muddaya lañchanto). -- Caus. lañcheti. -- 1. to seal J I.452
(spelt lañjetva); II.326; VI.385; SnA 577 (raja--muddikaya); DhA I.21. -- 2. to mark, paint, smear Vin II.107=266 (mukha?).
<-> Caus. II. lañchapeti to have marked or sealed (by king's command) Vism 38 ("had his seal put to this order"; trsl.). -- Cp.
nillaccheti. 

Lañchana (nt.) [fr. lañch] 1. stamp, mark, imprint VvA 89 (sasa°, of the moon); Davs II.23 (pada°). -- 2. the seal (of a
letter or edict) SnA 172. -- Cp. lañcana. 

Lañchita [pp. of lañcheti] sealed J I.227 (pihita--lañchita va loha--catiyo). 

Lañjaka [see lañcaka] in dipa° stands as equivalent of dipava?sa thus "story of the island" Dpvs 18, 2. Oldenberg (trsln p.
204) translates "the island of Lanka." 

Lañjeti see lañchati see lañchati and valañjeti. 

La?ukika (f.) [Dimin. fr. la?vaka; dial.] the Indian quail, Perdix chinensis D I.91; M I.449 (l. saku?ika); J III.44, 174 sq.
(quoted at SnA 358 & DhA I.55); V.121; Miln 202; DA I.257. -- Cp. Cunningham, Bharhut Tope, p. 58. 

La??haka (adj.) [Kern, Toev. s. v. compares Sk. la?aha, lad?aha, dialectical] beautiful, auspicious, lovely J III.464, 493; IV.1,
477; DA I.284. 

La??hi (f.) [Sk. ya??i, with l for y; also in Prk. see Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 255 & cp. Geiger, P. Gr. § 462. The doublet ya??hi also
in Pali] 1. a staff, stick D I.105 (patoda° goad), 126 (id.); VvA 64 (id.); J IV.310 (la??hi hata= la??hiya hata G.); V.280; Miln 27.
-- 2. stick of sugar cane (ucchu°) PvA 257. -- 3. sprout of a plant, offshoot J III.161 (in simile); usually --°, as in anga° sprout
ThA 226; dalika° of the d. creeper Th 2, 297; be?uva° of the Vilva tree KhA 118; sala° of the Sal tree A II.200. Found also in
names of places, as La??hivana (J I.83 etc.).
  --madhu(ka) "cane--honey," i. e. liquorice J IV.537; DhA IV.171 (°ka). 

La??hika (f.)=la??hi, only in Npl. as --° (cp. la??hi 3), e. g. Amba° the grove of mango sprouts DA I.41. 

La?d?a (nt.) [cp. Sk. la?d?a (dial.). The Dhtm under No. 155 gives a root lad? in meaning "jigucchana," i. e. disgust]
excrement, dung of animals, dirt; mostly used with ref. to elephants (ha??hi°), e. g. at J II.19; DhA I.163, 192; IV.156 (here also
as assa° horse dung.) Cp. la?d?ika. 

La?d?ika (f.) [fr. la?d?a], only in aja° goat's dirt, pellet of goat's dung J I.419; PvA 283. 

Lata (f.) [cp. Sk. lata, connected with Lat. lentus flexible; Ohg. lindi soft, E. lithe; also Ohg. lintea lime tree; Gr. e)la/th fir
tree] 1. a slender tree, a creeping plant, creeper A I.202 (maluva°); Vv 355 (=valli VvA 162); 474 (kosataki l.); J I.464
(rukkha°, here perhaps better "branch"); DhA I.392 (°pasadhana: see under maha°); Miln 253, 351; VvA 12 (kappa°); PvA 51,
121; Vism 183 (where the foll. kinds are given: labu, kumbha?d?i, sama, ka?avalli, putilata). --naga° the iron wood tree: see
under naga; puti° a sort of creeper (q. v.). On lata in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 130. -- 2. (fig.) an epithet of ta?ha (greed), as
much as it strangles its victim Dhs 1059, 1136; Nett 24, 121. -- 3. (fig.) streak, flash, in vijjul--lata flash of lightning J I.103.
  --kamma creeper--work (combd with mala--kamma) Vin II.117, 152. 

Laddha [pp. of labhati] (having) obtained, taken, received Sn 106, 239; J V.171; Mhvs 5, 133 (kiñci laddha?); 10, 37
(kañña laddha); PvA 5. --laddhatva? at J IV.406. is to be corrected to uddhatva. -- Cp. upa°, pa°. --adhippaya one who obtains his wishes Nd2 542. --assasa getting one's breath again, coming to (out of a swoon) J IV.126.
--upasampada one who has obtained ordination PvA 54. --jaya victorious Mhvs 25, 98. --jivika revived PvA 40. --nama
so--called ThA 292 (puthulomo laddhanamo maccho); PvA 33 (yamaloka l--n. petaloka), 52 (niraya l--n. naraka), 57 (kuñjara
l--n. hatthi), 107 (sucika jighaccha), 119 (Purindada= Sakka), 143 (Himavanto=pabbata--raja), etc. 

Laddha is ger. and 3rd sg. aor.; laddhana ger. of labhati (q. v.). 

Laddhi (f.) [fr. labh] religious belief, view, theory, esp. heretical view; a later term for the earlier di??hi (cp. Kvu trsl.
introd. p. 47) J I.142 (Devadattassa), 425; III.487; V.411; Davs II.86 (dulladdhi wrong view); DA I.117; PvA 254; Sdhp 65. Cp.
upa°. 

Laddhika (--°) [fr. laddhi] having a (wrong) view or belief, schismatic J I.373 (eva?°); Dpvs VII.35 (puthu°). 

Landhati see nandhati & pilandhana. Concerning l>n cp. langula. 

Lapa (adj. n.) [fr. lap: see lapati] talkative, talking, prattling; a talker, tattler, prattler, chatterer A II.26; Th 1, 959=It 112;
Vism 26 (doubled: lapa--lapa)= Nd1 226 (as lapaka--lapaka). 

Lapaka [fr. lap] one who mutters, a droner out (of holy words for pay) D I.8 (cp. Dial. I.15); A III.111; J III.349; Miln 228;
DA I.91. 

cp. Russ. lépet talk, Cymr. llêf voice. The Dhtp 188 & 599 defines lap with "vacana"] to talk, prattle, mutter Sn 776; It 122; Pv
I.81; II.63. -- Cp. ullapati, palapati, samullapati. -- Caus. lapeti (and lapeti, metri causa^) to talk to, to accost, beg S I.31 (here
meaning "declare"); Sn 929 (jana? na lapayeyya=na lapayeyya lapana? pajaheyya Nd1 389); DhA II.157. <-> Infin. lapetave
(only in Gatha language cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 204) Ud 21. -- pp. lapita. -- Caus. II. lapapeti DhA II.157. 

Lapana (nt.) & lapana (f.) 1. talking, muttering; esp. prattling or uttering indistinct words for the sake of begging, patter
D I.8; A II.26; III.430; Nd1 389; Nett 94; Miln 383. As f. lapana at Vbh 352; Vism 23 & 27 (def.); VbhA 482. -- 2. the mouth,
in cpd. lapana--ja "mouth born," i. e. tooth J VI.218 (=mukhaja C.). <-> Cp. alapana alapanata, ullapana. 

Lapapana (nt.) [fr. Caus. II. lapapeti of lap] causing to speak, speaking ThA 78. 

Lapita [pp. of lapati] talked, uttered, muttered It 98. 

Lapila see lambila. 

Labuja [cp. Sk. labuja] the bread--fruit tree, Artocarpus lacucha or incisa D I.53; J IV.363; V.6, 417; PvA 153 (sa°, read as
sala?a°, like Vv 355, expld at VvA 162). 

Labbhamanatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. ppr. med. of labhati] the fact of being taken PvA 56. 

Labbha (indecl.) [best to be taken, with Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 465, as an old Opt. 3rd sg., like sakka which corresponds to
Vedic sakyat. Thus labbha=*labhyat, as in Magadhi] allowable, possible (with inf.); usually neg. (thus=Prohibitive!) Sn 393
na l. phassetu?; SnA p. 376 expls by "sakka"), 590; Pv II.610; J I.64 (na l. taya pabbajitu?), 145 (id.), PvA 96 (=laddhu? sakka).

Labha (--°) (adj.) [a base--formation fr. labh] receiving, to be received, to get; only in dul° hard to get Sn 75; S I.101; J
I.307; Pug 26; Miln 16; Sdhp 17, 27; and su° easy to obtain Pv II.319. 

Labhati [later Vedic labh for older rabh, cp. rabhate, rabha, rabhasa. Related are Gr. lamba/nw to get, la/furon booty;
Lat. rabies=E. rabies; Lith. lõbis wealth. -- The Dhtp (204) simply defines as "labhe." On the Prk. forms see Pischel, Prk. Gr. §
484. -- See also rabhasa] 1. (the very freq. & ordinary meaning) to get, to receive, obtain, acquire. -- 2. (fig.) to obtain
permission, to receive an opportunity, etc., as "pabbajitu? sace lacchami" if I am allowed to receive the pabbajja Mhvs 18, 5; or
"labhamano niccam pi khaditu--kamo 'mhi" if I get the chance I should always like to eat J I.478; and passim (cp. Pass.
labbhati below). The paradigma of labhati shows a great variety of forms owing to its frequent occurrence (cp. E. "get"). We
have selected the most interesting ones. Pres. Ind. labhati rare (late, e. g. Vism 136); usually med labhate Th 1, 35; Sn 185,
439; 1st sg. labhe Pv I.64; 2nd sg. labhase J II.220; 3rd pl. labhare S I.110. -- ppr. med. labhamana S I.122 (otara? a°, cp.
IV.178; M I.334); also in Pass. sense "getting taken" PvA 71. -- Opt. 3rd sg. labhe Sn 458, & (med.) labhetha Sn 45, 46, 217;
Pv II.97; also (usual form) labheyya PvA 115. 2nd sg. med. labhetho (=Sk. °thah) Sn 833. -- Imper. 2nd sg. labha It 77; 3rd
labhatu PvA 112; med. 2nd sg. labhassu Th 2, 432; 3rd sg. labhata? D II.150; 1st pl. (as Hortative) labhamase Pv I.55
(=labhama PvA 27); & labhamhase Pv III.224. -- Fut. 3rd sg. lacchasi (Sk. lapsyati) S I.114; Pv II.46; III.37; J II.60 (Maro
otara? l.), 258; Miln 126; DhA I.29; SnA 405; ThA 69 (Ap.); 1st sg. lacchami M II.71; 2nd sg. lacchasi Vv 835; Pv IV.160; 1st
pl. lacchama J I.54; IV.292; & lacchamase (med.) Vv 329. Also (the Com. form) labhissati PvA 190; VvA 136. -- Cond. 1st
pl. alabhissama J III.35; med. 3rd sg. alabhissatha D II.63. -- Pret. (& aor.) (a) 3rd sg. alattha D I.176 (alattha pabbajja?);
M II.49; S IV.302; J IV.310; VvA 66, 69; 1st sg. alattha? D II.268; Vv 8122; Th 1, 747; DhA III.313; 2nd sg. alattha S I.114;
1st pl. alatthamha M II.63; 3rd pl. alatthu? D II.274, & alattha?su S I.48. -- (b) (Prohib.) ma laddha (3rd sg. med.) shall
not receive (Sk. alabdha) J III.138. <-> (c) labhi Sn 994; 1st sg. labhi? Th 1, 218; 2, 78; J II.154; VvA 68; & alabhittha? Th
1, 217; 3rd sg. alabhittha Pv I.77 (spelt bbh); 1st pl. labhimha (for labhimha) D II.147. -- Inf. laddhu? J II.352; DhA III.117;
PvA 96. -- Ger. laddha (poet.) Sn 306, 388, 766, 924; laddhana (poet.) Sn 67 (=laddha, labhitva Nd2 546); It 65; and (ord.)
labhitva J I.150; III.332; PvA 95. <-> Grd. (a): labbhiya (only neg. alabbhiya what cannot be got) J IV.86; Pv II.69;
labbhaneyya (a°) (in Com. style as expln of labbhaniya) J IV.86 (°?hana); PvA 65 (°vatthu), 96 (id.); and labbhaniya (as
a°--??hanani impossible things) A III.54 sq. (five such items), 60 sq. (id.); J IV.59. -- (b): laddhabba J III.332; PvA 112, 252. --
(c): laddheyya Pv IV.325. -- Caus. labbheti (for *labheti, a diff. formn fr. Sk. lambhayati, which is found in P. pa--lambheti) to
make someone get, to procure, in 1st sg. aor. alabbhesi Vin IV.5=J I.193; DhA III.213 (v. l. labh°); and in pres. 3rd sg.
labbheti J III.353 (=adhigameti C.). -- Pass. labbhati (fig.) to be permitted, to be possible or proper; (or simply:) it is to be
Mhvs 30, 43; KhA 192 (vattu?), 207 (id.). -- pp. laddha. -- Cp. upa°, pati°, vi°. 

Labhana (nt.) [fr. labh] taking, receiving, gift, acquisition DhA III.271 (°bhava); PvA 73 (°??hana), 121 (id.). 

Lamba (adj.) (--°) [fr. lamb] hanging down, drooping, pendulous S IV.341, 342 (°cu?aka bha?a hirelings with large or
drooping top--knots); J II.185 (°tthana with hanging breasts); III.265 (°cula--vihangama); Davs II.61. --alamba not drooping,
thick, short J V.302; VI.3 (°tthaniyo). -- Cp. a°, vi° & alambana. 

cp. Lat. limbus "limb," which may be also in E. limp, lit. "hanging down." -- The Dhtp defines the root as "ramba lamba
avasa?sane" (No. 199),  
as does Dhtm 284] to hang down, to droop, fall Mhvs 32, 70 (laggani lambi?su), 71 (akase lambamanani). <-> Fut.
lambahiti (poet.) J V.302 (=lambissati). -- Caus. lambeti to cause to hang up or to be suspended, to hang up Mhvs 34, 48. --
Caus. II. lambapeti id. Mhvs 21, 15. -- pp. lambita. -- Cp. abhi°, pa°, vi°. 

Lambita [pp. of lambeti] hanging down, suspended Mhvs 27, 38; 30, 67. 

Lambin (adj.) [fr. lamb] hanging down, able to hang or bend down (with ref. to the membrum virile) Vin III.35 ("tassa
bhikkhussa angajata? digha? hoti lambati, tasma lambi ti vutto" Sam. Pas. I.278). 

Lambila (adj.) [reading not quite certain, cp. ambila] sour, acrid, astringent (of taste) Nd1 240; Nd2 540; Dhs 629; DhsA
320 (reads lapila, v. l. lampila; expld as "badara--sa?ava--kapi??ha--sa?av'adi"); Miln 56 (reads ambila). 

Lambheti [Caus. of labh, for which usually labbheti (q. v. under labhati). The Sk. form is lambhayati. -- The Dhtm. (840)
puts it down as a special root, although it occurs only in cpd. pa° in this special meaning: "labhi vañcane"] see palambheti (to
deceive, dupe). It may be possibie that reading lampetva at A II.77 (v. l. lambitva) is to be corrected to lambhetva (combd
with hapetva). --alambhavissa at S V.146 is to be read alam abhavissa, as at J II.59. 

Laya [cp. Sk. laya: see liyati] 1. a brief measure of time, usually combd with other expressions denoting a short moment, esp.
frequent as kha?a laya muhutta Vin I.12; III.92; A IV.137; cp. Dpvs I.16 (kha?e kha?e laye Buddho sabbaloka? avekkhati).
-- Vism 136 (isakam pi laya? yanta? pagga?heth'eva manasa?). -- 2. time in music, equal time, rhythm Davs IV.50; VvA 183
(dvadasanna? laya--bhedana? vasena pabheda). 

onomat;. cp. Lat. lallo "lull"; Sk. lalalla; Gr. la/los talkative; lale/w talk; Ger. lallen. The Dhtp distinguishes 2 roots: lal
(=iccha) & la? (=vilasa & upaseva)] to dally, sport, sing J II.121 (ppr. la?amana); VvA 41 (la?anti; with ki?ati), 57 (id.). --
Caus. la?eti J I.362 (ppr. la?enta); Vism 365; cp. upa° -- pp. la?ita: see pa°. 

Lala?a see nala?a see nala?a (cp. langula). 

Lava [fr. lu] a small particle, a drop VvA 253 (lavanka a small mark); Sdhp 105 (°odaka). 

Lavaka [fr. lu] a cutter, reaper SnA 148 (v. l. lavaka). See lavaka. 

Lava?a (nt.) [cp. late Vedic lava?a, cp. Zimmer, Altind. Leben 54] salt, lotion Miln 112; Sdhp 158. See lo?a. 

Lavana (nt.) [fr. lunati] cutting, reaping Miln 360. 

Lavapeti Caus. of lunati (q. v.). 

Lasagata (hattha) at A II.165 is to be read (with v. l.) as lepagata, i. e. sticky (opp. suddha). 

Lasati [represents las to gleam, shine; sport, play; as well as la? to desire, long for. Cp. Lat. lascivus; Gr. lilai/omai; Goth.
lustus=E., Ger. lust etc. -- The Dhtp 324 defs. las as "kanti"] to desire, long; to dance, play, sport; to shine; to sound forth. See
lasana, abhilasa, upa?aseti, alasa, vilasa. -- Caus. laseti to sport, to amuse (oneself) Vin II.10 (with vadeti, gayati, naccati). 

Lasika (f.) [cp. Sk. *lasika] the fluid which lubricates the joints, synovic fluid Vin I.202; D II.293; M III.90; S IV.111; Sn
196; J I.146; Miln 382. In detail at Vism 264, 362; VbhA 247. 

Lasi (f.) [etym.?] brains J I.493 (=matthalunga C.)= DhA I.145. 

Lasu?a & Lasuna (nt.) [cp. Sk. lasuna] garlic Vin II.140; IV.258; J I.474; Vv 436; VvA 186. 

Lahati to lick: see ullahaka, palahati, & lehati. 

Lahu (adj.) [Sk. laghu & raghu: see etym. under langhati] light, quick A I.10, 45. --lahu? karoti to make light, to be
frivolous J II.451. -- nt. lahu? (adv.) quickly Pv IV.160; Dpvs I.53; Mhvs 4, 17. -- Usually as lahuka (q. v.).
  --citta light--minded S I.201; J III.73. --??hana lightness of body, bodily vigour, good health M I.437, 473; D I.204; Ud 15;
Miln 14. [Cp. BSk. laghutthanata Divy 156.] --parivatta quickly or easily changing VbhA 408. 

Lahuka (adj.) [lahu+ka] 1. light (opp. garuka); trifling Vin I.49; A II.48 (apatti); IV.137 (jivita? paritta? l.); Miln 344
(apatti). -- 2. light, buoyant Th 1, 104 (kayo); Dhs 648; Miln 105; PvA 280. atilahuka? (adv.) too soon Vin II.215. -- 3 (as tt.
in grammar) light (of letters or syllables), opp. garuka DA I.177 (with ref. to the 10 fold vyañjana of the dhamma). 

Lahuta (f.) [fr. lahu] lightness, buoyancy Dhs 42, 322, 585; Vism 448. 

Lahusa (adj.) [fr. lahu] easily offended, touchy D I.90; expld by DA I.256 as follows: "lahusa ti lahuka, appaken'eva tussanti
va russanti va udaka--pi??he labuka?aha? viya appakena pi uppilavanti." Cp. rabhasa. 

Lahuso (adv.) [orig. abl. of lahu] quickly A IV.247 (sabba°); Vism 238. 

Lakha (f.) [cp. Sk. dak?a] lac; lac--dye; enumd with other colourings at M I.127=S II.101=A III.230. -- SnA 577; Vism 261
(as colour of blood).
  --acariya expert in lac--dyeing SnA 577. --gu?aka a ball of lac SnA 80. --go?aka id. SnA 577. --tamba copper coloured with
lac Th 2, 440 (=lakha--rasarattehi viya tambehi lomehi samannagata ThA 270). --rasa essence of lac, used for dyeing;
lac--colouring J V.215 (°ratta--succhavi); VI.269 (id.); KhA 62, 63; ThA 270. 

Laja & Laja (f.) [cp. Vedic laja: Zimmer, Altind. Leben 269] 1. fried grain, parched corn: occurring only in combn
madhu--laja fried grain with honey, sweet corn J III.538; IV.214, 281. -- 2. the flower of Dalbergia arborea, used for scattering
in bunches (with other flowers making 5 kinds or colours) as a sign of welcome & greeting, usually in phrase laja--pañcamani
pupphani ("a cluster of flowers with laja as the fifth") DhA I.112; VvA 31; J I.55 (°pañcamakani p.); cp. J II.240
(vippaki??a--laja--kusuma--ma?d?ita--tala); VI.42 (vippaki??a--laja--kusuma--vasa--dhup'andhakara); DhA I.140
(vippaki??a--valika? pañcava??a--kusuma--laja--pu??agha?a--pa?ima?d?ita). 

Lajeti [fr. laja] to fry or have fried J VI.341 (v. l. lañc°, lañj°), 385 (lañchetva; v. l. lañci°, lañje°). 

Lapa1 

Lapa1 [fr. lap] talk: see cpds. abhi°, pa°, sal°. 

Lapa2 

Lapa2 [also fr. lap, lit. "talker," cp. similar semantics of E. quail>Ger. quaken, quicken; E. quack. The P. form rests on pop.
etym., as in Sk. we find corresponding name as laba] a sort of quail, Perdix chinensis S V.146=J II.59. As lapaka--saku?a
also at J II.59. -- Another name for quail is va??aka. 

Lapana (nt.) [fr. lapeti, Caus. of lap] muttering, utterance, speech It 98; A I.165 (lapita°). Perhaps also to be read at Th 2,
73. -- Cp. upa°. 

Lapin (--°) (adj.) [fr. lap] talking (silly) S III.143 (bala°). 


Lapu (f.) [short for alapu or a^labu, cp. GeQger, P.Gr. § 396] a kind of cucumber J I.336, 341. See also labuka.
  --lata the cucumber creeper or plant Miln 374. 

Lapeti : see lapati & cp. upalapeti. 

Labu (f.) & Labuka=lapu (alabu) gourd or pumpkin, often used as receptacle J I.158 (°ka), 411 (°kumbha?d?a vesse? made
of the gourd); V.37 (°ka), 155 (addha--labu--sama thana); DhA II.59 (°ka); SnA 227 (labumhi catumadhura? puretukamo).
  --ka?aha a gourd as receptacle Vism 255, 359; VbhA 63. 

Labha [fr. labh] receiving, getting, acquisition, gain, possession; pl. possessions D I.8; II.58, 61; M I.508 (arogya--parama
labha); III.39; A I.74; IV.157 sq., 160 (labhena abhibhuto pariyadinnacitto Devadatto, cp. J I.185 sq.); Sn 31, 438, 828, 854,
1014, 1046 (cp. Nd2 548); It 67 (vitta°); J III.516 (yasa°, dhana°); Vism 93, 136 (°? labhati), 150 (°assa bhagin getting riches);
PvA 113, 280. -- A dat. sg. labha (for labhaya) is used adverbially with foll. genitive in meaning of "for my (our) gain," "it is
profitable," "good for me that" etc.; e. g. Miln 17 (labha no tata, suladdha? no tata), 232 (labha vata tasa? devatana?); A
III.313 (labha vata me suladdha? vata me), expld at Vism 223; DhA I.98 (labha vata me, elliptically); II.95 (l. vata no ye maya?
. . . upa??hahimha).
  --agga highest gain J III.125; Miln 21. --asa desire for gain A I.86. --kamya (abl. out of desire for gain Sn 854, 929
(=labha--hetu Nd1 389). --ta?ha craving for possession DhA IV.38. --macchariya selfishness in acquisitions A III.273; D
III.234; Pug 19, 23; Dhs 1122. --mada pride of gain VbhA 466. --sakkara gain and honour, usually combd with °siloka
fame; the two first e. g. at Vin II.196; It 73; J I.185, 186; V.75; the three combd e. g. at M I.192; S II.227, 237; A II.73; III.343
sq., 377; Vbh 352 sq.; labha--siloka alone at Vism 67. 

Labhaka (adj. nt.) [fr. labha] one who receives; reception; a° not getting, non--receiving Vin III.77. 

Labha see under labha. 

Labhin (adj.) (--°) [fr. labha] receiving, getting, having, possessed of M III.39 (as n. "a receiver, recipient"); A I.24; II.85;
IV.400; Pug 51; Vbh 332 (nikama°); J I.140. -- 2. one who has intuition either in reasoning (or logical argument) or psychically,
and who may therefore take certain premises for granted (opp. alabhin a denier) DA I.106, 120. 

Lamaka (adj.) [seems to be a specific Pali word. It is essentially a C. word & probably of dialectical origin. Has it anything
to do with omaka?] insignificant, poor, inferior, bad, sinful. The usual syn. is papa. -- Vin II.76; Vism 268 (=papaka); DhsA
45; KhA 243 (=khudda); PugA 229 (nica lamaka=o?ata); KhA 150 (°desana, cp. ukka??ha); DhA II.77; IV.44 (°bhava); VvA
116; PvA 15 (for papa); 103 (=papaka), 125 (°purisa=kapurisa); Sdhp 28, 253, 426, 526 (opp. ukka??ha). -- f. lamika J
I.285; II.346 (for itara); DhA II.61 (papika l. di??hi). -- Cp. Dhs. trsl.2 § 1025. 

Lamajjaka (lamañjaka) (nt.) [cp. Sk. lamajjaka] the root of Andropogon muricatus Vv 436 (v. l. °añcQ); VvA 186,
(°añj°) 187. 

Layaka (--°) [fr. layati] cutter, reaper A III.365=S III.155 (read babbaja°). 

[for. *lavati, lu, for which the ordinary form is lunati (q. v.), y for v as freq. in Pali: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 462. -- The Dhtp. has a
root la in meaning "adana" (No. 370)] to cut (off), mow, reap; ger. layitva A III.365; J I.215; III.226; Vin III.64; Pv I.81
(=lavitva PvA 40). -- pp. layita. 

Layana (nt.) [fr. layati] cutting J V.45 (ti?a--layana asi, sickle); DhA III.285 (v. l. for dayana). 

Layita [pp. of layati, layeti] cut, reaped J III.130 (ti?a? na layita--pubba?); Vism 419 (°??hana place where one has reaped). 

Lala (adj.) [fr. lal, see la?ati] talking without sense, silly, foolish J VI.360, 417 (?). Cp. alala. 

Lalaka [lala+ka] a wag, silly person, fool J I.205; IV.210. 

Lalapati & Lalappati [Intens. of lapati] to talk much, to talk silly, to lament, wail Sn 580; Pv IV.52 (=vilapati PvA
260); J III.217; Miln 148, 275; Mhvs 32, 68. <-> pp. lalappita. 

Lalappa [fr. lalappati] talking much, excited or empty talk, wailing Vbh 100, 138; Ps I.38; Nett 29; VbhA 104
(=punappuna? lapana?). 

(nt.) & °a (f.)=lalappa, together with lala(p)<-> pitatta (nt.) in exegesis of parideva at Nd2 416; Vbh 100, 138; VbhA
104; DA I.121. 

Lalappita [pp. of lalappati] 1. talking much, wailing Miln 148 (paridevita--l.--mukha). -- 2. (nt.) much talk, excited talk,
talking J VI.498. 

Lala (f.) [cp. la?ati] saliva J I.61, 248; VI.357; Vism 259; DhA I.307 (mukhato lala galati). 

La?ana (nt.) [fr. lal] swaying, dalliance, sport DA I.197; Sdhp 387; as la?ana at ThA 243. 

La?eti see la?ati. 

Lavaka [fr. lavati] a cutter, reaper Miln 33 (yava°); Mhvs 10, 31; SnA 148 (v. l. BB. for lavaka). 

Lavati & Laveti [the latter the usual form, as Caus. of lunati. lavati is the simple Pali formation fr. lu. Another Caus.
II. is lavapati (q. v.). See also layati] to cut, to mow PvA 40 (lavitva), Mhvs 10, 30 (lavayati). 

Lasa [of las] sporting, dancing: see abhi°, vi°. 

Lasika (f.) [fr. las] a dancer, Miln 331. 

Laseti see lasati. 

Likkha (f.) [*Sk. lik?a egg of a louse, as measure equal to 8 trasare?u (BR.). -- Connected with Lat. ricinus a kind of
vermin (see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.)] a kind of measure VbhA 343 (36 rattare?us equal to one likkha, 7 likkhas equal to 1 uka);
KhA 43 (°matta). 

Vedic likhati, also rikh in Ved. arikhati (R.V. VI.53, 7), cp. with palatal risati, lisati. Connected with Gr. e)rei/kw to tear; Lith.
re¨~kti to cut bread, to plough; Ohg. riga=Ags. raw=E. row. -- Dhtp 467 simply expls by "lekhane"] 1. to scratch; to cut, carve;
write, inscribe M I.127 (rupani); J II.372 (suva??a--patte); IV.257 (id.), 488, 489 (jati--hingulakena); DhA I.182; PvA 145
(nama? likhi wrote his name). --pa??a? l. to write a letter J II.174; VI.369 (pa??e on a leaf). -- 2. to shave (off), plane Vin
II.112 (inf. likhitu?). -- pp. likhita. -- Cp. vi.° -- Caus. I. lekheti (q. v.). Caus. II. likhapeti to cause to be cut or carved [cp.
BSk. likhapayati Divy 547] Vin II.110; SnA 577; to cause to be written Miln 42. 

Likhana (nt.) [cp. late Sk. likhana; fr. likh] scratching, cutting, writing J V.59 (a golden tablet for writing on). Cp.
ullikhana. 

Likha in likha--pa??a at PvA 20 is faulty for lekha° in likha--pa??a at PvA 20 is faulty for lekha° (lekha°) letter, cp.
lekha--pattra letter Malatim 172, 7. 

Likhita [pp. of likhati] 1. carved, cut, worked (in ivory etc.), in cpd. sankha° brahmacariya the moral life, like a polished
shell D I.63; S II.219, expld at DA I.181 as "likhita--sankha--sadisa dhota--sankha--sappa?ibhaga."<-> 2. written, inscribed J
IV.7 (likhitani akkharani); Miln 42 (lekha l.). -- 3. made smooth, shaved J VI.482 (capa). -- 4. marked, proscribed, made an
outlaw Vin I.75. <-> Cp. ullikhita. 

Likhitaka (adj.) [likhita+qualifying ending ka] one who has been proscribed, an outlaw Vin I.75 (cora). 

Linga (nt.) [fr. ling; late Vedic & (pre--eminently) Class. Sk. linga] 1. characteristic, sign, attribute, mark, feature M I.360;
S V.278; Sn 601 sq. (=sa??hana SnA 464); Vin IV.7 (two: hina & ukka??ha); J I.18; IV.114 (gihi°), 130; Miln 133 (sasana°), 162
(dve sama?assa lingani), 405 (lingato ca nimittato ca etc.); Vism 184; DhsA 64 (=sa??hana Tika: Expos. 86). -- 2. mark of sex,
sexual characteristic, pudendum (male as well as female, as neither m. nor f.) Vin III.35 (purisa°); J V.197 (°sa??hana); KhA
110 (itthi°); SnA 48 (°sampatti), 51 (id.), 300 (itthi°); DhsA 321 sq. (itthi°). -- 3. (in grammar) mark of sex, (characteristic)
ending, gender SnA 397. °vipallasa change or substitution of gender PvA 7, 33, 58, 87, 157. 

Lingala [cp. Sk. lingalika a kind of mouse] antelope (?) Pgdp 10. 

Lingika (adj.) [fr. linga] having or being a characteristic Vism 210 (of nama); KhA 107 (id.). 

Lingeti [Denom. fr. ling] 1. to embrace, in poet. ger. lingiya (as if fr. lingati) Th 2, 398 (=alingetva ThA 260). See a°. --
2. to characterize: see ul°. 

Lipi [fr. lip; late Sk. lipi] the alphabet; a letter of the alphabet; writing Miln 79. 

cp. repa stain, lepa ointment, stain; Gr. li/pos grease, fat, liparo/s fat, a)lei/fw to anoint; Lat. lippus; Lith. limpû to stick, Goth.
bi--leiban, Ohg. biliban to stay behind, to stay, E. leave & live, Ger. leben. The Dhtp (385) simply expls by "limpana"] to smear,
plaster, stain; usually in pass. (or med.) sense "to get soiled, to dirty oneself" Th 2, 388; PvA 215. Doubtful in Sn passages,
where both limpati & lippati are found as readings, e. g. Sn 778 in Text lippati, but Niddesa reading limpati (Nd1 55); Sn
811 lipp°, Nd1 133 limp°; Sn 1040, 1042 lipp°, Nd2 549 limp.° -- Pass. lippati to be soiled (by), to get stained (in character) Sn
250, 547, 625, 778, 913, 1040; cp. Sn 71 (alippamana ppr.). -- pp. litta: see ava°, ul°, vi.° -- Cp. also alimpeti, palimpeti,
vilimpati. -- Caus. I. lepeti to cause to be plastered J VI.432. -- Caus. II. limpapeti to cause to be plastered or anointed Mhvs
34, 42 (cetiya? °apetvana). 

Limpana (nt.) [fr. lip] soiling, smearing Dhtp 385. 

Lisati [cp. dial. Sk. lisate=Vedic risate] to break off, tear off, pull; only at Dhtp 444 expld by "lesa." 

Sk. led?hi or lid?he, also lihati. Cp. Lat. lingo, Gr. lei/xw; Goth. bilaigo¯n, Ags. liccian=E. lick, Ger. lecken. -- The Dhtp 335 expls
lih by "assadane," i. e. taste] to lick; pres. lehati J II.44; aor. lehayi?su PvA 198 (v. l. for palahi?su). Cp. parilehisa? Vv 8121;
VvA 316; ger. lehitva DA I.136 (sarira?); VvA 314. <-> pp. li?ha (?). Cp. leyya. 

Lina [pp. of liyati] clinging, sticking; slow, sluggish; shy, reserved, dull, A I.3; Vism 125. Definitions at Vbh 352, 373; Dhs
1156, 1236; S V.277, 279 (ati°). Often combd with uddhata as "sluggish or shy" and "unbalanced," e. g. at S V.112; Vism 136;
VbhA 310. alina active, open, sincere Sn 68 (°citta), 717 (id.); J I.22 (v. 148; °viriya siha). 

Linata (f.) [abstr. formation fr. lina instead of liy°]= liyana Vism 469. alinata open--mindedness, sincerity J I.366; SnA
122. 

Linatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. lina] sluggishness, shyness; only in phrase cetaso linatta? immobility of mind S V.64, 103; A
I.3=IV.32; V.145 sq.; Nett 86, 108; VbhA 272 (=cittassa lin'akara). 

Vedic liyati; *lei to stick to or cleave: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. lino, which he separates in meaning fr. *lei to smear, polish]
to stick. The Dhtp evidently favours the separation when interpreting li by "silesana--dravikara?a," i. e. to make slip or run
(Dhtp 441; Dhtm 681)] 1. to stick, adhere, cling to: see cpds. all°, o°, ni°, pa?isal°. -- 2. to melt, slip: see cpd. pavi° (to dissolve).
-- pp. lina. 

Liyana (nt.) [fr. liyati] sticking to, adhering, resting Sdhp 190 (°??hana resting--place). 

Liyana (f.)=liyana; cleaving to, sluggishness, shyness Dhs 1156. 

Liyitatta (nt.) [abstr. formation after similar synonymical chains, like bhavitatta]=liyana Dhs 1156. 

Lila (li?a) (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. lila or *lid?a] play, sport, dalliance; probably for li?ha at J V.5 & 157, both times combd with
vilasa.
  --aravinda a lotus serviceable for sport VvA 43 (li?°). 

Li?ha (f.) [abstr. of li?ha, Sk. lid?ha, pp. of lih, lit. being polished, cp. ullid?ha polished] grace, ease, charm, adroitness; always
used with ref. to the Buddha (Buddhali?ha), e. g. J I.155; DhA I.33; III.79. So in phrase Buddhali?haya dhamma? deseti "to
expound the doctrine with the Buddha's mastery" J I.152, 155; III.289; VvA 217 (spelling wrongly li?aya). Of the B's gait: J I.93,
149; DhA II.41. The combn with vilasa, as mentioned by Childers, applies to lila (q. v.), which may stand for li?ha at the
passages mentioned, although not used of the Buddha. 

Lugga [pp. of rujati; corresponding to Sk. rug?a] broken (up), rugged (of a path) Miln 217, 218. Cp. vi°. 

Lujjati [Pass. of ruj, corresponding to Sk. rujyate. Dhtp 400 gives luj as sep. root with meaning vinasa. See rujati] to be
broken up, to break (up), to be destroyed; to go asunder, to fall apart A I.283=Pug 32 (here equal to "be wiped out," but it is
unnecessary to assume, as Kern, Toev. s. v. lujjati does, a by--form of luc, luñcati. The Pug C. 215 expls by "nassati"); Vin
I.297; II.123; S IV.52 (in etymologizing interpretation of loka: "lujjati kho loko ti vuccati"; quoted at Nd2 550 on Sn 1119); Th
1, 929. -- Cp. olujjati, palujjati. -- pp. lugga. 

Lujjana (nt.) [fr. lujjati; a word peculiar to Pali dogmatics] breaking up, crumbling away, dissolution DhsA 47 (in etym. of
loka=lujjana--palujjan'a??hena va??a?), 308 (id.); Vism 427 (id.). 

Luñcati [Vedic luñcati, luc or luñc, to Lat. runco to pull up weeds; Gr. r(uka/nh plane. The Dhtp 43 expls by apanayana]
to pull out, pluck (a bird), tear, peel J I.244, 476; II.97, 363; III.314; IV.191; V.463; Mhvs 23, 46 (aor. aluñci); 28, 26 (ger.
luñcitva); Vism 248 (kese). -- Caus. II. luñcapeti DhA II.53 (kese), and loceti Th 1, 283 (kesamassu? alocayi?). -- pp.
luñcita. 

Luñcita [pp. of luñcati] plucked, pulled Miln 240 (i. e. combed, of wool; Rh. D. trsls "pressed"; Nyanatiloka "cut"); PvA 47
(viluna--kesa+). 

Lu?hati [cp. later Sk. lu?hati to plunder, which is one of the dial. variants lu?h, lun?h, lo?h of lul to shake. The Dhtp (474) &
Dhtm (136) both give ru?h & lu?h with meaning "upaghate"] to rob, plunder. 

Luta seems to be a legitimate spelling representing either lutta or luna, in meaning "cut, cut off" [cp. lu for lu under lunati].
Thus at S I.5 (nalo va harito luto)= 126=J VI.25; and at Sn 532 (lutani bandhanani; vv. ll. lutani & lunani; expld as "chinnani
padalitani" at SnA 432). 

Lutta [cp. Epic Sk. lupta; pp. of lumpati] broken, cut off; as t. t. in grammar "elided" VvA 13 (of ca), 111 (of iti), 122 (id.). 

Ludda (adj.) [the usual P. form of rudda, corresponding to Sk. raudra] 1. fierce, terrible; cruel, gruesome S I.143; A II.174
(papa, l., kibbisa); V.149; Pug 56; Vv 845 (=daru?a pisac'--adino VvA 335); J V.243 (?hana?= niraya); Sdhp 286. The spelling
ludra occurs at J IV.46=VI.306, which is ludda at J V.146. -- 2. a hunter, sportsman Sn 247 (dussila°; SnA 289: ludda ca
kurura--kammanta lohita--pa?itaya, macchaghatakamigabandhaka--saku?ik'adayo idha adhippeta); Vv 631; J II.154
(°putta=luddaka); III.432 (Bharata by name); Pug 56 (magavika, saku?ika, l., macchaghataka etc.; expld by daru?a kakkha?a
at Pug A 233); Vism 245= VbhA 259; VbhA 228. 

Luddaka =ludda 2, i. e. hunter Vin I.220; J IV.416; Pv III.72 (miga°; expld as "daru?a" PvA 206); Miln 222; VbhA 266
(miga°, in simile); PvA 34, 168. Cp. Fick, Sociale Gliederung 143, 207. Note. The expression sunakha--luddako at DhsA
273 is not quite clear ("doghunter"?). It applies to a female & Maung Tin (Expositor II.361) reads "luddhika" (sic), with trsln
"dog--mistress," remarking that Pyi reads luddako "hunter--dog" (?). 

Luddha [pp. of lubbhati] greedy, covetous A III.433 (with pharusa--vaca & samphappalapin); It 84; Miln 92 (du??ha,
mu?ha, l.); J I.124. 

Lunana (nt.) [for luna(na), cp. lavana] cutting, severing SnA 148 (niddanan ti chedana? lunana? uppa?ana?). 

given as lu at Dhtp 504 ("chedana") & Dhtm 728 ("paccheda"). For etym. cp. Gr. lu/w to loosen, Lat. luo to pay a fine, Goth.
fraliusan to lose; Ger. los, E. lose & loose] to cut, cut off, mow, reap Miln 33 (yavalavaka yava? lunanti); DhsA 39. -- pp. luna
(& luta). -- Caus I. lavayati Mhvs 10, 30; Caus. II. lavapeti to cause to mow Vin II.180. -- A Pass. luyati [fr. lu] is found at
D I.141 (aor. luyi?su) and at corresponding passage Pug 56 (imper. luyantu, where dubba is to be corrected to dabbha). --
See lava, lavaka, lavana, layati, lavati. 

Lubbhati [Vedic lubhyate, lubh, cp. Lat. lubet & libet it pleases, libido longing; Goth. liufs=Ger. lieb & lob; E. love, etc.
-- Dhtp 434: lobhe] to be lustful or greedy, to covet, long for, desire It 84 (lobhaneyye na lubbhati); Vism 465, 468. -- ger.
lubbha (?) in olubbha is to be referred to lamb rather than lubh. A grd. formation in lobhaneyya or lobhaniya (q. v.). --
pp. luddha. 

Lubbhana (nt.) [fr. lubh] being greedy, greediness, a scholastic word, only found in exegesis of word lobha, e. g. at Dhs
32 (where also the enlarged abstr. formation lubbhitatta) & Vism 465, 468 (lubbhana--matta? lobha). 

Epic Sk. lumpati, found also as rup in Pali: see ruppati. Connected with Lat. lugeo to be sorry (cp. rujati, roga; Gr. lu/ph
sorrow) and rumpo to break. Defns at Dhtp 386 & 433 (chedana) and at Dhtm 618 & 669 (cheda, vinasa)] to break, harm,
injure; to attack, plunder; with a strong touch of affection (sympathy or desire) lubh in it [cp. lup: Gr. lu/ph; ruj: roga], which
is still more evident in Intens. loluppa (q. v.). -- DhsA 365 (in expln of loluppa). -- pp. lutta. -- Cp. ullumpana, ullopa, lopa,
vilumpati, vilopa. 

Lu?ati & Lu?ati [cp. Ep. Sk. lo?h to move & dial. lud?, lod?ayati, to stir, agitate, which is a by--form of lul, lolati to
move, Caus. lolayati to set in motion. Etym. connected with Slavonic ljuljati to rock, Ags. l&amacremacr;l a (flexible) rod,
rood; root due to onomat. formation. <-> Another form is lu?hati. The Dhtm (117) expls lu? by "lo?ane" (cp. vilo?ana &
vilo?ana), and lu? (510) by "manthane"] to stir, shake, agitate, upset; intrs. to be in motion, to be stirred Miln 259 (calati
khubbhati l. avilati). -- pp. lu?ita. 

Lu?ita [pp. of lu?ati] stirred, moved, disturbed; lively; turbid (of water) S V.123=A III.233; (udapatta avila l.); D II.128=Ud
83 (udaka? paritta? lu?ita? avila?); J VI.63; Nd1 488 (avila+); Miln 35, 177, 220 (°citta), 383 (a°); DhsA 328 (indriyani
paripakkani alulitani avisadani). 

Luka [apocope form of uluka, arisen through wrong syllable--division] owl J VI.497 (=uluka C.). 

Lukha (adj.) [Vedic ruk?a; Prk. luha & lukkha; BSk. luha, e. g. Divy 13 (prahe?aka), 81 (°civara), 425, 427] 1. rough,
coarse, unpleasant; poor, bad (usually appld to dress or food); mediocre, mea?gre, wretched. Opp. pa?ita (e. g. Vin I.212; S
II.153; A IV.10; J I.228; VvA 64). -- S IV.337 sq.; A IV.232 sq.; Vin I.55; Th 1, 923; J I.228 (cittasmi? pa?ite . . . dana? lukha?
na hoti); Nd2 342 (p. 182, in exegesis of nikkuha, where practices of ascetics are referred to as "lukha? civara? dhareti, l.
pi?d?apata? bhuñjati, l. senasana? pa?isevati" etc.); VvA 298, 335 sq.; PvA 180. -- 2. (of men) low, wretched, rough, miserable,
offensive Vin I.199; III.110 (kisa l. dubba??a); S I.175 (=ji??a C, see K.S. 320; trsln "looking worn"); M I.77=J I.390.
--lukhapuggala a miserable, offensive character (opp. siniddhapuggala) Vism 132; VbhA 282.
  --ajivin leading a hard or rough life D I.161; III.44, 47; S II.200; A V.190. --civara (adj.) wearing a shabby robe, badly clad
Vin III.263; Miln 342 (cp. civara lukha bad condition of clothes A II.71=Pug 53; lukhacivara--dhara A I.25). --ppama?a (&
°ika) taking unpleasantness or misery as one's standard A II.71= Pug 53 (cp. PugA 229); DhA III.114; SnA 242; cp.
rupa--ppama?a. --ppasanna believing in shabbiness or mediocrity, having (bodily) wretchedness as one's faith Vin II.197; A
II.71=Pug 53. --papura?a miserably clad S I.175; DhA IV.8, 9. 

Lukhata (f.) [fr. lukha] unpleasantness, wretchedness, poorness, misery PugA 229. 

Lukhasa (adj.) [fr. lukha] rough, harsh; miserable, selfmortifying Sn 244 (=nirasa atta--kilamath'a^nuyutta SnA 287). 

Luta (f.) [*Sk. luta] spider Abhp 621. 

Luna [pp. of lunati] cut, mowed, reaped Th 2, 107 (°kesi); J II.365; Davs I.32. Cp. vi°. 

Pass. of lunati (q. v.). 

Lekha [fr. likh, cp. Sk. lekha & lekha] 1. writing, inscription, letter, epistle J VI.595 (sila° inscription on rock); Mhvs 5, 177
(lekhe sutva); 27, 6; 33, 40 (°? vissajjayi); Davs 5, 67 (caritta°); Miln 42; SnA 164 (°vacaka reciting), 577. -- 2. chips, shavings
Vin II.110 (v. l. likha). 

Lekhaka [fr. lekha] one who knows the art of writing, a scribe, secretary Vin IV.8 (as a profession); IV.10 (=muddika &
ga?aka, pl.); Miln 42. 

Lekha?i (f.) [fr. likh; cp. Epic Sk. lekha?i stencil Mbh 1, 78] an instrument for scratching lines or writing, a stencil, pencil
A II.200; J I.230. 

Lekhana (nt.) [fr. likh] scratching, drawing, writing Dhtp 467. 

Lekha (f.) [fr. likh; Vedic lekha. See also rekha & lekha] 1. streak, line VvA 277 (=raji); canda° crescent moon [cp. Epic
candralekha Mbh 3, 1831] Vism 168; DhsA 151. -- 2. a scratch, line A I.283; Pug 32; J VI.56 (lekha? kad?d?hati). -- 3. writing,
inscription, letter Vin III.76 (°? chindati destroy the letter); J I.451 (on a phalaka); Miln 349 (°acariya teacher of writing); PvA
20 (°pa??a, letter so read for likha°). -- 4. the art of writing or drawing [=lipi Hemacandra], writing as an art. It is classed as a
respectable (ukka??ha) profession (sippa) Vin IV.7; and mentioned by the side of mudda and ga?ana Vin IV.7, 128=I.77; cp.
Vin IV.305. 

Lekhita [pp. of lekheti] drawn (of lines), pencilled Th 2, 256. 

Lekheti [Caus. of likhati or Denom. of lekha] to (make a) scratch J IV. 402. -- pp. lekhita. 

Led?d?u [dial. Sk. le??u>*le??hu>*le??u>led?d?u; also Prk. led?u & le??hu: Pischel, § 304; cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 62] a clod of
earth S V.146=J II.59 (°??Qana); J I.19, 175; III.16; VI.405; Miln 255; SnA 222 (akase khitta, in simile); Vism 28 (trsln
"stone"), 360 (°kha?d?'adini), 366 (containing gold), 419; VbhA 66 (°kha?d?a); VvA 141; PvA 284. -- The throwing of clods
(stones?) is a standing item in the infliction of punishments, where it is grouped with da?d?a (stick) and sattha (sword), or as
led?d?u--da?d?'adi, e. g. at M I.123; D II.336, 338 (v. l. le?d?u); J II.77; III.16; VI.350; Vism 419; DhA I.399 (v. l. le?d?u); III.41;
IV.77; VvA 141. -- Note. led?d?upaka in cu??a? va tela? va led?d?upakena etc. at DhsA 115 read as vala?d?upakena, as at
Vism 142.
  --pata "throw of a clod," a certain measure of (not too far) a distance Vin IV.40; Vism 72; DhsA 315 (trsln "a stone's throw"). 

Led?d?uka =led?d?u; Vism 28. 

Le?a (& lena) (nt.) [*Sk. layana, fr. li in meaning "to hide," cp. Prk. le?a] 1. a cave (in a rock), a mountain cave, used by
ascetics (or bhikkhus) as a hermitage or place of shelter, a rock cell. Often enumd with ku?i & guha, e. g. Vin IV.48; Miln
151; Vbh 251 (n.). At Vin II.146 it is given as collective name for 5 kinds of hermitages, viz. vihara, ad?d?hayoga, pasada,
hammiya, guha. The expln of le?a at VbhA 366 runs as follows: "pabbata? kha?itva va pabbharassa appahonaka??hane kud?d?a?
u??hapetva va katasenasana?," i. e. opportunity for sitting & lying made by digging (a cave) in a mountain or by erecting a wall
where the cave is insufficient (so as to make the rest of it habitable). Cp. Vin I.206=III.248 (pabbhara? sodhapeti le?a?
kattukamo) Mhvs 16, 12; 28, 31 sq. (n); Miln 200 (maha°). -- 2. refuge, shelter, (fig.) salvation (sometimes in sense of
nibbana). In this meaning often combd with ta?a & sara?a, e. g. at D I.95; S IV.315 (ma?--le?a refuge with
me;+ma?ta?a); IV.372 (=nibbana); A I.155 sq. (n); J II.253; DA I.232. Cp. Vin III.155. le?'attha? for refuge Vin II.164 (n);
J I.94. --ale?a without a refuge Ps I.127; II.238; Pv II.25 (=asara?a PvA 80).
  --gavesin seeking shelter or refuge J II.407=IV.346. --guha a mountain cave J III.511. --dvara the door of the (rock)
hermitage Vism 38; DhA III.39. --pabbhara "cave--slope," cave in a mountain DhA IV.170. 

Lepa [fr. lip, see limpati; cp. Classic Sk. lepa stain, dirt] 1. smearing, plastering, coating over Vin IV.303 (bahira°); J II.25
(mattika°). -- 2. (fig.) plaster, i. e. that which sticks, affection, attachment, etc., in ta?ha° the stain of craving, & di??hi° of
speculation Nd1 55; Nd2 271III. -- Note. lasagata at A II.165 read with v. l. as lepa--gata, i. e. sticky. -- Cp. a°, pa° 

Lepana (nt.) [fr. lip] smearing, plastering, anointing Vin II.172 (kud?d?a°); A IV.107 (vasana°), 111 (id.); J II.117. Cp. abhi°,
a°, pa° 

Lepeti see limpati. 

Leyya (adj. nt.) [grd. of lih: see lihati] to be licked or sipped; nt. mucilaginous food (opp. peyya liquid) A IV.394 (+peyya);
Miln 2 (id.). 

Lesa [cp. Sk. lesa particle; as Kern, Toev. s. v. points out, it occurs in Sk. also in the P. meaning at Mbh V.33, 5 although this
is not given in BR. -- As "particle" onlyQat Dhtp 444 in defn of lisati] sham, pretext, trick Vin III.169 (where ten lesas are
enumd, viz. jati°, nama°, gotta°, linga°, apatti°, patta°, civara°, upajjhaya°, acariya°, senasana°); J II.11; VI.402. --lesa--kappa
pretext Vin II.166; Vv 8443 (=kappiya--lesa VvA 348); Th 1, 941; DA I.103. 

Lehati see lihati. 

Loka [cp. Vedic loka in its oldest meaning "space, open space." For etym. see rocati. To the etym. feeling of the Pali hearer
loka is closely related in quality to ruppati (as in pop. etym. of rupa) and rujati. As regards the latter the etym. runs "lujjati
kho loko ti vuccati" S IV.52, cp. Nd2 550, and loka=lujjana DhsA 47, 308: see lujjana. The Dhtp 531 gives root lok (loc) in
sense of dassana] world, primarily "visible world," then in general as "space or sphere of creation," with var. degrees of
substantiality. Often (unspecified) in the comprehensive sense of "universe." Sometimes the term is applied collectively to the
creatures inhabiting this or var. other worlds, thus, "man, mankind, people, beings." -- Loka is not a fixed & def. term. It
comprises immateriality as well as materiality and emphasizes either one or the other meaning according to the view applied to
the object or category in question. Thus a trsln of "sphere, plane, division, order" interchanges with "world." Whenever the
spatial element prevails we speak of its "regional" meaning as contrasted with "applied" meaning. The fundamental notion
however is that of substantiality, to which is closely related the specific Buddhist notion of impermanence (loka=lujjati). -- 1.
Universe: the distinctions between the universe (cp. cakkava?a) as a larger whole and the world as a smaller unit are fluctuating
& not definite. A somewhat wider sphere is perhaps indicated by sabba--loka (e. g. S I.12; IV.127, 312; V.132; It 122; Mhvs 1,
44; cp. sabbavanta loka D I.251; III.224), otherwise even the smaller loka comprises var. realms of creation. Another larger
division is that of loka as sadevaka, samaraka, sabrahmaka, or the world with its devas, its Mara and its Brahma, e. g. S
I.160, 168, 207; II.170; III.28, 59; IV.158; V.204; A I.259 sq.; II.24 sq.; III.341; IV.56, 173; V.50; It 121; Nd1 447 (on Sn 956), to
which is usually added sassama?a--brahma?i paja (e. g. D I.250, see loci s. v. paja). With this cp. Dh 45, where the divisions
are pa?havi, Yamaloka, sadevaka (loka), which are expld at DhA I.334 by pa?havi=attabhava; Yamaloka=catubbidha
apayaloka; sadevaka=manussaloka devalokena saddhi?. -- The universe has its evolutional periods: sa?va??ati and viva??ati
D II.109 sq. The Buddha has mastered it by his enlightenment: loko Tathagatena abhisambuddho It 121. On loka, lokadhatu
(=cosmos) and cakkava?a cp. Kirfel, Kosmographie p. 180, 181. <-> 2. Regional meaning. -- (a) in general. Referring to this
world, the character of evanescence is inherent in it; referring to the universe in a wider sense, it implies infinity, though not in
definite terms. There is mention of the different metaphysical theories as regards cosmogony at many places of the Canon. The
anta^nantika (contending for the finitude or otherwise of the world) are mentioned as a sect at D I.22 sq. Discus<->  sions as to whether loka is sassata or antava are found e. g. at M I.426, 484; II.233; S III.182, 204; IV.286 sq.; A II.41; V.31,
186 sq.; Ps I.123, 151 sq.; Vbh 340; Dhs 1117. Views on consistency of the world (eternal or finite; created or evolved etc.) at
D III.137; cp. S II.19 sq. Cp. also the long and interesting discussion of loka as suñña at S IV.54 sq.; Ps II.177 sq.; Nd2 680; -- as
well as M II.68 (upaniyati loko addhuvo, and "atta?o loko, assakoloko" etc.); "lokassa anto" is lit. unattainable: A II.50=S I.62;
IV.93; but the Arahant is "lok'antagu," cp. A IV.430. -- As regards their order in space (or "plane") there are var. groupings of
var. worlds, the evidently popular one being that the world of the devas is above and the nirayas below the world of man
(which is "tiriya? va^pi majjhe"): Nd2 550. The world of men is as aya? loko contrasted with the beyond, or paro loko: D
III.181; S IV.348 sq.; A I.269; IV.226; Sn 779 (n'asi?sati loka? ima? parañ ca); or as idhaloka D III.105. The defn of aya?
loko at Nd1 60 is given as: sak'attabhava, saka--rupa--vedana etc., ajjhatt' ayatanani, manussa--loka, kamadhatu; with which is
contrasted paro loko as: parattabhava, para--rupavedana, bahir'ayatanani, devaloka, rupa-- & arupadhatu. -- The rise and
decay of this world is referred to as samudaya and atthangama at S II.73; III.135; IV.86; A V.107. -- Cp. D III.33 (atta ca loko
ca); Mhvs 1, 5 (loka? dukkha pamocetu?); 28, 4 (loko 'ya? pi?ito); PvA 1 (vijja--cara?a--sampanna? yena niyanti lokato). --
Other divisions of var. kinds of "planes" are e. g. deva° A I.115, 153; III.414 sq.; Brahma° Vbh 421; Mhvs 19, 45; Yama° Dh
44; S I.34; nara° Mhvs 5, 282. See also each sep. head--word, also peta° & manussa°. <-> The division at Nd1 550 is as
follows: niraya°, tiracchana°, pittivisaya°, manussa°, deva° (=material); upon which follow khandha°, dhatu°, ayatana°
(=immaterial). Similarly at Nd1 29, where apaya° takes the place of niraya°, tiracchana°, pittivisaya°. -- Another threefold
division is sankhara°, satta°, okasa° at Vism 204, with explns: "sabbe satta ahara--??hitika" ti= sankharaloka; "sassato loko ti
va asassato loko" ti= sattaloka; "yavata candima--suriya pariharanti disa 'bhanti virocamana" etc. (=M I.328; A I.227; cp. J
I.132) =okasaloka. The same expln in detail at SnA 442. -- Another as kama°, rupa°, arupa°: see under rupa; another as
kilesa°, bhava°, indriya° at Nett 11, 19. Cp. sankhara--loka VbhA 456; dasa lokadhatuyo (see below) S I.26. -- 3. Ordinary
& applied meaning. -- (a) division of the world, worldly things S I.1, 24 (loke visattika attachment to this world; opp.
sabba--loke anabhirati S V.132). --loke in this world, among men, here D III.196 (ye nibbuta loke); It 78 (loke uppajjati); DA
I.173 (id.); Vbh 101 (ya? loke piya--rupa? etc.); Pv II.113 (=ida? C.); KhA 15, 215. See also the diff. defns of loke at Nd2 552.
-- loka collectively "one, man": kiccha? loko apanno jayati ca jiyati ca, etc. D II.30. Also "people": Lanka--loka people of
Ceylon Mhvs 19, 85; cp. jana in similar meaning. Derived from this meaning is the use in cpds. (°--) as "usual, every day,
popular, common": see e. g. °ayata, °vajja, °vohara. -- (b) "thing of the world," material element, physical or worldly quality,
sphere or category (of "materiality"). This category of loka is referred to at Vbh 193, which is expld at VbhA 220 as follows:
"ettha yo aya? ajjhatt'adi bhedo kayo pariggahito, so eva idha--loko nama." In this sense 13 groups are classified according to
the number of constituents in each group (1--12 and No. 18); they are given at Nd2 551 (under lokantagu Sn 1133) as follows:
(1) bhavaloka; (2) sampatti bhavaloka, vipatti bhavaloka; (3) vedana; (4) ahara; (5) upadana--kkhandha; (6) ajjhattikani
ayatanani (their rise & decay as "lokassa samudaya & atthangama" at S IV.87); (7) viñña?a??hitiyo; (8) loka--dhamma; (9)
satt'avasa; (10) upakkilesa; (11) kamabhava; (12) ayatanani; (18) dhatuyo. They are repeated at Ps I.122=174, with (1) as
"sabbe satta ahara--??hitika; (2) namañ ca rupañ ca; and the remainder the same. Also at Vism 205 and at SnA 442 as at Ps
I.122. Cp. the similar view at S IV.95: one perceives the world ("materiality": loka--saññin and loka--manin, proud of the world)
with the six senses. This is called the "loka" in the logic (vinaya) of the ariya. -- A few similes with loka see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
  --akkhayika (f., scil. katha) talk or speculation about (origin etc. of) the world, popular philosophy (see lokayata and cp.
Dialogues I.14) Vin I.188; D I.8; M I.513; Miln 316; DA I.90. --agga chief of the world. Ep. of the Buddha ThA 69 (Ap.
V.11). --anta the end (spatial) of the world A II.49 (na ca appatva lokanta? dukkha atthi pamocana?). --antagu one who has
reached the end of the world (and of all things worldly), Ep. of an Arahant A II.6, 49 sq.; It 115, Sn 1133; Nd2 551. --antara
the space between the single worlds J I.44 (V.253: Avicimhi na uppajjanti, tatha lokantaresu ca). --antarika (scil. Niraya) a
group of Nirayas or Purgatories situated in the lokantara (i. e. cakkaval, antaresu J I.76), 8,000 yojanas in extent, pitch dark,
which were filled with light when Gotama became the Buddha J I.76; VbhA 4; Vism 207 (lokantariya°); SnA 59 (°vasa life in
the l. niraya); cp. BSk. loka^ntarika Divy 204 (andhas tamaso 'ndhakara--tamisra). --a^dhipa lord or ruler of the world A I.150.
--a^dhipateyya "rule of the world," dependence on public opinion, influence of material things on man, one of the 3
adhipateyyas (atta°, loka°, dhamma°) D III.220; Vism 14. --a^nukampa sympathy with the world of men [cp. BSk.
loka^nugraha Divy 124 sq.] D III.211; It 79. --amisa worldly gain, bait of the flesh M I.156; II.253; Th 2, 356. --ayata what
pertains to the ordinary view (of the world), common or popular philosophy, or as Rhys Davids (Dial. I.171) puts it: "name of a
branch of Brahman learning, probably Nature--lore"; later worked into a qua^si system of "casuistry, sophistry." Franke, Digha
trsln 19, trsls as "logisch beweisende Naturerklärung" (see the long note on this page, and cp. Dial. I.166--172 for detail of
lokayata). It is much the same as lok--akkhay(ika) or popular philosophy. <-> D I.11, 88; Vin II.139; Sn p. 105
(=vita?d?a--vadasattha SnA 447, as at DA I.247); Miln 4, 10, 178; A I.163, 166; III.223. Cp. BSk. lokayata Divy 630, 633,
and lokayatika ibid. 619. See also Kern's remarks at Toev. s. v. --ayatika (brahma?a) one who holds the view of lokayata or
popular philosophy S II.77 (trsln K.S. 53: a Brahmin "wise in world--lore"); Miln 178; J VI.486 (na seve lokayatika?; expld as
"anatthanissita? . . . vita?d?a--sallapa? lokayatika--vada? na seveyya," thus more like "sophistry" or casuistry). --issara lord of
the world Sdhp 348. --uttara see under lokiya. --cinta thinking about the world, worldphilosophy or speculation S V.447; A
II.80 (as one of the 4 acinteyyani or thoughts not to be thought out: buddha--visaya, jhana--visaya, kamma--vipaka, l--c.). Cp.
BSk. laukika citta Divy 63, 77 etc. --dhamma (pl.) common practice, things of the world, worldly conditions S III.139 sq.; Sn
268 (expln loke dhamma; yava lokappavatti tava--anivattika dhamma ti vutta? hoti KhA 153, cp. J III.468); Miln 146. Usually
comprising a set of eight, viz. labha, alabha, yaso, ayaso, ninda, pasa?sa, sukha?, dukkha? D III.260; A IV.156 sq.; V.53; Nd2
55; Ps I.22, 122; Vbh 387; Nett 162; DhA II.157. --dhatu constituent or unit of the Universe, "world--element"; a world,
sphere; another name for cakkavala. Dasa--sahassi--lokadhatu the system of the 10,000 worlds Vin I.12; A I.227. -- D III.114;
Pv II.961; Kvu 476; Vism 206 sq.; Vbh 336; Nd1 356 (with the stages from one to fifty lokadhatu's, upon which follow: sahassi
cu?anika l--dh.; dvisahassi majjhimika; tisahassi; mahasahassi); J I.63, 212; Miln 237; VbhA 430, 436. See also cu?anika.
--natha saviour of the world, Ep. of the Buddha Sn 995; Vism 201, 234; VvA 165;  
PvA 42, 287. --nayaka guide or leader of the world (said of the Buddha) Sn 991; Ap 20; Mhvs 7, 1; Miln 222. --nirodha
destruction of the world It 121 (opp. °samudaya). --pala (°devata) guardian (governor) of the world, which are usually
sepcified as four, viz. Kuvera (=Vessava?a), Dhatara??ha, Virupakkha, Viru?haka, alias the 4 maharajano Pv I.42; J I.48
(announce the future birth of a Buddha). --byuha "world--array," pl. byuha (deva) N. of a class of devas J I.47; Vism 415
(kama^vacara--deva's). --mariyada the boundary of the world VvA 72. --vajja common sins Miln 266; KhA 190. --va??a
"world--round," i. e. sa?sara (opp. viva??a =nibbana) Nett 113, 119. See also va??a. --vidu knowing the universe, Lp. of the
Buddha D III.76; S I.62; V.197, 343; A II.48; Sn p. 103; Vv 3426; Pug 57; expld in full at SnA 442 and Vism 204 sq. --vivara?a
unveiling of the universe, apocalypse, revelation Vism 392 (when humans see the devas etc.). --vohara common or general
distinction, popular logic, ordinary way of speaking SnA 383, 466; VbhA 164. 

(adj.) [fr. loka; cp. Vedic laukika in meaning "worldly, usual"] 1. (ordinarily) "belonging to the world," i. e. -- (a) world--wide,
covering the whole world, famed, widely known Th 1, 554; J VI.198. <-> (b) (--°) belonging to the world of, an inhabitant of
(as lokika) Pv I.62 (Yama°). -- (c) common, general, worldly Vism 89 (samadhi); DhA IV.3 (°mahajana) PvA 131
(°parikkhaka), 207 (sukha), 220 (°sabhava). See also below 3. -- 2. (special meaning) worldly, mundane, when opposed to
lokuttara. The term lokuttara has two meanings-- viz. (a) in ordinary sense: the highest of the world, best, sublime (like
lokagga, etc.), often applied to Arahantship, e. g. lokuttaradayajja inheritance of Arahantship J I.91; DhA I.117; ideal:
lokuttara dhamma (like parama dhamma) the ideal state, viz. Nibbana M II.181; pl. l. dhamma M III.115. -- (b) (in later
canonical literature) beyond these worlds, supra--mundane, transcendental, spiritual. In this meaning it is applied to the group
of nava lokuttara dhamma (viz. the 4 stages of the Path: sotapatti etc., with the 4 phala's, and the addition of nibbanQ), e. g.
Dhs 1094. Mrs. Rh. D. tries to compromise between the two meanings by giving lokuttara the trsln "engaged upon the higher
ideal" (Dhs. tsrl. Introd. p. 98), since meaning (b) has too much of a one--sided philosophical appearance. On term cp. Cpd.
913. -- 3. lokiya (in meaning "mundane") is contrasted with lokuttara ("transcendental") at many passages of the
Abhidhamma, e. g. at Ps II.166; Dhs. 505, 1093, 1446; Vbh 17 sq., 93, 106, 128, 229 sq., 271, 322; Kvu 222, 515, 602; Pug
62; Tikp 41 sq., 52 sq., 275; Dukp 304, 324; Nett 10, 54, 67, 77, 111, 161 sq., 189 sq.; Miln 236, 294 (lokika), 390; Vism 10,
85, 438; DA I.331; DhsA 47 sq., 213; VbhA 128, 373; DhA I.76 (lokika); II.150; III.272; IV.35. 

Locaka (adj.) [fr. loc. Caus. of luñc; cp. Sk. luñcaka] one who pulls out D I.167 (kesa--massu°, habit of cert. ascetics); M
I.308 (id.). 

Locana1 

Locana1 [fr. loc or lok to see; Dhtp 532 & Dhtm 766: loc= dassana] the eye; adj. (--°) having eyes. (of . . .) Pv I.115
(miga--manda°); PvA 57, 90 (pingala°). 

Locana2 

Locana2 (nt.) [fr. loc. Caus. of luñcati] pulling, tearing out D I.167 (kesa--massu°); A I.296; Pug 55. 

Loceti see luñcati. 

Lo?ana (nt.) [lu?, cp. *Sk. lolana & vilo?ana] shaking, upsetting Dhtm 117. Cp. vi°. 

Lo?a (nt.) [cp. Sk. lava?a, for which see also lava?a. The Prk. form is lo?a] salt; as adj., salty, of salt, alkaline. -- Vin I.202
(lo?ani bhesajjani alkaline medicine, among which are given samudda? ka?alo?a? sindhava? ubbhida? bila? as var. kinds of
salt), 220=243 (as flavouring, with tela, ta?d?ula & khadaniya); A I.210, 250; IV.108; Miln 63; DhA IV.176 (in simile see
below); VvA 98, 100, 184 (alo?a sukkha--kummasa, unsalted). On lo?a in similes cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
  --ambila acid and salt J I.505; II.171, 394. --odaka salt water J VI.37; VvA 99 (°udaka). --kara salt--maker Vin I.350
(°gama); A II.182 (°daraka); J VI.206 (kara); Miln 331. --gha?a a pitcher with salt S II.276. See also App. to KhA 68 (in Sn
Index 870, 871) on Vism passage with lo?agha?aka. --dhupana salt--spicing VbhA 311 (viya sabba vyañjanesu; i. e. the
strongest among all flavourings). --phala a crystal of (natural) salt [phala for pha?a=*spha?a, cp. phalaka] A I.250 (in simile).
--rasa alkaline taste A IV.199, 203. --sakkhara a salt crystal (cp. °phala), a (solid) piece of (natural) salt S II.276 (in simile, cp.
A I.250); SnA 222 (aggimhi pakkhitta l--s., in the same simile at DhA IV.176: uddhane pakkhitta--lo?a). --sakkharika a
piece of salt--crystal, used as a caustic for healing wounds Vin I.206. --soviraka salted sour gruel Vin I.210; VvA 99. 

Lo?ika & Lo?iya (adj.) [fr. lo?a] salty, alkaline Dhs 629. --lo?iya--teliya prepared with salt & oil J III.522; IV.71.
--alo?ika unsalted 426 (°aka); VvA 184; J I.228; III.409. 

Lodda [cp. *Sk. rodhra; on sound changes see Geiger, P.Gr. 44, 622] N. of a tree J V.405; VI.497. 

Lopa [fr. lup: see lumpati] taking away, cutting off; as tt. g. apocope, elision (of the final letter) VbhA 164
(sabba--loka--vohara°); SnA 12, 303, 508; VvA 79; often in anunasika° dropping of (final) ? SnA 410; VvA 154, 275. At S
V.342 read pi?d?iy 'alopena for pi?d?iya lopena. -- Cp. alopa, nillopa, vilopa, vilopiya. 

Lobha [cp. Vedic & Epic Sk. lobha; fr. lubh: see lubbhati] covetousness, greed. Defined at Vism 468 as "lubbhanti tena,
saya? va lubbhati, lubbhana--mattam eva va ta?," with several comparisons following. <-> Often found in triad of lobha,
dosa, moha (greed, anger, bewilderment, forming the three principles of demerit: see kusala--mula), e. g. at A IV.96; It 83,
84; Vism 116; Dukp 9, 18 sq. See dosa & moha. -- D III.214, 275; S I.16, 43, 63, 123 (bhava°); V.88; A I.64 (°kkhaya), 160
(visama°), cp. D III.70 sq.; II.67; Sn 367, 371, 537 (°kodha), 663, 706, 864, 941 (°papa); Nd1 15, 16, 261; J IV.11 (kodha, dosa,
l.); Dhs 982, 1059; Vbh 208, 341, 381, 402; Nett 13, 27; Vism 103; VbhA 18; PvA 7, 13, 17, 89 (+dosa), 102; VvA 14; Sdhp
52 (°moha), 266. --alobha disinterestedness D III.214; Dhs 32.
  --dhamma (pl.) affection of greed, things belonging to greed; (adj.) (of) greedy character M I.91; III.37; D I.224, 230; S
IV.111; A III.350; J IV.11. --mula the root of greed Vism 454 (eightfold; with dosa--mula & moha--mula). 

Lobhana (nt.) [fr. lobha] being greedy Th 2, 343 (=lobh' uppada ThA 240). 

(adj.) [grd. formation fr. lobha] 1. belonging to greed "of the nature of greed" causing greed It 84 (°eyya). See rajaniya. -- 2.
desirable Miln 361 (paduma). 

Loma (nt.) [cp. Vedic roman. The (restituted) late P. form roma only at J V.430; Abhp 175, 259; Sdhp 119] the hair of the
body (whereas kesa is the hair of the head only) D II.18 (ekeka°, uddhagga°, in characteristics of a Mahapurisa); S II.257 (asi°,
usu°, satti° etc.); A II.114; Vin III.106 (usu° etc.); Sn 385; J I.273 (khaggo lomesu alliyi); VbhA 57; DhA I.126; II.17   (°ga?ana); ThA 199; VvA 324 (sukara°); PvA 152, 157; Sdhp 104. A detailed description of loma as one of the 32 akaras of
the body (Kh III.; pl. loma) is found at Vism 250, 353; VbhA 233; KhA 42, 43. --aloma hairless J VI.457; puthu° having broad
hair or fins, name of a fish J IV.466; Vv 4411. ha??ha° with hairs erect, excited Mhvs 15, 33. -- On loma in similes see J.P.T.S.
1907, 131. --loma? pateti to let one's hair drop, as a sign of subduedness or modesty, opp. to horripilation [pateti formed fr.
pat after wrong etym. of panna in panna--loma "with drooping hairs," which was taken as a by--form of patita: see
panna--loma]: Vin II.5 (=pannalomo hoti C.); III.183; M I.442. <-> Cp. anu°, pa?i°, vi°.
  --kupa a pore of the skin J I.67; KhA 51, 63; SnA 155 (where given as 99,000) Vism 195 (id.). --padmaka a kind of plant J
VI.497 (reading uncertain; v. l. lodda°). --sundari (f.) beautiful with hairs (on her body) J V.424 (Kurangavi l.; expld on p. 430
as "roma--rajiya ma?d?ita udara"). --ha?sa horripilation, excitement with fear or wonder, thrill D I.49; A IV.311 sq. (sa°); Sn
270; Vbh 367; Miln 22; Vism 143; DA I.150. --ha?sana causing horripilation, astounding, stupendous Sn 681; J IV.355
(abbhuta+); Pv III.93; IV.35; Miln 1; Mhvs 17, 55 (abbhuta+). --ha??ha having the hair standing on end, horrified,
thunderstruck, astounded D I.95; S V.270; Sn p. 15; Miln 23; SnA 155; cp. ha??ha--loma above. 

Lomaka (--°) (adj.) [fr. loma] having hair, in cpd. caturanga° having fourfold hair (i. e. on the diff. parts of the body?) Vin
IV.173. It may refer to the 5 dermatoid constituents of the body (see pañcaka) & thus be characteristic of outward appearance.
We do not exactly see how the term caturanga is used here. -- Cp. anulomika. 

Lomasa (adj.) [cp. Vedic romasa] hairy, covered with hair, downy, soft M I.305; Pv I.92. At J IV.296 lomasa is expld as
pakkhino, i. e. birds; reading however doubtful (vv. ll. lomaha?sa & lomassa). 

Lomin (--°) (adj.) [fr. loma] having hair, in cpds. ekanta° & uddha°, of (couch--) covers or (bed) spreads: being made of
hair altogether or having hair only on top Vin I.192=II.163; D I.7; cp. DA I.87. 

(adj.) [fr. lu?: see lu?ati; cp. Epic & Classic Sk. lola] wavering, unsteady, agitated; longing, eager, greedy S IV.111; Sn 22, 922; J
I.49 (Buddha--mata lola na hoti), 111, 210, 339 (dhana--lo?a); II.319 (°manussa); III.7; Pug 65; Nd1 366; Davs IV.44; Miln
300. --alola not greedy, not distracted (by desire), self--controlled S V.148; Sn 65.
  --bhava greediness, covetousness ThA 16. 

Lolata (f.) [fr. lola] longing, eagerness, greed Miln 93; SnA 35 (ahara°). 

Lolita [pp. of loleti] agitated, shaken Th 2, 373 (=alolita ThA 252). 

Lolupa (adj.) [fr. lup, a base of lumpati but influenced by lubh, probably also by lola. See lumpati] covetous, greedy,
self--indulgent Davs II.73. a° not greedy, temperate Sn 165. Cp. nil°. -- f. lolupa as N. of a plant at J VI.537. 

Loluppa (nt.) [abstr. fr. lolupa] greediness, covetousness, self--indulgence, desire; in the language of the Abhidhamma
often syn. with jappa or ta?ha. At DhsA 365 loluppa is treated as an adj. & expld at "punappuna visaye lumpati akad?d?hati ti,"
i. e. one who tears again & again at the object (or as Expos. II.470: repeated plundering, hauling along in the fields of sense). --
J I.340, 429; DhsA 365; Vism 61; & with exegetical synonyms loluppayana & loluppayitatta? at Dhs 1059, 1136. 

Loleti [Caus. fr. lu?, see lu?ati] to make shake or unsteady A III.188 (khobheti+). -- pp. lolita. 

Lo?i see alo?i. 

Loha (nt.) [Cp. Vedic loha, of Idg. *(e)reudh "red"; see also rohita & lohita] metal, esp. copper, brass or bronze. It is often
used as a general term & the individual application is not always sharply defined. Its comprehensiveness is evident from the
classification of loha at VbhA 63, where it is said lohan ti jatiloha?, vijati°, kittima°, pisaca° or natural metal, produced
metal, artificial (i. e. alloys), & metal from the Pisaca district. Each is subdivided as follows: jati°=ayo, sajjha?, suva??a?,
tipu, sisa?, tambaloha?, vekantakaloha?; vijati°=naga--nasika°; kittima°=ka?saloha?, va??a°, araku?a?;
pisaca°=morakkhaka?, puthuka?, malinaka?, capalaka?, selaka?, a?aka?, bhallaka?, dusilohQ. The description ends "Tesu
pañca jatilohani pa?iya? visu? vuttan'eva (i. e. the first category are severally spoken of in the Canon). Tambaloha? vekantakan
ti imehi pana dvihi jatilohehi saddhi? sesa? sabbam pi idha lohan ti veditabba?." -- On loha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
Cp. A III.16=S V.92 (five alloys of gold: ayo, loha, tipu, sisa?, sajjha?); J V.45 (asi°); Miln 161 (suva??am pi jativanta? lohena
bhijjati); PvA 44, 95 (tamba°=loha), 221 (tatta--loha--secana? pouring out of boiling metal, one of the five ordeals in Niraya).
  --ka?aha a copper (brass) receptacle Vin II.170. --kara a metal worker, coppersmith, blacksmith Miln 331. --kumbhi an
iron cauldron Vin II.170. Also N. of a purgatory J III.22, 43; IV.493; V.268; SnA 59, 480; Sdhp 195. --gu?a an iron (or metal)
ball A IV.131; Dh 371 (ma °? gili pamatto; cp. DhA IV.109). --jala a copper (i. e. wire) netting PvA 153. --thalaka a copper
bowl Nd1 226. --thali a bronze kettle DhA I.126. --pasada "copper terrace," brazen palace, N. of a famous monastery at
Anuradhapura in Ceylon Vism 97; DA I.131; Mhvs passim. --pi?d?a an iron ball SnA 225. --bha?d?a copper (brass) ware Vin
II.135. --maya made of copper, brazen Sn 670; Pv II.64. --masa a copper bean Nd1 448 (suva??a--channa). --masaka a small
copper coin KhA 37 (jatu--masaka, daru--masaka+); DhsA 318. --rupa a bronze statue Mhvs 36, 31. --salaka a bronze
gong--stick Vism 283. 

Lohata (f.) [abstr. fr. loha] being a metal, in (suva??assa) aggalohata the fact of gold being the best metal VvA 13. 

Lohita (adj.--nt.) [cp. Vedic lohita & rohita; see also P. rohita "red"] 1. (adj.) red: rarely by itself (e. g. M II.17), usually in
cpds. e. g. °abhijati the red species (q. v.) A III.383; °kasi?a the artifice of red D III.268; A I.41; Dhs 203; Vism 173;
°candana red sandal (unguent) Miln 191. Otherwise rohita. -- 2. (nt.) blood; described in detail as one of the 32 akaras at
KhA 54 sq.; Vism 261, 360; VbhA 245. -- Vin I.203 (amaka°), 205 (°? mocetu?); A IV.135 (sa??hi--mattana? bhikkhuna?
u?ha? l. mukhato uggañchi; cp. the similar passage at Miln 165); Sn 433; Pv I.67; I.91 (expld as ruhira PvA 44); Vism 261
(two kinds; sannicita° and sa?sara?a°), 409 (the colour of the heartblood in relation to states of mind); VbhA 66; PvA 56,
78, 110.
  --akkha having red (blood--shot) eyes (of snakes & yakkhas) Vv 522 (cp. VvA 224: ratta--nayana; yakkhana? hi nettani
ati--lohitani honti); J VI.180. --uppada (the crime of) wounding A Tathagata, one of the anantariya--kammas VbhA 427; cp.
Tathagatassa lohita? uppadeti Miln 214. --uppadaka one who sheds the blood of an Arahant Vin I.89, 136, 320; V.222.  -kumbhi a receptacle for blood Ud 17 (with ref. to the womb). --do?i a bloody trough Vism 358; VbhA 62. --pakkhandika
(or °pakkhandik'abadha) bloody diarrhœa, dysentery M I.316; D II.127; Ud 82; J II.213; Miln 134, 175; DhA III.269. --homa
a sacrifice of blood D I.9; DA I.93. 

Lohitaka (adj.) [fr. lohita] 1. red M II.14; A IV.306, 349; Ap. 1; Dhs 247, 617. --°upadhana a red pillow D I.7; A I.137;
III.50; IV.94, 231, 394; °sali red rice Miln 252. -- 2. bloody Pv I.78 (puti° gabbha); Vism 179, 194. 

Lohitanka [lohita+anka] a ruby A IV.199, 203; Ap 2; Vv 363; VvA 304. See masaragalla for further refs. <-> Note.
The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk.; a later term for "ruby" is lohitaka. In the older language lohitanga denotes the
planet Mars. 

                                                ?.

?iyati is given at Dhtp 361 as a variant of d?i is given at Dhtp 361 as a variant of d?i to fly (see d?eti), and expld as
"akasa--gamana." Similarly at Dhtm 586 as "vehasa--gamana." 

                                                V.

--V-- euphonic (sandhi--) consonant, historically justified after u (uv from older v), as in su--v--anaya easy to bring (S
I.124); hence transferred to i, as in ti--v--angika threefold (Dhs 161), and ti--v--angula three inches wide (Vism 152, 408);
perhaps also in anu--v--icca (see anuvicca). 

Va1 

Va1 the syllable "va" KhA 109 (with ref. to ending °va in Bhagava, which Bdhgh expls as "va--kara? digha? katva," i. e. a
lengthening of va); SnA 76 (see below va3). 

Va2 

Va2 (indecl.) [the enclitic, shortened form of iva after long vowels. Already to be found for iva in RV metri causa^] like, like
as, as if; only in poetry (as already pointed out by Trenckner, Miln 422): It 84 (talapakka? va bandhana), 90 (chavalata? va
nassati); Dh 28; Sn 38 (va?so visalo va: see C. expln under va3); Pv I.81 (ummatta--rupo va; =viya PvA 39); I.116 (na?o va
chinno); Miln 72 (chaya va anapayini); J III.189 (kusamuddo va ghosava); IV.139 (aggîva suriyo va); DhA III.175. 

Va3 

Va3 (indecl.) [for eva, after long vowels] even, just (so), only; for sure, certainly Dh 136 (aggi--dad?d?ho va tappati); J I.138,
149 (so pi suva??a--va??o va ahosi), 207; SnA 76 (vakaro avadhara?'attho eva--karo va aya?, sandhi--vasen'ettha e--karo
na??ho: wrong at this passage Sn 38 for va2=iva!); PvA 3 (eko va putto), 4 (ñatamatta va). 

Va4 

Va4 is (metrically) shortened form of va, as found e. g. Dh 195 (yadi va for yadi va); or in correlation va--va either--or: Dh
108 (yi??ha? va huta? va), 138 (abadha? va cittakkhepa? va papu?e). 

Va?sa [Vedic va?sa reed, bamboo (R.V.)] 1. a bamboo Sn 38 (va?so visalo va; va?so expld at Nd2 556 as "ve?ugumba," at
SnA 76 as "ve?u"), ibid. (°ka?ira); J VI.57; Vism 255 (°ka?ira); KhA 50 (id.). -- 2. race, lineage, family A II.27 (ariya° of noble
family); S V.168 (ca?d?ala°); J I.89, 139; IV.390 (ca?d?ala°); V.251 (uju°); Mhvs 4, 5 (pitu--ghataka--va?so a parricidal race). -- 3.
tradition, hereditary custom, usage, reputation Miln 148 (acariya°), 190 (Tathagatana?); KhA 12 (Buddha°); Dpvs 18, 3
(saddhamma°--kovida thera). --va?sa? naseti to break family tradition J V.383; va?sa? ucchindati id. J V.383; or
upacchindati J IV.63; opp. pati??hapeti to establish the reputation J V.386. -- 4. dynasty Mhvs 36, 61 (kassa v. ?hassati).-- 5.
a bamboo flute, fife Miln 31; VvA 210. -- 6. a certain game, at D I.6 in enumn of pastimes and tricks (ca?d?alava?sa--dhopana),
a passage which shows an old corruption. Bdhgh at DA I.84 takes each word separately and explQ va?sa as "ve?u? ussapetva
ki?ana?" (i. e. a game consisting in raising a bamboo; is it climbing a pole? Cp. va?sa--ghatika "a kind of game" Divy 475),
against Dial. I.9 "acrobatic feats by Ca?d?alas." Cp. J IV.390 in same passage. Franke (Digha trsln) has "bamboo--tricks"; his
conjecture as "va?sa--dhamana?," playing the bamboo pipe (cp. Miln 31: "va?sadhamaka"), as oldest reading is to be pointed
out. <-> On va?sa in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 134.
  --agata come down fr. father to son, hereditary Mhvs 23, 85. --a^nupalaka guarding tradition Sdhp 474 (ariya°).
--a^nurakkhaka preserving the lineage, carrying on the tradition J IV.444; Vism 99 (+pave?i--palaka); DhA III.386. --coraka
N. of a certain kind of reed (cp. coraka: plant used for perfume) J V.406 (C. for ve?uka). --ja belonging to a race Mhvs 1, 1
(suddha°). --ñña born of good family A II.27. --dhara upholding tradition Miln 164. --dhara?a id. Miln 226. --nalaka
bamboo reed KhA 52, 59 (with note Sn Index p. 870: na?aka). --na?a id. Miln 102. --raga the colour of bamboo, a term for
the ve?uriya gem J IV.141. --va??a the ve?uriya gem Abhp 491. 

Va?sika (--°) (adj.) [fr. va?sa] descended from, belonging to a family (of) S V.168 (ca?d?ala°). 

Vaka1 

Vaka1 [Vedic v?ka, Idg. *?I°q?o=Lat. lupus, Gr. lu/kos, Lith. vilkas, Goth. wulfs=E. wolf etc.] wolf, only in poetry Sn 201; J
I.336; II.450; V.241, 302. 

Vaka2 

Vaka2 (indecl.): a root vak is given at Dhtp 7 & Dhtm 8 in meaning "adane," i. e. grasping, together with a root kuk as
synonym. It may refer to vaka1 wolf, whereas kuk would explain koka wolf. The notion of voraciousness is prevalent in the
characterization of the wolf (see all passages of vaka1, e. g. J V.302). 

Vakula [cp. *Sk. vakula] a tree (Mimusops elengi) J V.420. 

Vakka1 

Vakka1 (adj.) [Vedic vakra; the usual P. form is vanka] crooked J I.216. 

Vakka2 

Vakka2 (nt.) [Vedic v?kka] the kidney Sn 195; Kh III.; Miln 26; DhsA 140. In detail described as one of the 32 akaras at Vism
255, 356; VbhA 60, 239, 356.
  --pañcaka the series of five (constituents of the body) beginning with the kidney. These are vakka, hadaya, yakana,
kilomaka, pihaka: VbhA 249. 

Vakkanga [vakka?+ga] a term for bird, poetically for saku?a J I.216 (tesa? ubhosu passesu pakkha vanka jata ti
vakkanga C.). 

Vakkhati is fut. of vac: he will say, e. g. at Vin II.190; IV.238. See vatti. 

Vakkala [cp. BSk. valkala (e. g. Jtm 210): see vaka] 1. the bark of a tree J II.13 (°antara); III.522. -- 2. a bark garment
(worn by ascetics): see vakkali. 

Vakkalaka ("bark--like," or "tuft"?) is at KhA 50 as the Vism reading, where KhA reads da?d?a. The P.T.S. ed. of Vism
(p. 255) reads wrongly cakkalaka. 

Vakkali [in compn for in] wearing a garment of bark, an ascetic, lit. "barker" J II.274 (°sadda the sound of the
bark--garment--wearer). See also Np. Vakkali. 

Vakkalika (adj.) (--°) [fr. vakkala] in danta° peeling bark with one's teeth, designation of a cert. kind of ascetics DA
I.271. 

Vagga1 

Vagga1 [Vedic varga, fr. v?j; cp. Lat. volgus & vulgus (=E. vulgar) crowd, people] 1. a company, section, group, party Vin
I.58 (du°, ti°), 195 (dasa° a chapter of 10 bhikkhus). -- 2. a section or chapter of a canonical book DhA I.158
(eka--vagga--dvi--vagga--mattam pi); DhsA 27.
  --uposatha celebration (of the uposatha) in groups, "incomplete congregation" (trsln Oldenberg) Dpvs 7, 36. More likely to
vagga2! --gata following a (sectarian) party (Bdhgh identifies this with the 62 di??higatika SnA 365) S I.187; Sn 371.
--bandha, in instr. °ena group by group Mhvs 32, 11. --bandhana banded together, forming groups DhA IV.93, 94. --vagga
in crowds, confused, heaped up J VI.224; PvA 54. --vadaka taking somebody's part Vin III.175. --sarin conforming to a
(heretic) party Sn 371, 800, 912; Nd1 108, 329. 

Vagga2 

Vagga2 (adj.--nt.) [vi+agga, Sk. vyagra; opposed to samagga] dissociated, separated; incomplete; at difference, dissentious
Vin I.111 sq., 129, 160; IV.53 (sangha); A I.70 (parisa); II.240. -- instr. vaggena separately, secessionally, sectariously Vin
I.161; IV.37, 126.
  --arama fond of dissociation or causing separation M I.286; It 11 (+adhamma--??ha; trsln Seidenstücker not quite to the
point: rejoicing in parties, i. e. vagga1) =Vin II.205. --kamma (ecclesiastical) act of an incomplete chapter of bhikkhus Vin
I.315 sq. (opp. sam<-> agga--kamma). --rata=°arama. 

to which belong Oicel. valka to roll; Ags. wealkan=E. walk] to jump Vv 64Q (expld at VvA 278 as "kadaci pade pada?"
[better: padapada??] nikkhipanta vagganena gamane [read: vagga--gamanena] gacchanti); J II.335, 404; IV.81, 343; V.473. 

Vaggatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vagga2] distraction, dissension, secession, sectarianism Vin I.316 (opp. samaggatta). 

Vaggana see vaggati see vaggati (ref. of Vv 649). 

Vaggiya (--°) (adj.) [fr. vagga1] belonging to a group, forming a company, a party of (--°), e. g. pañcavaggiya thera J I.57,
82; bhikkhu M I.70; II.94; chabbaggiya bhikkhu (the group of 6 bh.) Vin I.111 sq., 316 sq. & passim; sattarasa--vaggiya
bhikkhu (group of 17) Vin IV.112. 

Vaggu (adj.) [cp. Vedic valgu, fr. valg; freq. in combn with vadati "to speak lovely words"] lovely, beautiful, pleasant,
usually of sound (sara) D II.20 (°ssara); S I.180, 190; Sn 350, 668; Vv 53, 361, 364 (°rupa), 5018 (gira), 636, 6410 (ghoso
suvaggu), 6420, 672, 8417; Pv I.113; II.121; III.34; J II.439; III.21; V.215; Sdhp 245. The foll. synonyms are frequently given in
VvA & PvA as explns of vaggu: abhirupa, caru, madhura, rucira, savaniya, siniddha, sundara, sobha?a.
  --vada of lovely speech or enunciation Sn 955 (=madhura--vada, pemaniya--vada, hadayangama°,
karavikaruda--mañju--ssara Nd1 446). 

Vagguli & °i (m. & f.) [cp. Sk. valguli, of valg to flutter] a bat Vin II.148; Miln 364, 404; Vism 663 (in simile); DhA
III.223.
  --rukkha a tree on which bats live Vism 74. --vata "bat--practice," a certain practice of ascetics J I.493; III.235; IV.299. 

Vanka (adj.--n.) [cp. Vedic vanka & vakra bending; also Ved. vanku moving, fluttering, walking slant; vañcati to waver,
walk crooked. Cp. Lat. con--vexus "convex," Ags. wo¯h "wrong," Goth. wahs; Ohg. wanga cheek, and others. -- The Dhtp 5 gives
"ko?ilya" as meaning of vank. Another Pali form is vakka (q. v.). The Prk. forms are both vakka & vanka: Pischel, Prk. Gr. §
74], I. (adj.). -- 1. crooked, bent, curved M I.31 (+jimha); S IV.118 (read v--da?d?a); Vin II.116 (sutta vanka honti); J I.9 (of
kaja); IV.362 (°da?d?a), PvA 51. With ref. to a kind of vi?a at VvA 281. -- 2. (fig.) crooked, deceitful, dishonest J III.313 (of
crows: kakana? nama? C.); VI.524; Pv IV.134 (a°); Sn 270 (probably to be read dhanka as SnA 303, =kaka). -- 3. doubtful,
deceitful, deceptive, i. e. haunted Vv 843, cp. VvA 334. -- II. (m.) -- 1. a bend, nook, curve (of ponds) J II.189; VI.333
(sahassa°). -- 2. a hook J V.269. -- 3. a fishhook D II.266; Th 1, 749; J VI.437. -- On vanka in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
  --angula a crooked finger A III.6. --a^tivankin having curves upon curves (in its horns), with very crooked antlers J I.160
(said of a deer). --gata running in bends or crooked (of a river) J I.289. --ghasta (a fish) having swallowed the hook D II.266; J
VI.113. --chidda a crooked hole DA I.112. --da?ha having a bent fang (of a boar) J II.405. 

Vankaka (nt.) [fr. vanka] a sort of toy: Rh. D. "toyplough" (Dial. I.10); Kern "miniature fish--hook" (Toev. s. v.). Rh. D.
derives it fr. Sk. v?ka (see P. vaka1). Bdhgh at DA I.86 takes it as "toy--plough." See D I.6; Vin II.10 (v. l. vangaka & vankata);
III.180 (v.l. cangaka); A V.203 (T. vanka; v. l. vankaka); Miln 229. At ThA 15 vankaka is used in general meaning of
"something crooked" (to explain Th 2, 11 khujja), which is specified at Th 1, 43 as sickle, plough and spade. 

Vankata (f.) & Vankatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vanka] crookedness A 1 112 (tt); Dhs 1339; VbhA 494. 


Vankeyya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. vanka] "of a crooked kind," crooked--like; nt. twisting, crookedness, dishonesty M
I.340; A IV.189; V.167. 

Vanga at DA I.223 is syn. with ka?a and means some kind of fault or flaw. It is probably a wrong spelling for vanka. 

Vangati [cp. *Sk. vangati, to which belongs vañjula. Idg. *?ag to bend; cp. Lat. vagor to roam, vagus=vague; Ohg.
wankon to waver] to go, walk, waver; found only in Dhtp (No. 29) as root vang in meaning "gamana." Perhaps confused with
valg; see vaggati. 

Vaca (nt.) a kind of root Vin I.201=IV.35. Cp. vacattha. 

Vacata (f.) [abstr. fr. vaco] is found only in cpd. dubbacata surliness J I.159. 

see vatti. 

Vacattha (nt.) a kind of root Vin I.201=IV.35. 

Vacana (nt.) [fr. vac; Vedic vacana] 1. speaking, utterance, word, bidding S II.18 (ala? vacanaya one says rightly); IV.195
(yatha bhuta?); A II.168; Sn 417, 699, 932, 984, 997; Miln 235; Pv II.27; SnA 343, 386. -- mama vacanena in my name PvA
53. -- dubbacana a bad word Th 2, 418 (=dur--utta--vacana ThA 268). --vacana? karoti to do one's bidding J I.222, 253.
<-> 2. (t. t. g.) what is said with regard to its grammatical, syntactical or semantic relation, way of speech, term, expression, as:
amantana° term of address KhA 167; SnA 435; paccatta° expression of sep. relation, i. e. the accusative case SnA 303; piya°
term of endearment Nd2 130; SnA 536; puna° repetition SnA 487; vattamana° the present tense SnA 16, 23; visesitabba°
qualifying (predicative) expression VvA 13; sampadana° the dative relation SnA 317. At SnA 397 (combd with linga and
other terms) it refers to the "number," i. e. singular & plural.
  --attha word--analysis or meaning of words Vism 364; SnA 24. --kara one who does one's bidding, obedient; a servant Vv
165; 8421; J II.129; IV.41 (vacana?--kara); V.98; PvA 134. --khama gentle in words S II.282; A IV.32. --pa?ivacana speech
and counterspeech (i. e. reply), conversation DhA II.35; PvA 83, 92, 117. --patha way of saying, speech M I.126 (five ways, by
which a person is judged: kalena va akalena va, bhutena & a°, sa?hena & pharusena, attha--sa?hitena & an°, mettacitta &
dosantara); A II.117, 153; III.163; IV.277, cp. D III.236; Vv 6317 (=vacana VvA 262); SnA 159, 375. --bheda variance in
expression, different words, kind of speech SnA 169, cp. vacanamatte bhedo SnA 471. --vyattaya distinction or specification
of expression SnA 509. --sampa?iggaha "taking up together," summing up (what has been said), résumé KhA 100. --sesa the
rest of the words PvA 14, 18, 103. 

Vacaniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. vacana] to be spoken to, or to be answered D I.175; Sn p. 140. 

Vacasa (adj.) (--°) [the adj. form of vaco=vacas] having speech, speaking, in cpd. saddheyya° of credible speech,
trustworthy Vin III.188. 

Vaci (°--) [the composition form of vaco] speech, words; rare by itself (and in this case re--established from cpds.) and
poetical, as at Sn 472 (yassa vaci khara; expld at SnA 409 by "vaca"), 973 (cuditoQ vacihi=vacahi SnA 574). Otherwise in cpds,
like: --gutta controlled in speech Sn 78. --para one who excels in words (not in actions), i. e. a man of words J II.390.
--parama id. D III.185. --bheda "kind of words," what is like speech, i. e. talk or language Vin IV.2; Miln 231 (meaning here:
break of the vow of speech?); various saying, detailed speech, specification KhA 13; SnA 464, 466. See also vakya--bheda &
vaca? bhindati. --viññatti intimation by language Vism 448; Miln 370; Dhs 637. --vipphara dilating in talk Miln 230, 370.
--samacasa good conduct in speech M II.114; III.45; D III.217. <-> Often coupled (as triad) with kaya° & mano° (=in deed
& in mind; where vaca is used when not compounded), e. g. in (vaci) --kamma (+kaya° & mano°) deed by word M I.373, 417;
III.207; D III.191, 245; °duccarita misbehaviour in words (four of these, viz. musavada, pisu?a vaca, pharusa vaca,
samphappalapa A II.141 D III.52, 96, 111, 214, 217; Nd1 386; Pug 60; DhA I.23; III.417; °sankhara antecedent or requisite
for speech M I.301; A III.350; S IV.293; VbhA 167; Vism 531; °sañcetana intention by word VbhA 144; °sucarita good
conduct in speech A II.141 (the 4: sacca--vaca, apisu?a vaca, sa?ha vaca, manta bhasa). 

(nt.) [Vedic vacas, of vac] speech, words, saying; nom. & acc. vaco Sn 54, 356, 988, 994, 1006, 1057, 1110, 1147; J I.188;
Nd1 553 (=vacana byapatha desana anusandhi); Pv I.1112. instr. vacasa Vin II.95 (dhamma bahussuta honti dhata v.
paricita); III.189; S I.12 (+manasa); Sn 365, 663, 890 (=vacanena Nd1 299); Vism 241; Mhvs 19, 42. -- As adj. (--°) vaca in
combn with du° as dubbaca having bad speech, using bad language, foul--mouthed M I.95; S II.204; A II.147; III.178; V.152
sq.; J I.159; Pug 20; Sdhp 95, 197. Opp. suvaca of nice speech M I.126; A V.24 sq.; Pv IV.133 (=subbaca PvA 230). -- Cp.
vaci & vaca. 

Vacca (nt.) [cp. BSk. vacca? AvS I.254] excrement, f¿ces Vin II.212; IV.229, 265; Vism 250 (a baby's); VbhA 232 (id.),
243; PvA 268. -- vacca? osajjati, or karoti to ease oneself J I.3; PvA 268.
  --ku?i (& ku?i) a privy Vin II.221; J I.161; II.10; Vism 235, 259, 261; VbhA 242; DhA II.55, 56; PvA 266, 268. --kupa a
cesspool Vin II.221; J V.231; Vism 344 sq.; DhA I.180. --gha?a a pot for excrements, chamber utensil, commode Vin
I.157=II.216; M I.207. --do?ika id. Vin II.221. --magga "the way of f¿ces," excrementary canal, opening of the rectum Vin
II.221; III.28 sq., 35; J I.502; IV.30. --sodhaka a privy--cleaner, night--man Mhvs 10, 91. 

Vaccasin (adj.) [cp. Sk. varcasvin & Ved. varcin, having splendour, might or energy, fr. Vedic varcas] energetic, imposing
D I.114 (brahma°; Dial. I.146 "fine in presence, " cp. DA I.282). See also under brahma. <-> Note. The P. root vacc is given
at Dhtm 59 in meaning of "ditti," i. e. splendour. 

Vaccita [pp. of vacceti, Denom. of vacca] wanting to ease oneself, oppressed with vacca Vin II.212, 221. 

Vaccha1 

Vaccha1 [Vedic vatsa, lit. "one year old, a yearling"; cp. Gr. e)/tos year, Sk. vatsara id., Lat vetus old, vitulus calf; Goth. wiprus
a year old lamb=Ohg. widar=E. wether] a calf Dh 284; J V.101; Vism 163 (in simile), 269 (id.; ku?a° a maimed calf); DhsA
62 (with popular etym. "vadati ti vaccho"); VvA 100, 200 (taru?a°). <-> On vaccha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 131.
  --giddhini longing for her calf S IV.181. --gopalaka a cow--herd Vism 28. --danta "calf--tooth," a kind of arrow or javelin M
I.429; J VI.448. --palaka cow--herd Vv 512. 

Vaccha2 

Vaccha2 [=rukkha, fr. v?k?a] a tree; only in mala° an ornamental plant Vin II.12; III.179; Vism 172; DhA II.109. 

Vacchaka [Demin. fr. vaccha1] a (little) calf J III.444; V.93, 433; Miln 282 (as go--vacchaka).
  --palaka a cow--herd J III.444. --sala cow--shed, cowpen J V.93; Miln 282. 

Vacchatara [fr. vaccha; the compar. suffix in meaning "sort of, --like." Cp. Sk. vatsatara] a weaned calf, bullock D I.127,
148; S I.75; A II.207; IV.41 sq.; Pug 56; DA I.294. -- f. vacchatari D I.127; S I.75; Vin I.191; Pug 56. 

Vacchati is fut. of vasati to dwell. 

Vacchara [cp. Class. Sk. vatsara] year Sdhp 239. See the usual sa?vacchara. 

Vacchala (adj.) [cp. Sk. vatsala] affectionate, lit. "loving her calf" ThA 148 (Ap v.64). 

Vaja [Vedic vraja: see vajati] a cattle--fold, cow--pen A III.393; J II.300; III.270, 379; Vism 166, 279; DhA I.126, 396. --
giribbaja a (cattle or sheep) run on the mountain J III.479; as Npl. at Sn 408. 

Vajati [Vedic vraj, cp. Ved. vraja (=P. vaja) & v?jana enclosure=Av. v?r?z&schwamacr;na--, with which cp. Gr.
ei)/rgnumi to enclose, ei(rgmo/s, Lat. vergo to turn; Gaelic fraigh hurdle; Ags. wringan=E. wring=Ger. ringen, E. wrinkle
=Ger. renken, and many others, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. vergo. -- The Dhtp (59) defines vaj (together with aj) by
"gamana"] to go, proceed, get to (acc.), lit. to turn to (cp. v?j, v??akti, pp. v?kta, which latter coincides with v?tta of v?t in P.
vatta: see vatta1 & cp. vajjeti to avoid, vajjita, vajjana etc.) Sn 121, 381, 729 (jatimara?a--sa?sara?), 1143; J III.401; IV.103
(niraya?); Pv IV.172 (Pot. vajeyya); Nd2 423 (=gacchati kamati); Mhvs 11, 35 (imper. vaja as v. l.; T. reads bhaja). See cpds.
anubbajati, upabb°, pabb°, paribb°. 

Vajalla see rajo--vajalla. 

Vajira1 

Vajira1 [cp. Vedic vajira, Indra's thunderbolt; Idg. *?eg=Sk. vaj, cp. Lat. vegeo to thrive, vigeo>vigour; Av. vazra; Oicel.
vakr=Ags. wacor=Ger. wacker; also E. wake etc. See also vajeti] a thunderbolt; usually with ref. to Sakka's (=Indra's)
weapon D I.95=M I.231 (ayasa); Th 1, 419; J I.134 (vajira--purita viya garuka kucchi "as if filled with Sakka's thunderbolt."
Dutoit takes it in meaning vajira2 and trsls "with diamonds"); SnA 225 (°avudha the weapon of Sakka).
  --pa?in having a thunderbolt in his hand (N. of a yakkha) D I.95=M. I.231. 

Vajira2 

Vajira2 (m. & nt.) [cp. Sk. vajra=vajira1] a diamond A I.124 (°ûpamacitta)=Pug 30; Dh 161; J IV.234; Miln 118, 267, 278;
Mhvs 30, 95; KhA 110 (°sankhata--kaya); DhA I.387 (°panti row of diamonds), 392 sq. 

Vaju?a [cp. Sk. vañjula. Given as vañjula at Abhp 553] N. of several plants, a tree (the ratan: Halayudha 2, 46) J V.420. See
also vangati. 

Vajja1 

Vajja1 (nt.) [grd. of vajjati, cp. Sk. varjya] that which should be avoided, a fault, sin D II.38; S I.221; Vin II.87 (thula° a grave
sin); A I.47, 98; IV.140; Ps I.122; Dh 252; VbhA 342 (syn. with dosa and garahitabba); KhA 23 (pa??atti° & pakati°), 24 (id.),
190 (loka°); DA I.181 (=akusala--dhamma). Freq. in phrase: a?umattesu vajjesu bhaya--dassavin "seeing a source of fear even
in the slightest sins" D I.63; S V.187 and passim. --°dassin finding fault Dh 76 (expld in detail at DhA II.107). --anavajja &
savajja, the relation of which to vajja is doubtful, see avajja. 

Vajja2 

Vajja2 (adj.--nt.) [cp. Sk. vadya, grd. of vad] 1. "to be said," i. e. speaking D I.53 (sacca°=sacca--vacana DA I.160). See also
mosa--vajja. -- 2. "to be sounded," i. e. musical instrument J I.500 (°bheri). 

Pot. of vad, see vadati. 

Vajjati1 [v?j, Vedic v??akti & varjati to turn; in etym. related to vajati. Dhtp 547: "vajjane"] to turn etc.; only as Pass. form
vajjati [in form=Ved. v?jyate] to be avoided, to be excluded from (abl.) Miln 227; KhA 160 (°itabba, in pop. etym. of Vajji).
-- Caus. vajjeti (*varjayati) to avoid, to abstain from, renounce Sdhp 10, 11, 200. Cp. pari°, vi°. 

Vajjati2 

Vajjati2 Pass of vad, see vadati. 

Vajjana (nt.) [fr. vajjati] avoidance, shunning Vism 5 (opp. sevana); DhA III.417. 

Vajjaniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. vajjati1] to be avoided, to be shunned; improper Miln 166 (i. e. bad or uneven parts of
the wood), 224. 

Vajjavant (adj.) [vajja1+vant] sinful S III.194. 

Vajjha (adj.) [grd. of vadhati] to be killed, slaughtered or executed; object of execution; meriting death Vin IV.226; Sn 580
(go vajjho viya); J II.402 (cora); VI.483 (=vajjhappatta cora C.); Vism 314; KhA 27. --avajjha not to be slain, scathless Sn 288
(brahma?a); Miln 221=J V.49; Miln 257 (°kavaca invulnerable armour).
  --ghata a slaughterer, executioner Th 2, 242 (cp. ThA 204). --cora a robber (i. e. criminal) waiting to be executed PvA 153.
--pa?aha--bheri the execution drum PvA 4. --bhavapatta condemned to death J I.439. --sukariyo (pl.) sows which had no
young, barren sows (read vañjha°!) J II.406. 

Vajjhaka (adj.) (--°)=vajjha DhsA 239. 

Vajjha (f.) [cp. Sk. vadhya] execution; only in cpd. (as vajjha°) °ppatta condemned to death, about to be executed Vin
IV.226; J II.119, 264; VI.483. 

Vajjheti [Denom. fr. vajjha] to destroy, kill J VI.527 (siro vajjhayitvana). Kern, Toev. s. v. vaddh° proposes reading
vaddhayitvana (of a root vardh to cut), cutting off is perhaps better. The expression is hapax legomenon. 

see etym. under vanka. -- The Dhtp distinguishes two roots vañc, viz. "gamane" (46) and "palambhane" (543), thus giving the
lit. & the fig. meanings] 1. to walk about J I.214 (inf. °itu?=padacara--gamanena gantu? C.). -- 2. Caus. vañceti to cheat,
deceive, delude, elude D I.50; Sn 100, 129, 356; J III.420 (aor. avañci=vañcesi C.); VI.403 (°etu--kama); Pv III.42; Miln 396;
Mhvs 25, 69 (tomara? avañcayi). <-> pp. vañcita. 

Vañcana (nt.) [fr. vañc, cp. Epic Sk. vañcana] deception, delusion, cheating, fraud, illusion D I.5; III.176; A II.209; Sn
242; Pv III.95; Pug 19; J IV.435; DhsA 363 (for maya Dhs 1059); DA I.79; DhA III.403; PvA 193. --vañcana in lit. meaning of
vañcati 1 is found in avañcana not tottering J I.214. 

Vañcanika (adj.) [fr. vañcana] deceiving; a cheat D III.183; Th 1, 940; Miln 290. 

Vañcaniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. vañcana, cp. MVastu II.145: vañcaniya] deceiving, deluding Th 2, 490. 

Vañcita [pp. of vañceti] deceived, cheated J I.287 (vañcit' ammi=vañcita amhi). 

Vañjula see vaju?a. 

Vañjha (adj.) [cp. Epic & later Sk. bandhya] barren, sterile D I.14, 56; M I.271; S II.29 (a°); IV.169; V.202 (a°); Pv III.45
(a°=anipphala C.); J II.406 (°sukariyo: so read for vajjha°); Miln 95; Vism 508 (°bhava); DhA I.45 (°itthi); DA I.105; PvA 31,
82; VvA 149; Sdhp 345 (a°). 

Va?a [cp. Epic Sk. va?a. A root va?, not connected with this va?a is given at Dhtm 106 in meaning "ve?hana": see va?a?sa] the
Indian fig tree J I.259 (°rukkha); III.325; Mhvs 6, 16; DhA I.167 (°rukkha); PvA 113. 

Va?a at Pug 45, 46 (tuccho pi hito puro pi va?o) read ti pihito puro viva?o. See viva?a. 

Va?a?sa [for ava?a?sa: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 661; cp. Sk. avata?sa with t; Prk. vaa?sa] a kind of head ornament, perhaps
ear--ring or garland worn round the forehead Mhvs 11, 28 (C. expls as "ka??apilandhana? va?a?sakan ti vutta? hoti"). Usually
as va?a?saka Vin II.10; III.180; Th 1, 523; Vv 385 (expld as "ratanamaya ka??ika" (pl.) at VvA 174); J VI.488; VvA 178, 189,
209. -- Note. The root va? given as "ve?hana" at Dhtm 106 probably refers to va?a?sa. 

Va?aka [cp. *Sk. va?aka, fr. va?a rope] a small ball or thickening, bulb, tuber; in mu?ala° the (edible) tuber of the lotus J
VI.563 (C. ka?d?aka). 

Va?akara [probably distorted by metathesis from Sk. va?araka. Fr. va?a rope. On etym. of the latter see Walde, Lat. Wtb.
s. v. volvo] a rope, cable J III.478 (nava sa--va?akara). 

Va?uma (nt.) [cp. Vedic vartman, fr. v?t] a road, path D II.8; S IV.52 (chinna°); J III.412; Vism 123 (sa° & a°). Cp.
ubba?uma & pariva?uma. 

Va??a1 

Va??a1 (adj.--nt.) [pp. of v?t, Sk. v?tta in meaning of "round" as well as "happened, become" etc. The two meanings have
become differentiated in Pali: va??a is not found in meaning of "happened." All three Pali meanings are specialized, just as the
pres. va??ati is specialized in meaning "behoves"] 1. round, circular; (nt.) circle PvA 185 (ayata+); KhA 50 (°nali). See cpd.
°anguli. -- 2. (fig.) "rolling on," the "round" of existences, cycle of transmigrations, sa?sara, evolution (=involution) (as
forward or ascending circle of existences, without implying a teleological idea, in contrast to viva??a "rolling back" or
devolution, i. e. a new (descending) cycle of existence in a new aeon with inverted [vi--] motion, so to speak) S III.63; IV.53
(pariyadi??a°), cp. M III.118; Th 1, 417 (sabba°: "all constant rolling on" trsln); SnA 351 (=upadana); DhsA 238. -- There are
3 va??as, (te--bhumaka va??a, see also tiva??a) embracing existence in the stages of kamma--va??a, kilesa° and vipaka°, or
circle of deed, sin & result (found only in Commentarial literature): KhA 189; SnA 510 (tebhumaka°); DhA I.289 (kilesa°);
IV.69 (tebhumaka°). See also Mara; and °dukkha, °viva??a below. -- 3. "what has been proffered," expenditure, alms (as t. t.) J
VI.333 (dana° alms--gift); DhA II.29 (paka° cooked food as alms); VvA 222 (id.); Mhvs 32, 61 (alms--pension); 34, 64
(salaka--va??abhatta). -- Cp. vi°.
  --anguli a rounded (i. e. well--formed) finger; adj. having round fingers Vv 6413 (=anupubbato v., i. e. regularly formed,
VvA 280); J V.207, 215. --angulika same as last J V.204. --a^nugata accompanied by (or affected with) sa?sara J I.91
(dhana). --ûpaccheda destruction of the cycle of rebirths A II.34=It 88; A III.35; Vism 293. --katha discussion about sa?sara
Vism 525; DA I.126; VbhA 133. --kara a worker in brass. The meaning of va??a in this connection is not clear; the same va??a
occurs in °loha ("round" metal?). Kern, Toev. s. v. compares it with Sk. vardhra leather strap, taking va??a as a corruption of
vad?d?ha, but the connection brass>leather seems far--fetched. It is only found at Miln 331. --dukkha the "ill" of
transmigration (a Commentary expression) Vism 315; DhA IV.149; VvA 116. --pa?ighataka(?) (viva??a?) (a devolution)
destroying evolution, i. e. salvation from sa?sara SnA 106. --bhaya fear of sa?sara VbhA 256. --mula the root of sa?sara
DhA III.278. --viva??a (1) evolving and devolving; going round and back again, i. e. all round (a formation after the manner of
reduplicative cpds. like cu??a--vicu??a in intensive--iterative meaning), °vasena in direct and inverse succession, all round,
completely J I.75. Cp. also vatta--pa?ivatta. -- (2) sa?sara in ascending and descending lines, evolution ("involution") and
devolution, or one round of trans<-> migration and the other. It is dogmatically defined at Nett 113 as "va??a? sa?saro
viva??a? nibbana?" (similarly, opposed to va??a at DA I.126) which is however not the general meaning, the viva??a not
necessarily meaning a nibbana stage. See SnA 106 (quoted above); VvA 68. We have so far not found any passage where it
might be interpreted in the comprehensive sense as meaning "the total round of existences, " after the fashion of cpds. like
bhava^bhava. --loha "round metal" (?), one of the 3 kittima--lohani mentioned at VbhA 63 (ka?sa°, va??a°, araku?a); also at
Miln 267 (with ka?a°, tamba° & ka?sa°, where in the trsln Rh. D. does not give a def. expln of the word). 

Va??a2 

Va??a2 ("rained"): see abhiva??a and va??ha (vu??ha); otherwise only at DhA II.265. 

Va??aka (nt.) [fr. v?t, or P. va??a] a cart, in ha??ha° handcart Vin II.276. 

Va??aka (f.) (& va??aka°) [cp. Sk. vartaka & Ved. vartika] the quail M III.159 sq.; J I.172, 208 (va??aka--luddaka); III.312;
DhA III.175 (loc. pl. va??akesu). -- The Va??aka--jataka at J I.208 sq. (cp. J V.414). 

Va??ati [Vedic v?t. The representative of vattati (=Sk. vartate) in specialized meaning. The regular meaning of *vartate
(with va??ana), viz. "turning round," is attached to va??ati only in later Pali & sometimes doubtful. It is found also in the Caus.
va??eti. The defn of va?? (literal meaning) at Dhtp 89 is "va??ana," and at Dhtm 107 "avattana"] 1. to turn round, to move on:
doubtful in "kattha va??a? na va??ati" S I.15; preferably with v. l. as vad?d?hati. -- Caus. I. va??eti to turn or twist J I.338 (rajju?);
to cause to move or go on (in weaving; tasara? v. to speed the shuttle) SnA 265, 266. Should we read vad?d?heti? Cp. ava??eti. --
Caus. II. va??apeti to cause to turn J I.422. -- 2. to be right or fit or proper, to behove; it ought to (with infin.); with instr. of
person who ought to do this or that, e. g. silacara--sampannena bhavitu? va??ati J I.188; kataññuna bhavitu? v. J I.122. -- See e.
g. J I.376; II.352, 406; Miln 9; Vism 184; DhA II.38, 90, 168; SnA 414 (vattu? to say); VvA 63, 69, 75; PvA 38 (datu?). The
noun to va??ati is vatta (not va??a!). 

Va??ana (nt.) [fr. v?t, va??ati] turning round Dhtp 89 (in defn of va??ati). Cp. ava??ana. 

Va??ana (f.) [fr. v?t] in °vali is a line or chain of balls ("rounds," i. e. rings or spindles). Reading somewhat doubtful. It
occurs at M I.80, 81 (seyyatha v. eva? me pi??hi--ka??ako unnat'a^vanato hoti; Neumann trsls "wie eine Kugelkette wurde mein
Rückgrat mit den hervor--und zurücktretenden Wirbeln") and at J V.69 (spelt "va??hana--vali--sankasa pi??hi te ninnat'unnata,"
with C. expln "pi??hika--??hane avu?itva ?hapita va??hana--vali--sadisa"). The J trsln by Dutoit gives "einer Reihe von
Spinnwirteln dein Rücken gleicht im Auf und Nieder"; the E. tsrln has "Thy back like spindles in a row, a long unequal curve
doth show." 

Va??ani (f.) [cp. Vedic vartani circumference of a wheel, course] a ring, round, globe, ball Th 2, 395 (va??ani--riva; expld at
ThA 259 as "lakhaya gu?ika viya," trsln Sisters 154: "but a little ball"). 

Va??i (f.) [represents both Epic Sk. varti and v?tti, differentiated derivations from v?t, combining the meanings of
"turning, rolling" and "encircling, round"] 1. a wick S II.86=III.126=IV.213; J I.243 (dipa°); DhA 393; ThA 72 (Ap. V.45: nom.
pl. va??ini); Mhvs 32, 37; 34, 35. -- 2. enclosure, lining, film, skin Vism 258 (anta° entrails), 262 (udara°); J I.260 (anta°, so
read for °vaddhi). -- 3. edge, rim, brim, cireumference Vin  II.120 (aggala° of the door), 148 (id.); S III.141 (patta° of a vase or bowl); IV.168 (id.); DhA II.124 (nemi°). Often as
mukha--va??i outer rim, border, lining, e. g. cakkava?a° J I.64, 72; DhA I.319; III.209; patt° J V.38; pasada° DhsA 107. -- 4.
strip, fringe Vin II.266 (dussa°); J V.73 (camma°); Mhvs 11, 15. -- 5. a sheath, bag, pod J III.366 (ti?a°); Mhvs 26, 17 (marica°
red pepper pod); DhA IV.203 (re?u°). -- 6. a lump, ball DhA III.117 (pubba°, of matter). -- 7. rolling forth or along, a gush (of
water), pour J I.109 (or to v???). 

Va??ika (f.) [va??i+ka, cp. Class. Sk. vartika] 1. a wick Mhvs 30, 94. -- 2. a brim Mhvs 18, 28. -- 3. a pod Mhvs 26, 16
(marica°). 

Va??in (--°) (adj.) in mu?d?a° porter (?) is not clear. It is a dern fr. va??i in one or the other of its meanings. Found only at
Vin II.137, where it is expld by Bdhgh as "ve??hin." It may belong to va?a?sa or va?a (rope): cp. Dhtm 106 "ve?hana" for
va?a?sa. 

Va??ula (adj.) [fr. v?t, cp. late Sk. vartula] circular Abhp 707. 

Va??ha [pp. of vassati, for the usual vu??ha] rained, in nava° newly rained upon DhA I.19 (bhumi). 

Va?hara (adj.) [cp. BSk. va?hara MVastu II.65. A root va?h is given at Dhtm 133 in meaning "thulattane bhave" i. e.
bulkiness] bulky, gross Abhp 701. 

Vad?d?ha (nt.) [fr. v?dh] wealth, riches J III.131 (vad?d?ha? vad?d?hata?, imper.). Or should we read va??a? <-> Vad?d?ha is
used as Np. at KhA 119, perhaps in meaning "prosperous." 

Vad?d?haka [fr. vad?d?heti] 1. augmenting, increasing, i. e. looking after the welfare of somebody or something, one who
superintends J I.2 (rasi° the steward of an estate). -- 2. a maker of, in special sense (civara° robecutter, perhaps fr. vardh to
cut: see vaddheti) a tailor J I.220. 

Vad?d?haki (& °i) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vardhaki & vardhakin; perhaps from vardh to cut: see vaddheti] a carpenter,
builder, architect, mason. On their craft and guilds see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 181 sq.; Mrs. Rh. D. Cambridge Hist. Ind.
I.206. -- The word is specially characteristic of the Jatakas and other popular (later) literature J I.32, 201, 247; II.170; VI.332
sq., 432; Ap. 51; DhA I.269; IV.207; Vism 94; PvA 141; Mhbv 154. --i??ha° a stonemason Mhvs 35, 102; nagara° the city
architect Miln 331, 345; brahma?a° a brahmin carpenter J IV.207; maha° chief carpenter, master builder Vism 463. In
metaphor ta?ha the artificer lust DhA III.128.
  --gama a carpenter village J II.18, 405; IV.159. 

Vad?d?hati [Vedic vardhati, v?dh, cp. Av. v?r?daiti to increase. To this root belongs P. uddha "high up" (=Gr. orqo/s
straight). Defd at Dhtp 109 simply as "vad?d?hane"] primary meaning "to increase" (trs. & intrs.); hence: to keep on, to prosper,
to multiply, to grow S I.15 (read vad?d?h° for va??°); II.206 (va??ena); IV.73, 250; A V.249 (paññaya); Sn 329 (pañña ca sutañ
ca); J III.131 (pora?a? vad?d?ha? vad?d?hata?, imper. med. 3rd sg.); V.66 (sada so vad?d?hate raja sukka--pakkhe va candima); Pv
I.12 (data puññena v.); Pug 71; Miln 9; Mhvs 7, 68 (putta--dhitahi vad?d?hitva having numerous sons & daughters); 22, 73
(ubho vad?d?hi?su daraka, grew up); SnA 319; PvA 94. -- ppr. vad?d?hamana (1) thriving KhA 119 (read as Vad?d?h°, Np.); -- (2)
increasing J I.199 (putta--dhitahi); Mhvs 23, 34 (°chayaya? as the shadows increased). -- See also pari°. -- pp. vad?d?ha,
vaddha, vud?d?ha, vuddha, bud?d?ha. -- Caus. I. vad?d?heti, in many shades of meaning, all based upon the notion of
progressive motion. Thus to be translated in any of the foll. senses: to increase, to make move on (cp. vv. ll. va??eti), to bring on
to, to further; to take an interest in, to indulge in, practise; to be busy with, cause to prosper; to arrange; to make for; and in a
general sense "to make" (cp. derivation vad?d?haka "maker," i. e. tailor; vad?d?haki id., i. e. carpenter; vad?d?hana, etc.). The latter
development into "make" is late. -- 1. to increase, to raise Sn 275 (raja?); DA I.115; Mhvs 29, 66 (mangala? to raise the chant);
PvA 168 (+bruheti). -- 2. to cultivate (vipassana? insight) J I.117 (aor. °esi); PvA 14. -- 3. to rear, to bring up Mhvs 35, 103
(aor. vad?d?hesi). -- 4. (with ref. to food) to get ready, arrange, serve in (loc.) J III.445 (patiya on the dish); IV.67 (karo?iya?),
391. -- 5. to exalt J I.338 (akuline vad?d?hessati). -- 6. to participate in, to practise, attend to, to serve (acc.) S II.109 (tanha?); A
II.54 (ka?asi? to serve the cemetery, i. e. to die again and again: see refs. under ka?asi); Vism 111 (kasi?a?), 152. -- 7. to make
move on, to set into motion (for va??eti?), in tasara? v. SnA 265, 266. -- 8. to take up Mhvs 26, 10 (kunta?). -- pp. vad?d?hita.
-- Caus. II. vad?d?hapeti: 1. to cause to be enlarged Mhvs 35, 119. <-> 2. to cause to be brought up or reared J I.455. -- 3. to
have attended to Vin II.134 (massu?). -- 4. to cause to be made up (of food) J IV.68. 

Vad?d?hana (nt. & adj.) [fr. vad?d?heti; see also vaddhana] 1. increasing, augmenting, fostering; increase, enlargement,
prolongation M I.518 (hayana° decrease & increase); J III.422 (kula°, spelling ddh); Mhvs 35, 73 (ayussa); DhsA 406; PvA 31;
Miln 320 (bala° strengthincreasing); Dhtp 109; Sdhp 361. -- 2. indulgence in, attachment; serving, practising Sn 1084 (takka°);
J I.146 (ka?asi°, q. v. & cp. vad?d?heti 6); Vism 111 (°a^vad?d?hana), 152, 320. Here belong the phrases raja° & loka°. -- 3.
arrangement J VI.11 (pa?havi--vad?d?hanaka--kamma the act of attending to, i. e. smoothing the ground). -- 4. serving for,
enhancing, favouring Pv III.36 (rati--nandi°). -- 5. potsherd [connected with vardh? See vaddheti] J III.226 (C. ka?halika;
uncertain). -- 6. a kind of garment, as pu??a° (full of costliness? but perhaps not connected with vad?d?h° at all) Mhvs 23, 33 &
37 (where C. expls: anagghani eva?namikani vattha--yugani). Cp. vad?d?hamana. 

Vad?d?hanaka (adj.) [fr. vad?d?hana, cp. vad?d?heti 4] serving, in f. °ika a serving (of food), a dish (bhatta°) DhA 188 (so
read for vad?d?hinika). 

Vad?d?hamana (nt.) at Dpvs XI.33 is probably equivalent to vad?d?hana (6) in special sense at Mhvs 23, 33, and
designates a (pair of) special (ly costly) garment(s). One might think of meaning vad?d?heti [BSk. vardhate] "to bid higher (at a
sale)," as in Divy 403; AvS I.36, and explain as "that which causes higher bidding," i. e. very precious. The passage is doubtful. It
may simply mean "costly" (belonging to nandiyava??a?); or is it to be read as va??amana? 

Vad?d?hamanaka (adj.) [ppr. of vad?d?heti+ka] growing, increasing, getting bigger; only in phrase
vad?d?hamanaka--cchayaya (loc.) with growing shade, as the shadows lengthened, when evening drew near DhA I.96, 416;
II.79; Mhvs 19, 40. 

Vad?d?hi (f.) [fr. v?dh, Vedic v?ddhi refreshment etc., which is differentiated in Pali into vuddhi & vad?d?hi] 1. increase,
growth (cp. Cpd. 251 sq.) S IV.250 (ariya°); J II.426 (=phati); Miln 109 (gu?a°); DhsA 327; DhA III.335 (avad?d?hi=parihani).
-- 2. welfare, good fortune, happiness J V.101; VI.330. -- 3. (as t. t.) profit, interest (on money, esp. loans) Th 2, 444
(=i?a--vad?d?hi ThA 271); DA I.212, 270; VbhA 256 (in simile); SnA 179 (°gaha?a). 

Vad?d?hika (adj.) [fr. vad?d?hi] leading to increase, augmenting, prosperous Miln 351 (ekanta°, equal to aparihaniya). 

Vad?d?hita [pp. of vad?d?heti] 1. increased, augmented; raised, enlarged; big Th 1, 72 (su--su°); DA I.115; DhsA 188, 364; J
V.340 (°kaya). -- 2. grown up DhA I.126. <-> 3. brought up, reared J I.455. -- 4. served, indulged, supplied: see ka?asi° (S
II.178 e. g.). 

Va?a (nt. & m.) [cp. Vedic vra?a; Serbian rana; Obulg. var¯e, both "wound"] a wound, sore Vin I.205 (m.), 218 (va?o
ru?ho); III.36 (m; angajate), 117 (angajate); S IV.177 (va?a? alimpeti); A V.347 sq., 350 sq.; 359; Nd2 540; PugA 212
(pura?a--va?a--sadisa--citto); DhA II.165 (°? bandhati to bandage); VvA 77; PvA 80; Sdhp 395. On va?a in similes see
J.P.T.S. 1907, 132.
  --alepana putting ointment on a sore SnA 58 (in sim.). --co?aka a rag for dressing a wound Vism 342; VbhA 361.
--pa?ikamma restoration or healing of a wound DhA II.164. --pa?icchadana dressing of a wound DhA I.375. --pa??a id.,
bandage SnA 100. --bandhana id. Vin I.205. --mukha the opening of a sore A IV.386 (nava °ani); VvA 77 (id.). 

Va?i (f.) [fr. van to desire] wish, request Ud 53; J IV.404 (=yacana C.); cp. J.P.T.S. 1891, 18 See vana2 & cp. va?eti. 

Va?ijja (f.) [Vedic va?ijya, fr. va?ij° (va?ik) merchant, cp. va?ija & va?ibbaka] trade, trading M II.198; Sn 404 (payojaye
dhammika? so va?ijja?); A II.81 sq.; Pv I.56 (no trade among the Petas); J I.169; PvA 47 (tela°); Sdhp 332, 390. -- Five trades
must not be carried on by lay followers of the Buddha, viz. sattha° trade in swords, satta° in living beings, ma?sa° in meat,
majja° in intoxicants, visa° in poisons A III.208, quoted at DA I.235 and SnA 379. 

Va?ita [pp. of *va?eti, Denom. fr. va?a] wounded, bruised Pv II.24; J I.150; Sdhp 395. 

Va?ippattha [va?ik+patha, in meaning patha 2] trading, trade Vin I.229=D II.87=Ud 88 (with ref. to Pa?aliputta). 

Va?ibbaka [va?ibba+ka. The form *va?ibba, according to Geiger, P.Gr. § 461, distorted fr. va?iya, thus "travelling
merchant, wayfarer." Spelling wavers between va?ibb° & vanibb°. The BSk. form is vanipaka, e. g. at AvS I.248; II.37; Divy
83; occurring also as va?iyaka at Divy 83] a wayfarer, beggar, pauper Sn 100 (?); J IV.403, 406 (n); V.172 (=bhojaputta C.;
n); VI.232 (n); DA I.298 (?); PvA 78 (n), 112 (n); VvA 5 (n). Often combd with similar terms in phrase kapa?' addhika
[iddhika] va?ibbaka--yacaka indigents, tramps, wayfarers & beggars, e. g. D I.137 (?); Miln 204 (?); DhA I.105 (?). Other
spurious forms are va?idipaka PvA 120; vanipaka Cp. I.49. 

Va?ibbin (adj.--n.) [fr. *va?ibba] begging, a beggar, tramp J III.312; IV.410 (=yacanto C.). Spelling at both places n. See
also vanin. 

Va?iyati see vaniyati. 

Va?eti [Caus. of van (see etym. under vana2), cp. va?i (vani). It may be derived directly fr. v?, v??ati=P. vu?ati, as shown
by va?imhase. A Denom. fr. vani is vaniyati] to wish, desire, ask, beg J V.27 (spelt va??eti; C. expls as vareti icchati); pres.
med. 1st pl. va?imhase (=Sk. v??imahe) J II.137 (=icchama C.). As vanayati at KhA 111 (vanayati ti vana?). 

Va??a (nt.) [Epic Sk. v?nta] a stalk S III.155=D I.73 (°chinna with its stalk cut); J I.70; Ap 62; Vism 356 (in comparison);
SnA 296; VbhA 60; DhA II.42; IV.112; VvA 44. ava??a (of thana, the breast of a woman) not on a stalk (i. e. well--formed,
plump) J V.155. So to be trsld here, although va??a as medical term is given in BR with meaning "nipple." -- See also talava??a

Va??aka (adj:) (--°) [va??a+ka] having a stalk; a° not fastened on stalks J V.203. 

Va??ati [dial. Sk. va??] to partition, share; is given as root va?? at Dhtp 92, 561 and Dhtm 787 in meaning "vibhajana." --
Another root va?? is found at Dhtm 108 with unmeaning expln "va??'atthe." 

Va??ika (adj.) (--°) [va??a+ika] having a stalk; only in phrase ekato° & ubhato° having a stalk on one or on both sides (of
a wreath) Vin II.10; III.180; DhA I.419. 

Va??a [cp. Vedic var?a, of v?: see vu?ati. Customary definition as "va??ane" at Dhtp 572] appearance etc. (lit. "cover,
coating"). There is a considerable fluctuation of meaning, especially between meanings 2, 3, 4. One may group as follows. -- 1.
colour Sn 447 (meda°); S V.216 (chavi° of the skin); A III.324 (sankha°); Th 1, 13 (nil'abbha°); Vv 4510 (danta°=ivory white);
Pv IV.39; DhA II.3 (aru?a°); SnA 319 (chavi°); VvA 2 (vicitta°); PvA 215. Six colours are usually enumd as va??a, viz. nila
pita lohitaka odata mañje??ha pabhassara Ps I.126; cp. the 6 colours under rupa at Dhs 617 (where ka?aka for
pabbassara); J I.12 (chabba??a--buddha--rasmiyo). Groups of five see under pañca 3 (cp. J I.222). --dubba??a of bad colour,
ugly S I.94; A V.61; Ud 76; Sn 426; It 99; Pug 33; VvA 9; PvA 32, 68. Opp. suva??a of beautiful colour, lovely A V.61; It 99.
Also as term for "silver." -- As t. t. in descriptions or analyses (perhaps better in meaning "appearance") in abl. va??ato by
colour, with sa??hanato and others: Vism 184 ("ka?a va odata va manguracchavi va"), 243=VbhA 225; Nett 27. -- 2.
appearance S I.115 (kassaka--va??a? abhinimminitva); J I.84 (id. with ma?avaka°); Pv II.110 (=chavi--va??a PvA 71); III.32
(kanakassa sannibha); VvA 16; cp. °dhatu. -- 3. lustre, splendour (cp. next meaning) D III.143 (suva??a°, or=1); Pv II.962 (na
koci devo va??ena sambuddha? atirocati); III.91 (suriya°); Vv 291 (=sarir' obhasa VvA 122); PvA 10 (suva??a°), 44. -- 4.
beauty (cp. va??avant) D II.220 (abhikkanta°); M I.142 (id.); D III.68 (ayu+); Pv II.910 (=rupa--sampatti PvA 117).
Sometimes combd with other ideals, as (in set of 5): ayu, sukha, yasa, sagga A III.47; or ayu, yasa, sukha, adhipacca J IV.275, or
(4): ayu, sukha, bala A III.63. -- 5. expression, look, specified as mukha°, e. g. S III.2, 235; IV.275 sq.; A V.342; Pv III.91; PvA
122. <-> 6. colour of skin, appearance of body, complexion M II.32 (parama), 84 (se??ha); A III.33 (dibba); IV.396 (id.); Sn
610 (doubtful, more likely because of its combn with sara to below 8!), 686 (anoma°); Vism 422 (eva?°=odato va samo va).
Cp. °pokkharata. <-> In special sense applied as distinguishing mark of race or species, thus also constituting a mark of class
(caste) distinction & translatable as "(social) grade, rank, caste" (see on term Dial. I.27, 99 sq.; cp. Vedic arya var?a and dasa
var?a RV II.12, 9; III.34, 9: see Zimmer, Altind. Leben 113 and in greater detail Macdonell & Keith, Vedic Index II.247 sq.).
The customary enumn is of 4 such grades, viz. khattiya brahma?a vessa sudda Vin II.239; A IV.202; M II.128, but cp. Dial.
I.99 sq. -- See also Vin IV.243 (here applied as general term of "grade" to the alms--bowls: tayo pattassa va??a, viz. ukka??ha,
majjhima, omaka; cp. below 7); D I.13, 91; J VI.334; Miln 225 (khattiya°, brahma?a°). -- 7. kind, sort Miln 128 (nana°), cp.
Vin IV.243, as mentioned under 6. -- 8. timbre (i. e. appearance) of voice, contrasted to sara intonation, accent; may
occasionally be taken as "vowel." See A I.229 (+sara); IV.307 (id.); Sn 610 (id., but may mean "colour of skin": see 6), 1132
(gira? va??'upasa?hita?, better than meaning "comment"); Miln 340 (+sara). <-> 9. constitution, likeness, property; adj. (--°)
"like": aggi° like fire Pv III.66 (=aggi--sadisa PvA 203). -- 10. ("good impression") praise DhA I.115 (magga°);  usually combd and contrasted with ava??a blame, e. g. D I.1, 117, 174; A I.89; II.3; III.264; IV.179, 345; DA I.37. -- 11. reason
("outward appearance") S I.206 (=kara?a K.S. I.320); Vv 846 (=kara?a VvA 336); Pv IV.16 (id. PvA 220); IV.148.
  --aroha (large) extent of beauty Sn 420. --kasi?a the colour circle in the practice of meditation VbhA 251. --karaka
(ava??e) one who makes something (unsightly) appear beautiful J V.270. --da giving colour, i. e. beauty Sn 297. --dada giving
beauty A II.64. --dasaka the ten (years) of complexion or beauty (the 3rd decade in the life of man) Vism 619; J IV.497. --dasi
"slave of beauty," courtezan, prostitute J I.156 sq., 385; II.367, 380; III.463; VI.300; DhA I.395; IV.88. --dhatu composition or
condition of appearance, specific form, material form, natural beauty S I.131; Pv I.31; PvA 137 (=chaviva??a); DhsA 15.
--patha see va??u°. --pokkharata beauty of complexion D I.114, 115; A I.38; II.203; Pug 66; VbhA 486 (defd); DhA III.389;
PvA 46. --bhu place of praise J I.84 (for °bhumi: see bhu2). --bhuta being of a (natural) species PvA 97. --vadin saying
praise, praising D I.179, 206; A II.27; V.164 sq.; Vin II.197. --sampanna endowed with beauty A I.244 sq., 288; II.250 sq. 

Va??aka (nt.) [fr. va??a] paint, rouge D II.142; Th 1,960; Dpvs VI.70. 

Va??ata (f.) [abstr. fr. va??a] having colour, complexion A I.246 (dubba??ata bad c.); VvA 9. 

Va??ana (f.) [fr. va??eti] 1. explanation, commentary, exposition KhA 11, 145, 227; SnA 65 (pada°); PvA 2. --pa?i°
explanation of the text (as regards meaning of words), purely textual analysis (opp. vinicchayakatha) VbhA 291. -- 2. praise
DhA II.100 (vana°). 

Va??aniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. va??eti] to be described; a° indescribable J V.282. 

Va??avant (adj.) [fr. va??a] beautiful A IV.240 (catummaharajika deva digh'ayuka va??avanto; v. l. °vanta); Pug 34; Pv
III.212 (=rupasampanna PvA 184); DhA I.383. 

Va??ita [pp. of va??eti] 1. explained, commented on SnA 368. -- 2. praised, extolled Pug 69; J I.9; Miln 278 (+thuta &
pasattha); PvA 116 (=pasa?sita), 241; VvA 156 (=pasa?sita). 

Va??in (--°) (adj.) [fr. va??a] 1. having colour Th 1, 1190 (acchara nanattava??iyo "in divers hues"). -- 2. belonging to a
caste, in catu° (suddhi) (purity of) the fourfold castes M II.132. -- 3. having beauty Sn 551 (uttama°). -- 4. having the
appearance of A II.106= Pug 44 (ama°, pakka°); J V.322 (vijju°). 

Va??iya (nt.) [fr. va??eti] colouring; having or giving colour, complexion M I.446 (in phrase assa? assa--damako va??iyañ
ca valiyañ ca anuppavecchati, trsld by Neumann as "lässt der Rossebändiger noch die letzte Strählung und Striegelung
angedeihen"; still doubtful); A III.54 (dubba??iya? bad complexion); It 76 (dub° evil colour). 

Va??u (f.) [cp. late Sk. var?u, N. of a river (--district)] is given at Abhp 663 in meaning of "sand." Occurs only in cpd.
va??upatha a sandy place, quicksand, swamp J I.109; Vv 843 (=valu--kantara VvA 334); Pv IV.32 (=petena nimmita?
mudu--bhumi--magga PvA 250, so read for va??apatha); shortened to va??u at Vv 8411 (where MSS va??a). 

Va??eti [Denom. fr. va??a] 1. to describe, explain, comment on J I.2, 222; KhA 168; SnA 23, 160, 368. <-> 2. to praise,
applaud, extol J I.59, 84; PvA 131 (+pasa?sati). -- pp. va??ita. 

Vata1 

Vata1 (indecl.) [Vedic bata, post--Vedic vata] part of exclamation: surely, certainly, indeed, alas! Vin III.39 (puris'usabho
vat'a^ya? "for sure he is a human bull"); Th 2, 316 (abbhuta? vata vaca? bhasasi); Sn 178, 191, 358; Vv 4713; Pv I.85; J IV.355;
PvA 13, 61, 75, 121. Often combd with other emphatic particles, like aho vata Pv II.945 (=sadhu vata PvA 131); labha vata
no it is surely a gain that Sn 31; DhA II.95; vata bho J I.81. 

Vata2 

Vata2 (m. & nt.) [cp. Vedic vrata vow. fr. v?t, meaning later "milk" (see Macdonell & Keith, Vedic Index II.341)] 1. a
religious duty, observance, rite, practice, custom S I.143, 201; IV.180; A IV.461 (sila, vata, tapas, brahmacariya); V.18; Sn 792,
898; Vv 8424; J III.75; VvA 9; PvA 60. --subbata of good practice Vv 346. Cp. patibbata, silabbata. -- 2. manner of (behaving
like) a certain animal (as a practice of ascetics), e. g. aja° like a goat J IV.318; go° like a cow M I.387; J IV.318; vagguli° bat
practice J I.493; III.235; IV.299; hatthi° elephant behaviour Nd1 92 (here as vatta; see under vatta1).
  --pada an item of good practice, virtue (otherwise called gu?a at Miln 90) J I.202 (where 7 are enumd, viz. devotion to one's
mother & father, reverence towards elder people, speaking the truth, gentle speech, open speech, unselfishness); Miln 90
(where 8 are given in detail, differing from the above). See also vatta1 2. where other sets of 7 & 8 are quoted. --samadana
taking up a (good) practice, observance of a vow J I.157. 

Vatavant (adj.) [vata2+vant] observant of religious duties, devout Sn 624 (=dhuta--vatena samannagata SnA 467); Dh
400 (with same expln at DhA IV.165 as as SnA 467). 

Vati1 

Vati1 (f.) [later Sk. v?ti, fr. v?] a fence J I.153; III.272; V.472; Vism 186 (vati, v. l. vati); SnA 98 (v. l. for gutti), 148 (v. l. for
°vatika). 

Vati2 

Vati2 (f.) [fr. v?, cp. Sk. v?ti] a choice, boon DhA I.190 (pubbe Sama nama vatiya pana karitatta Samavati nama jata). 

Vatika (adj.) (--°) [vata2+ika] having the habit (of), acting like M I.387 (kukkura°). 

Vatika (f.) [fr. vati1] a fence SnA 148 (ka??aka° & rukkha°). 

Vatta1 

Vatta1 (nt.) [orig. pp. of vattati] 1. that which is done, which goes on or is customary, i. e. duty, service, custom, function Vin
II.31; Sn 294, 393 (gaha??ha°); Vism 188 (cetiy'anga?a° etc.); DhA I.92 (acariya°); VbhA 354 (gata--paccagata°); VvA 47
(gama°). -- 2. (for vata2) observance, vow, virtue D III.9 (the 7 vattapadani, diff. from those enumd under vata--pada); Nd1 66
(silañ ca vattañ ca), 92 (hatthi° etc.: see vata2 2), 104 (°suddhi), 106 (id.), 188 (giving 8 dhutangas as vattas).
  --pa?ivatta all kinds of practices or duties J I.67; II.103; III.339; IV.298; Miln 416 (sucarita°); DhA I.13 sq.; II.277; IV.28.
--bbata the usual custom DhA IV.44; C on S I.36 § 2 and on S II.18 § 4 sq. --sampanna one who keeps all observances VbhA
297 (where the foll. vattani are enumd: 82 khuddaka--vattani. 14 maha°, cetiyanga?a°, bodhiyanga?a°, paniyama?a°,
uposathagara°, agantuka°, gamika°). 

Vatta2 

Vatta2 (nt.) [cp. Sk. vaktra & P. vattar] the mouth (lit. "speaker") Pgdp 55 (suci--vatto mah'odaro peto). 

Vatta3 

Vatta3 [vyatta, Sk. vyatta, of vi+a+da] opened wide Vin III.37; J V.268 (vatte mukhe). 

Vatta4 

Vatta4 at J V.443 is corrupt for va??ha cripple. 

Vattaka (adj.) [fr. vatta1] doing, exercising, influencing; in vasa° having power, neg. avasa° having no free will,
involuntary PvA 64. 

Vattati [Vedic vartate; v?t. A differentiated P. form is va??ati. -- Cp. Av. var?t to turn, Sk. vartana turning, vartula=Lat.
vertellum=E. whorl (Ger. wirtel) & vertil; Gr. r(ata/nh; Goth. waírpan=Ger. werden (to become, E. "turn"); Goth.
--waírps=E. --wards; Obulg. vre?teno spindle; and many others (e. g. Lat. vertex, vortex), q. v. Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. verto] to
move, go on, proceed; to happen, take place, to be; to be in existence; to fare, to do Sn p. 13 (parivesana vattati distribution of
food was in progress); Sn 654 (kammana vattati loko keeps up, goes on); Pv II.944 (vatteyya); Miln 338 (na cira? vattate
bhavo). -- grd. vattabba to be proceeded, or simply "to be" Vin II.8 (so read for vatth°): nissaya te v. "thou must remain under
the superintendence of others" (Vin. Texts, II.344). -- Often equal to atthi or (pl.) santi, i. e. is (are), e. g. J VI.504; SnA 100
(ba?ha vedana vattanti); PvA 40. -- ppr. med. vattamana see sep. -- pp. vatta. -- Caus. vatteti to make go on, to keep up,
practise, pursue Sn 404 (eta? vattaya? pursuing this); freq. in phrases vasa? vatteti to exercise power, e. g. PvA 89; and
cakka? vatteti to wield royal power, to govern (cp. expression cakkavattin & see pavatteti) Sn 554, 684 (vattessati), 693
(dhamma--cakka?); J III.412. -- grd. vattitabba to be practised Vin II.32. -- pp. vattita. 

Vattana (nt.) [fr. vattati] moving on, upkeep, existence, continuance Sn 698 (cakka° continuance of royal power); Mhvs 3,
38. 

(f.) [cp. Sk. vartani, fr. v?t] a track, a road J I.196, 395, 429; III.200. --ka?ha° leaving a black trail, Ep. of the fire J III.140. 

Vattamana (adj.--nt.) [ppr. med. of vattati] being in existence, going on, happening at the time; nt. process, progress, (as
°--) in progress SnA 4 (°uppanna); PvA 55. --°vacana the present tense SnA 16, 23. 

Vattamanaka (adj.) [fr. last] going on, being, existing; °bhave in the present existence or period Miln 291. 

Vattar [n. ag. of vatti, vac] one who speaks, a sayer, speaker M I.470; S I.63; II.182; VI.94, 198; D I.139; A IV.32; V.79 sq.,
226 sq.; Th 1, 334 (read ariya--vatta for ° vata); J I.134; SnA 272; PvA 15. 

Vatti [Vedic vakti, vac] to speak, say, call; pres. not found (for which vadati); fut. 1st sg. vakkhami J I.346; 3rd vakkhati S
I.142; J I.356; II.40; VI.352; VbhA 51; 1st pl. vakkhama S IV.72; M III.207; Vism 170, 446; 3rd vakkhanti Vin II.1; pte. fut.
vakkhamana PvA 18. -- aor. 1st sg. avaca? J III.280; DhA III.194, & avoca? Th 2, 124; Vv 797; S I.10; DhA III.285; 2nd
avaca Th 2, 415, avoca Dh 133, & avacasi Vv 357; 539; 3rd avaca J I.294; Pv II.319; PvA 65 (ma a.); avoca Th 2, 494; S
I.150; Sn p. 78; J II.160; PvA 6, 31, 49, & avacasi J VI.525; 1st pl. avacumha & avocumha M II.91; III.15; 2nd avacuttha
Vin I.75 (ma a.); II.297; J II.48; DhA I.73; IV.228, & avocuttha J I.176; Miln 9; 3rd pl. avacu? J V.260, & avocu? M II.147. --
inf. vattu? Sn 431; J VI.351; Vism 522=VbhA 130 (vattukama); SnA 414; DA I.109; DhA I.329; II.5. -- ger. vatva SnA 398;
PvA 68, 73, & vatvana Sn p. 78. <-> grd. vattabba Miln 276 (ki? vattabba? what is there to be said about it? i. e. it goes
without saying); SnA 123, 174, 178; PvA 12, 27, 92. -- ppr. med. vuccamana Vin I.60; III.221; PvA 13. -- Pass. vuccati D
I.168, 245; Dh 63; Mhvs 9, 9; 34, 81 (vuccate, v. l. uccate); J I.129 (vuccare, 3rd pl.); PvA 24, 34, 63, 76; -- pp. vutta (q. v.). --
Caus. vaceti to make speak, i. e. to read out; to cause to read; also to teach, to instruct Sn 1018, 1020; J I.452 (read); PvA 97.
-- pp. vacita (q. v.). <-> Desid. vavakkhati (see Geiger, P.Gr. § 184=Sk. vivak?ati) to wish to call D II.256. 

Nd1 89 (having the habit of horses, elephants etc.). 

Vattita (nt.) [fr. vatteti] that which goes on, round (of existence), revolution Miln 226. 

Vattin (adj.) (--°) [fr. v?t] engaged in, having power over, making, doing; only in cpds. cakka° & vasa° (q. v.). 

Vattha1 

Vattha1 (nt.) [Vedic vastra, fr. vas, vaste to clothe; Idg. *?es, enlargement of *eu (: Lat. ex--uo); cp. Lat. vestis
"vest(--ment)," Gr. e(/nnumi to clothe, ei(_ma dress; Goth. wasjan to clothe; wasti dress] 1. cloth; clothing, garment, raiment;
also collectively: clothes; M I.36 sq.; A I.132, 209, 286; II.85, 241; III.27 (odata?), 50 (kasika?), 386 (kasaya?); IV.60, 186,
210; V.61 sq. (ubhatobhaga--vima??ha?=M II.13, reading vimaddha; with the expression cp. ubhato--bhaga--vimutta); Sn 295,
304; KhA 237 (°? pariyodayati, simile); PvA 43, 50, 70; Sdhp 217. --alla° fresh, clean clothes DhA IV.220; ahata° new
clothes J I.50; Davs II.39; dibba° heavenly, i. e. exquisite dresses PvA 23, 46, 53. -- pl. vatthani garments, clothes Sn 64, 287,
924; Pug 57 (kasayani); DhA I.219 (their uses, from a new dress down to a bit of rag). -- 2. hangings, tapestry J IV.304. -- On
vattha in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 132.
  --guyha "that which is concealed by a cloth," i. e. the pudendum D I.106; Sn 1022; DA I.275 (=angajata?; Bhagavato ti
vara?ass'eva kosohita? vatthaguyha? suva??ava??a? paduma--gabbha--samana?). --yuga a pair of garments J IV.172; Davs
I.34. --lakkha?a fortune telling from clothes SnA 362. --sannidhi storing up of clothes D I.6; Nd1 372; DA I.82. --sutta the
Suttanta on clothes (i. e. with the parable of the clothes: vatth'upama--sutta) M I.36 sq., quoted at Vism 377 and SnA 119. 

Vattha2 

Vattha2 as pp. of vasati1 occurs only in cpd. nivattha. The two passages in PvA where vattha is printed as pp. (vatthani
vattha) are to be read as vattha--nivattha (PvA 46, 62). 

Vatthabba at Vin II.8 is to be spelt vattabba (see vattati). 

Vatthi (m. & f.) [Vedic vasti in meaning 1; the other meanings later] 1. the bladder Vin III.117; J I.146; Sn 195; Vism
144=DhsA 117; Vism 264, 345 (mutta°), 362; DA I.161; VbhA 248. -- 2. the pudendum: see °kosa. -- 3. a clyster (--bag): see
°kamma.
  --kamma(? karoti) to use a clyster Vin I.216. --kosa a membranous sheath enveloping the sexual organ of a male DA I.275
(°kosena pa?icchanna vatthaguyha: so read for °kesena); VvA 252 (°mukha orifice of the pudendum of an elephant). 

Vatthu1 

Vatthu1 (nt.) [Class. Sk. vastu, fr. vas1] lit. "ground," hence 1. (lit.) object, real thing, property, thing, substance (cp. vatthu2!)
A II.209 (khetta°, where khetta in lit. sense, cp. No. 2). Here belongs the defn of kama as twofold: vatthu--kama and
kilesa--kama, or desire for realities, objective kama, and desire as property of stained character, i. e. subjective kama, e. g.
Nd1 1; SnA 99, 112; DhsA 62. -- On vatth? as general philos. term cp. Dhs. trsln 2§§ 455, 679, 1229, also introd. p. 86; Cpd.
15, 31, 1741. -- 2. (appld meaning) object, item Vin I.121 (antima--vatthu? ajjhapannaka guilty of an extreme offence?); V.138
(the 10 aghata--vatthuni, as at Vbh 86); D III.252 (seven niddesa°), 255 (eight kusita°), 258 (eight dana°); S II.41, 56 sq.; Vbh
71 (cakkhu° etc.), 306 sq., 353; Nett 114 (ten); SnA 172; DhA IV.2 (akkosa°); PvA 8, 20 (dana°), 26 (left out in id. p. KhA
209), 29, 65 (alabbhaneyya°), 96 (id.), 119, 121 (i??ha°), 177,  220. Cp. °bhuta. -- 3. occasion for, reason, ground A II.158 (+khetta [in fig. sense!], ayatana & adhikara?a); IV.334; D I.13 sq.
(a??hadasahi vatthuhi etc.); J II.5 (avatthumhi chanda? ma^kari do not set your heart on what is unreasonable); vatthuna
(instr.) because PvA 118; vatthuto (abl.) on account of PvA 241. <-> 4. basis, foundation, seat, (objective) substratum,
substance, element J I.146 (kayo paridevana? v.); VbhA 404 (+aramma?a). See most of the cpds. -- 5. subjectmatter, subject,
story, account SnA 4; DhA II.66; PvA 77, 92, 263, 269. Cp. °gatha & titles like Petavatthu, Vimanavatthu.
  --kata made a foundation or basis of, practised thoroughly J II.61; V.14 and passim (+bhavita etc.). In phrase
tala^vatthukata (=tala avatthu kata) vatthu means foundation, basis, ground to feed and live on, thus "a palm deprived of its
foundation": see refs. under tala. --gatha the stanzas of the story, the introductory (explanatory, essential to its understanding)
stanzas, something like "prologue" SnA 483, 575 (preceding Sn 699 & 976). --dasaka tenfold substance or material basis
VbhA 22. --bhuta being an object, i. e. subject to J V.210. --rupa substance or substratum of matter, material form Vism
561, 564; VbhA 22, 172. --visadakiriya clearing of the foundation or fundamentals, purification of the elements VbhA
283=DhsA 76 (°kiriyata; trsln Expos. 101 "cleansing of things or substance"); Vism 128; VbhA 276. 

Vatthu2 

Vatthu2 [Vedic vastu; fr. vas] site, ground, field, plot Vin III.50 (arama° & vihara°), 90 (id.); Sn 209, 473 (sakhetta°, cp.
vatthu1 4), 769 (khetta+), 858 (id.); Th 1, 957 (khetta+vatthu, cp. Brethren p. 3371 & Vin. Texts III.389 sq.); Miln 279
(khetta° a plot of arable land); DA I.78 (contrasted with khetta, see khetta 1 and cp. vatthu1 1); PvA 88 (gehassa the back yard
of the house); haunted by fairies (pariga?hanti) D II.87.
  --kamma "act concerning sites," i. e. preparing the ground for building D I.12 (trsln: fixing on lucky sites for dwellings), cp.
DA I.98: aka?a--vatthumhi gehapati??hapana?. --devata the gods protecting the grounds, field--gods, house--gods Pv I.41
(=ghara--vatthu? adhivattha devata PvA 17). --parikira?a offerings over the site of a house ("consecrating sites" trsln) D I.12
(cp. DA I.98=balikamma--kara?a?). --vijja the science of (building--) sites, the art of determining a suitable (i. e. lucky) site
for a house D I.9 (see expln at DA I.93); S III.239; Nd1 372; Vism 269 (in comparison); KhA 237. See also Dial II.92 & Fick,
Sociale Gliederung 152. 

Vatthuka (adj.) (--°) [fr. vatthu1] 1. having a site or foundation or ground, in ucca° (high) and nica° (low) Vin II.117,
120; Mhvs 33, 87. -- 2. having its ground in, founded on, being of such & such a nature or composition S IV.67 (vaca°); Ps I.130
(micchadi??hi°, correct in Index J.P.T.S. 1908!); Vbh 319 (uppanna°; +aramma?a), 392 (micchadi??hi°); VbhA 403
(uppanna° etc.). 

Vada (adj.) (--°) [fr. vad] speaking, in cpd. vaggu° speaking pleasantly Sn 955 (cp. Nd1 446; SnA 571=sundaravada);
suddhi?° of clean speech Sn 910. 

Vadaññu (adj.) [cp. Sk. vadaniya, which also in P. avadaniya] lit. "(easily) spoken to," addressable, i. e. liberal, bountiful,
kind S I.43; A II.59, 61 sq.; IV.271 sq., 285, 289, 322; Sn 487; Pv IV.133, 342, 1011, 154; VvA 281. 

Vadaññuta (f.) [abstr. fr. vadaññu] bounty, kindness, liberality; neg. a° stinginess A V.146, 148 sq.; Vbh 371. 

Ved. vadati; Dhtp 134 vada=vacana] to speak, say, tell A IV.79; Sn 1037, 1077 sq.; Pug 42; PvA 13, 16, 39; Pot. 1st sg. vade
(so read for vado?) M I.258; 3rd sg. vadeyya Pv I.33; aor. 3rd pl. vadi?su PvA 4. -- Cp. abhi°, upa°, pa°, vi°. -- Another form
(not Caus.: see Geiger, P.Gr. § 1392) is vadeti D I.36; Vin II.1; Sn 825; Sn p. 140 (ki? vadetha); J I.294; imper. vadehi PvA
62; Pot. med. 1st pl. vademase D III.197; fut. vadessati Sn 351; aor. vadesi DhA III.174. -- A specific Pali formation is a
Caus. vadiyati in act. and med. sense (all forms only in Gatha style), e. g. indic. vadiyati Sn 824=892, 832; expld as vadati
SnA 541, 542, or katheti bha?ati etc. (the typical Niddesa expln of vadati: see Nd2 555) Nd1 161. In contracted (&
shortened) form Pot. 2nd sg. vajjesi (*vadiyesi) you might tell, i. e. please tell Pv II.116 (=vadeyyasi PvA 149); III.67 (same
expln p. 203). The other Pot. forms from the same base are the foll.: 1st sg. vajja? Th 2, 308; 2nd sg. vajjasi Th 2, 307; J
III.272; VI.19; and vajja Th 2, 323; 3rd sg. vajja Sn 971 (cp. Nd1 498); J VI.526 (=vadeyya C.); 3rd pl. vajju? Sn 859
(=vadeyyu? katheyyu? etc. Nd2 555); J V.221. -- Caus. vadeti to make sound, to play (a musical instrument) J I.293; II.110,
254 (vadeyyama we might play); Ap 31 (aor. vadesu?); PvA 151 (vi?a? vadento). -- Pass. vajjati (*vadiyati) to be played or
sounded J I.13 (vajjanti bheriyo); Ap 31 (ppr. vajjamana & aor. vajji?su). <-> Another form of ppr. med. (or Pass.) is
vadana (being called, so--called) which is found in poetry only (contracted fr. vadamana) at Vin I.36=J I.83. -- pp. udita2 &
vadita (q. v.). -- Caus. II. vadapeti to cause to be played Mhvs 25, 74 (turiya?). 

Vadana (nt.) [fr. vad] speech, utterance VvA 345 (+kathana). 

Vadana see vadati. 

Vadaniya [another form of vadaññu] see a°. 

Vadapana (nt.) [fr. vadapeti, Caus. II. of vadati] making somebody speak or something sound DhsA 333 (we should
better read vad°). 

Vaddalika (f.) [cp. late Sk. vardala & BSk. vardalika MVastu III.301; Divy 500] rainy weather Vin I.3; J VI.52 (loc.
vaddalike); DhA III.339; VbhA 109. 

Vaddha1 

Vaddha1 (adj.--n.) [pp. of vad?d?hati; see also vad?d?ha, vud?d?ha & vuddha. The root given by Dhtp (166) for v?dh is vadh in
meaning "vuddhi"] 1. grown, old; an Elder; venerable, respectable; one who has authority. At J I.219 three kinds of vaddha are
distinguished: one by nature (jati°), one by age (vayo°), one by virtue (gu?a°); J V.140 (=paññaya vuddha C.). Usually combd
with apacayati to respect the aged, e. g. J I.219; and in cpd. vaddh--apacayika respecting the elders or those in authority J
IV.94; and °apacayin id. Sn 325 (=vaddhana? apaciti--kara?a SnA 332); Dh 109; DhA II.239 (=bud?d?hatare gu?avuddhe
apacayamana). Cp. je??h'apacayin. -- 2. glad, joyful; in cpd. °bhuta gladdened, cheerful J V.6. 

Vaddha2 

Vaddha2 (m. & nt.) [cp. Vedic vardhra in meaning "tape"] a (leather) strap, thong J II.154 (vv. ll. baddha, bandhana, bandha,
va??a). Occurs as a?sa° shoulder strap at Ap 310, where ed. prints baddha (=baddha2).
  --maya consisting of a strap, made of leather J II.153. 

Vaddhaka [vaddha+ka] in cpd. a?sa° "shoulder strap" should be the uniform reading for a series of diff. spellings
(°va??aka, °baddhaka, °bandhaka) at Vin I.204; II.114; IV.170. Cp. Geiger, Zeitschrift fur Buddhismus IV.107. 

Vaddhana (nt.) [fr. v?dh; see the usual vad?d?hana] increase, furthering J III.422 (kula°); Sdhp 247 (piti°), 307 (id.). 

Vaddhava (nt.) [fr. vaddha1 2] joy, pleasure J V.6 (but C.=pa?d?ita--bhava). 

Vaddhavya (nt.) [fr. vaddha1 1] (old) age J II.137 (=vuddhabhava, mahallakata C.). 

Vaddhi in anta° in anta° at J I.260 is to be read as va??i. 

Vaddheti [fr. vardh to cut, cp. vad?d?haka & vad?d?haki] to cut off, is Kern's proposed reading (see Toev. s. v.) at J VI.527
(siro vaddhayitvana) for vajjheti (T. reading vajjhayitvana). 

Vadha [fr. vadh] striking, killing; slaughter, destruction, execution D III.176; A II.113; Pug 58; J II.347; Miln 419 (°kata);
DhA I.69 (pa?a°+pa?a--ghata), 80, 296; DhA II.39; VbhA 382. -- vadha? dadati to flog J IV.382. -- atta° self--destruction S
II.241; piti° parricide DA I.153; miga° hunting J I.149.
  --bandhana flogging and binding (imprisoning). In this connection vadh is given as a separate root at Dhtp 172 & 384 in
meaning "bandhana." See A II.209; V.206; Sn 242 (vadha--cheda--bandhana; v. is expld at SnA 285 as "sattana? da?d?'adihi
ako?anan" i. e. beating) 623 (=po?hana SnA 467); J I.435; IV.11; VbhA 97. 

Vadhaka [fr. vadh] slaying, killing; murderous; a murderer S III.112 (in simile); IV.173 (id.); A IV.92 (id.); Th 2, 347; D
III.72 (°citta); KhA 27; VvA 72 (°cetana murderous intention); Vism 230, 231 (in sim.); Sdhp 58. <-> f. vadhika J V.425 (pl.
°ayo). 

Vadhati [Vedic vadh; the root is given at Dhtp 169 in meaning of "hi?sa"] to strike, punish; kill, slaughter, slay; imper. 2nd
pl. vadhetha Vism 314; ger. vadhitva M I.159; D I.98; J I.12; IV.67; SnA 257 (hi?sitva+); fut. vadhissati Mhvs 25, 62; aor.
vadhi J I.18 (cp. ud--abbadhi); cond. 1st sg. vadhissa? Miln 221. -- grd. vajjha: see a°. -- Caus. vadheti J I.168; Miln 109.
<-> pp. vadhita. 

Vadhita [pp. of vadheti] smitten Th 1, 783=M II.73 (not with Kern, Toev. s. v.=vyathita). 

Vadhuka (f.) [fr. vadhu] a daughter--in--law, a young wife A II.78; DhA III.260. 

Vadhu (f.) [Ved. vadhu; to Lith. vedù to lead into one's house] a daughter--in--law VvA 123. 

Vana1 

Vana1 (nt.) [Ved. vana. -- The P. (edifying) etymology clearly takes vana as belonging to van, and, dogmatically, equals it
with vana2 as an allegorical expression ("jungle") to ta?ha (e. g. DhsA 364 on Dhs 1059; DhA III.424 on Dh 283). -- The Dhtp
(174) & Dhtm (254) define it "sambhattiya?," i. e. as meaning companionship] the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure & sport
("wood"), as well as of danger & frightfulness ("jungle"), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness ("forest"). Of
(fanciful) defns of vana may be mentioned: SnA 24 (vanute vanoti ti vana?); KhA 111 (vanayati ti vana?); DhsA 364 (ta? ta?
aramma?a? vanati bhajati alliyati ti vana?, yacati va ti vana? [i. e. vana2]. vanatho ti vyañjanena pada? vad?d?hita? . . .
balava--ta?hay'eta? nama); DhA III.424 (mahanta rukkha vana? nama, khuddaka tasmi? vane ?hiQatta vanatha nama etc.,
with further distinguishing detail, concerning the allegorical meanings). -- D II.256 (bhikkhu?a? samiti? vana?); A I.35, 37; Dh
283 (also as vana2); Sn 272, 562 (siho nadati vane), 1015 (id.), 684 (Isivhaya v.); Sn p. 18 (Jetavana), p. 115 (Icchanangala);
Th 2, 147 (Añjanavana; a wood near Saketa, with a vihara); J V.37 (here meaning beds of lotuses); Miln 219 (vana? sodheti to
clear a jungle); Dhs 1059 ("jungle"=ta?ha); Pv II.65 (arañña°--gocara); Vism 424 (Nandana° etc.); DhA IV.53 (ta?ha° the
jungle of lust). Characterized as amba° mango grove D II.126 and passim; amba?aka° plum grove Vin II.17; udumbara of
figs DhA I.284; tapo° forest of ascetics ThA 136; DhA IV.53; naga° elephant forest M I.175; braha wild forest A I.152; III.44;
Vv 633; J V.215; maha° great forest Th 2, 373 (rahita? & bhi?sanaka?). -- vanatara? (with compar. suffix) thicker jungle,
denser forest Miln 269 (vanato vanatara? pavisama). -- On similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 133. Cp. vi°.
  --anta the border of the forest, the forest itself Sn 708, 709; Pv II.310 (=vana C.). --kammika one who works in the woods J
IV.210 (°purisa); V.427, 429. --gahana jungle thicket Vism 647 (in simile). --gumba a dense cluster of trees Vv 817 (cp. VvA
315). --caraka a forester SnA 51 (in simile). --cetya a shrine in the wood J V.255. --timira forest darkness; in metaphor
°matt--akkhin at J IV.285=V.284, which Kern (Toev. s. v.) changes into °patt--akkhin, i. e. with eyes like the leaves of the
forest darkness. Kern compares Sk. vanajapattr'ak?i Mbh I.171, 43, and vanaja--locana Avad. Kalp. 3, 137. The Cy. explns are
"vana--timira--puppha--saman'akkhi," and "giri--ka??ika--samana--netta"; thus taking it as name of the plant Clitoria ternatea.
--dahaka (& °dahana) burning the forest (aggi) KhA 21 (in simile). --devata forest deva S IV.302. --ppagumba a forest
grove VbhA 196. --ppati (& vanaspati) [cp. Vedic vanaspati, Prk. va?apphai] "lord of the forest," a forest tree; as
vanappati only at Vin III.47; otherwise vanaspati, e. g. S IV.302 (osadhi+ti?a+v.; opposed to herbs, as in R.V.); A I.152; J
I.329; IV.233 (ti?a--lata--vanaspatiyo); DhA I.3. --pattha a forest jungle D I.71; III.38, 49, 195; M I.16, 104; Vin II.146; A
I.60; III.138 (arañña°); Pug 59, 68; DA I.210. --pantha a jungle road A I.241. --bhanga gleanings of the wood, i. e. presents of
wild fruit & flowers A IV.197. --mula a wild root D I.166 (+phala); A I.241 (id.); Miln 278. --rati delight in the forest DhA
II.100. --va??ana praise of the jungle DhA II.100. --vasin forest--dweller SnA 56 (Maha--tissatthera). --sa?d?a
jungle--thicket, dense jungle D I.87, 117; S III.109 (tibba v. avijjaya adhivacana); A III.30; J I.82, 170; DhA I.313; II.100. 

Vana2 

Vana2 (nt.) [van; vanati & vanoti to desire=Av. vanaiti Lat. venus, Ohg. wini friend (: E. winsome, attractive) wunsc=E.
wish, giwon=E. wont; also "to win." The spelling sometimes is va?: see va?i. -- The defn at Dhtp 523 is "yacane" (i. e. from
begging), at Dhtm 736 "yacaya?"] lust, desire. In exegetical literature mixed up with vana1 (see definitions of vana1). -- The
word to the Pali Buddhist forms a connection between vana and nibbana, which is felt as a qua^si derivation fr. nibbana=
nis+vana: see nibbana & cp. nibbana II. B 1. -- S I.180 (so 'ha? vane nibbanatho visallo); Sn 1131 (nibbana); Dh 334; Th 1,
691 (vana nibbana? agata?). -- A Denom. fr. vana2 is vanayati (like vaniyati fr. va?i). 

Vanaka (--) (adj.) [fr. vana1] belonging to the forest, forestlike; adj. in cpd. ku° (kubbanaka, q. v.) brushwood Sn 1134. 

Sk. vanoti & vanute. See also vana2, va?i, va?eti] to desire, love, wish, aim at, ask for SnA 24 (vanute & vanoti); DhsA 364
(vanati, bhajati, alliyati). Caus. vanayati KhA 111. 

Vanatha [vana+tha; same in BSk. e. g. MVastu I.204] underwood, brushwood, thicket. Does not occur in lit. meaning,
except in exegesis of Dh 283 at DhA III.424; q. v. under vana1. Another defn is given at SnA 24: "ta?ha pariyu??hana--vasena
vana? tanoti ti vanatho, ta?h'anusayass'eta? adhivacana?." -- The fig. meaning is "lust, desire," see e. g. S I.186; Th 1, 338; Dh
344; Sn 16 (°ja); Dhs 1059 (as epithet of ta?ha); J II.205 (vanatha? na kayira); Nett 81, 82. -- nibbanatha free from desire S
I.180; DhsA 364. 

Vanayati [Denom. fr. vana2, cp, vanayati] to desire, wish, covet, to hanker after M I.260; S III.190. See also alliyati. 

Vanika =vanaka; only in cpd. naga° one belonging to the elephant forest, i e. an elephant--hunter M I.175; III.132. 

Vanin (adj.--n.) [either fr. Sk. vani (=P. va?i) in meaning "begging," or poetical abbreviation of va?ibbin] poor, begging;
one who asks (for alms) or begs, a mendicant J VI.232 (=vanibbaka C.). 

Vaniyati [Denom. fr. vani=P. va?i] to desire J VI.264 C.: (pattheti), 270 (hadaya? vaniyati, v. l. dhaniyati: cp. alliyati). --
See also vanati & va?eti. 

Vaneja [vane (loc. of vana1)+ja] born in the woods J II.446. 

Vanta [pp. of vamati] 1. vomited, or one who has vomited Miln 214; PvA 80. As nt. vomit at Vin I.303. -- 2. (fig.) given up,
thrown up, left behind, renounced M I.37 (+catta, mutta & pahina). Cp. BSk. vanti--bhava, syn. with prahana AvS II.188.
  --a^da refuse--feeder, crow J II.439. --asa one who has given up all wishes, an Arahant Dh 97 (=sabba asa imina vanta DhA
I.187). --a^sika eating what has been vomited, a certain class of Petas Miln 294. --kasava one who has left behind all fault Dh
10 (=chad?d?ita° DhA I.82). --gamana at Vism 210=DA I.34 read either as v'antagamana or c'anta°. --mala stainless Dh 261.
--lokamisa renouncing worldly profit Dh 378. 

Vandaka (adj.) [fr. vand] disposed to veneration; f. °ika Th 2, 337. 

originally identical with vad; the defn at Dhtp (135 & 588) is "abhivadana & thuti"] to greet respectfully, salute, to pay
homage, to honour, respect, to revere, venerate, adore Sn 366, 547, 573, 1028; Pv II.16; Mhvs 15, 14 (+pujeti); Miln 14; SnA
191; PvA 53 (sirasa with the head, a very respectful way of greeting), 67; VvA 71. imper. vanda Vv 211 (=abhivadaya VvA
105); pl. vandantu Sn 573; ppr. vandamana Sn 598; aor. vandi Sn 252; J I.88; PvA 38, 61, 81, 141, 275; inf. vanditu? PvA
77; grd. vandiya (neg. a°) Vin II.162. -- Caus. II. vandapeti to cause somebody to pay homage J I.88; III.11. -- pp. vandita. 

Vandana (nt.) & Vandana (f.) [fr. vand, cp. Vedic vandana] salutation, respect, paying homage; veneration, adoration
A I.294 (a); II.203 (+puja); J I.88; Pug 19, 24; Mhvs 15, 18; Miln 377; PvA I.53; SnA 492; ThA 256; Sdhp 221, 540. 

Vandapana (nt.) [fr. vandapeti; Caus. of vandati] causing to do homage J I.67. 

Vandita [pp. of vandati] saluted, revered, honoured, paid homage to; as nt. homage, respect, veneration Sn 702
(akku??ha+); Th 2, 388 (id.); J I.88. 

Vanditar [n. ag. fr. vandita] one who venerates or adores, a worshipper J VI.207 (vandit'assa=vandita bhaveyya C.). 

Vapakassati see vavakassati. 

Vapati1 [vap, Vedic vapate. Defn at Dhtp 192; bijanikkhepe] to sow Sn p. 13 (kasati+); J I.150 (nivapa? vapitva); PvA 139.
-- Pass. vappate S I.227 (yadisa? v. bija? tadisa? harate phala?), and vuppati [Vedic upyate] Th 1, 530. -- pp. vutta. -- Caus.
I. vapeti: see pp. vapita1. -- Caus. II. vapapeti to cause to be sown Vin III.131 (khetta?); J IV.276 (sali?). 

Vapati2 [vap, probably identical with vapati1] to shear, mow, to cut, shave: only in pp. of Caus. vapita2 (q. v.). 

Vapana (nt.) [fr. vap] sowing SnA 137; DhA III.220 (°kassaka); PvA 8. 

Vapayati [vi+apa+ya] to go away, to disappear, only at Vin. I.2=Kvu 186 (kankha vapayanti sabba; cp. id. p. MVastu
II.416 vyapananti, to be read as vyapayanti). 

Vappa1 

Vappa1 (m. or nt.) [orig. grd. fr. vap=Sk. vapya] to be sown, sowing; or soil to be sown on, in pa?su° sowing on light soil &
kalala° on heavy soil SnA 137. -- Note. The defn of a root vapp at Dhtm 541 with "vara?e" refers to P. vappa bank of a river
(Abhp 1133)=Sk. vapra, which is not found in our texts.
  --kamma the act or occupation of sowing J I.340 (+kasi--kamma). --kala sowing time Sn p. 13; S I.172 (=vapanakala,
bija--nikkhepa--kala SnA 137). --mangala ploughing festival J I.57; DhA II.113; SnA 141. 

Vappa2 

Vappa2 [cp. Epic. & Class. Sk. ba?pa] a tear, tears Vin I.345 (vappa? puñchitva wiping the tears). 

Vabbhacita? is a a(/pac legome/non at M I.172; read perhaps better as vambhayita?: see p. 545. Neumann trslQ only
"thus spoken" (i. e. bhasitam eta?). 

Idg. *?emo, cp. Lat. vomo, vomitus=vamathu; Gr. e)me/w (E. emetic); Oicel. vaema seasickness. -- The defn at Dhtp 221 &
Dhtm 315 is "uggira?a"] to vomit, eject, throw out, discharge Sn 198=J I.146; J V.255 (fut. vamissati); Pv IV.354 (=ud?d?ayati
chad?d?ayati PvA 256).--Caus. vameti Miln 169. -- pp. vanta. 

Vamathu [fr. vam] vomiting; discharged food PvA 173 (°bhatta; +ucchi??ha°). 

Vamana (nt.) [fr. vam] an emetic D I.12; A V.219; cp. J.P.T.S. 1907, 452. 

Vamaniya [grd. of vamati; cp. Sk. vamaniya; a often interchanges with a before 1 & m, like Caus. vameti & vameti] one
who has to take an emetic Miln 169. 

Vambhana (f.) [abstr. fr. vambheti] contempt, despite Vin IV.6; M I.402 (att'ukka?sana: para--vambhana), Nd2 505;
Vism 29; VbhA 484; Pgdp 100. -- Spelt vamhana at J I.454 (vamhana--vacana) & at DhsA 396 (khu?sana°). 

Vambhaniya (adj.) [grd. of vambheti] to be despised, wretched, miserable PvA 175, 176. 

Vambhayita (nt.) [pp. of vambheti] being despised or reviled M I.172; Sn 905; Nd1 319 (=nindita, garahita, upavadita).

Vambhin (adj.) (--°) [fr. vambh] despising, treating with contempt, disparaging M I.95 (para°, opp. to att'ukka?- saka). 

[Caus. of vambh, a root of uncertain origin (connected with vam?). There is a form vambha given by Sk. lexicographers as a
dial. word for va?sa. Could it be a contraction fr. vyambheti=vi+Denom. fr. ambho 2, part. of contempt? -- The Dhtp (602)
defines vambh as "garahaya?"] to treat with contempt, despise, revile, scold; usually either combd with khu?seti or opposed to
ukka?seti, e. g. Vin II.18; IV.4; M I.200 (=Sn 132 avajanati), 402 sq.; D I.90; A II.27 sq.; Th 1, 621; DA I.256 (=hi?eti); DhA
IV.38; VvA 348. -- pp. vambhayita. -- vamheti is found at J I.191, 356; cp. vamhana. -- Note. The spelling bh interchanges
with that of h (vamheti), as ambho shows var. amho. Trenckner (introd. to M 1. p. 1) gives vambheti (as BB reading) the
preference over vamheti (as SS reading). Morris'note on vambheti in J.P.T.S. 1884, 96 does not throw any light on its
etymology. 

Vamma (nt.) [Vedic varman, fr. v? to cover, enclose] armour J II.22. 

Vammika (adj.) [fr. vamma]=vammin Vin I.342. 

Vammita [pp. of vammeti, cp. Sk. varmita] armoured, clad in armour J I.179 (assa); II.315 (hatthi); III.8; V.301, 322; DA
I.40. 

Vammin (adj.) [fr. vamma; Vedic varmin] wearing armour, armoured J IV.353 (=ke?aka--phalaka--hattha C.); V.259,
373; VI.25; Miln 331. 

Vammika & vammika (m. & nt.) [cp. Vedic valmika; Idg. *?orm(ai); cp. Av. maoiris, Sk. vamra?, Gr. mu/rmhz,
Lat. formica, Cymr. mor; all of same origin & meaning] ant--hill: (a) °ika: M I.142 sq.; J III.85; IV.30 (°bila the ant's hole);
V.163. -- (b) °ika: J I.432; IV.30; Vism 183 (described), 304 (°muddani), 446; DhA II.51; III.208; IV.154. 

Vammeti [Denom. fr. vamma] to dress in armour, to armour J I.180; II.94 (mangala--hatthi?). -- pp. vammita. 

Vamha [for vambha: see vambheti] bragging, boasting, despising J I.319 (°vacana). 

Vaya1 

Vaya1 (& vayo) (nt.) [Vedic vayas vitality, age; to be distinguished from another vayas meaning "fowl." The latter is probably
meant at Dhtp 232 (& Dhtm 332) with defn "gamane." The etym. of vayo (age) is connected with Sk. vira=Lat. vir. man, hero,
vis strength; Gr. i)/s sinew, i)/fios strong; Sk. vid?ayati to make fast, also vesati; whereas vayas (fowl) corresponds with Sk.
vayasa (bird) & vi? to Gr. ai)eto/s eagle, oi)wno/s bird of prey, Lat. avis bird] age, especially young age, prime, youth; meaning
"old age" when characterized as such or contrasted to youth (the ord. term for old age being jara). Three "ages" or "periods of
life" are usually distinguished, viz. pa?hama° youth, majjhima° middle age, pacchima° old age, e. g. at J I.79; Vism 619;
DhA III.133. -- vayo anuppatta one who has attained old age, old D I.48 (=pacchima--vaya? anuppatta DA I.143); Sn pp. 50,
92. -- Cp. Dh 260; J I.138 (vayo--hara kesa); Vism 619 (the 3 vayas with subdivisions into dasakas or decades of life); Mhvs 2,
26 (ekunati?so vayasa 29 years of age); PvA 5 (pa?hama--vaye when quite young), 36 (id.; just grown up). In cpds. vaya°.
  --kalya?a charm of youth DhA I.387. --ppatta come of age, fit to marry (at 16) VvA 120; PvA 3, 112; ThA 266. 

Vaya2 

Vaya2 [Sk. vyaya, vi+i; occasionally as vyaya in Pali as well] 1. loss, want, expense (opp. aya) A IV.282 (bhogana?); Sn 739;
PvA 130. --avyayena safely D I.72. <-> 2. decay (opp. uppada) D II.157=J I.392 (anicca vata sankhara
uppada--vaya--dhammino); S IV.28; A I.152, 299.
  --kara?a expense, expenditure J IV.355; Vin II.321 (Sam. Pas on C. V. VI.4, 6, explaining veyyasika or veyyayika of Vin
II.157). 

Vaya? is the Sk. form of the nom. pl. of pers. pron. aha?, represented in Pali by maya? (q. v.). The form vaya? only in
grammarians, mentioned also by Müller, P.Gr. p. 87 as occurring in Dh (?). The enclitic form for acc. gen. & dat. is no, found
e. g. at Pv I.53 (gloss for vo; C. amhaka?); J II.153, 352; DhA I.101; PvA 20, 73. 

Vayassa [cp. Sk. vayasya] a friend J II.31; III.140; V.157. 

Vayha (nt.) & Vayha (f.) [grd. formation fr. vah; cp. Sk. vahya (nt.)] a vehicle, portable bed, litter Vin IV.339 (enumd
under yana together with ratha saka?a sandamanika sivika & pa?anki); J VI.500 (f.), with sivika & ratha. 

Vara1 

Vara1 (adj.) [fr. v? to wish; Vedic vara] excellent, splendid, best, noble. As attribute it either precedes or follows the noun
which it characterizes, e. g. °pañña of supreme wisdom Sn 391, 1128 (=agga--pañña Nd2 557); °bhatta excellent food (opp.
lamaka°) J I.123; °lañcaka excellent gift (?) (Trenckner, Miln p. 424): see under lañcaka. <-> dhamma° the best norm Sn
233; nagara° the noble city Vv 166 (=uttama°, Rajagaha? sandhaya vutta? VvA 82); ratana° the best of gems Sn 683; raja°
famous king Vv 321 (=Sakka VvA 134); or inserted between noun and apposition (or predicate), e. g. aki??a
--vara--lakkha?a full of the best marks Sn 408; nari--vara--ga?a a crowd of most lovely women Sn 301; esp. frequent in
combn with predicate gata: "gone on to the best of," i. e. riding the most stately (horse or elephant), or walking on the royal
(palace) etc., e. g. upari--pasadavara--gata PvA 105; sindha--pi??hi--vara--gata J I.179; hatthi--khandha vara--gata PvA
75, 216, 279. -- nt. vara? in compar. or superl. function: better than (instr.); the best, the most excellent thing A IV.128
(katama? nu kho vara?: ya? . . . ya?); Dh 178 (adhipaccena sotapattiphala? v.), 322 (vara? assatara danta . . . attadanto tato
vara?).
  --angana a noble or beautiful woman Mhvs 33, 84. --adayin acquiring the best S IV.250; A III.80. --aroha (1) state elephant
Vv 51 (=varo aggo se??ho aroho ti vararoho VvA 35); (2) (f.) a noble lady J VI.562 (Maddi vararoha rajaputti). 

Vara2 

Vara2 (m. & nt.) [fr. v? to wish] wish, boon, favour Miln 110, 139. Usually in phrases ilke vara? dadati to grant a wish or a
boon J IV.10; VvA 260; PvA 20. vara? ga?hati to take a wish or a vow J V.382; vara? vu?ati (varati) id. J III.493 (vara?
varassu, imper.); Pv II.940, 42; Miln 227. --vara? yacati to ask a favour J III.315 (varani yacami). 

Varaka1 

Varaka1 [cp. *Sk. varaka] the bean Phaseolus trilobus J II.75 (where equal to kalaya); Miln 267; DhA I.311. 

Varaka2 

Varaka2 (adj.) [fr. v?] wishing or asking (in marriage) Th 2, 406. 

Vara?a [cp. Sk. vara?a rampart, causeway, wall] the tree Crataeva roxburghii J I.222, 317 (°rukkha), 319=DhA III.409
(°ka??habhañja); J VI.535. 

& der. ("to choose" as well as "to obstruct") see vu?ati. 

Varatta (nt.) & Varatta (f.) [cp. Vedic varatra, given also in meaning "elephant's girth" at Halayudha II.66] a strap, thong,
strip of leather S I.63; A II.33; Sn 622; Dh 398 (fig. for ta?ha); J II.153; V.45. As "harness" at J I.175; as straps on a ship's mast
(to hold the sails) Miln 378. -- Cp. varattika.
  --kha?d?a strip of leather, a strap M I.244=II.193= III.259=S IV.56=A III.380. 

Varaka (adj.) [cp. Epic Sk. varaka] wretched, miserable S I.231; J IV.285; Vism 315; VvA 101; PvA 120 (syn. for kapa?a),
175 (id.). 

Varaha [Vedic varaha & varahu, freq. in Rigveda] a boar, wild hog Dh 325=Th 1, 17; J V.406=VI.277; Miln 364; Sdhp
378. 

Valañja (--°) [see valañjeti] 1. track, line, trace, in pada° track, footprint J I.8; II.153 (v. l. lañca & lañcha); IV.221
(valañcha T.), 383; DhA II.38. -- 2. that which is spent or secreted, i. e. outflow, fæces, excrement, in sarira° f¿ces J I.70, 80,
421 (°? muñcati to ease oneself); III.486; DhA II.55. -- 2. design, use; only neg. avalañja useless, superfluous Vin IV.266; VvA
46 (°? aka?su rendered useless); DhA IV.116. 

Valañjana (nt.) [fr. valañjeti] 1. resorting, acting as, behaviour VvA 248. -- 2. giving off, evacuation, easing the body J
I.161 (°vacca--ku?i privy); DhA III.270 (sarira°). 

Valañjanaka (adj.) (--°) [fr. valañjana] being marked off, being traced, belonging to, behaving, living (anto° in the inner
precincts, bahi° outside the bounds) J I.382, 385, 398. 

Valañjita [pp. of valañjeti; cp. BSk. valañjita used, MVastu III.276] traced, tracked, practised, travelled J III.542 (magga).

Valañjeti [customarily expld as ava+lañj (cp. Geiger P.Gr. § 661), the root lañj being given as a Sk. root in meaning "to
fry," "to be strong," and a variety of   others (see Mon. Williams s. v. lañj). But the root & its derivations are only found in lexicographical and grammatical works,
therefore it is doubtful whether it is genuine. lañja is given as "pada," i. e. track, place, foot, and also "tail." We are inclined to
see in lañj a by--form of lañch, which is a variant of lak? "to mark" etc. (cp. lañcha, lañchaka, °ana, °ita). Thus the meaning
would range from originally "trace," mark off, enclose, to: "being enclosed," assigned or belonging to, i. e. moving (in),
frequenting etc., as given in C. explns. There seems to be a Singhalese word at the root of it, as it is certainly dialectical. -- The
Dhtm (522) laconically defines valañj as "valañjane"] 1. to trace, track, travel (a road); practise, achieve, resort to Miln 359;
VvA 58. -- 2. to use, use up, spend J I.102; III.342; VI.369, 382, 521. -- ppr. Pass. (a--)valañjiyamana (not any longer) in use
J I.111. -- pp. valañjita. 

Valaya (m. & nt.) [Epic Sk. valaya, fr. Idg. *?el to turn; see Sk. roots v? to enclose, and val to turn, to which belong the
foll.: varutra upper robe, urmi wave, fold, valita bent, valayati to make roll, valli creeper, va?a rope, va?a cane. Cp. also Lat.
volvo to roll, Gr. e)lu/w to wind, e)/lic round, e)/lutron cover; Goth. walwjan to roll on, Ohg. welzan & walzan=Ags. wealtan
(E. waltz); Ags. wylm wave, and many others, q. v. in Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. volvo. -- The Dhtp (274) gives root val in
meaning sa?vara?a, i. e. obstruct, cover. See further vu?ati] a bracelet Vin II.106; J II.197 (dantakare valay'--adini karonte
disva); III.377; VI.64, 65; DA I.50; DhA I.226 (danta° ivory bangle); PvA 157 (sankha°); Mhvs 11, 14 (°anguli--ve?haka). 

Valahaka [valaha+ka; of dial. origin; cp. Epic Sk. balahaka] 1. a cloud, dark cloud, thundercloud S I.212= Th 2, 55; A
II.102; V.22; Th 1, 760; Pug 42, 43; Vv 681; J III.245; 270 (ghana°); Vism 285 (°pa?ala); Miln 274; DhsA 317; VvA 12
(=abbha). -- 2. N. of mythical horses S III.145.
  --kayika (deva) groups of cloud gods (viz. sita°, u?ha°, abbha°, vata°, vassa°) S III.254. 

Valahassa [valaha+assa] cloud--horse J II.129 (the Valahassajataka, pp. 127 sq.); cp. BSk. Balah'asva (--raja) Divy 120
sq. (see Index Divy). 

Vali & Vali (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. vali; fr val. Spelling occasionally with ?] a line, fold, wrinkle, a streak, row; Vin II.112 (read
valiyo for vali??); Th 2, 256; J IV.109; Shhp 104. -- mutta--vali a string of pearls VvA 169. For va??ana--vali see va??ana.
See also avali. 

Valika (adj.) [fr. vali] having folds J I.499. 

Valita [pp. of val: see valeti] wrinkled A I.138 (acc. kha?d?adanta? palita--kesa? viluna? khalita? siro--valita?
tilak'ahata--gatta?: cp. valin with passage M I.88= III.180, one of the two evidehtly misread); PvA 56, 153. In compn with
taca contracted to valittaca (for valitattaca) "with wrinkled skin" DhA II.190 (phalitakesa+); with abstr. valittacata the fact
of having a wrinkled skin M I.49 (palicca+; cp. MA 215); A II.196 (kha?d?icca palicca+). 

Valin (adj.) [fr. vali] having wrinkles M I.88 (acc. palitakesi? viluna? khalita--sira? valina?)=III.180 (palitakesa? viluna?
khalita?--sira? valina? etc.) See valita for this passage. -- In compn vali--mukha "wrinkled face," i. e. monkey J II.298. 

Valiya at M I.446 is not clear. It is combd with va??iya (q. v.). See also note on p. 567; v. l. pa?iya; C. silent. 

Valika? [cp. Sk. vyalika?] read for valika? at Th 2, 403, in meaning "wrong, fault"; ThA 266 explQ as "vyalika? dosa?." So
Kern, Toev. s. v. 

Va?imant (adj.) [fr. vali] having wrinkles Th 2, 269 (pl. valimata). 

Valeti [cp. Sk. valeti, Caus. of val to turn: see valaya] 1. to twist, turn, in giva? to wring (a fowl's neck) J I.436; III.178
(giva? valitva: read °etva). -- 2. to twist or wind round, to put (a garment) on, to dress J I.452 (sa?ake valetu?; v. l. valañcetu?).
-- pp. valita. 

Vallaki (f.) cp. Epic Sk. vallaki, BSk. valliki Divy 108; MVastu I.227] the Indian lute Abhp 138. 

Vallabha [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vallabha & BSk. vallabhaka a sea monster Divy 231] a favourite J IV.404; VI.38, 371;
raja° a king's favourite, an overseer J I.342; Mhvs 37, 10; VbhA 501. -- f. vallabha (a) beloved (woman), a favourite J III.40;
VvA 92, 135, 181. 

Vallabhatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vallabha] being a favourite Davs V.7. 

Vallari (f.) [cp. Class. Sk. vallari, Halayudha II.30] a branching footstalk, a compound pedicle Abhp 550. The word is
found in BSk. in meaning of "musical instrument" at Divy 315 and passim. 

Vallika (f.) [cp. Sk. valika?] 1. an ornament for the ear Vin II.106 (cp. Bdhgh's expln on p. 316). -- 2. a jungle rope Vin
II.122. 

Vallibha [cp. late Sk. valibha wrinkled] the plant kumbha?d?a i. e. a kind of gourd Abhp 597 (no other ref.?). 

Valli (f.) [cp. Sk. valli; for etym. see valaya] 1. a climbing plant, a creeper Vin III.144; J V.37; VI.536; VvA 147, 335 (here as
a root?). -- santanaka° a long, spreading creeper VvA 94, 162. -- 2. a reed or rush used as a string or rope for binding or tying
(esp. in building), bast (?) M I.190 (Neumann, "Binse"); J III.52 (satta rohita macche uddharitva valliya avu?itva netva etc.),
333 (in similar connection); DhA III.118. -- 3. in ka??a° the lobe of the ear Mhvs 25, 94. -- The compn form of valli is valli°.
  --ko?i the tips of a creeper J VI.548. --pakka the fruit of a creeper Vv 3330. --phala=°pakka J IV.445. --santana spreadings
or shoots of a creeper KhA 48. --haraka carrying a (garland of) creeper Vism 523=VbhA 131 (in comparison illustrating the
pa?icca--samuppada). 

Vallura (nt.) [cp. Class. Sk. vallura] dried flesh S II.98; J II.245. 

Va?a at Vism 312 is to be read va?a at Vism 312 is to be read va?a (snake), in phrase va?ehi upadduta "molested by snakes." 

Va?abha [=va?ava?] is not clear; it occurs only in the expression (is it found in the Canon?) va?abha--mukha a submarine
fire or a purgatory Abhp 889. The Epic Sk. form is vad?ava--mukha (Halayudha I.70; III.1). 

Va?abhi (f.) [cp. late (dial.) Sk. vad?abhi] a roof; only in cpd. °ratha a large covered van (cp. yogga1) M I.175
(sabba--setena va?abhi--rathena Savatthiya niyyati diva diva?); II.208 (id.), but va?avabhi--rathena); J VI.266
(va?abhiyo=bha?d?a--saka?iyo C.). The expression reminds of va?ava--ratha. 

Va?ava (f.) [cp. Vedic vad?ava] a mare, a common horse D I.5; Pug 58; Mhvs 10, 54; J I.180; VI.343; DhA I.399; IV.4
(assatara va?avaya gadrabhena jata).
  --ratha a carriage drawn by a mare D I.89, 105, 106. The expression reminds of va?abhi--ratha. 

Va?ina at J VI.90 is not clear (in phrase ja?a? va?ina? pankagata?). The C. reads valina?, paraphrased by akula?. Fausböll
suggests malina?. Should we accept reading valina?? It would then be acc. sg. of valin (q. v.). 


Vavaka??ha [pp. of vavakassati] drawn away, alienated; withdrawn, secluded DhA II.103 (°kaya). 

Vavakassati [v+ava+k??, would correspond to Sk. vyavak??yate, Pass.] to be drawn away, to be distracted or alienated
(from); so is to be read at all passages, where it is either combd with avakassati or stands by itself. The readings are: Vin II.204
(apakasanti avapakasanti) =A V.74 (avakassanti vavakassanti); A III.145 (bhikkhu n'a^la? sanghamha 'vapakasitu?: read
vavakasitu? or °kassitu?), 393 (vapakassat'eva Satthara, vapakassati garu??haniyehi). See also apakasati, avakassati,
avapakasati. -- pp. vavaka??ha. 

Vavakkhati see vatti. 

Vavatthapeti & °??hapeti [Caus. of vi+ava+stha] to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out J IV.17
(disa? °tthapetva getting his bearings); Vbh 193 sq.; Vism 182; SnA 67; KhA 11, 42, 89; VvA 220. -- ppr. Pass.
vavatthapiyamana DhA I.21, 35. -- pp. vavatthita & vavatthapita. 

Vavatthana (nt.) [fr. vi+ava+stha; cp. late Sk. vyavasthana which occurs in Ep. Sk. in meaning "stay"] determination,
resolution, arrangement, fixing, analysis Ps I.53; Vin IV.289; Vism 111, 236 (=nimitta), 347 (defn); Miln 136; KhA 23. 

Vavatthapita [pp. of vavatthapeti] arranged, settled, established Miln 345 (su°). 

Vavatthita [pp. of vi+ava+stha, cp. vavatthapeti & late Sk. vyavasthita "determination"] 1. entered on, arranged, fixed,
determined, settled M III.25; DhsA 36. -- 2. separated (opp. sambhinna) Vin II.67 sq. 

Vavattheti [unusual pres. (Med.--Pass.) formation fr. vi+ ava+stha, formed perhaps after vavatthita] to be determined
or analysed Ps I.53, 76, 84. 

Vavassagga [vi+ava+srj; Sk. vyavasarga] "letting go," i. e. starting on something, endeavouring, resolution A I.36; J
VI.188 (handa ti vavassagg'atthe nipato); DA I.237 (here handa is expld as vavasay' atthe nipato). <-> Kern, Toev. s. v.
wrongly "consent." 

Vasa (m. & nt.) [cp. Vedic vasa; vas to be eager, to desire] power, authority, control, influence S I.43, 240 (kodho vo vasam
ayatu: shall be in your power; vasa=a?apavattana K.S. I.320); M I.214 (bhikkhu citta? vasa? vatteti, no ca cittassa vasena
vattati: he brings the heart under his control, but is not under the influence of the heart); Sn 297, 315, 578, 586, 968; Sdhp 264.
-- The instr. vasena is used as an adv. in meaning "on account of, because" e. g. mahaggha--vasena maha^raha "costly on account
of its great worth" PvA 77; cp. J I.94; PvA 36 (putta°); Mhvs 33, 92 (pa?isanthara°). -- Freq. in phrase vase (loc.) vattati to be
in somebody's power J V.316 (te vase vattati), cp. M I.214 (cittassa vasena vattati) & 231 (vatteti te tasmi? vaso have you
power over that?); trs. vase vatteti to get under control, to get into one's power J IV.415 (attano vase vattetva); V.316 (rajano
attano v. v.); DhA II.14 (rajana? attano v. v.), cp. M I.214 (vasan vatteti) & PvA 89 (vasa? vattento). -- Note. The compn form
in connection with k? and bhu is vasi° (q. v.).
  --a^nuga being in somebody's power, dependent, subjected, obedient Sn 332, 1095; J III.224 (=vasavattin C.); Th 2, 375
(=kinkara--pa?issavin ThA 252); Sdhp 249. --a^nuvattin id.; f. °ini obedient, obliging (to one's husband) Vv 313. --uttama
highest authority, greatest ideal Sn 274. --gata being in someone's power J V.453 (narina?); cp. vasi--kata. --vattaka wielding
power Sdhp 483 (°ika); a° having no free will PvA 64. --vattana wielding power, (having) authority Miln 356. --vattin -- 1.
(act., i. e. vatteti) having highest power, domineering, autocrat, (all--)mighty; fig. having self<-> mastery, controlling one's
senses D I.247; II.261; A II.24; It 122; Th 2. 37; Pv II.333; Miln 253; DA I.111, 114, 121; SnA 133 (°bhavana). -- 2. (pass.; i. e.
vattati) being in one's power, dependent, subject J III.224; V.316; ThA 226 (read vattino for °vattito!). 

Vasati1 [vas1; to Idg. *?es, cp. Gr. e)/nnumi to clothe, Sk. vasman cover, Goth. wasjan clothe, wasti dress; Lat. vestis=E.
vest etc.; Dhtp 628 (& Dhtm 870): acchadane] to clothe. pp. vuttha1. Caus. vaseti: see ni°. See also vasana1 & vasana1. 

Vasati2 [vas2; Idg. *?es to stay, abide; cp. Av. var?haiti; Lat. Vesta the goddess of the hearth=Gr. e(sti/a hearth; Goth.
wisan to stay, remain, be (=Ohg. wesan, E. was, were); Oicel. vist to stay, Oir. foss rest. -- Dhtm 470: kanti--nivasesu] to live,
dwell, stay, abide; to spend time (esp. with vassa? the rainy season); trs. to keep, observe, live, practise Sn 469 sq., 1088
(=sa?vasati avasati parivasati Nd2 558); PvA 3, 12, 78 (imper. vasatha). <-> uposatha? vasa? (ppr.) keeping the Sunday J
VI.232; brahmacariya? v. to live a chaste life M I.515 (cp. same expression Ait. Br. 5, 13; Sat. Br. 12, 2, 2; 13, 8. 22). -- ppr.
vasanto PvA 75, 76; ppr. med. vasamana J I.21, 236, 291; PvA 117; Pot. vaseyya M I.515; Pv II.97 (ghare), & vase Miln
372. -- aor. vasi Sn 977; J IV.317 (piya--sa?vasa?); PvA 111; Mhvs 1, 13 (vasi vasi); 5, 229. -- ger. vasitva J I.278; IV.317;
PvA 13; grd. vasitabba Sn 678; PvA 42; & vatthabba Mhvs 3, 12; inf. vatthu? Th 2, 414, & vasitu? PvA 12, 112. Fut.
vasissati [=Sk. vasi?yati] Mhvs 14, 26; PvA 12; and (older) vacchati [=Sk. vatsyati] Vin I.60; Th 2, 294; J IV.217; 1st sg.
vacchami J V.467 (na te v. santike); VI.523, 524, & vaccha? Th 2, 414. -- Pass. vussati [Sk. u?yate] M I.147 (brahmacariya?
v.). -- pp. vasita, vusita [=vi+u?ita], vuttha [perhaps=vi+u??a], q. v. -- Caus. I. vaseti to cause to live, stay or dwell; to
make live; to preserve (opp. naseti at S IV.248) Vin III.140; S IV.248; Miln 211; PvA 160 (inf. vasetu?); see also vaseti2. --
Caus. II. vasapeti (cp. adhivasapeti) to make live or spend, to cause to dwell, to detain J I.290; II.27; PvA 20 (vassa?). -- pp.
vasita. -- See also adhi°, a°, ni°, pari°. 

Vasati3 

Vasati3 (f.) [fr. vas2, cp. Vedic vasati] a dwelling, abode, residence J VI.292 (raja°=raja--paricariya C.); Miln 372
(rajavasati? vase); Davs IV.27 (saka°). 

Vasana1 

Vasana1 (nt.) [fr. vasati1] clothing, clothes Sn 971; Th 2, 374; D III.118 (odata°), 124 (id.); Nd1 495 (the six civarani); PvA
49. -- vasanani clothing Mhvs 22, 30. -- vasana (--°) as adj. "clothed," e. g. odata° wearing white robes Vin I.187; kasaya°
clad in yellow robes Mhvs 18, 10; pilotika° in rags J IV.380; suci° in bright garments Sn 679; Pv I.108. 

Vasana2 

Vasana2 (nt.) [fr. vasati2] dwelling (--place), abode; usually in cpds. like °gama the village where (he) lived J II.153; °??hana
residence, dwelling place PvA 12, 42, 92; DhA I.323 and passim. 

Vasanaka (adj.) (--°) [fr. vasana2] living (in) J II.435 (nibaddha°, i. e. of continuous abode). 

Vasanta [Vedic vasanta; Idg. *?er, cp. Av. varehar spring, Gr. e)/ar, Lat. ver, Oicel. var spring, Lith. vasara summer]
spring J I.86; V.206; KhA 192 (bala°=Citra); DA I.132 (°vana); PvA 135. 

Vasabha [the Sanskritic--Pali form (*v??abha) of the proper Pali usabha (q. v. for etym.). Only in later (Com.) style
under Sk. influence] a bull Miln 115 (raja°); SnA 40 (relation between usabha, vasabha & nisabha); VvA 83 (id.). 

Vasala [Vedic v??ala, Dimin. of v??an, lit. "little man"] an outcaste; a low person, wretch; adj. vile, foul Vin   II.221; Sn 116--136; J IV.388; SnA 183, -- f. vasali outcaste, wretched woman S I.160; J IV.121, 375; DhA I.189; III.119;
IV.162; VvA 260.
  --adhama=°dhamma Sn 135. --dhamma vile conduct J II.180. --vada foul talk Ud 28; SnA 347. --sutta the suttanta on
outcasts Sn 116 sq. (p, 21 sq.), commented on at SnA 174 sq., 289. 

Vasalaka [vasala+ka in more disparaging sense]=vasala Sn p. 21. 

Vasa1 

Vasa1 (f.) [Vedic vasa; cp. vasita; Lat. vacca cow] a cow (neither in calf nor giving suck) Sn 26, 27; SnA 49
(=adamita--vuddha--vacchaka). 

Vasa2 

Vasa2 (f.) [cp. Vedic vasa] fat, tallow, grease Sn 196; Kh III.; Pv II.23; J III.356; V.489; PvA 80; VbhA 67. In detail at Vism
263, 361; VbhA 246. 

Vasi° is the shortened form of vasi° is the shortened form of vasi° (=vasa) in combns °ppatta one who has attained power,
mastering: only in phrase ceto--vasippatta A II.6; III.340; Miln 82; cp. BSk. vasiprapta Divy 210, 546; -- and °ppatti
mastership, mastery Vism 190 (appana+). 

Vasika (adj.) (--°) [fr. vasa, cp. Sk. vasika] being in the power of, subject to, as in kodha° a victim of anger J III.135; ta?ha
under the influence of craving J IV.3; matugama° fond of women J III.277. 

Vasita [pp. of vasati2] dwelled, lived, spent Mhvs 20, 14. 

Vasitar [n. ag. fr. vasita] one who abides, stays or lives (in), a dweller; fig. one who has a (regular) habit A II.107= Pug 43,
cp. PugA 225. -- vasita is given as "habit" at Cpd. 58 sq., 207. 

Vasin (adj.) [fr. vasa] having power (over), mastering, esp. one's senses; a master (over) Vin III.93; D I.18 (=ci??avasitatta
vasi DA I.112); III.29; Sn 372; Vism 154 (fivefold); Mhvs 1, 13 (vasi vasi); Davs I.16. 

Vasima =vasin It 32 (acc. vasima?; v. l. vasima?). 

Vasi° is the composition form of vasa is the composition form of vasa in combn with roots k? and bhu, e. g. °kata made
dependent, brought into somebody's power, subject(ed) Th 2, 295 (=vasavattino katva, pl.); Sn 154; cp. BSk. vasik?ta Jtm
213. See also vasagata. -- °katva having overcome or subjected Sn 561 (=attano vase vattetva SnA 455). Metricausa^ as
vasi? karitva at Sn 444. -- °bhava state of having power, mastery Nd2 466 (balesu); Pug 14 (in same passage, but reading
phalesu), expld at PugA 189 (with v. l. SS balesu!) as "ci??a--vasi--bhava"; Kvu 608 (implies balesu); Miln 170. Cp. BSk.
bala--vasi--bhava MVastu III.379. See also ci??a. -- °bhuta having become a master (over), mastering S I.132; Miln 319; cp.
MVastu I.47 & 399 vasibhuta. -- The same change of vasa° to vasi° we find in combn vasippatta (vasi+ppatta), q. v. under
vasi°. 

Vasu (nt.) [Vedic vasu good, cp. Gr. e)u/s good, Oir. fiu worthy, Goth. iusiza better] wealth; only in cpds. °deva the god of
wealth, i. e. K???a (Ka?ha) Miln 191 (as °deva followers of K.); J V.326 (here in T. as adicco vasudevo pabhankaro, expld in
C. as vasudevo vasujotano, i. e. an Ep. of the sun); Vism 233 (Vasudevo baladevo). --°dhara (f.) (as vasun--dhara) the bearer
of wealth, i. e. the earth S I.100; A III.34; J V.425; Vism 205, 366; DA I.61. --°dha id. J I.25; Ap 53; Vism 125. 

Vasumant (adj.) [fr. vasu] having wealth, rich J VI.192. 

Vassa (m. & nt.) [cp. Vedic var?a (nt.) rain. For etym. see vassati1] 1. rain, shower J IV.284; VI.486 (kha?ika sudden rain);
Miln 307; Mhvs 21, 31; DhA III.163 (pokkhara° portentous); SnA 224 (maha° deluge of rain); PvA 55 (vata° wind & rain). --
fig. shower, downpour, fall M I.130=Vin II.25 (kahapa?a°); DhA II.83 (kusuma°). -- Esp. the rainy season, lasting roughly
from June to October (Asa?ha--Kattika), often called "Lent," though the term does not strictly correspond. Usually in pl. vassa
(A IV.138), also termed vassa--ratta "time of rains" (J IV.74; V.38). Cp. BSk. var?a, e. g: Divy 401, 509. -- Keeping Lent (i. e.
spending the rainy season) is expressed by vassa? vasati Vin III.10; Mhvs 16, 8; or by vassa--vasa? (vass'avasa?) vasati (see
below), vassa? upeti S V.152, vassa? upagacchati S V.152; PvA 42. One who has kept Lent or finished the residence of the
rains is a vuttha--vassa J I.82; Mhvs 17, 1; or vassa? vuttha Vin III.11; S I.199; V.405; PvA 43. Cp. BSk. var?'o?ita Divy 92,
489. -- Vassa--residence is vassa--vasa (see below). -- vassa? vasapeti (Caus.) to induce someone to spend the rainy season
PvA 20. -- anto--vassa? during Lent; cp. antovass'eka--divasa? one day during Lent Mhvs 18, 2; antara--vassa? id. S IV.63.
-- 2. (nt.) a year A IV.252 (manusakani paññasa vassani); Sn 289, 446, 1073. satta° (adj.) seven years old Mhvs 5, 61;
satta--a??ha° 7 or 8 years old PvA 67. -- See cpd. °sata. -- 3. semen virile, virility: see cpds. °kamma & °vara.
  --agga shelter from the rain, a shed (agga=agara) J I.123; DhA III.105=VvA 75. --avasa vassa--residence A III.67.
--avasika belonging to the spending of the rainy season, said of food (bhatta) given for that purpose J VI.71; DhA I.129 (as
one of the 4 kinds: salaka°, pakkhika°, navacanda°, vass'--avasika°), 298; IV.129 (°labha a gift for the r. s.). --upagamana
entering on the vassa--residence PvA 42. --upanayika (f.) the approach of the rainy season, commencement of Vassa
residence [BSk. var?opanayika Divy 18, 489; AvS I.182, where Ep. of the full moon of Asa?ha]. Two such terms for taking up
the residence: purimika & pacchimika A I.51; i. e. the day after the full moon of A. or a month after that date. See
upanayika. -- vass'ûpanayika--divasa the first day of Lent Vism 92; DhA IV.118; °ûpanayika? khandhaka? the section of the
Vinaya dealing with the entrance upon Lent (i. e. Vin I.137 sq.) Mhvs 16, 9. --odaka rain--water Vism 260=VbhA 243.
--kamma causing virility D I.12 (=vasso ti puriso, vosso ti pa?d?ako iti; vossassa vassa--kara?a? vassa--kamma?, vassassa
vossa--kara?a? vossa--kamma? DA I.97). --kala time for rain J IV.55. --dasa (& °dasaka) a decade of years: see enumd at J
IV.397. --pugani innumerable years J VI.532, cp. Sn 1073. --vara a eunuch J VI.502. --valahaka a rain cloud A III.24
3 (°deva). --vassana shedding of rain, raining DhA II.83. --vasa Vassa residence S V.326; PvA 20. --vu??hi rainfall SnA 34,
cp. 224. --sata a century Sn 589, 804; A IV.138; Pv II.115; PvA 3, 60, 69. --satika centenarian Miln 301. 

Vassati1 [v??, var?ati, v??ate; Idg. *?ers to wet, cp. Vedic v??a bull, var?a rain, v??abha (P. usabha), Av. varšna virile, Lat.
verres boar; Gr. a)/rrhn virile, e)/rsh dew; with which root is connected *eres to flow: Sk. ar?ati, ??abha bull, Lat. ros dew=Sk.
rasa essence etc. <-> Dhtm 471 gives "secana" as defn] to rain (intrs.), fig. to shower, pour(down) Vin I.32 (mahamegho
vassi); S III.141 (deve vassante); V.396 (id.); Sn 30 (devassa vassato, gen. sg. ppr.); PvA 6, 139, 287; Mhvs 21, 33; DhA II.83
(vassatu, imper.; vassi, aor.); 265 (devo vassanto nom. sg.). -- Cp. kalena kala? devo v??yate Divy 71. -- Caus. II. vassapeti to
cause to rain J V.201 (Sakko deva? v. let the sky shed rain). -- pp. va??a, va??ha, vu??ha. Another pp. of the Caus. *vasseti is
vassita. 

Vassati2 [vas to bellow, Vedic vasyate; Dhtm 471: "saddane"] to utter a cry (of animals), to bellow, bark, to bleat, to crow
etc. S II.230; J I.436 (of a cock); II.37, 153, 307; III.127; VI.497 (ppr. vassamana=vasamana C.). -- pp. vassita2. 

Vassana1 

Vassana1 (nt.) [fr. vassati1] raining, shedding (water) DhA II.83 (vassa°). 

Vassana2 

Vassana2 (nt.) [fr. vassati2] bleating; neg. a° J IV.251. 

Vassana [gen. pl. formation fr. vassa, like gimhana fr. gimha (q. v.). Kern, Toev. s. v. sees in it a contraction of var?aya?a.
Cp. Trenckner, Miln p. 428] (belonging, to) the rainy season Vin IV.286; A IV.138; J II.445; V.177. 

Vassapanaka (adj.) [fr. vassapeti; Caus. of vassati1] shedding, pouring out J I.253 (dhana°). 

Vassika (adj.) [fr. vassa] 1. (cp. vassa1) for the rainy season D II.21 (palace); cp. AvS I.269 var?aka (id.). -- 2. (--°) of years,
in ga?a° for many years Sn 279; SnA 339; tero° more than one year (old): see under tero; satta° seven years old PvA 53. 

Vassika (f.) & Vassika (nt.)=vassiki, i. e. Jasminum Sambac; cp. BSk. var?ika Lal. Vist. 366, 431; Divy 628; AvS I.163.
(a) f. (the plant) Dh 377 (=sumana DhA IV.112); Miln 251. (b) nt. (the flower, said to be the most fragrant of all flowers) A
V.22; S V.44; DhA IV.112 (°puppha). 

Vassiki (f.) the great--flowered jasmine, Jasminum Sambac (cp. vassika) Dh 55=J III.291=Miln 333; Miln 181, 338; DhA
I.422. 

Vassita1 

Vassita1 [pp. of *vasseti, Caus. of vassati1] sprinkled with, wet with, endowed with, i. e. full of J IV.494 (balena vassita). 

Vassita2 

Vassita2 (nt.) [pp. of vassati2] a cry J I.432; IV.217, 225. 

Vassitar [n. ag. fr. vassita1] a shedder of rain A II.102= Pug 42. 

Vassin (adj. n.) [fr. vassati1] raining; in padesa° shedding local showers It 64. 

Vaha (--°) [fr. vah] 1. bringing, carrying, leading Pv I.58 (vari° river=mahanadi PvA 29); S I.103; PvA 13 (anattha°).
Doubtful in hetu--vahe Pv II.85, better with v. l. °vaco, expld by sakara?a--vacana PvA 109. -- 2. a current J IV.260 (Ganga°);
V.388 (maha°). -- Cp. vaha. 

Idg. *?egh to drive, lead, cp. Sk. vahitra= Lat. vehiculum=E. vehicle; Gr. o)/xos waggon, Av. vazaiti to lead, Lat. veho to
drive etc.; Goth. ga--wigan =Ohg. wegan=Ger. bewegen; Goth. wegs=Ger. weg, E. way; Ohg. wagan=E. waggon, etc. --
Dhtp 333 & Dhtm 498: vaha papu?ane] 1. to carry, bear, transport J IV.260; PvA 14 (=dhareti); Miln 415 (of iron: carry
weight). -- imper. vaha Vv 8117; inf. vahitu? PvA 122 (perhaps superfluous); grd. vahitabba Mhvs 23, 93. <-> 2. to
proceed, to do one's work M I.444; Mhvs 34, 4 gu?ayanta? vahitvana, old var. reading for P.T.S. ed. T. reading gu?ayantamhi
katvana. -- 3. to work, to be able, to have power A I.282. -- Pass. vuyhati (Sk. uhyate) to be carried (along) Vin I.106; Th 1,
88; ppr. vuyhamana S IV.179; Th 1, 88; J IV.260; PvA 153; pass. also vahiyati PvA 56 (=niyati); ppr. vahiyamana Miln
397. -- pp. u?ha (see sod?ha), vu?ha & vu?ha (bu?ha). -- Caus. vaheti to cause to go, to carry, to drive away Vin II.237; Sn 282;
J VI.443. -- ppr. vahiyamana (in med. pass. sense) J VI.125. -- pp. vahita (for vah°) Miln 346. Cp. ubbahati2. 

Vahana (adj. nt.) [fr. vah] 1. carrying VvA 316; DhA III.472 (dhura°). -- 2. a current J IV.260. 

Vahanaka (adj.) (--°) [vahana+ka] carrying, bearing J II.97 (dhura°). 

Va (indecl.) [Ved. va, Av. va, Gr. h)/, Lat. --ve] part. of disjunction: "or"; always enclitic Kh VIII. (itthiya purisassa va; matari
pitari va pi). Usually repeated va -- va (is it so --) or, either -- or, e. g. Sn 1024 (Brahma va Indo va pi); Dh 1 (bhasati va karoti
va); PvA 74 (putto va dhita va natthi?). -- with negation in second place: whether -- or not, or not, e. g. hoti va no va is there or
is there not D I.61; ta? patthehi va ma va VvA 226. -- Combined with other emphatic particles: (na) va pana not even Pv II.69
(manussena amanussena va pana); va pi or even Sn 382 (ye va pi ca); Pv II.614 (isayo va pi ye santa etc.); iti va Nd2 420; atha
va Dh 83 (sukhena atha va dukhena); uda . . . va Sn 232 (kayena vaca uda cetasa va). -- In verse va is sometimes shortened to
va, e. g. devo va Brahma va Sn 1024: see va4. 

Vak (°--) [Vedic vac, for which the usual P. form is vaca] speech, voice, talk; only in cpd. °kara?a talk, speaking,
conversation, as kalya?a--vak--kara?a good speech A II.97; III.195, 261; IV.296 sq.; 328; V.155; abstr. °ta A I.38. Cp.
vakya. 

Vaka (nt.) [late Sk. valka, cp. P. vakka] the bark of a tree D I.167; Vin III.34; J I.304; II.141; Vism 249=VbhA 232 (akka°
& makaci°); Miln 128. -- avaka without bark J III.522.
  --cira (=civara) a bark garment worn by an ascetic Vin III.34; A I.240, 295; J I.8, 304; V.132; Pug 55. --maya made of bark
Vin II.130. 

net, snare M I.153 (da?d?a°, Dvandva); II.65. -- As vakara at J III.541; as vakura at Th 1, 774. 

Vakya (nt.) [fr. vac: see vak & vaca; Vedic vakya] saying, speech, sentence, usually found in poetry only, e. g. D II.166
(su?antu bhonto mama eka--vakya?); A II.34 (sutva arahato vakya?); III.40 (katvana vakya? Asitassa tadino); Sn 1102
(=vacana Nd2 559); J IV.5; V.78; Ap 25; KhA 166 (°opadana resumption of the sentence); DhsA 324 (°bheda "significant
sentence" trsln). 

Vagama at Mhvs 19, 28 (tadahe v. raja) is to be read (tadah'ev) agama, i. e. came on the same day. The passage is
corrupt: see trsln p. 130. 

Vagura & °a (f.) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vagura; to Idg. *?eg to weave, as in Lat. velum sail, Ags. wecca=E. wick; Ohg.
waba=Ger. wabe] a net; as °a J VI.170; KhA 47 (sukara°); ThA 78; as °a J VI.582. Another P. form is vakara. 

Vacaka (adj.) [fr. vaca] reciting, speaking, expressing SnA 164 (lekha°); sotthi° an utterer of blessings, a herald Miln 359.
-- f. °ika speech Sdhp 55. 

Vacanaka (nt.) [fr. vaceti] talk, recitation, disputation; invitation (?), in brahma?a° J I.318 (karoti); III.171; IV.391
(karoti); regarded as a kind of festival. At J III.238 vacanaka is used by itself (two brahmins receiving it). It refers to the
treating of brahma?as (br. teachers) on special occasions (on behalf of their pupils: a sort of farewell--dinner?). -- It is not quite
sure how we have to interpret vacanaka. Under brahma?a (cpds.) we have trsld it as "elocution show" (cp. our "speech day").
The E. trsln gives "brahmin feast"; Prof. Dutoit "Brahmanen--backwerk" (i. e. special cakes for br.). vacana may be a
distortion of vajana, although the latter is never found as v. l. It is at all events a singular expression. BR give vacanaka as
a(/pac legome/non in meaning of "sweetmeat," with the only ref. Haravali 152 (Calc. ed.), where it is expld as "prahelaka" (see
P. pahe?aka). On the subject see also Fick, Soc. Glied. 137, 205. 

Vacana (f.) [fr. vaceti] recitation, reading; °magga way of recitation, help for reading, division of text (into chapters or
paragraphs) Tikp 239; KhA 12, 14, 24. 

Vacapeyya (1) amiable speech (vaca+peyya=piya) J VI.575 (=piyavacana C.). -- (2) spelling for vajapeyya (q. v.).  VaQsika (adj.) [fr. vaca] connected with speech, verbal (contrasted with kayika & cetasika) Vin IV.2; Pug 21; Miln 91;
Vism 18; DhsA 324. -- As nt. noun at Miln 352 in meaning "behaviour in speech." 

Vaca (f.) [vac, vakti & vivakti; cp. vaca? (P. vaco); Vedic vak (vac°) voice, word, vakya; Av. vacah & vaxs word; Gr. e)/pos
word, o)/y voice, Lat. vox=voice, voco to call; Ohg. gi--wahan to mention etc. The P. form vaca is a remodelling of the nom.
vac after the oblique cases, thus transforming it from the cons. decl. to a vowel (°a) decl. Of the old inflexion we only find the
instr. vaca Sn 130, 232. The compn forms are both vaca° and vaci°] word, saying, speech; also as adj. (--°) vaca speaking, of
such a speech (e. g. du??ha° Pv I.32, so to be read for dukkha°). -- D III.69 sq., 96 sq., 171 sq.; S IV.132 (in triad kayena vacaya
manasa: see kaya III., and mano II.3); Sn 232 (kayena vaca uda cetasa va), 397, 451 sq., 660, 973, 1061 (=vacana Nd2 560);
Nd1 504; DhsA 324 (vuccati ti vaca). -- In sequence vaca gira byappatha vacibheda vacasika viññatti, as a defn of speech Vin
IV.2, expld at DhsA 324: see byappatha. -- vaca? bhindati: (1) to modify the speech or expression SnA 216 (cp. vakya--bheda
DhsA 324). -- (2) to use a word, so say something Vin I.157; M I.207 (Neumann, "das Schweigen brechen"); Miln 231 (i. e. to
break silence? So Rh. D. trsln). Cp. the English expression "to break the news." -- vaca is mostly applied with some moral
characterization, as the foll., frequently found: atthasa?hita A III.244; kalya?a° A III.195, 261; IV.296; V.155; pisu?a &
pharusa A I.128, 174, 268 sq.; III.433; IV.247 sq.; DA I.74, 75; Nd1 220, and passim; rakkhita° S IV.112; viki??a° S I.61,
204; A I.70; III.199, 391 sq.; sacca° A II.141, 228; sa?ha A II.141, 228; III.244; IV.172; see also vaci--sucarita; samma° Vbh
105, 106, 235; VbhA 119; see also magga; hina etc. S II.54.
  --a^nurakkhin guarding one's speech Dh 281 (cp. vacaya sa?vara DhA IV.86). --a^bhilapa "speechjabbering," forbidden talk
Sn 49 (i. e. the 32 tiracchanakatha Nd2 561). --uggata with well intoned speech Miln 10. --yata restrained in speech Sn 850
(=yatta gutta rakkhita Nd1 221). --vikkhepa confusion of speech, equivocation D I.24 sq.; DA I.115. 

Vacetar [n. ag. fr. vaceti] one who teaches or instructs D I.123. 

Vaceti [Caus. of vac] to make speak or recite, to teach: see vatti. -- pp. vacita. 

Vaja [cp. Vedic vaja strength; Idg. *?eg, cp. vajeti, vajra (P. vajira); Lat. vegeo to be alert ["vegetation"], vigeo to be strong
["vigour"]; Av. vazra; Oicel. wakr=Ags. wacor=Ger. wacker; E. wake, etc.] 1. strength, a strength--giving drink, Soma SnA
322. <-> 2. the feather of an arrow J IV.260; V.130. 

Vajapeyya [cp. Vedic vajapeya; see Macdonell, Vedic Mythology pp. 131 sq., 155, quoting Weber, Vajapeya; Banerjea,
Public Administration etc. 92] the vajapeya sacrifice, a soma offering. Spelling often vaca° (mostly as v. l.); see S I.76; A II.42;
IV.151; Sn 303; It 21; Miln 219; J III.518. Cp. peyya2. 

Vajita (adj.) [pp. of vajeti: see vaja] feathered (of an arrow) M I.429. 

Vajin (adj.--n.) [fr. vaja] possessed of strength or swiftness; a horse, stallion Davs I.31; V.35 (sita°), 53 (sasi--pa?d?ara°);
VvA 278. 

Va?a [cp. Class. Sk. va?a; on etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. vallus] enclosure, enclosed place Vin II.154. See also yañña°. 

Va?aka (--°) [fr. va?a] enclosure, circle, ring; in gala° the throat circle, i. e. the bottom of the throat Vism 258; DhsA 316;
DhA I.394; ca?d?ala° circle of Ca?d?alas J VI.156; brahma?a° of Brahmins DhA IV.177. 

Va?ija [fr. va?ij (va?ik): see va?ijja; lit. son of a merchant; Vedic va?ija] a merchant, trader Vin III.6 (assa°); Sn 614, 651,
1014; J V.156 (so read for va°); Pv I.106; Davs I.58; KhA 224; SnA 251; PvA 47, 48, 100, 191, 215, 271. On similes with v. see
J.P.T.S. 1907, 134. 

S II.215 (suci°); J III.540. 

Va?ijja (f.) [fr. va?ija, cp. va?ijja] trade, trading Vin IV.6 (as one of the exalted professions); PvA 111, 201, 273, 277. 

Vata [Vedic vata, of va; cp. Sk. vati & vayati to blow, vayu wind; Lat. ventus, Goth. winds=wind; Ohg. wajan to blow, Oir.
feth air; Gr. a)/hmi to blow, a)h/ths wind, Lith. áudra storm etc.] wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2
groups: "internal" and "external" winds, or the ajjhattika vayo--dhatu (wind category), and the bahira. They are discussed at
Vbh 84, quoted at MA 30, 31, and expld in detail at VbhA 70 sq.; Vism 350. The bahira also at Nd2 562, and in poetical form
at S IV.218. -- The internal winds (see below 2) comprise the foll.: uddhangama vata, adhogama, kucchisaya, ko??hasasaya,
angam--ang'<-> a^nusarino, satthaka, khuraka, uppalaka, assaso, passaso, i. e. all kinds of winds (air) or drawing pains
 (rheumatic?) in the body, from hiccup, stitch and stomach--ache up to breathing. Their complement are the external winds
(see below 1), viz. puratthima vata, pacchima, uttara, dakkhi?a (from the 4 quarters of the sky), saraja araja, sita u?ha, paritta
adhimatta, ka?a, verambha°, pakkha°, supa??a°, talavanta°, vidhupana. ° These are characterized according to direction, dust,
temperature, force, height & other causes (like fanning etc.). -- 1. wind (of the air) S IV.218 (vata akase vayanti); Sn 71, 348,
591 (vato tula? va dha?saye), 622, 1074; J I.72; Pug 32; Vism 31. adhimatta v. S IV.56; maha° S II.88; A I.136, 205; II.199;
IV.312; veramba° (winds blowing in high regions: upari akase S II.231) A I.137; Th 1, 598; J VI.326. --2. "winds" of the body, i.
e. pains caused by (bad) circulation, sometimes simply (uncontrolled) movements in the body, sometimes rheumatic pains, or
sharp & dragging pains in var. parts of the body Nett. 74. Also applied to certain humours, supposed to be caused by
derangements of the "winds" of the body (cp. Gr. qumo/s; or E. slang "get the wind up"), whereas normal "winds" condition
normal health: Pv II.61 (tassa vata baliyanti: bad winds become strong, i. e. he is losing his senses, cp. PvA 94: ummada--vata).
-- anga° pain in the limbs (or joints), rheumatism Vin I.205; udara° belly ache J I.393, 433; DhA IV.129; kammaja°
birth--pains Vism 500; kucchi° pains in the abdomen (stomach) VbhA 5; pi??hi° pains in the back ibid. -- 3. (fig.)
atmosphere, condition, state; or as pp. (of vayati) scented (with), full of, pervaded (by), at Vin I.39 (vijana° pervaded by
loneliness, having an atmosphere of loneliness; Kern. Toev. s. v. vata wrongly "troop, crowd." The same passage occurs at D
III.38, where Rh. D., Dial. III.35, trsls "where the breezes from the pastures blow"; with expln vijana= v?jana [see vajati], hardly
justified. In same connection at A IV.88); Miln 19 (isi°--parivata scented with an atmosphere of Sages; Rh. D. differently:
"bringing down the breezes from the heights where the Sages dwell"; forced). -- On vata in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 135.
  --atapa (Dvandva) wind and heat. In this phrase Bdhgh. takes vata as wind (above 1) at Vism 31 (saraja & araja v.), but as
(bodily) pain (above 2) at VbhA 5. See D III.353; S II.88; III.54; V.379; A I.204; II.117, 143, 199; III.394 sq., 404; V.15, 127; Sn
52; J I.93; Miln 259, 314, 416; DhA III.112. --abadha "wind disease," internal pains (not rheumatism) Vin I.205;  Miln 134; Vism 41. --ayana air hole, window Mhvs 5, 37; Dava V.57. --ahata struck by the wind Vism 63; DhA III.328.
--erita moved by the wind (of trees) S V.123; A III.232; VvA 175. --kkhandha "wind bulk," mass of wind, region of the wind J
VI.326. --ghata ("wind--struck") the tree Cassia (or Cathartocarpus) fistula, a syn. of uddala(ka) J IV.298; VvA 197; also as
°ka at J V.199, 407; VvA 43. --java swiftness of the wind J VI.274. --dhuta shaken by the wind, swaying in the w. Vv 385, cp.
VvA 174. --passa the wind side DhA II.17. --pana lattice, window Vin I.209; II.148, 211; A I.101, 137; IV.231; J II.325;
V.214; VI.349 (read vatapan° for dvarapan°); KhA 54; DhA I.211, 370; VvA 67; PvA 4, 216, 279. --bhakkha living on air
DhA II.57. --ma?d?ala a whirlwind, gust of wind, storm, tornado [cp. BSk. vayu--ma?d?ala at AvS I.256 with note] J I.72; SnA
224. --ma?d?alika id. Vin II.113; IV. 345; J IV.430. --yoga direction of the wind J II.11. --roga "wind disease," upset of the
body, disturbance of the intestines, colic SnA 69; VvA 185. --vassa (pl.) wind and rain PvA 55. --vu??hi id. SnA 34. --vega
force of the wind Sn 1074; PvA 47. --saku?a a certain kind of bird ("wind--bird") Nd1 87, where KhA 118 reads bhasa°. 

Vataka (adj.) (--°) [fr. vata 2] belonging to or connected with the winds (of the body) in ahi--vataka--roga a cert.
(intestinal) disease (lit. "snake--pain"), pestilence, plague; dysentery (caused by a famine and attacking men and beasts alike)
DhA I.169, 187, 231; III.437. 

Vati see vayati see vayati (in meaning "weave," as well as "blow"). 

Vatika (adj.) [fr. vata 2, cp. *Sk. vatakin Halayudha II.451] connected with the winds (humours) of the body, having bad
circulation, suffering from internal trouble, rheumatic (?) Miln 135, 298. 

Vatinga?a [cp. *Sk. vatinga?a] the egg plant, Solanum melongena J V.131; DhsA 320. 

Vada [fr. vad: see vadati; Vedic vada (not in RV!), in meaning of "theory, disputation" only in Class. Sk. <-> The relation
of roots vac: vad is like E. speak: say; but vada as t. t. has developed quite distinctly the specified meaning of an emphatic or
formulated speech= assertion or doctrine] 1. speaking, speech, talk, nearly always --°, e. g. iti° hearsay, general talk M. I.133; S
V.73; A II.26; kumaraka° child--talk or childish talk, i. e. in the manner of talking to a child S II.218 sq.; cori° deceitful talk
PvA 89 (so read with v. l. for T. bheri°); dhammika° righteous speech A V.230; musa° telling lies, false speech A I.129;
II.141; IV.401; PvA 15. See under musa. -- adj. (--°) speaking up for, proclaiming, advertising D I.174 (sila°, pañña° etc.); Sn
913 (nivissa° dogmatist); A I.287 (kamma°, kiriya°, viriya°). -- vada? bhindati to refute a speech, to make a view discrepant
(cp. bhinna--vada under 4!) SnA 45 (Maravada? bh.). -- 2. what is said, reputation, attribute, characteristic Sn 859 (but SnA
550=ninda--vacana); J I.2 (jati° genealogy, cp. D I.137). See also cpd. °patha. -- 3. discussion, disputation, argument,
controversy, dispute Sn 390, 827 (also as adj. hina°); DhA III.390= Vin IV.1; Mhvs 4, 42 (sutva ubhinna? vada?). -- 4.
doctrine, theory put forth, creed, belief, school, sect SnA 539 sq.; in cpds.: acariya° traditional teaching Miln 148; also
"heterodoxy" Mhbv 96, cp. Dpvs V.30; uccheda° annihilistic doctrine Nd1 282: see under uccheda; thera° the tradition of the
Theras, i. e. the orthodox doctrine or word of Gotama Buddha Mhvs 5, 2; 33, 97 sq.; Dpvs V.10, 14 (theravado aggavado ti
vuccati), 51 (17 heretical sects, one orthodox, altogether 18 schools); dhuta° (adj.) expounding punctiliousness Vism 81
(=aññe dhutangena ovadati anusasati). See under dhuta; bhinna° heretical sect (lit. discrepant talk or view) Dpvs V.39, 51
(opp. abhinnaka vada); sassata° an eternalist Ps I.155.
  --a^nuvada the trsln of this phrase (used as adj.) at S III.6 (see K.S. III.7) is "one who is of his way of thinking." all kinds of
sectarian doctrines or doctrinal theses D I.161; III.115; S III.6; IV.51, 340, 381; V.7; A III.4; Nett 52. --kama desirous of
disputation Sn 825. --khitta upset in disputation, thrown out of his belief Vin IV.1=DhA III.390. --patha "way of speech," i. e.
signs of recognition, attribute, definition Sn 1076 (expld dogmatically at Nd2 563); A II.9. --sattha the science of disputation,
true doctrine SnA 540. --sila having the habit of, or used, to disputes Sn 381. 

Vadaka (adj. n.) [fr. vada] doctrinal, sectarian, heretical; vagga° (either vagga1 or vagga2) professing somebody's party,
sectarian, schismatic Vin III.175 (anu--vattaka+); vadaka--sammuti doctrinal (sectarian) statement A IV. 347. 

Vadana (nt.) [fr. vadeti] playing on a musical instrument, music VvA 276. 

Vadika1 

Vadika1 (adj.) (--°) [fr. vada] speaking, talking (of) Mhvs 5, 60 (para° speaking of the farther shore, i. e. wishing him across
the sea). 

Vadika2 

Vadika2 [?] a species of bird J VI.538 (v. l. vaj°). 

Vadita (nt.) [pp. of vadeti] (instrumental) music D I.6; III.183; A I.212; II.209; DhA IV.75; DA I.77. 

Vaditar [n. ag. fr. vadeti] a speaker, one who professes or has a doctrine D III.232; A II.246; IV.307. 

Vadin (adj.) (--°) [fr. vada] speaking (of), saying, asserting, talking; professing, holding a view or doctrine; arguing. Abs.
only at A II.138 (cattaro vadi four kinds of disputants); Sn 382 (ye va pi c'aññe vadino professing their view). Otherwise --°, e.
g. in agga° "teacher of things supreme" Th 1, 1142; uccheda° professing the doctrine of annihilation Nett 111 (see uccheda);
kala°, bhuta° attha° etc. speaking in time, the truth & good etc. D I.4, 165; A I.202; V. 205, 265, 328; ca?d?ala° uttering the
word C. Mhvs 5, 60; tatha° speaking thus, consistent or true speaker D III.135; Sn 430; dhamma° professing the true doctrine
S III.138; in combn with vinaya--vadin as much as "orthodox" Vin III.175; maha° a great doctrinaire or scholar SnA 540;
yatha° cp. tatha°--; sacca° speaking the truth A II.212; the Buddha so--called Th II.252 f.; va??a° singing the praises (of) Vin
II.197. 

Vana1 

Vana1 (nt.) [fr. va2: see vayati1] sewing, stuffing (of a couch) DA I.86; DhA I.234 (mañca°). 

Vana2 

Vana2 (nt.) [fr. vana, both in meaning 1 & 2 but lit. meaning overshadowed by fig.] lit. "jungle" (cp. vana1 etym.), fig. desire,
lust (=ta?ha craving) DhsA 409; KhA 151, 152. 

Vanaya in combn suvanaya in combn suvanaya (S I.124, 238) is to be separated su--v--anaya (see anaya). 

Vanara [fr. vana] monkey, lit. "forester" Th 1, 399= Dh 334; Th 1, 454; J II.78 (Senaka), 199 sq. (Nandiya); III.429;
IV.308; V.445; Miln 201; DhA II.22.
  --inda monkey king J I.279; II.159. 

Vapi (f.) [cp. Epic & Classic Sk. vapi] a pond; °jala water from a pond Mhvs 25, 66. 

Vapita1 

Vapita1 [pp. of vapeti] sown J I.6 (+ropita, of dhañña). 

Vapita2 

Vapita2 [pp. of vapeti] mown DhsA 238. 

Vapeti [Caus. fr. vap, representing vapati1 as well as vapati2] to cause to sow [cp. Divy 213 vapayitu?] or to mow. -- pp.
vapita. 

[fr. va to weave] appears in P. as nabhi in u??anabhi (q. v.). 

Vama (adj.) [Vedic vama] 1. left, the left side (always opposed to dakkhi?a) J IV.407 (°akkhi); Pv IV.78; Miln 295 (°gahin
left--handed); PvA 178 (°passa left side). As "northern" at J V.416. vama? karoti to upset J IV.101. -- instr. vamena on the
left Sn p. 80. <-> abl. vamato from or on the left J III.340; Pv II.320 (as much as "reverse"; PvA 87=vilomato). -- 2. beautiful;
only in cpd. vam--uru having beautiful thighs D II.266; J II.443. So read at both places for vamuru. 

Vamana (adj.) [fr. vama1, cp. Ger. linkisch=uncouth] dwarfish; m. dwarf Vin I.91; DA I.148. 

Vamanaka (adj.--n.) [fr. vamana] dwarfish, crippled J II.226; IV.137; V.424, 427. -- f. °ika N. of certain elephants M
I.178. 

Vaya [fr. va, vayati1] weaving PvA 112 (tunna°). See tanta°. 

Vayati1 

Vayati1 [Vedic vayati, va, cp. Sk. veman loom, va?ika band, Gr. i)/tus willow, Ohg. wida id.; Lat. vieo to bind or plait] to
 weave, only in pp. vayita. -- Pass. viyyati Vin III.259. pp. also vita. -- Caus. II. vayapeti to cause to be woven Vin III.259
(=vinapeti); VvA 181. -- See also vinati. 

Vayati2 

Vayati2 [Vedic vati & vayati. See etym. under vata] 1. to blow (only as vayati) Vin I.48; D II.107 (mahavata vayanti); S IV.218
(vata akase v.); J I.18; VI.530; Mhvs 12, 12. -- aor. vayi S IV.290; J I.51. Cp. abhi°, upa°, pa°. -- 2. to breathe forth, to emit an
odour, to smell Pv I.61; PvA 14; as vati (2nd sg. vasi) at J II.11 (=vayasi C.). -- pp. vata only as noun "wind" (q. v.). 

Vayana (nt.) [fr. va, vayati2] blowing VbhA 71 (upari°vata). 

Vayamati [vi+a+yam] to struggle, strive, endeavour; to exert oneself S IV.308; V.398; A IV.462 sq. (chanda? janeti v.
viriya? arabhati citta? pagga?hati); Pv IV.52; Vbh 208 sq.; Pug 51; Vism 2; DhA III.336; IV.137; PvA 185. 

Vayasa [cp. Vedic vayasa a large bird, Epic Sk. vayasa crow] a crow D I.9 (°vijja: see DA I.93); S I.124; Sn 447, 675; J I.500;
II.440; Miln 373; DhA III.206; VvA 27. 

Vayama [fr. vi+a+yam] striving, effort, exertion, endeavour S II.168; IV.197; V.440; A I.174 (chando+), 219; II.93;
III.307; IV.320; V.93 sq.; J I.72; Vbh 123, 211, 235; VbhA 91; DhA IV.109; PvA 259. On vayama as a constituent of the "Path"
(samma°) see magga 2.a. -- vayama? karoti to exert oneself DhA IV.26; PvA 259. 

Vayita [pp. of vayati1, cp. Divy 276 vayita] woven M III.253 (sama°), where Miln 240 in id. p. reads saya?°; Vin III.259. Cp.
vita. 

Vayin (adj.) [fr. vayati2] blowing (forth), emitting an odour, smelling PvA 87. 

Vayima (adj.) [fr. va: vayati1] weaving, woven; a° not woven Vin III.224 (of a rug or cover). 

Vayu [Vedic vaya, fr. va: vayati2] wind Miln 385; PvA 156. See next. 

Vayo (nt.) [for vayu, in analogy to apo & tejo, with which frequently enumerated] wind D III.268 (°kasi?a); M I.1, 424=A
IV.375; A V.7, 318, 353 sq. (°sañña); S III.207; Vism 172 (°kasi?a), 350 (def.). On vayo as t. t. for mobility, mobile principle
(one of the 4 elements) see Cpd. 3, 270; Dhs trsln § 962.
  --dhatu the wind element, wind as one of the four great elements, wind as a general principle (consisting of var. kinds: see
enumd under vata) Vbh 84; Vism 363; Nett 74; VbhA 55; VvA 15; DA I.194. 

Vara [fr. v?, in meaning "turn," cp. vu?ati] 1. turn, occasion, time, opportunity J I.58 (utu--varena utuvarena according to
the turn of the seasons), 150; VI.294; Vism 431 (santati° interval); DA I.36; DhA I.47 (dve vare twice); DhsA 215; VvA 47
(tatiyavara? for the 3rd & last time); PvA 109, 135. -- 2. In pada° "track--occasion," i. e. foot--track, walk(ing), step J I.62, 213
(°varena) by walking (here spelt pada°), 506 (padavare padavare at every step). -- 3. In udaka° v. stands for varaka (i. e.
bucket), the phrase udakavara? gacchati means "to go for water," to fetch water (in a bucket) J IV.492; DhA I.49. Dutoit (J.
trsln IV.594) trsls "Wunsch nach Wasser." -- 4. bha?a° "turn for recitation," i. e. a portion for recital, a chapter SnA 194. See
bha?a. 

Varaka [cp. Sk. vara & varaka] a pot, jar Vin II.122 (three kinds: loha°, daru° and cammakha?d?a°); J I.349; II.70; III.52
(dadhi°); Miln 260; DhsA 377 (phanita°). 

Vara?a1 

Vara?a1 (nt.) [fr. v? to obstruct] warding off, obstruction, resistance VbhA 194, 195 (=nivara?a). -- atapa° sunshade Davs
I.28; V.35. 

Vara?a2 

Vara?a2 [cp. Vedic vara?a strong] 1. elephant J I.358; IV.137; V.50, 416; DA I.275; DhA I.389 (°li?ha elephant's grace); VvA
36, 257. -- 2. the Hatthilinga bird Th 1, 1064. 

Vara?a3 

Vara?a3 [for varu?i?] spirituous liquor J V.505. 

Vara?ika at Th 1, 1129 read cara?ika (a little play): see Brethren 419 note. 

Varattika (adj.) [fr. varatta] consisting of leather or a strap J III.185. 

Vari (nt.) [Vedic vari, cp. Av. var rain, vairi-- sea; Lat. urina=urine; Ags. waer sea; Oicel. ur spray, etc.] water D II.266; M
III.300; A III.26 (in lotus simile); Th 1, 1273; Sn 353, 591, 625, 811; Vv 7910; J IV.19; Nd1 135, 203 (=udaka); Miln 121; PvA
77.
  --gocara living or life (lit. feeding) in water Sn 605. --ja "water--born," i. e. (1) a lotus Sn 845, cp. Nd1 203; -- (2) a fish Dh 34
(=maccha DhA I.289); J V.464 (=Ananda--maccha C.), 507. --da "water--giver," i. e. cloud Davs III.40. --dhara
water--holder, water jug J V.4. --bindu a drop of water Sn 392. --vaha "watercarrier," i. e. cloud A II.56; III.53; S V.400; J
VI.26, 543, 569; Kh VII.8. --varita, --yuta, --dhuta, --phu?a (Jain practice) D I.57; M I.377. 

Varita [pp. of vareti, Caus. of v?1] obstructed, hindered J IV.264; restrained (sabbavari) see vari.
  --vata (so read for carita°) "having the habit of selfdenial" (trsln) S I.28 (cp. K.S. I.39 & 320 with note & Bdhgh's expln:
"kilesana? pana chinnatta vata? phala--samadhina samahita?"), cp. bhavana--balena varitatta dhamma etc. at Tikp. 14. 

Varitta (nt.) [fr. v?, on the analogy of caritta. The BSk. is varitra: Mvyut 84] avoidance, abstinence Th 1, 591; Miln 133
(carittañ ca varittañ ca); Vism 11. 

Varu?i (f.) [cp. Sk. varu?i, with only ref. in BR.: Hariva?sa 8432] 1. spirituous liquor A III.213; J I.251 (°va?ija spirit
merchant), 268; VI.502. -- 2. an intoxicated woman; term for a female fortune--teller J VI.500 (Varu?i 'va pavedhati; C.
devata--bhuta--pavi??ha yakkha--dasi viya gahita, i. e. possessed), 587 (varu?i 'va pavedhenti; C. yakkh'avi??ha ikkha?ika viya). 

Vareti [Caus. of vu?ati, representing v?1 (to enclose, obstruct), as well as v?1 (to choose)] 1. to prevent, obstruct, hinder
Pv II.77 (varayissa? I had the habit of obstructing;=nivaresi? PvA 102); VvA 68; Sdhp 364. -- 2. to ask in marriage ThA 266;
PvA 55. -- Caus. II. varapeti to induce somebody to choose a wife J IV. 289. -- Note. variyamana (kalaka??i--salaka) at J
IV.2 read car° (cp. PvA 272 vicaresu? id.). -- pp. varita. 

Vareyya (nt.) [grd. of vareti] marriage, wedding Th 2, 464, 472, 479; SnA 19. 

Vala1 

Vala1 [Vedic vala; connected with Lat. adulare (ad+ ulare) to flatter (lit. wag the tail, like a dog), cp. E. adulation; Lith. valai
horse hair] 1. the hair of the tail, horse--hair, tail Vin II.195=J V.335 (paha??ha--ka??avala with bristling ears & tail, of an
elephant); J V.274 (so read for phala, cp. p. 268, V. 113); PvA 285 (°ko?i, so read for bala°); Sdhp 139. --pallankassa vale
bhinditva destroying the hair (--stuffing) of a couch Vin II.170=DA I.88; cp. Vin IV.299: pallanko aharimehi valehi kato. -- On
v. in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 136. -- 2. a hair--sieve [also Vedic] M I.229.
  --agga the tip of a hair A III.403; Miln 250 (°vedha hitting the tip of a hair, of an archer); DA I.66. --a?d?upaka a cert.
material, head dress (?) A I.209 (so read for valanduka); Vism 142; DhsA 115 (reads led?d?upaka). --kambala a blanket made
of horse--tails D I.167; A I.240, 296; Pug 55. --ko?i the tip of the hair PvA 285. --rajju a cord made of hair S II.238; A IV.129;
J II.161. --vijani a fan made of a Yak's tail, a chowrie D I.7. --vedhin (an archer) who can hit a hair J I.58
(akkha?a--vedhin+); Vism 150; Mhvs 23, 86 (sadda--vedhin vijju--vedhin+). The abstr. °vedha hitting a hair, at Vism 150. --
fig. an acute arguer, a hair--splitter; in standing phrase pa?d?ita nipu?a kata--para--ppavada valavedhi--rupa at D I.26; M
I.176; II.122; see expln at DA I.117. 

Vala2 

Vala2 (adj.) [cp. Sk. vyala] malicious, troublesome, difficult Vin II.299 (adhikara?a). 

Vala3 

Vala3 (nt.) [=vari, cp. late Sk. vala] water; only in cpd. °ja a fish (cp. varija). 

Valatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vala2] trouble, difficulty Vin II.86 (in same context as vala2); A I.54. 

Valadhi [cp. Epic Sk. valadhi] a tail (usually of a large animal) Th 1, 695; J I.63, 149; VI.302; Pv I.83; Mhvs 10, 59; VvA
252, Sdhp 621; Vism 36 quoting Ap. 

Valika (f.) [a by--form of valuka] sand (often sprinkled in connection with festivities to make the place look neat) A I.253; J
I.210; III.52, 407; VI.64; Vism 420; DhA I.3, 111; VvA 160, 305; PvA 189. -- paritta° sand (on the head) as an amulet J I.396,
399. -- In cpds. usually valika°. Cp. valuka.
  --puñja a heap of sand J VI.560. --pulina sand bed or bank J II.366; III.389. --vassa a shower of sand SnA 224. 

Valin (adj.) [fr. vala1] having a hairy tail Vv 647, cp. VvA 277. 

Valukantara at VvA 332 probably for valuka--kantara, i. e. sandy desert. See va??u. 

Valuka (f.) [cp. Vedic & Epic Sk. valuka] sand. In compn usually valuka°. -- S IV.376; Vv 391; 441; Ap. 23; Nd2 p. 72
(Gangaya v.); J II.258; IV.16; Pv II.121; Mhvs 23, 86; DhA III.243, 445; VvA 31, 177; Sdhp 244. See also valika. 

Va?a1 

Va?a1 [cp. late Sk. vyad?a, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 546] 1. a snake Vism 312 (so read for va?a). -- 2. a beast of prey A III.102
(amanussa); J I.295; III.345 (°maccha predaceous fishes); Miln 23 (°vana forest of wild beasts).
  --miga a beast of prey, predaceous animal, like tiger, leopard, etc. J VI.569; DhA I.171 (°??hana); III.348 (°rocana); Vism
180, 239. 

Va?a2 

Va?a2 [misspelt for vada?] music (?) Pgdp 83. 

Vavatteti (vi+a+v?t] to turn away (trs.), to do away with, remove M I.12 (aor. vavattayi sa?yojana?, expld at MA 87 as
"parivattayi, nimmula? akasi")= 122 (with v. l. vi°, see p. 526); A II.249 (v. l. vi°). 

Vasa1 [vas to clothe, see vasati1] clothing; adj. (--°) clothed in J VI.47 (hema--kappana--vasase). 

Vasa2 [vas to dwell, see vasati2] 1. living, sojourn, life Sn 191; Mhvs 17, 2 (anatha--vasa? vasati to lead a helpless life); PvA
12 (saraagga--vasa? v. live a life of concord); SnA 59 (lokantarika°). Cp. pari°, sa?°. <-> 2. home, house, habitation Sn 40.
vasa? kappeti to live (at a place), to make one's home J I.242; PvA 47, 100. vasa? upagacchati to enter a habitation (for
spending the rainy season) PvA 32. In special sense "bed": see cpd. °ûpagata. -- 2. state, condition (--°), in ariya° holy state A
V.29 sq.; brahmacariya° chastity PvA 61. -- 4. (adj.) (--°) staying, living, abiding, spending time Sn 19 (ekaratti°), 414
(ettha°). vassa° spending Lent PvA 20; vuttha° having spent Lent J I.183. Cp. ante--vasika--vasa.
  --attha home success, luck in the house, prosperity A II.59, 61 sq. --a^gara bedroom J III.317. --ûpagata (a) having entered
one's hut or abode (for the rainy season) Sn 415. -- (b) gone to bed Pv II.128; PvA 280. --ghara living room, bedroom SnA 28
(=ku?i). --dhura ordinary duty (lit. burden) or responsibility of living, or the elementary stages of saintliness SnA 194, 195
(contrasted to pariyatta--dhura), 306 (: ganthadhura). 

Vasa3 

Vasa3 [cp. Class. Sk. vasa, e. g. Malatim. 148, 4; fr. va: see vata] perfume J I.242; VI.42. 

(adj.) (--°) [fr. vasa2] living, dwelling; vasaka: see sa?°. vasika: gama° villager Mhvs 28, 15; Bara?asi° living in Benares J
III.49. See also ante°. 

see vassati2] to cry (of animals) J VI.497. 

Vasana1 

Vasana1 (adj.--nt.) [=vasana1] clothing, clothed in (--°) PvA 173. 

Vasana2 

Vasana2 (adj.--nt.) [=vasana2] dwelling Dpvs V.18. 

Vasana (f.) [fr. vasati2 = vasa2, but by Rh. D., following the P. Com¯. connected with vaseti & vasa3] that which remains in
the mind, tendencies of the past, impression, usually as pubba° former impression (Sn 1009; Miln 10, 263). -- Cp. Nett 4, 21,
48, 128, 133 sq., 153, 158 sq., 189 sq. -- Cp. BSk. vasana, e. g. MVastu I.345. 

Vasara [cp. Vedic vasara matutinal, vasa? early] day (opp. night), a day Davs I.55; V.66. 

Vasi (f.) [cp. Sk. vasi] 1. a sharp knife, axe, hatchet, adze (often combd with pharasu) J I.32, 199; II.274; III.281; IV.344;
Miln 383; 413; DhA I.178 (tikhi?a vasiya kha?d?a^kha?d?ika? chinditva: cutting him up piecemeal with a sharp knife); KhA 49.
--°ja?a handle of a mason's adze Vin IV.168; S III.154; A IV.127. -- 2. a razor J I.65; II.103; III.186, 377. 

Vasita [fr. vaseti2] 1. scented J I.65; II.235 (su°); III.299; V.89; Vism 345. -- 2. [preferably fr. vaseti1=vasati2] established,
made to be or live, preserved Mhvs 8, 2. So also in phrase vasita--vasana (adj.) or vasana--vasita one who is impressed with
(or has retained) a former impression Sn 1009 (pubba°, =vasanaya vasita--citta SnA 583); Miln 263 (id.); Vism 185
(+bhavita--bhavana). If taken as vaseti2, then to be trsld as "scented, filled, permeated," but preferably as vaseti1. -- Cp. pari°. 

Vasitaka (adj.) [fr. vasita] scented, perfumed Vin IV.341 (vasitakena piññakena nhayeyya: should bathe with perfumed
soap). -- f. vasitika (scil. mattika) scented clay Vin II.280 (id.). 

Vasin1 

Vasin1 (adj.) (--°) [fr. vas1] clothed in, clad Sn 456 (sangha?i°), 487 (kasaya°); Pv III.16 (sahunda°); J III.22 (nantaka°); IV.380
(rumma°); f. vasini Vin III.139 (chanda°, pa?a° etc.)= VvA 73. 

Vasin2 

Vasin2 (adj.) (--°) [fr. vas2] liking, dwelling (in) Sn 682 (Mern--muddha°), 754 (aruppa°); PvA 1 (Mahavihara°), 22
(Anga--Magadha°), 47 (Savatthi°), 73 (Bara?asi°) 

Vaseti1 

Vaseti1: Caus. of vasati2 (q. v.). 

Vaseti2 

Vaseti2 [Denom. fr. vasa perfume] to perfume, to clean or preserve by means of perfumes, to disinfect (?) Vin I.211 (here in
the sense of "preserve, cure," probably as vaseti of vasati2); II.120; J IV.52 (a??hini, for the sake of preservation); V.33 (saso
avasesi sake sarire, expld as "sake sarire attano sarira? datu? avasesi vasapesi ti attho, sarirañ c'assa bhakkh'atthaya adasi." In
this passage vaseti is by Kern, Toev. s. v. taken as Caus. of vas to eat, thus "he made eat, feasted, entertained by or on his own
body"), 321 (kusumehi vasetva: perfume). See also vasati2 (Caus.). -- pp. vasita. <-> Caus. II. vasapeti J V.33. 

Vaha (adj.--n.) [fr. vah] 1. carrying, leading; a leader, as in sattha° a caravan leader, merchant J I.271; Vv 847; 8420; VvA
337. -- 2. a cart, vehicle; also cartload Sn p. 126 (tila°=tila--saka?a SnA 476); J IV.236 (sa??hi°sahassani 60,000 cartloads);
Miln 80 (°sata?). 

Vahaka [fr. vaheti] that which carries (or causes to carry) away, i. e. a current, torrent, flow; only in combn with udaka° a
flood of water A I.178; Vin I.32; Miln 176. 

Vahana [fr. vaheti] 1. (adj.) carrying, pulling, drawing Vin II.122 (udaka°--rajju); J I.136 (ka??ha° gathering fire--wood);
PvA 127 (ratha--yuga°). -- 2. (nt.) conveyance, beast of burden, monture Vin I.277 (°agara stable, garage); Sn 442 (Mara sa°
with his elephant); Pv II.926; DhA I.192 (hatthi°, elephant--mount; cp. p. 196, where five. vahanani, belonging to King Pajjota,
are enumd, viz. ka?eru, dasa, dve assa, hatthi). -- bala° army & elephants, i. e. army in general, forces J I.262. 

Vahanaka =vaha 1; VvA 337. 

Vahasa (indecl.) [an instr. of vaha, formed after the manner of balasa, thamasa, used adverbially] owing to, by dint of, on
account of, through Vin IV.158; Th 1, 218, 1127; Miln 379; VvA 100. 

Vahin (adj.--n.) [fr. vaha] carrying, conveying J VI.125 (haya° running by means of horses, i. e. drawn by horses); also as
poetical expression for "horse" J VI.252 (=sindhava C.). The reading vahin at Mhvs 22, 52 is given as v. l. for T. vajin in
P.T.S. ed. -- f. vahini, an army J III.77 (miga°; expld as "aneka--sahassa--sankha migasena"); VI.581. 

Vaheti is Caus. of vahati (q. v.). 

Vi (indecl.) [prefix, resting on Idg. *?i "two," as connotation of duality or separation (Ger. "ent--zwei"), which is contained in
vi?sati, num. for "twenty" (see visati), cp. Sk. vi?u apart, Gr. i)/dios private (lit. separate); also Sk. u--bhau both; and *?idh, as
in Lat. divido=divide. A secondary (compar.) formation in Sk. vitara further, farther, Goth. wipra against, Ger. wider] 1. (a)
inseparable prefix of separation and expansion, in original meaning of "asunder," semantically closely related to Lat. dis-- &
Ger ver--. Often as base--prefix in var. meanings (see below 1--4), also very frequent as modifying prefix (in combn with other
primary prefixes like a, ni, pa, pa?i, sa?), where its prevailing character is one of emphasis. -- (b) The native grammarians
define vi- either as "vividha" (i. e. our meaning 2): see Bdhgh. at SnA 136 (viharati=vividha? hita? harati); and Vism 179
vividha? khitta?=vikkhitta?; see also under vigga?hati; or "pratilomya" (i. e. meaning 3): Nirukta (ed. Roth) I.3; or
paraphrase it by su° or su??hu (i. e. meaning 4): see under vimana & vippasanna. The latter meaning also in Hemacandra's
Anek'artha--sangraha (ed. Calc.) 7, 15: "sre??he 'tite nanarthe" (i. e. Nos. 4 & 2). -- (c) vi° occurs also as distributive
(repetitional) prefix in reduplication compounds (here closely resembling pa?i° and the negative a°), like cu??a--vicu??a
piecemeal, chidda--vicchidda holes upon holes, va??a--viva??a, etc. -- Contracted forms are vy° (=viy° before vowels) and vo°
(=vi+ ava); the gu?a & vriddhi form is ve°. -- II. Meanings. --1. denoting expansion, spreading out; fig. variety or detail, to be
trsld by expressions with over or about (cp. Lat. e--), as: °kampati shake about, °kaseti open out, °kirati scatter about, °kujati
sing out (=upa--nadati C), °carati move about (=a--hi?d?ati), °churita sprinkled about, °jayati bring forth, °tana "spread out,"
°tthara ex--tension, de--tail, °daleti break open, °dhammati whirl about, °dhayaka providing, °pakirati strew all over, °pphara
pervading, °ppharika ef--fulgence, Qbhajati ex--plain, °bhatta dis--tributed, °bhaga division, distribution, °ravati shout out,
°ruhana growing up, °rocati shine out, °ssajjati give out, °ssa??ha sent out, °ssara shouting out, °ssuta far--famed. -- 2. denoting
disturbance, separation, mixing up (opp. sa?°), as given with "away" or "down," or the prefixes de-- and dis--, e. g. °kasita burst
asunder, °kubbana change, i. e. miracle (meta--morphosis), °kkaya sell ("ver--kaufen"), °kkhambhati de--stroy, °kkhaleti wash
off (=acameti), °kkhepa de--rangement, °gata dis--appeared (used as defn of vi° at ThA 80), °galita dripping down, °ggaha
separation, °cinati dis--criminate, °jahati dis--miss, °desa foreign country (cp. verajjaka), °na??ha destroyed, °nata bending
down, °nasa de--struction, °nicchaya dis--crimination, °nodaka driving out, °pateti to be destroyed, °ppalapati to talk
confusedly, °rajeti discard as raga, °rodha destruction, °lumpati break up, °vitta separated, °vidha mixed, °veka separation,
°vaha carrying away, i. e. wedding. -- 3. denoting the reverse of the simple verb, or loss, difference, opposite, reverse, as
expressed by un-- or dis--, e. g. °asana mis--fortune, °ka?ika unclean, °kappa change round, °kara per--turbation, dis--tortion,
°kala wrong time, °tatha un--truth, °dhuma smoke--less, °patti corruption, °parita dubious, °ppa?ipanna on the wrong track,
°bhava non--existence (or as 4 "more" bhava, i. e. wealth), °mati doubt, °manana dis--respect, °yoga separation, °raja fault--less,
°rata abs--taining, °rupa un--sightly, °va?a unveiled, °va??eti defame, °vada dis--pute, °sama uneven, °ssandati overflow, °ssarita
for--gotten, °si??ha distinguished, °sesa difference, distinction. -- 4. in intensifying sense (developed fr. 1 & 2), mostly with
terms expressing per se one or the other of shades of meanings given under 1--3; to be trsld by "away," out, all over, "up," or
similarly (completely), e. g. °akula quite confused, °katta cut up, °kopeti shake up, °garahati scold intensely, °chindati cut off,
°jita conquered altogether, °jjotita resplendent, °tarati come quite through, °niyoga close connection, °nivatteti turn off
completely, °pari?ama intense change, °ppamutta quite released, °ppasanna quite purified, °pphalita crumpled up, °bandhana
(close) fetter, °ramati cease altogether, °sahati have sufficient strength, °sukkha dried up, °suddha very bright, °ssamati rest
fully (Ger. aus--ruhen), °haññati to get slain. 

Vikaca (adj.) blossoming DA I.40. 

Vika?a [vi+kata, of k?] changed, altered, distorted; disgusting, foul, filthy Pgdp 63 (°anana with filthy mouth). -- nt. filth,
dirt; four maha--vika?ani applied against snake--bite, viz., gutha, mutta, charika, mattika Vin I.206. -- Cp. veka?ika.
  --bhojana filthy food D I.167; M I.79. 

Vika??a (adj.) [vi+ka??a] having deranged or bent corners, frayed Vin I.297; II.116. 

Vika??aka [fr. vika??a] a kind of arrow (barbed?) J II.227, 228. 

Vikata changed, altered Vin I.194 (gihi--vikata changed by the g.) 

Vikati (f.) [fr. vi+k?] "what is made of something," make, i. e. 1. sort, kind J I.59 (abhara?a° kind of ornament), 243
(maccha--ma?sa°); Miln 403 (bhojana° all kinds of material things); Vism 376 (bhajana° special bowl); VbhA 230
(pilandhana°); DhA II.10 (khajja°). -- 2. product, make; vessel: danta° "ivory make," i. e. vessels of ivory M II.18; D I.78; J
I.320. -- 3. arrangement, get up, assortment; form, shape J V.292 (mala° garlandarrangement).
  --phala an assortment of fruit J V.417. 

Vikatika (f.) [fr. vikati] a woollen coverlet (embroidered with figures of lions, tigers etc.) D I.7 (cp. DA I.87); A I.181; Vin
I.192; ThA 55 (Ap V.10: tulika°). 

Vikatta (adj.) [pp. of vi+kantati2] cut open J VI.111 (v. l. °kanta). 

Vikattana (nt.) [fr. vi+kantati2] cutter, knife Vin III.89 (ti?ha go°) M I.449; J VI.441. 

Vikatthati [vi+katthati] to boast, show off S II.229; J I.454 (=vañcana--vacana? vadati C.). -- pp. vikatthita. 

Vikatthana (nt.) [fr. vi+katth] boasting SnA 549. 

Vikatthita (nt.) [fr. vikatthati] boasting J I.359. 

Vikatthin (adj.) [fr. vi+katth] boasting; only neg. a° not boasting, modest A V.157; Sn 850; Miln 414. 

Vikanta =vikatta; cut open, cut into pieces J II.420. 

Vikantati [vi+kantati2] to cut J V.368 (=chindati C.). <-> pp. vikatta & vikanta. 

Vikantana (nt.) [fr. vikantati] knife M I.244. Cp. vikattana. 

Vikappa [vi+kappa] 1. thinking over, considering, thought, intention Nd 97, 351. -- 2. doubtfulness, indecision,
alternative, appld to the part. va SnA 202, 266; KhA 166; DA I.51; PvA 18. --attha° consideration or application of meaning,
exposition, statement, sentence J III.521; SnA 433, 591. -- Cp. nibbikappa. 

Vikappana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vikappeti] 1. assignment, apportioning Vin IV.60=123=283. At Vin IV.122 two ways of
assigning a gift are distinguished: sammukhavikappana & parammukha°. All these passages refer to the civara. -- 2.
alternative, indecision, indefiniteness (=vikappa), as t. t. g. applied to part. ca and va, e. g. SnA 179 ("ca"); KhA 166 ("va"). 

Vikappita [pp. of vikappeti] prepared, put in order, arranged, made; in combn su° well prepared, beautifully set Sn 7;
VvA 188 (manohara+). -- Bdhgh. at SnA 21 interprets °kappita as chinna "cut," saying it has that meaning from
"kappita--kesa--massu" (with trimmed hair & beard), which he interprets ad sensum, but not etymologically correctly. Cp.
vikappeti 5. 

Vikappin (adj.) [fr. vikappa] having intentions upon (--°), designing A III.136 (an--issara° intentioning unruliness). 

Vikappiya (adj.) [grd. of vikappeti] to be designed or intended Sdhp 358. 

Vikappeti [vi+kappeti] 1. to distinguish, design, intend, to have intentions or preferences, to fix one's mind on (loc. or
acc.) Sn 793=802 (=vikappa? apajjati Nd1 97), 918 (id. Nd1 351). -- 2. to detail, describe, state KhA 166; SnA 43. -- 3. to
assign, apportion, give Vin I.289 (civara?); IV.121 (id.). -- 4. to arrange, put on, get ready Vin I.297. -- 5. to change, alter,
shape, form J V.4 (ambapakka? satthena v.; C. not quite correctly =vicchindati). -- pp. vikappita. 

Vikampati [vi+kamp] to shake; fig. to be unsettled, to waver, to be in doubt S IV.71 (citta? na vikampate); Th 1, 1076
(vidhasu na v.; trsln Brethren p. 366: "who is not exercised about himself in this way or in that"); Nd1 195 (tisu vidhasu, as at Th
1, 1076; as comment on Sn 843); J VI.488. -- ppr. med. vikampamana, only neg. a° not hesitating, settled, well balanced,
resolved Sn 842; J IV.310; V.495 (C. anoliyamana); VI.175 (C. nirasanka). -- pp. vikampita. 

Vikampin (adj.) [fr. vikampati] shaking; only neg. a° not shaking, steadfast, steady, settled Sn 952; Vv 5022. 

Vikaroti [vi+k?] to alter, change, disturb; aor. vyakasi J II.166 (=vikara? akasi parivattayi C.); so read for T. vyakasi. --
Imper. Pass. 3 sg. vikiriyyatu "let him be disturbed" J III.368 (after Kern, Toev. s. v. One may take it to vikirati, q. v.). -- pp.
vika?a & vikata. See also vikubbati, etc. 

Vikala (adj.) [Sk. vikala] defective, in want of, deprived, (being) without Th 2, 391; Pv IV.1 (bhoga°); J IV.278; VI.232;
Miln 106, 307 (udakena); DA I.222; PvA 4 (hattha°). Cp. vekalla. 

Vikalaka (adj.) [vikala+ka] being short of, wanting Vin I.285. 

Vikasati1 

Vikasati1 [vi+kas] to open (out), to expand, to blossom fully (of flowers). -- pp. vikasita. Caus. vikaseti to open J VI.364
(hattha?). 

Vikasati2 

Vikasati2 [vi+kas, cp. okasa] to shine; Caus. vikaseti to illuminate Davs V.47 (mukh'ambuja--vanani vikasayanto). 

Vikasita [pp. of vikasati1] burst asunder, blossoming, opened (wide), expanded, usually appld to flowers J III.320
(=phalita C.); IV.407; VvA 40, 206 (of eyes); SnA I 39; DA I.40. 

Vikara [fr. vi+k?] 1. change, alteration, in maha° great change Vism 366, 367 (of two kinds: anupadi??a & upadi??a, or
primary & secondary, i. e. the first caused by kappa--vu??hana, the second by dhatu--kkhobha); KhA 107 (va??a°). -- 2.
distortion, reversion, contortion, in var. connections, as kucchi° stomach--ache Vin I.301; bhamuka° frowning DhA IV.90;
raukha° grimace, contortion of the face, J II.448; PvA 123; hattha° hand--figuring, signs with the hand, gesture Vin I.157
(+hattha--vilanghaka)=M I.207 (reads vilangaka); Vin V.163 (with other simila? gestures); J IV.491; V.287; VI.400, 489. --
Kern. Toev. s. v. vikara is hardly correct in translating hattha--vikarena at Vin I.157 by "eigenhandig," i. e. with his own hand.
It has to be combd with hattha--vilanghakena. -- 3. perturbation, disturbance, inconvenience, deformity Vin I.271, 272 (°?
sallakkheti observe the uneasiness); Miln 224 (tavataka v. temporary inconvenience), 254 (°vipphara disturbing influence);
SnA 189 (bhuta° natural blemish). -- 4. constitution, property, quality (cp. Cpd. 1572, 1681) Vism 449 (rupa° material quality);
VvA 10 (so correct under maya in P.D. vol. III. p. 147). -- 5. deception, fraud PvA 211 (=nikati). -- Cp. nibbikara. 

Vikala [vi+kala] "wrong time," i. e. not the proper time, which usually means "afternoon" or "evening," and therefore often
"too late." -- Vin IV.274 (=time from sunset to sunrise); J V.131 (ajja vikalo to--day it is too late); VvA 230 (id.). -- loc. vikale
(opp. kale) as adv., meaning: (1) at the wrong time Vin I.200; Sn 386; PvA 12. -- (2) too late Vv 84 (=akale VvA 337); DhA
I.356; IV.69. -- (3) very late (at night) J V.458.
  --bhojana taking a meal at the wrong time, i, e. in the afternoon Vin I.83; D I.5; A I.212; II.209; Sn 400; DA I.77. 

Vikasa [vi+kas: see vikasati1] opening, expansion J VI.497 (vana° opening of the forest); Dhtp 265. 

Vikasika [fr. vi+k??: see kasati] a linen bandage (Kern: "pluksel") Vin I.206 (for wound--dressing). May be a dern fr.
kasika, i. e. Benares cloth, the vi° denoting as much as "a kind of." 

Vikasitar [fr. vi+k??, kasati] one who plucks or pulls, bender of a bow, archer J VI.201. 

Vikasin (adj.) (--°) [fr. vi+kas: see vikasati2] illumining, delighting Mhvs 18, 68. 

Vikaseti see vikasati. 

Viki??a [pp. of vikirati] scattered about, strewn all over, loose Vin I.209 (undurehi oki??a°; overrun); J V.82.
  --kesa with dishevelled hair J I.47; Vism 415. --vaca (adj.) of loose talk S I.61 (=asaññata--vacana K.S. I.320); Pug 35 (same
expln PugA 217): J V.77 (=pattha?avacana C.). 

Vikitteti [vi+kitteti] to slander Miln 276 (opp. pakitteti). 

Vikira?a (nt. & adj.) [fr. vikirati] 1. scattering, dispersing; being scattered or dispersed D I.11 (cp. DA I.96).--Vbh 358 (T.
reads viki°; v. l. vikara?a & vikkir°)=Pug 23 (which reads nikara?a; trsl. "guilefulness"). In this connection VbhA 493
interprets vikira?a (or °a) as "denial, abnegation" (pretext?), by saying "na^ha? eva karomi ti papana? vikkhipanato vikira?a." --
With ref. to Arahantship (the dissolution of the body) at DhA III.109 in formula bhedana--vikira?a--viddha?sanadhamma i. e.
"of the nature of total destruction." Cp. BSk. formula satana--patana--vikira?a--vidhva?sana (--dharmata) AvS I.96 (where S.
Speyer in Index considers vikara?a the correct form)=Divy 299 (reading cyavanapatana°)=Lal. V. 242. See also S III.190
(under vikirati). -- 2. (adj.) scattering, spending, squandering, f. °i Sn. 112. 

Vikirati [vi+kirati] to scatter about, sprinkle, spread, mix up (trs. & intrs.) M I.127; S III.190 (in simile of playing children:
pa?sv'agarakani hatthehi ca padehi ca vikiranti [mix up] vidhamanti [fall about] viddha?senti [tumble over] viki?anika?
karonti, describing the scrambling and crowding about. In quite a diff. interpretation appld to Arahantship: see under vikira?a,
as also in the same chapter (S III.190 § 11 sq.) in phrase rupa? vikirati vidhamati etc. where it is meant in trs. sense of "destroy";
thus vi° in the same verb in meaning (vi° 1 & 2); S IV.41 (kayo vikiri [came to pieces] seyyatha^pi bhusa--mu??hi); J I.226; Pv
II.38 (vikiri, v. l. for okiri); Miln 101, 237 (lokadhatu vikireyya, would fall to pieces; combd with vidhameyya &
viddha?seyya "drop & tumble," denoting total confusion and destruction. Similarly on p. 250=337 "vari pokkhara--patte
vikirati vidhamati viddha?sati": the water scatters, drops & falls off; appld figuratively to bad qualities at same passage); SnA
172. -- Pass. vikiriyyati & vikiriyati may be taken either to vikirati or vikaroti (cp. kiriyati); DhsA 19 (suttena sangahitani
pupphani na vikiriyanti na viddha?siyanti: get scattered and fall off); ppr. vikiriyamana PvA 271 (with sprawling or
confused limbs); imper. vikiriyyatu J III.368. -- pp. viki??a. 

Vikilanika (adj. & nt.) [fr. vi+ki?ana] playing about; in phrase viki?anika? karoti (intrs.) to play all over or excitedly
(lit. to make play; vi° in meaning vi° 1) S III.190; as trs. to put out of play, to discard (vi° 3) ibid. (rupa? etc. v. karoti). 

Vikujjhita [vi+pp. of kujjheti] made angry, angered, annoyed, vexed M II.24 (so read for vikujjita). 

Viku?ita (adj.) [vi+ku?ita] distorted, deformed Vism 346 (°mukha); PvA 123 (id.). Cp. viku?a. 

Vikuddha (adj.) [vi+kuddha] free fr. anger J V.308. 

Vikubbati [vi+kubbati, med. of karoti] to change round, transform, do magic J III.114 (=parivatteti); Dpvs I.40
(vikubbeyya); also in phrase iddhi--vikubbati to work transformation by magic (psychic) potency Kvu 55. -- ppr. f.
vikubbanti Vv 112 (iddhi? working magic, =vikubban'iddhiyo va?añjenti VvA 58), and vikubbamana (iddhi°) Vv 311. -- pp.
*vikubbita miracle: see vikubbana. 

Vikubbana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vikubbati] miraculous transformation, change; assuming a diff. form by supernatural
power; miracle Th 1, 1183; Ps II.174, 210; Dpvs VIII.6 (°esu kovida); Mhvs 19, 19; Miln 343; Vism 309, 316 sq. More specific
as iddhi--vikubbana (or °a), i. e. by psychic powers, e. g. D II.213; Vism 373 sq.; or vikubbana iddhi Vism 378, 406; VvA
58; DhsA 91 (the var. forms of iddhi). Cp. Kvu trsl. 50; Cpd. 61. -- The BSk. form is represented by the pp. of vikubbati, i. e.
vikurvita, e. g. AvS I.258; Divy 269 etc. 

(adj.) [vi+kulava] having no nest, without a nest S I.224 (ka); J I.203. 

Vikujati [vi+kujati] to sing (like a bird), warble, chirp, coo PvA 189 (=upanadati). -- ppr. med. vikujamana Vin IV.15; J
V.12. 

Viku?a [cp. viku?ita & vikara] distortion, grimace (mukha°) SnA 30. 

Vikula (adj.) [vi+kula] sloping down, low--lying A I.35 (contrasted with ukkula). We should expect ni° for vi°, as in BSk.
(see ukkula). 

Vikulaka (adj.) [fr. vikula] contrary, disgusting Th 2, 467 (=pa?ikula ThA 284). 

Vikesika (adj. --f.) [vi+kesa+ika] with loose or dishevelled hair Vin I.15. 

Viko??ita [vi+ko??ita] beaten, cut, slain, killed Miln 304 (ko??ita+). 

Vikopana (nt.) [fr. vi+kup] upsetting, injuring, doing harm J II.330=IV.471; Miln 185, 266; DhsA 145. 

Vikopin (adj.) [vi+kup] shaking, disturbed; neg. a° J VI.226. 

Vikopeti [vi+kopeti] 1. to shake up PvA 253. -- 2. to upset, spoil, to do harm Vin III.47; Miln 276 (vikitteti+). -- 3. to
destroy J VI.68 (pada? a track). 

Vikkanta [pp. of vi+kram] heroic J I.119; II.211; IV.271; Miln 400 (°carin, of a lion). 

Vikkandati [vi+kandati] to cry out, lament, wail J VI.525. 

Vikkama [fr. vi+kram] 1. walking about, stepping; in °malaka walking--enclosure, "peripatei_on," corridor J I.449. -- 2.
strength, heroism J II.211, 398; III.386 (°porisa). 

Vikkamati [vi+kamati] to have or show strength, to exert oneself J III.184 (=parakkamati); Miln 400. -- pp. vikkanta. 

Vikkaya [vi+kaya] selling, sale A II.209; Sn 929 (kaya+); J I.121; II.200; IV.115 (majja°); Miln 194 (°bha?d?a goods for
sale, merchandise); PvA 29, 113 (°bha?d?a). 

Vikkayika & °kayika (adj.--n.) [fr. viki?ati] 1. a salesman, vendor DhA IV.50 (a). -- 2. for sale J I.201 (a); DhA
I.269 (a). 

Vikki?ati [vi+ki?ati] to sell J I.227, 377 (ger. vikki?itva); PvA 100 (id.), 191 (aor. vikki?i). -- inf. vikketu ? J III.283. --
grd. vikki?iya=for sale DhA I.390 (°bha?d?a merchandise). 

Vikki?ita (nt.) [vi+ki?ita] sporting, amusement, pastime Nett 124 (in appld meaning). 

Vikkuthita (adj.) [vi+kuthita] boiled, °duddha boiled milk KhA 60 (T. reads vikkuthita--du??ha--va??a, but App. SnA
Index p. 870: vikku??hita--duddha°). The corresp. passage at Vism 260 has du??ha--khira--va??a, which seems faulty. 

Vikkha?d?ati [vi+kha?d?ati] to break (up), destroy, spoil Sdhp 450 (ger. °iya). -- pp. vikkha?d?ita. 

Vikkha?d?ita [pp. of vikkha?d?ati] broken, ruined, spoilt Sdhp 436. 

Vikkhambha [vi+khambha 1] diameter (lit. support) J V.268, 271; Mhvs 18, 27. 

Vikkhambhati [fr. vi+khambha 2] (intrs.) to become stiff (with fear), to be scared or frightened Ap. 50. 

Vikkhambhana (nt.) [vi+khambha+na] withdrawal of support, stopping (the nivara?as or any evil influences or
corruptions: kilesa°), arresting, paralysing; elimination, discarding Ps II.179; Nd1 6; Nd2 338, 606b; J III.15
(kilesa°+metta--bhavana--jhan'uppatti); IV.17; Vism320; Sdhp 455. -- Usually in foll. cpds.: °pahana elimination (of
character--blemishes) by discarding J II.230; Nd2 203; Vism 5; DhsA 352; SnA 19; °vimutti emancipation by elimination J
II.35; °viveka arrest by aloofness DhsA 12, 164; Vism 140, 141. 

Vikkhambhanata (f.) [vikkhambhana+ta] state of having undone or discarded, removal, destruction, paralysis Nett
15, 16. 

Vikkhambhika (adj.) [fr. vikkhambheti] leading to arrest (of passions), conducive to discarding (the blemishes of
character) Vism 114. 

Vikkhambhita [pp. of vikkhambheti] arrested, stopped, paralysed, destroyed Ps II.179; Tikp 155, 320 sq.; Dukp 10. 

Vikkhambhiya (adj.) [grd. of vikkhambheti] in neg. a° not to be obstructed or overcome D III.146. 

Vikkhambheti [vi+khambheti] (trs.) to "unprop," unsettle, discard; to destroy, extirpate, paralyse (cp. khambha 2 and
chambheti), give up, reject Sn 969 (=abhibhavati etc. Nd1 492); Vism 268; J I.303 (jhanabalena kilese v.); Miln 34 (nivara?e);
DhA IV.119 (piti? vikkhambhetva: here in meaning "set up, establish"? Or to produce such piti as to be called phara?a piti,
thus vikkhambheti=pharati 2? Or as Denom. fr. vikkhambha "diameter"=to establish etc.?); VvA 156 (read °etva.)-- pp.
vikkhambhita. 

Vikkhalita (nt.) [vi+khalita2] stumbling, fault, faux pas A I.199. 

Vikkhayitaka (adj.--nt.) [vi+khayati(=khadita)+ka] "pertaining (or: of the nature of) to being eaten up," i. e. a
(mental) representation obtained by contemplation of a corpse gnawed by animals, one of the asubhakamma??hanas Vism
110=Miln 332 (°sañña); Vism 179, 194. 

Vikkhalita [pp. of vikkhaleti] washed off, cleansed Vin II.201; Vism 59. 

Vikkhaleti [vi+kha?eti] to wash off, to wash one's face (mukha?) rinse one's mouth Vin II.201; S II.269; J I.266, 459;
PvA 75, 209, 241 (=acameti). -- pp. vikkhalita 

Vikkhitta (adj.) [vi+khitta] 1. upset, perplexed, mentally upset, confused S II.122 (°citta); V.157, 263 sq.; A III.174
(°citta); V.147 (id.); Vism 410 (=uddhacc' a^nugata). -- a° undisturbed, composed, collected A V.149; It 94; PvA 26. 

Vikkhittaka (adj.) [vi+khitta+ka] 1. scattered all over, deranged, dismembered; of a dead body with respect to its limbs
(as one of the asubha--kamma??hana's: cp. vikkhayika & vicchiddaka) Vism 110 (°sañña)=Miln 332; Vism 179 (with defn
vividha? khitta? vikkhitta?; aññena hattha? aññena pada? aññena sisan ti eva? tato tato khittassa chava--sarirassa
adhivacana?), 194. --hata° killed & cut up Vism 179.--2. citta° of unbalanced or deranged mind Miln 308. 

Vikkhipana (nt.) [cp. BSk. viksepa refusal AvS I.94] refusal, denial VbhA 493 (see vikira?a 1). 

Vikkhipatti [Pass. of vikkhipati] to be disturbed J I.400 (gocare, in . . .); Miln 337 (citta?). -- pp. vikkhitta. 

Vikkhi?a [vi+khi?a] totally destroyed, finished, gone Th 2, 22. 

Vikkhiyati [vi+khiyati] to go to ruin, to be destroyed, to be lost J V.392 (fut. °iyissati). -- pp. vikkhi?a. 

Vikkhepa [vi+khepa] 1. disturbance, derangement J VI.139. -- 2. perplexity, confusion D I.59. -- vaca° equivocation,
senseless talk D I.24. -- 3. in citta° & cetaso v. upset of mind, unbalanced mind, mental derangement: citta° S I.126; Pug 69;
cetaso A III.448; Dhs 429; Vbh 373. -- avikkhepa equanimity, balance D III.213; A I.83; Ps I.94; Dhs 160, 430; Vbh 178 sq.,
231 sq., 266 sq., 279 sq., 285 sq.
  --pa?ibahana exclusion or warding off of confusion (of mind) or disturbance Vism 244; VbhA 227. 

Vikkhepika (adj.) [fr. vikkhepa], in phrase amara°: see under amara; another suggestion as to explanation may be:
khipa=eel--basket, thus vikhep--ika one who upsets the eel--basket, i. e. causes confusion. 

Vikkhe?ika (adj.--f.) [vi+khe?a+ika] having saliva dropping from the mouth (of sleeping women), slobbering Vin I.15. 

Vikkhobhita [pp. of vikkhobheti: see khobha] thoroughly shaken up or disturbed Miln 377. 

Vikhadana (nt.) [vi+khadana] biting, chewing Dhs 646, 740, 875; DhsA 330. 

Vigacchati [vi+gacchati] to depart, disappear; to decrease D I.138 (bhogakkhandha vigacchissati); Sdhp 523. <-> pp.
vigata. 

Vigata (°--) [pp. of vigacchati, in act. (reflexive) & medpass. function] gone away, disappeared, ceased; having lost or
foregone (for--gone=vi--gata), deprived of, being without; often to be trsld simply as prep. "without." It nearly always occurs in
compn, where it precedes the noun. By itself rare, e. g. Sn 483 (sarambha yassa vigata); VvA 33 (paduma ma vigata hotu).
Otherwise as follows: °asa Pug 27; °asava SnA 51; °iccha Dh 359; °khila Sn 19; °capalla D I.115; DA I.286; °chaviva??a
ThA 80 (=viva??a); °jivita PvA 40; °paccaya Vism 541; Tikp 7, 21, 59; °pa?ighata DhA IV.176; °mada Mhvs 34, 94; °raja
Sn 517; J I.117; °valita PvA 153. Cp. vita° in similar application and meaning. 

Vigama (--°) [fr. vi+gam] going away, disappearance, departing, departure Davs V.68 (sabb'asava°); DhsA 166; Sdhp 388
(jighaccha°), 503 (sandeha°). 

Vigayha see vigahati. 

Vigarahati [vi+garahati] to scold (intensely), to abuse Vin II.161 (dhammi? katha?); III.46; S I.30 (ariyadhamma?);
Miln 227. 

Viga?ati [vi+galati] to drop Miln 250. -- pp. viga?ita. Cp. viniga?ati. 

Viga?ita [pp. of viga?ati] dropping, dripping (down) PvA 56. 

Vigahati [vi+gahati] to plunge into, to enter S I.180 (ger. vigahiya); J V.381 (°gahisu?, aor.); Mhvs 19, 29 (here as
°gahetva). The ger. is also vigayha at Sn 2, 825; cp. Nd1 163 (=ogayha pavisitva). At Vin II.106 we should prefer to read
viggayha for vigayha. 

Vigga?hati [vi+ga?hati] 1. to take hold of, to quarrel, to be in disharmony with; only in ger. viggayha disputing,
quarrelling, fighting Vin II.106 (read gg for g! Bdhgh on p. 315: rubbing against each other); Ud 69; Sn 844, 878; Nd1 285
(=uggahetva paramasitva). <-> 2. to stretch out, disperse, divide, spread; ger. viggayha Vv 501 (hattha--pade v.; expld as
"vividhehi akarehi gahetva" VvA 209). 

Viggaha [fr. vi+gah: see ga?hati 3] 1. dispute, quarrel J I.208 (ñatakana? aññamañña? viggaho); Miln 90; often combd
with kalaha, e. g. Vin II.88; A IV.401; Nd1 302; Miln 383. -- 2. taking up form (lit. seizing on), "incorporation," form, body D
II.210=226 (sova??o viggaho manusa? viggaha? atirocati); Vin I.97 (manussa°); II.286 (id.); IV.215
(tiracchanagata--manussa°), 269 (id.); J V.398=405 (=sarira C); VI.188 (rucira°); Davs I.42 (uju--somma°). -- 3. (t.t.g.)
resolution of words into their elements, analysis, separation of words Miln 381; VvA 226 (pada°); SnA 168; ThA 202 (pada°). 

Viggahita [pp. of vigga?hati] taken hold of, seized; prejudiced against, seduced by (--), in phrase dhamm'
uddhacca--viggahita--manasa A II.157; Ps II.101. Cp. BSk. vigrahita, e. g. AvS I.83=308 (Ajatasatru Devadatta°); Divy 419,
557, 571; Jtm 143, 146. 

Viggahika (adj.) [fr. viggaha] of the nature of dispute or quarrel; only in cpd. °katha quarrelsome speech, dispute D I.8; S
V.419; Sn 930; DA I.91. 

Vigha??ita [vi+gha??ita] struck, knocked, beaten J V.203 (a°). 

Vigha?ana (adj.) [fr. vigha?eti] unfastening, breaking up, overthrowing Th 1, 419. 

Vigha?ita [pp. of vigha?eti, Denom. fr. vi+gha?a, cp. gantheti] overthrown, destroyed Sdhp 314. 

Vighata [vi+ghata] 1. destruction, killing, slaughter PvA 150 (vighata? apajjati=vihaññati). -- as adj. slain, beaten Pv
IV.53 (=vighatava vihata--bala). <-> 2. distress, annoyance, upset of mind, trouble, vexation D III.249; M I.510; A II.197 sq.;
IV.161 (°pari?aha); Sn 814 (=ugghata pi?ana gha??ana upaddava Nd1 140=170); Th 2, 450 (bahu° full of annoyance). -- sa°
connected with, or bringing vexation, with opp. a° free of annoyance: S III.8; V.97; A I.202 sq.; III.3, 429; Th 2, 352; ThA 242.
-- 3. opposition M I.499.
  --pakkhika having its part in adversity, associated with trouble M I.115; S V.97; DhsA 382. --bhumi ground for vexation Sn
830 (cp. Nd1 170 with expln as above). 

Vighatavant (adj.) [vighata+vant] full of annoyance or vexation S III.16 sq.; A II.143 (=discontented); Th 1, 899 (in
same connection, neg.); PvA 260 (=distressed). 

[fr. vi+ghasati] remains of food, broken meat, scraps Vin IV.265, 266; J II.288; III.113, 191, 311 (read °ghasa for metre);
V.268 (do.); Sdhp 389.
  --a^da one who eats the remains of food Vin I.200 (panca°--satani) J I.348; II.96; III.191; DhA II.128. Also N. of an animal J
VI.538. 

Vicakka (adj.) [vi+cakka] without wheels J I.378 (saka?a). Doubtful in phrase asani°, where used as a noun, probably in
diff. meaning altogether (=asani--pata?): see S II.229 (="falling of a thunderbolt" K.S. II.155); D III.44, 47. 

Vicakkha?a (adj.--nt.) [vi+cakkha?a, of cak? to see, attentive, watchful, sensible, skilful; (nt.) application, attention,
wit S I.214=Sn 186 (appamatta+; trsln K.S. I.277 "discerning wit"); Sn 583; J IV.58; VI.286; Miln 216; Vism 43; SnA 238;
Sdhp 200, 293. 

Vicakkhu (adj.) [vi+cakkhu] eyeless, blind, in phrase °kamma making blind or perplexed S I.111, 118 ("darkening their
intelligence" trsln) [cp. BSk. vicak?u--karma MVastu III.416; Lal V. 490]. 

Vicakkhuka (adj.) [vicakkhu+ka] not seeing, blinded, dulled in sight, half--blind Miln 295 (Rh. D. "squinting"). 

Vicaya [fr. vi+ci: see vicinati] search, investigation, examination S III.96 (vicayaso, i. e. thoroughly); Pug 25; Miln 340
(dhamma°); Nett 1, 2, 10; DhsA 147; Sdhp 466. For dhamma° see sambojjhanga. 

Vicara?a (adj.--nt.) [fr. vicarati] going about, circulating, moving, travelling J V.484 (°bha?d?a travelling merchandise). 

Vicarati [vi+carati] to go or move about in (loc.), to walk (a road=acc.), to wander Sn 444 (ra??ha ra??ha? vicarissa?,
fut.), 696 (dhamma--magga?); Nd1 201, 263; Pv III.73 (aor. vicari); DhA I.66; PvA 4, 22, 33, 69, 120, 185 (=ahi?d?ati); Sdhp
133. -- In Sn often with loke (in this world), e. g. Sn 466, 501, 845, 846, 864. <-> Caus. vicareti; pp. vicarita, vicarita &
vici??a. Cp. anu°. 

Vicarita [pp. of vicarati] occupied by (--°), haunted, frequented VvA 163. 

Vicara [vi+cara] investigation, examination, consideration, deliberation. -- Defd as "vicara?a? vicaro, anusañcara?an ti
vutta? hoti" Vism 142 (see in def. under vitakka). -- Hardly ever by itself (as at Th 1, 1117 mano°), usually in close connection
or direct combn with vitakka (q. v.). 

Vicaraka (adj.) [fr. vicareti] 1. looking after something; watching J I.364 (ghara°). -- 2. investigating; (n.) a judge Mhvs 35,
18. 

Vicara?a (f.) & a° (nt.) [fr. vicareti] 1. investigation, search, attention Sn 1108, 1109 (f. & nt.); J III.73 (°pañña). -- 2.
arranging, planning, looking after; scheme J I.220; II.404 (yuddha°); VI.333 sq. 

Vicarita [pp. of vicareti] thought out, considered; thought D I.37 (vitakkita+, like vitakka--vicara, cp. DA I.122), 213
(id.); SnA 385. 

Vicareti [Caus. of vicarati] 1. to make go round, to pass round, to distribute PvA 272 (salaka?). -- 2. to think (over) S
V.156 (vitakketi+). -- 3. to investigate, examine, test J II.413; III.258; VvA 336 (a° to omit examining). -- 4. to plan, consider,
construct J II.404; VI.333. -- 5. to go about (some business), to look after, administer, provide J II.287; III.378; Mhvs 35, 19
(rajja?); PvA 93 (kammante). -- pp. vicarita & vici??a. 

Vicaliya (adj.) [grd. of vi+caleti] in neg. a° not to be shaken, not wavering Sdhp 444. 

Vicikicchati [vi+cikicchati] lit. "dis--reflect," to be distracted in thought, i. e. to doubt, hesitate D I.106; S II.17, 50, 54;
III.122, 135; J IV.272 (2 sg. vicikicchase); SnA 451; DA I.275; -- pp. vicikicchita. 

Vicikiccha (f.) [fr. vicikicchati] doubt, perplexity, uncertainty (one of the nivara?as) D I.246; III.49, 216, 234, 269; S I.99;
III.106 sq. (dhammesu v. doubt about the precepts); IV.350; A III.292, 438; IV.68, 144 sq.; V.144; Sn 343, 437, 540; Vv 81
(=so?asa--vatthuka--vicikiccha VvA 317); J II.266; Pug 59; Vbh 168, 341, 364; Dhs 425; Nett 11; Tikp 108, 122, 152 sq., 171,
255, 275;   Dukp 170 sq., 265 sq., 289 sq.; Vism 471 (=vigata cikiccha ti v. etc.), 599 sq.; VbhA 209; VvA 156; MA 116; Sdhp 459. -- As
adj. (--°) vicikiccha, e. g. ti??a° one who has overcome all doubt D I.71, 110; M I.18; A II.211; III.92; 297 sq.; IV.186; 210. --
See also Cpd. 242; Dhs. trsl. § 425 n. 1; and cp. kathankatha, kicchati, vecikicchin. 

Vicikicchita (nt.) [pp. of vicikicchati] doubt Pv IV.137. 

Vicikicchin see ve°. 

Vici??a [pp. of vicareti] thought out; in neg. a° not thought out; reading however doubtful, better to be taken as adhici??a,
i. e. procedure, method D I.8= M II.3=S III.12 (vi° as v. l.). -- DA I.91 reads aci??a (cp. M I.372). 

Vicita [pp. of vi+ci to gather] in phrase °ka?aka bhatta rice from which the black grains have been separated D I.105; M
II.8; DA I.274; as vicita--bhatta in same sense at J IV.371. 

Vicitta (& °citra) (adj.) [vi+citta1] various, variegated, coloured, ornamented, etc. J I.18, 83; Pv II.19; Vv 6410 (citra);
Miln 338, 349; VvA 2, 77; Sdhp 92, 245. -- vicitra--kathika eloquent Miln 196. 

Vicinati (°cinati) [vi+cinati] 1. to investigate, examine, discriminate S I.34 (yoniso vicine dhamma?); A IV.3 sq. (id.); Sn
658, 933; Ap 42; J VI.373; Nd1 398; Nett 10, 22 (grd. vicetabba), 25 sq.; Miln 298; Dpvs IV.2; DhsA 147; PvA 140; Sdhp 344.
-- ger. viceyya discriminating; with discrimination D II.21 (doubled: with careful discrimn); III.167 (°pekkhitar); Sn 524 sq.;
usually in phrase viceyya--dana a gift given with discrimination S I.21; A IV.244; J IV.361; V.395; Pv II.972; DhA III.221;
Mhvs 5, 35. -- 2. to look for, to seek, to linger, to choose Pv III.64 (aor. vicini=gavesi C.); IV.142 (ger. viceyya=vicinitva PvA
240); J I.419. -- See also pacinati. 

Vicinana (nt.) [fr. vicinati] discrimination Vism 162. 

Vicinteti [vi+cinteti] to think, consider Sn 1023; Mhvs 4, 28 (vicintiya, ger.); 17, 38. 

Vicu??a [vi+cu??a] crushed up, only in redupl.--iter. formation cu??a--vicu??a crushed to bits, piecemeal J I.26;
III.438 etc. See under cu??a. 

Vicu??ita [pp. of vi+cu??eti] crushed up J I.203 (viddhasta+). 

Viccuta [vi+cuta] fallen down J V.403 (expld as viyutta C.); Dh I.140. 

Vicchad?d?eti [vi+chad?d?eti] to throw out, to vomit; in late (Sanskritic) Pali at Sdhp 121 (pp. vicchad?d?ita) and 136 (nt.
vicchad?d?ana throwing out). 

(adj.) [vi+chanda+na+ika] fit to disinterest, "disengrossing," in °katha sermon to rid of the desire for the body Vin III.271
(Sam. Pas. on Par. III.3, 1); & °sutta the Suttanta having disillusionment for its subject (another name given by Bdhgh to the
Vijayasutta Sn 193--206) SnA 241 sq. (°ya). Cp. vicchindati. 

Vicchadana (f.) [vi+chadana] concealment Pug 19, 23. 

Vicchika [cp. Vedic v?scika: Zimmer, Altind. Leben 98] a scorpion D I.9 (°vijja scorpion craft); Vin II.110; A II.73;
III.101, 306; IV.320; V.289 sq.; J II.146; Miln 272, 394; Vism 235; DA I.93. 

Vicchita in phrase balavicchita--karin in phrase balavicchita--karin at Miln 110 is to be read balav'icchita--karin "a
man strong to do what he likes," i. e. a man of influence. 

Vicchidda (adj.) [vi+chidda] only in (redupl.) combin. chidda° full of little holes, perforated all over J I.419. 

Vicchiddaka [vi+chidda+ka] "having holes all over," referring to one of the asubha--kamma??hanas, obtained by the
contemplation of a corpse fissured from decay A II.17 (°sañña); V.106, 310; Miln 332; Vism 110, 178, 194. 

Vicchinda [fr. vi+chind as in vicchindati] breaking off, cutting off J II.436, 438 (kaya°). Kern, Toev. s. v. considers it as
a corruption of vicchanda. See vicchandanika. 

Vicchindati [vi+chindati] to cut off, to interrupt, to prevent PvA 129 (°itu--kama). The BSk. form is vicchandayati
[=vi+Denom. of chando] e. g. Divy 10, 11, 383, 590. -- pp. vicchinna. 

Vicchinna [pp. of vicchindati] cut off, destroyed Sdhp 34, 117, 370, 585. 

Vicchurita [vi+churita] besprinkled, sprinkled about VvA 4, 280 (=ullitta). 

Viccheda [vi+cheda] cutting off, destruction J IV.284 (santati°). a° uninterruptedness VvA 16. 

Vija?ana (nt.) [fr. vija?eti] disentangling Miln 11. 

Vija?ita [pp. of vija?eti] disentangled S I.165. 

Vija?eti [vi+Caus. of ja?: see ja?ita] 1. to disentangle, to comb out; fig. to unravel, explain Vin II.150 (bimbohana? katu?
tulani v.); Miln 3; Vism 1, 2. -- 2. to plunder J III.523. -- pp. vija?ita. 

Vijana (adj.) [vi+jana] deserted of people, lonely S I.180; ThA 252. --°vata: see vata. 

Vijambhati [vi+jambhati] to rouse oneself, to display activity, often appld to the awakening of a lion S III.84; A II.33; J
I.12, 493; V.215 (°amana, ppr., getting roused), 433, 487; VI.173; Vism 311. 

Vijambhana (f.) [vi+jambhana] arousing, activity, energy J VI.457. 

Vijambhika (f.) [fr. vijambhati] yawning (before rising) i. e. drowsiness, laziness, in ster. combn with arati & tandi S I.7
(trsln "the lanquid frame"); A I.3; Vbh 352; Vism 33. As vijambhita at S V.64; J I.506 (here in meaning "activity, alertness,"
but sarcastically as siha°); VbhA 272 (=kaya--vinamana). 

Vijaya [fr. vi+ji] victory; conquering, mastering; triumph over (--°) D I.46; A IV.272 (idha--loka°); SnA 241 sq. (°sutta,
another name for the Kaya--vicchandanika--sutta). 

[vi+jayati] to conquer, master, triumph over DA I.250 (vijeti); fut. vijessati J IV.102. <-> ger. vijeyya Sn 524, 1002; and
vijetva J III.523. -- pp. vijita. Cp. abhi°. 

Vijahati [vi+jahati] to abandon, forsake, leave; to give up, dismiss Pv III.615 (sarira?); VvA 119; Pot. vijaheyya Pv
IV.110; fut. vijahissati S II.220; Pv II.67 (jivita?). -- ger. vihaya Mhvs 12, 55; & vijahitva Vin IV.269; J I.117; III.361
(iddh'a^nubhavena attabhava?). -- grd. vihatabba A III.307 sq.; Miln 371. -- Pass. vihiyati J VI.499 (eko v.=kilamissati C.).
-- pp. vijahita & vihina. 

Vijahana (nt.) [fr. vijahati] abandoning, relinquishing DA I.197. 

Vijahita [pp. of vijahati] left, given up, relinquished; only in neg. a° J I.71, 76, 94, 178. 

Vijata (f.) [pp. of vijayati] (a woman) having borne J II.140; Pv II.23 (=pasuta PvA 80).
  --kala time of birth J II.140. --ghara birth--chamber Miln 301. 

Vijati in °loha in °loha a kind of copper VbhA 63. 

Vijana (nt.--adj.) [fr. vijanati] understanding; as adj. (--°) in cpds. du° (dubbijana) hard to understand S I.60; J IV.217; and
su° easy to perceive Sn 92; J IV.217. 

Vijanana (nt.) [the di¿retic form of Sk. vijñana: cp. janana=ña?a] recognition, knowing, knowledge, discrimination Vian
452; DhsA 141. 

Vijanati [vi+jña] to have discriminative (dis=vi°) knowledge, to recognize, apprehend, ascertain, to become aware of, to
understand, notice, perceive, distinguish, learn, know Sn 93 sq., 763; Dh 64, 65; Nd1 442. See also viñña?a 2a. -- imper. 2nd sg.
vijana Sn 1091 (=ajana Nd2 565b); Pv IV.55 (=vijanahi PvA 260); ppr. vijananto Sn 656, 953; Pv IV.188; PvA 41; and
vijana? neg. a° ignorant Dh 38, 60; It 103. Pot. 1st sg. (poet.) vijañña? J III.360 (=vijaneyya? C.); Sn 1065, 1090, 1097
(=janeyya? Nd2 565a); & vijaniya? Vv 415 (pa?ivijjhi? C.); 3rd sg. vijañña Sn 253, 316, 967 (cp. Nd1 489). -- ger. vijaniya
Mhvs 8, 16; viññaya Sn 232; & viññitva Vin IV.264. -- aor. (3rd pl.) vijani?su Mhvs 10, 18. -- Pass. viññayati PvA 197; fut.
viññissati Th 1, 703. -- inf. viññatu? S III.134. -- grd. viññatabba (to be understood) VbhA 46; & viññeyya (q. v.). -- pp.
viññata. -- Caus. II. viññapeti (q. v.). 

Vijayana (nt.) [fr. vijayati] bringing forth, birth, delivery A I.78; J III.342; VI.333; Vism 500; VbhA 97. 

Vijayati [vi+jayati] to bring forth, to bear, to give birth to Sdhp 133; aor. vijayi VvA 220; PvA 82 (putta?); ger. vijayitva
Mhvs 5, 43 (putta?); and vijayitvana Pv I.63. -- pp. vijata. -- Caus. II. vijayapeti to cause to bring forth J VI.340. 

Vijayin (adj.--n.) [fr. vijayati] in f. °ini able to bear a child, fertile J IV.77 (opp. vañjha); DhA I.46 (id.). 

Vijigucchati [vi+j.] to loathe Sn 41 (°amana=a??iyamana harayamana Nd2 566), 253, 958 (°ato=a??iyato harayato Nd1
466), 963; Nd1 479. 

Vijita [pp. of vijayati] 1. conquered, subdued, gained, won Sn 46; SnA 352; DA I.160; PvA 75, 76, 161. <-> Cp. nijjita. --
2. (nt.) conquered land, realm, territory, kingdom J I.262; Vv 8120 (=desa VvA 316); DhA I.386.
  --anga at Pv III.117 (PvA 176) read vijit.° --indriya one who has conquered his senses Sn 250. --sangama by whom the
battle has been won, victorious D II.39; It 76; Nd2 542; Pug 68. 

Vijitavin (adj.) [vijita+avin; see Geiger, P.Gr. 1983] victorious D I.88 (caturanta+); II.146; S III.83; Sn 552, 646; DA
I.249; DhA IV.232; SnA 162. 

Vijina [doubtful] distress (?), in stock phrase at A V.156, 158, 160, 162 (v. l. at all pass. vicina). 

Vijiyati at J III.374 is to be read as vijiyati (Pass. of vijati). 

Vijja (adj.) (--°) [=vijja] having vijja, possessed of wisdom; in vatthu°, tiracchana°, nakkhatta° etc. (referring to the lower
arts condemned as heretic: vijja c.) S III.239. te° possessed of threefold wisdom: see vijja b. 

Vijja?ipatti (f.) [? doubtful spelling] adultery PvA 151. 

etc.: see vindati. 

Vijjantarika (f.) is not clear; according to Kern, Toev. s. v.=vithi+antarika [a very bold assumption: vithy° contracted to
vijj°!], i. e. space in between two streets or midstreet M I.448; A I.124. Neumann (Mittl. Slg. II.182) translates "Rinnstein" (i. e.
gutter). Under antarika we have given the trsln "interval of lightning," thus taking it as vijju+antarika. Quoted DA I.34. 

Vijja (f.) [cp. Vedic vidya knowledge: etym. see under vindati] one of the dogmatic terms of Buddhist teaching, varying in
meaning in diff. sections of the Canon. It is not always the positive to avijja (which has quite a welldefined meaning from its
first appearance in Buddhist psych. ethics), but has been taken into the terminology of Buddhism from Brahmanic and popular
philosophy. The opposite of avijja is usually ña?a (but cp. S III.162 f., 171; V.429). Although certain vijjas pertain to the
recognition of the "truth" and the destruction of avijja, yet they are only secondary factors in achieving "vimutti" (cp. abhiñña,
ña?a--dassana & pañña). That vijja at M I.22 is contrasted with avijja is to be expld as a word--play in a stereotype phrase. --
A diff. side of "knowledge" again is given by "bodhi." <-> (a) Vijja is a general, popular term for lore in the old sense, science,
study, esp. study as a practice of some art (something like the secret science of the medicine man: cp. vejja!); hence appld in
special, "dogmatic" sense as "secret science," revelation (put into a sort of magic formula), higher knowledge (of the learned
man), knowledge which may be applied and used as an art (cp. magister artium!), practical knowledge; but also mysterious
knowledge: "charm." -- (b) vijja, having a varying content in its connotation, is applied to a series of diff. achievements. A
rather old tabulation of the stages leading by degrees to the attainment of the highest knowledge is given in the
Samañña--phala--sutta (D I.63--86), repeated in nearly every Suttanta of D 1. It is composed of the 3 sampadas, viz. sila°, citta°
& pañña°. Under the first group belong sila(--kkhandha), indriya--sa?vara, sati--sampajañña, santu??hi; the second is
composed (1) of the overcoming of the nivara?as, (2) of the 4 jhanas; the third consists of 8 items, viz. (1) ña?a--dassana, (2)
manomaya--kaya, (3) iddhi, (4) dibba--sota, (5) ceto--pariyaña?a, (6) pubbe--nivas' a^nussatiña?a, (7) cut'ûpapatti--ña?a, (8)
asavana? khaya--ña?a. Other terms used are: for the 2nd sampada: cara?a (D. I.100), and for the 3rd: vijja (ibid.). <-> The
discussion at D I.100 is represented as contradicting the (brahma?ic) opinion of Amba??ha, who thought that "vijja nama tayo
Veda, cara?a? pañca silani" (DA I.267 sq.). -- In the enumn of 3 vijjas at M I.22 sq. only Nos. 6--8 of the 3rd sampada (said to
have been attained by the Buddha in the 3 night watches) with the verbs anussarati (No. 6), pajanati (7), abhijanati (8),
each signifying a higher stage of ("saving") knowledge, yet all called "vijja." Quoted at Vism 202, where all 8 stages are given as
"a??ha vijja," and cara?a with 15 qualities (sila--sa?vara, indriyesu guttadvara etc.). The same 3 vijjas (No. 6, 7, 8) are given at
D III.220, 275, and poetically at A II.165 as the characteristics of a proper (ariya, Buddhist) monk (or brahma?a): "etahi tihi
vijjahi tevijjo hoti brahma?o," opposing the threeVeda--knowledge of the Brahmins. -- Tevijja (adj.) in same meaning at S
I.146 (where it refers to Nos. 3, 5, 8 of above enumn), 192, 194. In brahmanic sense at Sn 594 (=tiveda SnA 463). Both
meanings compared & contrasted at A I.163 (aññatha brahma?a brahma?a? tevijja? paññapenti, aññatha ca pana ariyassa
vinaye tevijjo hoti "different in the Brahmanic and diff. in the Buddhist sense"). -- Tisso vijja (without specification, but
referring to above 6, 7, 8) further at Vin II.183; Sn 656; Ps I.34; II.56; Pv IV.134; Miln 359 (+cha?abhiñña); DhA IV.30 (id.). It
is doubtful whether the defn of ña?a as "tisso vijja" at Vin III.91 is genuine. <-> On vijja--cara?a see also D III.97, 98, 237; S
I.153, 166; II.284; V.197; A II.163; IV.238; V.327; Sn 163, 289, 442. -- On vijja in the doctrinal appln see: D III.156, 214, 274;
S II.7 sq. (cakkhu, ña?a, pañña, vijja, aloka); III.47; 163; 171; IV.31, 49 sq. A I.83; II.247; Sn 334 (simply meaning "wisdom,"
craft, care, but Bdhgh SnA 339 takes it as "asavana?--khaya--ña?a"), 1026 (opposed to avijja); Pug 14, 57; Vbh 324; Nett 76,
191. -- (c) popular meanings & usage of vijja: science, craft, art, charm,  spell D I.213 (Gandhari nama v., also mentioned at J IV.498 as practised by physicians), 214 (Ma?ika n. v.); J III.504
(Cintama?i v.); IV.323 (vatthu°: see under vatthu), 498 (ghora°); V.458 (anga° palmistry); Miln 200; Dh I.259 (bhumicala n. v.
"earthquake" charm), 265 (dhanu--agamaniya? Amba??ha n. v.); KhA 237 (vatthu°, khetta°, anga°); and see the list of
forbidden crafts at D I.9 (anga°, vatthu°, khetta° etc.; cp. Dial. I.18, 19).
  --gata having attained wisdom Sn 730 (opp. avijja; the playful expln at SnA 505 is "ye arahatta--maggavijjaya kilese vijjhitva
gata khi?asava--satta"). --cara?a (--sampanna) (endowed with) special craft (wisdom) & virtue: see above, b. --??hana branch
of study; there are 18 vijja--??hanani or "arts & sciences," subjects of study, referred to at J I.259. --dhara a knower of
charms, a sorcerer J III.303, 529; IV.496; V.94; Miln 153, 200, 267. --bhagiya (dhamma) (states) conducive to wisdom (6
kinds of sañña) A III.334; cp. D III.243; S V.395; A IV.52 sq. --maya (iddhi) (potency) accomplished by art or knowledge
(Expos. I.122) Vism 383; see iddhi. --vimutti wisdom (higher knowledge) as salvation S V.28, 335 sq.; Ps II.243 (in detail). 

Vijju & vijjuta (f.) [cp. Vedic vidyut; fr. vi+dyut: see juti] lightning. -- (a) vijju: S I.100 (°mali); A I.124 (°upamacitta);
J V.322 (°va??in); Pug 30; Miln 22 (°jala); VvA 12; Sdhp 244, 598. -- (b) vijjuta: Th 1, 1167; J II.217. -- On similes with v. see
J.P.T.S. 1907, 136. -- Cp. next. 

Vijjullata (f.) [vijju(t)+lata] a flash or streak of lightning, forked lightning S I.106; J I.103, 279, 501. 

Vijjotati [vi+jotati] to shine (forth) PvA 56; Caus. °eti to illumine PvA 10. -- pp. vijjotita. 

Vijjotalati [Freq. of vijjotati? Or=vijjotayati=vijjoteti?] to flicker Vin II.131; M I.86. 

Vijjotita [pp. of vijjotati] resplendent PvA 154. 

to pierce, perforate; to shoot with an arrow; to strike, hit, split; fut. °issati J IV.272; inf. °itu? ibid.; ger. °itva Vin II.150; J
I.201 (boring through timber); SnA 505 (kilese); PvA 155; & viddha J VI.77. -- Pass. vijjhati: ger. °itva having been hit J
III.323; ppr. vijjhamana PvA 107; grd. viddheyya J VI.77. -- pp. viddha. -- Caus. vijjheti J I.45 (sulehi vijjhayanto); and
vedheti to cause to be pierced J VI.453 (fut. vedhayissati). -- pp. vedhita. 

Vijjhana (nt.) [fr. vijjhati] piercing or getting pierced DA I.75; II.87 (ka??a°--mangala, ear--piercing ceremony); PvA 107.

Vijjhapeti [vi+jhapeti] to extinguish Vin I.31; II.219, 221; J IV.292; Miln 42. 

Vijjhayati [vi+jhayati2] to be extinguished, to go out (of fire) Vin I.31 (imper. °ayatu & fut. °ayissati); DhA I.21 (akkhini
dipa--sikha viya vijjhayi?su). 

Viññatti (f.) [fr. viññapeti] intimation, giving to understand, information; begging or asking by intimation or hinting (a
practice forbidden to the bhikkhu) Vin I.72 (°bahula, intent on . . .); III.144 sq. (id.); IV.290; J III.72 (v. nama na va??ati, is
improper); Vbh 13; Vism 41 (threefold: nimitta°, obhasa°, parikatha; as t. t., cp. Cpd. 1201: medium of communication); Miln
343, 370; DhA II.21 (viññatti? katva bhuñjitu? na va??ati); PvA 146. -- Two kinds of viññatti are generally distinguished, viz.
kaya° and vaci°, or intimation by body (gesture) and by voice: Dhs 665, 718; Miln 229 sq.; Vism 448, 530, 531. Cp. Cpd. 22,
264. 

Viñña?a (nt.) [fr. vi+jña; cp. Vedic vijñana cognition] (as special term in Buddhist metaphysics) a mental quality as a
constituent of individuality, the bearer of (individual) life, life--force (as extending also over rebirths), principle of conscious
life, general consciousness (as function of mind and matter), regenerative force, animation, mind as transmigrant, as
transforming (according to individual kamma) one individual life (after death) into the next. (See also below, c & d). In this
(fundamental) application it may be characterized as the sensory and perceptive activity commonly expressed by "mind." It is
difficult to give any one word for v., because there is much difference between the old Buddhist and our modern points of view,
and there is a varying use of the term in the Canon itself. In what may be a very old Sutta S II.95 v. is given as a synonym of citta
(q. v.) and mano (q. v.), in opposition to kaya used to mean body. This simpler unecclesiastical, unscholastic popular meaning
is met with in other suttas. E. g. the body (kaya) is when animated called sa--viñña?aka (q. v. and cp. viñña?atta). Again, v.
was supposed, at the body's death, to pass over into another body (S I.122; III.124) and so find a support or platform (pati??ha).
It was also held to be an immutable, persistent substance, a view strongly condemned (M I.258). Since, however, the
persistence of v. from life to life is declared (D II.68; S III.54), we must judge that it is only the immutable persistence that is
condemned. V. was justly conceived more as "minding" than as "mind." Its form is participial. For later variants of the
foregoing cp. Miln 86; PvA 63, 219.
  Ecclesiastical scholastic dogmatic considers v. under the categories of (a) khandha; (b) dhatu; (c) pa?iccasamuppada; (d)
ahara; (e) kaya. (a) V. as fifth of the five khandhas (q. v.) is never properly described or defined. It is an ultimate. But as a
factor of animate existence it is said to be the discriminating (vijanati) of e. g. tastes or sapid things (S III.87), or, again, of
pleasant or painful feeling (M I.292). It is in no wise considered as a condition, or a climax of the other incorporeal khandhas.
It is just one phase among others of mental life. In mediæval dogmatic it appears rather as the bare phenomenon of aroused
attention, the other khandhas having been reduced to adjuncts or concomitants brought to pass by the arousing of v. (Cpd. 13),
and as such classed under cetasika, the older sankharakkhandha. --(b) as dhatu, v. occurs only in the category of the four
elements with space as a sixth element, and also where dhatu is substituted for khandha (S III.10).--(c) In the chain of causation
(Pa?icca--samuppada) v. is conditioned by the sankharas and is itself a necessary condition of nama--rupa (individuality).
See e. g. S II.4, 6, 8, 12 etc.; Vin I.1; Vism 545 sq.=VbhA 150; Vism 558 sq.; VbhA 169 sq.; 192. -- At S II.4=III.61 viñña?a
(in the Pa?icca--samuppada) is defined in a similar way to the defn under v.--??hiti (see c), viz. as a quality peculiar to (&
underlying) each of the 6 senses: "katama? viñña?a?? cha--y--ime viñña?a--kaya (groups of v.), viz. cakkhu° sota° etc.," which
means that viñña?a is the apperceptional or energizing principle, so to speak the soul or life (substratum, animator,
lifepotency) of the sensory side of individuality. It arises through the mutual relation of sense and sense--object (M III.281,
where also the 6 v.--kaya). As such it forms a factor of rebirth, as it is grouped under upadhi (q. v.). Translations of S II.4: Mrs.
Rh. D. (K.S. II.4) "consciousness"; Geiger (in Z. f. B. IV.62) "Erkennen."<-> (d) As one of the four aharas (q. v.) v. is
considered as the material, food or cause, through which comes rebirth (S II.13; cp. B.Psy. p. 62). As such it is likened to seed
in the field of action (kamma) A I.223, and as entering (a body) at rebirth the phrase viñña?assa avakkanti is used (D II.63;
S II.91). In this connection the expression pa?isandhi--viñña?a first appears in Ps I.52, and then in the Commentaries (VbhA
192; cf. Vism 548, 659 pa?isandhicitta); in Vism 554=VbhA 163, the v., here said to be located in the heart, is made out, at
bodily death, "to quit its former ?support' and proceed (pavattati) to another by way of its mental object  
and other conditions." Another scholastic expression, both early and late, is abhisankhara--v., or "endowment
consciousness," viz. the individual transmigrant or transmitted function (viñña?a) which supplies the next life with the
accumulation of individual merit or demerit or indifference, as it is expressed at Nd2 569a in defn of v. (on Sn 1055: ya? kiñci
sampajanasi . . . panujja viñña?a? bhave na ti??he): puññ'a^bhisankhara--sahagata--viñña?a?, apuññ'. . ., anejj'. . . -- Under the
same heading at Nd2 569b we find abhisankhara v. with ref. to the sotapatti--stage, i. e. the beginning of salvation, where it is
said that by the gradual disappearance of abhis.--v. there are still 7 existences left before nama--rupa (individuality) entirely
disappears. The climax of this development is "anupadi--sesa nibbana--dhatu," or the nibbana stage without a remainder
(parinibbana), which is characterized not by an abhisankhara--v., but by the carimaka--v., or the final vital spark, which is
now going to be extinct. This passage is referred to at DhsA 357, where the first half is quoted literally.--(e) As kaya i. e.
group, v. is considered psycho--physically, as a factor in senseperception (D III.243, M III.281, etc.), namely, the contact
between sense--organ and object (medium, metazu/ was not taken into account) produces v. of sight, hearing etc. The three
factors constitute the v.--kaya of the given sense. And the v. is thus bound to bodily process as a catseye is threaded on a string
(D II.76). Cp. above c.
  Other applications of the term v., both Canonical and mediæval: on details as to attributes and functions, see Vin I.13 (as one
of the khandhas in its quality of anatta, cp. S IV.166 sq.); D III.223 (as khandha); S II.101 sq. (°assa avakkanti); III.53 sq. (°assa
gati, agati, cuti etc.); A I.223 sq.; III.40; Sn 734 (ya? kiñci dukkha? sambhoti, sabba? viñña?a--paccaya), 1037 (nama--rupa
destroyed in consequence of v. destruction), 1073 (cavetha v. [so read for bhavetha]; v. at this passage expld as
"punappa?isandhi--v." at Nd2 569c); 1110 (uparujjhati); Ps I.53 sq., 153 sq.; II.102; Vbh 9 sq., 53 sq., 86; Nett 15 (nama--rupa
v.--sampayutta), 16 (v.--hetuka n.--r.), 17 (nirodha), 28, 79, 116 (as khandha); Vism 529 (as simple, twofold, fourfold etc.),
545=VbhA 150 sq. (in detail as product of sankharas & in 32 groups); VbhA 172 (twofold: vipaka & avipaka); DhA IV.100.
  --a^nañc'ayatana infinitude (--sphere) of life--force or mind--matter D I.35, 184, 223; III.224, 262, 265; Nett 26, 39. It is the
second of the Aruppa--jhanas; see jhana. --ahara consciousness (i. e. vital principle) sustenance: see above d and cp. Dhs 70,
126; Nett 114 sq.; Vism 341. --kaya: see above e. --khandha life--force as one of the aggregates of physical life D III.233;
Tikp 61; DhsA 141; VbhA 21, 42. --??hiti viñña?a--duration, phase of mental life. The emphasis is on duration or
continuation rather than place, which would be ??hana. There are (a) 4 v.--durations with regard to their "storing"
(abhisankhara) quality, viz. combinations of v. (as the governing, mind--principle) with each of the 4 other khandhas or
aggregates of material life (rupa, vedana, sañña, sankhara), v. animating or bringing them to consciousness in any kind of
life--appearance; and (b) 7 v.--durations with regard to their "regenerating" (new--life combn or rebirth=pa?isandhi) quality,
viz. the 4 planes of var. beings (from men to devas), followed by the 3 super--dimensional stages (the anañc'ayatanas) of
akasa--infinitude, viñña?a--infin. & akiñ--cañña--infin. -- Passages in the Canon: (a) as 4: D 1 I.262 sq.; S III.53 sq. ("standing
for consciousness" & "platform," °pati??ha S III.54; K.S. III.45) <-> (b) the 7: D II.68 sq.; III.253 (trsln "station of
consciousness"), 282; =A IV.39. Both the 4 and the 7 at Nd2 570. Cp. under a slightly diff. view S II.65 (ya? ceteti . . .
aramma?a? . . . hoti viñña?assa ?hitiya). -- See also Ps I.22, 122; Sn 1114; Nett 31, 83 sq.; Vism 552; VbhA 169. --dhatu
mind--element, which is the 6th dhatu after the 4 great elements (the mahabhutani) and akasa--dhatu as fifth (this expld as
"asamphu??ha--dhatu" at VbhA 55, whereas v.--dhatu as "vijanana--dhatu") D III.247; Vbh 85, 87; VbhA 55; cp. A I.176; M
III.31, 62, 240; S II.248. --vithi the road of mind (fig.), a medi¿val t. t. for process in senseperception KhA 102. 

Viñña?aka (adj.) [viñña?a+ka] having life or consciousness or sense, endowed with vitality. Found in the four Nikayas
only in one standard passage in the same connection, viz. sa--viñña?aka kaya "the body with its viñña?a" (i. e. life--force or
mind): S II.253; III.80, 169; V.311; A I.132; IV.53. Thus (sa°) should be read at all passages. -- Later in contrast pair sa° and a°,
i. e. with life & without, alive & lifeless, animate & inanimate, e. g. J I.466, 468; DhA I.6; PvA 130. 

Viñña?atta (nt.) [abstr. formation fr. viñña?a] the fact of being endowed with viñña?a S III.87; PvA 63. 

Viññata [pp. of vijanati] apperceived, (re)cognized, understood, cogitated (Cpd. 37), learned Sn 323 (°dhamma, one who
has recognized or understood the Dhamma); Vv 4418 (=viññata--sasana--dhamma VvA 192); J I.2; Sdhp 429. -- Often in
sequence di??ha suta muta viññata to denote the whole range of the cognitional & apperceptional faculties (see muta), e. g.
D III.232; Sn 1086, 1122. 

Viññatar [n. ag. of viññata] a perceiver, one who apperceives or takes to heart, a learner D I.56; A III.169; IV.196 (sotar,
uggahetar, v.). 

Viññapaka (adj.) [fn. viññapeti] clever in instruction, able to instruct S V.162=Miln 373; It 107. 

Viññapana (adj.) [fr. viññapeti] instructing, informing A II.51, 97. -- f. viññapani instructive, making clear (of speech)
D I.114 (atthassa viññapaniya=viññapanasamatthaya DA I.282); A III.114; Dh 408 (=attha° DhA IV.182); Sn 632. 

Viññapaya (adj.) [grd. of viññapeti, =*viññapya] accessible to instruction; only in cpds du° & su° indocile & docile S
I.138; D II.38; Nd2 2353; Ps I.121; II.195; Vbh 341. 

Viññapita [pp. of viññapeti] instructed, informed; su° well taught Miln 101. 

Viññapetar [n. ag. of viññapita] an instructor, teacher D I.56; A IV.196. 

Viññapeti [Caus. II. of vijanati] to address, inform, teach, instruct; to give to understand; to appeal to, to beg Vin I.54;
IV.264; D I.251; J III.72 (to intimate); Miln 229; VvA 72, 181. -- pp. viññapita. 

Viññaya & viññayati see vijanati. 

Viññuta & viññuta (f.) [fr. viññu] discretion; in phrase viññuta? papu?ati to reach the years of discretion or
puberty Vin I.269; II.278; J I.231; III.437: PvA 3. 

Viññupasa??ha [vi+ni+upassa??ha, pp. of s?j (?)] unattacked, not deficient, unmolested, undisturbed: is Kern's (Toev.
s. v.) proposed reading for viññu--pasattha ("extolled by the wise") at S II.70 (reads ??h); V.343; D II.80; III.245: all identical
passages. We consider Kern's change unnecessary: anupasa??ha would have been the most natural expression if it had been
meant in the sense suggested by Kern. 

Viññu (adj.) [cp. Sk. vijña] intelligent, learned, wise D I.163; S I.9; III.134; IV.41 sq., 93, 339; A II.228; V.15; It 98; Sn 39,
294, 313, 396, 403; Ps II.19, 21; Miln 21; DA I.18; VvA 87; PvA 130, 226; Sdhp 45. <-> a° DhA III.395. 


Viññeyya (adj.) [grd. of vijanati] to be recognized or apperceived (of the sense objects: cakkhu--viññeyya rupa, etc.) D
I.245; M III.291; A III.377; IV.404 sq., 415, 430; Nd1 24. -- su° easily understood VvA 258. 

Vi?apa [cp. Epic Sk. vi?apa] the fork of a tree, a branch J I.169, 215, 222; III.28; VI.177 (nigrodha°). 

Vi?apin [vi?apa+in] a tree, lit. "having branches" J VI.178. 

Vi?abhi (f.) [=Sk. vi?apin] the fork of a tree M I.306; J II.107; III.203. 

Vitakka [vi+takka] reflection, thought, thinking; "initial application" (Cpd. 282). -- Defd as "vitakkana? vitakko, uhanan ti
vutta? hoti" at Vism 142 (with simile on p. 143, comparing vitakka with vicara: kumbhakarassa da?d?a--ppaharena cakka?
bhamayitva, bhajana? karontassa uppi?ana--hattho viya vitakko (like the hand holding the wheel tight), ito c'ito
sañcara?ahattho viya vicaro: giving vitakka the characteristic of fixity & steadiness, vicara that of movement & display). -- D
II.277 ("pre--occupation" trsln: see note Dial. II.311); III.104, 222, 287 (eight Mahapurisa°); M I.114 (dvidha--kato v.), 377; S
I.39, 126, 186, 203; II.153; IV.69, 216; A II.36; III.87 (dhamma°); IV.229 (Mahapurisa°), 353 (°upaccheda); Sn 7, 270 sq., 970,
1109; J I.407 (Buddha°, Sangha°, Nibbana°); Nd1 386, 493, 501 (nine); Nd2 s. v. takka; Ps I.36, 136, 178; Pv III.58; Pug 59, 68;
Vbh 86, 104 (rupa°, sadda° etc.), 228 (sa°), 362 (akusala°); Dhs 7, 160, 1268; Tikp 61, 333, 353; Vism 291 (°upaccheda); Miln
82, 309; DhsA 142; DhA IV.68; VbhA 490; PvA 226, 230. -- kama°, vihi?sa°, vyapada° (sensual, malign, cruel thought): D
III.226; S II.151 sq.; III.93; A I.148, 274 sq.; II.16, 117, 252; III.390, 428. Opp. nekkhamma°, avyapada°, avihi?sa° A I.275;
II.76; III.429. -- vitakka is often combd with vicara or "initial & sustained application" Mrs. Rh. D.; Cpd. 282; "reflection &
investigation" Rh. D.; to denote the whole of the mental process of thinking (viz. fixing one's attention and reasoning out, or as
Cpd. 17 expls it "vitakka is the directing of concomitant properties towards the object; vicara is the continued exercise of the
mind on that object." See also above defn at Vism 142). Both are properties of the first jhana (called sa--vitakka sa--vicara)
but are discarded in the second jhana (called a°). See e. g. D. I.37; S IV.360 sq.; A IV.300; Vin III.4; Vism 85; and formula of
jhana. The same of piti & samadhi at Vbh 228, of pañña at Vbh 323. The same combn (vitakka+vicara) at foll. passages: D
III.219 (of samadhi which is either sa°, or a°, or avitakka vicara--matta); S IV.193; V.111; A IV.409 sq., 450; Nett 16; Miln 60,
62; Vism 453. Cp. rupa-- (sadda-- etc.) vitakka+rupa<-> (sadda-- etc.) vicara A IV.147; V.360; Vbh 103. -- On term (also
with vicara) see further: Cpd. 40, 56, 98, 238 sq., 282 (on difference between v. & manasikara); Expos. I.188n; Kvu trsln 2381.
-- Cp. pa°, pari°.
  Note. Looking at the combn vitakka+vicara in earlier and later works one comes to the conclusion that they were once used
to denote one & the same thing: just thought, thinking, only in an emphatic way (as they are also semantically synonymous),
and that one has to take them as one expression, like janati passati, without being able to state their difference. With the
advance in the Sangha of intensive study of terminology they became distinguished mutually. Vitakka became the inception of
mind, or attending, and was no longer applied, as in the Suttas, to thinking in general. The explns of Commentators are mostly
of an edifying nature and based more on popular etymology than on natural psychological grounds. 

Vitakkana (nt.)=vitakka Vism 142. 

Vitakkita [pp. of vitakketi] reflected, reasoned, argued DA I.121. Cp. pari°. 

Vitakketi [Denom. fr. vitakka] to reflect, reason, consider S I.197, 202; IV.169; V.156; A II.36; Miln 311. -- pp.
vitakkita. 

Vitacchika at S II.99=IV.188 read vitaccika (q. v.). 

Vitacchika (f.) [cp. *Sk. (medical) vicarcika] scabies Nd2 3041 (as roga). 

Vitacchita [pp. of vitaccheti] planed, smoothed; su° well carded (of a civara) Vin III.259. 

Vitaccheti [vi+taccheti] 1. tear, pluck, pick to pieces; in simile M I.364 (+virajeti)=S II.255 (reads vibhajeti for
virajeti)=Vin III.105 (id.). -- 2. to smoothe: see pp. vitacchita. 

Vita?d?a (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. vita?d?a, e. g. Mbh 2, 1310; 7, 3022] tricky disputation, frivolous or captious discussion; in cpds.
vita?d?a°: °vada sophistry SnA 447; DA I.247; °vadin a sophist, arguer DhsA 3 (so read for vidad?d?ha); VbhA 9, 51, 319,
459. See lokayata. 

Vitata [pp. of vitanoti] stretched, extended, diffused S I.207; Sn 272, 669 (v. l. vitthata); J I.356 (tanta° where the strings
were stretched); Miln 102, 307; Mhvs 17, 31 (vallihi v.) -- nt. vitata a drum (with leather on both sides) VvA 37. 

Vitatha (adj.) [vi+tatha; cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vitatha] untrue; nt. untruth D II.73 (na hi Tathagata vitatha? bha?anti); Sn
9 sq.; Vv 5315 (=atatha, musa ti attho VvA 240); J V.112; VI.207; Ps 104; DA I.62. -- avitatha true S II.26; V.430; Miln 184;
Sdhp 530; DA I.65. 

Vitanoti (*vitanati) [vi+tanoti] to stretch out, spread out; poet. ger. vitanitvana J VI.453. -- Pass. vitaniyyati ibid. -- pp.
vitata. Cp. vitana. 

Vitara?a (nt.) [fr. vitarati] overcoming, getting through M I.147 (kankha°); Miln 233 (id.), 351; Sdhp 569. 

Vitarati [vi+tarati] 1. to go through, come through, overcome Sn 495, 779 (ger. °eyya, taken as Pot. at Nd1 57: ogha?
samatikkameyya), 941, 1052; Pv III.24 (vitaritva =viti??o hutva PvA 181, q. v. for detail). -- 2. to perform J II.14
(bubhukkhito no vitarasi bhottu?; v. l. visahami). -- pp. viti??a. 

Vitana (m. & nt.) [fr. vi+tan] spread--out, canopy, awning Vin IV.279; J I.40, 62, 83; DhA II.42; SnA 447; VvA 32, 173;
PvA 154. See also cela°. 

Viti??a [pp. of vitarati] 1. overcome or having overcome, gone through, conquered Dh 141 (°kankha); Sn 514 (id.), 746;
PvA 181. -- 2. given up, rejected, abandoned Dh 176 (°paraloka); J IV.447 (=pariccatta C.). 

Vitudati [vi+tudati] to strike, prick, nudge, knock, push, attack D I.105; S IV.225; A III.366; Sn 675; Ud 67; J II.163, 185.
-- Pass. vitujjati Vism 505; VbhA 104, 108. -- pp. vitunna. 

Vitunna [pp. of vitudati] struck, pricked, pushed J III.380. 

Vitureyyati at J V.47 is not clear. The v. l. is vitariyati; the C. expls by tuleti tireti, i. e. contemplates, examines. Kern,
Toev. s. v. discusses it in detail & proposes writing vituriyata (3rd sg. praet. med.), & expls at "get over" [cp. Vedic turyati
overcome, fr. tur or tvar=P. tarati2]. Dutoit trsls "überstieg." 

Vitta1 

Vitta1 [orig. pp. of vindati=Av. vista, Gr. a)/istos, Lat. visus; lit. one who has found, acquired or recognized; but already in
Vedic meaning (as nt.) "acquired possessions"] property, wealth, possessions, luxuries S I.42; Sn 181 sq., 302; J V.350, 445;
VI.308; Pv II.81 (=vittiya upakara?a--bhuta? vitta? PvA 106). -- Often in phrase °ûpakara?a possessions & means, i. e.
wealth,  e. g. D I.134; S I.71; IV.324; Pug 52; Dh I.295; PvA 3, 71. Vitta? is probably the right reading S I.126 (15) for citta?. Cf. p.
123 (3); K.S. I.153, n. 3. 

Vitta2 

Vitta2 (adj.) [identical with vitta1] gladdened, joyful, happy J III.413 (=tu??ha); IV.103; Vv 414 (=tu??ha C.); 4414 (id.), 495
(id.). 

Vitta3 

Vitta3 [pp. of vic to sift, cp. Sk. vikta] see vi°. 

Vittaka (adj.) [fr. vitta1] possessing riches, becoming rich by (--°) J I.339 (lañca°); IV.267 (miga°), VI.256 (juta°). 

Vittakata (f.) [vittaka+ta] in suta° "the fact of getting rich through learning" as an expln of the name Sutasoma J V.457
(for auspiciousness). Dutoit trsls quite differently: "weil er am Keltern des Somatrankes seine Freude hatte," hardly correct. 

Vitti (f.) [cp. Sk. vitti, fr. vid] prosperity, happiness, joy, felicity A III.78; J IV.103; VI.117; Kvu 484; Th 1, 609; Dhs 9 (cp.
DhsA 143); PvA 106. 

Vittha (nt.) [vi+stha?] a bowl, in sura° for drinking spirits J V.427; DhA III.66. 

Vitthaka (nt.) [fr. vittha] a small bowl, as receptacle (avesana°) for needles, scissors & thimbles Vin II.117. 

Vitthata1 

Vitthata1 [pp. of vi+st?] 1. extended, spread out, wide M. I.178; Vin I.297; J V.319; Miln 311; SnA 214; PvA 68 (doubtful!).
-- 2. wide, spacious (of a robe) Vin III.259. -- 3. flat SnA 301. 

Vitthata2 

Vitthata2 [pp. of vitthayati (?). A difficult form!] perplexed, confused, hesitating Miln 36 (bhita+). Ed. Müller, P.Gr. 102
considers it as pp. of vi+tras to tremble, together with vitthayati & vitthayi. 

Vitthambhana (nt.) [fr. vi+thambhati] making firm, strengthening, supporting Vism 351 (cp. DhsA 335). 

Vitthambheti [vi+thambheti] to make firm, strengthen DhsA 335. 

Vitthayati [vi+stya: see under thina] to be embarrassed or confused (lit. to become quite stiff), to be at a loss, to hesitate
Vin I.94=II.272; aor. vitthasi (vitthayi?) ibid. [the latter taken as aor. of tras by Geiger, P.Gr. § 166]. -- pp. vitthata2 &
vitthayita. 

Vitthayitatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vitthayita, pp. of vitthayati] perplexity, hesitation D I.249. 

Vitthara [fr, vi+st?] 1. expansion, breadth; instr. vittharena in breadth Miln 17; same abl. vittharato J I.49. -- 2.
extension, detail; often in C. style, introducing & detailed explanation of the subject in question, either with simple statement
"vittharo" (i. e. here the foll. detail; opp. sankhepa), e. g. DA I.65, 229; SnA 325 [cp. same in BSk. "vistara?," e. g. Divy 428],
or with cpds. °katha SnA 464; PvA 19; °desana SnA 163; °vacana SnA 416. Thus in general often in instr. or abl. as adv. "in
detail," in extenso (opp. sankhittena in short): vittharena D III.241; S IV.93; A II.77, 177, 189; III.177; Pug 41; PvA 53, 113;
vittharato Vism 351, 479; PvA 71, 77, 81. Cp. similarly BSk. vistarena karya? Divy 377. 

Vittharata (f.) [fr. vitthara] explicitness, detail Nett 2. As vitthara?a at Nett 9. 

Vittharika (adj.) [vitthara+ika] 1. wide--spread Miln 272. -- 2. widely famed, renowned Sn 693; J IV.262. See also
bahujañña. 

Vittharita [pp. of vitthareti] detailed, told in full Vism 351; Mhvs 1, 2 (ati° with too much detail; opp. sankhitta). 

Vitthariyati [Denom. fr. vitthara] to expand, to go into detail Nett 9. 

Vitthareti [fr. vitthara] 1. to spread out A III.187. -- 2. to expand, detail give in full Vism 351; SnA 94, 117, 127, 274 and
passim. -- pp. vittharita; f.pp. vitharetabba. 

Vitthi??a [vi+thi??a] "spread out," wide, large, extensive, roomy J II.159 (so read for vitti??a); Miln 102, 283, 311, 382;
DhsA 307; SnA 76; VvA 88; Sdhp 391, 617. Cp. pari°. 

Vida?saka (ad.) [fr. vida?seti] showing; danta° showing one's teeth (referring to laughter) A I.261; J III.222. 

Vidanseti [vi+da?seti=dasseti] to make appear, to show A I.261; Th 2, 74; J V.196; Miln 39. Cp. pa°. 

Vidad?d?ha [vi+dad?d?ha] in redupl.--iter. cpd. dad?d?havidad?d?ha--gatta "with limbs all on fire" Miln 303. 

see vindati. 

Vidatthi (f.) [cp. Vedic vitasti; see Geiger, P.Gr. 383] a span (of 12 angulas or finger--breadths) Vin III.149 (dighaso
dvadasa vidatthiyo sugata--vidatthiya); IV.279; J I.337; III.318; Miln 85; Vism 65, 124, 171, 175, 408; DhA III.172; IV.220;
VbhA 343 (dvadas'angulani vidatthi; dve vidatthiyo ratana?, etc.). 

Vidahati [vi+dahati; dha] to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise. -- Pres. vidahati: see sa?°; vidadhati J
VI.537; vidheti J V.107. Pot. vidahe Sn 927 (=vidaheyya Nd1 382); aor. vidahi J V.347.<-> Perf. 3rd pl. vidadhu [Sk.
vidadhu?] J VI.284.<-> inf. vidhatu? Vin I.303 (bhesajja?); ger. vidhaya Mhvs 26, 12 (arakkha?, posting a guard). -- grd.
vidheyya in meaning "obedient," tractable J VI.291. -- pp. vihita. 

Vidara?a (nt.) [fr. vidareti] splitting, rending Dhtp 247 (in expln of dar), 381 (do of bhid). 

Vidarita [pp. of vidareti] split, rent Sdhp 381. 

Vidareti [vi+dareti: see under dari] to split, rend J I.340. -- pp. vidarita. 

Vidalana (nt.) [fr. vidaleti] breaking open, bursting, splitting Miln 1. 

Vidalita [pp. of vidaleti] split, broken, burst J I.493; PvA 220. 

Vidaleti [vi+daleti; see dalati] to break open, split, burst Th 1, 184; PvA 135, 185. -- pp. vidalita. 

Vidita [pp. of vindati] known, found (out) D III.100; S V.180; Sn 436, 1052; Mhvs 17, 4; DA I.135 (a°). 

Viditatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vidita] the fact of having found or known, experience J II.53. 

Vidisa (f.) [vi+disa] an intermediate point of the compass S I.224; III.239; Sn 1122; J I.20, 101; VI.6, 531. 

Vidugga (adj.--n.) [vi+dugga] hard to walk; troublesome, difficult, painful. -- (m.) difficult passage; difficulty, distress D
III.27; A III.128; J III.269; IV.271. 

Vidura (adj.) [fr. vid, cp. Sk. vidura] wise, clever J V.399 (=pa?d?ita C.). Cp. vidhura 2. 

Vidu (adj.) [Vedic vidu] clever, wise, knowing, skilled in (--°) S I.62 (loka°); V.197; Vin II.241 (pl. paracittaviduno); Sn 677
(viduhi), 996; J V.222 (dhamma°); Vv 3011 (=sappañña VvA 127); Miln 276; Mhvs 15, 51 (?han'a^?ha?a° knowing right &
wrong sites). -- In Pass. sense in dubbidu hard to know J V.446. -- For vidu (vidu) "they knew" see vindati. 

Vidupita at Ud 71 (vitakka vidupita) is to be read as vidhupita. 

Vidura (adj.) [vi+dura] far, remote, distant A II.50 (su°). Mostly neg. a° not far, i. e. near Sn 147; PvA 14, 31, 78, 81. 

Vidusita (adj.) [vi+dusita] corrupted, depraved PvA 178 (°citta). 

Videsa [vi+desa; cp. disa at Vin I.50] foreign country Miln 326; VvA 338. 

Vidomanassa (f.) [vi+domanassa] absence of dejection Vism 504=VbhA 105. 

Viddasu (adj.) [another form of vidva=Sk. vidvan: see under vindati] skilled, wise M I.65 (gen. sg. & nom. pl.
viddasuno), 310 (id.). Usually in neg. form aviddasu foolish Vin II.296=A II.56 (pl. aviddasu); S V.1; Th 2, 164 (pl.
aviddasu); Sn 762 (=bala C.); Dh 268=Nd2 514 (=aviññu DhA III.395); PvA 18. 

Viddesa [fr. vi+disa] enmity, hatred J III.353; ThA 268. 

Viddesana (f.) [abstr. formation fr. viddesa, cp. disata2] enmity Th 2, 446; J III.353. 

Viddesin (adj.--n.) [vi+desin; see dessin] hating; an enemy Th 1, 547. 

Viddessati [vi+dessati] to hate Th 2, 418. -- grd. viddesaniya to be hated, hateful Sdhp 82. 

Viddha1 

Viddha1 [pp. of vijjhati] pierced, perforated; hit, struck, hurt Sn 331; Nd1 414 (sallena); Miln 251 (eaten through by worms);
Sdhp 201 (ka??akena). 

Viddha2 

Viddha2 (adj.) [cp. *Sk. vidhra clear sky] clear; only in phrase viddha vigata--valahaka deva a clear sky without a cloud
Vin I.3; M I.317=S I.65=III.156=V.44=It 20. 

Viddha?sa [fr. vidha?sati] demolition, destruction J IV.58 (°karin). 

Viddha?sati [vi+dha?sati] to fall down, to be shattered, to be ruined Miln 237; PvA 125 (Pot. °eyya). --Caus.
viddha?seti to shatter, to destroy S III.190 (both trs. & intrs., the latter for °ati); J II.298; III.431; V.100; DA I.265; Nd1 5
(vikirati vidhameti viddha?seti: see also under vikirati). -- pp. viddhasta & viddha?sita.<-> Pass. viddha?siyati to drop or
to be destroyed, to come to ruin DA I.18=DhsA 19 (suttena sangahitani pupphani na vikiriyanti na v.). 

Viddha?sana (adj.--nt.) [fr. viddha?seti; cp. BSk. vidhva?sana Divy 180] shattering, destruction (trs. & intrs.), undoing,
making disappear; adj. destroying S IV.83; Miln 351 (kosajja°); J I.322; V.267 (adj.); Vism 85 (vikkhepa+); VvA 58, 161
(adj.). -- Often in phrase (denoting complete destruction): anicc--ucchadana--parimaddana--bhedana--viddha?sana--dhamma,
e. g. D I.76; M I.500; A IV.386; J I.146 [cp. Divy 180: satanapatana--vikira?a--vidhva?sana--dharmata; see also under
vikira?a]. 

Viddha?saka (adj.) [fr. viddha?sana] destroying DhsA 165. 

Viddha?sanata (f.) [abstr. formation fr. viddha?sana] quality of destruction, ability to destroy Vism 8. 

Viddha?sita [pp. of viddha?seti] shattered, destroyed DhA III.129. 

Viddhasta [pp. of viddha?sati] fallen to pieces, broken, destroyed M I.227; A II.50; Sn 542; J I.203; V.69, 401; Vv 6314
(=vina??ha VvA 265). 

Viddha poet. ger. of vijjhati J VI.77. 

Vidva see under vindati. 

Vidha1 

Vidha1 (adj. (--°) [=vidha] of a kind, consisting of, --fold, e. g. aneka° manifold DA I.103; tatha° of such--kind, such--like Sn
772; ti° threefold D I.134; Sn 509; nana° various PvA 53, 96, 113; bahu° manifold ThA 197; etc. 

Vidha2 

Vidha2 [=vidha1 as noun] form, kind Th 1, 428 (mana°). -- There are several other meanings of vidha, which are, however,
uncertain & rest on doubtful readings. Thus it occurs at Vin II.136 in meaning of "buckle" (v. l. pi?ha; C. silent); at Vin IV.168
in meaning "little box" (?); at DA I.269 as "carrying pole" (=kaca2, but text D I.101 has "vividha"). 

Vidhamaka (adj.) [fr. vidhamati] one who throws away or does away with; destroying, clearing away Miln 344
(kilesa--mala--duggandha°). 

Vidhamati & °eti [vi+dhma in particular meaning of blowing i. e. driving asunder, cp. dhamati] (trs.) to destroy,
ruin; do away with, scatter. -- (intrs.) to drop off, fall away, to be scattered, to roll or whirl about. <-> Both vidhamati & °eti
are used indiscriminately, although the Caus. °eti occurs mostly in meaning of "destroy." (1) vidhamati: S III.190; J I.284 (in
play of words with dhamati to blow; aor. vidhami=viddha?sesi C.); VI.490 (vidhama? te ra??ha?, is ruined); Miln 91, 226
(Marasena?), 237, 337 (intrs., with vikirati & viddha?sati). -- (2) vidhameti: Nd1 5; J III.261 (poet. vidhamemasi [write
°se!]=vidhamema, nasema C.); V.309; Miln 39; PvA 168. -- pp. vidhamita. 

Vidhamana (nt.) [fr. vidhamati] destroying, scattering, dispersing Miln 244 (Maccu--sena°). 

Vidhamita [pp. of vidhamati] destroyed Nd2 576A. 

Vidhava (f.) [Vedic vidhava widow, vidhu lonely, vidhura separa?ed, Av. vidava=Goth. widuwo¯=Ohg. wituwa (Ger.
Witwe=E. widow); Gr. h)i/qeos unmarried; Lat. vidua widow, etc., in all Idg. languages] a widow S I.170; A III.128; J VI.33;
Miln 288; Vism 17; PvA 65, 161; VbhA 339. 

Vidha (f.) [cp. Sk. vidha] 1. mode, manner, sort, kind; proportion, form, variety D III.103 (adesana°); Th 2, 395 (cakkhu°
"shape of an eye" trsln); VbhA 496 (in expln of katha?--vidha: "akara--sa??hana? vidha nama"); DA I.222 (iddhi°), 294 (in
expln of tividha--yañña: "ettha vidha vuccati ?hapana" i. e. performance, arrangement), 299 (similarly tisso vidha=ti?i
?hapanani; of yañña). -- Used as (abl.) adv. vidha in meaning "variously" at Pv II.952 (C. expln=vidhatabba, not quite correctly;
PvA 135). Perhaps the phrase vidhasamatikkanta is to be explained in this way, viz. "excelling in a variety of ways, higher
than a variety (of things)" or perhaps better: "going beyond all distinctions" (i. e. of personality); free from prejudice [i. e. No. 2]
S II.253; III.80, 136, 170; A IV.53. <-> 2. (ethically) in special sense: a distinctive feature (of a person as diff. from others), a
"mode" of pride or delusion, a "form" of conceit. As such specified as three kinds of conceit (tisso vidha), viz. "seyyo 'ham
asmi," "sadiso 'ham asmi," & "hino 'ham asmi" (i. e. I am better than somebody else, equal to, & worse than somebody else).
See e. g. D III.216; S I.12; III.48, 80, 127; V.56, 98; Nd1 195; Vbh 367; Sn 842; VbhA 496 (mano va vidha nama). -- The adj.
form is vidha: see sep. 

Vidhatar [n. ag. of vidahati] provider, disposer J V.221 (dhata vidhata, as of Visvakarman: cp. Macdonell, Vedic
Mythology p. 118). 

Vidhana (nt.) [fr. vi+dha; Vedic vidhana] 1. arrangement, get up, performance, process J III.178 (attano vidhanena "in
his robes of office"); Vism 66 sq.; DhsA 168=Vism 122 (bhavana°); VbhA 69, 71 (manasikara°); ThA 273 (id.). -- 2.
ceremony, rite J VI.202 (yañña°); Miln 3. -- 3. assignment, disposition, provision J II.208  
(vidhi--vidhana--ññu; C. expld v. as "ko??haso va sa?vidahana? va"); PvA 30. -- 4. succession (as much as "supplement") KhA
216; SnA 23 (note 2). -- Cp. sa?vidahana & sa?vidhana. 

Vidhanavant (adj.) [vidhana+vant] making dispositions, careful in providing, circumspect, considerable J VI.287. 

Vidhayaka [fr. vi+dha] providing PvA 60. 

Vidhavati [vi+dhavati] to run about, roam, cover space (acc.), stray S I.37; Sn 411, 939; Nd1 414; DA I.39. 

Vidhi (f.) [fr. vi+dha, cp. Ved. vidhi] 1. form, way; rule, direction, disposition, method, motto Vism 278 (manasikara°,
eightfold); PvA 78 (dana°=dana), 126; VvA 82. -- instr. vidhina in due form Mhvs 14, 52; PvA 130; Sdhp 336. -- 2. luck,
destiny J II.243 (°rahita unlucky). 

Vidhutika [etym.?] a wreath Vin II.10; III.180. 

Vidhunati [vi+dhunati] to shake S I.197; Miln 399; Vism 71. -- 2. to remove, to skin (an animal) Vin I.193. 

Vidhura (adj.) [Vedic vidhura: see vidhava] 1. destitute, lonely; miserable, wretched J V.399 (so read for vidura;
according to Kern, Toev. s. v., but doubtful). <-> 2. [vi+dhura] "burdenless," unequalled Sn 996 (=vigata--dhura, appa?ima
SnA 583); A I.116 (here in meaning "clever," perhaps=vidura; spelt vidhura). Cp. Np. Vidhura KhA 128; SnA 201 (as
Vidhura at J IV.361). 

Vidhupana (adj.--nt.) [fr. vidhupeti] fanning, a fan Vin II.130; IV.263; A II.130; Nd2 562; Vv 3342 (=caturassa vijani)
VvA 147; VbhA 71. 

Vidhupita [pp. of vidhupeti] scattered, destroyed Sn 472 (=dad?d?ha SnA 409); Ud 71 (so read for vidupita). 

[vi+dhupayati] 1. to fumigate, perfume, diffuse Miln 252. -- 2. to scatter, destroy Vin I.2 (vidhupaya? Mara--sena?); S I.14;
III.90=A V.325; S IV.210; Ps II.167. -- pp. vidhupita. 

(adj.) [vi+dhuma] "without smoke," i. e. passionless, quiet, emancipated S I.141 (K.S.: "no fume of vice is his"); Sn 460
(=kodhadhuma--vigamena v. SnA 405), 1048 (cp. Nd2 576 with long exegesis); Pv IV.134 (=vigata--miccha--vitakkadhuma
PvA 230). 

Vina??ha [pp. of vinassati] destroyed VvA 265; PvA 55. 

Vinata [pp. of vi+nam] bent, bending PvA 154 (°sakha). 

Vinadati [vi+nadati] to cry or shout out, to scold J III.147 (kama? vinadantu let them shout!). Cp. BSk. vinadita "reviled"
Divy 540. 

Vinaddha [pp. of vinandhati] covered, bound, intertwined Vin I.194 (camma°, onaddha+); J V.416; VI.589
(kañcanalata° bheri); Vism 1 (=ja?ita sa?sibbita). 

Vinandhati [vi+nandhati] to close, encircle, cover Mhvs 19, 48; Vism 253 (ppr. vinandhamana: so read for vinaddh°). --
pp. vinaddha. 

Vinandhana (nt.) [fr. vi+nandhati] tying, binding Vin II.116 (°rajju rope for binding). 

Vinaya [fr. vi+ni, cp. vineti] 1. driving out, abolishing destruction, removal Vin I.3 (asmi--manassa), 235= III.3
(akusalana? dhammana? vinayaya dhamma? desemi); S I.40; Sn 921; A I.91 (kodha°, upanaha°); II.34 (pipasa°); IV.15
(iccha°); V.165 (id.); SnA 12; PvA 114 (atthassa mula? nikati°). Often in phrase raga°, dosa°, moha°, e. g. S IV.7 sq.; V.137
sq., 241; A IV.175; Nett 22. -- 2. rule (in logic), way of saying or judging, sense, terminology (cp. imina nayena) S IV.95
(ariyassa Qnaye vuccati loko); A I.163 (ariyassa vinaye tevijjo one called a threefold wise in the nomenclature of the Buddhist);
II.166 (ariyassa v.); SnA 403. -- 3. norm of conduct, ethics, morality, good behaviour Sn 916, 974; J IV.241 (=acara--vinaya
C.); A II.112; III.353 sq. (ariya--vinaye saddha yassa pati??hita etc. faith established in Buddhist ethics). -- 4. code of ethics,
monastic discipline, rule, rules of morality or of canon law. In this sense applied to the large collection of rules which grew up in
the monastic life and habits of the bhikkhus and which form the ecclesiastical introduction to the "Dhamma," the "doctrine," or
theoretical, philosophical part of the Buddhist Canon. The history & importance of the Vinaya Pi?aka will be dealt with under
the title "Vinaya" in the Dictionary of Names. Only a few refs. must suffice here to give a general idea. See also under
Dhamma C., and in detail Geiger, Dhamma pp. 55--58. -- Often combd with dhamma: dhammato vinayato ca on the ground
of Dh. and V. Vin I.337; cp. II.247. -- dhammo ca vinayo ca Vin I.356; II.285, 302; or (as (Dvandva) dhammavinaya (i. e. the
teaching of the Buddha in its completeness) D I.229; Vin II.237 sq.; M I.284; II.181 sq.; A I.283; III.297, 327; S I.9; III.65; Ud
53; VvA 3. Often approaches the meaning of "Buddhist order," e. g. Vin I.69; D I.176; M I.68, 459, 480; III.127; S II.120; A
I.185; II.123; V.122. -- See further Vin II.96 (vinaye cheko hoti); A II.168 (aya? dhammo, aya? v., ida? Satthu--sasana?); Vism
522; VbhA 273; KhA 106, 151; SnA 4, 195, 310. --a--vinaya one who sins against the V. (like a--dhamma one who neglects
the Dh.) Vin II.295 sq.; III.174; A I.18; V.73 sq. -- The division of the books of the Vinaya is given at DhsA 18. Its character
(as shown by its name) is given in the foll. verse at DhsA 19: "(vividha--visesa--) nayatta vinayanato c'eva kaya--vacana?
vinayy'attha--viduhi aya? vinayo Vinayo ti akkhato," i. e. "Because it shows precepts & principles, and governs both deed and
word, therefore men call this scripture V., for so is V. interpreted" (Expos. I. 23).
  --a??hakatha the (old) commentary on the Vinaya Vism 72, 272; VbhA 334; KhA 97. --a^nuggaha taking up (i. e. following
the rules) of the Vinaya Vin III.21; A I.98, 100; V.70. --katha exposition of the Vinaya Vin IV.142. --dhara one who knows or
masters the V. by heart, an expert in the V. Vin I.169; II.299 (with dhamma--dhara & matika--dhara); A I.25; II.147; III.78 sq.,
179, 361; IV.140 sq.; V.10 sq.; J III.486; IV.219; Vism 41, 72; KhA 151; DhA II.30 (with dhamma --kathika & dhuta--vada)
[cp. BSk. vinayadhara Divy 21]. --pi?aka the V. Pi?aka KhA1 2, 97; VbhA 431. --vatthu chapter of the V. Vin II.307.
--vadin one who professes the V. (or "speaking in accordance with the rules of conduct"), a V.--follower D I.4 (here expld by
Bdhgh as "sa?vara--vinaya--pahana--vinaya sannissita? katva vadati ti" v. DA I.76, thus taking it as vinaya 3) =M III.49=Pug
58 (trsln here: "speaking according to self--control"); D III.135, 175. 

Vinayati see vineti. 

Vinayana (nt.) [fr. vi+ni] 1. removing, removal Miln 318 (pipasa°); PvA 39 (soka°). -- 2. instruction, discipline, setting
an example J V.457 (conversion); Miln 220. 

Vina?ikata (adj.) [vi+na?a+kata, with na?i for na?a in combn with k?] lit. "having the reed or stem removed," rendered
useless, destroyed M I.227; A II.39; Sn 542 (=ucchinna SnA 435); Th 1, 216; J VI.60 (viddhasta+, as at Sn 542). 

Vinassati [vi+nassati] to be lost; to perish, to be destroyed S IV.309; M II.108 (imper. vinassa "away with you"); J III.351;
V.468; Pv III.45; Vism 427. -- pp. vina??ha. Caus. vinaseti. 

Vina (indecl.) [Vedic vina=vi--na (i. e. "not so"), of pron. base Idg. *no (cp. nana "so & so"), as in Sk. ca--na, Lat. ego--ne,
po¯--ne behind, etc. See na1] without, used as prep. (or post--position) with (usually) instr., e. g. Vin II.132 (vina da?d?ena
without a support); PvA 152 (purisehi vina without men); or abl., e. g. Sn 589 (ñati sangha vina hoti is separated from his
relatives; cp. BSk. vinabhavati MVastu I.243); or acc., e. g. Mhvs 3, 10 (na sakka hi ta? vina). In compn vina--bhava
separation [cp. BSk. vinabhava MVastu II.141] Sn 588, 805; Nd1 122; J III.95; IV.155; V.180; VI.482 (=viyoga C.). 

by--form of va to weave: see vayati1] to weave J II.302; DhA I.428 (tanta?); inf. vetu? Vin II.150. <-> Pass. viyyati. Cp.
upaviyati. -- Caus. II. vinapeti to order to be woven Vin III.259 (=vayapeti). 

Vinama (m.) & Vinamana (nt.) [fr. vinameti] bending Miln 352 (°na); VbhA 272 (kaya--vinamana, bending the body for
the purpose of getting up; in expln of vijambhika); Dhtp 208. 

Vinameti [vi+nameti; Caus. of namati] to bend, twist Miln 107, 118. 

Vinayaka [fr. vi+ni] 1. a leader, guide, instructor M II.94; Vv 167 (=veneyya--satte vineti VvA 83); ThA 69. <-> 2. a
judge J III.336. 

Vinasa [vi+nasa, of nas] destruction, ruin, loss D I.34 (+uccheda & vibhava), 55; Pv II.710; Vism 427 (so read for vinasa);
DA I.120; PvA 102 (dhana°), 133. 

(adj.) [fr. vinasa] causing ruin; only neg. a° not causing destruction A III.38; IV.266, 270; J V.116. 

Vinasana (adj.) [fr. vinasa], only neg. a° imperishable Dpvs IV.16. 

Vinaseti [Caus. of vinassati] 1. to cause destruction, to destroy, ruin, spoil Th 1, 1027; Sn 106; Pv II.78; DA I.211; PvA 3
(dhana?), 116; Sdhp 59, 314, 546. <-> 2. to drive out of the country, to expel, banish J IV.200. 

Viniga?ati [vi+niga?ati] to drop down Miln 349. 

Viniggata [vi+niggata] coming (out) from J VI.78; DA I.140; DhA IV.46; Sdhp 23. 

Viniggaha [vi+niggaha] checking, restraint Ps I.16; II.119. 

Viniggilati [vi+niggilati] to throw out, to emit KhA 95. 

Vinighatin (adj.) [fr. vi+nighata] afraid of defeat, anxious about the outcome (of a disputation), in phrase
vinighati--hoti (for °i--hoti) Sn 826, cp. Nd1 164. 

Vinicchaya [vi+nicchaya; cp. Vedic viniscaya] 1. discrimination, distinction, thought, (firm) opinion; thorough
knowledge of (--°) A III.354 (papakamma°); Sn 327 (dhamma°), 838 (=dvasa??hi di??hi--vinicchaya Nd1 186), 867 (°? kurute;
cp. Nd1 265); J III.205 (attha°); PvA 1, 112, 210 (ku?a°), 287. -- 2. decision; (as t. t. in law:) investigation, trial, judgment
(given by the king or his ministers) D II.58 (with ref. to labha, expld as deciding what to do with one's gains)=III.289=A
IV.400=Vbh 390 (expld at VbhA 512, where vinicchaya is said to be fourfold, viz. ña?a°, ta?ha°, di??hi°, vitakka°); J II.2. -- 3.
court house, hall of judgment J I.176; III.105; IV.122, 370; VI.333; Miln 332 (vinaya°, i. e. having the Vinaya as the law court in
the City of Righteousness). -- 4. (as t. t. in logic & psychology:) (process of) judgment, detailed analysis, deliberation,
consideration, ascertainment J V.60 (°? vicareti); VbhA 46 sq. (according to attha, lakkha?a, etc.), 83 sq. (id.); KhA 23, 75.
  --katha analytical discussion, exegesis, interpretation Vism 16; VbhA 291 (opp. pa?i--va??ana). --ññu clever in deciding or
giving judgment J III.205; V.367 (a°). --??hana place of judgment, law court J V.229; DhA III.141; IV.215. --dhamma law
practice J. V.125; DhA III.141. --vithi process of judgment (in logic): see Cpd. 241. --sala the law court(s) J IV.120; DhA
III.380. 

Viniccharati [vi+niccharati] to go out (in all directions) J IV.181. 

Vinicchita [pp. of vinicchinati] discerned, decided, distinguished, detailed Vin I.65 (su°); J V.65 (a°); SnA 477; Sdhp 508. 

Vinicchin (adj.) [fr. vinicchinati] discerning Th 1, 551. 

Viniccninana (nt.) [fr. vinicchinati] giving judgment J V.229. 

[vi+nicchinati] to investigate, try; to judge, determine, decide J V.229; fut. vinicchissati Vin III.159; ger. vinicchinitva Nd1
76; aor. vinicchini J II.2; inf. vinicchitu? J I.148; DhA IV.215. -- pp. vinicchita. 

Vinijjita (adj.) [vi+nijjita] unvanquished Sdhp 318. 

Vinidhaya (indecl.) [vi+nidhaya, ger. of vinidahati] lit. "misplacing," i. e. asserting or representing wrongly, giving a false
notion of (acc.) Vin II.205, expld at Vin IV.2; SnA 204. 

Vinindati [vi+nindati] to censure, blame, reproach J II.346; VI.200. 

Vinipata [fr. vi+nipateti] ruin, destruction; a place of suffering, state of punishment, syn. with apaya & duggati (with
which often combd, plus niraya, e. g. Vin I.227; D I.82, 162; M I.73; A III.211; It 58; Pug 60): A V.169; Sn 278; J III.32; Miln
108; Vism 427 (where expld as "vinasa nipatanti tattha dukka?akarino, " together with duggati & niraya). The sotapanna is
called "avinipata--dhammo," i. e. not liable to be punished in purgatory: see under sotapanna, & cp. sym. term khina--niraya
A III.211. 

Vinipatika (adj.) [fr. vinipata] destined to suffer in purgatory, liable to punishment after death D II.69; III.253; M I.73,
390; A I.123; II.232 sq.; IV.39, 401; J V.117, 119. 

Vinipateti [vi+nipateti] to bring to ruin, to destroy, to frustrate Vin I.298; J VI.71; VvA 208. 

Vinibaddha (adj.) [vi+nibaddha] bound (to) S I.20; III.9; A III.311 (chanda--raga°); IV.289 (id.); Nd1 30 (+lagga etc.). 

Vinibandha [vi+nibandha] bondage S II.17; III.135, 186; A I.66 (+vinivesa); Sn 16. -- The five cetaso vinibandha
(bondages of the mind) are: kamesu rago, kaye rago, rupe rago, yavadattha? udar'a^vadehaka? bhuñjitva seyya--sukha?
anuyogo, aññatara? deva--nikaya? pa?idhaya brahmacariya?; thus at D III.238; M I.103; A III.249; IV.461, 463 sq.; V.17; Vbh
377. 

Vinibbhujati (or °bhuñjati) [vi+ni+bhujati] 1. [to bhuj, to bend, as in bhuja1 & nibbhujati] to turn inside out Th 2,
471. -- 2. [to bhuj or bhuñj as in bhuñjati2 and paribhuñjati2] to separate, cut off, remove M I.233; S III.141; IV.168 (spells
wrongly jj). -- 3. [id.] to cleanse; fig. to sift out thoroughly, to distinguish, discriminate M I.292; J V.121 (avinibbhuja?, ppr.);
Miln 63 (doubled); Vism 438 (spelling wrongly jj); DhsA 311. -- pp. vinibbhutta. 

Vinibbhujana (nt.) [fr. vinibbhujati] turning inside out ThA 284. 

Vinibbhutta [pp. of vinibbhujati] separated, distinguished, discriminated Vism 368. 

Vinibbhoga1 

Vinibbhoga1 (adj.) [vi+nibbhoga] lacking, deprived of (--°), deficient ThA 248 (viñña?a°). 

Vinibbhoga2 

Vinibbhoga2 [fr. vinibbhujati 3] sifting out, distinction, discrimination Vism 306 (dhatu°), 368 (id.); neg. a° absence of
discrimination, indistinction DhsA 47; used as adj. in sense of "not to be distinguished," indistinct at J III.428 (°sadda). 

Vinibhindati [vi+ni+bhid] to break (right) through M I.233. 

Vinimaya [fr. vi+niminati] reciprocity, barter, exchange J II.369. 

Vinimileti [vi+nimileti] to shut one's eyes Sdhp 189. 

Vinimutta (Vinimmutta) [vi+nis+mutta] 1. released, free from J I.375 (mm); Sdhp 1, 4, 16, 225. -- 2. discharged (of an
arrow) DhA III.132 (mm). 

Vinimoceti [vi+nis+moceti, cp. nimmoka] to free (oneself) from, to get rid of A III.92; Pug 68. 

Viniyujjati [vi+niyujjati] to be connected with, to ensue, accrue PvA 29 (=upakappati). 

Viniyoga [vi+niyoga] possession, application, use DhsA 151; VvA 157; PvA 171, 175. 

[vi+nivatteti] 1. to turn over, to repeat J I.25 (??), 153 (??), 190 (??). -- 2. to turn (somebody) away from, to distract Pv I.88
(read °vattayi for °vattanti); II.619 (°vattayi; aor.); J III.290 (??). <-> 3. to roll over, to glide off J III.344 (??); DhA II.51 (??). 

Vinivijjha (adj.) [grd. of vinivijjhati] to be pierced; in dubbinivijjha difficult to pierce, hard to penetrate J V.46. 

Vinivijjhati [vi+ni+vijjhati] to pierce through & through J II.91; Miln 339; DhsA 253. 

Vinivijjhana (nt.) [fr. vinivijjhati] piercing, perforating, penetrating DhsA 253; ThA 197 (in expln of bahuvidha). 

Vinividdha [pp. of vinivijjhati] pierced (all through), perforated J V.269; VI.105; Vism 222. 

) (nt.) [vi+nibbe?hana] unwrapping, unravelling; fig. explaining, making clear, explanation, refutation Nd2 503
(di??hi--sanghatassa vinibbe?hana; where id. p. at Nd1 343 reads vinivedhana, cp, nibbedha); Miln 96; VvA 297
(di??hi--ga??hivinive?hana). 

Vinive?heti [vi+nibbe?heti] 1. to disentangle, to unwrap Vin I.3, 276 (anta--ga??hi?, the intestines); J II.283 (sarira?); 
V.47. -- 2. to disentangle oneself, to free oneself (from) A III.92; Pug 68. 

Vinivesa [vi+nivesa] tie, bond, attachment A I.66 (+vinibandha). 

Vinita [pp. of vineti] led, trained, educated S V.261; A IV.310 (viyatta+); DhA II.66 (°vatthu); PvA 38. -- avinita not
trained S IV.287; Vv 297; Dhs 1003, 1217; suvinita well trained S IV.287; opp. dubbinita badly trained J V.284, 287. --
ratha--vinita (nt.) a relay M I.149. 

Vinilaka (adj.) [vi+nilaka] of a bluish--black (purple) colour, discoloured J II.39 (of a cygnet, bastard of a swan & a crow,
"resembling neither father nor mother," i. e. "black & white"). Usually applied to the colour of a corpse (purple, discoloured),
the contemplation of which forms one of the 10 asubha--saññas: M I.88 (uddhumataka+); Sn 200 (id.). -- A. I.42; II.17; S
V.129 sq.; Dhs 264; Nett 27; Miln 332; Vism 110, 178, 193. 

Vinivara?a (adj.) [vi+nivara?a] unobstructed, unbiassed, unprejudiced A II.71; Sdhp 458. Usually in phrase °citta of an
unbiassed mind, combd with mudu--citta & udagga--citta: Vin I.16, 181; D I.110, 148; A IV.186. <-> Same in BSk., e.g.
MVastu III.225; Divy 616 sq. 

Vinudati is only found in Caus. form vinodeti. 

Vinetar [n. ag. fr. vineti] teacher, instructor, guide Sn 484; Ps II.194 (netar, vinetar, anunetar); J IV.320. 

Vineti [vi+neti; cp. vinaya] 1. to remove, put away, give up. -- ppr. vinaya? J VI.499; Pot. 3rd sg. vinayetha Sn 361, &
vineyya Sn 590; imper. vinaya Sn 1098, & vinayassu Sn 559. -- ger. vineyya Sn 58 (but taken as Pot. at Nd2 577b); Pv II.334
(macchera--mala?); vinetva J V.403 (chanda?); vinayitva VvA 156, & vinayitvana Sn 485 (bhaku?i?). -- 2. to lead, guide,
instruct, train, educate A III.106 (inf. vinetu?); S IV.105 (Pot. vineyya? & fut. vinessati); aor. vinesi Miln 13
(Abhidhamme); ger. vinayitvana ThA 69 (Ap. v. 10); grd. vinetabba SnA 464, & vineyya Miln 12; cp. veneyya. -- pp.
vinita. 

Vinodaka (adj.) [fr. vinodeti, cp. nudaka & nudaka] driving out, dispelling, allaying PvA 114 (parissama°). 

Vinodana (adj.--nt.) [fr. vinodeti] dispelling, removal A III.387, 390; Sn 1086 (chanda--raga°,=pahana etc. Nd2 578);
Miln 285; DA I.140 (nidda°); DhA I.41 (tama°, adj.); PvA 38 (soka°). 

Vinodeti [Caus. of vi+nudati] to drive out, dispel, remove, put away S IV.70, 76, 190; A II.13, 117; Sn 273, 956, (tama?);
967; Nd1 454, 489; J I.183; II.63, 283 (sineha?); Vv 8426; Miln 259 (imper. vinodehi, +apanehi, niccharehi); Mhvs 5, 245
(vimati?); 31, 10 (kankha?); DhA IV.145; PvA 38 (soka?). 

both in meaning "to know" & "to find"; cp. Gr. ei)_don I saw, oi)_da I know=Sk. veda "Veda," ei)/dwlon "idol"; Vedic vindati
to find, vetti to know, vidya knowledge; Goth. witan to observe & know= Ger. wissen; Goth. weis=E. wise, etc., for which see
Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. video] the Vedic differentiations vetti "to know" and vindati "to find" are both in Pali, but only in
sporadic forms, some of which are archaic and therefore only found in poetry. Of vid are more frequent the Pass. vijjati and
derivations fr. the Caus. ved°. The root vind occurs only in the present tense and its derivations. -- A. vid to know, to
ascertain: The old Vedic pres. vetti only at Th 1, 497 (spelt veti). Another old aor. is vedi [Sk. ayedit] Dh. 419, 423; J III.420
(=aññasi); IV.35 (here perhaps as aor. to Caus. vedeti: to cause to know or feel). Remnants of the old perfect tense 3rd pl.
[Sk. vidu?] are vidu & vidu? (appears as vidu in verse), e. g. at Th 1, 497; Sn 758; Pv II.74 (=jananti PvA 102); J V.62
(=vijananti C.); Mhvs 23, 78. The old participle of the same tense is vidva [=Sk. vidvan; cp. Geiger P.Gr. 1002] in meaning
"wise" Sn 792, 897, 1056, 1060; expld as vijjagato ña?i vibhavi medhavi at Nd1 93, 308; Nd2 575. Opp. avidva Sn 535; M
I.311. -- Younger forms are a reconstructed (grammatical) pres. vidati DA I.139; ger. viditva S V.193; Sn 353, 365, 581,
1053, 1068 and pp. vidita (q. v.). -- Pass. vijjati to be found, to be known, to exist; very frequent, e. g. Sn 20 (pl. vijjare), 21,
431, 611, 856, 1001, 1026; Th 1, 132; D I.18; Pv I.56; II.318 (spelt vijjite!) II.914 (=atthi C.); 3rd sg. pret. vijjittha Sn 1098
(ma v.=sa?vijjittha Nd2 568). ppr. vijjamana existing J I.214; III.127; PvA 25, 87, 103; Miln 216 (gen. pl. vijjamanata?).
<-> Caus. vedeti; Pass. Caus. vediyati; grd. vedaniya: see separately, with other derivations. -- B. vind to find, possess,
enjoy (cp. vitta1, vitta2, vitti) Sn 187 (vindate dhana?), 658; Th 1, 551; 2, 79 (aor. vindi); J VI.508 (vindate, med.=look for, try
to find for oneself); Mhvs  
1, 13 (ppr. vinda?); DhA III.128 (ppr. vindanto), 410. PvA 60, 77. -- inf. vinditu? Miln 122; J 18; grd; vindiya Vism 526 (as
avindiya in expln of avijja). <-> Cp. nibbindati. -- pp. vitta1 (for which adhigata in lit. meaning). 

Vindussara is v. l. of bindu° (q. v.). 

Vipakka (adj.) [vi+pakka] fully ripe J I.136. 

Vipakkha (adj.) [vi+pakkha1 2] opposite, hostile; enemy; only in foll. cpds.:
  --sevaka siding in or consorting with the enemy, keeping bad company, a traitor J I.186; III.321; DhA IV.95. --sevin id. J
I.487; II.98. 

Vipakkhika (adj.) [vipakkha+ika] 1. [vi+pakkha1 1] without wings J I.429. -- 2. [vi+pakkha1 2] opposite, hostile Sdhp
71. 

Vipakkhin (adj.) [vi+pakkhin] having no wings, without wings J V.255. 

Vipaccata (f.) at Vin II.88 is perhaps a der. fr. vi+vac, and not pac, thus representing a Sk. *vivacyata, mea?ning
"challenging in disputation," quarrelsomeness, provocation. See also vipaceti. If fr. vi+pac, the meaning would be something
like "heatedness, exasperation." 

Vipaccati [vi+paccati] 1. to be cooked, i. e. to ripen J V.121; PvA 104. -- 2. to bear fruit D II.266; S I.144; M I.388; Nett
37; VvA 171. 

Vipaccanaka (adj.) [fr. vipaccati, cp. paccana] bearing fruit, ripening (fully) Miln 421 (Notes); PvA 190. 

Vipaccanika (adj.) [vi+paccanika] hostile M I.402; A IV.95; J IV.108; Pug 20; Vbh 351, 359, 371; VbhA 478; PvA 87. 

Vipajjati [vi+pajjati] to go wrong, to fail, to perish (opp. sampajjati) DhA III.357; PvA 34. -- pp. vipanna. 

see under vipañcita. 

Vipañcita [fr. vi+pañc, cp. papañcita] only in phrase °ññu either: knowing diffuseness or detail, or: of unillusioned
understanding, clear--minded, unprejudiced, combd with uggha?ita--ññu at A II.135=Pug 41 (trsld by B. C. Law as "learning by
exposition"; PugA 223 expls as "vittharita? attha? janati," i. e. one who knows a matter expld in detail. The spelling at A II.135
is vipacita°; at Pug 41 vipaccita° & at PugA vipaccita°, with v. l. vipañcita°); Nett 7 sq., 125; SnA 163 (where uggha?ita--ññu
is applied to those who understand by condensed instruction, sankhepa--desanaya, and vipañcita--ññu to those who need a
detailed one, vittharadesana; thus "learning by diffuseness"). -- At Nett 9 we have the var. terms vipañcana, vipañcayati &
vipañciyati (Denom.) used in the description of var. ways of parsing and grammatical analysis. Here vipañcana (resting
clearly on Sk. papañca expansion) means "expanding" (by letters & vowels) and stands midway between uggha?ana &
vitthara?a "condensing & detailing." The term vipañcayati (=vipañciyati) is used in the same way. -- Note. The term is not
sufficiently cleared up. It occurs in BSk. as vipañcika (e. g. Divy 319, 391, 475, where it is appld to "brahma?a naimittika" &
trsld by Cowell as "sooth--sayer"), and vipañcanaka (Divy 548?), with which cp. vipañcitajña at Lal. Vist. 520. See remark on
vejjañjanika. 

Vipa?eti [vi+Caus. of pa?ati] to sell, to trade (with) J IV.363 (=vikki?ati C.). 

Vipatati see vipa?eti 2. 

Vipatti (f.) [vi+patti2] wrong state, false manifestation, failure, misfortune (opp. sampatti) Vin I.171 (acara° failure of
morality); A I.270 (ajiva°); IV.26, 160 (atta°, para°); Ps I.122; J VI.292; Nett 126 (the 3 vipattiyo: sila°, di??hi°, acara°); DhA
I.16 (sila°) DA I.235. <-> Often in pair di??hi° wrong view, heresy, & sila° moral failure: D II.213; A I.95, 268, 270; Vin
V.98; Vbh 361; Dhs 1361. -- payoga° wrong application PvA 117, 136 (opp. °sampatti). 

Vipatha [vi+patha] wrong way or course Vv 5010 (=apatha VvA 212). 

Vipanna [pp. of vipajjati] gone wrong, having lost, failing in (--°), opp. sampanna: A III.19 (rukkho sakha--palasa° a tree
which has lost branches and leaves); Sn 116 (°di??hi one who has wrong views, heretic; expld as "vina??ha--sammadi??hi" SnA
177); Miln 258 (su° thoroughly fallen). --sila° gone wrong in morals, lacking morality Vin I.63 (+acara°, di??hi°); II.4 (id.); J
III.138 (vipanna--sila). 

Vipannatta (nt.) [fr. vipanna] failure, misfortune Dhs A 367. 

Viparakkamma (indecl.) [ger. of vi+parakkamati] endeavouring strongly, with all one's might Sn 425 

[vi+paramasa, the form °mosa probably a distortion of °masa] highway robbery D I.5 (expld as twofold at DA I.80, viz. hima°
& gumba°, or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym. given here is "jana? musanti," i. e. they steal, or beguile people);
III.176 (v. l. °masa); A II.209; V.206; S V.473; Pug 58. 

Viparavatta [pp. of vi+para+v?t] reversed, changed D I.8; M II.3; S III.12; V.419; DA I.91. 

Vipari?ata [vi+pari?ata] changed, perverted Dhs 1038; Vbh 1, 3, 5 sq.; Miln 50. 

Vipari?ama [vi+pari?ama] change (for the worse), reverse, vicissitude D III.216 (°dukkhata); M I.457 (also as
"disappointment"); S II.274; III.8; IV.7 sq., 67 sq.; A II.177 (°dhamma subject to change); III.32; V.59 sq.; Vbh 379 (°dhamma);
Vism 499 (°dukkha), 629 sq.; VbhA 93 (id.); PvA 60. -- a° absence of change, steadfastness D I.18; III.31, 33; DhA I.121. 

Vipari?ameti [Denom. fr. vipari?ama] to change, alter D I.56 (T. °?amati; but DA I.167 °?ameti: sic for °?amati!)=S
III.211; PvA 199. 

Viparibhinna [vi+paribhinna] (entirely) broken up M I.296; S IV.294. 

Vipariyattha in verse at J V.372 is the poet. form of vipallattha (so the C. expln). 

Vipariyaya & Vipariyaya [vi+pariyaya] change, reversal DA I.148 (a); SnA 499; DhsA 253 (a); Sdhp 124, 333.
Cp. vipariyesa & vipallasa. 

Vipariyadikata (adj.) [vipariyaya+kata, with sound change y>d, viz. °ayi>°adi] thrown out of its course, upset,
destroyed Th 1, 184 (citta?; cp. similar phrase vipariyattha? citta? J V.372 -- The v. l. at Th passage is vimariyadi°). 

Vipariyesa [a contamination form between °pariyaya & °pallasa] reversal, contrariness, wrong state Kvu 306 (three
reversals: sañña°, citta°, di??hi°; or of perception, consciousness & views, cp. Kvu trsln 176); Vbh 376 (id.). -- °gaha inverted
grasp i. e. holding opposite views or "holding the contrary aim" (B. C. Law) Pug 22; DhsA 253 (=vipallattha--gaha). 

Viparivatta [vi+parivatta] changing or turning round, upset J I.344 (lokassa °kale). 

Viparivattati [vi+parivattati] to turn round, to upset J IV.224 (nava °amana capsizing); Miln 117; ThA 255. 

Viparivattana (nt.) [fr. viparivattati] changing, change. reverse DhsA 367. 


Viparita (adj.) [pp. of vi+pari+i] reversed, changed; equivocal; wrong, upset A III.114 (°dassana); IV.226 (id.); V.284; Th
2, 393; J I.334; Kvu 307; Miln 285, 324; Nett 85 (°gaha), 126 (°sañña); PvA 244. -- aviparita unequivocal, certain, distinct,
definite A V.268 (°dassana); Miln 214 (°vacana); PvA 231 (=sacca & yathava). 

Viparitata (f.) [abstr. fr. viparita] contradistinction Vism 450 (tabbiparitata). 

Vipalavita [vi+palavita, pp. of Caus. of plu] made to float, floating, thrown out (into water) J IV.259 (reads
viplavita?)=I.326 (reads vipalavita?, with reading nipalavita? in C.). The C. at J IV.259 expls as "uttarita," so at J I 326 as
"brought out of water," fished out=thale ?hapita, evidently incorrect. 

Vipallattha (adj.) [=Sk. viparyasta, pp. of vi+pari+as: see vipallasa] changed, reversed, upset, deranged, corrupt,
perverted. Occurs in two forms: vipariyattha J V.372 (°citta?: in poetry); and vipallattha Vism 20 (°citta: trsln "with corrupt
thought"; T. spells vipallatta, v. l. °attha); DhsA 253 (°gaha); PvA 212. 

Vipallasa [cp. Sk. viparyasa, vi+pari+as (to throw). The diaeretic P. form (founded on Sk. is vipariyasa; another
bastard form is vipariyesa (q. v.)] reversal, change (esp. in a bad sense), inversion, perversion, derangement, corruption,
distortion. -- The form vipariyasa occurs at Vin II.80 (citta--°kata, with deranged mind or wrong thoughts); J I.344 (where it is
expld by vipallasa). Otherwise vipallasa, e. g. Sn 299; Ps II.80; Vism 214 (attha°); Nett 4, 27, 31, 85 sq., 115 sq.; DhA II.228;
PvA 7, 70. -- There are 3 kinds of vipallasas, viz. sañña° perversion of perception, citta° of thought, di??hi° of views; A
II.52; Nett 85; Vism 683. See the same under vipariyesa! 

Vipallasayati [Denom. fr. vipallasa] to be deceived (about), to distort, to have or give a wrong notion (of) Nett 85. 

Vipassaka (adj.) [fr. vipassati] qualified to win insight, contemplating, gifted with introspection S II.232; Ps I.167; Miln
342, 369; 393, VbhA 297. 

Vipassati [vi+passati] to see clearly; to have intuition, to obtain spiritual insight D III.196 (ye nibbuta loke yathabhuta?
vipassisu?, aor.); Th 1, 471; 2, 271 (vipassi for °passasi); Sn 1115; J III.183 (pabbajitva vipassitva arahatta? papu?i?su). 

Vipassana (f.) [fr. vi+passati; BSk. vipasyana, e. g. Divy 44, 95, 264 etc.] inward vision, insight, intuition, introspection
D III.213, 273; S IV.195, 360; V.52 (samatha+); A I.61 (id.), 95; II.140, 157 (samatha+); IV.360; V.99, 131; Ps I.28, 57 sq.,
181; II.92 sq.; Pug 25; J I.106; Dhs 55, 1356; Nett 7, 42 sq., 50, 82, 88 sq., 125 sq., 160, 191; Miln 16; Vism 2 (with jhana etc.),
289 (+samadhi), 628 sq. (the 18 maha°); PvA 14 (samahita--citta°), 167; VvA 77; Sdhp 457, 466.
  --anga constituent of intuition SnA 8 (given as "namarupa--pariccheda etc."). --upekkha indifference by introspection Vism
162. --kamma??hana exercise for intuition DhA IV.46. --ña?a ability or method of attaining insight Vism 629; DhA IV.30;
cp. Cpd. 65 sq., where 10 such modes. --dhura obligation of introspection DhA I.8; IV.37 sq. 

Vipassin (adj.) [fr. vipassati] gifted with insight, wise A IV.244; Sn 349; It 2=7. 

Vipaka [fr. vi+pac] fruit, fruition, product; always in pregnant meaning of "result, effect, consequence (of one's action),"
either as good & meritorious (kusala) or bad & detrimental (akusala). Hence "retribution" (kamma°), reward or
punishment. See on term e. g. Dhs. trsln introd.2 XCIII; Cpd. 43. 249. -- D III.150, 160, 176 sq.; S I.34, 57, 92 (kammassa);
II.128 (compar. vipakatara), 255 (id.); IV.186 sq., 348 sq.; A I.48, 97 (sukha°, dukkha°), 134 (kamma°), 263; II.34 (agga), 80,
112; III.35, 172 (danassa), 410 sq. (kamana? etc.), 436; IV. 303 (kamma°); V.251; Sn 653 (kamma°); Ps II.79 (dukkha°); Pv
I.91; I.107 & passim; Pug 13, 21; Dhs 431, 497, 987; Vbh 16 sq., 73, 319, 326 sq., 334 (sukha°); Kvu 353 sq., 464 (kamma &
vipaka); Nett 99, 161, 180 sq.; Tikp 27 (fourfold), 44, 48, 50, 292 (a° & sa°), 328 sq. (°tika), 350 sq.; Dukp 17; Vism 177, 454
(fourfold), 456 (°viñña?a), 538 (°paccaya), 545 sq.; VbhA 17, 150 sq. (kusala° & akusala), 144, 177, 391; PvA 50, 73, 77;
Sdhp 12, 73, 197, 235. 

Vipakatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vipaka] state of being ripe PvA 52. 

Vipaceti [Caus. of vi+pac, or distorted fr. vivaceti?] to become annoyed, to get angry (lit. to get heated): this meaning as
trsln of vi+pac, although not quite correct, as pac means to "ripen" and is not ordinarily used of heated conditions. Since the
word is not sufficiently cleared up, we refrain from a detailed discussion concerning possible explanations. It may suffice to
point out that it occurs only in Vinaya (and in one sporadic passage S I.232) in standing combn ujjhayati khiyati vipaceti,
expressing annoyance or irritation about something; e. g. Vin I.191; II.85, 291; IV.64. The corresponding BSk. phrase is
avadhyayati dhriyati [to resist, dh?] vivacayati, e. g. Divy 492. It is not quite clear which of the two versions is the older
one. There may be underlying a misunderstood (dial.) phrase which was changed by popular analogy. The BSk. phrase seems a
priori the more intelligible one; if we take vipaceti=vivaceti, we should translate it as "to speak disparagingly." Mrs. Rh. D at
K.S. I.296 trsls as "were vexed and fretted and consumed with indignation. " -- See remarks under khiyati & cp. vipaccata. 

Vipa?eti [vi+pa?eti] 1. to rip or tear open Vin II.115. <-> 2. to be destroyed, to fall to pieces (cp. pa?eti & Pass. pa?iyati in
sense of "destroy") Pv IV.146 (sangha?iyo vipatayanti T.; vv. ll. vinasayati & vidalayati; PvA 240 expls as Pass. vipa?iyati
[=vipa?iyati?] with v. l. vidaliyati); J V.33 (reads: muddha vipphaleyya sattadha: perhaps the best reading), 493 (muddha
vipateyya [sic] sattadha). See vipphalati. 

Vipa?iyati see vipa?eti see vipa?eti 2. 

Vipi??hi [vi+pi??hi] in phrase vipi??hi--katva(na) Sn 67 & 362, to turn one's back on (acc.), to leave behind, to abandon;
cp. pi??hito karoti. The expln at Nd2 580 is pahana etc.; at SnA 119 pi??hito katva. 

Vipina (nt.) [cp. *Sk. vipina, Halayudha 2, 55] wood, grove D I.248 (doubtful; vv. ll. vijina, vivada, vivana); Ap 51 (vv. ll.
vivana, vicina; C. vivana & vipina); Davs IV.39; PvA 81 (read vicitta!). 

Viputta (adj.) [vi+putta] without a son, bereft of his son J V.106. 

Vipubbaka (adj.) [fr. vi+pubba1] full of corruption or matter, festering (said of a dead body). The contemplation
(sañña) of a festering corpse is one of the asubhakamma??hanas. -- M I.58, 88; III.91; A III.324. <-> As °sañña: A II.17;
V.310; Dhs 264; Nett 27; Miln 102, 332; Vism 110, 178, 193. 

Vipula (adj.) [cp. Sk. vipula] large, extensive, great, abundant. The word is poetical. -- D III.150; A I.45 (°paññata); Sn 41,
675, 687, 978, 994; Th 1, 588; Nd1 581 (=adhimatta); Vv 676 (=mahanta VvA 290); Ap 40; Pv II.118; II.49; II.969 (=ulara
PvA 139); Miln 164, 311, 404; PvA 7, 76; Sdhp 271. 

Vippakata [pp. of vippakaroti; vi+pakata] 1. imperfectly executed, left unfinished, interrupted D I.2 (cp. Dh I.49); Vin
II.172, 243, 304; IV.279; A II.196; J I.120. -- 2. done wrongly J V.214. -- At Vin IV.358 (in Bdhgh's remarks on Pac. 26, 1) we
find vippagatamedhuna as inaccurate spelling for vippakata--methuna ("interrupted intercourse"). 

Vippakaroti [vi+pa+k?] to ill--treat, abuse Vin II.133. <-> pp. vippakata. 

Vippakara [vi+pakara] change, mutation, alteration J VI.370; DhA I.28; VvA 46. 

Vippaki??a [pp. of vippakirati] strewn all over, beset with, sprinkled (with) J II.240; VI.42; DhA I.140; DA I.40; VvA
36. 

Vippaki??ata (f.) [abstr. fr. vippaki??a] the fact of being beset or endowed (with) Vism 8. 

Vippakirati [vi+pakirati] 1. to strew all over PvA 92. <-> 2. to confound, destroy J II.398. -- pp. vippaki??a. 

Vippakkamati [vi+pakkamati] to part company, to go away Vin IV.284. 

Vippajahati [vi+pajahati] to give up, to abandon Sn 817 (inf. °pahatave), 926 (Pot. °pajahe); ger. °pahaya Sn 367, 499,
514; J I.87. -- pp. vippahina. 

Vippa?ikkula (adj.) [vi+pa?ikkula] contrary, antagonistic Dhs 1325=Pug 20. 

Vippa?ipajjati [vi+pa?ipajjati. Cp. BSk. vipratipadyate Divy 293] to go astray; fig. to err, fail; to commit sin Vin III.166;
S I.73; J I.438. -- pp. vippa?ipanna. <-> Caus. vippa?ipadeti. 

Vippa?ipatti (f.) [vi+pa?ipatti] wrong way, error, sin Vism 511. 

Vippa?ipanna [pp. of vippa?ipajjati] "on the wrong track," going or gone astray, committing sin Pv IV.159
(°citta=adhammiya? pa?ipada? pa?ipanna PvA 242). 

Vippa?ipadeti [Caus. of vippa?ipajjati] to cause to commit sin (esp. adultery) Vin III.40. 

Vippa?isara [vi+pa?isara] bad conscience, remorse, regret, repentance Vin II.250; D I.138; S III.120, 125; IV.46; A
III.166, 197, 353; IV.69; J IV.12; V.88; Pug 62; DhA IV.42; VvA 116; PvA 14, 60, 105, 152. -- a° no regret, no remorse A
III.46. 

Vippa?isarin (adj.) [fr. vippa?isara; cp. BSk. vipratisarin Divy 322, 638] remorseful, regretful, repentant S III.125;
IV.133, 320 sq., 359 sq.; A III.165 sq.; IV.244, 390; J I.200; Miln 10, 285; Tikp 321, 346. 

Vippataccheti [vi+pa+taccheti] to scratch open or apart M I.506. 

Vippana??ha [vi+pp. of panassati] strayed, lost, perished Vv 849=8444 (=magga--sammu?ha VvA 337); J IV.139; V.70;
VI.525; Miln 326. 

Vippamutta [vi+pamutta] released, set free, saved S I.4, 29, 50; III.31, 83; IV.11; A I.10; II.34; Sn 176, 218, 363, 472,
492, 501, 913; J I.84; Vv 204÷2910; Nd1 331, 336. 

Vippamokkha [vi+pamokkha] release, deliverance S I.154; J V.27. 

Vippayutta [vi+payutta] separated S II.173 (visa?yutta+); Sn 914 (or °mutta). --°paccaya the relation of dissociation
Tikp 6, 53 sq., 65; Vism 539. 

Vippayoga [vi+payoga] separation Sn 41; PvA 161 (piya°). 

Vippalapati [vi+palapati] to talk confusedly (as in one's sleep), to chatter, wail, lament Vin I.15; S IV.303; J I.61; III.217;
IV.167; DhA II.100; PvA 40, 93. 

Vippalambheti [vi+palambheti] to deceive, mock DA I.151; ThA 78. 

Vippalapa [vi+palapa] confused talk, wailing Ps I.38; PvA 18. 

Vippalujjati [vi+palujjati] to be broken up, to be destroyed Nd1 5. 

Vippavadati [vi+pavadati] to dispute, disagree J IV.163; VI.267. 

Vippavasati [vi+pavasati] to go from home, to be away from (abl.), to be absent Sn 1138 (=apeti apagacchati vina hoti
Nd2 582); J IV.51, 439. -- pp. vippavuttha. 

Vippavasa [vi+pavasa] absence; in sati° absence of mind, neglect, absentmindedness, thoughtlessness J I.410; SnA 339;
a° thoughtfulness, mindfulness Vin V.216; Sn 1142; J IV.92. 

Vippaviddha [pp. of vippavijjhati, vi+pa+vyadh] pierced through and through J I.61. 

Vippavuttha [pp. of vippavasati] absent; °sati neglectful DhA I.239. 

Vippasanna (adj.) [vi+pasanna] (quite) purified, clear; happy, bright, pure, sinless Vin III.88 (°chaviva??a); S I.32
(cetas); III.2, 235; IV.118, 294; V.301; A III.41, 236; Sn 637; Dh 82, 413 (=pasanna--citta DhA IV.192); Pv I.1010 (=su??hu
pasanna); II.935; Vism 262 (where KhA reads pasanna only); DhA II.127; DA I.221. 

Vippasadeti [Caus. of vippasidati] to purify, cleanse Sn 506. 

Vippasidati [vi+pasidati] to become bright; fig. to be reconciled or pleased, to be satisfied or happy Dh 82; J I.51; PvA
122 (mukha--va??a). Caus. vippasadeti. 

Vippasukkhati [vi+pa+sukkhati] to dry up entirely J V.106. 

Vippahana (nt.) [vi+pahana] leaving, abandoning, giving up S I.39=Sn 1109; Sn 1097; J VI.260; Miln 181. 

Vippahita (nt.) [vi+pahita2] sending out in all directions, message J III.386 (duta°). 

Vippahina [pp. of vippajahati] given up, abandoned S I.99; A V.16, 29 sq.; Sn 360, 362. 

Vippita at J VI.185 is to be read cipi?a ("flat"). 

Vipphandati [vi+phandati; cp. BSk. vispandati Jtm 11 to twitch, writhe, struggle Vv 5216 (5214 Ha.); J IV.495 -- pp.
vipphandita. 

Vipphandita (nt.) [pp. of vipphandati] "writhing," twitching, struggle M I.446; S II.62; -- (fig.) in di??hi° combd with
visukayita) "scuffling of opinion" (Mrs. Rh. D.), sceptical agitation, worry & writhing (cp. Dial. I.53) M I.8, 486; S I.123 (here
without di??hi°; the C. expln is "hatthirajava??a sappava??'adidassa nani" K.S. I.320); Dhs 381; Pug 22. 

Vipphala (or is it pipphala?)=phala at J VI.518. 

Vipphalati [vi+phalati] (intrs.) to split open, to burst asunder: so read at J V.33, 493 (for vipatati); Pv IV.146 (for
vipateti); see detail under vipa?eti. 

Vipphara [fr. vi+pharati 1 or 2] diffusion, pervasion, (adj.) pervading, spreading out A I.171 (vitakka--vip phara--sadda,
cp. Kvu trsln 241), 206 (mahajutika maha vipphara); IV.252; Ps I.112 sq.; II.174; J III.12 (maha° +mahajutika); V.150 (id.);
Miln 230 & 270 (vaci°   dilating in talk), 130, 346; Vism 42; DA I.192; VvA 103 (maha°+mahajutika); PvA 178 (karu?a°). 

Vippharavant (adj.) [fr. vipphara, cp. pharati 1 & vipphurati] possessing vibration DhsA 115=Vism 142. 

Vippharika (adj.) [fr. vi+pharati 2] spreading out (in effulgence) VvA 5 (maha°). 

Vippharita [pp. of Caus. vi+pharati] expanded Davs V.34 (°akkhi--yugala, both eyes wide open). 

Vipphalita (adj.) [vi+phalita 2] split open, cut to pieces PvA 152 (su°; so read for vipphalita); Sdhp 188 (°anga). 

Vipphaleti [vi+sphar: cp. phalita 1. It is not=vi+ phaleti] to expand, to bend or draw the bow J VI.580. 

Vipphura?a (nt.) [vi+phura?a=phara?a] spreading out, effulgence, pervasion VvA 277. 

Vipphurati [vi+phurati: see pharati] to vibrate, tremble, quiver, fly asunder, diffuse J I.51; SnA 225; VvA 12
(vijjotamana vipphurato). 

Vippho?ita (adj.) [vi+pho?ita: see pho?a, cp. BSk. vispho?a open Divy 603] burst open (of a boil) Th 1, 306. 

Viphala (adj.) [vi+phala] fruitless, useless Sdhp 527. 

Vibandha [vi+bandha] fetter PvA 207. 

Vibandhana (nt.) [vi+bandhana]=vibandha ThA 243. 

Vibadhaka (adj.) [fr. vibadha] doing harm to (--°), injuring, preventing Davs II.88. 

Vibadhati [vi+badhati] to oppress, harm Miln 135 (so read for °bhadati); DhsA 42. -- Pass. vibadhiyati to be oppressed
PvA 239. 

Vibbedha [fr. vi+vyadh after analogy of ubbedha; not vi+bheda] circumference J I.212. 

Vibbhanta [pp. of vibbhamati] 1. roaming, straying; strayed, confused M I.171 (padhana° giving up exertion), 247 (id.).
Usually in phrase °citta with wandering (or confused) mind S I.61 (see expln of C. at K.S. I.321), 204; III.93; V.269; A I.70;
II.30; III.391; It 90; J IV.459 (+kupit'indriya); Miln 324. -- At DhsA 260 we find the cpd. vibbhanti--bhava [vibbhanta in
compn with bhu!] of citta, in meaning "wavering, roaming" (of mind): so read for vibhatti--bhava. 

Vibbhantaka (adj.) [vibbhanta+ka] 1. straying away from (--°), confused Vism 187 (jhana°), 429. -- 2. (a bhikkhu) who
has forsaken the Order, apostate Vin II.60. 

Vibbhamati [vi+bhamati] to wander about, to go astray, to forsake the Order Vin I.72; II.14; III.40 (may be taken in the
sense of enjoying oneself or sporting, i. e. cohabiting, at this passage), IV.216; J I.117; III.462 (of a bhikkhu enticed by his
former wife), 496. -- pp. vibbhanta. 

Vibhanga [vi+bhanga, of bhaj1] distribution, division, distinction, classification Vin I.359; Sn 600 (jati° classification of
species; expld as jati--vitthara at SnA 464); J IV.361 (+vicaya; C. expls as vibhaga); Mhvs 30, 87 (dhatu° distribution of
relics); SnA 422 (contrasted with uddesa). -- Vibhanga is the title of the second book of the Abhidhamma Pi?aka (see Pali
Name Dictionary). Cp. Sutta--vibhanga. 

Vibhajati [vi+bhajati, i. e. bhaj1, as in bhajeti] (lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify;
to deal with something in detail, to go into details M III.223; S II.2, 255 (vibhajeti)=M I.364 (reads virajeti); S IV.93 (attha?);
V.261 (dhamma? vivarati vibhajati uttani--karoti); Sn 87; Pug 41; Vbh 259; Miln 145; SnA 237; DA I.104; PvA 81, 111. ger.
vibhajja (q. v.). -- pp. vibhatta. 

Vibhajana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vibhajati] distinction, division, going into detail Nett 5, 8 sq., 38 (+vivara?a &
uttani--kammata); Tikp 10; SnA 445 (vivara?a, v., uttani--kara?a); DhsA 343, 344. Cp. vibhajana. 

Vibhajja (adv.) [ger. of vibhajati] dividing, analysing, detailing; in detail (°--) D III.229 (°vyakara?iya pañha
"discriminating reply" trsln); A II.46 (°vacana analysis). -- °vada the Vibhajja doctrine, i. e. the doctrine which analyses, or the
"religion of logic or reason"; a term identical with theravada, the doctrine of the Elders, i. e. the original teaching of the
Buddhist church. --°vadin one who teaches the V. doctrine, Ep. of the Buddha Mhvs 5, 271; Tikp 366; VbhA 130; cp. Kvu
trsln introd. p. 38. 

Vibhatta (adj.) [pp. of vibhajati] 1. (lit.) divided, distributed; parted, partitioned, having divisions, portioned off Sn 300;
Pv I.1013 (of niraya); J V.266 (id.); Miln 316 (a° samudda). -- su° well divided, well planned, proportioned, regular Sn 305; Pv
III.221; Miln 330, 345; Vism 108. -- 2. (fig.) detailed, explained, analysed Vism 187; SnA 288; PvA 104. 

Vibhattavant (adj.) [fr. vibhatta] full of details, giving all detail Vism 212; DA I.34. 

Vibhatti (f.) [fr. vibhajati] 1. division, distinction, classification, detail, variety J VI.432 (of paintings); Nett 1 sq., 105; Miln
102, 381; Vism 352 (contrasted with sankhepa); PvA 199, 282 (rupa° various forms, patterns). -- 2. (t. t. g.) inflection of nouns
& verbs, declensions, conjugation SnA 397; VvA 78, 199. --°lopa omission of inflection VvA 174, 192; PvA 147. -- Note.
vibhattibhava at DhsA 260 is to be read as vibbhanti° (see under vibbhanta). 

Vibhattika (adj.) [fr. vibhatti] having divisions; (fig.) detailed. Neg. a° not giving details VvA 164. 

Vibhava [vi+bhava] 1. power, wealth, prosperity DA I.147; J I.56; V.285; Mhvs 26, 6; DhA I.6; II.9, 84; IV.7; VvA 5, 302
(°sampanna rich); PvA 122, 130, 176, 196. Great wealth is expressed by asiti--ko?i--vibhava, consisting in 80 ko?is, e. g.
DhA I.367; II.25. -- bahu° very rich J I.145; maha° id. PvA 97, 107. -- yatha vibhava? according to one's means or power
PvA 54; vibhav'a^nurupa? id. VvA 254. -- 2. non--existence, cessation of life, annihilation D I.34; Sn 514 (+bhava), 867
(id.); Nd1 274, 282; J III.402 (°? gata=vinasa? patta C.); V.267 (id.); DhsA 392; DA I.120; VbhA 505 (=bhava--vigama). See
also ta?ha B 1.
  --ta?ha "craving for life to end" (Dial. III.208), desire for non--existence D III,216, 275; Vin I.10; Ud 33; It 50; VbhA 111.
--di??hi the theory of non--becoming D III.212; A I.83; Nd1 245, 274. 

Vibhavati [vi+bhavati] to cease to exist S III.56 (fut. °issati); Sn 873 (vibhoti); Nd1 279 (id.). -- pp. vibhuta. 

Vibhassikata (nt.) [vi+bhassa+kata] gossip, lit. "made into talk" Vin IV.241. 

Vibhaga [fr. vibhajati, cp. vibhanga & vibhajana] distribution, division; detailing, classification J IV.361; Vism 494; VbhA
83; ThA 100; VvA 37; PvA 122. -- attha° detailing of meaning Vism 569; dhatu° distribution of relics VvA 297; PvA 212;
pada° division of words SnA 269; PvA 34. -- Cp. sa?°. 

Vibhajana (nt.) [vi+bhajana2] distribution, division Dhtp 92, 561; Dhtm 776, 787. 

Vibhata [pp. of vibhati] shining, turned to light, bright; in phrase vibhataya rattiya when night had become light, i. e. at
daybreak or dawn (DhA IV.105; PvA 13, 22). -- (nt.) daybreak, dawn DhA II.5 (°kha?e). 

Vibhati [vi+bhati] to shine forth, to be or become light (said of the night turning into day); pres. also vibhayati Vin I.78;
fut. vibhayissati D II.148; aor. vibhayi J V.354. -- pp. vibhata. 

Vibhadati at Miln 135 should be read at vibadhati. 

Vibhayana (nt.) [fr. vibhati] shining forth, brightening VvA 148. 

Vibhavana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vibhaveti] 1. making clear, ascertainment, explanation, exposition J III.389; Vbh 342, 343
(a); Sn A 13, 261 sq., 318; VbhA 409 (a); ThA 76 (a), 230; PvA 137, 140 (so read for vibhavana in attha°). -- 2. annihilation,
disappearance, making non--existing (cp. vibhava 2) DhsA 163 (vibhavana nama antara--dhapana ti attho). 

Vibhavaniya (adj.) [fr. vibhavana] pertaining to ascertainment, making clear, explaining PvA 244 (paramattha°). 

Vibhavita [pp. of vibhaveti] made non--existing, annihilated Nd2 584. 

Vibhavin (adj.) [fr. vibhaveti] intelligent, wise Sn 317; J VI.304; Nd2 259 (=medhavin); Miln 21, 276, 346; Sdhp 382. 

Vibhaveti [vi+bhaveti] 1. to understand clearly (lit. "to produce intensively or well") Sn 318 (ger. a--vibhavayitva). -- 2. to
make clear, to explain KhA 89; SnA 406, 472; PvA 1, 70, 92, 135. -- 3. to put out of existence, to annihilate [as Caus. of
vibhava 2] DhsA 163. <-> pp. vibhavita. 

Vibhasita [pp. Caus. of vi+bhasati2] illuminated, made bright, shining forth Sdhp 591. 

Vibhinna (adj.) [vi+bhinna] scattered; divided, at variance Sn 314 (=aññam--añña? bhinna SnA 324). 

[cp. *Sk. vibhita & °ka] the plant Terminalia belerica; beleric myrobolan. Dice were made from its fruits, which are also used
as medicine (intoxicant); its flowers smell vilely. -- Vin I.201; J III.161; V.363; VI.529. 

Vibhuta (adj.) [pp. of vibhavati, or vi+bhuta] 1. [cp. bhuta 1, & vibhava 2] destroyed, annihilated, being without Th 1,
715; Sn 871 sq., 1113 (=vibhavita atikkanta vitivatta Nd2 584). -- 2. [cp. bhuta 3] false Sn 664. -- 3. [cp. vibhaveti 2] clear,
distinct A V.325; Miln 311; Abdhs 16 (a° unclear); Vism 112 (& a°). --°? karoti to explain Miln 308. 

Vibhuti (f.) [fr. vi+bhavati] 1. [cp. vibhuta 2] destruction, ruin Th 1, 1018 (°nandin=malign). -- 2. [cp. vibhava 1]
splendour, majesty, glory J V.305; PvA 133 (dana°), 216 (raja°). 

Vibhusana (nt.) [vi+bhusana] adornment A I.212; II.40, 145, 209; Sn 59 (cp. Nd2 585); Pug 21, 58; J I.8; Dhs 1348;
Miln 382. 

Vibhusa (f.) [vi+bhusa] ornament, decoration, distinction, pride Sn 926; Nd1 380; Nd2 585; Miln 224 (Rh. D. trsls
"dexterity," hardly correct. Should we read "vibhuti"?). 

Vibhusita [pp. of vibhuseti] adorned, decorated Mhvs 25, 102; Vism 10; PvA 46, 157. 

Vibhuseti [vi+bhuseti] to adorn, embellish, beautify Th 2, 411; Mhvs 19, 25; DhA I.77. -- pp. vibhusita. 

Vibheti [vi+bhayati] to be afraid, to stand in awe of J V.509 (=bhayati C.). Should we read bibheti? 

Vibhedaka [vi+bhedaka] one who disturbs friendship, a slanderer J III.260. 

Vibhedika (f.) [fr. vi+bhid] the palmyra tree J VI.529. 

Vibhedeti [vi+bhedeti] to cause disruption, to slander A V.345 sq. 

Vimajjana (nt.) [fr. vi+majjati2] making smooth, polishing M I. 385. 

Vima??ha (adj.) [vi+ma??ha] smoothed, soft, smooth, polished J V.96 (°abharana), (C. expls as "visala"), 204, 400 (of
ornaments). --ubhato--bhaga° polished or smooth on both sides M I. 385; A V.61=M II.13 (has °maddha). 

Vimata (adj.) [fr. vi+man] perplexed, in doubt J V.340. 

Vimati (f.) [vi+mati] doubt, perplexity, consternation D I.105; S IV.327; A II.79, 185; Ap 29; Dhs 425; J III.522; Miln 119,
144, 339; DA I.274. 

Vimada (adj.) [vi+mada] disintoxicated, without conceit J V.158 (taken as "unconscious" by C.). 

Vimaddana (nt.) [vi+maddana] crushing, destroying VvA 232. 

Vimana (adj.) [vi+mano] 1. perplexed, consternated Miln 23, 118; PvA 274. -- 2. infatuate Th 2, 380. <-> 3. distracted,
distressed Th 1, 1051; J VI.523. 

Vimariyadikata (adj.) [vi+mariyada+kata] lit. made unrestricted, i. e. delivered, set free S II.173; III.31 (vippamutto
°ena cetasa viharati); VI.11; A V.151 sq. -- At Th 1, 184 v. l. for vipariyadi°. 

Vimala (adj.) [vi+mala] without stains, spotless, unstained, clean, pure A IV.340; Sn 378, 476, 519, 637, 1131 (cp. Nd2
586); J I.18; Miln 324; DhA IV.192. 

Vimalayaka [cp. Sk. vimalaka] a certain precious stone of dark--blue colour VvA 111. 

Vimana1 

Vimana1 (nt.) [in the Pali meaning not Vedic. Found in meaning "palace--chariot" in the Mbharata and elsewhere in Epic
Sk.] lit. covering a certain space, measuring; the defns given by Dhpala refer it to "without measure," i. e. immeasurable.
Thus=vigata--mane appama?e mahanta vara--pasada VvA 131;=visi??hamana?, pama?ato mahanta? VvA 160. -- Appld
meaning: heavenly (magic) palace, a kind of paradise, elysium. -- 1. General remarks: (a) The notion of the vimana is peculiar
to the later, fantastic parts of the Canon, based on popular superstition (Vimana & Peta Vatthu, Apadana, Jataka and similar
fairy tales). It shows distinct traces of foreign (Hellenic--Babylonian) influence and rests partly on tales of sea--faring
merchants (cp. location of V. in mid--ocean). On the other hand it represents the old (Vedic) ratha as chariot of the gods, to
be driven at will (cp. below 5, 7, 8). Thus at Vv 16 (here as 500 chariots!), 36, 63, 64; J I.59 (deva--vimanasadisa ratha). -- (b)
The vimanas are in remote parts of the world (cp. the island of the blessed), similar to the elysium in Homer's Odyssey, e. g.
IV.563 sq.: s)e)s *)hlu/sion pedi/on kai\ pei/rata gai/hs a)qa/natoi pemyousin etc. (trsln G. Chapman: "the immortal ends of all
the earth, the fields Elysian Fate to thee will give; where Rhadamanthus rules, and where men live a nevertroubled life, where
snow, nor show'rs, nor irksome winter spends his fruitless pow'rs, but from the ocean zephyr stQll resumes a constant breath,
that all the fields perfume"). Cp. Ehni, Yama p. 206 sq. -- (c) In popular religion the influence of this eschatological literature
has been very great, so great in fact as to make the Vimana and Peta--vatthus & the Jatakastories, exemplifying the theory of
retribution as appealing to an ordinary mind by vivid examples of mythology, greater favourites than any other canonical  
book. From this point of view we have to judge Mhvs 14, 58: Petavatthu? Vimanañ ca sacca--sa?yutta? eva ca desesi thero . . .
-- 2. The descriptions of the Vimanas are in the most exuberant terms. The palaces (kingdoms in miniature) are of gold, crystal
or exquisite jewels, their pillars are studded with gems, their glittering roofs are peaked with 700 pinnacled turrets (VvA 244,
289; also as "innumerable" VvA 188, or 18,000 Ap. 63). Surrounded are these towering (ucca) mansions by lovely,
well--planned gardens, the paths of which are sprinkled with gold dust; they are full of wishing--trees, granting every desire.
There is a variety of stately trees, bearing heavenly flowers & fruit, swaying gently in delicious breezes. Lotus ponds with cool
waters invite to refreshing baths; a host of birds mix their songs with the strains of cymbals and lutes, played by heavenly
musicians. Angelic maidens perform their dances, filling the atmosphere with a radiant light which shines from their bodies.
Peace and happiness reign everywhere, the joys of such a vimana cannot be expressed in words. This elysium lasts for aeons
(cira--??hitika Vv 801, kappa--??hayin Th 1, 1190); in short it is the most heavenly paradise which can be imagined. -- For a
monograph of vimana the Vimana Vatthu and its Commentary should in the first place be consulted. -- 3. The inhabitants of
the Vimanas are usually happy persons (or yakkhas: see Stede, P. V. trsl. 39--41), called devata, who have attained to such an
exalted state through their own merit (puñña see foll. 4). -- Departed souls who have gone through the Petastage are frequently
such devas (at Vv 172 called pubbadevata). That these are liable to semi--punishment and semi--enjoyment is often
emphasized, and is founded on the character of their respective kamma: J I.240 (vimana--petiyo sattaha? sukha? anubhavanti,
sattaha? dukkha?); J V.2 (vemanika--peta--bhavena--kammassa sarikkhako vipako ahosi; i. e. by night pleasures; by day
tortures); cp. Pv II. 12 (see Stede, Gespenstergeschichten des Peta Vatthu p. 106), III. 78; PvA 204, 210, & Divy p. 9.
Expressions for these "mixed" devatas who are partly blessed, partly cursed are e. g.: vimanapeta PvA 145, 148, 271, 275; f.
vimana--peti PvA 152, 160, 186, 190; vimana devata PvA 190; vemanika--peta J V.2; PvA 244; DhA III.192 (as
powerful, by the side of nagas & supa??as). -- In their appearance they are like beautiful human beings, dressed in yellowish
(pita, expld as "golden" robes (cp. the angels in the oldest Christian apocalyptic literature: on their relation to Hellenic ideas see
e. g. A. Dieterich, Nekyia, Leipzig 1903, pp. 10--18, 29: red & white the colours of the land of the blessed), with gold and
silver as complementary outfit in person and surroundings. Thus throughout the Vimana Vatthu, esp. Nos, 36 & 47
 (pita--vimana). Their splendour is often likened to that of the moon or of the morning star. -- 4. Origin of Vimanas. A vimana
arises in the "other world" (paraloka) at the instant of somebody doing good (even during the lifetime of the doer) and waits for
the entry of the owner: DhA III.291 sq. In the description of the vimana of the naga--king (J VI.315=Vv 8422) it is said on this
subject: a vimana is obtained neither without a cause (adhicca), nor has it arisen in the change of the seasons, nor is it
self--made (sayankata), nor given by the gods, but "sakehi kammehi apapakehi puññehi laddha" (i. e. won by one's own sinless
& meritorious deeds). -- Entering the Vimana--paradise is, analogous to all semi--lethal passing over into enchanted
conditions in fairy tales, compared with the awakening from sleep (as in a state of trance): sutta--ppabuddha DhA III.7. Of the
Vimana itself it is said that it appears (patur ahosi), e. g. VvA 188; DhA I.131; or arises (uggañchi) DhA III.291; VvA 221. --
5. Location of the Vimanas. The "vimana" is an individual paradisiacal state Therefore vimanas are not definitely located
"Elysian Fields." They are anywhere (in this world as well as in the Beyond), but certain places are more favourable for their
establishment than others. Thus we may state that kat) e)coxh/n they are found in the neighbourhood of water. Thus either in
the Ocean (majjhe sagarasmi? Th 1, 1190; samudda--majjhe PvA 47), where access is possible only through adventures after
shipwreck or similar causes (J. IV.1 sq.; Pv IV.11); or at one or the other of the great lakes of the Himavant (Pv II.12). They are
in out--of--the--way places ("end of the world"); they are also found in the wilderness: Vv 84; Pv IV.32. As tree--vimanas with
rukkha--devata as inhabitants they occur e. g. at J III.310; V.502; Pv I.9; II.9; PvA 244. Very often they are phantasmagorical
castles in the air. By special power of their inhabitants they may be transported to any place at will. This faculty of transference
is combined with the ability of extremely swift motion (compared to the speed of thought: manojava). Thus a golden palanquin
is suspended in mid--air above a palace at VvA 6 (akasa--carin, sigha--java). They are said to be akasa??hanani J VI.117; SnA
222, 370 (but the palace of the Yakkha A?avaka is bhumma--??ha, i. e. stands on the ground, and is described as fortified: SnA
222). The place of a (flying) vimana may be taken by various conveyances: a chair, an elephant, ship, bed, litter etc. Or the
location of it in the other world is in the Cittalatavana (Vv 37), or the Paricchattaka tree (Vv 38), or in the
Catummaharajika--bhavana (VvA 331). -- Later on, when the theory of meritorious deities (or departed souls raised to special
rank) as vemanika deva was established, their abode was with their vimanas settled among the Tavati?sa (e. g. VvA 188,
217, 221, 244, 289; DhA III.291), or in the Tusita heaven. Thus Tusita--pura interchanges with Tusita--vimana at DhA II.
208. The latter occurs e. g. at DhA III.173, 219. <-> 6. The dimensions of the Vimanas are of course enormous, but
harmonious (being "divine"), i. e. either of equal extent in all directions, or specially proportioned with significant numbers. Of
these the foll. may be mentioned. The typical numbers of greatest frequency are 12, 16, 30, 700, in connection with yojana.
The dimensions, with ref. to which 12 & 16 are used, are length, width, height, & girth, whereas 700 applies usually to the
height (DhA III 291 e. g., where it is said to be "over 700"), and the number of turrets (see above 2). At VvA 267
(satta--yojana--pama?o ratho) No. 7 is used for 700; No. 30 (extent) is found e. g. at DhA III.7; ThA 55; No. 12 e. g. at J
VI.116; DhA III.291; VvA 6, 217, 221, 244, 246, 291 sq.; No. 16 at VvA 188, 289. -- 7. Vimanas of sun and moon. A peculiar
(late?) idea is that sun and moon have their vimanas (cp. Vedic ratha=sun). There are only very few passages in the
post--canonical books mentioning these. The idea that the celestial bodies are vimanas ("immense chariots in the shape of
open hemispheres" Kirfel, Kosmographie der Inder p. 282) is essentially Jainistic. See on Jain Vimanas in general Kirfel, l. c.
pp. 7--9, 292--300. -- In the Pali Com. we find SnA 187, 188 (canda--vimana? bhinditva=breaking up the moon's palace, i. e.
the moon itself); and DhA III.99 (candimasuriya vimanani gahetva a??ha?su). -- 8. Other terms for vimana, and specifications.
Var. other expressions are used more frequently for vimana in general. Among these are ratha (see above 1 a); nagara (Pv
II.125); pura (see above 5, as tusita°); pasada; either as dibba° (DhA III.291), or vara° (VvA 130), or vimana° (Vv 3110). --
The vimanas are specified as deva--vimana "heavenly palace," e. g. J I.59; Vism 342; VvA 173; or (in a still more superlative
expression) brahmavimana, i. e. best or most excellent magic palace, highest paradise, e. g. D I.17 (here perhaps "palace of
Brahma"); III.28 ("abode of brahmas" Rh. D.); It 15; Vism 108. The latter expression is abbreviated to brahma (nt.) "highest,
best thing of all," "summum bonum," paradise, magic palace: ThA 47 (Ap. v. 6) & 55 (Ap.  
v. 8), at both places as sukata?, i. e. well made. --A rather odd expression for the paradisiacal state (in concrete form) is
attabhava (existence, cp. Gr. bioth/ Hom. Od. IV.365?) instead of vimana, e. g. DhA I.131 (tigavuta--ppama?a); III.7 (id.). --
9. Various. Of innumerable passages in the books mentioned above (under 1) only the foll. may be given for ref.: J III.310 398,
405; V.165, 171; VI.117 sq., 120 sq.; Ap 35, 55, 59; Davs IV.54 (acala? v. antalikkhamhi nava? gativirahita?
ambhorasi--majjhamhi disva); and Vimana Vatthu throughout. Of passages in the 4 older Nikayas we have only A II.33 (ye
deva digh'ayuka uccesu vimanesu cira--??hitika). At S I.12=23 we should read "na ca mana?" for "na vimana?" (K.S. I.18). 

Vimana2 

Vimana2 [vi+mana] disrespect, contempt Sn 887 (°dassin showing contempt). 

Vimanana (nt.) [vi+manana] disrespect, contempt D III. 190 (a°); Miln 377, 386. 

Vimanita [pp. of vimaneti] treated with contempt A III.158, 160. 

Vimaneti [vi+maneti] to disrespect, to treat with contempt Vin II.260; Sn 888; Nd1 297. -- pp. vimanita. 

Vimukha (adj.) [vi+mukha] turning away from, averted, neglectful Mhvs 22, 80; PvA 3 (dhamma--sañña°), 269
(carita°). 

Vimuccati [vi+muccati, Pass. of muñcati] to be released, to be free (of passion), to be emancipated M I.352; S II.94, 124;
III.46, 189; IV.86; V.218; A IV.126 sq., 135, 179; Sn 755; Pug 61, 68; Sdhp 613. -- aor. 3rd pl. vimucci?su Sn p. 149. -- pp.
vimutta. See also (an)upada & (an)upadaya. -- Caus. vimoceti to cause to be released or emancipated, to set free A II.196
(citta?); Vin III.70 (id.). -- grd. vimocaniya A II.196. 

Vimutta [pp. of vimuñcati] freed, released, intellectually emancipated Vin I.8; A IV.75, 179, 340; V.29; D III.97, 100, 133,
258; S I.23, 35; III.13, 53, 137; Sn 354, 475, 522, 877, 1071 sq., 1101, 1114; Nd1 283; Nd2 587; Pv IV.132 (araha+); Vism
410. -- Often as citta? v. an emancipated heart, e. g. D I.80; A III.21; S I.46, 141; III.90; IV.164; V.157 (here taken by Mrs. Rh.
D. at S VI.93, Index, as "unregulated, distrait"); Sn 975; Nd1 284; Vbh 197. ubhatobhaga° emancipated in both ways (see Dial
II. 70) D II.71; III.105, 253; S I.191; A I.73; IV.10, 77, 453; V.23; M I.439, 477 sq. -- pañña°, emancipated by insight, freed by
reason (see Dial. II.68) S I.191; II.123; D II.70; III.105, 254; M I.439, 477. --saddha° freed by faith A I.73; IV.10, 77; V.23; Ps
II.52; M I.439, 477. --anupada vimutta freed without any further clinging to the world M I.486; S II.18; III.59; IV.83 and
passim.
  --atta having an emancipated self S III.46, 55, 58; A IV.428. --ayatana point or occasion of emancipation, of which there are
5, viz. hearing the Dhamma taught by the Master, teaching it oneself, reciting it, pondering over it, understanding it A III.21
sq.; D III.241, 279; Ps I.5. 

Vimutti (f.) [fr. vimuccati] release, deliverance, emancipation D I.174; III.288; S V.206 sq. (abhijanati), 222 (ariya°), 266,
356; A II.247, III.165 (yathabhuta? pajanati), 242, Sn 54, 73, 725 sq.; J I.77, 78, 80; Ps I.22; II.143 sq.; Nd1 21; Pug 27, 54 sq.;
Vbh 86, 272 sq., 392 (miccha°) Nett 29; Vism 410; Sdhp 614. -- ceto° (& pañña°) emancipation of heart (and reason) D
I.156; III.78, 108, 247 sq., 273; S I.120; II.214; IV.119 sq.; V.118 sq., 289 sq.; A I.123 sq., 220 sq.; 243; II.36, 87, 214; III.20,
131, 400; IV.83, 314 sq.; V.10 sq.; Vbh 344; Nett 40, 43, 81 sq., 127. --samma° right or true emancipation A II.222 sq.; V.327;
Ps I.107; II.173. -- See also arahatta, upekkha, khandha II.A, dassana, phala, metta.
  --rasa the essence of emancipation A I.36; IV.203; PvA 287. --sara substance or essence of emancipation A II.141, 243;
IV.385. 

[fr. vi+muc, cp. mokkha1] deliverance, release, emancipation, dissociation from the things of the world, Arahantship D II.70,
111); III.34, 35, 230, 288; M I.196 (samaya° & asamaya°); S I.159 (cetaso v.); II.53, 123; III.121; IV.33; A II.87; IV.316; V.11;
Vin V.164 (cittassa); Sn 1071 (which Nd2 588 expls as "agga" etc., thus strangely taking it in meaning of mokkha2, perhaps as
edifying etym.); Nd2 466 (in expln of Bhagava); Ps I.22; II.35 (as 68!), 243; Pug 11 sq.; Vbh 342; Dhs 248; Nett 90, 100, 119,
126; Vism 13, 668 sq.; Miln 159; PvA 98; Sdhp 34, 264. <-> The three vimokkhas are: suññato v., animitto v.,
appa?ihito v. Ps II.35; Vism 658. The eight vimokkhas or stages of emancipation, are: the condition of rupi, arupa--saññi,
recognition of subha, realization of akasa^nañc'ayatana, of viñña?'a^nañc'ayatana, akiñcaññ'ayatana,
neva--sañña--n'a^saññ'ayatana, saññavedayita--nirodha D III.262 (cp. Dial. III.242), A I.40; IV.306; Vbh 342; expld in
detail at Ps II.38--40. [cp. BSk. a??au vimok?a?, e. g. AvS II.69, 153.] -- In sequence jhana vimokkha samadhi samapatti
(magga phala) at Vin I.97, 104; III.91; IV.25; A III.417, 419; V.34, 38; Vbh 342. -- See also jhana. 

Vimocana (nt.) [vi+mocana] 1. letting loose, discharging Dhtm 216 (assu°). -- 2. release from, doing away with Mhvs 35,
73 (antaraya°). 

Vimoceti see vimuccati. 

Vimohita [pp. of vi+moheti] deluded, bewildered Sdhp 363. 

Vimba is another spelling for bimba is another spelling for bimba at S V.217. Cp. BSk. vimbaka (form of face) Divy 172,
525. 

Vimhaya [cp. Sk. vismaya, vi+smi] astonishment, surprise, disappointment J V.69 (in expln of vyamhita); Mhvs 5, 92;
SnA 42 (explaining "vata"), 256 (do. for "ve"=aho); DA I.43; VvA 234, 329. 

Vimhapaka (adj.) [fr. vimhapati] deceiving, dismaying SnA 549 (=kuhaka). 

Vimhapana (nt.) [fr. vimhapeti] dismaying, deceivingQ disappointing Vism 24 (in expln of kuhana); Dhtp 633 (id.). 

Vimhapeti [Caus. of *vimhayati=vi+smi] to astonish, to cause dismay to, to deceive Mhvs 17, 44; DA I.91 (in expln of
kuhaka). 

Vimhita (adj.) [pp. of vi+smi, cp. mihita] astonished, discouraged, dismayed J VI.270 (su° very dismayed); Miln 122;
Mhvs 6, 19; Davs II.80. See also vyamhita. 

Viya (indecl.) [another form of iva, via^ *via (so some Prakrits: Pischel Prk. Gr., § 143, 336)>viya. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 336,
337 derives it fr. viva=v'iva] 1. part of comparison: like, as; stands for iva (usually in verse after a: Sn 420 (jatima v.); Pv I.85
(varina v.); or o Sn 580 (vajjho v.), 818 (kapa?o v.); or ?: Sn 381 (vajanta? v.), 689 (nekkha? v.). -- 2. dubitative particle: na
viya maññe I suppose not M II.121. <-> Cp. bya. 

Viya° the diaeretic form (for sake of metre) of vya° [=vi+ a°], which see generally. Cp. the identical veyya°. 

Viyatta (adj.) [cp. Sk. vyakta, vi+pp. of añj] determined, of settled opinion, learned, accomplished; only in stock phrase
savaka viyatta vinita visarada (which Rh. D. trsls "true hearers, wise and well--trained, ready etc." Dial. II. 114) at D
II.104=A IV.310=S V.260=Ud 63.  The BSk. (at Divy 202) has sravakah (for bhikkhu!) pa?d?ita bhavi?yanti vyakta vinita visaradah. <-> 2. separated, split,
dissenting, heretic Sn 800 (=vavatthita bhinna dvejjhapanna etc. Nd2 108; =bhinna SnA 530). Cp. the two meanings of
vavatthita (=*vyakta), which quasi--correspond to viyatta 1 & 2 At this passage the v. l. (all SS of the Commentary) viyutta is
perhaps to be perferred to viyatta.
  Note. It is to be noted that viyatta in § 1 does not occur in poetry, but seems to have spelling viy° because of the foll. vinita
and visarada. Cp. vyatta & veyyatta. 

Viyatti (f.) [cp. Sk. vyakti] distinctness Dhtp 366 & Dhtm 593 (in defn of bru). Cp. veyyatti. 

Viyakara [vi+akara] preparation, display, distinction, splendour, majesty Sn 299 (=sampatti SnA 319). 

Viyacikkhati in verse at Sn 1090 for vyacikkhati, i. e. vi+acikkhati, to tell, relate, explain; pp. vyakhyata. 

Viyapanna [vi+apanna, pp. of vi+apajjati cp. vyapajjati] gone down, lost, destroyed Sn 314 (in verse; gloss viyavatta.
The former expld as "na??ha," the latter as "viparivattitva aññatha--bhuta" at SnA 324). 

Viyayata [vi+ayata] stretched out or across J III.373 (in verse). 

Viyarambha [vi+arambha] striving, endeavour, undertaking Sn 953 (expld as the 3 abhisankharas, viz. puñña°, apuñña°
& aneñja° at Nd1 442). 

Viyu?ha [apparently vi+u?ha, pp. of viyuhati, but mixed in meaning with vi+uha (of vah)=vyuha] massed, heaped; thick,
dense (of fighting) M I.86=Nd2 1995 (ubhato viyul?a? sangama? massed battle on both sides); A III.94, 99 (sangama, cp. S
IV.308); J VI.275 (balaggani viyu?hani; C.=pabbu?ha--vasena ?hitani where pabbu?ha evidently in meaning "sambadha." <->
2. put in array, prepared, imminent J II.336 (mara?e viyu?he=paccupa??hite C.). Cp. sa?yu?ha. 

Viyuhati [vi+uh, a differentiated form of vah] to take away, carry off, remove Vin III.48 (pa?su? vyuhati); J I.177, 199
(pa?su?), 238, 331 (kaddama? dvidha viyuhitva); III.52 (valika?); IV.265 (pa?su?); VI.448 (valuka?); DhsA 315; DhA II.38;
III.207 (pa?su?). <-> pp. viyu?ha. Cp. sa?yuhati. 

Viyuhana (nt.) [fr. viyuhati] removing, removal Vism 302 (pa?su°). 

Viyoga [vi+yoga 2] separation J VI.482; Mhvs 19, 16 (Mahabodhi°); PvA 160, 161 (pati° from her husband); Sdhp 77,
164. 

Viyyati [Pass. of vayati1 or vinati. The Vedic is uyate] to be woven Vin III.259. -- pp. vita2. 

Viracita [vi+racita] 1. put together, composed, made VvA 14, 183. -- 2. ornamented ThA 257; VvA 188. 

Viraja (adj.) [vi+rajo] free from defilement or passion, stainless, faultless Vin I.294 (agamma magga? viraja?); Sn 139,
520, 636, 1105 (see exegesis at Nd2 590); Pv III.36 (=vigata--raja, niddosa PvA 189); DhA IV.142, 187; DA I.237. Often in
phrase viraja? vitamala? dhamma--cakkhu? udapadi "there arose in him the stainless eye of the Arahant," e. g. Vin I.16;
S IV.47. --viraja? (+asoka?) pada? "the stainless (+painless) element" is another expression for Nibbana, e. g. S IV.210; A
IV.157, 160; It 37, 46; Vv 169; similarly ?hana? (for pada?) Pv II.333 (=sagga PvA 89). 

Virajjaka (adj.) [vi+rajja+ka] separated from one's kingdom, living in a foreign country VvA 336. 

Virajjati [vi+rajjati] to detach oneself, to free oneself of passion, to show lack of interest in (loc.). S II.94, 125 (nibbinda?
[ppr.] virajjati); III.46, 189; IV.2, 86; A V.3; Sn 739=S IV.205 (tattha); Th 1, 247; Sn 813 (na rajjati na virajjati), 853; Nd1 138,
237; Miln 245; Sdhp 613. -- pp. viratta. -- Caus. virajeti to put away, to estrange (acc.) from (loc.), to cleanse (oneself) of
passion (loc.), to purify, to discard as raga D II.51; S I.16=Sn 171 (ettha chanda? v.=vinetva viddha?setva SnA 213); S
IV.17=Kvu 178; A II.196 (rajaniyesu dhammesu citta? v.); Sn 139, 203; Th 1, 282; Pv II.1319 (itthi--citta?=viratta--citta PvA
168); ThA 49; DhA I.327 (itthi--bhave chanda? v. to give up desire for femininity). -- pp. virajita. 

Virajjana (nt.) [fr. virajjati; cp. rajjana] discolouring J III.148 (rajjana+). 

Virajjhati [vi+radh; cp. Sk. viradhyati: see radheti1] to fail, miss, lose S IV.117; J I.17, 490 (aor. virajjhi); II.432 (id.);
PvA 59. -- pp. viraddha. -- Caus. viradheti (q. v.). 

Vira?a (adj. nt.) [vi+ra?a] without fight or harm, peace Sdhp 579. 

Virata [pp. of viramati] abstaining from (abl.) Sn 59, 531, 704, 900, 1070; Nd1 314; Nd2 591; VvA 72; Sdhp 338. 

Virati (f.) [vi+rati] abstinence Mhvs 20, 58. The three viratis given at DA I.305 (=verama?i) are sampatta°, samadana°,
setughata° (q. v.). Cp. DhsA 154 (tisso viratiyo), 218; Sdhp 215, 341 & Cpd. 244, n. 2. 

Viratta [pp. of virajjati] dispassioned, free from passion, detached, unattached to, displeased with (loc.) S III.45
(rupadhatuya citta? viratta? vimutta?); Sn 204 (chandaraga°), 235 (°citta ayatike bhavasmi?); A V.3, 313; J V.233 (mayi);
Sdhp 613. 

Viraddha [pp. of virajjhati] failed, missed, neglecte S V.23 (ariyo maggo v.), 179 (satipa??hana viraddha 254, 294; Nd1
512; J I.174, 490; II.384; IV.71, 497; Nett 132. 

Viraddhi (f.) (missing, failure?) at Vin I.359 is uncertain reading. The vv. ll. are visuddhi, visandi & visandhi, with explns
"viddha??hana" & "viraddha??hana": see p. 395. 

Virandha [vi+randha2] opening; defect, flaw Nd1 165. 

Virama?a (nt.) (--°) [fr. viramati] abstinence, abstaining from (--°) Mhvs 14, 48 (ucca--seyya°). 

Viramati [vi+ramati] to stop, cease; to desist (abl.), abstain, refrain Sn 400 (Pot. °meyya), 828 (Pot. °me), 925; Nd1 168,
376; Th 2, 397 (aor. viramasi, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 1651); Pv IV.355 (papadassana?, acc.); Miln 85; PvA 204. 

(adj.) [connected with Vedic ?te excluding, without, & nir?ti perishing; cp. also Gr. e)/rhmos lonely; Lat. rarus=rare] 1. sparse,
rare, thin Th 2, 254 (of hair, expld as viluna--kesa ThA 210, i. e. almost bald; spelling ?); DhsA 238 (?); DhA I.122 (°cchanna
thinly covered); PvA 4 (in ratta--va??a--virala--mala read better with v. l. as ratta--ka?avira--mala, cp. J III.59). 

Viralita [pp. of Denom. of virala=viraleti, cp. Sk. viralayate to be rare] thin, sparse, rare Davs IV.24 (a°), with v. l.
vira?ita. 

[vi+rava & rava; cp. Vedic virava] shouting out, roaring; crying (of animals) J I.25, 74 (a), 203 (of elephants); V.9 (a, of
swans). 

Viravati [vi+ravati] 1. to shout (out), to cry aloud; to utter a cry or sound (of animals) J II.350 (kiki saku?o viravi); V.206;
Mhvs 12, 49 (maharava? viravi?su mahajana); PvA 154, 217, 245 (vissara?), 279 (id.); Sdhp 179, 188, 291. -- 2. to rattle J
I.51. -- Caus. viraveti to sound Mhvs 21, 15 (gha??a? to ring a bell). 

Viraha (adj.) [vi+raho] empty, rid of, bar, without PvA 137, 139 (sila°). 

Virahita (adj.) [vi+rahita] empty, exempt from, rid of, without Miln 330 (dosa°); PvA 139. 

Viraga [vi+raga] 1. absence of raga, dispassionateness, indifference towards (abl. or loc.) disgust, absence of desire,
destruction of passions; waning, fading away, cleansing, purifying; emancipation, Arahantship. <-> D III.130 sq., 136 sq., 222,
243, 251, 290; S I.136; III.19 sq., 59 sq., 163, 189; IV.33 sq., 47, 226, 365; V.226, 255, 361; A I.100, 299; II.26; III.35, 85, 325
sq.; IV.146 sq., 423 sq.; V.112, 359; Th 1, 599; Sn 795; Ps II.220 sq.; Nd1 100; Kvu 600=Dh 273=Nett 188 (virago se??ho
dhammana?); Dhs 163; Nett 16, 29; Vism 290 (khaya° & accanta°) 293. -- Often nearly synonymous with nibbana, in the
description of which it occurs frequently in foll. formula: ta?hakkhaya viraga nirodha nibbana, e. g. S I.136; Vin I.5; A
II.118; It 88; -- or combd with nibbida viraga nirodha upasama . . . nibbana, e. g. M I.431; S II.223; cp. nibbana II.B1 &
III.8. -- In other connection (more objectively as "destruction"): aniccata sankharana? etc., vipari?ama viraga nirodha, e. g.
S III.43; (as "ceasing, fading away":) khaya(--dhamma liable to), vaya°, viraga°, nirodha° M I.500; S II.26. -- 2. colouring,
diversity or display of colour, dye, hue (=raga 1) J I.89 (nana°--samujjala blazing forth different colours); 395 (nana° variously
dyed); PvA 50 (nana°--va??a--samujjala). 

Viragata (f.) [abstr. fr. raga] disinterestedness, absence of lust Kvu 212=Ud 10. 

Viragita (adj.) [fr. vi+*rageti, Denom. of raga?] at J V.96 is not clear. It is said of beautiful women & expld by C. as
vilagga--sarira, tanumajjha, i. e. "having slender waists." Could it be "excited with passion" or "exciting passion"? Or could it be
an old misreading for virajita2? It may also be a distorted vilaka (q. v.) or vilaggita. 

Viragin (adj.) [fr. viraga 2, cp. ragin] 1. discoloured, fading in colour J III.88 (fig. saddha aviragini), 148 (raga° fading in the
original dye, of citta). -- 2. changing, reversing A III.416 (of dukkha: dandha° & khippa° of slow & quick change; v. l. M6 is
viparagi, which may represent a vipariyayi, i. e. changing). 

Viragu?a in meaning "fading away, waning" in verse at It 69 (of viñña?a) is doubtful reading. It corresponds to
viragadhamma of the prose part (viragudh° vv. ll.). The v. l. is pabhangu?a (which might be preferable, unless we regard it as
an explanation of viragin, if we should write it thus). 

Virageti [for viradheti, as in BSk. viragayati (e. g. Divy 131, 133) to displease, estrange, the fig. meaning of virageti like
BSk. arageti for Pali aradheti in lit & fig. meanings] to fail, miss; only at M I.327 (puriso narakapapate papatanto hatthehi ca
padehi ca pa?havi? virageyya "would miss the earth"; differently Neumann: "Boden zu fassen suchte," i. e. tried to touch
ground). -- Perhaps also in viragaya (either as ger. to virageti or as instr. to viraga in sense of viradha(na)) Pv I.117 (sukha?
viragaya, with gloss viragena, i. e. spurning one's good fortune; expld as virajjhitva viradhetva at PvA 59). Cp. viraye
(=virage?) at Th 1, 1113 (see viradheti). 

Virajati [vi+rajati] to shine PvA 189 (=virocati). 

Virajita1 

Virajita1 [pp. of virajeti] cleansed, discarded as raga, given up S IV.158 (dosa); J III.404 (=pahina C.). 

Virajita2 

Virajita2 [pp. of Caus. of virajati] shining out, resplendent J II.33 (mora . . . suratta--raji--virajita here perhaps =streaked?).
Cp. viragita. 

Virajeti see virajjati. 

Viradhana (f.) [fr. viradheti] failing, failure D II.287; A V.211 sq. 

Viradhita [pp. of viradheti] failed, missed, lost J V.400; Pv IV.13 (=pariccatta C.). 

Viradheti [vi+radheti1, or Caus. of virajjhati] to miss, omit, fail, transgress, sin Sn 899; Th 1, 37, 1113 viraye for
viradhaya C., may be virage, cp. Brethren 3752 & see virageti); Nd1 312; J I.113; Ap. 47; PvA 59. -- Cp. virageti. -- pp.
viradhita. 

Virava see virava. 

Viriccati [Pass. of vi+riñcati] to get purged D II.128 (ppr. viriccamana). -- pp. viritta. -- Cp. vireka. 

Viritta [pp. of viriccati] purged Miln 214. 

Viriya (nt.) [fr. vira; cp. Vedic virya & viria] lit. "state of a strong man," i. e. vigour, energy, effort, exertion. On term see
also Dhs. trsln § 13; Cpd. 242. -- D III.113, 120 sq., 255 sq.; S II.132, 206 sq.; Sn 79, 184, 353, 422, 531, 966, 1026 (chanda°);
Nd1 476, 487; Nd2 394; J I.178 (viriya? karoti, with loc.); Pug 71; Vbh 10; Nett 16, 28; Tikp 60, 63; Miln 36; Vism 160
(°upekkha), 462; KhA 96; SnA 489; DhA IV.231; DA I.63; DhsA 120; VvA 14; PvA 98, 129; Sdhp 343, 517. <->
accaraddha° too much exertion M III.159; A III.375; opp. atilina° too little ibid; u??hana° initiative or rousing energy S I.21,
217; A III.76; IV.282; ThA 267; PvA 129; nara° manly strength J IV.478, 487. --viriya? ara(m)bhati to put forth energy, to
make an effort S II.28; IV.125; V.9, 244 sq.; A I.39, 282, 296; II.15= IV.462. -- As adj. (--°) in alina° alert, energetic J I.22;
araddha° full of energy, putting forth energy, strenuous S I.53, 166, 198; II.29, 207 sq.; IV.224; V.225; A I.4, 12; II.76, 228 sq.;
III.65, 127; IV.85, 229, 291, 357; V.93, 95, 153, 335; J I.110; ossa??ha° one who has given up effort J I.110; hina° lacking in
energy It 34 (here as viriya, in metre). -- v. is one of the indriyas, the balas & the sambojjhangas (q. v.).
  --a^rambha "putting forth of energy," application of exertion, will, energy, resolution D III.252; S II.202; IV.175; A I.12;
III.117; IV.15 sq., 280; V.123 sq.; Ps I.103 sq.; Vbh 107, 194, 208; DhsA 145, 146. --indriya the faculty of energy D III.239,
278; S V.196 sq.; Dhs 13; Vbh 123; Nett 7, 15, 19; VbhA 276. --bala the power of energy D III.229, 253; A IV.363; J I.109.
--sa?vara restraint by will Vism 7; SnA 8; DhsA 351. 

Viriyata (f.) [abstr. fr. viriya] manliness, energy, strength M I.19; VvA 284. 

Viriyavant (adj.) [viriya+vant] energetic A I.236; Sn 528, 531 (four--syllabic), 548 (three--syllabic); Vism 3 (=atapin);
Sdhp 475. 

Virujaka (vi?a°) lute--player J VI.51 (=vi?a--vadaka C.). See rujaka. 

Virujjhati [vi+rujjhati] to be obstructed Sn 73 (avirujjhamana unobstructed); J VI.12. 

Virujjhana (nt.) [fr. virujjhati] obstructing or being obstructed, obstruction, J VI.448. 

Viruta (nt.) [vi+ruta] noise, sound (of animals), cry Sn 927; expld as "viruda? [spelling with d, like ruda for ruta]
vuccati--miga--cakka?; miga--cakka--pathaka [i. e. experts in the ways of animals; knowers of auspices] migacakka? adisanti"
at Nd1 382; and as "mig'adina? vassita?" at SnA 564. The passage is a little doubtful, when we compare the expression viru?añ
ca gabbhakara?a? at Sn 927 with the passage viruddha--gabbhakara?a? at D I.11 (cp. DA I.96), which seems more
original. 

Viruddha [pp. of virundhati] hindered, obstructed, disturbed S I.236; Sn 248, 630; Nd1 239; Miln 99, 310;   J I.97. -- Often neg. a° unobstructed, free S I.236; IV.71; A III.276 (°ka); Dh 406; Sn 365, 704, 854; VbhA 148=Vism 543.
  --gabbha--kara?a (using charms for) procuring abortion D I.11; DA I.96 (expld here as first trying to destroy the fœtus and
afterwards giving medicine for its preservation). See also viruta. 

[vi+rundhati] to obstruct etc. Pass. virujjhati (q. v.). -- pp. viruddha. -- Caus. virodheti. (q. v.). 

Virupa (adj.) [vi+rupa] deformed, unsightly, ugly Sn 50; J I.47; IV.379; VI.31, 114; PvA 24, 32, 47; Sdhp 85.
  at Sn 50 virupa is taken as "various" by Bdhgh (SnA 99), and virupa--rupa expld as vividha--rupa, i.e. diversity, variety. So also
the Niddesa. 

Viru?ha [pp. of viruhati] having grown, growing S II.65 (viñña?e viru?he ayati? punnabbhav'a^bhinibbatti hoti). 

Viru?hi (f.) [vi+ru?hi, of ruh] growth M I.250; S III.53; A III.8, 404 sq.; V.152 sq., 161, 350 sq.; It 113; Miln 33; Mhvs 15,
42; VbhA 196. --aviru?hi--dhamma not liable to growth Sn 235; DhA I.245. 

Viruhati [vi+ruhati1] to grow, sprout It 113; Miln 386; DA I.120. -- Cp. pa?i°. -- pp. viru?ha. -- Caus II. viruhapeti to
make grow, to foster Miln 386. 

Viruhana (f.) & °a (nt.) [vi+ruhana] growing, growth J II.323 (f.); Miln 354; Vism 220; DA I.161; PvA 7. 

; Miln 134 (cp. Vin I.279). 

Virecana (nt.) [vi+recana, ric] purging, a purgative Vin I.206 (°? patu? to drink a p.), 279 (id.); D I.12; A V.218; J III.48
(sineha° an oily or softening purgative); DA I.98. 

Virecaniya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. virecana] (one who is) to be treated with a purgative Miln 169. 

Vireceti [vi+Caus. of riñcati] to purge Miln 229, 335. 

Virocati [vi+rocati] to shine (forth), to be brilliant Vin II. 296 (tapati, bhasati, v.); Sn 378, 550; It 64 (virocare); J I.18, 89;
IV.233; Pv I.114; II.962; III.35 (=virajati PvA 189); DhA I.446; IV.143; DhsA 14; PvA 110 (°amana=sobhamana), 136 sq.,
157. Cp. verocana. <-> Caus. viroceti to illumine Miln 336. 

Virodha [vi+rodha1] obstruction, hindrance, opposition, enmity S I.111; IV.71, 210; Sn 362; Pug 18, 22; Kvu 485; Miln
394; DhsA 39. --avirodha absence of obstruction, gentleness M II.105=Th 1, 875; Pv III.73. 

Virodhana (adj. nt.) [fr. virodheti] opposing, obstruction, opposition, contradiction, only neg. a° absence of opposition, J
III.274, 320, 412; V.378. 

Virodhita [pp. of virodheti] obstructed, rendered hostile Pgdp 90 (or is it viradhita?). 

Virodheti [Caus. of virundhati] to cause obstruction, to render hostile, to be in disharmony, to exasperate S IV.379=A
V.320 (which latter passage reads vigga?hati instead); Sdhp 45, 496. -- pp. virodhita. 

Virosana (f.) [vi+rosana] causing anger Vbh 86; VbhA 75. 

Vilakkha?a (adj.--nt.) [vi+lakkha?a] wrong or false characteristic; (adj.) discharacteristic, i. e. inconsistent with
characteristics, discrepant (opp. sa° in accordance with ch.) Miln 405; Nett 78; VbhA 250 sq. 

Vilagga (adj.) [vi+lagga] 1. stuck Vin I.138; M I.393. <-> 2. slender (of waist) J V.96 (see viragita), 216 (see vilaka). 

Vilaggita (adj.) [vi+laggita] stretched or bending (?), slender J IV.20 (see under vilaka). 

Vilanga (nt.) [*Sk. vid?anga] the plant Erycibe paniculata Vin I.201 (v. l. vi?°). -- °thalika at Nd1 154 read as bilanga° (q.
v.). 

Vilanghaka [fr. vilangheti] in hattha° jerking of the hand beckoning (as a mode of making signs) Vin I.157= M I.207
(has g for gh, cp. p. 547). -- Cp. hattha--vikara. 

Vilanghati [vi+langhati] to jump about, to leap (over) Sdhp 168. 

Vilajjati [vi+lajjati] to be ashamed, to be bashful, to pretend bashfulness J V.433. 

Vilapati [vi+lapati] 1. to talk idly J I.496. -- 2. to lament, wail Th 1, 705; J II.156; V.179; Miln 275; ThA 148 (Ap. v. 66). 

Vilamba (adj.) [vi+lamba] hanging down; only in redupl. --iter. cpd. olamba--vilamba dropping or falling off all round J
IV.380. 

Vilambati [vi+lambati] to loiter, to tarry, lit. "hang about" J I.413; DhA I.81. 

Vilambin (adj.) [vi+lambin] hanging down, drooping M I.306 (f. °ini, of a creeper, i. e. growing tendrils all over). 

Vilaya [vi+laya, cp. liyati] dissolution; °? gacchati, as much as: "to be digested," to be dissolved Miln 67. <-> adj.
dissolved, dispersed Dpvs I.65. 

Vilasati [vi+lasati] to play, dally, sport; to shine forth, to unfold splendour J V.38 (of a tree "stand herrlich da" Dutoit), 433
(of woman); VI.44 (of a tree, vilasamana T.). -- pp. vilasita. 

Vilasita (adj.) [pp. of vilasati] shining; gay, playful, coquettish J V.420. 

Vilaka (adj.) [perhaps=vilagga (Geiger, P.Gr. § 612), although difficult to connect in meaning] only in f. °a: slender (of
waist); the expln with vilagga may refer to a comparison with a creeper (cp. vilambin & J V.215) as "hanging" ("climbing") i. e.
slim, but seems forced. See also viragita which is expld in the same way. The word is peculiar to the "Jataka" style. -- J IV.19
(=su??hu--vilaggita--tanu--majjha); V.155 (+muduka; C. expls as sankhitta--majjha), 215 (°majjha=vilaggasarira C.), 506
(velli--vilaka--majjha=vilagga--majjha, tanu--digha--majjha C.); VvA 280 (°majjha for sumajjhima of Vv 6413; T. reads
vilata°). 

Vilapa [vi+lapa] idle talk J I.496; V.24. Cp. sa?°. 

Vilapanata (f.)=vilapa Pug 21. 

Vilasa [fr. vilasati] 1. charm, grace, beauty J I.470; VI.43; Miln 201; ThA 78; PvA 3. -- desana° beauty of instruction DA
I.67; Vism 524, 541; Tikp 21. -- 2. dalliance, sporting, coquetry J III.408; V.436. vilasa is often coupled with lila (q. v.). 

Vilasavant (adj.) [fr. vilasa] having splendour, grace or beauty Mhvs 29, 25. 

Vilasin (adj.) [fr. vilasa] shining forth, unfolding splendour, possessing charm or grace, charming DA I.40 (vyamapabha
parikkhepa--vilasini splendour shining over a radius of a vyama). 

Vilikhati [vi+likhati] 1. to scrape, scratch S I.124 (bhumi?); IV.198; DhsA 260 (fig. mana? v.; in expln of vilekha). -- 2.
to scratch open Vin II.175. -- pp. vilikhita. 

Vilikhita [pp. of vilikhati] scraped off SnA 207. 

Vilitta [pp. of vilimpati] anointed D I.104 (su--nahata suvilitta kappita--kesa--massu); J III.91; IV.442. 

Vilimpati [vi+limpati] to smear, anoint A III.57; J I.265 (ger. °itva); III.277 (ppr. °anto): Pv I.106 (ger °itvana); PvA 62
(°itva). -- pp. vilitta. -- Caus. II. vilimpapeti to cause to be anointed J I.50 (gandhehi), 254 (id.).  see bi?ibi?ika. 

Vilina (adj.) [vi+lina, pp. of viliyati] 1. clinging, sticking [cp. liyati 1] Vin I.209 (olina° sticking all over). <-> 2. matured
("digested"? cp. vilaya) J IV.72 (nava°gosappi freshly matured ghee); Miln 301 (phalani ripefruit). -- 3. [cp. liyati 2] molten, i. e.
refined, purified J IV.118 (tamba--loha° molten or liquid--hot copper); v. 269 (tamba--loha°, id.; cp. C. on p. 274; vilina?
tambaloha? viya pakka??hita? lohita? payenti); DhsA 14 (°suva??a). -- Cp. uttatta in same sense and the expln of velli as
"uttatta--ghana--suva??a--rasi--ppabba" at J V.506 C. 

Viliyati [vi+liyati 2] to melt (intrs.), to be dissolved, to perish J IV.498; Vism 420 (pabbata, spelling here with ?; Warren
wrong "are hidden from view," i. e. niliyati); DhsA 336 (phanita--pi?d?a; trsln not to the point: "reduced or pounded"); Sdhp
383; Pgdp 21. -- pp. vilina. -- Cp. pa°. 

Viliyana (nt.) [fr. viliyati] melting, dissolution Sdhp 201. 

Viliva & Viliva (adj.) [Kern, Toev. s. v. compares Sk, bilma slip, chip. Phonetically viliva=Sk. bilva: see billa] 1.
made of split bamboo Vin II.266 (i). -- 2. (i) a chip of bamboo or any other reed, a slip of reed M I.566 (Bdhgh on M I.429);
Vism 310 (°maya). 

Vilivakara [viliva+kara] a worker in bamboo, a basketmaker Vin III.82; Miln 331; VbhA 222 (°ka in simile); PvA 175. 

Vilugga (adj.) [vi+lugga] broken; only in redupl.--iter. cpd. olugga--vilugga all broken up, tumbling to pieces M I.80,
450. 

Vilutta [pp. of vilumpati] plundered, stripped, robbed, ruined S I.85=J II.239; J V.99; VI.44; Miln 303; Mhvs 33, 71
(corehi). 

Vilumpaka (adj.) [fr. vi+lup] (act. or pass.) plundering or being plundered J I.370 (°cora); II.239 (pass.). 

Vilumpati [vi+lumpati] to plunder, rob, steal, ruin S I.85=J II.239; V.99; Miln 193; VvA 100; DhA III.23. -- Pass.
viluppati J V.254 (gloss for °lump° of p. 253). -- pp. vilutta. -- Caus. II. vilumpapeti to incite to plunder Miln 193; J I.263. 

Vilumpana (nt.) [fr. vilumpati] plundering DhA III.23. 

[orig. ppr. med. of vilumpati] plundering, robbing J V.254; PvA 4 (°ka cora). 

Vilulita (adj.) [vi+lu?ita; cp. BSk. vilulita Jtm 210] stirred, agitated, shaken, disturbed Davs IV.54 (bhaya°citta). Cp.
vilo?eti. 

Viluna (adj.) [vi+luna] cut off (always with ref. to the hair) M III.180=A I.138; Miln 11; PvA 47. 

Vilekha [vi+lekha] perplexity, lit. "scratching" Vin IV.143 (here as f. °a); Dhs 1256 (mano°); DhsA 260. <-> The more
common word for "perplexity" is vikkhepa. 

Vilepana (nt.) [vi+lepana] ointment, cosmetic, toilet perfume A I.107, 212; II.209; Th 1, 616 (sila? v. se??ha?. Cp. J
III.290); Pug 51, 58; Pv II.316; DA I.77, 88. 

Vilokana (nt.) [vi+lok (loc=roc), see loka & rocati] looking, reflection, investigation, prognostication; usually as 5
objects of reflection as to when & where & how one shall be reborn (pañca--maha--°ani), consisting in kala, desa, dipa, kula,
mata (the latter as janetti--ayu i. e. mother and her time of delivery at J I.48) or time (right or wrong), continent, sky
(orientation), family (or clan) and one's (future) mother: J I.48, 49; DhA I.84; as 8 at Miln 193, viz. kala, dipa, desa, kula,
janetti, ayu, masa, nekkhamma (i. e. the 5+period of gestation, month of his birthday, and his renunciation). Without special
meaning at DA I.194 (alokana+). Cp. volokana. 

Vilokita (nt.) [pp. of viloketi] a look A II.104, 106 sq., 210; Pug 44, 45; DA I.193; VvA 6 (alokita+). 

Viloketar [n. ag. fr. viloketi] one who looks or inspects DA I.194 (aloketar+). 

Viloketi [vi+loketi, of lok, as in loka] to examine, study, inspect, scrutinize, reflect on Th 2, 282; J I.48, 49; DhA I.84;
Miln 193; Mhvs 22, 18. -- pp. vilokita. <-> Cp. pa° & vo°. 

Vilocana (nt.) [vi+locana] the eye Davs I.41; ThA 253. 

Vilopa [vi+lopa] plunder, pillage M I.456 (maccha° fishhaul); J I.7; III.8; VI.409; Dpvs IX.7 (°kamma). <-> vilopa?
khadati to live by plunder J VI.131. 

Vilopaka (adj.) [fr. vilopa] plundering, living by plundering J I.5; Miln 122 (f. °ika). 

Vilopiya (adj.) [grd. formation fr. vilopa] to be plundered; neg. a° Sdhp 311. 

Vilomata (f.) [abstr. fr. viloma] unseemliness, repugnance SnA 106. 

Viloma (adj.) [vi+loma] against the grain (lit. against the hair), discrepant, reversed, wrong, unnatural Vin II. 115 (of
civara: unsightly); J III.113; Dpvs VII.55; DhA I.379; PvA 87. 

Vilomana (nt.) [fr. viloma] discrepancy, disagreement, reverse DhsA 253. 

Vilometi [Denom. fr. viloma] to dispute, disagree with, to find fault Nett 22; Miln 29, 295; DhsA 253. 

Vilo?ana (nt.) [fr. vi+lu?] & Vilo?ana [fr. vi+lud?; cp. Whitney, Sanskrit Roots, 1885, p. 149, where themes & their
forms are given by lu?h1 to roll, lu?h2 & lu??h to rob, lud? to stir up (some forms of it having meaning of lu??h)=lul to be
lively] shaking, stirring; only found in lexicogr. literature as defn of several roots, viz. of gah Dhtp 349; Dhtm 504; math &
manth (see mathati) Dhtp 126; Dhtm 183. See also lu?ati. 

Vilo?eti [vi+lo?eti or loleti, cp. vilulita] to stir, to move about J I.26; Dpvs VI.52. 

Vi?ayhati [vi+dayhati] to burn (intrs.) J II.220. 

Vi?ara at A III.122 read as bi?ara (sasa--bi?ara rabbits & cats). 

Vivajjita [pp. of vivajjeti] 1. abandoning, abstaining from VvA 75 (°kili??ha--kamma). -- 2. avoided Th 2, 459. <-> 3.
distant from (abl.) Miln 131. 

Vivajjeti [vi+vajjeti] to avoid, abandon, forsake S I.43; A V.17; Sn 53 (=parivajj° abhivajj° Nd2 592), 399 (°jjaya), 407
(praet. °jjayi); Vv 8438 (°jjayatha=parivajjetha VvA 346); J I.473; III.263, 481 (°jjayi); V.233 (Pot. °jjaye); Miln 129; Sdhp 210,
353, 395. -- pp. vivajjita. -- Pass. vivajjati J I.27. 

Viva?a [vi+va?a, pp. of v?: see vu?ati] uncovered, open (lit. & fig.), laid bare, unveiled Sn 19 (lit.), 374 (fig.= anava?a SnA
366), 763, 793 (=open--minded); Nd1 96; Pug 45, 46 (read viva?a for pi va?a; opp. pihita); Vism 185 (opp. pihita); J V.434;
DhA III.79; VvA 27; PvA 283 (mukha unveiled). --viva?ena cetasa "with mind awake & clear" D III.223; A IV.86; S V.263;
cp. cetovivara?a. --viva?a is freq. v. l. for vivatta (--cchada), e. g. at A II.44; Sn 372; DhA III.195; SnA 265 (in expln of
term); sometimes the only reading in this phrase (q. v.), e. g. at Nd2 593. -- instr. viva?ena as adv. "openly" Vin II.99; IV.21.
  --cakkhu open--minded, clear--sighted Sn 921; Nd1 354. --dvara (having) an open door, an open house J V.293 (ad?d?ha° half
open); DhA II.74 --nakkhatta a yearly  festival, "Public Day," called after the fashion of the people going uncovered (appa?icchannena sarirena) & bare--footed to the
river DhA I.388. 

Viva?aka (adj.) [viva?a+ka] open (i. e. not secret) Vin II.99. 

Viva??a (m. & nt.) [vi+va??a1] 1. "rolling back," with ref. to the development of the world (or the aeons, kappa) used to
denote a devolving cycle ("devolution"), whereas va??a alone or sa?va??a denote the involving cycle (both either with or
without kappa). Thus as "periods" of the world they practically mean the same thing & may both be interpreted in the sense of
a new beginning. As redupl.--inter. cpds. they express only the idea of constant change. We sometimes find viva??a in the sense
of "renewal" & sa?va??a in the sense of "destruction," where we should expect the opposite meaning for each. See also va??a &
sa?va?ta. Dogmatically viva??a is used as "absence of va??a," i. e. nibbana or salvation from sa?sara (see va??a & cp.
citta--viva??a, ceto°, ña?a°, vimokkha° at Ps I.108 & II.70). -- Fig. in kamma° "the rolling back of k.," i. e. devolution or course
of kamma at S I.85. -- Abs. & combd with sa?va??a (i. e. devolution combd with evolution) e. g. at D I.14, 16 sq.; III.109; A
II.142 (where read viva??e for viva??o); Pug 60; Vism 419 (here as m. viva??o, compared with sa?va??o), 420 (°??hayin). In cpd.
°kappa (i. e. descending aeon) at D III.51; Pug 60; It 15. -- 2. (nt.) part of a bhikkhu's dress (rolling up of the binding?), combd
with anu--viva??a at Vin I.287. 

Viva??ati [vi+va??ati] 1. to move back, to go back, to revolve, to begin again (of a new world--cycle), contrasted with
sa?va??ati to move in an ascending line (cp. viva??a) D I.17; III.84, 109; Vism 327. -- 2. to be distracted or diverted from
(abl.), to turn away; to turn over, to be upset Nett 131; Pug 32 (so read for vivattati); Ps II.98 (ppr.). -- pp. viva??a. 

Viva??ana (nt.) & °a (f) [fr. viva??ati] turning away, moving on, moving back Ps I.66; II.98; Vism 278 (f.; expld as
"magga"). 

Viva??eti [vi+va??eti] to turn down or away (perhaps in dogmatic sense to turn away from sa?sara), to divert, destroy: only
in phrase viva??ayi sa?yojana? (in standard setting with acchecchi ta?ha?), where the usual v. l. is vavattayi (see
vavatteti). Thus at M I.12, 122; S I.127; IV.105, 205, 207, 399; A I.134; III.246, 444 sq.; IV.8 sq.; It 47 (T. vivattayi). 

Viva??a (adj.) [vi+va??a] discoloured, pale, wan Sn 585; Th 2, 79; J II.418. 

Viva??aka (nt.) [fr. viva??eti] dispraise, reviling Vin IV.143. 

Viva??eti [vi+va??eti] to dispraise, defame Pv III.10Q (thupa--puja?); PvA 212. 

Vivatta--cchada (adj.) having the cover removed, with the veil lifted; one who draws away the veil (cp. vivara?a) or
reveals (the Universe etc.); or one who is freed of all (mental & spiritual) coverings (thus Bdhgh), Ep. of the Buddha. --
Spelling sometimes chadda° (see chada). -- D I.89; II.16; III.142 (dd; samma--sambuddha lokQ vivatta--chadda; trsln "rolling
back the veil from the world"), 177 (dd); A II.44 (v. l. dd); Sn 372 (expld as "viva?a--raga--dosa--moha--chadana SnA 365),
378, 1003 (ed. Sn prefers dd as T. reading); Nd2 593 (with allegorical interpretation); J I.51; III.349; IV.271 (dd); DhA I.201
(v. l. dd); III.195; DA I.250. -- It occurs either as vivatta° or viva?a°. In the first case (vivatta°) the expln presents difficulties,
as it is neither the opp. of vatta ("duty"), nor the same as viva??a ("moving back" intrs.), nor a direct pp. of vivattati (like Sk.
viv?tta) in which meaning it would come nearer to "stopped, reverted, ceased." vivattati has not been found in Pali. The only
plausible expln would be taking it as an abs. pp. formation fr. v?t in Caus. sense (vatteti), thus "moved back, stopped,
discarded" [cp. BSk. vivartayati to cast off a garment, Divy 39). In the second case (viva?a°) it is pp. of vivarati [vi+v?: see
vu?ati], in meaning "uncovered, lifted, off," referring to the covering (chada) as uncovered instead of the uncovered object. See
viva?a. It is difficult to decide between the two meanings. On the principle of the "lectio difficilior" vivatta would have the
preference, whereas from a natural & simple point of view viva?a seems more intelligible & more fitting. It is evidently an old
phrase. Note. --vivatta--kkhandha at S I.121 is a curious expression ("with his shoulders twisted round"?). Is it an old
misreading for pattakkhandha? Cp. however, S.A. quoted K.S. I.151, n. 5, explaining it as a dying monk's effort to gain an
orthodox posture. 

Vivattati at Pug 32 is to be read as viva??ati. 

Vivadati [vi+vadati] 1. to dispute, quarrel Sn 842, 884; J I.209; Miln 47. -- 2. (intrs.) to be quarrelled with S III.138. 

Vivadana (nt.) [fr. vivadati] causing separation, making discord D I.11; DA I.96. 

Vivadha (carrying yoke) see khari--vidha and vividha2. 

Vivana (nt.) [vi+vana] wilderness, barren land S I.100; Vv 776 (=arañña VvA 302); J II.191, 317. 

Vivara (nt.) [fr. vi+v?] 1. opening (lit. dis--covering), pore, cleft, leak, fissure Dh 127 (pabbatana?; cp Divy 532; Miln 150;
PvA 104); Vism 192, 262; J IV.16; V.87; DhA IV.46 (mukha°); SnA 355; PvA 152, 283. <-> 2. interval, interstice D I.56
(quoted at Pv IV.327); Vism 185. -- 3. fault, flaw, defect A III.186 sq.; J V.376. 

Vivara?a (nt.) [fr. vivarati] 1. uncovering, unveiling, making open, revelation, in loka° laying open the worlds, unveiling
of the Universe; referred to as a great miracle at Vism 392; Miln 350; Davs II.120; J IV.266. -- 2. opening, unfolding, making
accessible, purifying (fig.), in ceto° A III.117, 121; IV.352; V.67. -- 3. explanation, making clear (cp. vibhajana) Nett 8 (as f.);
SnA 445. 

Vivarati [vi+varati v?; see vu?ati] 1. to uncover, to open Vin II.219 (windows, opp. thaketi); D I.85 (pa?icchanna? v.); J
I.63 (dvara?), 69; IV.133 (nagara?); DhA I.328 (vatapana?); DA I.228; PvA 74 (mukha?); VvA 157, 284. -- 2. (fig.) to open,
make clear, reveal S IV.166; V.261; KhA 12 (+vibhajati etc.). -- pp. viva?a. 

Vivasati [vi+vasati2] to live away from home, to be separated, to be distant J IV.217. -- Cp. vippavasati. 

Vivasana (nt.) [vi+vas (u?) to shine, cp. vibhati] (gradually) getting light; turning into dawn (said of the night), only in
phrase ratya vivasane at the end of night, combd in stock phrase with suriy'uggamana? pati "towards sunrise" (evidently an
old phrase) at Th 1, 517; J IV.241; V.381, 461; VI.491; Pv III.82. Also at Sn 710. 

Vivaseti [Caus. of vi+vas to shine] lit. to make [it] get light; ratti? v. to spend the night (till it gets light) Sn 1142; Nd2
594 (=atinameti) -- vivasati is Kern's proposed reading for vijahati (ratti?) at Th 1, 451. He founds his conjecture on a v. l.
vivasate & the C. expln "atinameti khepeti." Mrs. Rh. D. trslQ "waste" (i. e. vijahati). 

Vivada [fr. vi+vad] dispute, quarrel, contention D I.236; III.246; A IV.401; Sn 596, 863, 877, 912; Nd1 103, 167, 173,
260, 307; Pug 19, 22; Ud 67; J I.165; Miln 413;  VvA 131. There are 6 vivada--mulani (roots of contention), viz. kodha, makkha, issa, sa?heyya, papicchata,
sandi??hi--paramasa or anger, selfishness, envy, fraudulence, evil intention, worldliness: D III.246; A III.334 sq.; Vbh 380;
referred to at Ps I.130. There is another list of 10 at A V.78 consisting in wrong representations regarding dhamma & vinaya. 

Vivadaka [fr. vivada] a quarreller J I.209. 

Vivadiyati (vivadeti) [Denom. fr. vivada] to quarrel Sn 832 (=kalaha? karoti Nd1 173), 879, 895. Pot. 3rd sg.
vivadiyetha (=kolaha? kareyya Nd1 307), & vivadayetha Sn 830 (id. expln Nd1 170). 

Vivaha [fr. vi+vah] "carrying or sending away," i. e. marriage, wedding D I.99; Sn p. 105; PvA 144; SnA 448 (where
distinction avaha=kañña--gaha?a?, vivaha= kañña--dana?). -- As nt. at Vin III.135. Cp. avaha & vevahika. 

Vivahana (nt.) [fr. vi+vah] giving in marriage or getting a husband for a girl (cp. avahana) D I.11; DA I.96. Cp. Vin
III.135. 

Vivicca (indecl.) [ger. of viviccati] separating oneself from (instr.), aloof from D I.37; A III.25; J VI.388; Dhs 160; Pug 68;
Vism 139, 140 (expld in detail). -- Doubtful reading at Pv I.119 (for viricca?). -- As vivicca? (& a°) at J V.434 in meaning
"secretly" (=raho pa?icchanna? C.). 

Viviccati [vi+vic] to separate oneself, to depart from, to be alone, to separate (intrs.) Vin IV.241; ger. viviccitva DhsA
165, & vivicca (see sep.). -- pp. vivitta. -- Cp. viveceti. 

Vivicchati [Desid. of vindati] to desire, long for, want Nett 11. 

Viviccha (f.) [Desid. of vid, cp. Sk. vivitsa] manifold desire, greediness, avarice DhsA 375; Nett 11 (where expln "viviccha
nama vuccati vicikiccha"). See also veviccha. 

Vivitta (adj.) [pp. of viviccati; vi+vitta3] separated, secluded, aloof, solitary, separate, alone D I.71; S I.110; A II.210;
III.92; IV.436; V.207, 270; Sn 221, 338, 810, 845; Nd1 201; Kvu 605; Miln 205; DA I.208; DhsA 166; DhA III.238; IV.157 (so
read for vivivitta!); VbhA 365; PvA 28, 141, 283. Cp. pa°. 

Vivittaka (adj.) [vivitta+ka] solitary J IV.242 (°avasa). 

Vivittata (f.) [abstr. fr. vivitta] seclusion (=viveka) VbhA 316, cp. K.S. I.321. 

Vivitti (f.) [fr. viviccati] separation DhsA 166. -- Cp. viveka. 

Vividha1 

Vividha1 (adj.) [vi+vidha1] divers, manifold, mixed; full of, gay with (--°) D II.354; Pv II.49; Vv 359; Miln 319; Mhvs 25, 30;
SnA 136 (in expln of vi°: "viharati= vividha? hita? harati"). 

Vividha2 

Vividha2 [for Sk. vivadha; vi+vah] carrying--yoke D I.101; S I.78 (as v. l. khari--vividha?, see khari); J III.116 (parikkhara?
vividha? adaya, where v. l. reads khari? vividha?). 

Viveka [fr. vi+vic] detachment, loneliness, separation, seclusion; "singleness" (of heart), discrimination (of thought) D
I.37, 182; III.222, 226, 283=S IV.191 (°ninna citta); S I.2, 194; IV.365 sq.; V.6, 240 sq.; A I.53; III.329; IV.224; Vin IV.241; Sn
474, 772, 822, 851, 915, 1065; Nd1 158, 222; J I.79; III.31; Dhs 160; Pug 59, 68; Nett 16, 50; DhsA 164, 166; ThA 64; PvA
43; Sdhp 471. --viveka is given as fivefold at Ps II.220 sq. and VbhA 316, cp. K.S. I.321 (Bdhgh on S III.2, 8), viz. tadanga°,
vikkhambhana°, samuccheda° pa?ippassaddhi°, nissara?a°; as threefold at Vism 140, viz. kaya°, citta°, vikkhambhana°, i. e.
physically, mentally, ethically; which division amounts to the same as that given at Nd1 26 with kaya°, citta°, upadhi°, the latter
equivalent to "nibbana." Cp. on term Dial. I.84. See also jhana. Cp. pa°. 

VbhA 316. 

Vivecitatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vivecita, pp. of viveceti] discrimination, specification DhsA 388. 

Viveceti [Caus. of viviccati] to cause separation, to separate, to keep back, dissuade Vin I.64; D I.226; S III.110; M. I.256;
Pv III.107 (=paribaheti PvA 214); Miln 339; DhsA 311; Nett 113, 164 (°iyamana). 

Vive?hiyati [vi+ve?hïyati] to get entangled Vin II.117. 

Vivesa [?] distinction D I.229, 233. We should read visesa, as printed on p. 233. 

Visa (nt.) [cp. Vedic vi?a; Av. viš poison, Gr. i)o/s, Lat. virus, Oir. fi: all meaning "poison"] poison, virus, venom M I.316=S
II.110; Th 1, 418; 768; Sn 1 (sappa° snake venom); A II.110; J I.271 (halahala° deadly p.); III.201; IV.222; Pug 48; Miln 302;
PvA 62, 256; ThA 489. -- On visa in similes see J.P.T.S. 1907, 137. Cp. asi°.
  --uggara vomiting of poison SnA 176. --ka??aka a poisoned thorn or arrow, also name of a sort of sugar DhsA 203.
--kumbha a vessel filled with p. It 86. --panaka a drink of p. DhA II.15. --pita (an arrow) dipped into poison (lit. which has
drunk poison). At another place (see pita1) we have suggested reading visappita (visa+appita), i. e. "poison--applied," which
was based on reading at Vism 303. See e. g. J V.36; Miln 198; Vism 303, 381; DhA I.216. --rukkha "poison tree," a cert. tree
Vism 512; VbhA 89; DA I.39. --va?ijja trading with poison A III.208. --vijja science of poison DA I.93. --vejja a physician
who cures poison (ous snake--bites) J I.310. --salla a poisoned arrow Vism 503. 

Visa? is P. prefix corresponding to Sk. vi?u (or visva° [see vi°] in meaning "diverging, on opposite sides,") apart, against;
only in cpd. °vadeti and derivations, lit. to speak wrong, i. e. to deceive. 

(adj.) [vi+sa?yutta] 1. (lit.) unharnessed, unyoked Th 1, 1021 (half--fig.). -- 2. detached from the world A I.262=III.214; S
II.279 (ññ); Th 1, 1022; Sn 621, 626, 634; DhA III.233 (sabba--yoga°); IV.141, 159, 185. 

[vi+sa?yoga] disconnection, separation from (--°), dissociation Vin II.259 (ññ)=A IV.280; D III.230 (kama--yoga°, bhava°,
di??hi°, avijja°; cp. the 4 oghas), 276; A II.11; III.156. 

Visa?vada [visa?+vada] deceiving; neg. a° Miln 354. 

Visa?vadaka (adj.) [visa?+vadaka] deceiving, untrustworthy Vism 496; f. °ika J V.401, 410. -- a° not deceiving D
III.170; A IV.249; M III.33; Pug 57. 

Visa?vadana (nt.) & °a (f.) & °ata (f.) [fr. visa?vadeti] deceiving, disappointing A V.136 (°a); Vin IV.2. -- a° honesty D
III.190 (°ata). 

Visa?vadayitar [n. ag. fr. visa?vadeti] one who deceives another D III.171. 

Visa?vadeti [visa?+vadeti; cp. BSk. visa?vadayati AvS I.262, after the Pali] to deceive with words, to break one's word,
to lie, deceive Vin III.143; IV.1; Nett 91. -- Neg. a° J V.124. 

Visa?sa??ha (adj.) [vi+sa?sa??ha] separated, unconnected with (instr.) M I.480; DA I.59. 

Visa?hata [vi+sa?hata2] removed, destroyed Th 1, 89. 

Visakkiya [vi+sakkiya?] in °duta is a special kind of messenger Vin III.74. 

Visaggata see a°. 

Visanka (adj.) [vi+sanka; Sk. visanka] fearless, secure; a° Sdhp 176. 

Visankita (adj.) [pp. of vi+sank] suspicious, anxious ThA 134 (Ap. v. 78). -- neg. a° not perturbed, trusting, secure Sdhp
128. 

Visankhara [vi+sankhara] divestment of all material things Dh 154 (=nibbana DhA III.129). See sankhara 3. 

Visankhita [vi+sankhata] destroyed, annihilated Dh 154; J I.493 (=viddha?sita DhA III.129). 

Visajjati [vi+sajjati, Pass. of sañj; the regular Act. would be visajati] to hang on, cling to, stick to, adhere (fig.); only in pp.
visatta (q. v.). -- The apparent ger. form visajja belongs to vissajjati. 

see viss°. 

Visañña (adj.) [vi+sañña=sañña] 1. having wrong perceptions Sn 874. -- 2. unconscious J V.159. In composition with
bhu as visaññi--bhuta at J I.67. 

Visaññin (adj.) [vi+saññin] unconscious, one who has lost consciousness; also in meaning "of unsound mind"
(=ummattaka Nd1 279) A II.52 (khitta--citta+); Miln 220; Sdhp 117. 

Visa?a & visata [pp. of vi+s?, Sk. vis?ta] spread, diffused, wide, broad D III.167 (?); Sn 1 (T. reads t, v. l. BB has ?); J
II.439; IV.499 (t); Miln 221, 354 (?; +vitthata), 357. Cp. anu°. 

Visa?a & visata (f.) [abrh. formation fr. vi+sañj, spelling t for tt: see visatta. The writing of MSS. concerning t in
these words is very confused] "hanging on," clinging, attachment. The word seems to be a quasi--short form of visattika. Thus
at Sn 715 (=ta?ha C.; spelling t); Dhs 1059 (trsln "diffusion," i. e. fr. vi+s?; spelling ?)=Nd2 s. v. ta?ha (spelt with t). 

Visa??ha see vissa??ha. 

Visa??hi (f.) [for vissa??hi, fr. vi+s?j] 1. emission; in sukka° emission of semen Vin II.38; III.112; Kvu 163. -- 2. visa??hi at
S III.133 and A IV.52 (T. visa??hi) probably stands for visatti in meaning "longing," clinging to (cp. BSk. vi?akti AvS II.191), or
"love for" (loc.). 

cp. vis dwelling--place, vesa; Gr. oi/kos house, oi)ke/w to dwell; Lat. vicus, Goth. weihs=E. °wick in Warwick, etc.] to enter,
only in combn with prefixes, like upa°, pa°, pari°, sa?°, abhisa?°, etc. . . . See also vesma (house). 

Visatta [pp. of visajjati] hanging on (fig.), sticking or clinging to, entangled in (loc.) A II.25; Sn 38, 272; Nd2 597; J II.146;
III.241. 

Visattika (f.) [visatta+ika, abstr. formation] clinging to, adhering, attachment (to=loc.), sinful bent, lust, desire. -- It is
almost invariably found as a syn. of ta?ha. P. Commentators explain it with ref. either to visa?a (diffused), or to visa
(poison). These are of course only exegetical edifying etymologies. Cp. Dhs. trsln § 1059; Expositor II.468: Brethren 213 n. 3,
K.S. I.2, n. 6, and the varied exegesis of the term in the Niddesas. <-> S I.1, 24, 35, 107, 110; A II.211; IV.434; Sn 333, 768,
857, 1053 sq.; Th 1, 519; Nd1 8 sq., 247; Nd2 598; DhA III.198; IV.43; DhsA 364; Nett 24; Dhs 1059. 

Visada (adj.) [cp. Sk. visada] 1. clean, pure, white D II.14; Miln 93, 247; Davs v. 28. -- 2. clear, manifest Miln 93; DhsA
321, 328 (a°); VbhA 388 sq.
  --kiriya making clear: see under vatthu1. --bhava clearness Vism 128; Tikp 59. 

Visadata (f.) [abstr. fr. visada] purity, clearness Vism 134 (vatthu°). 

Visanna [pp. of visidati] sunk into (loc.), immersed J IV.399. The poetical form is vyasanna. 

Visappana in °rasa in °rasa at Vism 470 is not clear. Is it "spreading" [vi+s?p], or misprint for visa--pana? 

Visabhaga (adj.) [vi+sabhaga] different, unusual, extraordinary, uncommon Miln 78 sq.; DA I.212; Vism 180 (purisassa
itthisarira?, itthiya purisa--sarira? visabhaga?), 516; DhA IV.52; PvA 118. --°aramma?a pudendum muliebre J II.274 ÷
III.498. 

Visama (adj.) [vi+sama3] 1. uneven, unequal, disharmonious, contrary A I.74; PvA 47 (vata), 131 (a°=sama of the
"middle" path). -- 2. (morally) discrepant, lawless, wrong A III.285; V.329; Sn 57 (cp. Nd2 599); Miln 250 (°di??hi). -- 3. odd,
peculiar, petty, disagreeable A II.87; Miln 112, 304, 357; J I.391 (nagaraka). <-> As nt. an uneven or dangerous or
inaccessible place, rough road; (fig.) unevenness, badness, misconduct, disagreeableness A I.35 (pabbata°); S IV.117; Vbh 368
(two sets of 3 visamani: raga, etc.); Miln 136, 157, 277, 351; J V.70; VvA 301. --visamena (instr.) in a wrong way Pv IV.14. 

Visamayati [Denom. fr. visama] to be uneven D II.269 (so read for visama yanti). 

Visaya [cp. Sk. visaya, fr. vi+si] 1. locality, spot, region; world, realm, province, neighbourhood Sn 977. Often in foll.
combns: petti° (or pitti°) and pettika (a) the world of the manes or petas M I.73; S III.224; V.342, 356 sq.; A I.37, 267; II.126
sq.; III.211, 339, 414 sq.; IV.405 sq.; V.182 sq.; Pv II.22; II.79; J I.51; PvA 25 sq., 59 sq., 214. (b) the way of the fathers, native
or proper beat or range D III.58; S V.146 sq.; A III.67; J II.59. Yama° the realm of Yama or the Dead Pv II.82 (=petaloka
PvA 107). -- 2. reach, sphere (of the senses), range, scope; object, characteristic, attribute (cp. Cpd. 143 n. 2) S V.218
(gocara°); Nett 23 (iddhi°); Miln 186, 215, 316; Vism 216 (visayi--bhuta), 570=VbhA 182 (maha° & appa°); KhA 17; SnA
22, 154 (buddha°), 228 (id.); PvA 72, 89. --avisaya not forming an object, a wrong object, indefinable A V.50; J V.117 (so
read for °ara); PvA 122, 197. -- 3. object of sense, sensual pleasure SnA 100. 

Visayha (adj.) [ger. of visahati] possible Pv IV.112 (yatha °? as far as possible); a° impossible M I.207=Vin I.157. 

Visara [vi+sara] a multitude DA I.40. 

Visalla (adj.) [vi+salla] free from pain or grief S I.180; Sn 17, 86=367. 

Visarita (f.) at D II.213 in phrase iddhi° is doubtful reading. The gloss (K) has "visevita." Trsln (Dial. II.246);
"proficiency." It is combd with iddhi--pahuta & iddhivikubbanata. Bdhgh's expln is "visavana" [fr. vi+sru?]. 

Visahati [vi+sahati] to be able, to dare, to venture Sn 1069 (=ussahati sakkoti Nd2 600); J I.152. -- ppr. neg. avisahanto
unable VvA 69, 112; and avisahamana J I.91. -- ger. visayha (q. v.). 

Visakha (adj.) [visakha as adj.] having branches, forked; in ti° three--branched S I.118=M I.109. 

Visakha (f.) [vi+sakha, Sk. visakha] N. of a lunar mansion (nakkhatta) or month (see vesakha), usually as visakha°
(--pu??ama), e. g. SnA 391; VvA 165. 

Visa?ita [pp. of vi+sa?eti] cut in pieces, smashed, broken J II.163 (=bhinna C.). 

Qsa?a (nt.) [cp. Sk. vi?a?a] 1. the horn of an animal (as cow, ox, deer, rhinoceros) Vin I.191; A II.207; IV.376; Sn 35 (khagga°,
q. v.), 309; Pug 56 (miga°); Ap 50 (usabha°); J I.505; Miln 103. -- 2. (also as m.) the tusks of an elephant J III.184; V.41, 48.
  --maya made of horn Vin II.115. 

Visata (adj.) [fr. vi+sat, cp. sa?eti] crushed to pieces, destroyed M 11 102 (°gabbha, with mu?ha--gabbha; v. l. vighata). 

Visada [fr. vi+sad] depression, dejection D I.248; DA I.121; Sdhp 117. Cp. visidati. 

Visara [fr. vi+s?] spreading, diffusion, scattering DhsA 118. 

Visaraka (adj.) [vi+saraka, of s?] spreading, extending, expanding Vin III.97 (vattu° T.; vatthu° MSS.). 

Visarada (adj.) [cp. BSk. visarada, e. g. AvS I.180. On etym. see sarada] self--possessed, confident; knowing how to
conduct oneself, skilled, wise D I.175; II.86; S I.181; IV.246; V.261; A II.8 (vyatta+); III.183, 203; IV.310, 314 sq.; V.10 sq.; M
I.386; Ap 23; J III.342; V.41; Miln 21; Sdhp 277. --avisarada diffident Miln 20, 105. 

Visala (adj.) [cp. Sk. visala] wide, broad, extensive Sn 38; J V.49, 215 (°pakhuma); Miln 102, 311.
  --akkhi (f.) having large eyes J V.40; Vv 371 (+vipulalocana; or a peti). 

Visalata (f.) [abstr. fr. visala] breadth, extensiveness VvA 104. 

Visaha?a (adj.) [visa+aha?a] only neg. a° imperturbed, balanced Dhs 11, 15, 24 etc. 

Visahara [visa+ahara, or vi+sa?+ahara] distractedness, perturbation; neg. a° balance Dhs 11, 15. 

Visikha (f.) [cp. *Sk. (lexicogr.) visikha] a street, road Vin IV.312; J I.338; IV.310; V.16, 434.
  --katha gossip at street corners D I.179; M I.513; Dh I.90. 

Visi??ha (adj.) [pp. of visissati] distinguished, prominent, superior, eminent D III.159; Vv 324; J I.441; Miln 203, 239; DhA
II.15; VvA 1 (°mana=vimana), 85, 261; Sdhp 260, 269, 332, 489. -- compar. °tara Vism 207 (=anuttara). -- As visi??haka at
Sdhp 334. -- See also abhi°, pa?i°, and vissa??ha. 

Visi??a [pp. of viseyyati] broken, crushed, fallen to pieces J I.174. 

Visineti see usseneti. 

Visibbita (adj.) [pp. of vi+sibbeti, siv to sew] entwined, entangled Miln 102 (sa?sibbita° as redupl. -- iter. cpd.). 

Visibbeti [vi+sibbeti, siv] to unsew, to undo the stitches Vin IV.280. -- Caus. II. visibbapeti ibid. -- Another v?sibbeti
see under visiveti. 

Visissati [Pass. of vi+si?] to differ, to be distinguished or eminent Nett 188. -- pp. visi??ha. -- Caus. viseseti (q. v.). 

Visidati [vi+sad; cp. visada & pp. BSk. vi?a??a Divy 44] 1. to sink down J IV.223. -- 2. to falter, to be dejected or
displeased S I.7; A III.158; Pug 65. -- pp. visanna. 

Visiyati [vi+siyati; cp. Sk. siyate, Pass. of sya to coagulate] to be dissolved; 3rd pl. imper. med. visiyaru? Th 1, 312 (cp.
Geiger, P.Gr. § 126). 

Visivana (nt.) [fr. visiveti] warming oneself J I.326; V.202. As visibbana at Vin IV.115. 

Visiveti [vi+siveti, which corresponds to Sk. vi--syapayati (lexicogr.!), Caus. of sya, syayati to coagulate; lit. to dissolve,
thaw. The v stands for p; sya is contracted to si] to warm oneself Miln 47; J II.68; DhA I.225, 261; II.89. As visibbeti (in
analogy to visibbeti to sew) at Vin IV.115. -- Caus. II. visivapeti J II.69. 

Visu? (indecl.) [cp. Sk. vi?u, a derivation fr. vi°] separately, individually; separate, apart DhA II.26 (mata--pitaro visu?
honti). Usually repeated (distributively) visu? visu? each on his own, one by one, separately, e. g. Vism 250; Mhvs 6, 44; SnA
583; VvA 38; PvA 214. --visukara?a separation ThA 257. 

Visukkha (adj.) [vi+sukkha] dried out or up PvA 58. 

Visukkhita (adj.) [vi+sukkhita] dried up Miln 303. 

Visujjhati [vi+sujjhati] to be cleaned, to be cleansed, to be pure Vin II.137; J I.75; III.472. -- pp. visuddha. <-> Caus.
visodheti (q. v.). 

Visuddha (adj.) [pp. of visujjhati] clean, pure, bright; in appld meaning: purified, stainless, sanctified Vin I.105; D III.52
(cakkhu); S II.122 (id.); IV.47 (sila); A IV.304 (su°); Sn 67, 517, 687; Nd2 601; Pug 60; PvA 1 (su°); Sdhp 269, 383. 

Visuddhatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. visuddha] purity, purification A II.239. 

Visuddhi (f.) [vi+suddhi] brightness, splendour, excellency; (ethically) purity, holiness, sanctification; virtue, rectitude
Vin I.105 (visuddho paramaya visuddhiya); D I.53; III.214 (di??hi°, sila°), 288; M I.147; S III.69; A I.95 (sila° & di??hi°); II.80
(catasso dakkhi?a°), 195; III.315; V.64 (paramattha°); Sn 813, 824, 840, 892; Dh 16 (kamma°); Ps I.21 (sila°, citta°, di??hi°);
II.85 (id.); Nd1 138, 162; Vism 2; SnA 188 (°divasa), PvA 13 (°cittata); Sdhp 447. A class of divine beings (dogmatically the
highest in the stages of development, viz. gods by sanctification) is called visuddhi--deva Nd2 307; J I.139; VvA 18. See
under deva. 

Visuka (nt.) [perhaps to suc, sucayati] restless motion, wriggling, twisting, twitching (better than "show," although
connection with suc would give meaning "indication, show"), almost synonymous with vipphandita. Usually in cpd. di??hi°
scuffling or wriggling of opinion, wrong views, heresy M I.8, 486; Sn 55 (cp. Nd2 301); Pv IV.137.
  --dassana visiting shows (as fairs) D I.5 (cp. DA I.77: "visuka? pa?ani--bhuta? dassana?," reading not clear); A I.212; II.209;
Pug 58. 

Visukayita (nt.) [pp. of visukayeti, denom. fr. visuka] 1. restlessness, impatience M I.446. -- 2. disorder, twisting,
distortion (of views); usually in phrase di??hi° with °visevita & °vipphandita e. g. M I.234; S I.123 (Bdhgh's expln at K.S.
I.321 is "vinivijjhan'a??hena viloman'a??hena"); II.62 (in same combn; Bdhgh at K.S. II.203: "sabba? micchadi??hi--vevacana?");
Dhs 381 ("disorder of opinion" trsln); Nd2 271III; Vbh 145; DhsA 253. Cp. v. l. S I.12317 (K.S. I.155 "disorders"; n. p. 321). 

Visucika (f.) [cp. *Sk. visucika] cholera Miln 153, 167. 

Viseni° [vi+sena in combn with k? and bhu; cp. pa?isena] "without an enemy," in °katva making armyless, i. e. disarming
Sn 833, 1078. Expld in the Niddesa as "keep away as enemies, conquering" Nd1 174=Nd2 602 (where Nd1 reads pa?isenikara
kilesa for visenikatva kilesa). --°bhuta disarmed, not acting as an enemy Sn 793=914, where Nd1 96=334 has the same  expln as for °katva; S I.141 (+upasanta--citta; trsln "by all the hosts of evil unassailed" K.S. I.178). Kern, Toev. s. v. differently
"not opposing" for both expressions. 

Viseneti to discard, dislike, get rid of (opp. usseneti) S III.89; Ps II.167. See usseneti. 

Viseyyati [vi+seyyati, cp. Sk. siryati, of s? to crush] to be broken, to fall to pieces J I.174. -- pp. visi??a. 

Visevita (nt.) [vi+sevita] 1. restlessness, trick, capers M I.446 (of a horse; combd with visukayita). -- 2. disagreement S
I.123 (=viruddha--sevita K.S. I.320). Bdhgh at K.S. II.203 reads °sedhita. Cp. visukayita. 

Visesa [fr. vi+si?, cp. Epic Sk. vise?a] 1. (mark of) distinction, characteristic, discrimination A I.267; S IV.210; J II.9; Miln
29; VvA 58, 131; PvA 50, 60. -- 2. elegance, splendour, excellence J V.151; DhA I.399. -- 3. distinction, peculiar merit or
advantage, eminence, excellence, extraordinary state D I.233 (so for vivesa all through?); A III.349 (opp. hana); J I.435; VvA
157 (puñña°); PvA 71 (id.), 147 (sukha°). -- 4. difference, variety SnA 477, 504; VvA 2; PvA 37, 81, 135 (pl.= items). abl.
visesato, distinctively, altogether PvA 1, 259. -- 5. specific idea (in meditation), attainment J VI.69: see & cp. Brethren 24, n.
1; 110. -- Cp. pa?i°.
  --a^dhigama specific attainment A IV.22; M II.96; Nett 92; Miln 412; DhA I.100. [Cp. BSk. vise?adhigama Divy 174].
--gamin reaching distinction, gaining merit A II.185; III.349 sq.; S V.108. --gu reaching a higher state or attainment J VI.573.
--paccaya ground for distinction VvA 20. --bhagiya participating in, or leading to distinction or progress (spiritually) D
III.272 sq., 277, 282; Nett 77; Vism 11, 88 (abstr. °bhagiyata). 

Visesaka (m. or nt.) [fr. visesa] 1. a (distinguishing) mark (on the forehead) Vin II.267 (with apanga). -- 2. leading to
distinction VvA 85. 

Sdhp 265. 

Visesana (nt.) [fr. viseseti] distinguishing, distinction, qualification, attribute Vv 1610; J III.11; VI.63; SnA 181, 365, 399;
VvA 13. -- instr. avisesena (adv.) without distinction, at all events, anyhow PvA 116. 

Visesika (f.) [fr. visesa] the Vaise?ika philosophy Miln 3. 

Visesita [pp. of viseseti] distinguished, differentiated Mhvs 11, 32; KhA 18; PvA 56. 

Visesin (adj.) [fr. visesa] possessing distinction, distinguished from, better than others Sn 799, 842, 855, 905; Nd1 244. 

Visesiya (adj.) [grd. of viseseti] distinguished Vv 1610 (=visesa? patva VvA 85); v. l. visesin (=visesavant C.). 

Viseseti [Caus. of visissati] to make a distinction, to distinguish, define, specify J V.120, 451; SnA 343; grd. visesitabba
(--vacana) qualifying (predicative) expression VvA 13. -- pp. visesita. 

Visoka (adj.) [vi+soka] freed from grief Dh 90; DhA II.166. 

Visodha [fr. vi+sudh] cleaning, cleansing, in cpd. dubbisodha hard to clean Sn 279. 

Visodhana (nt.) [fr. visodheti] cleansing, purifying, emending Ps II.21, 23; PvA 130. 

Visodheti [Caus. of visujjhati] to clean, cleanse, purify, sanctify Kvu 551; Pv IV.325; DhA III.158; Sdhp 321. 

Visoseti [Caus. of vissussati] to cause to dry up, to make wither, to destroy A I.204; Sn 949=1099; Nd1 434
(=sukkhapeti); Nd2 603 (id.). 

Vissa1 

Vissa1 (adj.) [Vedic visva, to vi°] all, every, entire; only in Np. Vissakamma. The word is antiquated in Pali (for it sabba); a
few cases in poetry are doubtful. Thus at Dh 266 (dhamma), where DhA III.393 expls as "visama, vissagandha"; and at It 32
(vissantara? "among all beings"? v. l. vessantara?). 

Vissa2 

Vissa2 (nt.) [cp. Sk. visra] a smell like raw flesh, as °gandha at Dhs 625; DhsA 319; SnA 286; DhA III.393. 

Vissaka [of vis] dwelling: see pa?i°. 

Vissagga [vi+sagga, vi+s?j, cp. Sk. visarga] dispensing, serving, donation, giving out, holding (a meal), only in phrases
bhatta° the function of a meal Vin II.153; IV.263; Pv III.29 (so read for vissatta); Miln 9; SnA 19, 140; and dana° bestowing a
gift Pv II.927 (=pariccaga--??hane dan'agge PvA 124). 

Vissajjaka [fr. vissajjati] 1. giving out, distributing Vin II.177 -- 2. one who answers (a question) Miln 295. 

Vissajjati [vi+sajjati, of s?j. The ss after analogy of ussajjati & nissajjati, cp. ossajjati for osajjati]. A. The pres. vissajjati
is not in use. The only forms of the simple verb system are the foll.: ger. vissajja, usually written visajja, in meaning "setting
free," giving up, leaving behind Sn 522, 794, 912, 1060; Nd1 98; Nd2 596. -- grd. vissajjaniya [perhaps better to vissajjeti1] to
be answered, answerable; nt. a reply Nett 161, 175 sq., 191; and vissajjiya to be given away: see under a°. <-> pp. vissa??ha.
-- B. Very frequent is the Caus. vissajjeti (also occasionally as visajj°) in var. meanings, based on the idea of sending forth or
away, viz. to emit, discharge J I.164 (uccara--passava?). -- to send Mhvs 8, 3 (leka? visajjayi). -- to dismiss PvA 81 (there). -- to
let loose PvA 74 (ratha?). -- to spend, give away, bestow, hand over Pug 26 (visajj°); Nd1 262 (dhana?); Miln 41 (dhañña?);
PvA 111, 119. -- to get rid of J I.134 (muddika?). -- to answer (questions), to reply, retort Sn 1005 (°essati, fut.); VvA 71; PvA
15, 59, 87. -- pp. vissajjita. -- Caus. II. vissajjapeti (in meanings of vissajjeti) J IV.2 (hattha?=to push away); Miln 143;
Mhvs 6, 43. 

Vissajjana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vissajjeti] 1. giving out, bestowing Nd1 262 (dhana°). -- 2. sending off, discharging J I.239
(nava° putting off to sea). -- 3. answer, reply Vism 6, 84; often in combn puccha° question and answer, e. g. Mhvs 4, 54; PvA
2. 

Vissajjanaka (adj.) (--°) [fr. vissajjana] 1. giving out, bestowing PvA 121. -- 2. answering J I.166 (pañha°). 

Vissajjapetar [n. ag. fr. vissajjapeti] one who replies or causes to reply DhA IV.199. Cp. vissajjetar. 

Vissajjita [pp. of vissajjeti] 1. spent, given away Sn 982 -- 2. let loose, sent off, discharged Mhvs 23, 88. 

Vissajjetar [n. ag. fr. vissajjeti] one who answers (a question) A I.103 (pañha?). Cp. vissajjapetar. 

Vissa??ha [pp. of vissajjati] 1. let loose; sent (out); released, dismissed; thrown; given out Mhvs 10, 68; J I.370; III.373;
PvA 46, 64, 123, 174. -- 2. (of the voice.) distinct, well enunciated D I.114 (=apalibuddha, i. e. unobstructed;
sandiddha--vilambit'adi dosa--rahita DA I.282); II.211; A II.51; III.114; S I.189; J VI.16 (here as vissattha--vacana). -- 3.
vissa??ha at J IV.219 in phrase °indriya means something like "strong," distinguished. The v. l. visatta° suggests a probable
visa?a°; it may on the other hand be a corruption of visi??ha°. 

Vissa??hi see visa??hi. 

Vissattha [pp. of vissasati] trusting or trusted; confident; being confided in or demanding confidence, intimate, friendly A
III.114; Vin I.87 (so read for ??h); IV.21;  J II.305; III.343; Miln 109 (bahu° enjoying great confidence); SnA 188 (°bhava state of confidence); Sdhp 168, 593.
--vissa??hena (instr.) in confidence Vin II.99. -- Cp. abhi°. 

Vissandaka (adj.) [fr. vissandati] overflowing PvA 119. 

Vissandati [vi+sandati, of syand] to flow out, to stream overflow J I.51; V.274; PvA 34 (aor. °sandi=pagghari), 51 (ppr.
°amana), 80 (ger. °itva), 119 (°anto=paggharanto), 123 (for paggharati; T. °eti). 

Vissamati [vi+samati, of sram] to rest, repose; to recover from fatigue J I.485; II.70; 128, 133; III.208; IV.93, 293; V.73;
PvA 43, 151. -- Caus. vissameti to give a rest, to make repose J III.36. 

Vissamana (nt.) [fr. vissamati] resting, reposing J III.435. 

Vissametar [n. ag. fr. vissameti] one who provides a rest, giver of repose, remover of fatigue J VI.526. 

Vissara [fr. vi+sarati, of svar] 1. outcry, shout, cry of distress, scream Vin I.87; II.152, 207; IV.316; PvA 22, 245 (s), 279,
284 (°? karoti); Sdhp 188. -- 2. distress Vin IV.212, 229. 

Vissarati [vi+sarati, of sm?] to forget Vin I.207; IV.261; Mhvs 26, 16. -- pp. vissarita. 

Vissarita [opp. of vissarati] forgotten PvA 202. 

Vissavati [vi+savati, of sru] to flow, ooze Th 1, 453= Sn 205 (v. l. SS vissasati). 

Vissasati & vissaseti [vi+sasati, of svas] to confide in, to put one's trust in (loc. or gen.), to be friendly with S I.79
(vissase); J I.461 (vissasayitva); III.148=525 (vissasaye); IV.56; VI.292. -- pp. vissattha. 

Vissasa [vi+sasa, of svas] trust, confidence, intimacy, mutual agreement Vin I.296; 308, A II.78; J I.189, 487; Miln 126;
Vism 190; VvA 66; PvA 13, 265. --dubbissasa difficult to be trusted J IV.462. 

(adj.) [vissasa] intimate, confidential; trustworthy A I.26; Miln 146; DA I.289. 

Vissasaniya (adj.) [grd. of vissaseti] to be trusted, trustworthy PvA 9; Sdhp 306, 441; neg. a° J III.474; cp.
dubbissasaniya hard to trust J IV.462. 

Vissasin (adj.) [fr. vissasa] intimate, confidential A III.136 (asanthava° intimate, although not acquainted). 

Vissuta (adj.) [vi+suta, of sru] widely famed, renowned, famous Sn 137, 597, 998, 1009; Pv II.74; Mhvs 5, 19; PvA 107
(=dura--ghu??ha). 

Vissussati [vi+su?] to dry up, to wither S I.126 (in combn ussussati vissussati, with ss from uss°). Spelling here visuss°,
but ss at S III.149. -- Caus. visoseti (q. v.). 

Vissota (adj.) [vi+sota, of sru] flowedaway, wasted Miln 294. 

Vihaga [viha, sky, +ga] a bird (lit. going through the sky) DA I.46. --°pati lord of birds, a garu?a Davs IV.33, 38, 55. 

Vihanga =vihaga, J V.416; PvA 154, 157; Sdhp 241. 

Vihangama (adj.) [viha+gam] going through the air, flying; (m.) a bird A II.39; III.43; Sn 221, 606; Th 1, 1108; J I.216;
III.255; DA I.125=DhsA 141. 

Vihaññati [Pass. of vihanati] to be struck or slain; to be vexed or grieved, to get enraged, to be annoyed, suffer hardship;
to be cast down Sn 168 sq.; Pv II.117 (=vighata? apajjati PvA 150); IV.52 (with same expln); J I.73, 359; II.442; V.330; DA
I.289. -- ppr. vihaññamana Sn 1121 (with long and detailed exegesis at Nd2 604); S I.28 (a°); PvA 150. pp. vihata DA I.231. 

Vihata1 

Vihata1 [pp. of vihanati] struck, killed, destroyed, impaired It 100 (where A I.164 reads vigata); J VI.171; Sdhp 313, 425. 

Vihata2 

Vihata2 (adj.) [cp. Sk. vih?ti] broad, wide J VI.171 (=puthula C.). 

Vihanati [vi+hanati] to strike, kill, put an end to, remove A III.248 (kankha?; v. l. vitarati perhaps to be preferred); Sn
673; Pot. 3rd sg. vihane Sn 975 (cp. Nd1 509); & vihane Sn 348=Th 1, 1268. -- ger. vihacca: see abhi°. -- Pass. vihaññati (q.
v.). -- pp. vihata. 

Vihara?a (nt.) [fr. viharati] abiding, dwelling DhsA 164, 168. 

Viharati [vi+harati] to stay, abide, dwell, sojourn (in a certain place); in general: to be, to live; appld: to behave, lead a life
(as such expld with "iriyati" at Vism 16). Synonyms are given at Vbh 194 with iriyati, vattati, paleti, yapeti, yapeti, carati;
cp. VbhA 262. <-> See e. g. D I.251; Sn 136, 301, 925; Pug 68; DhsA 168; DA I.70, 132; PvA 22, 67, 78. -- Special Forms:
aor. 3rd sg. vihasi Sn p. 16; Pv II.960; Mhvs 5, 233; PvA 54, 121; 3rd pl. vihi?su Th 1, 925, & viha?su A II.21; fut.
viharissati A III.70; vihessati Th 1, 257; vihissati Th 2, 181; and vihahisi J I.298 (doubtful reading!), where C. expls as
"vijahissati, parihayissati"; with phrase sukha? vihahisi cp. dukkha? viharati at A I.95, and see also vihahesi. -- pp. not
found. 

Vihaviha [for vihaga] a sort of bird Th 1, 49 (v. l. cihaciha). The C. expls by "parillaka." 

Vihami at J VI.78 (lohita?) is poetical for vijahami; C. expls as ni??hubhami, i. e. I spit out. 

Vihaya is ger. of vijahati (q. v.). 

Vihayasa [cp. Sk. viha & vihayasa] the air, sky PvA 14. Cases adverbially: °yasa through the air Mhvs 12, 10, & °yasa?
id. J IV.47. Cp. vehayasa & vehasa. 

Vihara [fr. viharati] 1. (as m. & adj.) spending one's time (sojourning or walking about), staying in a place, living; place of
living, stay, abode (in general) VvA 50 (jala°); PvA 22, 79; eka° living by oneself S II.282 sq.; jangha° wandering on foot PvA
73; diva° passing the time of day Sn 679; PvA 142. See also below 3 a. -- 2. (appld meaning) state of life, condition, mode of
life (in this meaning almost identical with that of vasa2), e. g. ariya° best condition S V.326; SnA 136; dibba° supreme
condition (of heart) Miln 225; brahma° divine state S V.326; SnA 136; Vism 295 sq. (ch. IX.); phasu° comfort A III.119, 132;
sukha° happiness S III.8; V.326; A I.43; II.23; III.131 sq.; IV.111 sq., 230 sq.; V.10 sq. See further D I.145, 196; III.220 (dibba,
brahma, ariya), 250 (cha satata°), 281; S II.273 (jhana°); III.235 (id.); A III.294 (°? kappeti to live one's life); Ps II.20; Nett 119
sq. <-> 3. (a) a habitation for a Buddhist mendicant, an abode in the forest (arañña°), or a hut; a dwelling, habitation, lodging
(for a bhikkhu), a single room Vin II.207 sq.; D II.7; A III.51, 299 (yathavihara? each to his apartment); Sn 220 (dura° a
remote shelter for a bhikkhu), 391; Vism 118 (different kinds; may be taken as c.). -- (b) place for convention of the bhikkhus,
meeting place; place for rest & recreation (in garden or park) DA I.133. -- (c) (later) a larger building for housing bhikkhus, an
organized monastery, a Vihara Vin I.58; III.47; S I.185 (°pala the guard of the monastery); J I.126; Miln 212; Vism 292; DhA
I.19 (°carika visit to the monastery), 49 (°pokkhara?i), 416; Mhvs 19, 77; PvA 12, 20, 54, 67, 141. 151; and passim. See also
Dictionary of Names. The modern province Behar bears its name from the viharas. 

3 (room, hut) Th 2, 94 (=vasanakaovaraka ThA 90). 

Viharika (adj.)=viharin; in saddhi° co--resident A III.70. 

Viharin (adj.) (--°) [fr. vihara] dwelling, living; being in such & such a state or condition D I.162 (appa--dukkha°), 251
(eva?°); A I.24 (ara?a°), 26 (metta); It 74 (appamada°); Sn 45 (sadhu°), 375; Pv IV.133 (ara?a°); PvA 77, 230 (metta°); VvA
71. -- eka° living alone S II.282 sq.; IV.35; opp. saddhi° together with another; a coresident, brother--bhikkhu S II.204; IV.103;
A II.239. 

Vihahesi "he banished" at J IV.471 is 3rd sg. aor. Caus. of vijahati (ha); expld in C. by pabbajesi. -- Another form
vihahisi see under viharati & cp. viheti2. 

Vihi?sati [vi+hi?sati] to hurt, injure, harass, annoy S I.165; It 86; Sn 117, 451; PvA 123, 198. 

Vihi?sana (f.) a Commentary word for vihi?sa VbhA 75. A similar vihi?saka occurs at PvA 123. 

Vihi?sa (f.) (& adj. °a) [abstr. fr. vi+hi?s, to injure] hurting, injuring, cruelty, injury D III.215; 226 (°vitakka); S I.202;
II.151 (°dhatu); A III.448; Sn 292; Nd1 207 (°sañña), 386, 501 (°vitakka); Vbh 86, 363 (°vitakka); Dhs 1348; Pug 25; Nett 97;
Miln 337, 367, 390; DhsA 403; VbhA 74 (°dhatu), 118 (°vitakka); Sdhp 510. Neg. avihi?sa see sep. -- See also vihesa. 

Vihita (adj.) [pp. of vidahati] arranged, prepared, disposed, appointed; furnished, equipped J VI.201 (loka); Miln 345
(nagara); D I.45, S III.46; Pug 55 (aneka°); Mhvs 10, 93; PvA 51 (su??hu°). añña° engaged upon something else Vin IV.269. 

Vihitaka (adj.)=vihita; D III.28 sq. (katha? v. aggañña? how as the beginning of things appointed?); -- añña° engaged
upon something else J IV.389 (or does it belong to ahara. in sense of "prepared by somebody else"?). 

Vihitata (f.) [abstr. fr. vihita] in añña° being engaged upon something else DhA I.181. 

Vihina (adj.) [pp. of vijahati] left, given up, abandoned Sdhp 579. 

Vihe?haka (adj.) [fr. vihe?heti] harassing, oppressing, annoying J I.504; V.143; Sdhp 89. Neg. a° see sep. 

Vihe?hana (nt.) [fr. vihe?heti] harassing, hurting; oppression VbhA 74; VvA 68; PvA 232. 

Vihe?hanaka (adj.) [fr. vihe?hana] oppressing, hurting, doing harm J II.123. 

Vihe?heti [vi+he?heti, of hid? or he? to be hostile. Same in BSk., e. g. MVastu III.360, Divy 42, 145 etc.] to oppress, to
bring into difficulties, to vex, annoy, plague, hurt D I.116, 135; II.12; Sn 35; J I.187; II.267; IV.375; Miln 6, 14; DhA 191; VvA
69 (Pass. °iyamana). 

Viheti1 

Viheti1 [for bibheti?] to be afraid (of) J V.154 (=bhayati C.). Cp. vibheti. 

Viheti2 

Viheti2 [contracted Pass. of vijahati=vihayati, cp. vihahesi] to be given up, to disappear, to go awav J IV.216. Kern, Toev. s
. v. wrongly=vi+eti. 

Vihesaka (adj.) [fr. viheseti] annoying, vexing, troubling Vin IV.36; Dpvs I.47. -- f. °ika Vin IV.239, 241. 

Vihesa (f.) [for vihi?sa] vexation, annoyance, injury; worry M I.510; II.241 sq.; S I.136; III.132; IV.73; V.357; D III.240 (a°);
Vin IV.143 (+vilekha); A III.245, 291; Sn 247, 275, 277; Vbh 369; Nett 25; Miln 295; DhA I.55. 

Vihesika (f.) [probably for Sk. *vibhi?ika, fr. bhi, Epic Sk. bhi?a, cp. bhi?ma=P. bhi?sa (q. v.)] fright J III.147. (C. says
"an expression of fearfullness"). 

Viheseti [vi+hi?s, or Denom. fr. vihesa, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 102] to harass, vex, annoy, insult S IV.63; V.346; A III.194;
Vin IV.36 sq.; Ud 44; Sn 277; Pv IV.147 (vihesa?, aor.); IV.149 (vihesayi, aor.). 

Vici (m. & f.) [cp. late Sk. vici wave; Vedic vici only in meaning "deceit"; perhaps connected with Lat. vicis, Ags. wice=E.
week, lit. "change," cp. tide] 1. a wave J I.509; Miln 117 (jala°), 319 (°puppha wave--flower, fig.); Vism 63 (samudda°); Davs 
IV.46; DhsA 116= Vism 143. -- 2. interval, period of time (cp. "tide"= time interval) J V.271 (°antara, in Avici definition as
"uninterrupted state of suffering"). In contrast pair avici (adj.) uninterrupted, without an interval, & savici with periods, in
defn of jara at VbhA 99 & DhsA 328, where avici means "not changing quickly," and savici "changing quickly." Also in defn
of sada (continuously) as "avici--santati" at Nd2 631. Cp. avici. 

to fan J I.165; SnA 487; VvA 6 (T. bijati). <-> Caus. vijeti DhA IV.213; Mhvs 5, 161. -- Pass. vijiyati: ppr. vijiyamana
getting fanned J III.374 (so read for vijiy°); PvA 176 (so for vijjamana!). -- pp. vijita. 

Vijana (nt.) [fr. vij, cp. Class. Sk. vijana] a fan, fanning; in vijana--vata a fanning wind, a breeze SnA 174. 

Vijani (f.) [fr. vijana, of vij] a fan Vv 472 (T. bijani, v. l. vij°); J I.46; Vism 310; DhA IV.39; VvA 147; PvA 176; KhA 95.
There are 3 kinds of fans mentioned at Vin II.130, viz. vakamaya°, usira°, mora--piñcha°, or fans made of bark, of a root
(?), and of a peacock's tail. 

Vijita [pp. of vijati] fanned Pv III.117 (°anga). 

(?), doubtful: see apa° & pa°. Kern, Toev. s. v. wrong in treating it as a verb "to see." 

Vi?a (f.) [cp. Vedic vi?a] the Indian lute, mandoline S I.122=Sn 449 (kaccha bhassati "let the lyre slide down from hollow
of his arm" K.S. I.153); Th 1, 467; S IV.196 (six parts); A III.375; J III.91; V.196, 281 (named Kokanada "wolf's howl");
VI.465=580; Vv 6419; 8110; Miln 53 (all its var. parts); VvA 138, 161, 210; PvA 151. -- vi?a? vadeti to play the lute Mhvs
31, 82; ThA 203.
  --da?d?aka the neck of a lute J II.225. --do?ika the sounding board of a lute (cp. do?i1 4) Vism 251; VbhA 234; KhA 45. 

Vita1 

Vita1 (adj.) [vi+ita, pp. of i] deprived of, free from, (being) without. In meaning and use cp. vigata°. Very frequent as first
part of a cpd., as e. g. the foll.:
  --accika without a flame, i. e. glowing, aglow (of cinders), usually combd with °dhuma "without smoke" M I.365; S II.99 (so
read for vitacchika)=IV.188=M I.74; D II.134; J I.15, 153; III.447; V.135; DhA II.68; Vism 301. --iccha free from desire J
II.258. --gedha without greed Sn 210, 860, 1100; Nd1 250; Nd2 606. --ta?ha without craving Sn 83, 741, 849, 1041, 1060;
Nd1 211; Nd2 607. --tapo without heat J II.450. --(d)dara fearless Th 1, 525; Dh 385. --dosa without anger Sn 12.
--macchara without envy, unselfish Sn 954; Nd1 444; J V.398; Pv III.115. --mada not conceited So 328, cp. A II.120. --mala
stainless (cp. vimala) S IV.47, 107; DA I.237; Miln 16. --moha without bewilderment Sn 13. I have to remark that the reading
vita° seems to be well established. It occurs very frequently in the Apadana. Should we take it in meaning of "excessive"? And
are we confronted with an attribute of osadhi, the morning star, which points to Babylonian influence (star of the East)? As it
occurs in the Vatthugathas of the Parayanavagga, this does not seem improbable. --ra?si rayless (?) Sn 1016 (said of the sun;
the expression is not clear. One MS. of Nd2 at this passage reads pita°, i. e. with yellow, i. e. golden, rays; which is to be
preferred). Cp. note in Index to SnAQ --raga passionless Sn 11, 507, 1071; Pug 32; Pv II.47; Miln 76, and frequently
elsewhere. --lobha without greed Sn 10, 469, 494. --va??a colourless Sn 1120. --salla without a sting S IV.64. --sarada not
fresh, not unexperienced, i. e. wise It 123. 

Vita2 

Vita2 [pp. of vayati1, or vinati] woven Vin III.259 (su°). 

Vita?sa [fr. vi+tan, according to BR. The word is found in late Sk. (lexicogr.) as vita?sa. BR compare Sk. avata?sa
(garland: see P. va?a?sa) & utta?sa. The etym. is not clear] a bird--snare (BR.: "jedes zum Fangen von Wild & Vögeln
dienende Gerät"), a decoy bird Th 1, 139. Kern, Toev. s. v. "vogelstrik." 

Viti° is the contracted prepositional combn vi+ati, representing an emphatic ati, e. g. in the foll.:
  --(k)kama (1) going beyond, transgression, sin Vin III.112; IV.290; J I.412; IV.376; Pug 21; Miln 380; Vism 11, 17; DhA
IV.3. -- (2) going on, course (of time) PvA 137 (°ena by and by; v. l. anukkamena). --ki??a sprinkled, speckled, gay with J
V.188. --nameti to make pass (time), to spend the time, to live, pass, wait J III.63, 381; DhA II.57; VvA 158; PvA 12, 21, 47,
76. --patati to fly past, to flit by, to fly up & down Sn 688; A V.88=Miln 392. --missa mingled, mixed (with) M I.318; D
III.96; J VI.151. --vatta having passedQ or overcome, gone through; passed, spent S I.14, 145; III.225; IV.52; A II.44; Sn 6,
395, 796; J I.374; ThA 170; PvA 21, 55, 83. --sareti [fr. vi+ati+ s?; not with Childers fr. sm?; cp. BSk. vyatisarayati] to make
pass (between), to exchange (greeting), to address, converse (katha?), greet. Often in phrase sara?iya? sammodaniya?
katha? vitisareti [for which BSk. sammodani? sa?rañjani? vividha? katha? vyatisarayati, e. g. AvS II.140] D I.52, 90, 118,
152; Sn 419; cp. Miln 19; J IV.98 (shortened to sara?iya? vitisarimha; expld with sarayimha); V.264. --hara?a passing
(mutually), carrying in between J VI.355 (bhojanana?). --harati to associate with (at a meal) S I.162. --hara, in pada° "taking
over or exchange of steps," a stride S I.211; A IV.429; J VI.354. Same in BSk., e. g. MVastu I.35; III.162. 

Vithi (f.) [cp. Epic Sk. vithi, to Idg. *?ei?a-- to aim at, as in Lat. via way, Sk. veti to pursue; Lat. venor to hunt; Gr. ei)/sato
he went] 1. street, way, road, path, track A V.347, 350 sq.; Vv 836; J I.158 (garden path); V.350 (dve vithiyo gahetva ti??hati, of
a house); VI.276 (v. and raccha); DhA I.14; VvA 31; PvA 54. --antaravithiya? (loc.) in the middle of the road J I.373; PvA
96. --°sabhaga share of road J I.422; --°singha?aka crossroad DhA IV.4. -- Of the path of the stars and heavenly bodies J I.23;
VvA 326. -- Various streets (roads, paths) are named either after the professions carried on in them, e. g. dantakara° street of
ivory--workers J I.320; pesakara° weaver st. DhA I.424; bhatakara° soldier st. DhA I.233; -- or after the main kind of traffic
frequenting these, e. g. naga° elephant road VvA 316; miga° animal rd. J I.372; -- or after special occasions (like distinguished
people passing by this or that road), e. g. buddha° the road of the Buddha DhA II.80; raja° King st. ThA 52; Mhvs 20, 38. -- 2.
(t.t. in psychology) course, process (of judgment, senseperception or cognition, cp. Cpd. 25, 124, 241 (vinicchaya°), 266. --
Vism 187 (kamma??hana°); KhA 102 (viñña?a°). --°citta process of cognition (lit. processed cognition) Vism 22; DhsA 269. 

Vithika (adj.) (--°) [fr. vithi] having (as) a road Miln 322 (satipa??hana°, in the city of Righteousness). 

Vima?saka (adj.) [fr. vima?sa] testing, investigating, examining S III.6 sq.; Sn 827; Nd1 166; J I.369. 

[Vedic mima?sate, Desid. of man. The P. form arose through dissimilation m>v, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. 46, 4] "to try to think," to
consider, examine, find out, investigate, test, trace, think over Sn 215 (°amana), 405; J I.128, 147, 200; VI.334; Miln 143; PvA
145, 215, 272; Sdhp 91. -- ger. °itva J VI.368; Mhvs 5, 36; PvA 155; inf. °itu? Mhvs 37, 234; PvA 30, 155, 283 (sippa?). --
Caus. II, vima?sapeti to cause to investigate J V.110. -- Cp. pari°. 

Vima?sana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. vima?sati] trying, testing; finding out, experiment Vin III.79; J III.55; Mhvs 22, 78; PvA
153. 

Vima?sa (f.) [fr. vima?sati] consideration, examination, test, investigation, the fourth of the Iddhipadas, q. v.; D III.77
(°samadhi), 222; S V.280; A I.39, 297; III.37, 346; V.24, 90, 338; Ps I.19; II.123; Kvu 508; Dhs 269; Vbh 219 (°samadhi), 222,
227; Tikp 2; Nett 16 (°samadhi), 42; DA I.106; SnA 349 (vima?sa--kara=sankheyya--kara). -- Cp. pari°. 

Vima?sin =vima?saka Sn 877; Nd1 283; DA I.106. 

Vira [Vedic vira; cp. Av. vira, Lat. vir, virtus "virtue"; Gotu. wair, Ohg, Ags wer; to vayas strength etc.; cp. viriya] manly,
mighty, heroic; a hero S I.137; Sn 44, 165 (not dhira), 642, 1096, 1102; Th 1, 736 (nara° hero); Nd2 609; DhA IV.225.
--maha° a hero S I.110, 193; III.83 (of the Arahant). --vira is often an Ep. of the Buddha.
  --angarupa built like a hero, heroic, divine D I.89; II.16; III.59, 142, 145; S I.89; Sn p. 106; expld as
"devaputta--sadisa--kaya" at DA I.250 & SnA 450. <-> The BSk. equivalent is var--anga--rupin (distorted fr. vir°), e. g.
MVastu I.49; II.158; III.197. 

Viyati [Pass. of vinati] see viyyati. 

Vivadata (adj.) [vi+avadata, the metric form of vodata] clean, pure Sn 784, 881. 

Visati & visa? (indecl.) [both for Vedic vi?sati; cp. Av. visaiti, Gr. ei)/kosi, Lat. viginti, Oir. fiche, etc.; fr. Idg.
*?i+komt (decad), thus "two decads." Cp. vi°] number 20. -- Both forms are used indiscriminately. -- (1) visati, e. g. Vin
II.271 (°vassa, as minimum age of ordination); Sn 457 (catu--visat'akkhara?); J I.89 (°sahassa bhikkhu); III.360; VbhA 191 sq.;
DhA I.4 (ekuna°, 19); II.9, 54; III.62 (°sahassa bhikkhu, as followers); as visati? at DhA II.61 (vassa--sahassani). <-> (2)
visa?; e. g. Sn 1019 (°vassa--sata); It 99 (jatiyo); J I.395 (°yojana--sata); V.36 (°ratana--sata); DhA I.8; II.91 (°yojana--sata?). 

Vihi [cp. Vedic vrihi] rice, paddy Vin IV.264 (as one of the 7 kinds of amaka--dhañña); J I.429; III.356; Miln 102, 267; Vism
383 (°tumba); DhA I.125; III.374 (°pi?aka). 

Vuccati [Pass. of vac] to be called D I.168, 245; Sn 436, 759, 848, 861, 946; Nd1 431; Nd2 s. v. katheti; SnA 204; DhA
II.35. See also vatti. -- pp. vutta. 

Vu??ha [pp. of vassati1] (water) shed, rained Pv I.56; PvA 29. See also va??a & va??ha. 

Vu??havant =vusitavant, Nd2 179, 284, 611. 

Vu??hahati & vu??hati [the sandhi form of u??hahati (q. v.), with euphonic v, which however appears in BSk. as
vyut° (i. e. vi+ud°); vyuttis?hate "to come back from sea" Divy 35, and freq. in AvS, e. g. I.242] 1. to rise, arise; to be
produced Vin II.278 (gabbha). -- 2. to rise out of (abl.), to emerge from, to come back S IV.294; Vism 661 (vu??hati). -- pp.
vu??hita. -- Caus. vu??hapeti (1) to ordain, rehabilitate Vin IV.226, 317 sq. (=upasampadeti). (2) to rouse out of (abl.), to
turn away from A III.115. 

Vu??hana (nt.) [the sandhi form of u??hana] 1. rise, origin J I.114 (gabbha°). -- 2. ordination, rehabilitation (in the Order)
Vin IV.320; Miln 344. -- 3. (cp. u??hana 3) rousing, rising out, emerging, emergence; appld as a religious term to revival from
jhana--abstraction (cp. Cpd. 67, 215 n. 4; Dhs. trln, § 1332) M I.302; S III.270; IV.294; A III.311, 418, 427 sq.; Vism 661 (in
detail), 681 sq. (id.); Dhs 1332; Nett 100; Tikp 272, 346. --°gamini (--vipassana--ña?a) "insight of discernment leading to uprising"
(Cpd. 67) Vism 661, 681 sq. 

Vu??hanata (f.) [fr. vu??hana] rehabilitation; in apatti° forgiveness of an offence Vin II.250. 

Vu??hanima [?] is an expression for a certain punishment (pain) in purgatory M I.337 (vu??hanima? nama vedana?
vediyamana). 

Vu??hi (f.) [fr. v??, see vassati1 & cp. Vedic v???i] rain S I.172=Sn 77 (fig.=saddha bija? tapo vu??hi); A III.370, 378
(vata°); It 83; Dh 14; J VI.587 (°dhara); Ap 38 (fig.), 52 (amata°); Miln 416; Vism 37, 234 (salila°); Mhvs 1, 24; SnA 34, 224;
PvA 139 (°dhara shower of rain). --dubbu??hi lack of rain, drought (opp. suvu??hi) J II.367=VI.487; Vism 512. 

Vu??hika (f.)=vu??hi; only in cpd. dubbu??hika time of drought, lack of rain D I.11; DA I.95; It 64 sq. (as
avu??hika--sama resembling a drought); DhA I.52. 

Vu??hita [pp. of vu??hahati; cp. u??hita] risen (out of), aroused, having come back from (abl.) D II.9 (pa?isalla?a); Sn p. 59;
S IV.294. 

Vu??himant (adj.) [fr. vu??hi, cp. Vedic v???imant in same meaning] containing rain, full of rain; the rainy sky Th 2, 487
(=deva, i. e. rain--god or sky ThA 287). Kern, Toev. s. v. wrongly=*vyu??i°, i. e. fr. vi+u? (vas) to shine, "luisterrijk," i. e.
lustrous, resplendent. 

Vud?d?ha & vuddha [pp. of vad?d?hati] old (fig. venerable) <-> 1. vud?d?ha Pv II.114; Mhvs 13, 2. -- 2. vuddha M
II.168; J V.140; Sn p. 108 (+mahallaka); DA I.283. 

Vud?d?haka (adj.) [vud?d?ha+ka] old; f. °ika old woman Th 2, 16. 

Vud?d?hi & vuddhi (f.) [a by--form of vad?d?hi] increase, growth, furtherance, prosperity. -- 1. vud?d?hi PvA 22. Often
in phrase vud?d?hi viru?hi vepulla (all three almost tautological) Miln 51; Vism 129. -- 2. vuddhi M I.117 (+viru?hi etc.); S
II.205 sq.; III.53; V.94, 97; A III.76 (opp. parihani), 404 (+viru?hi), 434 (kusalesu dhammesu); V.123 sq.; It 108; J V.37
(°ppatta grown up); Vism 271, 439 (so read for buddhi); DhA II.82, 87; Sdhp 537. 

[we are giving this base as such only from analogy with the Sk. form vr?ati (v??oti); from the point of view of Pali grammar we
must consider a present tense varati as legitimate (cp. sa?°). There are no forms from the base vu?ati found in the present
tense; the Caus. vareti points directly to varati]. The two meanings of the root v? as existing in Sk. are also found in Pali, but
only peculiar to the Caus. va^reti (the form aor avari as given by Childers should be read avari?su Mhvs 36, 78). The present
tense varati is only found in meaning "to wish" (except in prep. cpds. like sa?varati to restrain). -- Defns of v?: Dhtp 255
var= vara?a--sambhattisu; 274 val=sa?vara?e (see valaya); 606 var=avara?'icchasu. -- 1. to hinder, obstruct; to conceal,
protect (on meanings "hinder" and "conceal" cp. rundhati); Idg. *?er and *?el, cp. Gr. e)/lutron, Sk. varutra, Lat. volvo,
aperio etc. See vivarati. The pp. *vuta only in combn with prefixes, like pari°, sa?°. It also appears as *va?a in viva?a. -- 2. to
wish, desire; Idg. *?el, cp. Sk. vara?a, variyan "better," Gr. e)/ldomai to long for, Lat. volo to intend, Goth. wiljan to "will,"
wilja=E. will. -- Pres. varati (cp. va?eti): imper. varassu J III.493 (vara? take a wish; Pot. vare Pv II.940 (=vareyyasi C.);
ppr. varamana Pv II.940 (=patthayamana PvA 128). -- pp. does not occur. 

Vu?hi° (& instr. vu?hina) at Pgdp 13, 15, 19, 35 must be meant for v--u?ha° (& v'u?hena), i. e. heat (see u?ha). 

Vutta1 

Vutta1 [pp. of vatti, vac; cp. utta] said DA I.17 (°? hoti that is to say); DhA II.21, 75, 80; SnA 174.
  --vadin one who speaks what is said (correctly), telling the truth M I.369; S II.33; III.6. 

Vutta2 

Vutta2 [pp. of vapati1] sown S I.134 (khetta); J I.340; III.12; VI.14; Miln 375 (khetta); PvA 7, 137, 139. 

Vutta3 

Vutta3 [pp. of vapati2] shaven M II.168 (°siro). Cp. nivutta2. 

Vutta--vela at J IV.45 (tena vutta--velaya? & ittaraya vutta--velaya) is by Kern, Toev. s. v. vutta2 fancifully & wrongly
taken as *vyu??a (=vi+u??a, pp. of vas to shine), i. e. dawned; it is however simply vutta1=at the time said by him (or her). 

Vuttaka (nt.) [vutta1+ka. The P. conneetion seems to be vac, although formally it may be derived fr. v?t "to happen" etc.
(cp. vuttin & vattin, both fr. v?t, & vutti). The BSk. equivalent is v?ttaka "tale" (lit. happening), e. g. Divy 439] what has been
said, saying; only in title of a canonical book "iti--vuttaka?" ("logia"): see under iti. 

Vuttamana at S I.129 read as vattamana. 

Vuttari of Dh 370 is pañca--v--uttari(?), cp. DhA IV.109. 

Vutti (f.) [fr. v?t, cp. vattati; Sk. v?tti] mode of being or acting, conduct, practice, usage, livelihood, habit S I.100 (ariya°; cp.
ariya--vasa); Sn 81=Miln 228 (=jivitavutti SnA 152); Sn 68, 220, 326, 676; J VI.224 (=jivita--vutti C.); Pv II.914 (=jivita PvA
120); IV.121 (=jivika PvA 229); Miln 224, 253; VvA 23. 

Vuttika (adj.) (--°) [vutti+ka] living, behaving, acting A III.383 (ka?d?aka°); PvA 120 (dukkha°); sabhaga° living in
mutual courtesy or properly, always combd with sappatissa, e. g. Vin I.187; II.162; A III.14 sq. 

Vuttita (f.) (--°) [abstr. formation fr. vutti] condition Vism 310 (ayatta°). 

Vuttin (adj.) [cp. Sk. v?ttin]=vuttika; in sabhaga° Vin I.45; J I.219. Cp. vattin. 

Vuttha1 

Vuttha1 [pp. of vasati1] clothed: not found. More usual nivattha. 

Vuttha2 

Vuttha2 [pp. of vasati2] having dwelt, lived or spent (time), only in connection with vassa (rainy season) or vasa (id.: see
vasa2). See e. g. DhA I.7; PvA 32, 43Q J I.183 (°vasa). With ref. to vassa "year" at J IV.317. -- At DhA I.327 vuttha stands
most likely for vuddha (arisen, grown), as also in abstr. vutthatta? at DhA I.330. -- See also parivuttha, pavuttha &
vusita. 

Vutthaka (adj.) (--°) [vuttha2+ka] dwelt, lived, only in pubba° where he had lived before Mhvs 1, 53 (so for °vuttaka). 

see vud?d?ha & vud?d?hi. 

Vuppati is Pass. of vapati. 

Vuyhati to be carried away: Pass. of vahati, q. v. and add refs.: Miln 69; Vism 603 (vuyhare). -- ppr. vuyhamana: -- 1.
being drawn M I.225 (of a calf following its mother's voice). -- 2. being carried away (by the current of a river), in danger of
drowning Sn 319. <-> pp. vu?ha & vu?ha. 

Vuyhamanaka (adj.) [vuyhemana with disparaging suffix °ka] one who is getting drowned, "drownedling" J III.507. 

Vu?ha & Vu?ha [pp. of vahati, Pass. vuyhati; but may be vi+u?ha] carried away. -- 1. vu?ha: Vin I.32, 109. <-> 2.
vu?ha: A III.69; J I.193; DhA II.265 (udakena). See also bu?ha. 

Vuvahyamana at A IV.170 read with C. at opuniyamana "sifting" (fr. opunati): see remark at A IV.476. 

Vusita [Kern, Toev. s. v. vasati takes it as vi+u?ita (of vas2), against which speaks meaning of vivasati "to live from home."
Geiger, P.Gr. § 661 & 195 expld it as u?ita with prothetic v, as by--form of vuttha. Best fitting in meaning is assumption of
vusita being a variant of vosita, with change of o to u in analogy to vuttha; thus=vi+osita "fulfilled, come to an end or to
perfection"; cp. pariyosita. Geiger's expln is supported by phrase brahmaQariya? vasati] fulfilled, accomplished; (or:) lived,
spent (=vuttha); only in phrase vusita? brahmacariya? (trsln Dial. I.93; "the higher life has been fulfilled") D I.84 (cp. Dh
I.225= vuttha? parivuttha?); It 115 (ed. vusita°); Sn 463, 493; Pug 61. -- Also at D I.90 neg. a°, with ref. to avusitava, where
Rh. D. (Dial. I.112) trsls "ill--bred" and "rude," hardly just. See also arahant II.A. 

Vusitatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vusita] state of perfection D I.90 (vusitava--manin ki? aññatra avusitatta=he is proud of his
perfection rather from imperfection). 

Vusitavant (adjQ) [vusita+vant] one who has reached perfection (in chaste living), Ep. of the arahant D II.223 (trsln
"who has lived ?the life'"): M I.4; S III.61 Q A V.16; Sn 514; Nd1 611; Miln 104. On D I.90 see vusita (end). See also arahant II
C. 

Vusimant (adj.) [difficult to explain; perhaps for vasimant (see vasivasa) in sense of vasavattin]=vusitavant A IV.340;
Sn 1115 (cp. Nd2 611=vu??hava ci??a--cara?o etc., thus "perfected," cp. ci??avasin in same meaning). 

Vussati is Pass. of vasati2 (q. v.). 

Vupaka??ha [doubtful, whether vi+upaka??ha (since the latter is only used of time), or=vavaka??ha, with which it is
identical in meaning. Cp. also BSk. vyapak???a AvS I.233; II.194; of which it might be a re--translation] alienated, withdrawn,
drawn away (from), secluded: often in phrase eko vupaka??ho appamatto atapi etc. (see arahant II.B.), e. g. D III.76; S
I.117; II.21, 244; III.35, 73 sq.; IV.72; A IV.299. Cp. also A IV.435 (ga?asma v.). 

Vupakasa [formed fr. vupakaseti] estrangement, alienation, separation, seclusion; always as twofold: kaya° & citta° (of
body & of mind), e. g. D III.285 (Dial. III.260 not correctly "serenity"); S V.67; A IV.152. 

Vupakaseti [Caus. of vavakassati] to draw away, alienate, distract, exclude Vin IV.326; A V.72 sq. -- Caus. II.
vupakasapeti to cause to distract or draw away Vin I.49; IV.326. -- pp. vupaka??ha. 

Vuparati [vi+uparati]=uparati cessation DhsA 403. 

Vupasanta [pp. of vupasammati] appeased, allayed, calmed S IV.217, 294; A I.4 (°citta); III.205; Sn 82; Pug 61 (°citta);
PvA 113. 

Vupasama [fr. vi+upa+sam; cp. BSk. vyupasama Divy 578] 1. allaying, relief, suppression, mastery, cessation,
calmness S III.32; IV.217; V.65 (cetaso); D II.157 (sankhara); A I.4 (id.); II.162 (papañca°); V.72; Pug 69; J I.392; DhsA 403. --
2. quenching (of thirst) PvA 104. 

Vupasamana (nt.) [fr. vi+upa+sam; cp. BSk. vyupasamana AvS II.114] allayment, cessation J I.393; Miln 320; PvA
37, 98. 

Vupasammati [vi+upasammati] 1. to be assuaged or quieted S IV.215. -- 2. to be suppressed or removed J III.334. -- 3.
to be subdued or extinguished, to go out (of light) Ap. 35. -- pp. vupasanta. -- Caus. vupasameti to appease, allay, quiet,
suppress, relieve S V.50: SnA 132 (re?u?); PvA 20, 38 (soka?), 200 

Vu?ha see vu?ha. 

Ve1 

Ve1 (indecl.) [cp. Vedic ve, vai] part. of affirmation, emphasizing the preceding word: indeed, truly Vin I.3 (eta? ve sukha?);
Dh 63 (sa ve ba?o ti vuccati), 83 (sabbattha ve), 163 (ya? ve . . . ta? ve); Sn 1050, 1075, 1082; DhA III.155 (=yeva). See also
have. 

Ve2 

Ve2 may be enclitic form of tumhe, for the usual vo at Sn 333 (=tumhaka? SnA 339). See P.T.S. ed. of Sn; cp. v. l. ve for vo
at Sn 560 (here as particle!). 

Ve° is the gu?a (increment) form of vi°, found in many secondary (mostly f. & nt. abstr.) derivations from words with vi°, e.
g. vekalla, vecikicchin, veneyya, vepulla, vematta, veviccha, verama?i, which Bdhgh expls simply as "vi--karassa ve--kara?
katva verama?i" KhA 24. <-> Cp. veyy°. 

Veka?ika (adj.) [fr. vika?a] one addicted to dirt, living on dirty food D I.167; Miln 259 (doubled). 

Veka?d?a [perhaps connected with vika??aka] a kind of arrow M I.429. 

Vekata (adj.) [=vikata] changed VvA 10. 

Vekantaka (VbhA 63) is a kind of copper: see loha. 

Vekalla (nt.) [fr. vikala] deficiency J V.400; Miln 107; Dhs 223; DhA II.26 (anga° deformity), 79; III.22; VvA 193; Sdhp 5,
17. -- As vekalya at KhA 187 (where contrasted to sakalya). -- ja??u avekalla? karoti to keep one's knees straight Miln
418 (Kern, Toev. s. v. trsls "presses tightly together"). See also avekalla. 

Vekallata & vekalyata (f.) [abstr. fr. vekalla] deficiency A III.441 (a°); Vism 350 (indriya°); J I.45 (v. 254) (°lya°). 

Vekkhiya is poetical for avekkhiya (=avekkhitva: see avekkhati) in appa?ivekkhiya not considering J IV.4. See the usual
paccavekkhati. 

Vega [cp. Vedic vega, fr. vij to tremble] quick motion, impulse, force; speed, velocity S IV.157; A III.158 (sara°); Sn 1074;
Miln 202, 258, 391; PvA 11, 47 (vata°), 62 (visa°), 67, 284 (kamma°); Sdhp 295. -- instr. vegena (adv.) quickly DhA I.49;
another form in same meaning is vegasa, after analogy of thamasa, balasa etc., e. g. J III.6; V. 117. -- Cp. sa?°. 

Vegha at D II.100 (°missakena, trsln Rh. D. "with the help of thongs")=S V.153 (T. reads vedha°), & Th 1, 143 (°missena,
trsln "violence") may with Kern, Toev. s. v. be taken as veggha=viggha (Sk. vighna), i. e. obstacle, hindrance; cp. uparundhati
Th 1, 143. It remains obscure & Kern's expln problematic. Cp. Dial. II.107. 

Vecikicchin (adj.) [fr. vicikiccha] doubting, doubtful A II.174 (kankhin+); S III.99 (id.); M I.18; Sn 510. 

Vecitta (nt.) [fr. vi+citta2] confusion, disturbed state of mind Dhtp 460 (in defn of root muh) 

Vejja [fr. vid, *Sk. vaidya, but to Pali etym. feeling fr. vijja] a physician, doctor, medical man, surgeon J I.455; III.142;
KhA 21; SnA 274 (in simile); VvA 185, 322; DhA I.8; PvA 36, 86; Sdhp 279, 351. --hatthi° elephantdoctor J VI.490; Mhvs
25, 34; visa° a physician who cures poison(ous bites) J I.310; IV.498.
  --kamma medical practice or treatment J II.421; V.253; Vism 384; DhA III.257, 351; IV.172. 

Vejjika (f.) [fr. vejja?] medicine (?) Vin III.185. 

Ve?ha [fr. vi??, ve??] wrap, in sisa° head--wrap, turban M I.244; S IV.56. 

Ve?haka (adj.) [fr. ve?heti] surrounding, enveloping D I.105 ("furbelow" see Dial. I.130); Mhvs 11, 14 (valayanguli°). 


Ve?hana (nt.) [fr. ve?heti, cp. Epic & Class. Sk. ve??hana] 1. surrounding, enveloping J VI.489. -- 2. a turban, head--dress
D I.126; A I.145; III.380 (sisa°); J V.187; DhA IV.213; PvA 161. -- 3. wrapping, clothing, wrap, shawl J VI.12. -- Cp. pali°. 

Ve?hita [pp. of ve?heti] enveloped, enclosed, surrounded, wrapped Sdhp 362. Cp. ni°, pari°. 

Ve?heti [Vedic ve??ate, vi?? or ve??, to Lat. virga, branch, lit. twisting] to twist round, envelope, wrap, surround J I.5, 422;
Miln 282. -- Pass. ve?hiyati: see vi°. -- pp. ve?hita. -- Cp. pali°. 

Ve?a [cp. *Sk. vai?a, dial.] 1. a worker in bamboo PvA 175. -- 2. a member of a low & despised class (cp. pukkusa) Vin
IV.6; S I.93 (°kula); A II.85 (id.); III.385; Pug 51; f. ve?i J V.306 (=tacchika C.); Pv III.113 (read ve?i for ve?i?). 

Ve?i (f.) [cp. Sk. ve?i] a braid of hair, plaited hair, hair twisted into a single braid A III.295; Vin II.266 (dussa°); Th 2, 255;
Vv 384 (=kesa--ve?i C.). fig. of a "string" of people D I.239 (andha°). --°kata plaited, having the hair plaited J II.185; V.431. 

Ve?u [cp. Vedic ve?u. Another P, form is ve?u (q. v.)] bamboo; occurs only in cpds., e. g. --°gumba thicket of bamboo
DhA I.177; --°tinduka the tree Diospyros J V.405 (=timbaru C.); --°da?d?aka jungle--rope J III.204; --°bali a tax to be paid
in bamboo (by bamboo workers) DhA I.177; °--vana bamboo forest J V.38. 

Veta?d?in (adj.) [fr. vita?d?a] full of sophistry, skilled in vita?d?a Miln 90 (said of King Milinda). 

Vetana (nt.) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vetana] wages, hire; payment, fee, remuneration; tip J I.194 (nivasa° rent); Sn 24; VvA
141; DhA I.25; PvA 112. Most frequently combd with bhatta° (q. v.). As vedana at J III.349. 

Vetabba is grd. of *veti [vi]=vinati to weave (q, v.), thus "to be woven," or what is left to be woven J VI.26. <-> inf.
vetu? Vin II.150. 

Vetasa [Vedic vetasa] the ratan reed, Calamus rotang J V.167; SnA 451. 

Vetala at D I.6 (in the lists of forbidden crafts) refers to some magic art. The proper meaning of the word was already
unknown when Bdhgh at DA I.84 explained it as "ghana--ta?a?" (cymbal beating) with remark "mantena
mata--sarir'u??hapanan ti eke" (some take it to be raising the dead by magic charms). Rh. D. at Dial. I.8 translates "chanting of
bards" (cp. vetalika). It is of dialectical origin. 

Vetalika [dial.; cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vaitalika] a certain office or occupation at court connected with music or other
entertainment, a bard. With other terms in list at Miln 331, some of them obscure and regional. Also at J VI.277, where expld
as "vetala [read vettaya?] u??hapake," i. e. those whose duty it is [by vetala or vetta] to make (people] rise. The expln is obscure,
the u??hapaka reminds of Bdhgh's u??hapana (under vetala). Kern misunderstands the phrase by translating "chasing bards
away." 

Veti [vi+eti, of i; Sk. vyeti] to go away, disappear, wane S III.135; A II.51; J III.154; DhsA 329. Cp. vyavayati. 

[cp. *Sk. vaitulya; also called vaipulya, fr. vipula. The P. form is not clear; it probably rests on dial. trsln of a later term] a
certain dissenting sect (see Mhvs. trsln 259, n. 2) in °vada heretic doctrine Mhvs 36, 41; Dpvs 22, 45; --°vadin an adherent of
this doctrine. 

Vetta (nt.) [cp. Epic Sk. vetra] twig, rod; creeper; junglerope (cp. ve?u--da?d?a); cane (calamus). By itself only in standard
list of punishments (tortures): vettehi ta?eti to flog with canes, e. g. A I.47; II.122; Miln 196. Otherwise freq. in cpds.:
  --agga cane--top, sprout of bamboo (cp. ka?ira) Vism 255 (where KhA in id. p. reads °ankura); VbhA 60, 239, 252.
--ankura a shoot of bamboo KhA 52, 67. --asana cane chair VvA 8. --cara (vettacara) "stick--wandering" (?) J III.541
(+sankupatha; C.: vettehi sañcaritabba); Vv 8411 (vettacara? sankupathañ ca magga?, expld as vettalata bandhitva acaritabba
magga VvA 338); better as "jungle--path." --patha "a jungle full of sticks" (trsln Rh. D.) Miln 280 (+sankupatha),
jungle--path. --bandhana binding with twigs (rope?), creeper--bands S III.155; V.51=A IV.127. --lata cane creeper J I.342;
VvA 8, 338. --valli garland of creeper Davs III.40. 

Veda [fr. vid, or more specifically ved as P. root] 1. (cp. vediyati & vedana) (joyful) feeling, religious feeling, enthusiasm,
awe, emotion, excitement (something like sa?vega) D II.210 (°pa?ilabha+somanassa--pa?ilabha); M I.465 (u?ara); Sn 1027
(=piti SnA 585); J II.336; III.266. attha--veda+dhamma--veda enthusiasm for the truth (for the letter & the spirit) of
Buddha's teaching M I.37; A V.329 sq., 333, 349, 352; veda here interpreted as "somanassa?" at MA I.173. -- See also cpd.
°jata. -- 2. (cp. vedeti & vijja) (higher) knowledge (as "Buddhist" antithesis to the authority of the "Veda"), insight, revelation,
wisdom: that which Bdhgh at MA I.173 defines with "ña?a," and illustrates with vedagu of Sn 1059; or refers to at DA I.139
with defn "vidanti etena ti vedo." Thus at Sn 529 & 792 (=veda vuccanti catusu maggesu ña?a? pañña Nd1 93), cp. SnA 403. --
As adj. veda Ep. of the Buddha "the knower" or the possessor of revelation, at M I.386. See also vedagu. -- 3. the Veda(s), the
brahmanic canon of authorized religious teaching (revelation) & practice; otherwise given as "gantha" i. e. "text" at MA I.173,
& illustrated with "ti??a? vedana? paragu." The latter formula is frequent in stock phrase describing the accomplishments of a
Brahmin, e. g. at D I.88; M II.133; Sn 1019; A I.163; DhA III.361. In the older texts only the 3 Vedas (irubbeda=Rg; yaju° &
sama°) are referred to, whereas later (in the Commentaries) we find the 4 mentioned (athabbana added), e. g. the three at S
IV.118; J I.168; II.47; III.537; Miln 10; Vism 384; the four at DA I.247; Miln 178. -- Unspecified (sg.): SnA 462. As adj. veda
"knowing the Vedas" SnA 463 (ti°), cp. tevijja. -- The Vedas in this connection are not often mentioned, they are almost
identical with the Mantras (see manta) and are often (in Com.) mentioned either jointly with manta or promiscuously, e. g.
Pv II.613 (the Vedas with the 6 angas, i. e. vedangas, called manta); SnA 293 (manta--paragu+veda--paragu), 322, 448.
  --antagu "one who has reached the end of knowledge," i. e. one who has obtained perfection in wisdom Vin I.3; Sn 463. --gu
one who has attained to highest knowledge (said of the Buddha). Thus different from "ti??a? vedana? paragu," which is
brahmanic. The expln of vedagu is "catusu maggesu ña?a?" Nd2 612, & see above 2. -- S I.141, 168; IV.83, 206; A II 6; IV.340;
Sn 322, 458, 529, 749, 846, 947, 1049, 1060; Nd1 93, 204, 299, 431. A peculiar meaning of vedagu is that of "soul" (lit.
attainer of wisdom) at Miln 54 & 71. --jata thrilled, filled with enthusiasm, overcome with awe, excited A II.63; Sn 995, 1023;
Kvu 554=Vv 3427 (=jata--somanassa VvA 156); J I.11; Miln 297. --paragu one who excels in the knowledge of the Vedas,
perfected in the Veda SnA 293; cp. above 3. --bandhu one who is familiar with the Vedas SnA 192. 

Vedaka (adj.) [fr. veda 3] knowing or studying the Vedas SnA 462 (brahma?a). 


Vedanaka (adj.) [fr. vedana] having feeling, endowed with sensation Vbh 419 (a°+asaññaka). 

Vedana (f.) [fr. ved°: see vedeti; cp. Epic Sk. vedana] feeling, sensation (see on term, e. g. Cpd. 14 Mrs. Rh. D. B. Psy.,
ch. iv.) D I.45; II.58 (cp. Dial. II.54), 66; III.58, 77, 221, 228, 238 (°upadana); S III.86 sq.; A I.39, 122, 141; II.79, 198, 256;
III.245 sq., 450; IV.301, 385; Kh III. (tisso v.); Sn 435, 529, 739, 1111; Nd1 109; Nd2 551 (tisso v.); Ps I.6, 50 sq., 145 sq., 153
sq.; II.109 sq., 181 sq.; Vbh 135 sq., 294, 401, 403 sq.; Dhs 3, 1348; Nett 27, 65 sq.; 83, 123, 126; Tikp 246, 317 sq., 345 sq.;
Vism 460 sq.; DA I.125; VbhA 13 sq., 39 sq., 80, 178, 193, 221 (°a^nupassana, in detail), 263 sq., 382 (various). -- Three
modes of feeling (usually understood whenever mention is made of "tisso vedana"): sukha (pleasant), dukkha (painful)
adukkha--m--asukha (indifferent) D III.275; S II.53, 82; IV.207; A III.400; It 46; Tikp 317 sq. -- or: kusala, akusala,
avyakata Vism 460. -- Five vedanas: sukha?, dukkha?, somanassa?, domanassa?, upekkha Vism 461. Categories of 2 to 108
modes of Vedana, S IV.223 sq. --vedana is one of the 5 khandhas (see khandha II.B). -- On relation of old and new sensations
(pura?a°>nava°) see e. g. A II.40; III.388; IV.167; Vism 33; and see formula under yatra. -- In the Pa?iccasamuppada (q. v.)
vedana stands between phassa as condition and ta?ha as result; see e. g. Vism 567 sq. -- 2. (in special application) painful
sensation, suffering, pain (i. e. dukkhavedana) M I.59; A I.153 (saririka bodily pain); II.116 (id.); III.143 (id.); Pv I.1015; Miln
253 (kayika & cetasika); VbhA 101 (mara?'antika v. agonies of death). --vedan'a??a afflicted by pain Vin II.61; III.100; J
I.293. -- As adj. vedana suffering or to be suffered Pv III.106 (=anubhuyamana PvA 214). --vedana at J III.349 is to be read
as vetana. 

Vedayita [pp. of vedeti] felt, experienced S I.112; II.65; III.46; A II.198; IV.415; Vism 460. 

Vedalla (nt.) [may be dialectical, obscure as to origin; Bdhgh refers it to Veda 1] Name of one of the 9 angas (see nava) or
divisions of the Canon according to matter A II.7, 103, 178; III.88, 107, 361 sq.; IV.113; Vin III.8; Pug 43; DhsA 26; DA I.24;
PvA 22. The DhsA comprises under this anga the 2 suttas so--called in M. (43, 44), the Sammadi??hi, Sakkapañha,
Sankharabhajaniya, Mahapu??ama etc. Suttas, as catechetical DhsA 26=DA I.24. -- Note. The 2nd part of the word looks like
a distortion fr. ariya (cp. mahalla>mah' ariya). Or might it be=vedanga? 

Vedi & Vedi (f.) [Vedic vedi sacrificial bench] ledge, cornice, rail Mhvs 32, 5; 35, 2; 36, 52 (pasa?a°); 36, 103; Vv 8416
(=vedika VvA 346). -- See on term Dial. II.210; Mhvs. tsrln 220, 296. Cp. vedika & velli. 

Vedika (f.) (& vediya) [fr. vedi] cornice, ledge, railing D II.179; Vin II.120; J IV.229, 266; Vv 786 (vediya= vedika VvA
304); 8416 (=vedika VvA 340); VvA 275. 

Vedita [pp. of vedeti] experienced, felt S IV.205 (sukha & dukkha)=Sn 738. 

Vedisa [fr. vidisa?] N. of a tree J V.405; VI.550. 

Vedeti [Vedic vedayati; Denom. or Caus. fr. vid to know or feel] "to sense," usually in Denom. function (only one Caus.
meaning: see aor. avedi); meaning twofold: either intellectually "to know" (cp. veda), or with ref. to general feeling "to
experience" (cp. vedana). <-> For the present tense two bases are to be distinguished, viz. ved°, used in both meanings; and
vediy° (=*vedy°), a specific Pali formation after the manner of the 4th (y) class of Sk. verbs, used only in meaning of
"experience." Thus vedeti: (a) to know (as=acc., equal to "to call") Sn 211 sq. (ta? muni? vedayanti); (b) to feel, to experience
S IV.68 (phu??ho vedeti, ceteti, sañ<-> janati); M I.37; Pv IV.150 (dukkha?=anubhavati PvA 241). --vediyati: to feel, to
experience a sensation or feeling (usually with vedana? or pl. vedana) M I.59; II.70 (also Pot. vediyeyya); S II.82; III.86 sq.;
IV.207; A I.141; II.198 (also ppr. vediyamana); J II.241; Miln 253. -- aor. avedi he knew, recognized J III.420 (=aññasi C.); he
made known, i. e. informed J IV.35 (=janapesi C.); vedi (recognized, knew) Sn 643, 647, 1148 (=aññasi aphusi pa?ivijjhi Nd2
613); & vedayi Sn 251 (=aññasi SnA 293). -- Fut. vedissati (shall experience) Pv I.1015 (dukkha? vedana? v.). -- grd.
vediya (to be known) Sn 474 (para° di??hi held as view by others; expld as "ñapetabba" SnA 410); vedaniya: (a) to be known,
intelligible, comprehensible D I.12; (dhamma nipu?a . . . pa?d?ita--vedaniya); II.36; M I.487; II.220; (b) to be experienced S
IV.114 (sukha° & dukkha°); A I.249 (di??hadhamma°); IV.382; Pv II.117 (sukha°--kamma= sukha--vipaka PvA 150); III.37
(kamma); IV.129 (of kamma--vipaka=anubhavana--yogga PvA 228); PvA 145 (kamma); & veditabba to be understood or
known D I.186; PvA 71, 92, 104. -- pp. vedita & vedayita. 

Vedeha [=Npl. Vedeha] lit. from the Videha country; wise (see connection between Vedeha & ved, vedeti at DA I.139,
resting on popular etymology) S II.215 sq. (°muni, of Ananda; expld as "vedeha--muni=pa?d?itamuni," cp. K.S. I.321; trsln K.S.
II.145 "the learned sage"); Mhvs 3, 36 (same phrase; trsln "the sage of the Videha country"); Ap 7 (id.). 

Vedha [adj.--n.) [fr. vidh=vyadh, cp. vyadha] 1. piercing, pricking, hitting A II.114 sq. (where it is said of a horse
receiving pricks on var. parts, viz. on its hair: loma°; its flesh: ma?sa°; its bone: a??hi°). --avedha [to vyath!] not to be
shaken or disturbed, imperturbable Sn 322 (=akampana--sabhava SnA 331). -- 2. a wound J II.274 sq. -- 3. a flaw Miln 119. --
Cp. ubbedha. 

Vedhati [for *vethati=vyathati, of vyath] to tremble, quiver, quake, shake S V.402; Th 1, 651; 2, 237 (°amana); Sn 899,
902 (Pot. vedheyya); Nd1 312, 467; J II.191 (kampati+); Miln 254 (+calati); VvA 76 (vedhamanena sarirena); DhA II.249
(Pass. vedhiyamana trembling; v. l. pa°). Cp. vyadhati, ubbedhati & pavedhati. 

Vedhana (nt.) [fr. vidh to pierce] piercing J IV.29; DA I.221. 

Vedhabba (nt.) [abstr. fr. vidhava,=Epic Sk. vaidhavya] widowhood J VI.508. 

Vedhavera [for *Sk. vaidhaveya, fr. vidhava] son of a widow; in two diff. passages of the Jataka, both times characterized
as sukka--cchavi vedhavera "sons of widows, with white skins," and at both places misunderstood (or unintelligibly expld) by
the Cy., viz. J IV.184 (+thulla--bahu; C.: vidhava apatika tehi vidhava saranti ti [ti]vidha--vera ca vedhavera); VI.508 (C.:
vidhav'itthaka; v. l. vidhav--ittikama purisa). 

Vedhita (f.) [pp. of vedheti, Caus. of vijjhati] shooting, hitting J VI.448. 

Vedhin (adj.) [fr. vidh=vyadh] piercing, shooting, hitting: see akkha?a°. 

Venateyya [fr. vinata] descended from Vinata, Ep. of a garu?a Ps II.196; J VI.260; Davs IV.45. 

Venayika1 

Venayika1 [fr. vi 3+naya] a nihilist. The Buddha was accused of being a v. M I.140. 

Venayika2 

Venayika2 (adj.) [fr. vinaya] versed in the Vinaya Vin I.235; III.3 (cp. Vin A I.135); M I.140; A IV.175, 182 sq.; V.190; Miln
341. 

Veneyya (adj.) [=vineyya, grd. of vineti; cp. BSk. vaineya Divy 36, 202 & passim] to be instructed, accessible to  instruction, tractable, ready to receive the teaching (of the Buddha). The term is late (Jataka style & Com.) J I.182 (Buddha°),
504; SnA 169, 510; DhA I.26; VbhA 79; VvA 217; ThA 69 (Ap. v. 10). Cp. buddha°. 

Veneyyatta (nt.) [fr. veneyya] tractableness Nett 99. 

Vepakka (nt.) [fr. vipakka] ripening, ripeness, maturity. <-> (adj.) yielding fruit, resulting in (--°) A I.223 (kamadhatu°
kamma); III.416 (sammoha° dukkha); Sn 537 (dukkha° kamma). 

Vepurisika (f.) [vi+purisa+aka] a woman resembling a man (sexually), a man--like woman, androgyn Vin II.271;
III.129. 

Vepulla (nt.) [fr. vipula] full development, abundance, plenty, fullness D III.70, 221, 285; S III.53; A I.94 (amisa°,
dhamma°); III.8, 404; V.152 sq., 350 sq.; Miln 33, 251; Vism 212 (saddha°, sati°, pañña°, puñña°), 619; DhA I.262 (sati°);
VbhA 290. -- Often in phrase vud?d?hi viru?hi vepulla (see vud?d?hi), e. g. Vin I.60; It 113. Cp. vetulla. 

Vepullata (f.) [abstr. formation fr. vepulla]=vepulla; A II.144 (raga°, dosa°, moha°); Ap 26, 39; Miln 252. As 
vepullata? (nt.) at A III.432. 

Vebhanga [fr. vibhanga] futility, failure J IV.451 (opp. sampatti; expld as vipatti C.). 

(adj.) see a°. 

(nt. & f.) [fr. vibhavin] thinking over, criticism Dhs 16; Ps I.119; Pug 25; Nett 76. 

Vebhassi (f.)=vibhassikata, i. e. gossiping Vin IV.241. 

(adj.--nt.) [fr. vibhuti 1] causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language D III.106 (°ya); Sn 158 (°ya); Vv 8440
(°ka; expld as "sahitana? vinabhava--kara?ato vebhutika?," i. e. pisu?a? VvA 347). 

Vema (nt.) [fr. vayati2, cp. Sk. veman (nt.); Lat. vimen] loom or shuttle DhA III.175; SnA 268. 

Vemaka (nt.)=vema Vin II.135. 

Vemajjha (nt.) [fr. vi+majjha] middle, centre J IV.250; VI.485; Pug 16, 17; Vism 182 (°bhaga central part); VvA 241,
277. -- loc. vemajjhe: (a) in the present, or central interval of sa?sara Sn 849 (cp. Nd1 213 and majjha 3 b); (b) in two,
asunder Vism 178. 

Vematika (adj.) [fr. vimati] in doubt, uncertain, doubtful Vin I.126; II.65; IV.220, 259; Vism 14 (°sila). Opp.
nibbematika. 

Vematta (nt.) [fr. vi+matta1] difference, distinction Miln 410; Vism 195. 

Vemattata (f.) [abstr. formation fr. vematta] difference, distinction, discrepancy, disproportion(ateness) M I.453, 494; S
II.21; III.101; V.200; A III.410 sq.; Sn p.102 (puggala°); Nett 4, 72 sq., 107 sq.; Miln 284, 285. <-> The 8 differences of the
var. Buddhas are given at SnA 407 sq. as addhana°, ayu°, kula°, pama?a°, nekkhamma°, padhana°, bodhi°, ra?si°. 

Vematika (adj.) [vi+°matika] having a different mother J IV.105 (°bhagini); VI.134 (°bhataro); PvA 19. 

Vemanika (adj.) [fr. vimana1] having a fairy palace (see vimana 3) J V.2; DhA III.192. 

Veyy° is a (purely phonetic) diaeretic form of vy°, for which viy° & veyy° are used indiscriminately. There is as little
difference between viy° & veyy° as between vi° & ve° in those cases where (double, as it were) abstract nouns are formed
from words with ve° (vepullata, vemattata, etc.), which shows that ve° was simply felt as vi°. Cp. the use of e for i (esp. before
y) in cases like alabbhaneyya>°iya; addhaneyya>°iya; pesu?eyya>°iya, without any difference in meaning. 

Veyyaggha (adj.) [fr. vyaggha] belonging to a tiger Dh 295 (here simply=vyaggha. i. e. with a tiger as fifth; veyya°=vya°
metri causa^; Bdhgh's expln at DhA III.455 is forced). -- (m). a car covered with a tiger's skin J V.259, cp. 377. 

(adj.) J IV.347. 

Veyyañjanika [=vyañjanika] one who knows the signs, a fortune--teller, soothsayer J V.233, 235. -- The BSk.
equivalent is vaipañcanika (MVastu I.207) etc.: see under vipañcita, which may have to be derived (as viyañcita=viyañjita)
from vi+añj=vyañjana. See also Kern. Toev. p. 19. 

Veyyatta =viyatta, i. e. accomplished, clever J V.258. 

Veyyatti (f.) [=viyatti] distinction, cleverness, accomplishment J V.258; VI.305. 

Veyyattiya (nt.) [abstr. form (°ya=°ka) fr. veyyatti= viyatti] distinction, lucidity; accomplishment D III.38 (pañña° in
wisdom); M I.82, 175; II.209. 

Veyyakara?a (m. nt.) [=vyakara?a] 1. (nt.) answer, explanation, exposition D I.46, 51, 105, 223; II.202; A III.125; V.50
sq.; Sn 352, 510, 1127; Pug 43, 50; Miln 347; DA I.247. -- 2. (m.) one who is expert in explanation or answer, a grammarian D
I.88; A III.125; Sn 595; Miln 236; SnA 447. 

Veyyabadhika (adj.) [=vyabadhika] causing injury or oppression, oppressive, annoying (of pains) M I.10; A III.388;
Vism 35 (expld diff. by Bdhgh as "vyabadhato uppannatta veyyabadhika"). 

Veyyayika (nt.) [fr. vyaya] money to defray expenses, means Vin II.157. 

Veyyavacca (nt.) [corresponds to (although doubtful in what relation) Sk. *vaiya--p?tya, abstr. fr. vyap?ta active, busy
(to p?, p??oti)=P. vyava?a; it was later retranslated into BSk. as vaiyav?tya (as if vi+a+v?t); e. g. Divy 54, 347; MVastu
I.298] service, attention, rendering a service; work, labour, commission, duty Vin I.23; A III.41; J I.12 (kaya°); VI.154; SnA
466; VvA 94; ThA 253. --°kamma doing service, work J III.422; --°kara servant, agent, (f.) housekeeper J III.327; VvA 349;
°--karika (f.) id. PvA 65. -- Cp. vyappatha. 

Veyyava?ika (nt.) [doublet of veyyavacca; °ka=°ya] service, waiting on, attention Sn p. 104 (kaya°); J IV.463; VI.154,
418, 503 (dana°); DhA I.27 (kaya°); III.19 (dana°); Dpvs VI.61. 

Vera (nt.) [cp. Sk. vaira, der. fr. vira] hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin A IV.247; Dh 5; J IV.71; DhA I.50.; PvA 13.
--avera absence of enmity, friendliness; (adj.) friendly, peaceable, kind D I.167, 247 (sa° & a°), 251; S IV.296; A IV.246; Sn
150. The pañca bhayani verani (or vera--bhaya) or pañca vera (Vbh 378) "the fivefold guilty dread" are the fears
connected with sins against the 5 first commandments (silani); see S II.68; A III.204 sq.; IV.405 sq.; V.182; It 57=Sn 167
(vera--bhay'atita). 

Pv IV.138. See also verika. 

Verajja (nt.) [fr. vi+rajja] a variety of kingdoms or provinces S III.6 (nana°--gata bhikkhu a bh. who has travelled much). 

Verajjaka (adj.) [fr. verajja] belonging to var. kingdoms or provinces, coming from various countries (nana°); living in a
different country, foreign, alien D I.113; M II.165 (brahma?a); A III.263 (bhikkhu); Th 1, 1037; Vv 8412 (=videsa--vasika
VvA 338); Miln 359. 

Verama?i (f.) [fr. virama?a; cp. the odd form BSk. virama?i, e. g. Jtm. 213] abstaining from (--°), absti nence A II.217,
253; V.252 sq., 304 sq.; Sn 291; Pug 39, 43; Vism 11; KhA 24; DhA I.235, 305. 

(adj.) [etym.? Probably dialectical, i. e. regional] attribute of the wind (vata or pl. vata), a wind blowing in high altitudes [cp.
BSk. vairambhaka Divy 90] S II.231; A I.137; Th I.597; J III.255, 484; VI.326; Nd2 562; VbhA 71. 

Verika =vera i. e, inimical; enemy (cp. veraka) J V.229, 505; Vism 48. 

Verin (adj.) [fr. vera] bearing hostility, inimical, revengeful J III.177; Pv IV.325 (=veravanto PvA 252); Miln 196; Vism
296 (°puggala), 326 (°purisa, in simile), 512 (in sim.); VbhA 89. -- Neg. averin Dh 197, 258. 

Verocana [=virocana, fr virocati] the sun (lit. "shining forth") S I.51; A II.50. 

Vela (f.) [Vedic vela in meaning 1; Ep. Sk. in meanings 2 & 3] -- 1. time, point of time (often equal to kala) Pug 13
(ud?d?ahana°); J IV.294; Miln 87; KhA 181; PugA 187; SnA 111 (bhatta° meal--time); DhsA 219; PvA 61, 104, 109
(aru?'uggamana°), 129, 155; VvA 165 (paccusa° in the early morning). -- 2. shore, sea--shore Vin II.237=A IV.198; J I.212;
Mhvs 19, 30. -- 3. limit, boundary A V.250 (between v. & agyagara); Th 1, 762; Miln 358; DhsA 219; in spec. sense as
"measure," restriction, control (of character, sila--vela) at Dhs 299 ("not to trespass" trsln), and in dogmatic exegesis of
ativela? at Nd1 504; cp. Nd2 462 & DhsA 219. -- 4. heap, multitude (?) DhsA 219 (in Npl. Uruvela which is however
*Uruvilva). 

Velamika (adj.) [velama+ika, the word velama probably a district word] "belonging to Velama," at D II.198 used as a
clan--name (f. Velamikani), with vv. ll. Vessini & Vessayini (cp. Velama Np. combd with Vessantara at VbhA 414), and at D
II.333 classed with khujja, vamanika & komarika (trsln "maidens"; Bdhgh: "very young & childish": see Dial. II.359); v. l.
celavika. They are some sort of servants, esp. in demand for a noble's retinue. See also Np. Velama (the V.<-> sutta at J
I.228 sq.). 

Velayati [Denom. fr. vela] to destroy (?) DhsA 219 (cp. Expos. II.297); expld by viddha?seti. More appropriate would be
a meaning like "control," bound, restrict. 

Vella?in (adj.) [Is it a corruption fr. *veyyayin=*vyayin?] flashing (of swords) J VI.449. 

Velli [dial.?] is a word peculiar to the Jataka. At one passage it is expld by the Commentary as "vedi" (i. e. rail, cornice),
where it is applied to the slender waist of a woman (cp. vilaka & vilaggita): J VI.456. At most of the other passages it is expld
as "a heap of gold": thus at J V.506 (verse: velli--vilaka--majjha; C.: "ettha velli ti rasi vilakamajjha ti vilagga--majjha
uttattaghana--suva??a--rasi--ppabha c'eva tanu--digha--majjha ca"), and VI.269 (verse: kañcana--velli--viggaha; C.:
"suva??a--rasi--sassirika--sarira"). At V.398 in the same passage as VI.269 expld in C. as "kañcana--rupakasadisa--sarira"). The
idea of "golden" is connected with it throughout. 

Vellita (adj.) [pp. of vellati, vell to stagger, cp. pa?ivellati] crooked, bent; (of hair:) curly PvA 189. It is only used with ref.
to hair.
  --agga with bending (or crooked) tip (of hair), i. e. curled Th 2, 252 (cp. ThA 209); J V.203 (=kuñcit'agga C.); VI.86
(sun--agga--vellita); PvA 46, 142. -- Cp. kuñcita--kesa J I.89. 

Ve?u [=ve?u, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 433 & Prk. ve?u: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 243] a bamboo A II.73; Vin IV.35; J IV.382 (da?d?a°);
V.71; Vism 1, 17; SnA 76 (=va?sa); VbhA 334.
  --agga (ve?agga) the top of a bamboo Vin II.110. --gumba a bamboo thicket SnA 49, 75. --da?d?a a bamboo stick SnA 330.
--dana a gift of bamboo Vbh 246; Miln 369; SnA 311; KhA 236; VbhA 333. --na?i (°nalaka, °na?ika) a stalk or shaft of
bamboo Vism 260; KhA 52; ThA 212. --pabba a stalk or section of the b. J I.245; Vism 358=VbhA 63. 

Ve?uka [fr. ve?u] a kind of tree J V.405 (=va?sa--coraka). 

Ve?uriya (nt.) [cp. dial. Sk. vaid?urya] a precious stone, lapis lazuli; cp. the same word "beryl" (with metathesis r>l; not fr.
the Sk. form), which the Greeks brought to Europe from India. -- D I.76; Vin II.112; S I.64; A I.215; IV.199, 203 sq.; J III.437;
Pv II.75; Mhvs 11, 16; DhA II.220. Often in descriptions of Vimanas, e. g. Vv 21; 121; 171; cp. VvA 27, 60. -- Probably
through a word--play with ve?u (bamboo; popular etymology) it is said to have the colour of bamboo: see va?sa--raga &
va?sa--va??a. At J I.207 a peacock's neck is described as having the colour of the ve?uriya. At Miln 267 (in inventory of
"loka") we have the foll. enumeration of precious stones: pava?a coral, lohitanka ruby, masaragalla cat's eye, ve?uriya lapis
lazuli, vajira diamend. See also under ratana1. 

Ve?uva [cp. Vedic vainava (made of cane)?] probably not to ve?u, but another spelling for be?uva, in °la??hika S III.91, as
sometimes v. l. ve?uva for be?uva (q. v.). 

Vevacana (nt.) [fr. vivacana] attribute, epithet; synonym Nett 1 sq., 24, 53 sq., 82, 106; Vism 427; SnA 24, 447. Cp.
adhivacana. 

Veva??a (nt.) [fr. viva??a] discolouring ThA 85 (Ap. v. 42). 

Veva??iya (nt.) [abstr. fr. viva??a] 1. state of having no caste, life of an outcast A V.87÷200. [Cp. BSk. vaivar?ika
outcast Divy 424]. -- 2. discolouring, fading, waning J III.394. 

Vevahika [fr. vivaha] wedding--guest J II.420. 

Veviccha (nt.) [abstr. formation fr. viviccha] "multifarious wants," greediness, selfishness, avarice Sn 941 (=pañca
macchariyani Nd1 422, as at Nd2 614), 1033 (where Nett 11 reads viviccha); Pug 19, 23; Dhs 1059, 1122; Nd2 s. v. ta?ha;
DhsA 366, 375. 

Vesa [cp. Sk. ve?a, fr. vi? to be active] dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance J I.146 (pakati°
usual dress), 230 (ayuttaka°); III.418 (andha°); Miln 12; DhA II.4; PvA 62, 93 (ummattaka°), 161 (tunnavaya°); Sdhp 384;
purisa° (of women) DA I.147. 

Vesama =visama VvA 10. 

Vesakha [cp. Vedic vaisakha] N. of a month (April--May) Mhvs 1, 73; 29, 1. 

Vesarajja (nt.) [abstr. formation fr. visarada, i. e. *vaisaradya] (the Buddha's or an Arahant's) perfect selfconfidence
(which is of 4 kinds), self--satisfaction, subject of confidence. The four are given in full at M I.71 sq., viz. highest knowledge,
khi?asava state, recognition of the obstacles, recognition & preaching of the way to salvation. See also D I.110; J II.27; A II.13;
III.297 sq.; IV.83, 210, 213; M I.380; Ps II.194; Nd2 466B; DhA I 86; DA I.278; KhA 104; VvA 213; Sdhp 593. 

Vesiyana [=vessa, with °na as in gimhana, vassana etc.] a Vaisya (Vessa) J VI.15, 21, 328, 490, 492. As vessayana at Sn
455 (where vesiyana is required). 

Vesi & Vesiya (f.) [the f. of vessa] a woman of low caste, a harlot, prostitute. -- (a) vesi: Vin III.138; J V.425; in  
cpd. vesi--dvara a pleasure house Th 2, 73. -- (b) vesiya: Vin IV.278; Sn 108; Vbh 247; in cpd. vesiya--gocara asking alms
from a prostitute's house DhA III.275; DhsA 151; VbhA 339. 

Vesma (nt.) [Vedic vesman, fr. vis to enter: see visati] a house J V.84. A trace of the n--stem in loc. vesmani J V.60. 

Vessa [cp. Vedic vaisya, a dial. (local) word] a Vaisya, i. e. a member of the third social (i. e. lower) grade (see va??a 6), a
man of the people D III.81, 95 (origin); S I.102, 166; IV.219; V.51; A I.162; II.194; III.214, 242; Vbh 394; DA I.254 (origin). --
f. vesi (q. v.); vessi (as a member of that caste) D I.193; A III.226, 229. 

Vessika (f.) [fr. vessa] a Vaisya woman Sn 314. 

i. e. air, sky; only used in acc. vehayasa? in function of a loc. (cp. VvA 182: vehayasa?=vehayasa--bhute hatthi--pi??he),
combd with ?hita (standing in the air) Vv 41; Mhvs 1, 24; PvA 14. 

Vehasa [contraction of vehayasa] the air, sky, heaven; only in the two cases (both used as loc. "in the air"): acc. vehasa? D
III.27; S V.283; Vin III.105; VvA 78; & loc. vehase Vin I.320.
  --ku?i "air hut" i. e. airy room, "a hut in which a middle--sized man can stand without knocking his head against the ceiling"
(expln) Vin IV.46. --gamana going through the air Vism 382; Dhtm 586. --??ha standing in the air D I.115; DA I.284. --??hita
id. D I.95. 

Vehasaya [=vehayasa with metathesis y>s] occurs only in acc. (=loc.) vehasaya?, equal to vihayasa? at J IV.471. 

Vo1 

Vo1 (indecl.) a particle of emphasis, perhaps=eva, or =vo2 (as dative of interest). The Commentaries explain it as "nipata,"
i. e. particle. Thus at Sn 560, 760. 

Vo2 

Vo2 [cp. Vedic va?, Av. vo¯, Lat. vos, Gr. u)/mme] is enclitic form of tumhe (see under tuva?), i. e. to you, of you; but it is
generally interpreted by the C. as "nipata," i. e. particle (of emphasis or exclamation; i. e. vo1). Thus e. g. at Pv I.53 (cp. PvA
26). 

Vo° is commonly regarded as the prefix combn vi+ava° (i. e. vi+o°), but in many cases it simply represents ava° (=o°) with
v as euphonic ("vorschlag"), as in vonata (=onata), voloketi, vokkanti, voki??a, voropeti, vosapeti, vosana, vossagga. In a few
cases it corresponds to vi+ud°, as in vokkamati, vocchijjati, voyoga. 

Vokara [v(i)+okara; cp. vikara] 1. difference Sn 611. <-> 2. constituent of being (i. e. the khandhas), usually as eka°,
catu° & pañca°--bhava, e. g. Kvu 261; Vbh 137; Tikp 32, 36 sq.; Vism 572; KhA 245; SnA 19, 158. In this meaning vokara
is peculiar to the Abhidhamma and is almost synonymous with vikara 4, and in the Yamaka with khandha, e. g. pañca v., catu
v. etc. <-> 3. worthless thing, trifle S II.29. -- 4. inconvenience, disadvantage (cp. vikara 3) PvA 12 (line 1 read: anek'
akara--vokara?). 

Voki??a (adj.) [v(i)+oki??a] covered with, drenched (with); mixed up, full of (instr.) M I.390; S II.29; A I.123, 148;
II.232; J I.110; DhsA 69. -- Cp. abboki??a. 

Voki??aka (adj.) [voki??a+ka] mixed up Miln 300 (kapinidda--pareto voki??aka? jaggati a person with light sleep,
so--called "monkey--doze," lies confusedly awake, i. e. is half asleep, half awake). Rh. D. not quite to the point: "a man still
guards his scattered thoughts." 

Vokkanta [pp. of vokkamati] deviated from (abl.) It 36. 

Vokkanti (f.) [v(i)+akkanti] descent (into the womb), conception Th 1, 790. 

Vokkamati [vi+ukkamati] to turn aside, deviate from (abl.); mostly in ger. vokkamma Vin II.213; D I.230; M III.117; S
IV.117; Sn 946; J I.23; Vism 18. -- pp. vokkanta. 

Vokkamana (nt.) [fr. vokkamati] turning aside, deviation fr. (abl.) M I.14; A I.243. 

Vokkha (adj) [? doubtful reading] is at J III.21 given as syn. of vaggu (q. v.). 

Vocarita [pp. of vi+ocarati] penetrated (into consciousness), investigated, apperceived M I.478; A IV.363 (=manodvare
samudacara--ppatta). 

Vocchadana (f.) [fr. vi+ava+chad] covering up (entirely) VbhA 493. 

Vocchijjati [vi+ud+chijjati, Pass. of chid] to be cut off S III.53 (so read). -- pp. neg. abbocchinna: see abbhocchinna.
(=*avyucch°). 

(nt.) [=vavatth°] establishing, synthesis, determination, a momentary stage in the unit called percept (cp. Cpd. 29), always with
°kicca (or °kiriya) "accomplishing the function of determination" Vism 21; DhsA 401; DA I.194 (v. l. vo??habb°); Tikp 276
(°kiriya). 

to establish, put up, arrange J VI.583. 

Vodaka (adj.) [vi+odaka=udaka] free from water Vin II.113. 

Vodapeti (or °dapeti) [Caus. of vodayati] to cleanse, purify DhA II.162. 

Vodata (adj.) [vi+odata, cp. vivadata] clean, pure M I.319. 

Vodana (nt.) [fr. vi+ava+da4 to clean, cp. BSk. vyavadana Divy 616; AvS II.188] 1. cleansing, getting bright (of sun &
moon) D I.10 (=visuddhata DA I.95). -- 2. purity (from the kilesas, or stains of sin), purification, sanctification M I.115 (opp.
sankilesa); S III.151 (citta°, adj.; opp. citta--sankilesa); A III.418 sq.; V.34; Ps I.166; Vbh 343; Nett 96, 100, 125 sq.; Vism 51
sq., 89; VbhA 401; DhA III.405. 

Vodaniya (adj.) [grd. formn from vodana] apt to purify, purifying D I.195; III.57. Opp. sankilesika. 

Vodapana (nt.) [fr. vodapeti] cleansing, purification DhA III.237 (=pariyodapana). 

Vodaya at J IV.184 appears to be a misreading for codaya (ger. from codeti) in meaning i?a? codeti to undertake a
loan, to lend money at interest (=vad?d?hiya ina? payojetva C.), to demand payment for a loan. The v. l. at all places is codaya
(=codetva). See codeti. 

Vodayati [vi+ava+da4 to clean] to become clean or clear, to be purified or cleansed A V.169 (fig. saddhammassa), 317
(id.; expld by C. as "vodana? gacchati"); J II.418 (of a precious stone). 

Vodasa [?] only at D III.43 in phrase °? apajjati in meaning of "making a distinction," being particular (about food:
bhojanesu), having a dainty appetite; expld by "dve bhage karoti" Bdhgh. It seems to stand for vokara, unless we take it to be a
misspelling for vodaya "cutting off," fr. vi+ava+da, thus "separating the food" (?): Suggestive also is the likeness with
vosana? apajjati. 

Vodi??ha [pp. of vi+ava+dis, cp. odissa & the BSk. vyapadesa pretext Divy 435] defined, fully understood, recognized M
I.478; A IV.363 (=su??hu di??ha C.). 

Vonata (adj.) [v(i)+onata] bent down Th 1, 662. 

Vopeti at DA I.277 (avopetva) is to be read with v. l. as copeti, i. e. shake, move, disturb, violate (a rule). 

Vobhindati [vi+ava+bhindati] to split; ppr. °anto (fig.) hair--splitting D I.162; M I.176; aor. vobhindi (lit.) to break,
split (one's head, sisa?) M I.336. 

Vomadapeti at DA I.300 is to be read as vodapeti (cleanse, purify); v. l. BB vodapeti; SS cama[da]peti, i. e. to cause to
be rinsed, cleanse. 

(adj.) [v(i)+omissa(ka)] miscellaneous, various Vism 87 (°kata), 88 (°ka), 104 (°carita). 

Voyoga [vi+uyyoga in sense of uyyutta?] effort (?), application KhA 243. Reading doubtful. 

Voropana (nt.) [abstr. fr. voropeti] depriving (jivita° of life) J I.99. 

Voropeti [=oropeti] to deprive of (abl.), to take away; only in phrase jivita voropeti [which shows that --v-- is purely
euphonic] to deprive of life, to kill D I.85; J IV.454; DA I.236; DhA IV.68; PvA 67, 105, 274. 

Volokana (nt.) [v(i)+olokana, but cp. BSk. vyavalokana "inspection" Divy 435] looking at, examination J IV.237 (v. l.
vi°). 

Voloketi [v(i)+oloketi; in meaning equal to viloketi & oloketi] to examine, study, scrutinize M I.213 (with gen.); Vin I.6
(loka?); Kvu 591; DhA I.319 (loka?); II.96 (v. l. oloketi). 

Vosa?itaka (nt.) [wrong spelling for *vossa??hika=v(i)+ ossa??ha+ika] (food) put down (on cemeteries etc.) for (the
spirits of) the departed Vin IV.89. 

Vosana (nt.) [v(i)+osana] 1. (relative) achievement, perfection (in this world), accomplishment M II.211
(di??hadhamm'a^bhiññavosana--parami--ppatta); Dh 423 (cp. DhA IV.233); Th 1, 784 (°? adhigacchati to reach perfection). --
2. stopping, ceasing; in phrase °? apajjati (almost equal to pamada) to come to an end (with), to stop, to become careless, to
flag M I.193; J III.5; PvA 29; antara °? apajjati to produce half--way achievement, to stop half--way A V.157, 164; It 85.
Kern, Toev. s. v. quite wrong "to arrive at a conclusion, to be convinced." 

Vosapeti [v(i)+osapeti] to make end, to bring to an end or a finish SnA 46 (desana?). 

Vosara?iya (adj. nt.) [fr. v(i)+osara?a] belonging to reinstatement A I.99. 

Vosita [vi+osita, pp. of ava+sa. See also vusita & vyosita] one who has attained (relative) achievement, perfected,
accomplished, mastering, in phrase abhiñña° one who masters special knowledge S I.167; Dh 423; It 47=61=81; A I.165; cp.
DhA IV.233: "ni??hana? patto vusita--vosana? va patto etc." 

(nt.) making impotent (see under vassakamma) D I.12; DA I.97. 

Vossagga [=ossagga; ava+s?j] relinquishing, relaxation; handing over, donation, gift (see on term as ethical Bdhgh at
K.S. I.321) D III.190 (issariya° handing over of authority), 226; S IV.365 sq.; V.63 sq., 351 (°rata fond of giving); A II.66 (id.);
III.53 (id.); Ps I.109; II.24, 117; J VI.213 (kamma°); Nett 16; Vbh 229, 350; Vism 224; VbhA 317. --sati--vossagga
relaxation of attention, inattention, indifference DhA I.228; III.163, 482; IV.43. --pari?ami, maturity of surrender S I.88. 

Vossajjati [=ossaj(j)ati] to give up, relinquish; to hand over, resign Sn 751 (ger. vossajja; SnA 508 reads oss°); J V.124
(issariya? vossajjanto; cp. D III.190). 

Voharati [vi+oharati] 1. to express, define, decide M I.499; D I.202; Miln 218. -- 2. to decide, govern over (a kingdom),
give justice, administrate J IV.134 (Bara?asi? ma?sa--sur--odaka?, i. e. provide with; double acc.), 192 (inf.
vohatu?=voharitu? C.). -- Pass. vohariyati to be called SnA 26; PvA 94; ThA 24. 

Vohara [vi+avahara] 1. trade, business M II.360; Sn 614 (°? upajivati); J I.495; II.133, 202; V.471; PvA 111, 278. -- 2.
current appellation, common use (of language), popular logic, common way of defining, usage, designation, term, cognomen;
(adj.) (--°) so called SnA 383, 466, 483 (laddha° so--called); DA I.70; PvA 56, 231 (laddha° padesa, with the name) VvA 8, 72
(pa?o ti voharato satto), 108 (loka niru?haya samaññaya v.). --ariya--vohara proper (i. e. Buddhist) mode of speech (opp.
anariya° unbuddhist or vulgar, common speech) D III.232; A II.246; IV.307; Vin IV.2; Vbh 376, 387. lokiya--vohara
common definition, general way of speech SnA 382. On term see also Dhs. trsln § 1306. -- 3. lawsuit, law, lawful obligation;
juridical practice, jurisprudence (cp. voharika) Sn 246 (°ku?a fraudulent lawyer); J II.423 (°? sadheti to claim a debt by way of
law, or a lawful debt); VI.229; DhA III.12 (°ûpajivin a lawyer); SnA 289. -- 4. name of a sea--monster, which gets hold of ships J
V.259. 

Voharika [fr. vohara] "decider," one connected with a law--suit or with the law, magistrate, a higher official (mahamatta)
in the law--courts, a judge or justice. At Vin I.74 two classes of mahamatta (ministers) are given: senanayaka those of
defence, and voharika of justice; cp. Vin II.158; III.45 (pura?a--vohariko mahamatto); IV.223. 

Vy° is the semi--vowel (i. e. half--consonantic) form of vi° before following a & a (vya°, vya), very rarely u & o. The prefix
vi° is very unstable, and a variety of forms are also attached to vy°, which, after the manner of all consonant--combns in Pa?i,
may apart from its regular form vy° appear either as contracted to vv° (written v°), like vagga (for vyagga), vaya (for vyaya),
vosita (=vyosita), *vvuha (=vyuha, appearing as °bhuha), or diaeretic as viy° (in poetry) or veyy° (popular), e. g. viyañjana,
viyarambha, viyayata; or veyvañjanika, veyyakara?a, veyyayika. It further appears as by° (like byaggha, byañjana, byappatha,
byamha, byapanna, byabadha etc.). In a few cases vya° represents (a diaeretic) vi°, as in vyamhita & vyasanna; and vya°=vi°
in vyarosa. 

Vyakkhissa? at Sn 600 is fut. of vyacikkhati (see viya°). 

Vyagga (adj.) [vi+agga, of which the contracted form is vagga2] distracted, confused, bewildered; neg. a° S I.96
(°manasa); V.66, 107. 

Vyaggha [cp. Vedic vyaghra] a tiger D III.25; A III.101; Sn 416 (°usabha); Ap 68 (°raja); J I.357; III.192 (Subahu); V.14
(giri--sanuja). -- f. viyagghini (biy°) Miln 67. See also byaggha. 

Vyagghinasa [?] a hawk S I.148 (as °nisa); J VI.538. Another word for "hawk" is saku?agghi. 

Vyañjana (nt.) [fr. vi+añj, cp. añjati2 & abbhañjati] 1. (accompanying) attribute, distinctive mark, sign, characteristic
(cp. anu°) Sn 549, 1017; Th 1, 819 (metric: viyañjana); J V.86 (viyañjanena under the pretext); Dhs 1306. gihi° characteristic
of a layman Sn 44 (cp. SnA 91); Miln 11; purisa° membrum virile Vin II.269. -- 2. letter (of a word) as opposed to attha
(meaning, sense, spirit), e, g. D III.127; S IV.281, 296; V.430; A II.139 (Cp. savyañjana); or pada (word), e. g. M I.213; A
I.59; II.147, 168, 182; III.178 sq.; Vin II.316; Nett 4; SnA 177. --vyañjanato according to the letter Miln 18 (opp. atthato). --
3. condiment, curry Vin II.214; A III.49 (odano anekasupo aneka--vyañjano); Pv II.115 (bhatta° rice with curry); PvA 50. -- Cp.
byañjana. 

Vyañjanaka (adj.) [fr. vyañjana] see ubhato° & veyyañjanika. 

Vyañjayati [vi+añjati, or añjeti] to characterise, denote, express, indicate SnA 91; Nett 209 (Cy.). 

Vyatireka [vi+atireka] what is left over, addition, surplus PvA 18 (of "ca"), 228 (°to). 

Vyatta (adj.) [cp. viyatta, veyyatta & byatta] 1. experienced, accomplished, learned, wise, prudent, clever S IV.174
(pa?d?ita+), 375; A III.117, 258; J VI.368; VvA 131 (pa?d?ita+); PvA 39 (id.). --a° unskilled, foolish (+bala) S IV.380; A
III.258; J I.98. -- 2. evident, manifest PvA 266 (°paka?a--bhava). 

Vyattata (f.) [abstr. fr. vyatta] experience, learning, cleverness Miln 349 (as by°); DhA II.38 (avyattata foolishness: so
correct under avyattata P.D. I.86). 

Vyattaya [vi+ati+aya] opposition, reversal; in purisa° change of person (gram.) SnA 545; vacana° reversal of number
(i. e. sg. & pl.) DA I.141; SnA 509. 

Vyathana (nt.) [fr. vyath] shaking, wavering Dhtp 465 (as defn of tud). 

Vyadhati [in poetry for the usual vedhati of vyath, cp. Goth. wipo¯n] to tremble, shake, waver; to be frightened Vin
II.202 (so for vyadhati); J III.398 (vyadhase; C. vyadhasi=kampasi). -- Caus. vyadheti (& vyadheti) to frighten, confuse J
IV.166 (=vyadheti badheti C.). -- Fut. vyadhayissati S I.120=Th 1, 46 (by°). Under byadheti we had given a different
derivation (viz. Caus. fr. vyadhi). 

Vyanta (adj. nt.) [vi+anta] removed, remote; nt. end, finish; only as vyanti° in combn with k? and bhu. The spelling is
often byanti°. -- (1) vyantikaroti to abolish, remove, get rid of, destroy M I.115 (byant'eva ekasi?), 453 (by°); D I.71
(°kareyya); S IV.76, 190; A IV.195; DA I.125, 212. -- Fut. vyantikahiti Miln 391 (by°); DhA IV.69. -- pp. vyantikata Th 1,
526. -- (2) vyantibhavati to cease, stop; to come to an end, to be destroyed Kvu 597 (by°); or °hoti A I.141; III.74; Ps I.171
(by°); Miln 67 (by°), vyantibhava destruction, annihilation M I.93; A V.292, 297 sq.; Pv IV.173; Kvu 544 (by°). vyantibhuta
come to an end J V.4. 

Vyapagacchati [vi+apagacchati] to depart, to be dispelled J II.407 (ger. °gamma). -- pp. °gata. 

Vyapagata [pp. of vyapagacchati] departed J I.17; Miln 133, 225. 

Vyapanudati [vi+apanudati] to drive away, expel; ger °nujja Sn 66. aor. vyapanudi Th 2, 318. 

Vyapahaññati [vi+apa+haññati] to be removed or destroyed J VI.565. 

Vyappatha (nt.) [perhaps a distortion of *vyap?ta, for which the usual P. (der.) veyyavacca (q. v.) in meaning "duty"] 1.
duty, occupation, activity Sn 158 (khi?a° of the Arahant: having no more duties, cp. vyappathi). -- 2. way of speaking, speech,
utterance Sn 163, 164 (contrasted to citta & kamma; cp. kaya, vaca, mano in same use), expld at SnA 206 by vacikamma; &
in defn of "speech" at Vin IV.2 (see under byappatha); DhsA 324 (expld as vakya--bheda). 

Vyappathi (f.) [cp. Sk. vyap?ti] activity, occupation, duty (?) Sn 961. See remarks on byappatha. 

Vyappana (f.) [vi+appana] application (of mind), focussing (of attention) Dhs 7. 

Vyamha (nt.) [etym.?] palace; a celestial mansion, a vimana, abode for fairies etc. J V. 454; VI.119, 251 (=pura &
raja--nivesa C.); Vv 351 (=bhavana VvA 160). Cp. byamha. 

Vyamhita (adj.) [metric for vimhita] astounded, shocked, awed; dismayed, frightened J V.69 (=bhita C.); VI.243, 314. 

Vyaya [vi+aya, of i; the assimilation form is vaya2] expense, loss, decay S IV.68, 140; Miln 393 (as abbaya). avyayena
(instr.) safely D I.72. Cp. veyyayika & vyayika. 

Vyavayati [vi+ava(=apa)+i, cp. apeti & veti] to go away, disappear J V.82. 

Vyavasana (nt.) [somewhat doubtful. It has to be compared with vavassagga, although it should be derived fr. sa (cp.
pp. vyavasita; or sri?), thus mixture of s?j & sa. Cp. a similar difficulty of sa under osapeti] decision, resolution; only used to
explain part. handa (exhortation) at SnA 200, 491 (v. l. vyavasaya: cp. vavasaya at DA I.237), for which otherwise
vavassagga. 

Vyavasita (adj.) [pp. of vi+ava+sa (or sri?), cp. vyavasana] decided, resolute SnA 200. 

Vyasana (nt.) [fr. vy+as] misfortune, misery, ruin, destruction, loss D I.248; S III.137 (anaya°); IV.159; A I.33; V.156 sq.,
317 (several); Sn 694 (°gata ruined); Pv I.64 (=dukkha PvA 33); III.56 (=anattha PvA 199); Vbh 99 sq., 137; VbhA 102
(several); PvA 4, 103, 112; Sdhp 499. -- The 5 vyasanas are: ñati°, bhoga°, roga°, sila°, di??hi° or misfortune concerning one's
relations, wealth, health, character, views. Thus at D III.235; A III.147; Vin IV.277. 

Vyasanin (adj.) [fr. vyasana] having misfortune, unlucky, faring ill J V.259. 

Vyasanna [metric (diaeretic) for visanna] sunk into (loc.), immersed J IV.399; V.16 (here doubtful; not, as C.,
vyasanapanna; gloss visanna; vv. ll. in C.: vyaccanna, viphanna, visatta). 

Vyakata [pp. of vyakaroti] 1. answered, explained, declared, decided M I.431 (by°); A I.119; S II.51, 223; IV.59, 194;
V.177; Sn 1023. -- avyakata unexplained, undecided, not declared, indeterminate M I.431 (by°); D I.187, 189; S II.222; IV.375
sq., 384 sq., 391 sq.; Ps II.108 sq.; Dhs 431, 576. -- 2. predicted J I.26. <-> 3. settled, determined J III.529 (asina v. brought to
a decision by the sword). 

Vyakatatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. vyakata] explanation, definiteness PvA 27. 

Vyakattar [n. ag. of vyakaroti; cp. BSk. vyakart? Divy 620] expounder A III.81. 

Vyakara?a (nt.) [fr. vyakaroti; see also veyyakara?a] 1. answer (pañha°), explanation, exposition A I.197; II.46; III.119;
SnA 63, 99; KhA 75, 76. -- 2. grammar (as one of the 6 angas) SnA 447; PvA 97. -- 3. prediction J I.34, 44; DhA IV.120. 

Vyakaroti [vi+a+k?] 1. to explain, answer (in combn with pu??ha, asked) D I.25, 58, 175, 200; Sn 510, 513 sq., 1102,
1116; Miln 318 (byakareyya); VvA 71. Fut. °karissati D I.236; Sn 993; PvA 281. For vyakarissati we have vyakkhissati (of
viyacikkhati) at Sn 600. -- aor. sg. vyakasi Sn 541, 1116, 1127; PvA 212; pl. vyaka?su Sn 1084; Pv II.135. -- grd. vyakatabba
D I.94, 118. <-> 2. to prophesy, predict [cp. BSk. vyakaroti in same sense Divy 65, 131] J I.140; Pv III.55 (aor. °akari); Mhvs
6, 2 (aor. °akaru?); DhA IV.120 (°akasi); PvA 196, 199 (°akasi). -- pp. vyakata. 

Vyakara see viy°. 

Vyakhyata [pp. of v(i)yacikkhati] told, announced, set forth, enumerated Sn 1,000. 

Vyakula (adj.) [vi+akula] perplexed J I.301; PvA 160; VvA 30; Sdhp 403. 

Vyadinna [for vyadi??a, vi+adi??a?] at A III.64 (soto vikkhitto visato+) is doubtful in reading & meaning ("split"?). It
must mean something like "interrupted, diverted." The vv. ll. are vicchinna & ji??a. 

Vyadha [fr. vyadh: see vedha & vijjhati] a huntsman, deer--hunter Mhvs 10, 89 (read either vyadha--deva god of the h.;
or vyadhi° demon of maladies); 10, 95. 

Vyadhi1 

Vyadhi1 [see byadhi] sickness, malady, illness, disease A I.139 (as devaduta), 146, 155 sq.; III.66; Ps I.59 sq.; II.147; J VI.224;
Vism 236. Often in sequence jati jara vyadhi mara?a, e. g. A II.172; III.74 sq.; Vism 232. 

Vyadhi2 

Vyadhi2 (camel) see o??hi°. 

Vyadhita [pp. of vyadheti] 1. affected with an illness, ill J V.497; Miln 168. See byadhita. -- 2. shaken, f. °a as abstr,
shakiness, trembling VbhA 479. 

Vyadhiyaka (nt.) [fr. vyadheti] shaking up Vbh 352; VbhA 479 (uppannavyadhita; i. e. kaya--pphandana). 

Vyadhati see vyadhati. -- pp. vyadhita. 

VyapQka (adj.) [fr. vyapeti] filling or summing up, combining, completing PvA 71 (in expln of "ye keci": anavasesa° niddesa). 

Vyapajjati [vi+apajjati] (instr.) to go wrong, to fail, disagree; to be troubled; also (trs.) to do harm, to injure S III.119;
IV.184=Nd2 40 (by°); A III.101 (bhatta? me vyapajjeyya disagrees with me, makes me ill); Sn 1065 (akaso avyapajjamano not
troubled, not getting upset); Nd2 74 (by°). -- pp. vyapanna. -- Caus. vyapadeti. 

Vyapajjana (f.) [fr. vyapajjati] injuring, doing harm, illwill Pug 18; Dhs 418 ("getting upset" trsln). 

Vyapajjha (adj.--nt.) [perhaps grd. of vyapajjati; but see also avyapajjha] to be troubled or troubling, doing harm,
injuring; only neg. avyapajjha (& abyabajjha) (adj.) not hurting, peaceful, friendly; (nt.) kindness of heart Vin I.183; M I.90
(abyabajjha? vedana? vedeti), 526; D I.167, 247, 251; S IV.296, 371; A I.98; II.231 sq.; III.285, 329 sq., 376 sq. Cp. byapajjha
& vyabadha etc. 

Vyapatti (f.) [fr. vyapajjati] injury, harm; doing harm, malevolence A V.292 sq.; Pug 18; J IV.137; Dhs 418 ("disordered
temper" trsln) 

Vyapanna (adj.) [pp. of vyapajjati] spoilt, disagreeing, gone wrong; corrupt; only with citta, i. e. a corrupted heart, or a
malevolent intention; adj. malevolent D I.139; III.82; A I.262, 299; opp. avyapanna (q. v.). See also byapanna &
viyapanna. 

Vyapada [fr. vyapajjati. See also byapada] making bad, doing harm: desire to injure, malevolence, ill--will D I.71, 246;
III.70 sq., 226, 234; S I.99; II.151; IV.343; A I.194, 280; II.14, 210; III.92, 231, 245; IV.437; Vbh 86, 363 sq., 391; Pug 17 sq.;
Dhs 1137; Vism 7; DA I.211; VbhA 74, 118, 369. °anusaya M I.433. °dosa M III.3. °dhatu M III.62. °nivara?a M II.203. See
under each affix. -- Cp. avyapada. 

Vyapadeti [Caus. of vyapajjati] to spoil Miln 92. 

Vyapara [vi+a+p?] occupation, business, service, work J I.341; V.60; Vism 595. Cp. veyyavacca, vyappatha (by°),
vyava?a. 

Vyaparitar one occupied with M III.126. 

Vyapin (adj.) [fr. vi+ap] pervading, diffused DhsA 311. 

Vyapeti [vi+Caus. of ap] to make full, pervade, fill, comprise DhsA 307; VvA 17; ThA 287; PvA 52 (=pharati), 71 (in
expln of "ye keci"). 

[fr. vi+a+badh, but semantically connected with vi+a+pad, as in vyapada & vyapajjha] oppression, injury, harm, hurting;
usually in phrase atta° & para° (disturbing the peace of others & of oneself) M I.89; S IV.339; A I.114, 157, 216; II.179. --
Also at S IV.159 (pa?ina? vyabadhaya, with v. l. vadhaya). See also byabadha. The corresponding adjectives are
(a)vyapajjha & veyyabadhika (q. v.). 

[Caus. of vi+a+badh or distortion fr. vyapadeti, with which identical in meaning] to do harm, hurt, injure Vin II.77/78; S
IV.351 sq.; DA I.167. The BSk. is vyabadhayate (e. g. Divy 105). 

Vyabaheti [vi+a+bah: see bahati3] lit. "to make an outsider," to keep or to be kept out or away Vin II.140 (°bahi?su in
Pass. sense; so that they may not be kept away). Oldenberg (on p. 320) suggests reading vyabadhi?su, which may be better,
viz. "may not be offended" (?). The form is difficult to explain. 

Vyabhangi (f.) [see bya°] 1. a carrying pole (or flail?) Th 1, 623; combd with asita (see asita4 in corr. to pt. 2) "sickle &
pole" M II.180; A III.5. -- 2. a flail S IV.201. 

Vyama see byama see byama & add ref. D II.18÷Vism 136 (catu°pama?a). 

Vyayata [vi+ayata] stretched; only neg. a° senseless, confused (should it be vyayatta?) J I.496 (=avyatta C.). See also
viyayata. 

DhsA 146. 

Vyayika (adj.) [fr. vyaya] belonging to decay; only neg. a° not decaying, imperishable A II.51; J V.508. 

Vyarambha see viy°. 

Vyaruddha (adj.) [pp. of vi+a+rundh] opposed, hostile Th 2, 344; Sn 936. See byaruddha. 

Vyarosa [vi+a+rosa, cp. virosana] anger M III.78; S III.73. 

Vyalika (nt.) [for vy+alika] fault ThA 266. 

Vyava?a (adj.) [=Sk. vyap?ta, cp. vyapara, byappatha. & veyyavacca] doing service, active, busy; eager, keen, intent on
(loc.), busy with A IV.195 (mayi=worrying about me); J III.315 (su°); IV.371 (kicca^kiccesu v.= uyyatta C.); V.395 (=ussukka);
VI.229 (=kaya--veyyavacca--dan'adi--kamma--kara?ena vyava?a C.). --dassana° keen on a sight, eager to see J I.89; VvA 213
(preferred to T. reading!). --dana° serving in connection with a gift, busy with giving, a "commissioner of gifts," i. e. a
superintendent installed by a higher (rich) person (as a king or se??hi) to look after the distribution of all kinds of gifts in
connection with a mahadana. Rh. Davids at Dial. II.372 (following Childers) has quite misunderstood the term in referring it
to a vyava?a in meaning of "hindered," and by translating it as "hindered at the largesse" or "objecting to the largesse." At none
of the passages quoted by him has it that meaning. See e. g. D II.354; J III.129; Pv II.950 (dane v.=ussukka? apanna PvA 135);
PvA 112 (dane), 124 (id.); DA I.296 (? not found). avyava?a not busy, not bothering about (loc.), unconcerned with, not
worrying D II.141 (Tathagatassa sarire; trsln not to the point "hinder not yourselves"); Vin III.136. See also separately. -- Note.
vyava?a (& a°) only occur in the meaning given above, and not in the sense of "covered, obstructed" [wrongly fr. v?] as given
by Childers. Correct the trsln given under byava?a accordingly! 

Vyaviddha (adj.) [vi+aviddha] whirling about, flitting (here & there), moving about, pell--mell J VI.530. 

Vyasa [fr. vi+as to sit] separation, division; always contrasted with samasa, e. g. Vism 82 (vyasato separately,
distributively; opp. samasato); KhA 187. 

Vyasatta see byasatta. 

Vyasiñcati [vi+asiñcati] to defile, corrupt, tarnish S IV.78 (citta?). -- pp. vyasitta ibid. 

Vyaseka [fr. vi+a+sic] mixed; only neg. a° unmixed, untarnished, undefiled D I.70; DA I.183; Pug 59; Th 1, 926. 

Vyaharati [vi+aharati] to utter, talk, speak Vin II.214; J II.177; IV.225 (pu??ho vyahasi, perhaps with v. l. as vyakasi).
See also avyaharati. -- Cp. pa?i°. 

Vyuha [fr. vi+vah; see byuha] 1. heap, mass; massing or array, grouping of troops S V.369 (sambadha° a dense crowd, or
massed with troops (?); in phrase iddha phita etc., as given under bahujañña); J II.406 (battle array: paduma°, cakka°,
saka?a°). -- 2. a side street (?), in sandhibbuha J VI.276. See also byuha. 

Vyuhati at VvA 104 is not clear (see byuhati). It looks more like a present tense to viyu?ha in sense "to be bulky," than a
Denom. fr. vyuha as "stand in array." For the regular verb vi+vah see viyuhati. Cp. pa?i° & sa?yuhati. 

Vyosita (adj.) [=vosita] perfected; neg. a° not perfected, imperfect Th 1, 784 (aby°). 

                                                S.

--S-- a euphonic --s-- seems to occur in combn ras--agga--saggin a euphonic --s-- seems to occur in combn
ras--agga--saggin (see rasa2). An apparent hiatus --s in ye s--idha Sn 1083, and eva? s--aha? Sn 1134 (v. l.) may be an
abbreviated su° (see su2), unless we take it as a misspelling for p. 

Sa1 the letter s 

Sa1 the letter s (sa--kara) SnA 23; or the syllable sa DhA II.6; PvA 280. 

Sa2 

Sa2 [Idg. *so-- (m.), *sa-- (f.); nom. sg. to base *to-- of the oblique cases; cp. Sk. sa (sa?), sa; Av. ho¯, ha; Gr. o(, h(; Goth. sa,
so¯; Ags. se "the" (=that one); pe--s=E. thi--s] base of the nom. of the demonstr. pron. that, he, she. The form sg. m. sa is rare
(e. g. Dh 142; Sn 89). According to Geiger (P.Gr. § 105) sa occurs in Sn 40 times, but so 124 times. In later Pali sa is almost
extinct. The final o of so is often changed into v before vowels, and a short vowel is lengthened after this v: svajja Sn 998=so
ajja; svaha? J I.167=so aha?; svaya? Vin I.2=so aya?. The foll. vowel is dropped in so ma? It 57=so ima?. -- A form se is
Magadhism for nt. acc. sg. ta?, found e. g. at D II.278, 279; M II.254, 255, and in combn seyyatha, seyyathida? (for which
ta?yatha Miln 1). An idiomatic use is that of so in meaning of "that (he or somebody)," e. g. "so vata . . . palipanno para?
palipanna? uddharissati ti: n'eta? ?hana? vijjati" M I.45; cp. "sa 'ha? dhamma? na^ssosi?" that I did not hear the Dh. Vv 405. Or
in the sense of a cond. (or causal) part. "if," or "once," e. g. sa kho so bhikkhu . . . upakkileso ti iti viditva . . . upakkilesa?
pajahati "once he has recognised . . ." M I.37. Cp. ya° II.2 b. On correl. use with ya° (yo so etc.) see ya° II.1. 

Sa3 

Sa3 [identical with sa?°] prefix, used as first pt. of compounds, is the sense of "with," possessed of, having, same as; e. g.
sadevaka with the devas Vin I.8; sadhammika having common faith D II.273; sajati having the same origin J II.108. Often
opposed to a-- and other neg. prefixes (like nir°). Sometimes almost pleonastical (like sa--antara). -- Of combinations we only
mention a few of those in which a vocalic initial of the 2nd pt. remains uncontracted. Other examples see under their heading in
alph. order. E. g. sa--antara inside DhA III.788 (for santara Dh 315); sa--Inda together with Indra D II.261, 274; A V.325
sq.; °--uttara having something beyond, inferior (opp. an°) D I.80; II.299=M I.59; Dhs 1292, 1596; DhsA 50;
°--uttaracchada (& °chadana) a carpet with awnings above it D I.7÷; II.187 (°ava); A I.181; Vin I.192; DA I.87; --°udaka
with water, wet Vin I.46; --°udariya born from the same womb, a brother J IV.417, cp. sodariya; --°uddesa with explanation
It 99; Vism 423 (nama--gotta--vasena sa--udd.; va??'adi--vasena sakara); --°upanisa together with its cause, causally
associated S II.30; --°upavajja having a helper M III.266; --°upadana showing attachment M II.265; --°upadisesa having the
substratum of life remaining Sn 354; It 38; Nett 92. Opp. anupadisesa; --°ummi roaring of the billows It 57, 114. -- Note. sa2
& sa3 are differentiations of one and the same sa, which is originally the deictic pronoun in the function of identity & close
connection. See etym. under sa?°. 

Sa4 

Sa4 (reflex. pron.) [Vedic sva & svaya? (=P. saya?); Idg. *se?o, *s?e; cp. Av. hava & hva own; Gr. e(o/s & o(/s his own; Lat.
sui, suus; Goth. swes own, sik=Ger. sich himself; etc.] own M I.366; D II.209; Sn 905; J II.7; III.164, 323 (loc. samhi lohite),
402 (acc. sa? his own, viz. kinsman; C=saka? jana?); IV.249 (sa? bhatara?); Pv II.121=DhA III.277 (acc. san tanu?); instr.
sena on one's own, by oneself J V.24 (C. not quite to the point: mama santakena). Often in composition, like sadesa one's own
country Davs I.10. Cp. saka. 

Sa?° (indecl.) [prefix; Idg. *sem one; one & the same, cp. Gr. o(malo/s even, a(/ma at one, o(mo/s together; Sk. sama even,
the same; sama in the same way; Av. hama same=Goth. sama, samap together; Lat. simul (=simultaneous), similis
"re--sembling." Also Sk. sa (=sa2) together=Gr. a(-- a)-- (e. g. a)/koitis); Av. ha--; and samyak towards one point=P. samma.
-- Analogously to Lat. semel "once," simul, we find sa° as numeral base for "one" in Vedic sak?t "once"=P. sakid (& sakad),
sahasra 1000=P. sahassa, and in adv. sada "always," lit. "in one"] prefix, implying conjunction & completeness. sa?° is after
vi° (19%) the most frequent (16%) of all Pali prefixes. Its primary meaning is "together" (cp. Lat. con°); hence arises that of a
closer connection or a more accentuated action than that expressed by the simple verb (intensifying=thoroughly, quite), or
noun. Very often merely pleonastic, esp. in combn with other prefixes (e. g. sam--anu°, sam--a°, sam--pa°). In meaning of "near
by, together" it is opposed to para°; as modifying prefix it is contrary to abhi° and (more frequently) to vi° (e. g. sa?vadati>
vivadati), whereas it often equals pa° (e. g. pamodati> sammodati), with which it is often combd as sampa°; and also abhi°
(e. g. abhivad?d?hati>sa?vad?d?hati), with which often combd as abhisa?°. -- Bdhgh & Dhpala explain sa?° by samma (SnA
151; KhA 209: so read for sama agata), su??hu (see e. g. santasita, santusita), or samanta (=altogether; SnA 152, 154), or
(dogmatically) sakena santena samena (KhA 240), or as "sa?yoga" Vism 495. -- In combn with y we find both sa?y° and
saññ°. The usual con?racted form before r is sa°. 

[pp. of sa?yamati] lit. drawn together; fig. restrained, self--controlled D II.88; S I.79; Sn 88, 156, 716; J I.188; Vv 3411; Miln
213.
  --atta having one's self restrained, self--controlled S I.14 (for saya°); Sn 216, 284 (ññ), 723; Pv II.614 (ññ;=saññata--citta PvA
98). --uru having the thighs pressed together, having firm thighs J V.89, 107 (ññ). 155 (ññ). --carin living in self--control Dh
104 (ññ). --pakhuma having the eyelashes close together VvA 162. 

[fr. sa?+yam] 1. restraint, selfcontrol, abstinence S I.21, 169; D I.53; Vin I.3; A I.155  
sq. (kayena, vacaya, manasa); D III.147; It 15 (ññ); Sn 264, 655; M II.101 (sila°); Dh 25 (saññama dama); DA I.160; DhA
II.255 (=catu--parisuddhi--sila); VbhA 332. -- 2. restraint in giving alms saving (of money etc.), stinginess Vin I.272; Pv II.711
(=sankoca PvA 102). 

Sa?yamati [sa?+yamati] to practise self--control S I.209 (pa?esu ca sa?yamamase, trsln "if we can keep our hands off
living things"). -- pp. sa?yata. -- Caus. saññameti to restrain M I.365, 507; Dh 37, 380. Cp. pa?i°. 

Sa?yamana (nt.) [fr. sa?+yam] fastening J V.202, 207. 

Sa?yamani (f.) [fr. last] a kind of ornament J V.202 (=ma?isuva??a--pava?a--rajata--mayani pilandhanani C.). 

Sa?yacika (f.) [collect. abstr. fr. sa?+yac] begging, what is begged; only in instr. °aya (adv.) by begging together, by
collecting voluntary offerings Vin III.144 (so read for °ayo), 149 (expld incorrectly as "saya? yacitva"); J II.282 (so read for
°ayo). 

Sa?yuga (nt.) [fr. sa?+yuj] harness Th 1, 659. 

Sa?yuñjati [sa?+yuñjati] to connect, join with (instr.), unite S I.72. Pass. sa?yujjati S III.70. -- pp. sa?yutta. -- Caus.
sa?yojeti (1) to put together, to endow with D II.355; S V.354; J I.277. -- (2) to couple, to wed someone to (instr.) J III.512
(darena); IV.7 (id.). -- pp. sa?yojita. 

Sa?yuta (adj.) [sa?+yuta, of yu] connected, combined Sn 574 (ññ), 1026. 

Sa?yutta [pp. of sa?yuñjati] 1. tied, bound, fettered M III.275 (cammena); S IV.163; A IV.216 (sa?yojanena s. by bonds to
this world); Sn 194 (ññ), 300, 304; It 8; Sdhp 211. -- 2. connected with, mixed with (--°) J I.269 (visa°). -- Cp. pa?i°, vi°. 

Sa?yu?ha [pp. of sa?yuhati, cp. in similar meaning viyu?ha] massed, collected, put together, composed or gathered (like a
bunch of flowers D II.267 (gatha); M I.386; DA I.38 (spelt sa?vu?ha, i. e. sa?vyu?ha; v. l. saña?ha, i. e. sannaddha). 

Sa?yuhati [sa?+vyuhati] to form into a mass, to ball together, to conglomerate A IV.137 (khe?api?d?a?). <-> pp.
sa?yu?ha. 

Sa?yoga [fr. sa?+yuj] 1. bond, fetter M I.498; S I.226; III.70; IV.36; A IV.280=Vin II.259 (opp. vi°); Sn 522, 733; Dh 384
(=kamayog'adayo sa?yoga DhA IV.140). -- 2. union, association J III.12 (ññ); Vism 495. <-> 3. connection (within the
sentence), construction PvA 73 (accanta°), 135 (id.). 

Sa?yojana (nt.) [fr. sa?yuñjati] bond, fetter S IV.163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of
transmigration Vin I.183; S I.23; V.241, 251; A I.264; III.443; IV.7 sq. (di??hi°); M I.483; Dh 370; It 8 (ta?ha); Sn 62, 74, 621; J
I.275; II.22; Nett 49; DhA III.298; IV.49.
  The ten fetters are (1) sakkayadi??hi; (2) vicikiccha; (3) silabbataparamaso; (4) kamacchando; (5) vyapado; (6) ruparago; (7)
aruparago; (8) mano; (9) uddhacca?; (10) avijja. The first three are the ti?i sa?yojanani <-> e. g. M I.9; A I.231, 233; D
I.156; II.92 sq., 252; III.107, 132, 216; S V.357, 376, 406; Pug 12, 15; Nett 14; Dhs 1002; DA I.312. The seven last are the
satta sa?yojanani, Nett. 14. The first five are called orambhagiyani -- e. g. A I.232 sq.; II.5, 133; V.17; D I.156; II.92, 252;
M I.432; S V.61, 69; Th 2, 165; Pug 17. The last five are called uddhambhagiyani <-> e. g. A V.17; S V.61, 69; Th 2, 167;
ThA 159; Pug 22; Nett 14, 49.
  A different enumeration of the ten sa?yojanas, at Nd2 657=Dhs 1113, 1463 (kamaraga, pa?igha, mana, di??hi, vicikiccha,
silabbataparamasa, bhavaraga, issa, macchariya, avijja); compare, however, Dhs 1002.
  A diff. enumn of seven sa?yojanas at D III.254 & A IV.7, viz. anunaya°, pa?igha°, di??hi°, vicikiccha°, mana°, bhavaraga°,
avijja°. A list of eight is found at M I.361 sq. Cp. also ajjhatta--sa?yojano & bahiddhasa?yojano puggalo A I.63 sq.; Pug
22; ki?--su--s° S I.39= Sn 1108. 

Sa?yojaniya (saññ°) (adj.) [fr. sa?yojana] connected with the sa?yojanas, favourable to the sa?yojanas, A I.50; S II.86;
III.166 sq.; IV.89, 107; Dhs 584, 1125, 1462; DhsA 49. Used as a noun, with dhamma understood, Sn 363, 375. 

Sa?yojita [pp. of sa?yojeti, Caus. of sa?yuñjati] combined, connected with, mixed with J I.269 (bhesajja°). 

Sa?rakkhati [sa?+rakkhati] to guard, ward off Sdhp 364. 

Sa?rambha [sa?+*rambha, fr. rabh, as in rabhasa (q. v.)] impetuosity, rage Davs IV.34. This is the Sanskritic form for
the usual P. sarambha. 

Sa?raga [sa?+raga] passion J IV.22. Cp. saraga. 

Sa?ru?ha [pp. of sa?ruhati] grown together, healed J III.216; V.344. 

Sa?ruhati [sa?+ruhati] to grow J IV.429 (=vad?d?hati). 

Sa?roceti [sa?+roceti] to find pleasure in, only in aor. (poetical) samarocayi Sn 290, 306, 405; J IV.471. 

Sa?vacana (nt.) [sa?+vacana] sentence DhsA 52. 

Sa?vacchara [sa?+vacchara; cp. Vedic sa?vatsara] a year D II.327; A II.75; IV.139, 252 sq.; Dh 108; J II.80; Sdhp 239;
nom. pl. sa?vaccharani J II.128. 

Sa?va??a (m. & nt.) [sa?+va??a1] 1. "rolling on or forward" (opp. viva??a "rolling back"), with ref. to the development of
the Universe & time (kappa) the ascending aeon (viva??a the descending cycle), evolution It 99; Pug 60; Vism 419; Sdhp 484,
485. --°viva??a a period within which evolution & dissolution of the world takes place, a complete world--cycle (see also
viva??a) D I.14; A II.142; It 15, 99; Pug 60. 

Sa?va??ati [sa?+va??ati] 1. to be evolved, to be in a process of evolution (opp. viva??ati in devolution) D I.17; III.84, 109;
A II.142; DA I.110. -- 2. to fall to pieces, to come to an end (like the world's destruction), to pass away, perish, dissolve (intrs.)
J III.75 (pa?havi s.; v. l. sa?vaddh°); Miln 287 (akaso °eyya). For sa?va??° at J I.189 read sa?vaddh°. 

Sa?va??anika (adj.) [fr. sa?va??a(na)] turning to, being reborn D I.17. 

Sa?vad?d?ha [pp. of sa?vad?d?hati] grown up, brought up D I.75; II.38; PvA 66. 

Sa?vad?d?hati [sa?+vad?d?hati] to grow up; ppr. °amana (ddh.) growing up, subsisting J I.189 (so far °va??°). <-> Caus.
°vad?d?heti to rear, nourish, bring up J I.231 (ppr. pass. °vad?d?hiyamana). 

Sa?va??ana (nt.) [sa?+va??ana] praising, praise J I.234. 

Sa?va??ita [pp. of sa?va??eti] praised, combd with sambhavita honoured M I.110; III.194, 223. 

Sa?va??eti [sa?+va??eti] to praise Vin III.73 sq.; J V.292 (aor. 3rd pl. °va??ayu?). Cp. BSk. sa?var?ayati Divy 115. --
pp. sa?va??ita. 

Sa?vattati [sa?+vattati] to lead (to), to be useful (for) A I.54, 58 (ahitaya dukkhaya); Vin I.10=S V.421; It 71 sq.; J I.97;
Pot. sa?vatteyya Vin I.13. -- Often in phrase nibbidaya, viragaya . . . nibbanaya sa?vattati e. g. D I.189; II.251; III.130; S
V.80, 255; A III.83, 326. 


Sa?vattanika (adj.) [fr. sa?vattati] conducive to, involving A II.54, 65; It 82; Kvu 618; J I.275; Nett 134=S V.371. As
°iya at PvA 205. 

Sa?vadati [sa?+vadati] to agree M I.500 (opp. vivadati). 

Sa?vadana (nt.) [fr. sa?vadati] a certain magic act performed in order to procure harmony D I.11; DA I.96; cp. Dial.
I.23. 

Sa?vaddhana (nt.) [fr. sa?+v?dh] increasing, causing to grow J IV.16. 

Sa?vara [fr. sa?+v?] restraint D I.57, 70, 89; II.281 (indriya°); III.130, 225; A II.26; S IV.189 sq.; It 28, 96, 118; Pug 59; Sn
1034; Vin II.126, 192 (ayati? sa?varaya "for restraint in the future," in confession formula), Dh 185; Nett 192; Vism 11, 44;
DhA III.238; IV.86 (°dvarani). The fivefold sa?vara: sila°, sati°, ña?a°, khanti°, viriya°, i. e. by virtue, mindfulness, insight,
patience, effort DhsA 351; as patimokkha° etc. at Vism 7; VbhA 330 sq. --°vinaya norm of self--control, good conduct SnA
8. catuyama°, Jain discipline M L.377. 

Sa?vara?a (nt.) [fr. sa?+v?] covering; obstruction Dhtp 274 (as def. of root val, i. e. v?). 

Sa?varati [sa?+varati=vu?ati 1] to restrain, hold; to restrain oneself Vin II.102 (Pot. °vareyyasi); Miln 152 (paso na
sa?varati). -- pp. sa?vuta. 

Sa?vari (f.) [Vedic sarvari fr. sarvara speckled; the P. form via^ sabbari>savari>sa?vari] the night (poetical) D III.196; J
IV.441; V.14, 269; VI.243. 

Sa?vasati [sa?+vasati2] to live, to associate, cohabitate A II.57; Vin II.237; Nd2 423; Pug 65; Dh 167; Dpvs X.8; Miln
250. -- Caus. °vaseti same meaning Vin IV.137. -- Cp. upa°. 

Sa?vati [sa?+vayati2] to be fragrant J V.206 (cp. vv. ll. on p. 203). 

Sa?vasa [sa?+vasa2] 1. living with, co--residence Vin I.97; II.237; III.28; A II.57 sq., 187; III.164 sq.; IV.172; J I.236;
IV.317 (piya--sa?vasa? vasi lived together in harmony); Sn 283, 290, 335; Dh 207, 302; Sdhp 435. <-> 2. intimacy J II.39. -- 3.
cohabitation, sexual intercourse D I.97; J I.134; II.108; SnA 355. 

Sa?vasaka (adj.) [fr. sa?vasa] living together Vin II.162; III.173. 

Sa?vasiya [fr. sa?vasa] one who lives with somebody Sn 22; a°--bhava impossibility to co--reside Miln 249. 

Sa?vigga [pp. of sa?vijjati1] agitated, moved by fear or awe, excited, stirred D I.50; II.240; A II.115; S IV.290; V.270; J
I.59; Miln 236; PvA 31 (°hadaya). 

Sa?vijita [pp. of sa?vejeti] (med.) filled with fear or awe, made to tremble; (pass.) felt, realized Sn 935 (=sa?vejita
ubbejita Nd1 406). 

Sa?vijjati1 

Sa?vijjati1 [Vedic vijate, vij; not as simple verb in P.] to be agitated or moved, to be stirred A II.114; It 30. <-> pp.
sa?vigga. -- Caus. sa?vejeti M I.253; S I.141; Vin I.32; imper. °vejehi S V.270; aor. °vejesi Miln 236; inf. °vejetu? S I.197;
ger °vejetva J I.327; grd. °vejaniya that which should cause awe, in °ani ?hanani places of pilgrimage D II.140; A I.36; II.120;
It 30. -- pp. sa?vijita & °vejita. 

Sa?vijjati2 

Sa?vijjati2 [Pass. of sa?vindati] to be found, to exist, to be D I.3; Vin II.122; J I.214 (°amana); PvA 153. 

Sa?vidati [sa?+vidati: see vindati] to know; ger. °viditva J III.114; V.172. -- pp. sa?vidita. 

Sa?vidahati [sa?+vidahati] to arrange, appoint, fix, settle, provide, prepare D I.61 (Pot. °eyyama); aor. °vidahi PvA
198; inf. °vidhatu? A II.35, & °vidahitu? Vin I.287; ger. °vidhaya Vin IV.62 sq., 133; Mhvs 17, 37, & °vidahitva Vin I.287;
III.53, 64; J I.59; V.46; also as Caus. formn °vidahetvana J VI.301. -- pp. sa?vidahita & sa?vihita. 

Sa?vidahana (nt.) [for the usual °vidhana] arrangement, appointment, provision J II.209; DA I.148; DhsA 111. The
word is peculiar to the Commentary style. 

Sa?vidahita [pp. of sa?vidahati] arranged Vin IV.64; DhA I.397. 

Sa?vidita [pp. of sa?vidati] known Sn 935. 

Sa?vidhatar [n. ag. fr. sa?vidahati] one who arranges or provides (cp. vidhatar) D III.148. 

Sa?vidhana (nt.) [fr. sa?vidahati] arranging, providing, arrangement D I.135; J I.140 (rakkha°). 

Sa?vidhayaka (adj.) [sa?+vidhayaka] providing, managing; f. °ika J I.155. 

Sa?vidhavahara [sa?vidha (short ger. form)+avahara] taking by arrangement, i. e. theft committed in agreement
with others Vin III.53. 

Sa?vindati [sa?+vindati] to find; ppr. (a)sa?vinda? Th 1, 717. -- Pass. sa?vijjati (q. v.). 

Sa?vibhajati [sa?+vibhajati] to divide, to share, to communicate D II.233; Miln 94, 344; inf. °vibhajitu? Miln 295; Davs
V.54. -- pp. sa?vibhatta. -- Caus. °vibhajeti. It 65. 

Sa?vibhatta [pp. of sa?vibhajati] divided, shared Th 1, 9. 

Sa?vibhaga [sa?+vibhaga] distribution, sharing out D III.191; A I.92, 150; It 18 sq., 98, 102; Vv 375; Miln 94. --dana°
(of gifts) J V.331; Vism 306. 

Sa?vibhagin (adj.) [fr. sa?vibhaga] generous, open--handed S I.43=J IV.110; V.397 (a°); Miln 207. 

Sa?viru?ha (adj.) [pp. of sa?viruhati] fully grown, healed up J II.117. 

Sa?viruhati [sa?+viruhati] to germinate, to sprout Miln 99, 125, 130, 375. -- pp. sa?viru?ha. -- Caus. °viruheti to cause
to grow, to nourish J IV.429. 

Sa?vilaQa [sa?+vilapa] noisy talk; fig. for thundering S IV.289 (abbha°). 

Sa?visati [sa?+visati] to enter; Caus. sa?veseti (q. v.). Cp. --bhisa?visati. 

Sa?vissajjetar [sa?+vissajjetar] one who appoints or assigns DA I.112. 

Sa?vissandati [sa?+vissandati] to overflow M II.117; Miln 36. 

Sa?vihita [pp. of sa?vidahati] arranged, prepared, provided J I.133 (°arakkha i. e. protected); in cpd. su° well arranged or
appointed, fully provided D II.75; M II.75; DA I.147, 182; a° unappointed Vin I.175; Vism 37. 

Sa?vijita [sa?+vijita] fanned Davs V.18. 

Sa?vuta [pp. of sa?varati] 1. closed D I.81. -- 2. tied up J IV.361. -- 3. restrained, governed, (self--)controlled, guarded D
I.250; III.48, 97; S II.231; IV.351 sq.; A I.7 (citta?); II.25; III.387; It 96, 118; Sn 340 (indriyesu); Dh 340; DA I.181. asa?vuta
unrestrained S IV.70; A III.387; Pug 20, 24; in phrase asa?vu?a lokantarika andhakara (the world--spaces which are dark
&) ungoverned, orderless, not supported, baseless D II.12.  --su° well controlled Vin II.213; IV.186; S IV.70; Sn 413; Dh 8.
  --atta self--controlled S I.66. --indriya having the senses under control It 91; Pug 35. --karin M II.260. 

Sa?vu?ha see sa?yu?ha. 

Sa?vega [fr. sa?+vij] agitation, fear, anxiety; thrill, religious emotion (caused by contemplation of the miseries of this
world) D III.214; A I.43; II.33, 114; S I.197; III.85; V.130, 133; It 30; Sn 935; J I.138; Nd1 406; Vism 135=KhA 235 (eight
objects inducing emotion: birth, old age, illness, death, misery in the apayas, and the misery caused by sa?sara in past, present
& future stages); Mhvs 1, 4; 23, 62; PvA 1, 22, 32, 39, 76. 

Sa?vejana (adj.) [fr. sa?+vij] agitating, moving It 30. 

Sa?vejaniya (adj.) [fr. sa?vejana] apt to cause emotion A II.120; Vism 238. See also sa?vijjati1. 

Sa?vejita [pp. of sa?vejeti] stirred, moved, agitated S I.197; Nd1 406. 

Sa?vejeti Caus. of sa?vijjati1 (q. v.). 

Sa?ve?heti [sa?+ve?heti] to wrap, stuff, tuck in Vin IV.40. 

Sa?vedhita [sa?+vyathita: see vyadhati] shaken up, confused, trembling Sn 902. 

Sa?velli (f.) [sa?+velli, cp. vellita] "that which is wound round," a loin cloth J V.306. As sa?velliya at Vin II.137, 271. 

Sa?velleti [fr. sa?+vell] to gather up, bundle together, fold up Vism 327. 

Sa?vesana (f.) [fr. sa?veseti] lying down, being in bed, sleeping J VI.551 sq., 557. 

Sa?veseti [Caus. of sa?visati] to lead, conduct A I.141; Pass. sa?vesiyati to be put to bed (applied to a sick person) M
I.88=III. 181;D II.24. Cp. abhi°. 

Sa?vossajjati see samavossajjati. 

Sa?vohara [sa?+vohara] business, traffic Vin III.239; A II.187=S I.78; A III.77; SnA 471. 

Sa?voharati [Denom. fr. sa?vohara] to trade (with); ppr. °voharamana [cp. BSk. sa?vyavaharamana Divy 259] A
II.188. 

Sa?sagga [fr. sa?+s?j] contact, connection, association Vin III.120; A III.293 sq. (°aramata); IV.87 sq., 331; It 70; J I.376;
IV.57; Miln 386; Nd2 137; VbhA 340 (an--anulomika°); PvA 5 (papamitta°). -- Two kinds of contact at Nd2 659: by sight
(dassana°) and by hearing (sava?a°). -- pada° contact of two words, "sandhi" Nd1 139; Nd2 137 (for iti); SnA 28. --a° S II.202;
Miln 344. --°jata one who has come into contact Sn 36. 

Sa?sa??ha [pp. of sa?+s?j] 1. mixed with (instr.), associating with, joined M I.480 (opp. vi°); A III.109, 116, 258 sq., 393;
PvA 47. -- 2. living in society Vin I.200; II.4; IV.239, 294; D II.214; Kvu 337=DhsA 42; Dhs 1193; J II.105; DhsA 49, 72. --a°
not given to society M I.214; S I.63; Miln 244; Vism 73. 

Sa?sati [Vedic sa?sati, cp. Av. sa?haiti to proclaim, Lat. censeo=censure; Obulg. qom to say] to proclaim, point out J
V.77; VI.533; Pot. sa?se J VI.181; aor. asa?si J III.420; IV.395; V.66; & asasi (Sk. asa?sit) J III.484. Cp. abhi°. 

Sa?satta [pp. of sa?+sañj] adhering, clinging D I.239 (parampara°). 

Sa?sad (f.) [fr. sa?+sad] session, assembly; loc. sa?sati J III.493 (=parisamajjhe C.), 495 

Sa?saddati [sa?+sabd] to sound, in def. of root kitt at Dhtp 579; Dhtm 812. 

Sa?sandati [sa?+syand, cp. BSk. sa?syandati AvS II.142 sq., 188] to run together, to associate D I.248; II.223; S
II.158=It 70; S IV.379; Pug 32. -- Caus. sa?sandeti to put together; unite, combine J I.403; V.216; Miln 131; DhA II.12;
IV.51. 

Sa?sandana (f.) [fr. sa?sandati] 1. (lit.) coming together J VI.414 (v. l. for T. sa?sandita). -- 2. (fig.) import, application,
reference, conclusion (lit. "flowing together") Tikp 264. opamma° application of a simile, "tertium comparationis" Vism 326;
DA I.127. di??ha° (puccha) a question with reference to observation Nd2 s. v. puccha; DhsA 55. 

Sa?sanna [pp. of sa?sidati or sa?sandati] depressed, exhausted Dh 280 (=osanna DhA III.410: see ossanna). 

Sa?sappa (adj.) [fr. sa?+s?p] creeping A V.289. 

Sa?sappati [sa?+sappati] to creep along, to crawl, move A V.289; VvA 278; DhA IV.49. 

the creeping exposition, a discussion of the consequences of certain kinds of kamma, A V.288 sq. 

Sa?sappin (adj.)=sa?sappa A IV.172. 

Sa?saya [cp. Vedic sa?saya] doubt A II.24; Nd2 660 (=vicikiccha etc.); Miln 94; Dhs 425. 

Sa?sayita (nt.) [pp. of sa?sayati=sa?+seti of si; in meaning=sa?saya] doubt Davs I.50. 

Sa?sarati [sa?+sarati, of s?] to move about continuously, to come again and again J I.335. -- 2. to go through one life after
the other, to transmigrate D I.14; DA I.105; ppr. sa?saranto (& sa?sara?) S III.149; IV.439; It 109; PvA 166; med.
sa?saramana Vv 197; ger. °saritva S III.212; Pug 16. -- pp. sa?sarita & sa?sita. 

Sa?sara?a (nt.) [fr. sa?+s?] 1. moving about, running; °lohita blood in circulation (opp. sannicita°) Vism 261; KhA
62; VbhA 245. -- 2. a movable curtain, a blind that can be drawn aside Vin II.153. 

Sa?sarita [pp. of sa?sarati] transmigrated D II.90; A II.1; Th 2, 496. a° M I.82. 

Sa?sava [fr. sa?+sru] flowing VvA 227. 

Sa?savaka [fr. sa?sava] N. of a purgatory Vv 5212, cp. VvA 226 sq. 

Sa?sa¯?veti [fr. sa?+sru] to cause to flow together, to pour into (loc.), to put in J V.268 (=pakkhipati C.). 

Sa?sadiya (f.) [cp. *Sk. syava?--satika, on which see Kern, Toev. II.62, s. v.] a kind of inferior rice J VI.530. 

Sa?sadeti Caus. of sa?sidati (q. v.). 

Sa?sameti [Caus. of sa?+sam] lit. "to smoothe," to fold up (one's sleeping mat), to leave (one's bed), in phrase
senasana? sa?sametva Vin II.185; IV.24; M I.457; S III.95, 133; IV.288. 

Sa?sayati [sa?+sayati, which stands for sadati (of svad to sweeten). On y>d cp. khayita>khadita & sankhayita] to taste,
enjoy J III.201 (aor. samasayisu?: so read for samasasisu?). 

Sa?sara [fr. sa?sarati] 1. transmigration, lit. faring on D I.54; II.206 (here=existence); M I.81 (sa?sarena suddhi); S II.178
sq.; A I.10; II.12=52; Sn 517; Dh 60; J I.115; Pv II.1311; Vism 544 (in detail), 578, 603 (°assa karaka); PvA 63, 243. For
description of sa?sara (its endlessness & inevitableness) see e. g. S II.178,  184 sq., 263; III.149 sq.; VbhA 134 (anta--virahita) & anamatagga (to which add refs. VbhA 45, 182, 259, 260). -- 2. moving
on, circulation: vaci° exchange of words A I.79.
  --cakka [cp. BSk. sa?sara--cakra] the wheel of tr. Vism 198, 201; VvA 105=PvA 7. --dukkha the ill of tr. Vism 531; VbhA
145, 149. --bhaya fear of tr. VbhA 199. --sagara the ocean of tr. J III.241. 

Sa?sijjhati [sa?+sidh] to be fulfilled Sdhp 451. 

Sa?sita1 

Sa?sita1=sa?sarita J V.56 (cira--ratta°=carita anuci??a C.). 

Sa?sita2 

Sa?sita2 [pp. of sa?+sri] dependent Sdhp 306. 

Sa?siddhi (f.) [sa?+siddhi] success Dhtp 420. 

Sa?sibbita [pp. of sa?+sibbati] entwined Vism 1; Miln 102, 148; DhA III.198. 

Sa?sida [fr. sa?sidati] sinking (down) S IV.180 (v. l. sa?sada). 

Sa?sidati [sa?+sad] 1. to sink down, to lose heart D I.248; A III.89=Pug 65; Th 1, 681; J II.330. -- 2. to be at an end (said
of a path, magga) Vin III.131; S I.1. -- Caus. sa?sadeti: 1. to get tired, give out M I.214; A I.288. <-> 2. to drop, fail in A
IV.398 (pañha?, i. e. not answer). -- 3. to place DA I.49. 

Sa?sidana (nt.) [fr. sa?sidati]=sa?sida Th 1, 572 (ogha°). 

Sa?sina [sa?+sina, pp. of s? to crush, Sk. sir?a] fallen off, destroyed Sn 44 (°patta without leaves=patita--patta C.). 

Sa?suddha (adj.) [sa?+suddha] pure D I.113; Sn 372, 1107; Nd1 289; Nd2 661; J I.2.
  --gaha?ika of pure descent D I.113; DA I.281. 

Sa?suddhi (f.) [sa?+suddhi) purification Sn 788; Nd1 84. 

Sa?sumbhati [sa?+sumbhati] to beat J VI.53, 88 (°amana). 

Sa?sucaka (adj.) [fr. sa?suceti] indicating VvA 244, 302. 

Sa?suceti [sa?+sucay°, Denom. fr. suci] to indicate, show, betray Davs V.50; DA I.311. 

Sa?seda [sa?+seda] sweat, moisture M I.73; ThA 185.
  --ja [cp. BSk sa?svedaja Divy 627] born or arisen from moisture D III.230; Miln 128; KhA 247; VbhA 161. 

Sa?seva (adj.) [fr. sa?+sev] associating A II.245; V.113 sq. (sappurisa° & asappurisa°); Miln 93. 

Sa?sevana (f.) [fr. sa?sevati] associating Dhs 1326=Pug 20. 

Sa?seva (f.) [fr. sa?seva] worshipping, attending Miln 93 (sneha°). 

Sa?sevita [sa?+sevita] frequented, inhabited J VI.539. 

Sa?sevin (adj.)=sa?seva J I.488. 

Sa?hata1 

Sa?hata1 [pp. of sa?+han] firm, compact Miln 416; Sdhp 388. 

Sa?hata2 

Sa?hata2 [pp. of sa?+h?] DA I.280; see vi°. 

Sa?hanati & sa?hanti [sa?+han] 1. to join together, reach to J V.372. -- 2. to suppress, allay, destroy A IV.437
(ka?d?u?). -- pp. sa?hata. 

Sa?hanana (nt.) [fr. sa?hanati] joining together, closing D I.11; J VI.65. 

Sa?hara [fr. sa?+h?] collecting; dus° hard to collect Vin III.148; J IV.36 (here as dussanghara, on which see Kern, Toev.
I.121). 

Sa?hara?a (nt.) [fr. sa?harati] collecting, gathering Davs V.33. Cp. upa° & sanghara?a. 

Sa?harati [sa?+harati] 1. to collect, fold up Vin I.46; II.117, 150; M III.169; J I.66, 422; Davs IV.12; PvA 73. -- 2. to draw
together Vin II.217. -- 3. to gather up, take up SnA 369 (rupa?). -- 4. to heap up Pv IV.14 (sa?harimha=sañcinimha PvA 279).
--asa?hariya (grd.) which cannot be destroyed (see also sa?hira) S V.219. <-> Caus. II. °harapeti to cause to collect, to
make gather or grow Vin IV.259 (lomani), 260 (id.). -- Pass. sa?hirati (q. v.). -- pp. sa?hata. Cp. upa°. 

Sa?hasati [san+hasati] to laugh with M II.223. 

Sa?hani (f.) [sa?+hani] shrinking, decrease, dwindling away D II.305=M I.49=S II.2=Dhs 644; DhsA 328. Cp.
parihani. 

Sa?hara [fr. sa?+h?] abridgment, compilation PvA 114. Cp. upa°. 

Sa?haraka [sa?+hara+ka] drawing together, a collector S II.185=It 17. sabba° a kind of mixed perfume J VI.336. 

Sa?harima (adj.) [fr. sa?+h?] movable Vism 124; Sn 28, 321. a° Vin IV.272. 

Sa?hita [pp. of sandahati] connected, equipped with, possessed of D I.5; M II.202; S I.103; Dh 101 (gatha anattha--pada°).
Often as attha° endowed with profit, bringing advantage, profitable D I.189; S II.223; IV.330; V.417; A III.196 sq.; V.81; Sn
722. Cp. upa°. 

Sa?hiyati see sandhiyati. 

[grd. of sa?harati] that which can be restrained, conquerable Th 1, 1248; J V.81. a° immovable, unconquerable S I.193; Vin
II.96; A IV.141 sq.; Th 1, 649; Sn 1149; J IV.283. See also asa?hariya. 

Sa?hirati [Pass. of sa?harati] to be drawn away or caught in (loc.) M III.188 sq. (paccuppannesu dhammesu); DhsA 420
(id.); J III.333. 

Saka (adj.) [sa4+ka] own D I.106, 119, 231; II.173 (saka? te "all be your own," as greeting to the king); M I.79; Vin I.3, 249
(acariyaka); S V.261 (id.); Sn 861; It 76; Nd1 252; Pv I.51 (ghara); II.61 (bhata). -- Opp. assaka2. -- appassaka having little or
nothing as one's own (=da?idda) A I.261; II.203; kamma--ssaka possessing one's own kamma M III.203 sq.; A V.288; Miln
65; Dhs 1366.
  --gavaca?d?a violent towards one's own cows, harassing one's own Pug 47. 

Saka?a1 

Saka?a1 (m. & nt.) [cp. Sk. saka?a; Vedic saka?i] a cart, waggon; a cartload D II.110; Vin III.114; J I.191; Miln 238; PvA 102;
VbhA 435 (simile of two carts); SnA 58 (udaka--bharita°), 137 (bija°). saka?ani pajapeti to cause the carts to go on J II.296.
  --gopaka the guardian of the waggon DhA IV.60. --bhara a cart--load VvA 79. --mukha the front or opening of the
waggon, used as adj. "facing the waggon or the cart" (?) at D II.234, of the earth -- that is, India as then known -- and at D II.235
(comp. Mahavastu III.208), of six kingdoms in Northern India. At the second passage B. explains that the six kingdoms all
debouched alike on the central kingdom, which was hexagonal in shape. This explanation does not fit the other passage. Could
saka?a there be used of the constellation Rohini, which in medi¿val times was called the Cart? Cp. Dial. II.269. --vaha a
cart--load Pv II.75. --vyuha "the waggon array," a wedge--shaped phalanx J II.404; IV.343; Vism 384. 

Saka?a2 

Saka?a2 see kasa?a. 

Saka?ika (adj.) [sa+ka?a+ika] having a mole D I.80; DA I.223. 

Saka??aka (adj.) [sa+ka??aka] thorny, dangerous D I.135; Th 2, 352; DA I.296. 

Saka??ajappaka [sa+ka??a+jappa+ka] whispering in the ear, a method of (secretly) taking votes Vin II.98 sq.
(salaka--gaha). 

Sakata (f.) (--°) [abstr. fr. saka] one's own nature, identity, peculiarity: see kamma--ssakata & adj. °ssakata. It may also
be considered as an abstr. formation fr. kamma--ssaka. 

Sakadagamin [sakad=sakid, +agamin] "returning once," one who will not be reborn on earth more than once; one who
has attained the second grade of saving wisdom Vin I.293; D I.156, 229; III.107; M I.34; S III.168; A I.120, 232 sq.; II.89, 134;
III.348; IV.292 sq., 380; V.138 sq., 372 sq.; DhA IV.66. 

Sakadagamita (f.) [abstr. fr. last] the state of a "oncereturner" D II.206. 

Sakabala (adj.) [sa+kabala] containing a mouthful Vin IV.195. 

Sakamana [saka+mana] is Bdhgh's expln of attamana (q. v.), e. g. DA I.129, 255. 

Sakamma (nt.) [sa4+kamma] one's own occupation D I.135. 

Sakara?iya (adj.) [sa3+kara?iya] one who still has something to do (in order to attain perfection) D II.143; Th 1, 1045;
Miln 138. 

Sakaru?a--bhava [sa3+karu?a+bhava] being full of compassion SnA 318. 

Sakala (adj.) [cp. Sk. sakala] all, whole, entire Vin II.109; Vism 321; SnA 132; PvA 93, 97, 111. Cp. sakalya. 

Sakalika (f.) [fr. sakala=Sk. sakala potsherd] a potsherd; a splinter, bit D II.341; A II.199=S IV.197; S I.27= Miln 179; M
I.259; A V.9 (°aggi); J IV.430; Miln 134; KhA 43 (maccha°); Nett 23; DhsA 319. -- sakalika? sakalika? in little pieces Vin
II.112. -- sakalika--hira a skewer J IV.29, 30. 

Sakasa?a (adj.) [sa3+k.] faulty, wrong (lit. bitter) Miln 119 (vacana). 

Sakasa [sa3+k.=Sk. kasa] presence; acc. sakasa? towards, to Sn 326; J V.480; PvA 237; loc. sakase in the presence of,
before J III.24; IV.281; V.394; VI.282. 

Sakicca (nt.) [sa4+kicca] one's own duty or business Vism 321 (°pasuta). 

Sakiccaya (nt.) [sa4+kiccaya=k?tya]=sakicca Miln 42; DhsA 196 (°pasuta). 

Sakiñcana (adj.) [sa3+kiñcana] having something; (appld) with attachment, full of worldly attachment Sn 620= Dh
I.246; Dh 396 (=rag'adihi kiñcanehi sakiñcana DhA IV.158). 

Sakid & Saki? (adv.) [fr. sa°=sa?] once. (1) saki?: D II.188; J I.397; DhA III.116 (saki?vijata itthi= primipara); once
more: Miln 238; once for all: Th 2, 466; DhA II.44; ThA 284.-- (2) sakid (in composition; see also sakad--agamin): in sakid
eva once only A II.238; IV.380; Pug 16; PvA 243; at once Vin I.31. 

Sakiya (adj.) [fr. saka, cp. Sk. svakiya] own J II.177 III.48, 49; IV.177. 

Saku?a [Vedic sakuna] a bird (esp. with ref. to augury) D I.71 (pakkhin+); Vin III.147; S I.197; A II.209; III.241 sq., 368; J
II.111, 162 (Kandagala); KhA 241. pantha° see under pantha. -- f. saku?i S I.44. adj. saku?a J V.503 (ma?sa).
  --kulavaka a bird's nest KhA 56. --patha bird--course, Npl. Nd1 155. --pada bird foot KhA 47. --ruta the cry of birds Miln
178. --vatta the habit (i. e. life) of a bird J V.254. --vijja bird craft, augury (i. e. understanding the cries of birds) D I.9; DA
I.93. 

SnA 27. -- f. saku?ika D I.91; Miln 202; J I.171; IV.290. 

Saku?agghi (f.) [saku?a+°ghi, f. of °gha] a kind of hawk (lit. "bird--killer") S V.146; J II.59; Miln 365. Cp. vyagghinasa. 

Saku?ita at PvA 123 read sankucita. 

Sakunta [cp. Sk. sakunta] a bird; a kind of vulture Sn 241; Dh 92, 174; J IV.225; VI.272. 

Sakuntaka =sakunta Vin I.137. 

Sakumara (adj.) [sa2+kumara] of the same age; a playmate J V.360, 366. 

Sakula [cp. Epic Sk. sakula] a kind of fish J V.405. 

Sakka (adj.) [fr. sak, cp. Sk. sakya] able, possible Sn 143. sasakka? (=sa3+s.) as much as possible, as much as one is able
to M I.415, 514. 

(adv.) [orig. ger. of sakkaroti] respectfully, carefully, duly, thoroughly; often with uppa??hahati to attend, serve with due
honour. -- Vv 125; Miln 305; J IV.310. The form sakkacca? is the older and more usual, e. g. at D II.356 sq.; S IV.314; A
II.147; IV.392; Vin IV.190, 275; Th 1, 1054; J I.480; Dh 392; PvA 26, 121. The BSk. form is satk?tya, e. g. MVastu I.10.
--karin zealous S III.267; Miln 94. --dana M III.24. 

Sakkata [pp. of sakkaroti] honoured, duly attendo D I.114, 116; II.167; Nd 73; J I.334; Miln 21; SnA 43 Usually combd
with garukata, pujita, manita. 

Dhtp 9: gamana] to go; see osakkati & cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 302. Other P. cpds. are ussakkati & pa?isakkati. 

Sakkatta (nt.) [fr. Sakka=Indra] Sakraship, the position as the ruler of the devas M III. 65; J I.315; Vism 301
(brahmatta+). °rajja a kingdom rivalling Sakka's J I.315. 

Sakkaroti [sat+k?] to honour, esteem, treat with respect, receive hospitably; often combd with garukaroti, maneti,
pujeti, e. g. D I.91, 117; III.84; M I.126. ppr. °karonto D II.159; Pot. °kareyya It 110; aor. °kari PvA 54; ger. °katva Pug
35; J VI.14, & °kacca (q. v.). -- pp. sakkata. -- Caus. sakkareti=sakkaroti; Mhvs 32, 44; grd. sakkareyya Th 1, 186 (so read
for °kareyya). 

Sakka (indecl.) [originally Pot. of sakkoti=Vedic sakyat; cp. Prk. sakka with Pischel's expln in Prk. Gr. § 465. A
corresponding formation, similar in meaning, is labbha (q. v.)] possible (lit. one might be able to); in the older language still
used as a Pot., but later reduced to an adv. with infin. E. g. sakka samaaññphala?paññapetu? would one be able to point out a
result of sama?aship, D I.51; khaditu? na sakka, one could not eat, J II.16; na sakka maggo akkhatu?, the way cannot be
shown, Mil 269; sakka eta? maya ñatu?? can I ascertain this? D I.187; sakka honti imani a??ha sukhani vinditu?, these eight
advantages are able to be enjoyed, J I.8; sakka eta? abhavissa katu?, this would be possible to do, D I.168; ima? sakka
ga?hitu?, this one we can take J IV.219. See also SnA 338, 376 (=labbha); PvA 12, 69, 96. 

Sakkaya [sat+kaya, cp. BSk. satkaya Divy 46; AvS I.85. See on expln of term Mrs. Rh. D. in J.R.A.S. 1894, 324; Franke
Digha trsln p. 45; Geiger P.Gr. § 241; Kern. Toev. II.52] the body in being, the existing body or group (=--nikaya q. v.); as a
t.t. in P. psychology almost equal to individuality; identified with the  five khandhas M I.299; S III.159; IV.259; A II.34; Th 2, 170, 239; DhsA 348. See also D III.216 (cp. Dial. III.2161); A III.293,
401; Nd1 109.
  --di??hi theory of soul, heresy of individuality, speculation as to the eternity or otherwise of one's own individuality M
I.300=III.17=DhS 1003, S III.16 sq. In these passages this is explained as the belief that in one or other of the khandhas there
is a permanent entity, an atta. The same explanation, at greater length, in the Di??higata Sutta (Ps I.143--151). As delusions
about the soul or ghost can arise out of four sorts of bias (see abhinivesa) concerning each of the five khandhas, we have
twenty kinds of s° di??hi: fifteen of these are kinds of sakkaya--vatthuka sassata--di??hi, and five are kinds of s°--vatthuka
uccheda--di??hi (ibid. 149, 150). Gods as well as men are s° pariyapanna S III.85; and so is the eye, DhsA 308. When the
word di??hi is not expressed it is often implied, Th 2, 199, 339; Sn 231. S° di??hi is the first Bond to be broken on entering the
Path (see sa?yojana); it is identical with the fourth kind of Grasping (see upadana); it is opposed to Nibbana, S IV.175; is
extinguished by the Path, M I.299; S III.159; IV.260; and is to be put away by insight DhsA 346. -- See further: D III.234; A
III.438; IV.144 sq.; Kvu 81; Sn 950; Dhs 1003; and on term Dhs. trsln § 1003; K.S. III.80, n. 3. --nirodha the destruction of the
existing body or of individuality A II.165 sq.; III.246; D III.216. --samudaya the rise of individuality D III.216; Nd1 109. 

Sakkara [fr. sat+k?] hospitality, honour, worship Vin I.27, 183; A II.203; J I.63; II.9, 104; Dh 75; Miln 386; Dhs 1121;
Vism 270; SnA 284; VbhA 466. °? karoti to pay reverence, to say goodbye DhA I.398. Cp. labha. 

Sakkareti is Caus. of sakkaroti (q. v.). 

Sakku?eyyatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. sakku?eyya, grd. of sakkoti] possibility; a° impossibility PvA 48. 

def. Dhtp 508 etc. as "sattiya?": see satti] to be able. Pres. sakkoti D I.246; Vin I.31; Miln 4; DhA I.200; sakkati [=Class. Sk.
sakyate] Nett 23. Pot. sakku?eyya J I.361; PvA 106; archaic 1st pl. sakku?emu J V.24; Pv II.81. ppr. sakkonto Miln 27. --
Fut. sakkhati Sn 319; sakkhiti [=Sk. sak?yati] M I.393; pl. 3rd sakkhinti Sn 28; 2nd sg. sagghasi Sn 834; 3rd sg. sakkhissati
DhA IV.87. -- Aor. asakkhi D I.96, 236; PvA 38; sakkhi Miln 5; J V.116; 1st pl. asakkhimha PvA 262, & asakkhimha Vin
III.23; 3rd sg. also sakku?i Mhvs 7, 13. -- grd. sakku?eyya (neg. a°) (im)possible J I.55; PvA 122. -- sakka & sakka see sep. 

Sakkhara (f.) [c